Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at|http: //books .google .com/I

/

/

i r

/

/ t

I.

<• - I

:)XQ,rp\-^jr,^VT)

L^i»»'4^^?2>i. :• 1

•

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

THE SECRETARIES.

VOL. XXI.

Noa. I. TO VII.— 1852.

"It will B»anih,irilKliir*liMl,«lMiDiltl, •atiquri**, phUoTogren, ud msnofwiisE isdilfemitpartsof J(w, willovnimil llwit obMnBtloiii lo wrilin^, ud Mndlhtnito

rUVTlD BT J. THOMAS, BAPTIST KlISIOH PBBH. 1853.

INDEX.

Page Ancient Gold Ck>inB found near Benares in 1851^ Memo, by Major

M. Eittoe, ArduBological Enquirer, on some, . . . . 390

Annual Beport of the ABiatio Society for 1861, . . . . 80

Apparatus, (Description of a Cheap and Simple,) for distilling off the

Mercury from an Amalgam of Gold or Silrer. By Henry Pid-

dington, Esq. . . . . • • . . . . 403

Argentiferous Ores of Deoghur, Second Notice on the, . . . . 74

Catalogue of Plants found in the Banda district, 1847-49. By

M. P. Edgeworth, Esq. .. .. .. 161,240, 663

Coins, found at Mohamadpur in the Jessore district. Note on

three ancient. By Babu Sajendralal Mittra, • . . . 401

Daily Segister of Temperature during a part of 1860, at Meerut in

the Fpper Dooab. By C. Gubbins, Esq., • . • . . 663

Dative and AocnsatiTe cases in Bengali and Hindustini, On the

Connection of the. By the Ber. W. Kay, . . . . 106

DnstWhirlwindsandCydones, Notes on. By P.P. H.Baddeley,Esq. 333 Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones, On. By Ditto, .. 140, 264

Filtering Waters of Tanks in large quantities for the use of Towns,

On. By H. Piddington, Esq. . • • • . • . , 473

Ghasni Coins, Note on Col. Staoey's. By E. Thomas, Esq. . . 116

Hircine, a new Besin, On. By Henry Piddington, Esq. . . . . 7Q

Heuma or Shendoos, a tribe inhabiting the Hills North of Arracan,

Notes on the. By Capt. S. B. Tickell, 31st B. N. L • . . . 207

Indian Coals, Table of Analysis of. By Mr. H. Piddington, . . 270 Influence of the Moon on the Weather. By J. W. Beale, Esq. • . 601 Journey through Sikim to the Frontiers of Thibet, Diary of a.

By Dr. A. CampbeD, •• .. .. 407, 477

Kurrukpore Hills. By Capt. S. B. Sherwill; Law of Storms in the Indian and China Seas

on the. By Henry Piddington, Esq. literary Intelligence, Mausoleum, (The,) of the Nawabs Ali Verdi Khan and Soorajood-

Dowkh. By Capt. F. P. Layard, •• •• •, 604

.. 196 A Twenty-first Memoir

• • • • 283

. . 186 429, 636

IT

Index.

Meteorology of Bampor Bauleah for the year 1851, On the. By J. B*. Bedford, Ssq. . • • • • . • .

Meteorological Begister kept at the Surreyer General's Office, for Jannaiy, 1852, . .

for February, for March, for April, for May, for June, for July, for Augufit, for September; for October, for November, for December,

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

« •

• •

• •

• •

FagB

693

103 193 280 363 443 657 558 660 562 643 645 647

Meteorological Observations kept at the Bangoon Field Hospital.

By Dr. J. Fayrer, . . .. .. .. 620, 622

Mohammad's Journey to Syria, and Professor Fleischer's opinion

thereon. By Dr. A. Sprenger, Nikaia and Boukephalon, On the Sites of. By Major J. Abbott, • . Nooks and Comers of Bengal. No. 1. By Capt. F. F. Layard, ^otice of Two heads found in the Northern districts of the Punjab,

with drawings. By W. Jackson, Esq. . . Oriental character of certain Northern Antiquities, On the.

(xeorge Buist, Esq.

676 214 148

611

By

Proceedings for January, 1852, — ^— — — for February, ^——— for March,

for April,

for May,

for June, July, Augt

for October,

• •

• •

• •

and Sept.,

127 80 188 275 337 431 636,539,542 549

•#

• •

• • • • 631

Qordu, Foreign words occurring in the. By Dr. A. Sprenger, Baghu Yansa, a Sanskrit Poem of Xalid&sa, Analysis of the. By the

Bev. J. Long, • . . • • • . .

Begisters of Temperature and Fall of Bain kept by Medical Officers

in different parts of India, Abstract of. By Dr. Lamb, B^khtah Verses P Has Sa'dy of Shyr^ written. By Dr. A. Sprenger, 513 Sculptures found in the District of Peshawur, Note on some. By

109 445 383

E. C. Bayley, Esq.

t •

• •

• I

606

Index* Y

Page Seestan, Ibn Htioknl's Acooont of, translated by Major William

Andenon, •• • •• •• •• 365

Tide by loahk Allah "Khiji, A, tnuulated by L. Clint, Esq. • . 1 Table used for reducing Barometrical ObBerrations to SS° Faliren-

hat. An Account of the. By Babu Badhanath Shikdar^ . • 329

INDEX TO NAMES OP CONTRIBUTORS.

Abbotfc» Major J., On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon, . . 214

Anderson, Major William, Ibn Huokul's Account of Seestan, . . 365 — — - ditto of Scinde, . , . . . • . . 49

Buist, George, Esq., On the Oriental character of certain Northern Antiquities, .. •• •• •• •. 127

Baddeley, P. F. H. Esq., On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones, 140, 264, 333 Bayley, E. 0. Esq. Note on some Sculptures found in the district of Peshawar, •• •• •• •• •• 606

Besle, J. W. Esq. Influence of the Moon on the Weather, • • 501

Bedford, J. B. Esq. On the Meteorology of Eampur Bauleah, • • 593 CSint, L. Esq., A Tale by Inshi Allah Ehan, .. .. 1

Campbell, Dr. A., Diary of a Journey through Sildm to the Fron- tiers of Thibet, .. .. .. .. 407,477, 563

Edgeworth, M. P. Esq., Catalogue of Plants found in the Banda district, 1847-49, .. .. .. .. 24, 151

Fayrer, Dr. J., Meteorological Obsexrations kept at the Rangoon Reld Hospital, .. .. .. .. 520, 622

Chibbins, C. Esq., Daily Register of Temperature, during a part of

1850, at Meerut, in the Upper Dooab, . • . . . • 563

Jackson, W. Esq., Notice of two heads found in the Northern Dis- tricts of the Punjab, with drawings, • • • • • • 511

Kay, W. Rey., On the Connection of the Dative and Accusative cases in Bengali and Hindustani, • • • • . . 105

Eittoe, Major M., Memo, on some Ancient Gold Coins found near Benares in 1851, •• •• •• ■• •• 390

Lamb, Dr. J., Abstract of Registers of Temperature and Fall of Rain

kept by Medical Officers in different parts of India, . • . . 383

Layard, Capt. F. P., Nooks and Comers of Bengal, No. 1. . . 148

The Mausoleum of the Nawabs AH Verdi

Ehka and Soorajood-Dowlah,. . . . • . . . 504

Long, Rev. J., Analysis of the Raghu Yansa, a Sanskrit Poem of

445

II • •

Ti Index*

Page Piddington, Henry, Esq., Second Notice on the Argentiferous Ores of Deoghnr, .. •• .. •• ..74

■ On Hircine, a new Besin, . • . . 76 ' A Table of Analyses of Indian Coals, • • 270 ■ A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms

in the Indian and China Seas ; being the Cyclone of H. M. S. Fox, in the Bay of Bengal, 30th April to 5th May, 1861, . . 283

■ Description of a Cheap and Simple Apparatus

for distilling off the Mercury from an Amalgam of Gold or Silver, 403 ' On Filtering the Waters of Tanks in large

quantities, for the use of Towns, . . • . . • 473

Badhanath Shikdar, Babu, An Account of the Table, used for

reducing Barometrical Observations to 32*^ Fahrenheit, taken in

the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, . . . • . . 229

Bajendralal Mittra, Babu, Note on three Ancient Coins found at

Mohamadpur in the Jessore district, . . • • . . 401

Sherwill, S. E. Capt., The Eurrukpur Hills, . . • . 195

Sprenger, Dr. A., Has Sa'dy of Shyr&z written B^khtah verses P • • 513

- Mohammad's Journey to Syria, and Professor

Fleischer's opinion thereon, . . . . . • • . 576

Thomas, £. Esq., Note on Col. Stacey's Ghazni Coins, . • . • 116

Tickell, S. B. Capt., Notes on the Heum& or " Shendoos," a tribe

inhabiting the hills North of Arracan, • • . . . . 207

DIRECTIONS TO BINDERS.

LIST OF PLATES

Plate

I. — (Persian Map of Scinde) to face,

n.

m.

IV.

V.

VI.

vn.

VIII.

.•

IX.

• I

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• I

• I

• •

• •

X.— Ghaznavide Coins,

X. — ^Henma or Shendoo,

XI.— Sketch of Meer Madon Xhaii's Tomb,

YTT- — Coins, found at Benares and at Jessore,

XIII- — Sketch Map of the Punjab,

XrV. — Chart of the Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms,.,

XV.— Map of Seestan (18th Map),

XVL— 'Mexican Cappellina,

AVUL — ^Indian Snbstitates for the apparatus of a Mexican Cap- peUina»

XVm.— Ditto at work,

XDL— Stacco Heads,

XX.— Ditto, • •

XXL— Map of Sikkim,

XXn.— Section of Filtering Walls,

XXIII. — ^Plan of the Ground and Buildings attached to the Mauso- leum at SIhoflhbag, • •

XXIV.— Plan of the Mausoleum,

I •

t •

• •

• •

I •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

XXVI.

xxvnL

XXX

• t

• I

I •

• •

• •

• I

• I

• •

• •

• •

• •

I •

• •

I •

jPctge

49

140

%b.

141

143

•

•

115 207 148 394 214 283 365 403

404 405 511 512 407 474

504 508 606

t 607

607 607 608

* WitiidrairD by the author, u iirelevaDt to hit paper on the Dust Whirlwindi, t Not received vide Mote at the foot of page 621.

• ••

▼111

List of Plates.

XXXI.

• I

xxxin.

.2k.Jv.2LJL V •

XXXV. XXXVI. .• XXX VII. ..

xxxvjui. (xxxrx.) rig. 13

XXXIX. Fig. 14. ..

UVwa • • • I

.\ I iX» • > • ■ 4

XLII.— Diagram iUustratiye of Dr. Bedford's paper

teorology of Sampur Bauleah, XLIIL— Ditto dittto No. 2. XLIV. — Elevation of a wrought Iron Gun from Burmah,

on the Me

Page

609

609

•

610

•

610

621

•

607

694 594 631

Pages 331 and 332 in No. IV. are to be replaced by the two pages of the same figures published in No. VII.

* Not received : vide note at the foot of page 621.

S-^^^^'>^^S^S^'^%^^^^S^^^>^^^*^^^^^^^^^^>^^

JOURNAL

or THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY

No. L— 1852.

A Tale by Inshd Allah Khdau Communicated and translated by L. Clint, Esq., Principal of La Martiniere College, Lucknow,

The tale submitted to the Society was placed in my hands by Dr. Spreoger for publication and translation, in consequence of his not being able from want of time to perform the task himself. Before he became aware that he would not be able to fulfil his intentions, he had drawn up the following notice of the subject, which, with his permis- sion, I introduce.

''The Biography of this poet is in Garcin de Tassy's excellent His- toire de la Literature Hindouetanie. He flourished in the beginning of this century at Lucknow. Besides this tale, a masnawy, and some mbor compositions, he left a dy wan, which is in our library, and he is the author of a great portion of the Daryfte Lafafat, which has lately been printed at MuTshid&b4d."

" I found a copy of this Tale in the Moty MaAall library at Lucknow and had it transcribed. Its value consists in a peculiarity of sC^le ; though pure and elegant Urdoo and fully intelligible even to the Mnaalmans of the Court of Dehlee or Lucknow, it does not contain one Persian word, whereas the language usually spoken by fashionable persons in these two cities is almost purely Persian, In Lucknow ia particular the Hindee words are very sparingly used. This is much to be regretted, because the people of the villages and even the Hin- dus in the city who are neither directly nor indirectly connected with

No. LI. — Nkw Skriks. b

2 Tale by Inshd Allah Kh6n. [No. 1.

the court speak pure Hindee and eren the educated hear in their zaninahs and in their childhood a language containing a great admix- ture of Hindee words. The Persian Urdoo which they write is there* fore eyen to them foreign and artificial and conveys no force. Another mischief is that by removing the written language wider and wider from the idiom of the people they preclude the millions from obtain- ing information, and prepare the ruin of the literature which of late years they have been cultivating. In the British territory (particu- larly at Agra, Dehlee and Benares) this abnse is not carried so far and many learned natives are of opinion that the Hindee element ought to be developed in Urdoo in preference to the Persian. This no doubt is the right view, it bemg the only way of making literature popular and it is in order to further it that I publish this literary curiosity. The Asiatic Society is perhaps to be blamed for not paying more attention to the vernacular languages of India than it has done of late years ; and to those who blame us for this neglect this very elegant composi- tion will not be unwelcome."

This tale is a specimen of a class of compositions frequent in the East, not unknown in Ancient Greece, and characteristic, I believe, of every literature, when the period of its decline has arrived. The common feature to which I allude is that of writing under needlessly imposed and difficult conditions, such as the omission throughout of some letter, or a construction in which sense would be preserved if the order of the words were reversed. These curiosities cannot all be considered useless* As the fetters of rhyme have led to increased richness of style and variety of expression, so the compositions alluded to may have promoted philological learning, however little they may have contributed to the advancement of real knowledge and the increase of ideas. The piece before us seems to possess the greatest m^t that works of its class can have. It is a magazine of Hindee words and phrases, and considering that the author is able to offer the usual praise to his God and Prophet without the introduction of one Arabic word, it must be considered as a good display of the powers of the language he has selected.

As many of the words used are not in Thompson's Hindee Diction- ary, or the 3rd edition of Shakespeare's, I intend to make a list of ^ the desiderata, and place it at the end of the paper.

1852.] Tale by ItuhA AUah Khdn. S

^}4i^} «— ^ »^ ,ji^ «»^ ^^ ol? ;^I UUj y Ly^ ^ ^L.*^

•»

USf*y ^5«*-^ lis? J^*^'^±^J3^ |^/J*«<>Tyi«<iJ

1^ ^ ?i!« ^ *f«^ 4-i;^ i.;V^ it.' ^ luV ^^=-^ ^^^

/n /Atf name of God Mtf mo«^ merci/ul and element.

HaTing bowed the head, I rub my face in the dust before that Maker by whom we all were made, and by whom in an instant were revealed all those things of which the secret had been penetrated by none.

The breath that comes and goes, if the thought did not turn on him, would be a noose for our necks. How s£all this puppet, that holds in remembrance the Being that disposes it, fall into any difficulty ? And how shall gall and bitterness be met with f Taste the sweetness of that fruit as former generations hare tasted of excellence from their elders. To see. He gave the eye ; for hearing, the ear ; the nose also he made prominent amongst all the features ; and to our forms, granted a souL To a Tcssel of clay, how is it possible to declare the skill of its Maker f The truth is, how can the created praise his Creator, and

B 2

4 ToU by IntM JOak Khd». [No. 1.

u^ J^;;' ^^^ »^ uji*** uy> ^/V u**J c;^ u*^**

" f

U*^ V' <5-' I '^ Oi^ T w5* wS*-> U5" ^ cj;- US^ uS-'j'

i-s* ;V^ u V. ^ uVy u** 1^ 1-y i*j' i*?- V I ^"^ uV ur* u^ % If -L.y i>^l ^y Ir-T Kiy*- ^a^j' i^

what shall he say ? Let him thus Tainlj talk, who will ; not I. If as many hairs as there are from head to foot were all to speak ia praise, and remain in that case as many years as there are sands in all the rivers, and blossoms and pods in the fields, even then the task could not be fulfilled.

With this bowing of the head day and night I repeat prayers in my heart to that Friend of God, far advanced in favour, on whose account it was said, " If Thou hadst not been, I would have created nothing." And of his cousin Ali, whose marriage was contracted in his family, the remembrance has always been with me. I waxed great exceedingly, and was not able to contain myself. And as many children as there are of him, they are our salvation : for any others, I have no place in my heart. Out of the pale of this family, what have I to do with any vagabond, thief, robber, or man-slayer? In this world and the next, I place my hope day and night on them and their house.

1852.] Tale by Imhd Jllah Khdn.

<J^ I k^ "'J^ »>• cJ^** it.' oU *ti 4^ 4*4< u^*^'

y^ I .^ ^ V^ I. c^ ^S^ J^ (.«?- ];*- I. V 4-^ • ii» **

u/i;I«J V. "-^^ ^>^ iy3 i.!;? 4^ i_;i ^y. yj^ ^^ VW>>y *-^ Jj^ t5*J uy '^ u^e- ui* i!^ i[r< u4*-^^ 42-1

^iV w/^;l i^^/!* \^ L.^ 0*t^ V I <-y^ *^ ^ ^

The beginning of a loondraue Tale,

One day wh9e I was ritting doing nothing, it came into my head to write a Btory in which the Hindoowy dialect should he preserved in its parity free from any admixture. Having taken this resolution, my heart expanded like a rose hud. Of course, no foreign words or barbarous expressions were to appear in it. Of those who heard my intention, one, a great wiseacre, an old curmudgeon, quarrelsome withal, and possessed of stentorian lungs, was determined to oppose the plan and introduced his nonsense by making faces, shaking his head, turning up his nose, lifting his eyebrows and turning away his eyes. He said, '*It does not appeal how this can be ; that the Hindoowy quality of the style should not appear and the Bhakha hot slip in : that the style common amongst the first sort of people, the super-excellent, should remain as it always was, and that neither of these should be reflected in it. This is impossible/'

The difficulties he made were an offence to me, and I became angry, and said : " What I said was not so wonderful as to make a grain of

6 TaU by InahA AUak KMn. [No. 1.

V^»> ur?- ^^^ uy^ ^ Vr* »^^ V V?y i^^jr*^!^^

• U*^ ur* ^Vj V- r- ^/i*>^ Vi;^

muBtard seed appear a mountaiD, and mixing truth with falsehood to be obliged to convince and persuade my hearer by the aid of pantomime, and construct entangled and unconnected sentences without measure or moderation. How should my lips make the promise of a thing which I am unable to perform 7 In what way soever it is effected an end is put to this dispute."

The narrator of this story here declares himself, and to that degree in which some people proclaim him in the way of praise, speaks con- formably. Passing the right hand over the face in consideration, I explain myself. Whatever my Benefactor willed, I shall essay, and leaping, jumping, running, striving, will shew my skill. Seeing which, the steed of your fancy, which is faster than lightning even, and in hb bound like the deer, will be lost in amazement !

Mounting my horse, I come, * The skiU I have, I shew it all.

1852.] Tate by Intkd Jllak KhAn. 7

^ t-^Ai v^ i#<d.>y«l ^ Ly^ *^f-*^ L*i^J K)^^'^ v'

t£-t^y ^ ju j.^ jy^ifji ir ^it^

^^ ▼ •*

Do you turn your ear to me and giving me a little of your attention. Bee what a display I make* and what sort of flowers I disclose from the petals of my lips.

The Development of the Tale, and EmhellUhment of the Diction.

In a certain country in the house of a Rajd was a son. Him his father and mother and all the people called Kunw&r Ude-bhSn. Truly, in the splendour of his beauty, a beam of the sun had been blended. His goodness and worth were such as cannot be described by tongue or pen. Being between his fifteenth and sixteenth years the down on his cheek began to sprout. He began to strut and give himself airs, and pay no respect to any one. Further, serious consideration on any

8 Tale hy IntUt Allah mUm. [No. 1.

•y <£^y> (i>y (je- K-ji y \^ ^^ i-y ^ ^ii;* ^j

J^«- ij-je l^i.'3 iy¥>^ yj^\ ^ ^^ *-^,i ^ *iAei u^.^i;

• Jb K> t-Cl ^ ^ iji ^ K*.yV.u5*^ tjVu5*^

subject found no ent^nce or abiding place in bis mind and tbe breadtb of tbe stream of friendsbip was not seen by him. One day baving mounted bis borse to see tbe country, be went away pranking, seeing, and looking about bim, in company with other boys. His heart beat when he saw a deer before him. In pursuit of that deer be put his horse to a gallop, leaving them all behind. What horse could come up with him ? When the sun set, and the deer was no longer to be seen, tbe Eunwdr hungry, thirsty, yawning, gaping, distracted, began to seek some shelter. In the meanwhile some tamarind trees met his . eyes. Having set off towards them, what a sight he saw ! Forty or fifty girls, one more beautiful than another, playing at swings and singing Sdumn. When they saw him, "Who are you?" ** Who are you Y* they began to bawl out

** A daj4ight thief he is," said one ; " A canning fellow," quoth another.

Of that one, who was engaged at play and who wore a suit of red clothes, whom all called Biui Ketki, the love of him made a resting

1852.] Tide by Inakd JIhk EMn. 9

^^ji •^y <^»V s/-' u*- c*^ s^ ir^» 4i «V

^ «-J3*«*4# **J^ i. V4; v-r' >^ r^ s*^' •«-!** ^J tW

place in the heart. Bat conversation ahe resolutely forbade, saying, *'How can sneh an intercourse be called proper. When you dropped upon us all at once» you knew that some women were playing at their gsmea. Now, Sir, do you, who have in this sort so boldly come hither, withdraw into some retirement." Theo he, hariog felt the stroke of pain, said, ** Do not look unkindly upon me. Wearied with the labours of the day, I will lie down, making the coyering of a tree a defence against the dew ; early in the morning before the mist has passed away, I will go in whateyer direction my face may be turned. I haye nothing to do with any one. Haying, in pursuit of a deer, left all my people, I had set off at full speed. As long as there was light, I was intent on the diase. When darkness oyerspread the earth, and ray mind was greatly bewildered, I came here seeking the shelter of these trees* There was no let or hinderance, that I should conceiye an unlayourable issue, and pause. Without restraint, ont of breath,

c

iO Tale by Ituhd JUaA KhAt. [No. 1

•Jfu^ W u*« t/i^ ury • (j«* s/*** u^^ • ui* tA*; ^l^

^' *-V US?- uV^ W /*! • jy^u'*'^ u^^ c*^^ i V j^ i.y»jo y^ ^1 ^u yiii ^i«S **f^^^^' •a**;;*

^k #w 4ft 9 4ft 4ft

^tfjjKj i_(j:^U ^^^diiiji I ^_j ^ V Uftl*. L/ij **jU

I came hither. How did I know that these high-hom damsels were swinging themselves 7 Bat it was thus predestined. For years will I stay here, and play at swinging."

Having heard these words, the wearer of the red suit» whom all the rest oheyedy said, ** Pray^ Sir, don't jest with us. Tell this man that he may lie down wherever he likes, and whatever meat, or drink he requires, furnish him with. No one has yet killed a guest. The look of him, his reddened cheeks, his parched lips, his panting horse, and his own confusion and trembling and deep sighsi with his falling down motionless, prove him to be sincere. Could any false pretence escape detection 7 But as some sort of screen between him and me, hang up gome clothes." Having obtained so much protection, Ude-bhan made his bed in the most distant nook formed of five or six saplings. Hav- ing made his hand a pillow, he was wishing to go to sleep. But did ever sleep come in connexion with the wbh felt 7 As he lay discours-

1852.] Tale by IniU JUah KMn. 1 1

L*ji £ji -u«^- • 4? <#-^'>j -y-^-^i ^y-x^T^y*^

iBg with his own thoughts^ what should happen but the nigh£ began to whisper and his companions all remained asleep.

B^ Ketkiy waking her. maid MadanbAn, thus spoke: "Do jou hear f come hither, and tell me if you have heard any thing* My heart is suddenly fixed on this man and cannot forbear. You know all my secrets ; now, happen what may, whether my head remain on my shoulders or not, I will go to him. Do you go with me, but I entreat of you to let no one know it. His Maker and mine haTc united him to me as a husband. I accepted him from the time we met in the tamarind groye."

Ketkfy taking the hand of Madanb&n, went to the place where the Kunw^ was lying down, thinking and talking to himself. Madanbiin, going before her, began to speak, as follows : " Supposing you to be alone, the Uak has come herself.'* TJde-bh^n hearing this, arose and sat ap» saying: "Why not? This is a meeting of hearts." The

c 2

12 lUe by ImkA AOak KUm. [No. I .

^ ^b *Jy^ -i- ^-S^ ii us*i' yJ^> i-^ i-y^ • CS*'" \^J

Ktm^Hr AUd the R^C hodk remained ttlenl^ but MmIohMa aimiaed them. By degrees, ihey all three disdoeed their history*

The fiftory of the Bitd vms as foUowa : *' She is the daughter of B^& Jagprok^ tad lUni K&nlathi. A month befeire^ her fatlMf? and iDOthffr said to her * Oo and divert yomrBelf by swinging in liia grove of tamarinds.' ^is day that she has become aeqQttmted with fofoi, the time « op. The addresses of many lUjahs' hdrs have beeia tendered, but aone of them have proved «M!eptable. Whtft a destiny is yoa«s ! That in the greatest aecresy she has eowe to see yon, tak* ing with her me» the familiar friend of her cbik&ood. Do you now tell yonr history, what eountry you oome Irom, and who you are."

•He said, ** My fiither is fiiji Sumjbh6n, and my mother R&oi Latohmib^. Whatever alliaiiee may be entered into by os will be ho wtottderfol or extraordinary matten It is in the usual ooune of tUngs from time immemorial. It's as broad as it's long : aao net

1852.] TUe by Ituhi Jttak KhAn. 13

,vU»^ J5>- «• S^ *jrr yS'jS^S'j^ ^J ^J^xjr^

mtckcB acmght out? The •Sxtt so auek ^erind by tiw ^o B4jl« luB befaUen fii?oiir«blf» it was but tbe iuuob of wax hearts that was

Madanb^B Aen said : ^Thetfauigis done: sake nn exdiaogeef tiiigs^ and let there be a writleiicentBact between yon s then no ^ound bn dottbt wil remaift.** The Kuaw^ put his ring on the £nger di the Siai, and ahe pot hen on his, -and g^re lum -a little fiin^ On this, Madanbdn isleipased* saying. ^ Of a truth, this has gone too £nr : to ^ ao fittt is not good : my life is in 'danger. Yon must now get up. Bad leave this maB to aleqp, or if he like it, to weep." T^hen the a£Eur «SB coBSBBUBBted* sit the last watch of die night, the Bin! taking her Btrmdaiits went ito the place rfrom B(hicfa she came*

Xbowit Ud»4>haB idso Bsounting his house and joining his retinae, went home. Sow shall I desoribe the state of the Konsvar t Words ass tBBde^Mto. Se asither ate, nor drank ; he held inteuoutse <with

14 Tale by IntkA AUak Kh&fu [No. 1.

jhl^ <^y- ^^ *t^ vri^-* ttil ^»W '^V-«^.;V^' ^ t/?-

DO one, he neither spoke nor listened, remained immersed in the sub- ject of his thoughts, whatever that was. By degrees, reports of this began to spread among the people. One and another said to his father and mother : " There is some secret grief preying on his mind. That Udebhan, who is the light of your house, now knits his brows, and looks discomposed. He never sets his foot out of doors. If the females of the house try to divert him in any way, he does nothing but heave a deep sigh; and if any one tease him much, he goes within the curtains of his bed, hides his face, and sheds floods of tears.*' On hear- ing this, his father and mother came running up to him and embraced him, kissed him, fell at his feet, and besought him, saying, ** What misfortune has befallen you, that you are always lying down and weeping f Give the royal dignity to whomsoever you please : only say, what you want. Why do you take no interest in any thing ? What is there that cannot be effected? Speak out, open your heart to me :

1852.] Tale by Intkd AUak Kk&n. 15

irj' •«^w^-y' Ly i-V^' u^y^ csir* ^' ^^ «_ri- Ar;' ^j *^y ^ v^ • "^ ^-Wr <-^ '>t^ ii^ iS*i

what you hesitate to Bay» send to me in writing. Whateyer you write shill be immediately fulfilled to the letter. If you say, ' Cast your- leWes into a well/ we will both do so : if you 8ay» ' Cut your head off/ we forthwith will do it/' Ude-bhan, who hitherto spoke not at all, hav- ing the proepect of writing opened to him, said this much : ** Good : be pleased to take your departure. I consent to your proposal of writing. But in no way speak before me of what I shall write about : else, I shall be ashamed. On this account I said nothing in your pre- sence.'' He wrote as follows : " Now that my life is ready to depart, sad as I must speak out, and that you have examined and proved me in a hundred ways, without shame, with reverence, without disguise, sad with entreaty, sorrow and deprecation, I thus write. In this world, no one is secure from the attacks of love. Indeed, who is there without sorrow? That day that I went to look at the verdure of the &Us, when there a deer with ears erect held on before me, and I pursued

i 6 Tale by Inskd AUah Khan. [No. 1 .

]^^^.y^ Z.)^')^ ^-^ !;4***^' 4^ • ^ "^ U** ttf'-s

«=»b ^^v^ v^ ^ -^s^ s^v • ^"^'^ yy *tf^ (^ v' I **

at fall gallop. As long as there was light I continued the chase at fall speed. When after the setting of the sun» darkness appeared, my heart was oppressed. Seeing some tamarind trees, I went under them. The leaves of those trees captivated my heart. The diversbn going on there was that of swings, in which some females were engaged. The leader of them all was a certain Bini Ketki, the daughter of Mahdr^a Jagprok^. She gave me this, her own ring, and took mine, and also entered into a contract in writing. Thus do this ring and her contract and mine come before you. Please to look at them, and do that by which your son's life may be preserved/'

The Mah£r&ja and Bini upon the arrival of their son's letter, wrote as follows : '' We have both, out of regard, rubbed that ring and that contract with our eyes. Grieve no more. If the parents of Rini Ketki listen to your suit, they will be our child's father and mother- in-kw, and the two rules will become one. And if there ahoold be

1852.] Tale 6y IntM Allah Kkin. 17

***->^ «i;t*W •«-;V*^^' «-V ^^i*^ «»W>^ t;i» i?*«

• cf3< «-f/ SrO* ^ U^jf V ^ ^ S/'ji J» j^ '■ik'i ij-)4

ui« f» 4? it^ ust^ lA* V- *A^J3^ aIu*-;^ ui-IuJ**

•ny denial^ then ai far as it can be effected by the force of our arma, we will bring yon and jonr bride together. From this day, grieve no more, play» divert and enjoy yourself. Having considered the divt- lioDs of time that will be fortunate, we will send a brdhman to the house of yonr father-in-law, who will no doubt bring the proposal to a raeeessfnl issue.

A great difficulty befel the br&hman who, having seen an auspicuous hour, had gone thither in great haste. On hearing his business the father of R^ Ketki said : ** There can be no alliance between them sod us. His ancestors in presence of my own always spoke with hands jomed in reverence ; if for an instant they saw a frown, they trembled. What if they have waxed great, and are exalted ? He to whose fore- bead, I apply the tika even with my left thumb, becomes a r&j& of lijis. Who shall dare to make such a proposal to me V*

The brfthman highly incensed said he also thought of this, and

1 8 TaU &y Imkd Attah KMm. [No. 1 .

U^ \i^i\i\^l, err*^^ V;y *-f> *-^*i«< uytr v^ J^ V-^ »j*** ^ ert-^ ur!y^ • >^ ♦*y' u4- ucnV

O

S^''y uHy'^l/V* yj-> «^-^ -^-T »;?. ^ i„T^ ^-01^ JoUf J

•» •• «•

^^ it.' 4i^ r^y i^-r*-^ ^ J;*> ,^ • j^^ -i-y u4^^

gaid in « large assembly, *' In me and in him there is, I may say, qo alloy, subtracting from perfect parity ; but I cannot prevail over the waywardness of the Runwar. Otherwise, so mean a proposal would never have proceeded from me*" On hearing this, the Mahar&j& threw his staff adorned with flowers on the head of the br&hman, and said, '' If I were not afraid of the consequences of the murder of « bi^man, I would forthwith put you under a millstone. Take him away and confine him in a dark cell." On hearing of all that had befallen the br&hman, the parents of Udebhan resolved on war, and his father equipping himself advanced like a gathering of clouds.

When the war between the two B&jis commenced, Rini Ketki began to weep like the rains of July and August, and the same thought entered the minds of both : " What an attachment this is, that causes the shedding of blood, and the heart to long for good tidings, and to long in vain."

1852.] TaU bf IiuhA AUak Kkdn. 19

0*ir^T ur^* ^5t<^" 113 «_c^ > ^/ Ji,-^ ^Jy JTy

zWi ^y «--;** <^ -^r- "-^.1 vj^ »j us* iJ^ -' ^ s^ u-y • ^» cs'Vy* iM ^^^^ J^ ^ji

The Kanwar secretly despatched the following letter : '< My heart is now breaking. Let the R&j& fight against one another. Do you, by whatever means it can be effected, call me to your side. United, we will go to some other country. What is to happen, let it happen." A mili'a wife, who was called Phdlkali, took the Kunwar's letter, con- cealed in the leaves of a flower, to the Rdni. Ketki rubbed her eyes with that letter and gave her a large dish filled with pearls. Upou the back of the letter, she wrote in the juice of the betel, "O Master of my heart I If yon cut me in pieces and throw my flesh to the kites and crows, even then there will be ease in my eyes and gladness in my heart. But this flight, which you speak of, is not good. It would be contrary to the duties of son and daughter. I love you better than life. Of what consequence is one life, if a myriad of lives be lost f But to fly would in my eyes' be unseemly.'*

D 2

20 TaU by IwU AUah Khdn. [No. 1.

(^ w ^cX«j jU uX" ^v^ oi y m^j ^jir* *?-!; •cs* sr^^

Jj^jJ ^ ^^ji sj:J^ *^]jj ^^1 .^A IJ ^.iiV Jlo^l *J^Vu*^ ^ju u'^jj^ ^^d^y.^ 2^:ij J^r* **^ •ui^^W

When the Kunwar received this letter written in betel-juice, he made a sacrifice of a gold dish filled with abundance of pearls, dia- monds and topazes, and left it at discretion. But his uneasiness increased with this letter four and five fold. The letter itself, he bound on his fair arm.

The eondng of Jogi Mohandar Gar from Mount KaUdSt ond hu turning into deer Udehhan and hU father and mother.

Jaggat Prok&s thus wrote to his Gurd who lived on Mount Kail&s : " Be pleased to help me. A great hardship has befallen my unfor- tunate self. Such conceit has taken possession of Rdjah Surajbh6n that he has planned an alliance with my royal family."

Mount Rail6s is entirely composed of silver. On it, R&jah Jaggat Prok&s*s Gdru, Mohandar Gar, whom all call Indar, in reflection and contemplation, with some ninety lakhs of pilgrims spent the day and

1852.] Tale iy Jiuhd AUak Khin. 21

' f '

• V V4-^^^*»f^ **f^^ US"' i-SW ^ «>j' ui* <it^ J«^

u^j 4i <i^ «->^ «-i>^ *«^ tA* '^ <^^' «-^ «-;*J >>y V^^ <-%^ vj-'-i V^r- u/^ u*'** ""^"^ V"^ >'''*^

night in the worship of his God. Silver and gold he made out of tin and copper, and on putting a certain concocted ball into his mouth was able to fly in the air. If yon have patience, I will tell of other things relating to him, which are beyond comprehension. He could rain down gold and silver, and transform every object as he wished* Before him every thing was as play ; and in performing on the pipe and in singing, all, saire Mabddeo, confessed their inferiority to him. Sursi also whom they call Pandoo, had learned the notes from him. In his presence, the six Modes and their thirty-six wives assuming the appearance of slaves, stood reverentially day and night. The names of the Atyts or disciples were Bhyrongar, Bhibhasgar, Hindolgar, Mekhnith, Ked&rn&th, Dipak D&, Joti Sarup Dds, Sprung Rtip ; and the female duciples were named after this fashion ; Gujrl, As^- wari, Gaari» Milsa^, Bil&wal. When he chose, he was wafted in the space between heaven and earth, seated on his throne, and ninety lakhs of the ikkeen^ w;ho were his disciples, each putting a prepared

22 Tale by Iiuhd AUak KMh. [No

V>!^ a'j' J^ i.y» i* u*^ Vr* ^ i,^ 4^^ uAr ^-^

i?'^>>^' >^')3^ y^ ii/i ^ ^^ 1^ laj^ j^oy^ J \jH

ball in bis xnoutb, wearing raiment of tbe coloar of ocbre, witb matted disbevelled locks, accompanied him.

When the letter of lUjah Jaggat Prok&s was delivered by the hands of a flying messenger, Jogi Mohandar Gar raised a scream, which made his army tremble.

Having smeared his face with the ashes of cow-dung and muttered a spell, he mounted a horse of the air. And all his disciples being seated on the skins of antelopes, and having taken the charmed balls in their mouths, awoke Gdrnkh by their shouting. In the twinkling of an eye, they arrived at the place where the two B&jahs were con* tending.

First, there came a dark storm, then a fall of hail, then again, a dark storm, so that no one retained his consciousness. As to the ele- phants, the horses, the people, the armament, which were of R&jah Surajbhin, it was not understood where they had gone, or who had

1852.] Tale hy InshA Allah KhAn. 23

Bir^u**^ s***^ s**'-'^ ^K^hj)^ s^'*'^ ^-^ *?•!; V* v^

carried them off. Bat upon the people of Rijah Jaggat Prok&8 and of B&ni Reiki it rained perfame in fine drops.

When all this was over, the Gurd said to his disciples, '* Change these three, Udebh&n, Surajbh&n and Lntchmib&s into deer, and let them loose in some forest ; their companions, tear in pieces. As the Gnrd said, it was forthwith done. The Kunwar and his father and mother, haTing become deer, remained picking up the greenest grass for many years. And of their armament no abiding place, or hope remained ; no account of where they had gone, or where they were staying.

Here let this part of the narration be suspended awhile.

(To be oontmaed.)

^^t0^^>^^^^^m^t0^^m^^t0^0*0^^0^^^0^0^0^0^>^0^r^^^0^

24

Catalogue of plants found in the Banda district. [No. 1.

H

o

H

O

Q

^

•o

T

GO

•I

IS

ss

I

<3

B

B

9»

d *

« s

'O g

^.5

B •^ B

oi ^

lil)

B B

.B

a>

B

o

B 4.»

S ,B

ee s B S

B

a? ^ B «

0 C

06 «

C S B

a> o

>P5

ft

o o

B

o

•

m

^

.

B

08

^

• •

•

«

• •

•

>>

•5 2

'oS

a.

s

•

«8

««

08

s

«»

*£3

B

(»

O

CD

^ 2

._: «

s 1

** 'D »T3

B 4> •S

a ^

s ?J

• 0^

|2 2

^•3

.^ ■♦*

b

So

"* o

eS

^^ o

08 •

"8.2.

00 "15

S

o B

08 B O* GO

3 -^

m

0 08

s

08

an '^ O '^

[S O

B

B O

« B 00 O

I ^

«S 9 08 ^ .

o E ^^ o § 'S s > u S ^

S^-* Ob *» "^ c8 <0uO-^cS

H

^ • • ™

»J « g H

^ 5-5 2 §

Z B^g B

-< oe 4) 2; B

fie

2 OS » 2

S!^Sc:>

RQ

H

s ^

. B

CLB

BS

««

85

H

•

O

•

PAVERA

gemone.

paver.

maria.

•

chlearia. pidium.

•< *- 08 S

o a>

0rf 4f! CU Cm

OhJ

1852.] Catalogue of planU found in the Banda diitriet. 2S

iUki

1

rt . 14... :=4 1 I i. I u s II i.i iiiliiit i III I ^ll

= 4 .•?3

BOSS'S -S 'S='t:»!|*J5 a»-oe-ij

I sill I ss 12^2 1 5.SSIN3

S-5S8S- I 63J2|S-r 3J!|-r|2

Cotalojfve of plant* found in the Banda ditlriel. [No. I.

i

r

i

I

1

1

1

1

i

1

:.

i

.a

i

■-

al

rf

1^^

n 2

1

i

1

III

Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Garden. Abharkan P Rocky hills.

Gardens. Cora fields. Cultivated. Hills. Ditto. Differs from

^

Hi ill

<<Sus<S

lli

1

III

i

■4

ilis

i 1 1

r

II

i

s «

"

"

s

1852,] Calaiogue of pUmtt /intnd in tAe Batula dutriet.

If

II

I Alnli .ill 5 I

nil it I

omMos (3g

CataloffM o/plmti/oHnd in the Bania disiriet. [No. I .

?

i

1

t

1

cL

s

&

&

^

J^

11.

i

A

1

i

I

PUnted Ditto di

Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.

s

i

M

J

s

es

1

;l

1

s

g

s

a

K

1

K

Is

1

ii

1

iillill II ir

M.5o oa

514,1

: 2 -6 " I « i 3 ■ ^g-of^" 3 3

S.iT

ii

1852.] Catalogtu ofplmttfamd in tht Banda dutriel.

i s I 1

I -if. I % i

i. nS J'l 'Sc = o §'i° IS i

|s . |-S . I? I|-S| . .SI . .-a I

5| I 'as. i .5 o Si i-s |a «6|1 ji & s

If I il I 11 ilifl'slil^i f I

ij.iSJ.1 s

30

Catalogue of planU found in the Banda district. [No. L

QO

.•0

•I

«

•«

1

c e

a

a

Q

B

B

o

•*« o a

a • o

48

-^ s

§ p s

00

o

»4

s

08

%m

ns ' o

c

o

■5s

s

08

08 a>

a 3

s

X8

B

p

§

o

e o

E

o

0>

00

s

S

c8

no

Cm 08 C! rn

^3 .^ ■♦J ■*-> ^2 55 S ** «> 'S • — "- S 08 »0 ^^

0 . »« 00

I

O

o

a

P « CQ O gQ C§

p 08

*j o g ♦i

>*4 ^1^ OS »tf

O

OD

08

P

5

a

o>

08

5^

OS OS fl8<«3*c«!^^t:;3 V S

I- p 'C o P *» fl>

•5

g

•

OS

oenumgroe ernatea.

a

OS

.2

.2

k)rdifolia. Inneahpyll

s

'p 'a

1

■ 08

1

•

•c

o o

J •s

S

•

•c

S .^ tf iS W H^ HO>-30>-3>5gMEHt^OHCDOHft^H

p

c

• • 08

•5

1

0

. • • . . .

• • Rothia. Psoralea. Medicago.

• • Melilotus. Trigonella.

• • Clitoria. Indigofera.

• •

«

•

o »5

0

CO

f— 1

id

CO

0

)i.] Calatojfue of flaith /onttd i'm the Bania diilriel.

t s si ^ e -i = Is i

Ml If-s-s lis-a g -Ml' ^11

•|1 lill -i" j= lis liji ^ s-?

32

Catalogue of plants found in the Banda dUtriet. [No. 1.

B

a

o

o

«

a o

I

d

I

QO

.•0

s

cs

ft*

I

a

«» ^^ -iS « 9 S « « c ► • ► >*** ►

tf bdoPUOccSu

s

.2 fl o «

ss

9

^- s ^

S(2

a d o

as

d

4> d 'O d

• i

o

O 9

M O

PhO

J I a v^

tua a ** at a

08 ^ O

woe:)

• • •

« ^ d

.£ as oo 08 08

Mt SB ^

0»

GO

9

•

d

•c

o

•

08

00

O

^.1

%m

'H

M 2

3

^

d

a> u

9 ^ QQOQ

d •C .

^§

1852.] Catab>g*e i(fplmt»foimdiK the Banda dUiriH. 33

• I ill

j-S I B . ? -a |S^

ii es 3 « s-l 5 -a |1 I

i SJ J ■ a

34

Catalogue of plants found in the Banda dietriet. No. 1

1

00

I

a

•a •

S ^ ^ E « S ^ m c« .^ .^ o ^ o O *fi

§

o

i

3

*« s

§.

0 08 «$ 0

So

s

o

•A

-"a

cA ;£•

0

li

^** ^ Aft

«8

S^J4 .a >. o« Q< K l« H

Poo

s

1-1 1

O 08 0 5

fi^

I

0

fi^

w 2g0S

Q Q o O o S

0

^

C4

to

C4

CO C<l

04

1852.] Catalogue of planU found in the Banda dUtriet.

33

s

.9

a. a

a

M

«»« o

s

08

'2

ci

o

o

S s S o

ii

li

o •

^1

.00 o

lis J

o

fl

es

§

9 «

« « ** g S h

si § ® fl

So fl • rt

&

s

i

►

•c

fl

a;

lid

« fl

Mid

«9

s

.S

* #

e M

9

S

o

3a. s

HCUfiQ

«-J

fl

a

.a . «2^

«> TS * S **

« O S ^ •--• o> Q S

a

• fl

& s

Q

S

Bis

S O OB

OB

1

s a

o O

s

o

•g

Ge3

^ 3

%

fl

^ s a; 3 23 C ^

* 58 5

•i'i

•S fl

fl fl o «s

£ a h3-^

04

C4

a

i

5 . ^

< a ^

^ i ^ c tf

•^ -^ 1^ « fl

04

o

F 2

36

Catalogue of plants found in the Banda dutriet. No. 1.

SI

a

1

X

Hid

I

« r5 ••• 111

I.

■8

I

I

S

i I

s

»M X 'O ,13 ^-^

aV OB »■ 00^3^

a

•T3

§ S 0^

S

^

s

a

a

a • §

8-3

1

•c

P :^

g ►.'S

tS

0

(2

I

a

§ § S S I 5 ^-S

OB

^ s

h no

s

p

-3

p

o

5'XS'<B't»

^ fc »•§ p 5

? S

a>

«5

08

o

B

o

.S « Oh3

a

p

p

«8

S oe

.a § g t

pqoQ

o

C4

C9

00 C4

1852.] Catalogue of planti faiatd m the Banda diatriet.

37

i

S3

\4

e

9 O

i •s

•s

a o

I

I

s

4>

^ tg

43 ns o e o o Q s 2i "A^ 4^ '** '^^ ^^

^ flB a^ vpi^ w^ mmm 9m*

£0

3 5

Q

2

1^

O har

a

III

B 8^ - S3 -. 'B

9

«« n P 2 ► ® S

0 ^ a>

S'Q •^ >^ «/rt •— 2 'S >- .o ^ Q-

• g

S

s

B

^ a o a>

. a

11|

8 2

S

O H

S

9

I

«5

H

t«

S O ea ^ ptS * < H «5 « -CS my wm*

S22

« J • H goo

w'o.S'S

"^ ** 9 ^ ^ *C ^-

GO

C4

S o g . a 55 2 ^

o a s ji cp cQ o

CO

o

CO

I I

I

I

I

Catalogue of-flanttfoMid in the BanJa dUtriet. [No. 1.

I I

Ml

J -Nil

i'S 2-2 i-J

lit

J852.] Catalogue of plants found in the Banda duiriei.

39

A

i -s

8 .2

o H

no O 0

B

a

0

I,

•gls fa's

s

a « o

a

Omco

'6 '2

.a

► O

a

8

5-a

0 g S g.^

'g -5 2 « &•

«9

p

g •

2 s *3 w> O s

CO

CO

CO

o

s t»S-c g>

a

s

n

i S fl • 3 fl •

_ tt i^o s § s 8

riS.SJ2.gB^=»

I

CO

CO

CO

0

.0

0

r

40

Catalogue of plantt found in the Banda district. [No. I

GO

a

S

S3

to

s

•

S

•

nd below

•

dant — so Pangra.

a S

5^

CS

-5

^

^

-abuni as at

» no «

a>

1

C3 —

d

^

1 .t5

S'O

o

4J

^^

oD a 9^ <i>

s

'3

wil with

«« ^ »^

ns

ce

nS'VS

«P^

Abundant, wil Gardens. Wild on rocks

CultiTated an quite covere Gardens. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.

08

GQ

s

a «»

^ S C3 ills

60

OS

ta 08

n

4>

n»5

0

.2

2

.a

8 'S J=

5«S

a

0

M

97

o

§•

•

§

!

1

o

.a

o

•s g;a

OB ^-^ rt --T

5 M .

-< MS

85 ^ « 2

g * 2 B^

CO

fc SB

o

00

CO

'

1852.] Catalogue of plant$ found in the Banda district. 41

«e ;r cs >ti .^ o o .?S .tS .^ es «$ » ^ pO $ o .^ ^ « .^ as o» C ^ 5

01

no

• • t .• • •

45

c«

WP O PM g O ^

tN. r>» 00

CQ CO CO

Calalogut of flsnti found m the Banda ditlriet. [No. 1.

« I g

I 4

•sB T

l|iu|

SI

''■is

aoa ijg.^

I

I f ir

■t ill

1852.] Cmialogue 4^ piunis found in the Banda di$iriei.

43

s

«8

9£

40

^ac3^aac3(gSasaSaigB:g:gt2

-o « a S _

• • • • • •

s

M CO

• •

• • t

• • •

a

1^

•!•

o

a

OS s .A. 55 OS

e^*

si

.9 t.o

<2

> ^ «s *C -s* o

8

e

^ §

U)

§

8^

•B o i>

w

fi^

i

o

• «^ « ^ ^

c« 5 " ^- S fls -S £

C 9 g .S S '-^S '^ ^

S *^

CO CO

G 2

Catal^ue o/planU/outul in ike Btmda dittriet. [No.

4

E .S B -3 g .2 g .E -I J 2 S 5 « c 3 < tf «

°" .3

2,j Catalogue o/pltmU/oiud in the Banda dutriet.

S -- -g- I

4 . % " -

U

g I iiiii ii £ijlll|rl^||l||

llsti if ilfiHli H-i

o/fhHUlfim>i4imtkt Bmimdutriet. [No. U i

t ^ -S

1

1

yiiilii iiiii 1

■li : :

mi.] Catahfue o/ptantt/imntl in the Banda iKstrkt.

47

I

a

a

o

D

S

Ml S ao

'sl.'sfegfi.*

W m p S ^M

a -s • ? 'ts -s 2

■^ B S Am U O >^

P

I

■-s

S 00

•T3

0

8

0^ >•

lllljgj^jjllj i I J

o6q

I

I

s

1

8 "

g P n 00

4 o

>0-<P^P^

2

. as

• S

<

A

s

H

H

9 *^^ S

^ 0 S" *** M VB ^ ■^i'

A.

o

SI

to

48

Catalogue of plants found in the Banda dUttiet. [No. 1.

fl

&

T

00

&

s

a o

o

s

I

4»

o

0

o

S

i

e

o

O

►.'5 « *

Oft

S2.2

4i> ■«* <** tS IB ID - •«• .pi*

o o

•"f5 s jb •* js «tf '^ '^

fipq-^EHOSS

o

s

S3

S

s

4>

a

• • • •

• • • •

.J

a o

^

o

OQ

if

aA.S

lU C

<1C

1^

O 0

S'S

4»

S fl «

« o

SSI

!gftH(g^^H^o:gQ ft«

S a «<

s

pq

g

^^ * a

«« 2 «« o

0^ fl O) .«i» CO CO

H

^ 0

s • **

2 MS

0 ^ »« M

5 S ►*« S as

B

s

^ S . S

M • . 3 « 2 *:

M ► ID J cS * B

o « ;S o o o a

C ^ n iJ ►«

CO

CO

to

4*.

ON.

lork bns

ider tana-

I to » at

up

>py

it.

ad id. ad 111.

>m

u.

of in, en

he

n- u,

be )e Id

3e

\

1852.} naMiaium of Ihn HuokuTM Aeeituni of Seind. 40

TraM^aiiom niflhnHuokuVt Aeamni of SeiniBL — By Maj^r Anderson.

Tht wotk of lbs Hookal is often mentioned as the gronnd work of «n AnUnan Geognphy, — ^bnt though found in many translations lad tnmrfuaotts^ the entire book is hardly to be obtained.

The text is die basis of mndi to be traced in Edresee*; while under i Penian garb it is by many supposed to be identical with the Moma- kk wa Mosaiek transbfted by ffir William Onsley.

Yet how few of the places mentioned in these books have been idsatified to the satisfiuitaon of a single reader. I had often tried to •irife at some dear idea of the North West Provinoes of India, as ddineated in both Edresee and Sir Wm. Oosley,— but had g^ven np the stteapl aa hopeless.

Hearings by chancer my friend Dr. Sprenger had obtained a copy of this much desired book from Luoknow, I applied for the loan of it. This was kindly granted.

With the assistance of a Moonshee, and with no little trouble and hboVy I oontrited to knock out the sense of the chapter on Seind.

I selected this conntiy as being a province now more known ; and as the only portion of India attempted to be described in any detail. I tmsted to the prospects of some little assistance to be obtained from inhabitants of both Sdnd and Beloochistan» now residing in Calcutta.

The errors of the original are beyond all belief in the matter of pvopsr names, once having departed from the correct primitive form, Ifloaoder there to exist no reasonable form into which any given Aiibie proper name may not be contorted under constant copying, — lis tiuo paralM lines once departing from their true conditions-^the Mbm earriad the more tbey diverge.

1 soon found, that the true key to much of this confusion was con- tiined in the words of a most able Indian Numismatist, Mr. Thomas, •fthe Civil Service.

** Instead of endeavouring to identify Hindu namea through the of uncertainty of the AraUc manuscript, boldly to correct the nc from the unquestionable records of the coins themselves ; and lostesd of qiplying coins to Kings, apply Kings to their own coins.*'

The map— distances and the rivers, aA>rd landmarks which reduce dii locsBty of any doubtful place withm defined limits, and have enabled

50 Translation oflbn HuokuFt Account o/Seind. [No. I.

me to offer a fair guess at some few of the towns and districts men- tioned. No doubt many are questionable; but the errors may be cleared up bj the researches now making in the very district. I shall be amply repaid if this sketch draws attention to the subject, and leads some antiquarian of young Egypt, to identify with certainty the locality of the once celebrated Munsooruh. When my share of the undertaking was complete. Dr. Sprenger obtained for me a copy of the fragment published by Gildemeister, — only in time to prove the lacunae in the works I had translated.

Any attempt to combine the two originals would only have resulted in a new compilation— two or three passages alone were improved by use of the last work.

Possessing no knowledge of Arabic, more than suffident with the help of Dictionary, Grammar and Moonshee, to reach the sense of a common passage ; I leave the weight of the original entirely on my friend Dr. Sprenger than whom I know none better able to support the burden. He will also give the history of his own Manuscript, which he now questions being the original text of Ibn Huokul ; but mi such it was mentioned to me. In the usual Asiatic mode I add — which is truth, God knows.

The country of Scind with the adjoining districts I have placed in one Map, — yjz. Scind, a portion of India, of Mukran, of Zoran and of the Buroohee country. To the east of all these, lies the Persian Gulf ; to the west Kerman, the deserted and the cultivated parts of Segistan ; to the north India ; and to the south, the deserts between Mukran and Khozdar ; beyond these is the Gulf of Persia ; which also encloses this country to the east. On the south beyond the de- sert, lies the great ocean, which extends from Seemood eastward unto Teez of Mukran ; it winds round the desert and then inclines towards Kerman and Persia.

Of the cities belonging to this division are found the following : — of Mukran — Teez ; Punjgoor ; Duzuk ; Basuk, the town of the Sepa- ratists: Bund; Kusurkund; Esfukuh ; Kulpooruh ; Mushkan; Pu* sunee; Gwadul.

Of Zooran; Bunjaruh; Shoorawukh ; Khozdar.

Of the Buroohee district ; Gundava.

Ot Scind; Munsooruh, called Mameewan in Scmdee; Deebul;

i852.] Translation of Ibn HuokuVa Account of Sctnd, i> 1

Beeroon ; Koluree ; Unree ; Bulree ; Masoowahee ; Tiihruj ; Sa- meejnh ; Haluree ; Shewan ; Boor.

Oi India; Kamahul; Kambajet; Soobaruh ; Soudan; Suemoor* MolUn; Chundurawnr ; Beamed; such are aome of the towns of these conntrieSy aa I nnderatand them.

From Camhay to Mysore is the dominion of a Maharajah, one of the lungs of India, and is inhabited by infidels ; except those citiea which are occupied by Mohamedans ; over these none are placed on the part of the Mahanjah, except a follower of Eslam ; in them are Mosqoes, in which a congregation of the faithful openly takes place. In the capital of the BSaharajah itself» the Asan is not permitted ; his country is most extensive.

MuNSOORVQ. — ^Thia dty is about a mile square and surrounded by a branch from the Indus which almost makes the place an island. The inhabitants are Mohamedans and their chief is said to be of the Soreesh tribe, descended from Hobbar, the son of Uswud, who with &ther and graodfather has governed the place. The Khotbuh is read m the name of the Caliph. The climate is extremely hot. The soil produces dates^but no grapes, no apples, no pears, no walnuts ; yet iQgar-cane. In their orchards is a fruit of the sise of an apple called leemoomMht extremely add. Also one caUed the mangoe, in taste and appearance not unlike the peach. The price of articles is low, the country fruitful.

The coins current are, the copper pnesa, — crown pieces worth five derhema ; also a derhera called the Tartar, weighing one and two thirds of the standard derhem. Golden denars are also common. The dress of the people is similar to that of the inhabitants of Eerak ; cioept the style of their chiefs, which assimilates more to that of the kings of India, especially in the mode of wearing long hair and fall dreasea.

MOLTAN.

Thia town ia about half the size of Munsooruh. It bears the name of the City of Gladness and Capital of Oold. A celebrated idol is contained within the place, which is worshipped by all India ; pilgrim- ages are undertaken to its shrine from all parts ; and much wealth is presented year by year to the temple and the sacred devotees. The name of the place Molt an ia derived from a title of this idol. The

H 2

52 Translaiion oflbn HuokuTi Aeeaunt o/Seind. [No. K

•

temple is a structure in the aidst of boiMtngi sitiwted in tke streets of Moltan near the basar of the irory workers on the side of the eDp« per-smiths. In the centre of this structure stmds a dome in which is traced this idol. Round the building are houses for the various serrants of the temple, and of those devoted to reli|^ous austerities. This idol is alone worshipped in Moltan whether by people of India or of Scind ; nobody Utcs in the building with the idoL

This image is in the similitude of a human being, seated upon an elevated platform bdlt of brick and mortar. Sometimes the entire body is covered up» the outward skin is very red in oolour, like mujeet. Nothing is Mt to be seen but the two eyes. Some peofde think the body of the idol is made of wood ; bnt some consider it of other substance. They will not permit it to be exposed ; its ^es are composed of two jewels and on its head is placed a crown of gold. Seated on the platform, its arms are extended to its knees with the fingers closed np as if counting fbnr in number* The IJmeer of Mol- tan takes sU the wealth presented to the idol and expends it on the priests.

When the sacred war-banners of Ealam were first csrried into In- dia ; this idol was thrown down, exposed, broken, and burnt ; aftet which the warriors returned having destroyed the city. Near Moltan are many high-walled forts ; the soil is very productive, but exceeded by Munsooruh in cultivation and in population. Moltan acquired the title of the City of Gladness and Capital of Gk>ld, because it was one of the first places conquered to Eslam. At the time there was much distress and want in the Moslem army— but in the city was obtained large quantities of gold. The army was refreshed by the spoil. Out- side Moltan at the distance of about a half a fursukh, is a collection of houses called Chundurawur, the cantonment of the Umeer ; he only enters the city on Friday, when seated on an elephant he pro- ceeds to the place of prayer.

The Umeer is of the Koreesh tribe, one of the sons of Samuh, the son of Lows. He reigns over them, pays no obedience to the chief of Munsooruh, but reads the Rhotbuh in the name of the Caliph.

BiSMUD is a small place situated with Moltan and Chundurawur, on the east of the Indus, at a distance of one fursukh from the river. Their water is all drawn from w^ ; the soil is cultnrable.

1852.] TrMmtiaiian o/* lin Huokurs Jcetmni of Seind. 5S

RoKBs is equal in mt to Moltan ; it has a double wall ; being ntoated on the banks of the Mehran-— near the confines of the district of MmiBOorah.

DuBXBX. is sitnated on the west of the Indns on the coast of the isa> 18 a i^rand mart and port of this and neighbouring countries* The cultivation is circumscribed ; affords no large trees nor dates ; indeed the soil is one of great aridity — BtiQ a place of trade.

Bbihoon is a town located half way between Dubeel and Munsoo* nih rather nearer to the latter ; the trayeller between these two places nnst cross the river Indns at HALunnn sitnated on the west bank.

HuaowAHSB TuHRUj and Shbwan are all on the west side of the stieaiDS ; but Unureb and Bulubeb are both on the east side, ra- ther distant from the banks, on the high road between Munsoomh sod Molten.

RuLURBB is found to the west of the Indnsy elose to the branch which taking off from the mun river. Hows behind Munsoomh.

Savbtah is a small town in which resides Omar, son of Ahd-ol- usees Hobaree of the Koreesh tribe ; his grand&ther was a ruler of Mvnsoorah*

Kam ABui. is one of the first towns on the frontiers of India on the nad to Mysore. From Kamahul to Mysore is Indian, but from the lame place to Mukran, Bnrhoee and Moltan is Scindian.

SciND is surrounded by infidel tribes, of whom the Bnrhoee is celebrated, tribe is distributed over the country between Zoran, Mukran, Moltan and Munsoomh ; chiefly to the west of the river — the men are great breeders of camels, and export an animal of the dass which is much sought after in Khorasan, Persia and other countries.

The central town of their trade is Gundava. The tribe is a wan- dsriog oae» among the wilds and jungles.

The Jats are a tribe moving on the banks of the Indus from the confines of Moltan to the sea, chiefly on the deserts between the In« dos and Kamahul residiog on pasture lands and feeding grounds. A very munerous race.

Kam VHUi., Cambat, Sondan and Mtsorb contain mosques, and the people openly follow the rites of Islam. They are fertile and large territories possessing groves of coooanut trees, plantains and

54 Translaiian qflbn HuokutM Account o/Scind. [No. 1.

mangoes. The chief portion of their cultivation is rice ; honey is plentiful, but dates do not thrive.

Dahook and Kolwan are large Tillages lying between Keej and 6wadul» Kolwan belongs to Mukran, but Dahook is a frontier town of Munsooruh ; the last is deficient in cultivation and unproductive, but rich in cattle.

ZooRAN is a valley containing a town of the same name, with a citadel in its centre.

Aboo Kasem of Busoruh is the Administrator of Civil Justice, the Collector, the Kaaee, the Crovemor, and the Alms-giver — but he can* not distinguish between three and ten.

- Khozdar is a district of towns and hamlets — the chief being one Mogheemh, the son of Uhmud ; he reads the Khotbuh in the name of the Caliph, but pays no kheraj. He resides at a place called Kue- kanan, productive and cheap, affording anabs, grapes and other fruits of the colder climates, but no dates.

The country is a flat desert between Kamahul and Sameyuh, as well as from the former to Cambay. Well inhabited Indian villages lie near each other on the road to Mysoor ; in them are to be seen both Mohamedans and Infidels alike in regard of their clothes and length of hair, the habiliments chiefly being trowsers or shalwars*

The heat of the climate is excessive.

The clothes of the inhabitants of Moltan are similar.

The people of Munsooruh and Moltan speak both Arabic and Scindee while the inhabitants of Mukran use both Persian and Muk-> ranee. The usual dress is the long loose gown ; except traders who vear the long close fitting coat with the shawl and other articles of clothing prevailing in Persia and Erak.

Mukran is a broad extensive tract of country, where want, famine and indigence prevail. The ruler is one Jesus, the son of Madan, called in the language of the country, Muhya. His residence is Keez, a dty about half the size of Moltan, abounding in dates. A port to Mukran and these parts —

TccZf known as Teez of Mukran, is the largest city of the country Punjpoor, Gcyuhf Bund^ Kusur Kund^ Buzuk^ Kulphooruh are all smnll places and very hot ; containing villages of the Separatists. Their chief place is Rasek and other hamlets of Judran. This dis-

1852.] Trandaiioh of Ibn Huokurt Account of Scind. 55

tiict produces celebrated faneez with. dates and sugar-cane; the faneez is exported to many parts — a portion also comes from Mukran and Khosdar* The inhabitants of all these places are of the class called Separatists.

There is ritnated on the confines of Kerman, a district called Hush- ksn ; the chief being Mozsuher, the son of Rujuo ; he does not read the Khotbuh in the name of the Caliph or acknowledge any of the aeigbboiiring chiefr as his superior; this district extends three marches ; althongh itself rather warm, it produces a few grapes and lomeof the fruits of the colder countries. Gwadul is distant from Poiunee about two marches and within two miles of the sea ; both these places are between Debul and Mukran.

KundaTa is a large place, affording no dates ; it is situated among wilds — but is the capital of the Buroohee tribe.

Between Kundurabad and Oundara is a Tillage district called Edul inhabited by Mohamedans and Infidels of the Buroohee tribe. Their cnltiTation is chiefly garden crops ; grapes exist and also much cattle ; it is a place of fertility. Edul was the name of a man who ruled ia these parts» hence the designation.

Distaneea. Marches.

From Tees to Keej, 5

Punj Goor, .... 2 Pnnj Goor to Geuh.

Teez. Punj Goor to Duzuk». • • • 3

Rasnky • . • • 3 Kulpoorahy.. 3 Asfukuhy . • 2 Easy journies.

Bund, 1

Geuh» 1

Kusur Kund, 1 Light marches.

Keej to Gwadul, 6 ! 2 T Edresee says 2.

Pusnnee, 2

Dubeel, 4

Mnnsooruh to Dubeel»... . 6 ,, Moltan, .... 12

ly Zoorani.t*. • 15

r

I I

56 Tra$uiati(m oflbn HuokuPi Jeeomni ofScmd. [No. 1.

Khosdar to Moltao, 20 A town aiiiiilar to Zoorao.

The frontier of the Boroohee district to Moaflooruhy 5 mtrdies. Ditto ditto to Keej» 10 marches, residence

of Jesus, son of Madan. Ditto ditto to Tees Mokran, 15 marches.

The length of Mnkran from Tees to Khoadar is 12 marches. From Moltan to the borders of Beloochistan called Balos, 1 0 marches. Proceeding from Munsooruh to the Bnroohee district, the Indus must be crossed at Shewan.

From Qundava to Mustong^ a cental of the Belooch country, 4 marches. Ditto ditto to ELhozdar, ^ /krnM$ / (marches T) Ditto ditto to Munsooruh, 8 forsukhsl (marches T) so given in Ouseley.

Ditto ditto to Moltan, 10 marches. From Munsooruh to Kamuhul, 8

Cambay, • • 4 Situated 1 fursukh from the

sea. Soobaruh, 4 Situated ^ ditto ditto.

Sodauj .... 5 Ditto ditto. Mysore, .. 5 Ceylon, .. 5 31 marches.

Moltan to Beamed, 2

Roor, 3

Unuree, 4

Kuluree, 2

Munsooruh,.. . . 112 marches.

Dubeel to Bueroon, 4

Haluree, 2

Kuluree to Bulree, 4 Fursukhs.

Sameyuh on the road to Kamuhul from Munsooruh, one march.

ON THE RIYKRS.

One of the rivers is called the Mehran ; I understand that its source is at the back of those mountains, whence also flow some of the feeders of the Juehoon (or Ozus). It reaches Moltan and passes to the district of Bismud — and Roor, and thence to Munsooruh ; sub- sequently runs into the seas to the East of Debul. This river is a

1852.] Translation o/Ibn HuokuVs Account of Scind. 57

Tery large one, its witter ever sweet. They say it contains crocodiles like the river Nile ; to which it approaches in size and mode of tides ; — ^these rise over the country and then suhside ; when the land is caltirated in the mode I have mentioned in Egypt.

The Seind river flows from a distance of three marches from Mol- tan ; a large stream of sweet water. It is understood to join the Mehran.

Mekran chiefly contains deserts and sands, heing of little water at til seasons.

Between Munsooruh the water subsides into pools, round which in the fens and marshes resides a Scindian tribe called Jat, they con* some chiefly fish and water-fowl resembling the Berber tribes.

Those afar from these marshes living on the plains are like unto the Koord races, consuming milk, cheese and bread. We have now finished the boundaries of Islam towards the East.

58

Translatien o/Un HuokuTs Jeeouni o/Semd. [No. L

}

Zoran is a town of Kuchee f) Zuheree of Beloochistan. j Sarawan is also a grand > division of the Belooch j coantr J J

The well known Barhoee or Baroohee tribe

Map

I can offer no better identifi- cation of this word, than a not very improbable cor- ruption of Maheshwura to j^J^orMysoor — wrongly ^ transcribed as Symoor ; the situation between Sonda and Ceylon warrants the assumption _

Map points omitted 7.

Map arabised

Map — arabised spelling

Map

BASuk is mentioned by men 1 of Makran as 50 miles > northward of Keej J

Map ; letters incomplete

Map

Map — Kussur Kund

Map, Esfttkea.

Map

Given in a MS. sketch oH the Belooch tribes, as a I district towards Mukran. f Map; Muehr J

Map ; and known to the ser vants of the Umeers Scinde, as a large harbour

Gwadul

Mentioned in the Ayeen Uk- baree as the capital Beloochistan. Well known

Aj^^

er- I

:; ^

• •

JiijS

S^

^^

\^

J

■3

9 m m

8;^

1852.] Translation of Ibn HuokuVt Aeeaunt of Seind.

59

Map ; Shoorawuk

An erroneooB tranflcription ofl Grondaba, GanjuTa J

Thesenrants of the Umeere of Scinde suggest, Emam- wah, the name of a pkce or a stream of celebritj, for the Sciiidian Mameewan. Munsooruh remains to be identified

The senrants of the Umeersi of Scinde say, Knrachee I is the ancient Deebol. A ^ history of Scinde mentions Bandore Lahooreeas such.

Unknown ; except that in the leqnired podtion there is g^yen on the kite Surreys S> of Scinde Bryant; pro- bably a oormption ^

Untraced ; nnless in the KuO lanih Sonth-East of Hyde- I rabad, in the late Soryeys r of Scinde J

Unknown — probably nea Nuoshnhr

Seyndfl of Bolree are con stantly mentioned in the histoij of Scinde, a sore indication of antiauity. A ^ Bulury is placea on the Map a little North and EastofTatta ,

Unknown fMussoowah and Tuhnr are sug- gested for these — as known j places on the I road to She- Unknown (^ wan J

Sameyah is considered to be 20 miles Eastward Tatnh

I

bel

i[^A«U

O^jj^

• •

Sjt«^

St>^Uf

Jji^

m •

(JU^

iSj^

LSL

• •

je

«(weL«

J

l^lOM

O^i

OJja

t5>"

(Sj>\

C£

£r^

^Jf

AjjCo

I 2

60

TranslatioH of Ibn HuokuPs Account ofScind. [No. 1.

A very slight upward turn to' the tail of the dal ; readily accounts for this change; it has crept into common acceptation : the derivation is Sheostan, — Sudoosan may be traced in all the works of Persian authority.

The towns of Bukur, Sukur' and Roree were built from the ruins of Rooree* Ulroor, Roor, Alore. It was the capital of Upper Scind at the Mohamedan invasion.

This may be Kumhalea or Kumalea, on the coast of the Gulf of Cutch ; oppo- ^ site to the port of Maun- doee

Cambay Cambaja an ancient "1 city in the province of I Gujarat, the sea port of f IJhmudabad J

Severndroog Suvama Burga the Golden Fortress; a small rocky isle on the coast of the Concan^ 86 miles S. £. from Bombay. \ Celebrated in modern times as the residence of the Pirate Angria

■J

• •

tt»[>4*

3«

cA-»

• »

iS}})

M

cV^

SJxiS

» •

4)^0

1852.] Tramlatian o/Ibn HuokuPs Account o/Seind.

61

• 1

^w*

J

J

J

!3.

~5.

!>

%

1

V

3

Soanda or Sudha, situated"

abore Uie Western ghauts

in Ganara. An ancient place [ celebrated for pepper and | rice ; 44 miles N. £. from

ot(xL«

• •

• •

^\i^m

Onore ^

An enTiron of Moltan — ^un-*^ known J

, •

■ •

• •

• •

j^ljAXa.

Unknown, probably near )

J «>♦«•

*_•• ^ . . . 1

Ooch J

^Xt^

• •

• •

•

Aa no proper bead can be"^

found to wear the title of

Bulhura^ I suggest it as

a fragment of the word (

• • f

i 1 .

Maharajah ; the meaning of [

■ •

^\j\^

• ■

\j^.

the word is said to be Kin^

of Kinffs in the French

translation of Edreese. . . ^

Perhaps an arabized plural ot^ Pnesuh Faezutai

t * M% *

,»•

• •

• •

cs»U(V«iV

The dje called mujeet? also' leather

• •

• •

y)Ux**

Huluree is marked on the^

map West of Tatuh, but

far from the river; there

exists the celebrated Hela-

yuh ferry which may be ^

sf"-*

• ■

^yu.

the ferry to Munsooruh,

•9

which city will then lie

between this ferry and the

bifurcation of the Gongra.^

An arabized form of Gnnda- 1 btth or Gnndawa j

• •

• •

«il*if

(J^\^

Said by the servants of the]

Umeers of Scind, to be >

■ •

• •

• •

<3^!>

on the confines of Mukran. j

^*i^ ^

Mentioned as a large fertile"

valley inhabited by the 1

tt>!>^

Meerwanee tribe ; near r

• •

• •

• •

Punj Goor. Map Koolaj ? J

62

Translation oflbn HuoiuPs Account o/Scind. [No. 1

A large party headed bj U shush bin Kues deserted the side of the £mam Ulee and set up one Abdullah bin Duhub, as GoTemor. They were cut up at Nehrwan ^ by the £mam. The few who escapedy migrated to foreign countries and their descendants are known as the Khurooj tribes

Constantly mentioned as a district of Beloochistai wards Mukran,

itioned as al loochistan to- >

^ J

Cj!^

} }

Already mentioned as Mush- kee

Having the same meaning as KJiurooj. ..••

Looks as a fragment of Se-' kundurabad ; but I am told that Kundurabad is now a small village near Teeree and Mustong — and b con- sidered to have heen once a place of importance

I find mention of Kue Kanan in the history of Scind, and men of Peeshing say i they view it as Koh Kanan ( — Koh Kan — the modern I Kunuhk. J

SJI^

iSJ

^SnmmwO

• •

c^lj

lOTVMt^

gr^

.>bf;Air

o^'oj^

1852.] IVanslaium oflbn HuokuFs Aeeount of Sdnd.

63

J

1

3

Edol f Meel,

• •

• •

• •

• •

•

• •

• •

Jub

Grain or fniits raised nearl home in gardens as oppos- 1 ed to the crops of field cul- r tivation J

EdulT— -Meelt

•

Zat^-Jat

t^

NOTES.

Mywre. — The reading of Seemood or Seemoor as Mjsore is exceed- ingly bold ; requiring more than ordinary latitude ; bnt» the position warrants the assumption. Notice may also be taken, that being the name of a large district, we have not as in the prerious smaller places Sedan and Soobaruh any more precise indication in the distance from the ocean.

Few particulars of detail are to be looked for, in a work, that jnmpt ftom Scinde to Ceylon in 31 marches, with only the names given of five. The route is about similar to a statement that the tu^es from Calcutta to London are, Madras, Ceylon, Aden, Suez and Akzandria. I am inclined to consider Seemood may be the Lungoor of ffinan Thsang ; — in it he states to be a sian to the Maha Eesh- wuruh — ^which is the arch type of Mysore 1 But Mungalorb is not unlikely to furnish a better Lungoor.

Makarqfah. — ^Edresee contains a passage, that the meaning of the word Bulhnra is " king of kings.'* Some people object, that Bulhura is found in almost all early writers, Arabian or Persian. But we know bow few are the original writings of these early periods, how the errors of the first transcribers become stereotyped for ages ; how copies are made from copies until all correctness is lost. For example, Sudoosan

64 Translation of Ibn HuokuVs Aeeauni of Seind. [No. 1.

may be traced in the moat early writings of the beat aathora aa the name of the town Shewan or Sheowan. A result not unnatural to the peculiar forma of the Arabian yee and dal in early writing.

Munsooruh, — The position still remains a problem to be solved as it no doubt will be, by the antiquarian research now in operation throughout Scinde. Its ruins will be found to be between Tatta and Hydrabad. The modem surveys contain a stream called the Emam ; Wah is said to be generic in the language of Scind for rivulets. Leemoonuh is the Arabian type of our Lemon ; better followed than is the Indian Umbuh by Umbuj or by Mangoe.

Deebul is the Arabian form of Deewul or Deewal — derived from Deeo-aluh the place of the idol ; as Sheeo-aluh.

Copper puesa. — This is the best attempt that I cam offer, at a word either corrupted or illegibly transcribed. Sir William Ouseley reads Kaheri; a terra not elsewhere to be found.

Five derhems of silver, say 325 grains, is about the actual weight of the silver in the crown piece. This coin may by the Red Sea, or down the Persian Gulf, or even by the land route, have readily reached so large an emporium of eastern trade as the mouths of the Indus. If of a derhem, say 80 to 90 grains, is considered about the proposed weight of the Coins of the early Bokhara Torkee dynasties ; such, I presume to be indicated by the generic title of Tatar.

Beeroon. — This word is stereotyped into authority ; as we find an author of celebrity called Beerooiiee, said to have been bom in this town. But I believe the adscription to be an error ; such should be, to a place called Beeroon in Kharison.

Kamahul. — I can only suggest, Kumbalea or Kumalea ; as in some measure meeting the required conditions, — of being on the borders of the two dominions.

If attention is given to the Nozhut olkoloob ; there exists the follow- ing route with its measurement.

From Deebul to the Mehran, a river of Scinde,.. .. 2 fursukhs.

to Badnugur (Rhadanpore) which is

the frontier town of India, 40 — -

to Koolee, (30) x2

to Sumundan, (48) >C)C

to Mulebar, 50

1852.] Translaiiom oflbn HnokuVs Aeeauni o/Seind. 65

to Talyan or Patan, 20

to Ceylon hj two days on the sea, . . 10 80

The total is given as, 200

Hence for the lacunae we have, 78

Now assoming Snmandan to be Sondan ; the last distance of 80 farsnkhs may be considered a rough approach to the facts. Edresee giTes Koolee as 6 miles from, say identical with, Cambay, so that we may safely divide the difference between the two lacan», as above proposed in 32 and 48 fursukhs.

Putun is mentioned as a port of M ulebar, by Ebne Batata.

The dilFerence of latitude between Tatta and Ceylon is about 16 degrees.

The Nozhutol Kooloob makes the distance, 200 fursukhs.

Ebne Huskul estimates the way as, 31 marches.

Zooran. — I can obtain no evidence of this term ever having been used to designate the country hord called Beloochistan.

Gwadul. — ^The conversion of Kundabeel or as it is also written Urmabeel into Gwadul may or may not receive assent. I can obtain no trace of the two types given, but cbtoJi will to the eye accustomed to such transformations not appear very wide of J«>(y.

Kuburadahan, — Does not strike the ear as a correct word. I find in the History of Scinde one of the districts neighbouring on Scinde called Kue Kanan. Men of Peeshing have suggested this to be Koh Kanan, the modem Kunuh a small place between Shal and Kelat-i- Nnseer.

FaneeM. — A species of sugar — treacle.

JaU. — ^The present wandering tribe to the East of the Punjab. In the previous portion, and in all European printed books, I find Mnnd : a tribe I never elsewhere noticed. I suspect and boldly adopt Jat as the correct word ; by copyists Joi !»,> Zal, toee, might soon be turned into^.

Kundurabad, — Is said to exist near Teeree and Mustong.

Edul. — So may be read J J, from the constant interchange observa- ble between a and ^c. This word has been given as Eel — Vbul — Uiul and Meel in various translations. Edul Khan is the family title of

66 TraMlation of Ibn HuokuTs Account of Scind. [No. 1.

the chief of Nohskue a district most near to the position indicated. A stream caUed Meel Manduh in the Peeshing valley is not far from the required position.

Scind river. — ^This limits this designation to the portion of the Cheenab between the junction of the Rawee and the junction of the Indus — from Tolumba to Mittun.

Interest may attend a review of the opinions entertained by the natives of Scinde on the history of their own cities. Deewal, Buhnoor, Nugar and Teeruh were the names of towns succeeding each other on the ruins of the predecessor. They were all located in the Sagure Gharuh or Sagwurruh.

At last the district appears to have obtained the name of Tutuh ; under which title the Jam Niizamoldeen, known as the Jam Hindoo, formed the modern city in the year 905 of the Hejuree : — the original town by him enlarged into Tatuh was called Zublak.

Nueroon Koot was a celebrated fort situated near the modern Hyderabad. It capitulated to Mohummud Kasem the early conqueror of Scinde, by degrees the place was neglected and the fort became a heap of ruins until Mean Gholam Shah Koolee Khan from them raised the modem fort of Hyderabad.

Sheowestan, Seewan Sehwan, is one of the most noted places of antiquity on the country. Sometimes independent sometimes subject to either Tuttuh or Alore.

Alore constituted tbe capital of the earliest known B&jahs of Upper Scinde and was captured by Mohummud Kasem. Subsequently its canals and wells having dried up it was deserted for towns nearer to the river as Bhukur, Sukhur^ and Loohuree now called Rooree. So that Alore is now considered a village of Bhukur.

1852.] Traiulatum of Ibtt HuokHTt Jeeount of Seind. 67

«4lU4j ^jLms- jUislj u;U««« 8;U^j u,U;i *a^ ^ UV^J^-

^ — ^ — ^ ^ « ^ ^ — w

4>A#^j dx», A^^ ^JLr=^' ^*^ wS*-^ <^!^-> ^>^^-> ji^y^

V**^tt;^ ^s^!;^ ^'> J^^;'^ us^^j sJ^y Vt*^ *^^

^ ' fa

**'^j C-^'j (-5*Wj uiy^^ cry' J »-S'«^j«»^j

J^li ^^ «>i^l ^5;J^ U)^ )^^^ y J^}<^^ ^jH^^'^J

% »i — — T. '^ n» ^ -|_

c^^, J jj\j<iio, J «,UUIj 0^*4^^ J^j vVr-j *^^3

K 2

68 Trantlation o/IbnHuoiuFt Jeeount o/Seind. [No. 1.

^^\ ^ v^Uu ^ J) V.r*-i t^' ^ V^ ft*^ *V«''

f«y^ vd;^ ^)^^ >J cr>^' *' J^ r*>^«> ftO r*!;** *-*^

wsHW ^ cr***' (Hi^ JW *^ J^ »/ C^l '•*» sj^ ^/ks 03^ e/ie o^J^' (3r^ tV y^^ \J s^ j^ c*-*" '«**

JLSl*. ^ 5^ ,iJ-flI) iJjbj ^i-ttf| t« ^^1) JA ^ ft> ^JJ)

1852.] Ttatulatiaii of Ibn HuokuTM Account of Scind. 69

,Uw J uJUXie Akx, vl^. 5 Ail JI ^^^\Ji ^ Ail ^ji

J3LS]jir*] %SiJ^ UiU JUII ^ jj^l lift ^1 J^. U *^ J Jk^n IJa p|)^I j 'r*/'^ '^^ 1^ ''^ 1^^ <j<jJlmJ| ^^ (j^ft^ >

jjjyAUl ,j,l ]| Im)». ^^ L.ix« jjy-ao. ^,UUI ^^ ^UUI j^

V*«if| c:^ ^ vi^ c^ ^1 «;^iU| ^ V^^I^ u--ii.| |jd?.y t*S J j4^ y,*J-^| ^ ^|.i.J| jy ^_y ct^U V»

iiiil ^y cJcoJ^IdJU JLs JxU] ^j\i.j tiydAi ]^\^i\^ J\ V^ >•« cM-'M J;4-JI>wv. ^^^ ]j.xy^ ^^^ 5^

• tM^ \^.,^M Ail )l Ij^^aU] t,^U

^ jjij<i*»' y ttjUUl ^ ^^ S,Jji* iij.Jk- ^*» lUm Ul .

•**- eA* s^3 oV*^ *»^ US** ij*J ^}y W*^' vrf*

70 TraiulatioH of Ibn HuoiuFt Jeeount of Seind. [No. 1

Ji^] uJuw jj;/" j**^ »;j-aUlj Jie^l^ Awa, u,^lj

«>1;^ ^tt»!;t^ 0^ ^U aA^ ^ AAj^l Ul^ d«»JU ,jj^ 0«*fl^ J ,^^l» J ^U;Ai jWi ^1 ^y>sA ^^JJI ^1 «JJb ^

1852.] Traiutatum o/Ib» HvoiuPt Atemtnt of Semd. 71

Jt^ J j4*^ 0«^ (Vj h^ J^^r^J U5*]r* tV^ iiAijJIjt* ijit\3b ^^v«.UJI j,K».I ^4» J 5^U 4»«*^ A^U1$^ ^H^^ t-Jl«Jui»^

^«a«; jy^^ Jl^l'iJI J J4*» lf;,jH/jj4*^ tW ^^^^51 (^j^;

*^y J cl^; J v'^' ^ J )^*-*J| JUwIj 2x<aa. ijkA.U ^-fc ^ ^s;^^

Xj^l \iaJji 3 J^)) S;^-aiJ| J*I ^UJ ^ ^;UJ| j^;JI |»^-.UI ^ jl>l;SJ) ^j-^Jj *j/*il ^ *4-)Ut| jj,|yU J») y,UJ ^ JUdJuJI ^

\a^l.3jj^\ \^ uJW) i^ *«-.Ij *4*-^^ JiJ^i ^Ifd),

72 TroMlaHtm o/Ibn HwAuP* Jeemmt o/Semd. [No. 1

W*« J t^j'^c/*^ V'^'Jjr*'' *^^ycr^3 Ji^Ji**

ft'^^V J^' ^ **>*H" u;-^^ J ttiy*!-^ *4» ^ JjjVfcj cJ^ J^ j»«)^ J^I^ A^4ia. *4a.U ^y v>!r*; jyjJ fVj U-^'

Ifj «s>1»L«aS) Kit] •

1852.] Trantlation of I6h HMokul't AeeouHt of Seind. 73

tt/*j J*-!;- cr*** **^' •** Jy *J' hy^^ ^i s^)y^

^UyV- ^_j«-J awJl* ^I »;^-aJJI jj^ iifcjAll jlb o.J;l I jl «j|/t^l

■

^' fc^j J*-V u'***-^** «>'«**' > vV" u^3 frf •-•-^

c)^' e/W^ *"^r* 1^^ ^* ^--i*^l^^ ti^H^ u/fe ^ J^'r* ^\y «i»Jb ^ jj^l ,_^l «u»> jj^^ e/**^;* ^ ***** J «^^ «5f^ sJ^ ct/.' e/^j cHr* CJj' ucr'l ^j" V' e/* J

«• 1 •

74 Second Notice on the Jrgentiferoiu Orei of Dtoghtr. [No. 1.

*Kr* (J** ^yt^iaMi !;r«^'»4>i< ^^**^S ^^ ct;'

^ t^j^ «,» ^^j tti];t^ «-*r^. l;*»f«I e>^ ^jV ^' 3

^^ ijyojJ],^ fS j,jy\j <u^ «»».^ (jy*** o^*^' H;^ Ji- *i^ j>il ^ Jiiil Ji- *il ^ Jjill ^ u Ji-

^ »U;tt u juv^ g^^ v^r'* (>j*i *?'^ ^ ei;<

^ AJI ^^ ^ v.'C«.J| |*f<«Ul9 J (^Lio^l ^ |»^ ^1 Ijjb |»|X«

# (.lU)! ^^J^^T ^1 ^^^1 ^^ Vjj^I

Second Noiiee on the Argtntiferone Oree of Deoghmr. — By Hbnrt PiDDiNOTON ; Curator^ Mueeum of Eeonomie Oeology.

In my first notice of these remarkable ores (Journal YoL XX. p. 1. I stated that several of them contained silver, and were in fact the tme Mexican Coloradoe and PeruTian Paeoe, and that working a pound weight of two of them by the Spanish Amalgamation process, I had obtained an average produce of 8^ and 13.5 Marcs of silver : I also stated that some of the ores contained more promising proportions of silver.

1852.] Second Notice on the Argent\ferou8 Ores of Beoghur. 75

Our leftlons oontributor Capt Shenrill haviog sent me a box of the ores from which I obtained 14 fts. weight of them, I have worked the whole quantity at once ; and as all these new operations and results are of interest, I describe the ores and the yariation of the process which was not exactly the same as before.

A. 9 fts« AdT. weight of a dark dull liTcr-coIoured and earthy gieen ore, a mixture of carbonates and sulphurets of copper and oxide of iron, with a few specks of yellow sulphuret like a Tcry dull peacoch ore. Its external coat is of a bright Coloradoe red.

B. 5 fts. Ady. weight of the same ore, clouded and mottled with red and green earthy masses, as if in process of being converted into a Colorado; the external coat also the same as A.

Both kinds of the ore contain a little Bismuth.

These 14 fbs. weight of ore were very gently roasted to form the moffUtral from the sulphuret of copper of the ore, which is one varie- ty of the Mexican modes of treating this class of them ; and the colour of the pulverised ore changed in this operation from a greenish to a reddish brown. The salt and mercury were added as before, so 18 to insure the extraction of the whole of the silver ; and both kinds when washed o£F were found to g^ve so nearly the same proportional picdnce that the whole may be taken as one lot. The separation of the whole of the silver was found to be complete, as none could be detected in the residuum from the washings.

The 14 lbs. of ore produced 154 grains of pure silver (165 grains, or the produce of 15 fts of the ore would be required for the weight of pure silver in a rupee), and this I have had manufactured into a medal with the following inscription on each side of it.

JAMES ANDREW, 1852.

MABQiria OF Dalhousib BBNOALi SZXiVER

Govemar^General of India ^'^"^ Deoghur

jgg2 18(y N. W. of Calcutta.

_j Amalgamated

H. P. CuEATOB. ^°^ Ore of 154 Marcs.

154 grams of silver from 14 tts Avoirdupois weight of ore is 11 gndns to a pound weight ; this would be called by a Mexican Miner,

L 2

76 On Jlircine, a new Resin, [No. 1 .

ore of 15^ Marcs'" to the Caxon (of 5000 lbs. Adv.) so that it will be seen, referring to what I have already stated in mj former paper, that this is far aboTe an average ore. In practice^ however, on the large scale, as all the silver is not extracted, it would rank something lower. It is perfectly impossible to say what this ore at the surface may be the indication of; bnt assuredly, for any thing we know, or 1 fear are likely to know for years to come, we may have a whole Mexico withia our reach, though now buried amongst the forests and beneath the rocks of Birbhoom.

*^ ■X^X** ^.^V^jW X VA 'N.^\./\X\/X/X* ^^\f*. ^\.^ J\

On HiRCiNB, a new Resin, by Henry Piddington ; Curaior,

Museum of Economic Geology,

1 . I have not ventured yet to announce this as a new mineral Reain, though I think it may be so. It was placed in my hands by Mr. Theobald, Senior, with a request that I would examine it. Mr. Theo- bald has not yet been at liberty to furnish me with any memoranda regarding its locality, but expects soon to be able to do so.

It should be observed that we had only a small lump of it weighing barely an ounce Troy ; and it was of course desirable to keep as much of this as possible for a Museum specimen.f

2. This resin is brown on the external parts and of a very brown yellow colour internally.

3. It is generally opaque, but is slightly translucent at the edges.

4. It is tough to break, and very tough and elastic, leaping out of the mortar if not covered up, while pounding.

5. Its fracture is hackly in small pieces, but conchoidal in the large.

6. Its specific gravity is 1. 10, but if freed from the external rough coat, which could not be completely divested of air babbles, it would probably be 1 .2 or thereabouts.

* The Spanish Mare is 3550^ gra. troy.

f Peraona deairieg to haTe spedmena chemically examined should alwaya remem- ber that it ia far better to aend large apecimens than amall onea, on Torj many acoounta. To a Mnaenm they cannot send them too large or too nameroas in kind, variety, matrix of ores, &c.

1S52.] On Hireiney a new Retin, 77

7. It melts and drops in the flame of a candle, and an impression may be taken upon it; resembling in this respect Tery bad bazar

sealing wax.

8. It bums in the forceps^ or in a porcelain capsule, with a blazing jellowish flame, with numerous strong jets of gas, and a dark smoke like the best bituminous coal. Towards the end of this first combus* tion it swells into a round, tough, carbonaceous ball, and the flame expires. This ball has a very peculiar semi-animal odour which may be described as that of coarse hair, or Hircink, whence its name ; but it is not so strong as to be altogether disagreeable. When this coal is again heated upon a large piece of platinum foil it swells, and flames, and jets exceedingly, the gaseous emanations covering the whole of the platinum foil with flame, as if alcohol, ether, or naphtha was projected from the burning, mass I When the flame, expires it leaves a Tery light charcoal and a coat of grey dust on the platinum. The whole of this dust and coal, when burned to a grey ash in a platinum crucible, is found by acids and the blowpipe to consist of minute por- tions of Iron and Silica without any trace of Lime or Alumina*

Soluhility in Water*

9. By boiiing in distilled water it softens, and the powder gires cot with the steam the peculiar odour above alluded to. It does not coloor the water in any material degree^ but Nitrate of silver renders the solution slightly turbid. When it is evaporated, a slight portion of a white gummy matter is left in the capsule which has no smell or taste ; so far at least, as a minute trial with a small quantity of the resin could ascertain.

In AleohoL

10. It is but little soluble in cold Alcohol. In boiling Alcohol about one-half of it, or less, is dissolved when powdered, giving a gold yellow solution ; the insoluble part is a brown granular residuum, and the Alcohol has flaky white masses suspended in it which do not settle. These collected on a filter give a greyish white crust, which boiled in fresh Alcohol dissolves also, leaving only a little granular deposit ; the Alcohol remaining colourless. Upon platinum this white crust flames quickly with a bright white flame and burns without any residuum but slways with the peculiar hirdne odour, though not in so strong a degree. When the Alcoholic solution of the white crust is evaporated

78 Oil Hireine^ a new Resin. [No. 1.

it leaves k dirty greyish white mass which has an agreeable odour but does not» iu the small quantity experimented upon» resemble a resin, as it coagulates in clots and masses in the watch glass.

The Alcoholic residuum is a light brown resin which bums with a bright clear flame and leaves a white powdery ash as before. The latter portions of the smoke have a musky odour, which, like the hirdne one of the original resin, is not disagreeable.

This Alcoholic residuum is insoluble in ether, or but very partially soluble, giving only a faint yellow colour to it.

When the pure and filtered yellow Alcoholic solution is allowed to evaporate, it gives an orange-coloured resin, which bums with a bright, clear, yellow flame after fusing to a bright orange red mass.

This resin is almost totally soluble in ether, giving a bright yellow solution with but a trifling residuum. Its smell is a strong sugary one, like a cask or fazU of raisins*

With the Jeids.

11. In concentrated Nitric Acid it becomes a tough, bright, yellow pasty and frothy mass, and partly dissolves ; colouring the Acid of a bright straw-yellow colour. The pasty residuum adheres somewhat to the fingers, but could not be farther examined.

The Nitric Acid solution gives a white precipitate to Carbonate of Potass which is mostly soluble in an excess of the Alkali, but a portion of it remains as a silky precipitate like those of salts of Barytes.

In Acetic Acid it also gives a straw-yellow solution which is preci* pitated by Carbonate of Potass, but this precipitate does not appear to be soluble in excess of the Alkali, and is silky like the residual precipi- tate from the Nitric Acid solution above described. When the Acetic Acid solution is evaporated it gives a brown resinous-looking material which is soluble in Alcohol.

Its re-actions with strong Sulphuric Acid are the most remarkable, and with the effect of Nitric Acid on the Alcoholic solution seem quite to distinguish it from any of the resins or gum resins of which we have any record.*

* Mr. Hatchett, Phil. Trans, for 1806, p. 92» says, thatGaiaeom gtres also a deep red colour to Sulphuric Add but then it undergoes various changes of ooloar, from ^een to blue and brown, when Nitric Acid is added to the Alcoholic solution ; which as will be subaequenUy seen Hirdne does not. Hirdne in the nsis looks much

1852.] On Hireine, a new Resin, 79

It diflSolTes almoBt totaDj (leaving only I thmk a few of the surface imparities) giving a deep blood-ted Bolution which appears like in- spissated venous blood, which after some days changes to a deep brown. When dilated this solution becomes of a dull, dirty, troubled white colour.

With Carbonate of Potass a white cloudy and silky precipitate is diewn.

Dropped into ammonia with precaution it colours the solution brown, snd finally when left to settle after saturation, gives dots of a dark brown glutinous matter, which seem to be the original resin in a soften- ed state.

The action of the Jeids an the Aleoholie eolmtUm.

12. It appeared worth while to examine this, as these eflfects are well marked with guiacnm and some oth« of the resins. The results were —

The Alcoholic solution, with Nitric Acid diluted with one-fourth water, changes only from a golden brown to a clear gold colour and no change occurs after 48 hours.

The same takes place with Phosphoric Acid, with a slight white deposit.

With Sulphuric Muriatic, and Acetic Adds a white predpitate is produced whidi is less plentiful with the Acetic Add than with the two first. In all of them the fluid shews no alteration of colour, except as above noted from a golden brown to a dear yellow or goUea colour.

IS. We cannot from so small a portion form any opinion of its economical uses as a varnish, or lor sealing wax, or any of the purposes to which shelMac is supplied, nor can I afford any of it to ascertain its habits with Turpentine and Naphtha. We are also ignorant if it is abundant and at what rate it can be obtained. For the present then I have only named it, provisionally, Hircins.

Bore like a piece of Gaiftcam wood (Ugnam vitae) u to cohmr, bat not weight, than fikft die g«ia resia of that name, which indeed it doea not at all reaemble.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THK

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

For January, 1852.

At the Annual General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Bengal held on the 7th of January 1852, at half past 8 p. m.

Honourable Sir Jambs Golvilb, Kt. President, in the chair.

Mr. X. Clini was named for ballot at the next Meeting ; — proposed by the President and seconded by Dr. A. Sprenger.

The proceedings of the preceding Meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Annual Report was next received and adopted.

ANNUAL REPORT Rbad at thb Annual Gbnbral Mbbting of thb Society,

ON THB 7th January, 1852.

The Council have the satisfaction of submitting their usual Annual Report on the Society's affairs for the past year, and in the remarks which they have to make will observe the order followed in last year's Report.

The Society have to report the loss by death of four, and by with- drawal of fifteen members. The first four include the name of Major J. D. Cunningham, a distinguished officer and student, who had contributed several able papers to the Journal. There have, however, been ten admissions during the year, and the Society now numbers one hundred and thirty members, of whom six only are absent in Europe.

JVnaneM.— -The prospects held out in the Finance Committee's Report of last year (Jany. 3rd, 1851,) have been fully realized. The Society's accounts have been subjected to monthly and careful scrutiny by the same Committee. The liabilities have been reduced by Rs. 1804-10,*

♦ Debt paid off ....R. 1,804 10 0 »"^ ^^« y^*^ now commenced

Sarplofl income after pay- should show the Society entirely

meat of tb. .boT« debt. 1.770 2 11 ^^^ ^^^^ embamuwment. In sub-

Rs. 3,574 12 11 stantiation of this fact, the Coun- Annual sarnlas as esti- ... , ^ • a a it r i

mated in last year's ci\ have only to pomt to the fol-

I^po»^*» ^'^^^ ^ ® lowing abstract of the past year's

1852.]

Proceedings of the Jeiatie Society.

81

• •

• •

aecounts. This excludes the (Jorernment grants which are made for specific objects, and exhibits only the strength, and the use made, of the Society's own resonrces.

Income. Contributions, . . • . • •

Library, . . . • . •

Sale of Oriental Publications, Journal, . •

ExPSNDmJRS.

Zoological Department, . .

Library, . . • • . .

Sale of Oriental PabMcations^

Journal, • .

Secretary's Office,

Building, • • • •

• •

• •

8,839

4

5

105

8

0

1,417

8

6

1,222

0

0

1 1,584

4

11

643

3

3

2,080

1

3

1

8

0

3,383

5

9

848

0

6

39

7

0

Miacdlaneoua — including 1804-10 of liabilities cleared off,.. •• .• •• .. 2,914

9 6

Total,.. 9,910 3 3

Surplus income,.. 1674 1 8 Tlius with the balance in hand on the 30th December, 1850, of Rs. 1,674-1-8 the year's management shows a present ayailable cash bsknoe of Bs. 3,481-9-1. If against this assets be placed the fiill remun- ing amount of the Society's liabilities, pressing or otherwise, viz. Rs. 4,584-14-1, it will be seen that Rs. 1,103-5 only, or a sum considerably within the above surplus, has to be liquidated in the course of the current year.

The outstanding assets of the Sodety under all heads are rated at Bs. 14,264-3-4, more than half of which is supposed to be recoTer- aUe. The attention of the Finance Committee will now be given to the determination of the true character of these assets, to the recovery of such as are available, and to the removal from the accounts of such 18 are not likely to be realised.

The estimated income from contributions for the current year may be taken at 8,000 Rs., while of the other sources, that from the sale of

62 ProeeedingtoftkeAnaiieSodety, [No. 1.

Orientftl PublicaikmB is deeidedlj improriog. The Council therefore may fairly coagratiilate the Sodety on the immediate prospect of seeing its finances re-established on a healthy footing.

The mode of keeping the accounts is not quite so clear as the Coun- cil would wish to see adopted, and they have requested the Secretary to le-model his Establishment with a view to introducing a better system. The Assbtant Secretary's services might, the Connril think, be made advantageously of use in seeing this reform carried out.

Bye-laws. — ^The revised Code of Bye-laws was passed by the Society on the 12th of March last, and has since been in successful operation. The modification of one of these Bye-laws has lately been su^ested by the Coun<fl, and their proposal will have to be considered by the present meeting.

Secretaries, — Captain Hayes's resignation consequent on his leaving the Presidency was necessarily accepted on the 7th of May last, when Dr. 8prenger, an Oriental scholar of known and high attainments, vraa elected Secretary on the appointment generally of office-bearers under the revised Code.

Journal, — ^The number of Journals published during the year is seven. Tlie Secretary has materials on hand for three more numbers, which will shortly appear.

OriemUd PubUcaium Fund, — ^The Cash balance in hand and in- vested on account of this Fund amounts to Rs. 6,808-13. During the year six numbers of the Bibtiotheca Indica have been published includ- ing the number edited by the Rev. K. M. Banneijea. The Report by the Oriental Sob-Committee on the mode of editing and issuing this pub- lication referred to in the Annual Statement of the Committee for the past yeiur, has been submitted during this year, and was adopted by this Society on the 5th November to the following effect.

'' That whilst it is of the highest importance for translations to be made here in India with all Hindu assistance, it is not expedient to limit the publication of volumes in the Bibliotheca Indica to works which the Editors may be prepared at once to translate. It is evident that such a restriction would operate unfavourably, as in many cases years must be spent before a perfectly satisfactory translation would be finished.

lftt«e«m.-^The Council have much satisfaction in renewing the testimony borne in last year's report to the services of the Curators of the Museum in both its departments.

1852.] Froteeding* of the Asiatic Soeieiy. 83

Library and Librarian.'^The number of works added to the Library during the year is 93. This department of tlie Institstion has occupied the Coancil*8 serious attention, yery much yet remains to be done both in the way of enriching its contents, and opening out and preserving the Talnable books and MSS. already collected. Some slight advance towards this latter object has been made in the course of the year under report. It is proposed to devote the whole ayailable surplus of the current year to these purposes. The Librarian's discharge of his duties continues to be most satisfectorv.

(Signed) A. Sprenoer,

8€eret'ary.

In conformity to a notice given at the monthly meeting on the 3ri December last, the President on behalf of the Council, moved that the Bole No. 6 regarding the election of ordinary members be amended by striking out from it the words " eleven" and inserting sevetL.

The motion was seconded by Mr. Beadon, and carried nem. eon.

The Meeting then proceeded to elect Office-bearers for the current

year, and appointed Messrs. B. J. Colvin and C. Beadon as scrutineers

who after examining the lists declared the following to be the result of

the ballot.

Sir James Colvile, President.

Sir H. M. Eiyot, ^

Dr. O'Sfaaugfanessy, > Fiee- Presidents.

W. Jackson, Esq. J

Council. J. R. Colvin, Esq. C. Beadon, Esq. Capt. Thuillier. A. Grote Esq,, Rev. W. Kay. Major Baker. R. G. Ghose, Esq. A. J. M. Mills, Esq. S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. H. Walker, Esq.

Secretary. Dr. A. Sprenger.

M 2

84 Dr.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

[No. I.

Abstract Statement of Receipts and

To MuBiuiff.

RECEIPTS.

ReceiTed from the General Treasurj, the Amoant of Government allowance authorixed by the Court of Directors for the serricea of a Curator, from Decem- ber, 1850 — to November, 1851, at 250 Ba. per mensem, 3,000

Ditto for the preparation of Specimens of Natural History, from ditto to ditto at 50 Rs. per mensem, 600

ReceiTed Fine from Chokeedar's Salary, 3

To MuBBUM OF Economic Gbologt.

Ditto ditto Amount of Government allowance for the services of a joint Curator from December, 1850 to November, 1851, at 250 Rs. per mensem, 3,000

Ditto for Establishment and Contingencies from De« cember, 1850 to November, 1851, at 64 Rs. per

mensem,

0 0

0 0

0 0

3,603 0 0

0 0

768 0 0

3,768 0 0

To Contributions and Adiiisbion Fbbb.

Received from Members Amount of Quarterly Contri- butions from January to December, 185 1, 8,434 9 8

Ditto ditto in advance, 20 10 9

Ditto ditto by transfer, 128 0 0

Ditto ditto admission Fees, 256 0 0

To LlBBART.

Received by Sale of Miscellaneous Books, 101 8 0

Received Fine from Chokeedar's Salary, •« 3 0 0 Received from Sekligar his services not having been entertained in the month

of March, for 15 days 10 0

4 0 0

8,839 4 b

105 8 0

Carried over, 16,315 12 5

1652.] Ptoeeedin(^ of the Asiatic Society. 85

THdmnew^enie of the Asiatic Sodety^for the year 1851. Cr.

DISBURSEMENTS. Bt Mubbvii.

Md Mr, E. Blyth'i Salary aa Curator from D«06inb«r,

1850 to NoTeaaber, 1851, beiiig 12 moutha, at 250

Ra. per mflnaem, 3,000 0 0

Ditto ditto hovae-rent frona ditto to ditto being 12

■Mmtbat at40Ba. per menaem, 480 0 0

Ditto EatabfiaiuneDt of Taiidenniata from ditto to ditto,

at 45-2-8 Ra. per meoaem, 530 0 0

Ditto for CoBtiiifBnciea inenrred for tlie preparation of

Spedaaena of Natural Hiatory from ditto to ditto, 233 3 3

4.2i3 3 3

Bt MuBBUiff OF Economic Gbologt.

Ditto Mr. H. Flddington'a Salary aa joint Curator from December, 1850 to November, 1851, being

12 montba, at 250 Ra. per menaem, 3,000 0 0

Ditto Eatabliahment from ditto to ditto, at 35 Ra. per

BieDMm, 420 0 0

Ditto for Contingendea from ditto to ditto, 155 5 3

DittoforaCopy of Bengal Directory of 1851, 8 0 0

Ditto form Copy of Roae'a Chemical Analyaia, 3 Tola.. 24 0 0

Ditto for a Copy of William'a Mineral Kingdom,. • • • 4 8 0 Ditto for a Copy of Report of the Commiaaionera on

Muiea, folio, 10 0 0

Ditto for a Copy of McCnllock'a Geology, 2 Tola. .. 5 0 0

Ditto for a Copy of De la Beche'a Geological Obaerrer, 13 8 0

Ditto for a Copy of Dana'a Mineralogy, 16 0 0

Ditto for a Copy of Progreaa of Chemsttry, 5 Noa. •• 10 0

Br MUBBITX OF MlNBrnALOOT AND GbOLOOT.

IHtto Mr. H. Fiddington, Cnrator for anndry oontin- »•

17 10 6

3,657 5 3

17 10 6

Bt Libbabt.

Ditto Babn Rajendralal Mittra'a Salary aa Aaaittant Seeratory and Librarian frvm December, 1850 to NoTember, 1851, being 12 montha, at 70 Ra. per

, 840 0 0

Ditto Eatabliahment from ditto to ditto being 12

montha, at 37 Ra. 8aa. per mensem, 450 0 0

Ditto Contingendea from ditto to ditto 44 8 3

Ditto Meaara. P. S. DeRoaario and Co. for anndry

Stationery, 23 4 0

Ditto Radhananth Dhnr and Co. for ditto 5 0 0

Ditto Mr. R. S. Walker, Agent of the Peninsular and

Oriental Steam NaTigationCo., Cliargea for landing

a hrod from Bombay, 0 8 0

Ditto Mesara. W. Thaclcer and Co. for pnrchaae of

Booka 93 4 0

Carried over, 1,456 8 3 7,918 3

86 Proceedings of the Asiatic Soeieiy, [No. 1.

Bnmght forward, 16,315 12 5

To Sale of O&ibntal Pubucations.

Reoeived by Sale of Oriental works sold at the Library,

and Subscriptions to the BiUiotheca Indica, 1,267 8 6

1,267 8 6

To Salv of Oribntal Publicationb at Bbkabbs.

Received from Major Kittoe, proceeds of Orieatal

works sold at Beaares, 150 0 0

150 0 0

Carried over, 17,733 4 11

1852.] Proeeedinga of the Anatie Society . 87

Brought forward, 1,456 8 3 7,918 3 0

Ditto MesCTt. Soott and Co. for a Copy of Bengal

Directory for 1851, 8 0 0

Ditto Mr. Thomas Black for Lithographing

250 Copiea of a letter of tbanka, with

paper, 15 0 0

250 ditto of a Vignette of the Society

from iteel on the above at 6 Ra. per 100, 15 0 0

30 0 0

Ditto Noorkhan for mounting and Tarnishing Maps, 5 0 0

Ditto Messrs. R. C. Lepage and Co. for purchase of

Books and landing charges, 39 12 0

Ditto Messrs. Gladstone, Wyllie and Co. for Freight

on a case of sundry BooIes despatched to Messrs.

W. H. Allen and Co. of London for presentation

to the Royal Academy of Munich, 10 0 0

Ditto Hnrryhnr Banerjee for printing 500 Copies of

Circular letter of thanks, 2 0 0

Ditto Bussiruddin Booksdler for 2 toIs. of Index to

the Edinburgh RcTiew, 5 0 0

Ditto Duflery for bmding Books, 195 2 0

Ditto W. Anderson, £^. Manager of the Oriental

Bank for a set of Bills of Exchange for £ 31 10s.

one day's Sight in faror of W. Neil, Esq. Collector

of the Oriental Translation Fund, London, remitted

to him on Account of Subscription, for the years

1849-50-51 ; exchange at 1-11 per Rupee, 328 11

2,080 1 3

Bt Sals of Ousmtal Publications at Binabbs.

Ditto Mr. M. 6. Castello, GoTcmment Steam Depart- ment, Freight on a Psrcel of Books despatched to Major M. Kittoe, Benares, for sale, 18 0

Bt MiSCBLLANBOUa.

Ditto F. Halligan's Salary as night-guard from De- cember, 1850 to August, 1851, being 9 months, at 40 Rs. per mensem, 360 0 0

Ditto M. McOrath's Salary as night-guard from Sep- tember to NoTcmber, 1851, being 3 months, at 40 Rs. per mensem, • 120 0 0

Ditto for advertising Meeting of the Society in the Newspapers,. 258 7 0

Ditto Mr. J. Chaunce for winding up and keeping the Clock in Order, from May, 1 850 to April, 1851, 25 0 0

Ditto R. Ghose, Collector of Assessment for the Pre- mises of the Asiatic Society, Park Street No. 45 from NoTcmber, 1850 to July, 1851, 157 8 0

Ditco sundry contingent Charges for the Meeting and Oil for the night-guard, 148 11 3

Ditto Postage for Circular letters forwarded to the Mofossil Members for TOtes, 14 12 0

Ditto Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist Mission Prcsi, for printing Miscellaneous Papers, &c 1»606 8 0

1 8 0

Carried OTer, 2,690 14 3 9,999 12 3

88 Proceedinga of the Jnatie Society. [No. 1 .

Brought forward, 17,733 4 11

To Journal.

ReceiTed by Sale of the Society'i Jonrnala and from

Sobacriptioas to the Jonmal, •••••••. 1.222 0 0

■ 1,222 0 0

Carried oyer, 18,955 4 11

1852.] Proceeding9 of the Asiatic Society, 89

Brought over, 2,690 14 3 9,999 12 3

Ditto Meisn. Angler and Co. for repairing a Circular Aigand lamp, 3 0 0

Ditto Harranchnnder Snrcar for Lithographing 1000 Copies of Contribution Bills, at 1-8 per 100, .. .. 15 0 0

Ditto Seeretary to the India General Steam Navigation Co. Freight on a Parcel despatehed per Steamer Assam, to Mr. Balfour, 2 0 0

Ditto Charges for landing a case from Ship '< Paradise/' 0 9 3

2,711 7 6

Bt JoVTRirAL.

Ditto Rer. J. Thomas, on account Bsp-

tist Mission Press, for printing the

Society's Journal from September to

December, 1849, and No. 1 to 7 of

1850, 2,610 0 0

In part of No. 1 of 1851, 180 0 0

2,790 0 0

Ditto Mr. Thomas Black, proprietor of the Asiatic

lithographic Press for Lithographing Plates, &c... 41 5 0 Ditto fbr Freight for Journals forwarded to Messrs.

W. H. AUen and. Co. of London, per P. O. S. N.

Co.'s Steamer, 144 6 0

Ditto Madhabchunder Mookeijee for Colouring 249

Copies of Plates, at 7-8 per 100, 18 10 9

Ditto Modosuden Doss Draftsman for Extra work, .. 56 8 0 Ditto Horeemohun Doss for Colouring Plates of Fishes, 7 0 0

Ditto Abdool Haleem for Copying Maps, &c 68 0 0

Ditto Mr. G. H. Stapleton for Lithographing papers,

&c 201 2 0

Ditto Bfessrs Gladstone, WylUe and Co. for Freight on

a Case of Journals despatched to Messrs. W. H.

Allen and Co. of London, 10 0 0

Ditto Cootingenoies and Postage, 46 6 0

Bt Sbcbitart's Office. Ditto Establishment from December, 1850 to NoTcm-

ber,1851 718 0 0

Ditto for Stationery, 14 6 6

Ditto for Account Books, 6 2 0

Ditto Extra Writer and Surcar for Collecting Bills, . . 36 2 0

Ditto for Contingencies and Postage, 73 6 0

Br Building. Ditto Mr. Crow, Builder, for Masonry work done by him, 39 7 0

Bt H. TonniNS. Ditto him by transfer in part payment of Rs. 870, due to him by the Society on the 3l8t December, 1850, 64 0 0

By J. Mom. Dittohim by transfer in part payment of Rs . 1 59- 1 4 , due to him by the Society on the 31st December, 1850, 114 2 0

3,383 5 9

848 0 6

39 7 0

64 0 0

114 2 0

Carried over, 17,160 3 0

N

90 Proceedings of the Jsiatie Society, [No. I .

Brought over, 18,955 4 11

18,955 4 11

To Balanci. Ai per AccoaQt closed on the 3 Ut Decemberi 1850| 1,711 7 2

Co.'bRs. 20,666 12 1

1852.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 91

Brought over, 17,160 3 0

Br J. W. Laidlat. Ditto him by transfer in part payment of Rt. 443-7-4 , due to him by the Society on the 3]8t December, 1850, 25 0 0

25 0 0

17,185 3 0

Br Balancs.

In the Bank of Bengal, 3,059 4 5

Ditto on Account of the Journal, •• •• 108 12 4

Cishinband 67 2 1

3,235 2 10

Bt Ikvfficiknt Balanck. For Balance of the Amount adTaneed to

Mr. E. Blyth, Curator, for Contin- gencies in the Museum and Zoology

Department, for the month of No-

Tember and December, as per Receipt, 144 3 6 Ditto ditto adTaneed to Babu Rajendra

Lsll Mittra, Librarian and Assistant

Secretary, for Contingencies in the

Library, for November and December,

ss per Receipt, 32 2 9

Amount adTaneed to Ramdhone Mistry

forBook-caies in the English Library, 70 0 0

^ 246 6 3

3,481 9 1

Co.'sRs 20,666 12 1

E. E.

(Signed) Cally-charan Nandt,

Qffsf. Accountant,

90 Proceedings of the Jsiatie Society, [No. 1 •

Brought over, 18,955 4 11

18,955 4 11

To Balanci. Ai per AccoaQt doied on the 3Ut Decemberi 1850, 1,711 7 2

Co.'bRb. 20,666 12 1

1852.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 91

Brought over, 17,160 3 0

Br J. W. Laidlat. Ditto him by transfer in part payment of Rs. 443-7-4 , doe to him by the Society on the 31st December, 1850, 25 0 0

25 0 0

17,185 3 0

Bt Balancs.

In the Bank of Bengal, 3,059 4 5

Ditto on Account of the Joaraal, .... 108 12 4

Cishinband 67 2 1

3,235 2 10

Bt Ikkfficiknt Balamck. For Balance of the Amount advanced to

Mr. E. Blyth, Carator, for Contin-

genciea in the Museum and Zoology

Department, for the month of No- vember and I>ecember, as per Receipt, 144 3 6 Ditto ditto advanced to Babu Rajendra

Lall Mittra, Librarian and Assiitant

Secretary, for Contingencies in the

Library, for November and December,

u per Receipt, 32 2 9

Aoumnt advanced to Ramdhone Mistry

forBook-caies in the English Library, 70 0 0

' 246 6 3

3.481 9 1

Co.'s Rs 20,666 12 1

£. E.

(Signed) Callt-charan Nandt,

Qffsf. Accountant.

94 Froceedingt of the Jnatie Society. [No. !•

BroQglit forward, 1^35 12 6 Jane 1 1 th , ditto EflUblisbment for the Custody of Ori- ^

enUl Works for May last, 42 0 0

Ditto I4tb, ditto Essarchander Sarmana, Pandit for

fiaba Rajendra Lall Mittra, librarian, his Salary for

Maylast 20 0 0

Ditto 17th. ditto Dr. B. Roer Editor of the Oriental

Journal Bibliotheca Indioa, his Salary for May last, 100 0 0

Ditto, ditto BsUblishment for ditto, 35 0 0

Ditto, ditto Contingent for ditto, 26 0 0

223 0 0

July 2nd, ditto W. Anderson, Esq., Manager of the Oriental Bank, for a set of Bills £iQ at one day Sight at the rate of ezchans^e 1-11^ per Rapee to be remitted to Mr. F. Dammler, Berlin, subscription for 20 Copies each of Nos. 1 and 2 of Dr. Weber's YajurVeda 408 8 S

Ditto 8th, Cash paid Establishment for the Custody of

OrienUl Works for Jone last, 42 0 0

Ditto 15th. ditto Essnrchander Sarmana, Pandit for Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, his Salary for Jnnelast, 20 0 0

Ditto 26th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the OrienUl Journal Bibliotheca Indies, his Salary for June last, 100 0 0

Ditto, ditto Establishment for ditto, 25 0 0

Ditto, ditto Contingent for ditto, 24 3 0

Ditto 28th, ditto, Rev. J. Thomas, Baptist Mission Press, for printing and paper for 500 Copies of Biblio- theca Indica, Nos. 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, as per bill,.. 1,518 6 0

2,138 1 3

August 13th, ditto Establishment for the Custody of

Oriental Works for July last, 42 0 0

Ditto 14th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Oriental

Journal Bibliotheca Indies, his Salary for July last, 100 0 0

Ditto, ditto EsUblishment for ditto 25 0 0

Ditto, ditto Contingent for ditto, 21 5 3

Ditto, 15th, ditto Essurchunder Sarmana, Pandit for

Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, for July last, 20 0 0 Ditto 30th. ditto Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian,

for sundry Contingencies for June last, 113 0

210 2 3

September 12th, ditto Sariatullah Duftory for binding books, as per bill, ' 29 0 0

Ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Oriental Journal

Bibliotheca Indica, his Salary for August last, .... 100 0 0

Ditto, ditto Establishment for ditto, 35 0 0

Ditto ditto, Contingent for ditto 26 0 0

Ditto 15th, Cash paid Essurchunder Sarmana, Pundit for Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, his Salary for August last, 20 0 0

Ditto 16th, ditto Establishment for the Custody of

Oriental Works for August last, 42 0 0

Ditto 24th, ditto Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, for sundry Contingencies for August last, 1 1 9

Carried over, 253 1 9 4,107 0 U

1852.J Proeeedinffi of the AHatie Society, 95

Brought forward, 12,086 10 3

Carried oyer, 12,086 10 3

96 ProceedingB of the Asiatic Society* [N.o. 1 .

Brought forward, 253 1 9 4,107 0 0

Ditto 26th, ditto EsUbliihinent for the Custody of Ori- ental Works for September, 42 0 0

Ditto 27th, ditto Esaarchnnder Sarmana, Pandit for

fiaba Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, hia Salary for

September lait, 20 0 0

315 1 9

October 27th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Oriental Joomal Bibliotheca Indica, his Salary for September laat 100 0 0

Ditto ditto EsUblishment for ditto, 35 0 0

Ditto dittCL Contingent for ditto, 23 8 0

158 8 0

Norember 8th, ditto ditto Establishment for the Cni-

tody of Oriental Works for October last 42 0 0

Ditto 18th, ditto Esanrchunder Sarmana, Pnadit for Babu Rigendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, his Salary for Octoberlast, 20 0 0

Ditto 19th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Oriental Joomal Bibliotheca Indica, his Salary for October laat, 100 0 0

Ditto EsUblishment for ditto, 35 0 0

Ditto Contingent for ditto, 24 10 6

_— . 221 10 6

December 6th, ditto Establishment for the Custody of

Oriental Works for NoTember laat, 42 0 0

Ditto 15th, ditto Essnrchnnder Sarmana, Pandit for Babn Rajendra Lall Mittra, Librarian, his Salary for November last, 20 0 0

Ditto 9th, Cash paid Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Ori- ental Jonmal Bibliotheca indica, his Salary for No- ▼emberlaat, 100 0 0

Ditto EsUblishment for ditto, 35 0 0

Ditto Contingent for ditto, '. 24 7 0

Ditto Rer. J. Thomas, Baptist Mission Press, for

printing Bibliotheca Indica No. 36 as per bill 253 8 0

474 15 0

5,277 3 3 To Balancb. Company's Paper of the new 5 per Cent. Loan de- posited with the Goveroment Agent, 5,500 0 0

Cash in the Bank of Bengal, 1,272 8 3

Caahinhand, 36 4 9

6,808 13 0

Co.'iRf 12,086 0 3

1852.] Proeeedingi of the Asiatie Society. 97

Brought forward, 12|086 10 3

Co/t Ra. 12,086 10 3

o

98 Proceedimga of ike Anaiie Sodehf. [No. I.

AhHract Statement of Oriental Publieatunu, Journal, ^., ^., sold from the let January to the Z\9t December, 1851.

Dr.

Obibittal PuBLiCAnoirs.

Mahibh&rata, VoL I. 15 oopiei, Vol. II. 15 copies, VoL

III. 15 copiM, Vol. lY. 15 oopiei, Rs. 408 0 0

Ditto Index. 60 oopiei, 28 0 0

Soirata, 7 copies, • 28 0 0

Naiihada, 18 copies, 54 0 0

Harivafisa, 5 copies, 15 0 0

lUjatarangini, 2 copies, 6 0 0

Fat&we ^Uamgiri, Vol I. 4 copies, Vol. II. 1 copy, Vol.

III. 3 copies. Vol. Y. 4. copies, Vol. YI. 5 copies, •• •• 136 0 0

Khasanat qI Ilm, 6 copies, 18 0 0

Anis ul Mosharrahin, 20 copies, 40 0 0

Sharaja nl Islam, 8 copies, 32 0 0

Tarilch-e-N&diri, 1 oopj, 4 0 0

Hsberlin's Anthology, 4 copies, 24 0 0

Hodgson's Aborigines, 2 copies, 6 0 0

Santkrita Catalogue, 4 eopies, • 1 4 0 0

BibUotheca Indica, 170 Nos .\ 170 0 0

973 0 0

JOVBNAL.

Jonnial of the Asiatic Society, 1 toL and 56 Nos. •••••• 100 8 0

Asiatic Researches, Yol. XYIIL Part I. 1 copy, 5 0 0

105 8 0

MlSCBLLAKBOVS.

Frank'sYy^ 10 0

British Association Report for 1844, 10 0

Joomal, Royal Asiatic Society, No. XII •••••• 18 0

Roebuck's ProTcrbs, 2 0 0

Taylor's McKensie's MSS 0 4 0

Roth's Essay on the Yedas, 0 6 6

Roer's Yedanta Sara, 7 copies, 3 8 0

Mrichchhakati, 2 copies, 18 0 0

Westergaard's Radices Sanskrits, 3 copies, 18 0 0

SacnntiOi, 1 copy, ; 6 0 0

Chesy's Sacnntalft, 3 copies, 30 0 0

Lassen's Institntiones Prakriti 1 copy, 6 0 0

Ditto Gita Go^inda, 2 copies, 5 0 0

Pitto Indioche Alterthnaaskimde, 1 copy, 8 0 0

Bohtlinck's PSnini, 3 copies, 24 0 0

Kosegarten's Panchatantra, 1 copy, 6 0 0

Bohtlinek's Sakuntala, 2 copies, 12 0 0

Geildmeitter's Meghadnta, 2 copies, ••• 3 0 0

Lassen's Prakrito grammar, 2 copies, 12 0 0

Delios's Radices PHtkritikc, 1 copy, 18 0

Hodgson's Bnddhism, 2 copies, 6 0 0

Poley's Chandi, 1 copy, • 4 8 0

Bhatrihari, 1 copy, •••••• • • 4 0 0

Carried over. 173 0 € 1,078 8 0

1882.] Proeeedinj^s «f tke Anaiie Society. 99

Brongbt forwtrd, 173 10 6 1,078 8 a

Ghatakarpvra, 1 copy, 10 0

YtjiuiT«lk7«, 1 copy, 3 0 0

Liidltj's Fahian, 3 oopiety 15 0 0

192 10 6

Total Co.'iRi. 1,271 2 6

Ottstuding Bills as per aoeoimt of 1850^ 1.228 0 0

Total,... Co.'8Es. 2,499 2 6

Cr.

By Cnh paid to Cally Chnm Nudy, ■ccomitaiit, from tbe Ist January

to 3Ut DeoeailMr, 18ftl, 1^39 6 B

Bj Otttttanding Bills, 1,159 12 0

Total, Oo/bRs. 2,499 2 6

B. E.

BJLiBN9ftAi.ii. UirraA. 31i/ DecMi^er, 1851. iljfff. 8$e* tmd lAbrarim,

100

Proceedings of the Jsiatie Society*

[No. 1,

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Abbott, M«or James, Anderson, Major W* Aydall, J. Eso. Baker, Major W . E. Banks, Captain J. S. * Barlow, Sir B. Batten, J. H. Esq. Bayley, H. V. Esq. Beadon, C. Esq. Beaufort, F. L. Esq. Beckwith, J. Esq. Bell, Dr. A.

Birch, Lieut.-CoL B. J. H. Blagrare, Captain T. C. Blundell, G. Esq. Bogle, Major A. Bowring, 8. B. Esq. Bojes, Captain W. E. Brodie, Captain Thos. Broome, Captain A. Bruce, Lieut. B. C. D. Buckland, C. T. Esq. Byng, Hon'ble Captain R. B. Campbell, A. Esq. Cautley, Lieut.-Col. P. T. Cheap, G. C. Esq. Colebrooke, E. Esq. Colyile, Hon'ble Sir J. W. Colvin, J. R. Esq. Cohin, B. J. Esq. Colvin, J. H. B. JBsq. Corbyn, Dr. F. Cust, R. N. Esq. Dalton, Lieut. E. Douglas, Captain C. Dw&rk&n&th Dass Basu, B&bu Earle, W. Esa. Edgeworth, M. P. Esq. Elliott, W. Esq. Elliot, Sir M. H., K.C.B. Erskine, the Hon*ble J. C.

Faithfnll, Lieut. 0. Falconer, Dr. H. Fayrer, Dr. 8. French, Gilson R. Esq. Frith, R. W. O. Esq. Forbes, Lieut.-Col. W. N. Fytche, Captain A. Govindachandra Sen» B&bu Gray, J. J. Esq. Grot^ A. Esq. Gubbins, C. Esq. Hall, F. E. Esq. Hamilton, R. N. C. Esq. Hannyngton, Major J. C. Hayes, Captam rletcher. Hearsey, Lieut.-Col. J. B. Heatley, S. G. T. Esq. Hodgson, H. B. Esq. Hopkinson, Captain H. Harimohaua Sen, Bdbu Houston, R. Esq. Huffnagle, C. Esq. Jackson, W. B. £sq. Jackson, L. S. Esq. J&dabkrishna Sinha, Bihtk Jenkins, Lieut.-Col. F. Jerdon, T. C. Esq. Kay, Rev. W. Keane, Rct. W. Kittoe, Major M. Lamb, Dr. G. Latter, Captain T. Lawrence, Sir H. M. Layard, Capt. F. Loch, G. Esq. Logan, J. R. Eso. Mackintosh, W. Esq. MacLagan, Lieut. R. Marshman, J. C. Esq. Martin, Dr. W. Mills, A. J. M. Esq.

1852.]

Proceedings of the Jeiatie Society.

101

Mitchell, A. Esq.

Money* D. C. £sq«

Morton. Dr. D. T.

Moir» J. Esq.

Newmarch, J. Esq.

Oldham, Thomas, Esq.

Ommanejy M. C. Esq.

O'Shanghnessy, W. B. Esq. M.D.

Peel, Hon'ble Sir L.

Phayre, Obtain A.

Pratt, the Venerable Archdeacon

Prat^pachandra Sinha, R6j&

Prinsep, G. R. Esq.

Prasannacamar Tagore, B£bu

Bsjendra Datta, BAbu

Ram&pras^ Roy, Babu

Rftmachand Sinha, Rigd

Bamgopaul Ghose, B4ba

Bsmanath Ta^ore, B6bu

Bogers, Captam J. E*

Bow, Dr. J.

Ssmuells, E. A. Esq.

Satyacharana Ghosti, R^j&

Shave, J. T. Esq.

Sherwill, Captain W. S.

Sleeman, Lieut.-Col. W. H.

Smith, Rev. W. O'B.

Spilsbury, G. G. Esq.

Sprenger, Dr. A*

Stewart, Dr. D.

Strong, Dr. F. P.

Thomason, Hon'ble J.

Thuillier, Captain W. H. L.

Thurbnm, Captain K.

Torrens, W. H. Esq.

Trevor, C. B. Esq.

Walker, H. Esq.

Watkins, C. T. Esq.

Waugh, Lieat.-CoL A. S.

Willis, J. Esq.

Wilson, the Right Rev. Daniel,

Lord Bishop of Calcutta. Woodrow, H. Esq.

List or Msmbbrs elected during the year 1851.

Erskine, Hon'ble J. C. Sprenger, Dr. A. Colvin, J. H. B. Esq. J4dabakrishna Sinha, B&bu Woodrow, H. Esq.

Fayrer, Dr. S. Oldham, Professor Thos. Faithfull, Lieut. G. Layard, Captain. Thurbnm, Captain.

The loss of Members by deaths, departures to Europe, and with- drawals, has been as follows : —

Gone to Europe.

Benson, Lieut.-Col. R. Cast, R. N. Esq. Thnrbum, R. Y . Esq.

Strachey, John, Esq. Stephens, Captain, B. N. I. Frith, W. H. L. Esq.

Members lost by Death.

Cunningham, Capt. J. D. Davidson, T. R. Esq. McLeod, D. F. Esq. Reddie, J. Esq.

102 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society.

Members lost by Withdrawals.

Brandrethy J. £• L. Esq. Lushington, H. Esq.

Burton, Capt. C. E. Ripley, Lieut. F. W.

Durand, Major H. M. Sandes, F. C. Esq.

Greenway, w. Esq* Jones, R. Esq.

Hay, A. Esq. Dirom, W. H. Esq.

Lushington E. H. Esq. Lackersteen, Count, J.

Thomas, R. Esq. Maxwell, Lieut. J. H. Young, Dr. R.

|||i|||§22||§§||222||||:||g§2||2

SSSSS3S3S2SS

«rf»5 J '■'-<■■'"' ^- - ■■ '■-'"-

6

|l.iilli.il§lili|Mssi|li||!?sni

fez* >! wgja

i^lllsliiilziilisiiiis'ililsSisI

|3lsiiiSS|ipi|ppaSI§8£Si3lii§

8!SS||t8|!iili|E|Sa6l1tl3|!§s|S

ooaaQaooQQaoo b aucjaao5ouQi5oi5aag5

•s

5 1 1 =

- - ^(**5 www www . .w »' . i4 "" "" ""a MUM zaz " "z ji'^^

^ll^ilslliis^issilissiiisliisili

E!^SSSSSSSS^EiSSSS=S3S2g£§SS3

^2'SS!!i

!$s3'83's^E3sssi:^:iJ:s^ssS:

■SS 8 8 a ' 8

-"--"•-"•sSassssEisasssjSssaass

-aittg I -^*»-^'^*»-**fez:J}f*iJ5!^bfg^saga3<gss;g}j^fe55 r

■araqj9,ao(riv

u3

o

0

i

a

*« «>

^

S

8 2 SS

» • • • • sQ • • • • •Q • 'OO

s

9 1^1

"S*** 2*««»*2« *fSLS • •

[»«eoeooC>aDOoocO'«^'4>^e«oeoe«eooaDOaD»»aDeoe<«D^e«

) 00 OD OO A w dk A Ofe OBCOdDOb CO A 00 OOaOOb A fe^ A OD <D A Ok Ok Ol

ass "is ill

sag

s

ie«

"JN O fe«OD^aO«P(paOfe«et004-«^C9'^CDI«<-«0«A«P9kQ«»»>-<pr<.gDt^

*ai9|g

e«^'^coA-«aOiAao*HiA<oo

e Afe« (0»«tOfe«t^t^ AO A -^ CO

•J

•"W

. Oto<«^^«0(Ocoe«o«Q<«o<oooooOA^oqiqo<«-«Ot«>o«o<«eo

Si

««ll

o ^

V

40

s

^

.2

I

-a

a

t

a at

s

Ml"a 'M. •«QQcO"*ic>^oi5«o«oa5oadc>oO'*ift-^--Qc<35«Voobo2c6«»5

OQ OO 40(0

'««!VJO

•J9W JO

mOOfe«AOO^(OaOQOCOG«lOO«OG«OeQO<&99e«eOC«<DeQlO'<V

eoO'^-^-«e«e«9«G<^e«cococ«oe«<^'^OAaQAOtO'M>^oei^'«

O

<n

*p9i *J1({

O

a

oopaoiia

t«t.^o»)f>'4AC4<o(0t«tDa>««Q9iA'^A^9)o^QOr«eQjee42!:9S aQe9Q^oaooo^m«pQao«eoQA«tpAAQa«^^C^sSio;«

AOQAAAAAaaa&AAAOkAOOakOiAAOOOQOQOkAA.AA

■S88 a

A

asSgZ 5g:g :s^^Z Z Z °Q Z ZMZZ ^

s a

« a o

>

09

o

•n

<3

.1

8

aooooooS*:

•a

B

C9

11 §1111 6

-3

3 5*3 3

a

•on •(! uoiioaji(j

ZZZ GOnO

.wZ .ZS5 'ZWW . .

Zajzz '^M a:^

•^^5w^^

M'^'^QO^Z

ZZ^* 55

9

8

•qine*A\

^ <p to w <o <o <0_

<o to

to

•■liVJO

00 t^

o

SStoStotoSyoo

tOtOt^t«<OtOAiAeO

Aoooeo-^eV'^O

<ft to to to to to to

fe«OlO«0 0« ^ 01 <o

« • • • • • ■

eOt«iAtOtOtOtf>'«

S8SS

^to^.O.O«>tD.«i>.tOcq^. to r» to to

<« O to 00 A Q « I r» »*• r« »« !«■ A CD

CO

•J»W JO

too tq oi •ri'*

OOeOAOQOIOQ'^

cototototooooioot

eototoo«(Oeo «ao ■^otoeootootoeoao

eO O ^ r-ODODQ

Of A to 00 tO»«^ tOl

«<M >« «■ A>.^Aeo40eOtoOtOQOAAAto«r»rtoaooAr-A-^ao«o«A'^ l«0

JOURNAL

OP THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY

No. II.— 1852.

Oh the Connection of the Dative and Aeeuaative eases in Bengali and Hindustdni, — By the Rev. W. Kat, Principal of Bishop's CoUege.

While the comparative investigation of grammatical /orf9M has en- gaged the attention of many learned men in Europe, (it is hardly neeesoary to mention Bopp in particular) there is a wide field for phi- lological speculation yet (so far as I am aware) unexplored in the comparison and explanation of grammatical laws and constructions. This last higher and more interesting inquiry pre-supposes the first, but forms its necessary complement.

It is as far from the purpose of the writer of the present sketch, as it is from his ability, to supply this desideratum. But as the subject referred to in the heading is not uninteresting in itself, and the dis- cossion may rouse the activity of minds better qualified to take up the work, it is thought a few brief remarks, pour servir, may not be out of place in this journal.

I. What are the /acts of the case ?

In Dr. Yates's Bengidi Grammar we are told " The dative case is usually made by C9, like the objective ;" and afterwards in the syntax '* verbs oi giving and communicating to, govern the dative case, which however most commonly has the same form as the objective."

In Sama Chum Sircar's Grammar we have a more detailed state- ment, to the effect that only personal nouns have the termination C9

No. LII. — New Skribs. p

106 On the Connection of the Dative and Accusative eases. [No. 2.

in the accusatiye, whilst nouns denoting inanimate objects are not in- flected in the accusative.

He also remarks that in conversational and poetical phraseology there is a different termination for the accusative, which is also com- mon to the dative (thus we may say ^TirTC?[ Of ^, as well as ^IkI(.<

The Hindnst^i grammars give the following form for the deden* sion of nouns.

Dat. y isb ^cc, (sb\

Forbes*s Grammar, after stating that the accusative case is in Hin* dustftni, as in English, generally like the nominative, adds, *' but when it is desirable to render the object of an active verb very definite or spe- cijic, then the termination ho (of the dative) is added to the object.*'

II. Inferences,

(1) The parallelism of the above facts, as well as the similarity of the forms C9 andy, naturally suggests that the Beng&li and Hindus- tani suffixes have a common origin ; and therefore that whatever explanation is given, in the one language, of the circumstance that the same termination is employed to denote both dative and accusative, will apply also to the other.

(2) As the suffix j^ is never absent from the dative, though it is frequently from the accusative ; we seem warranted in concluding that the dative has the prior claim to it. To suppose the reverse would imply the entire want of a dative in the original language.

(3) Unless then we are prepared to show that the jf of the dative and accusative were originally different and have only converged acciden- tally into their present identical form, (of which no evidence, however, exists) we must conclude that the accusative proper is the same in form with the nominative.

So indeed it has been (in varying degrees), in many languages. Thus in the Greek, Latin, and Grerman, the nominative and accu- sative of all neuter nouns are the same.*

* A fact ingeoiouily interpreted by Coleridge to mean that strictly ipeaking toeh nonni have no nominative. "The reason is, a thing has no snhjectiTity, or nominati?e case ; it exists only as an object ^ in the accusative case.''

1852.] On the Conneeiion of ike Dative and Accusative eases. 107

In English, and most modem European languages, all nouns have the same form in the nominative and accnsative.

In Turkish the accusative is identical with the nominative, when it is indefinite and immediately precedes the verb.*

In Hebrew the two cases are the same, except that defined nouns (L e. nouns with the article, or in construction) are frequently pre« ceded by /1K«

In Armenian^ exactly the same holds ; the nominative and accusa- tire coincide except that za is prefixed to defined nouns.

III. Specific analogies.

The above inferences, drawn from the facts of the case, and sup- ported in part by the general analogy of other languages, are still lia- ble to the charge (which it is so hard to rebut) of theorizing, fiut fortunately we have some more special analogies to present in con- iirmation of what has been said. For

(1) In the Persian, we find, that when the noun is indefinite, the accusative coincides with the nominative ; but that if the noun be defined^ \j is suffixed, this f) being also used to express the dative,

(2) In the Syriac, the dative and accusative have a prefixed ^ (s Engl* to) as their common characteristic. Now this ^ may be dropped in the accusative, especially if the noun is indefinite^ but cannot in the dative.^

(3) In the Spanish, when the object of a verb denotes a person, it is regularly preceded by the preposition d, i. e. by the common jign of the dative.§

Now (whatever may be said of the Persian), there can, at least in the two last instances, be no question about the accusative form's being borrowed from the dative.

IV. The rationale of this inferred fact.

On the hypothesis of the termination's belonging properly to the

* Kuim-Beg'i '* TarkiBh-Tatar Grammar."

t Petermann*s Arm. Gr. *' AccuMti?i forma a forma nominativi diverM non

I Uhlemann, Syr. Sprach-Lehre : $ 75.

§ Him, whom, and ihtm, were originally datives. See Dr. Latham ** On the Engliih LaDgnage."

P 2

lOS On the Connection of the Dative and Accusative eases. [No. 2.

aceusatiTe, no ezplanation can be given of iti being transferred to the dative. Indeed such a transference would be contrary to all analogy.*

But on the converse hypothesis we can explain how the dative came to be used in-an objective sense.

The action of a verb may be direct or indirect. Some verbs denote an action which operates immediately upon an object, implying a transmission of power from the agent upon it, (e. g. striking^ burn- ing, teaching, &c.) In all these the objective is employed, fiut there are other verbs where the action is not direct or immediate, which, in fact, imply little more than that the subject and object are connected or occupy a certain relation to each other t (e. g. pleasing, consenting, trusting, &c.) In this latter case the dative might easily come to be thought the more appropriate for designating the object.f Such is, ac- tually the case in Latin, Greek, Anglo-Saxon, German, French, and Turkish. The usage once introduced would have a tendency to spread, wherever the object of the verb was to be brought prominently into notice, not merely as an object, but as a recipient ; until at last the dative in some languages might come to be looked upon as an actual form of the accusative.

This explanation agrees with what, we have seen, prevails very ex* tensively in the languages above-cited, vis. that the nouns to which the dative sign is attached in the accusative sense are chiefly personal nouns ; for things are simply objects of an action rather than recipi- ents of influence, persons are recipients rather than simply objects.

And there is another point to be noted. In languages like the Hindttst&ni and Bengali where both the nominative and the objective precede the verb, some expedient would be found necessary to pre- vent confusion as to which was the agent and which the object. But

* The only instance that occurs to me» ai poMibly famishing an ezce|»tk>B, is that of the French pronouns m«, te, $9, tf. g. II me donne. Bat I believe that in such examples the «•€ is only a shortened form of the dative mot, when de- prived of the aeoent. At any rate when the accent retams the longer form recars ; as in Dofinez»fMoi.

We may remark that this very iMi famishes an example of the dative ased to give strong nbjectivity to the personal idea : as in *< Voudries-voos me perdre, moi, votrealli^?"

t ' Thanking* or < pnidng,' &c. being » * giving thanks' and < bestowfaig praise/ &c.

1852.] Foreign words occurring in the Qordn. 109

as inuiimate things are comparatively seldom introduced as agents, the necessity for calling in the aid of a particle to signify that they were not agents, bat objects, would be felt chiefly in nouns denoting persona.*

V. Hke etymological relatione of the dative particle.

It may not be without its weight to observe that the other Bengali form for the dative and accusative (viC?) closely resembles the common genitive (<4'?r)* Now the dative is very nearly connected (on two dif- ferent aspects) with both the genitive and the accusative. Grant the dative, then, as the intermediate starting point, and one can nnderstand how the forms for the genitive and the accusative may approximate : bat not otherwise.

Precisely the same will apply to the other terminations C9 and JS^ when compared with the Hindustani genitive (^. We can understand the similarity of is«-ko to is-ka, if ko be the original property of the da- tive, bat not if it be a true accusative termination.

And now let us conclude with a conjecture ; is not this termination the same with that which univereally marks the dative in the Tatar langtmges ? ** The characteristic ending of the dative in the Tatar dialects generally ]§ \i or ^ ka or ke .-^-changed after a vowel or bard consonant into U or a^ gha or gh^* (Kazim Beg^ u. s.) If so, may we not further infer that the basis of the Hindi-speaking races is not Indo-Germanic, but Mongolian 7"

■^^W»^<^»»«^»»»»/^^»^^^*»^^»>^rfS^»^^^^^

Foreign words occurring in the Qordn^ by A. Sfrbnobr, M. D.

It is an unexpected and ihteresting fact that there occurs a foreign word in the first Sdrah of the Qor&n. The word sir&t ^\j^ we are told by Soytity is Rdmee, i. e. Latin ! and we have no difficulty in ascertaining from what term it is derived, we recognise at once in it the word strata (via) which has been preserved in the same

* To the Mine cause we may refer the use of _> to deiignate the a^eni case.

On the other hand the logical character of the arrangement of our nominative verh ■nd object hi English, is what enables us so readily to dispense with noan-inflec-

lib Foreign words occurring in the Qordn. [No. 2.

meaning which it has in Arabic — road — in almost every European language, in English we have street, in Dutch straat, German strasse, Italian strada, &c. The omission of the first t will not surprise those who are acquainted with the genius of the Arabic language. It has a tendency to make words tri-consonantal as I have shown at some length in my paper on the Physiology of the Arabic language. Nor does the orthography militate against the opinion of Soydty, though De Sacy says the vjp and Jd are never used in writing foreign words. De Sacy is wrong. Comes is spelt u^, C«esar is spelt j^A^y Stephanus is spelt c^^^k^^ arvntiov is spelt Axk^t^ Aristotle is spelt yi«»jt. There can therefore be no doubt but Sir^t is a Latin word. But what may have been the reason for using a foreign word for express- ing an idea for which the Arabic language had several terms ? — Sirii/ has always a mystical sense in the Qoran, meaning religion, road to heaven, and it is likely that the same word was used by the Christians of Syria for expressing this idea.

I have an Arabic Manuscript entitled fyt^il }e\i)^ ^ Sj'^^m aIU; by Soytity containing a list of the foreign words which occur in the Qoran. This list is also in the 38th chapter of his Itq&n fy *ol&m alqordn by the same author which is being edited. It contains most of the words which the Arabs themselves consider of foreign origin, and only so far Soytity' s opinion can be of value, for his derivations from other tongues which neither he knew nor those whose authority he quotes, are very unsatisfactory. I did uot think proper to swell this article by an attempt to supply this defect, but leave these investigations to others. (3^M ab&ryq Sdrah 56, 18. Persian, the paasage of water, a channel,

an ewer, vt abb, Sdrah 80, 31. Grass.

4,5«ljf abla'y II, 46. Hebrew or Abyssinian, to absorb. i>Ja.| akhlad 7, 175. Hebrew, to rest upon. i£l^l^lll ar&yik 83, 23. Abyssinian^ couches. JdUmHI asb^^ passim. Hebr. tribes.

{3ji^^ istabraq 76, 21. 55, 54. 18, 30. 44, 53. Pers. coarse brocade. jIa^I asfdr, passim, Syriac and Nabatean (i. e. Chaldean), books. j^\ 'v}T 3, 75. Nabatean (i. e. Chaldean), compact.

1852.] Foreign wards occurring in the Qordn. \ 1 1

wt/f akw&b 88, 14, 56, 18. Nabatean, a water-pot.

Jl ill, 9, 8, Nabatean or Hebrew, God. (This is the explanation of

Sojtity but from the contents it would appear that ill means treaty

in the Qor&n and it is used in that sense by Notanabbj in a former

rhyming with 4«^) fk^ alym, ptutim, Zinjian or Hebrew, pain, fijl aww&h 11, 77. Abyssinian, tmsty (mdqin) kind-hearted. «Jjf awwib 50, 31. Abyssin. a name for Christ. ^1 awwiby 34, 10. Abyssin. praise God ! ijoJi\^ ^jM dl^ means nsually in the Qor&n this world but in 33, 33,

it means the other world in conformity with a Coptic idiom. The

Copta call this world &khirah and the other world did. ^tkj ba^yin 35, 54. Coptic, the garment or brocade which they

pat on over another dress. j^^ ba'yr, pastim, Hebrew, any animal of burthen. ^ biya* 22, 4 K Persian, church. j^^ tatbyr 17, 7. Nabat. to slaughter. <fr^ taAt 19, 24. Nabat. belly, inside. jjij tanndr 1 1, 42. Pers. oven. ^S'lAa:^! jibt 4, 54. Abyssin. devil, sorcerer. «a»^^f 2^hti^ 4, 54 taidpauim. Abyssin. soothsayer.

JJa^ab 21, 98. Zinjian, wood, — it is said that is a word used

by the believers in Scriptures only, and not known to the Arabs, jffdb 4, 2. Abyssin. a great sin. ^^t^f ^awiryyiin, pawim. Copt, fullers, washermen. CMm)^ darasta 6, 105, Hebrew ; thou hast read, (jrjo dorryy 24, 35. Abyssin. shining. j^.y dyn&r 3, 68. Persian. ^^j r&'ind 2, 98. Hebrew, is a term of abuse. &y^^j rabbdnyytin, passim, Hebrew or Syriac, a rabbin. ^yh^j ribbyydn 3, 140. Syr. rabbins.

\a^^^ raArodn, passim^ Hebrew : merciful, originally spelled {»f^ji\ ^) rass 25, 40, 'ajamy, a well. f^} raqym 18, 8. Rdmy (Greek?) tablet, or book, or according to

others, inkstand. ^ rahw 46, 23. Nabatean, easy ; according to others, Syriac, secure,

comfortable.

1 1 2 Foreign word* occurring in the Qordn. [No 2.

liiAS^j zanjabyl 76, 17. Some say it is a Persian word, a spring in

Paradise, ikc^ sojjady paseim. Syriac, ooTeriog the head and face. cIk** sijill 21, 104. Pers. book, according to others Abyssin. man. O^f^ sijjyi 105, 4. Pers. compound of sang, stone, and gil, earth. (3«>t/^ sorddiq 18, 28. Pers. the word is originally spelled sarA-dar,

house door, and it means threshold, others say it is derived from

sarA'pardahf the curtain of the house. U^ saryyi 19, 24. Syr. or Nab. or Greek, river. t/^ safarah 80, 15. Nabat. readers (of a sacred book), saqar, passim 'ajamy, (i. e. foreign) hell-fire, sakar 16, 69. Abyssin. vinegar. cl>A».lw salsabyl 76, 18, is an 'ajamy (foreign) word. ^^4>ju« sondes 18, 30. Pers. and according to others Indian; fine

brocade. iM^ sayyid 12, 25, husband— is not an Arabic word, some say it is

Coptic. Uu» sayn^ 23, 20. Nabat. hill, and according to the Itqdn it means

beautiful.

sha^r 2, 139 and 145 and 146. Abyssinian, towards, opposite*

M shahr, passim. Syriac. ^[^ ipxiJ, passim, Rdmy, road, (m a mystical sense). j^ 9or (from 9awr) 2, 262. Nabat. to cleave, to cut. otjJLtf 9aldt or ^oldt, or ^ilwat, or 9alawat, or folwat 22, 41. and

passim. Hebrew and Syriac, Synagogues, the word is or^inally

spelt C^ Ai> T&h 20, 1 . Abyssin. and Nabat. O man, according to the Itq4n

it means O Mohammad I ^}ik Tafaq 7, 12. Rumy : to intend (it is explained by qa9ad <x«Ai) ^jtyio tubi 13, 28. Abyssin. a name of Paradise. According to some

^ub& l{po (with alif) is Syriac or Nabat. and means a hill. In the

Itq&n it is stated that it is an Indian word. sGt \n& 33, 53. Berber, looking. sj^\ anyyah 88, 5. Hot, boiling.

^»i^l jahannam, passim. Hebr. or Persian, hell, derived from (Ai^ ^j^ means w*^j in the Abyssinian language.

1851I.] Fornix wardt oeeurrmp tn ike Qprdn. 1 13

ym) noDz 3^ 36. Hebrew^ motion of tlie lips* iM'^ *>j]y^ ^3, 7 and 8. is not an Arabic word* if^&H* synyn 95, 2. Abyssinian, beantifnl* ^jh towi 2O9 12. Hebrew, man, some saj it means at night. lepAAP *abbadU 26, 21. Nabat. thon hast killed. efAfi 'adn, pass. Syriac, grape.

^ 'arim 34^ 15* Abyss, channels in which the water collects and dries np.

ghassftq 38, 57* Tarky, cold stinking water — some say it is a rord of Tokharistan.

lAP ghydh 1 1, 46. Abyss, the water has decreased. f^^f^ji firdaws 23, 11. Bdmy, a garden (it is evidently derived from Paradise) in Nabatean MUkai means grapes. Some say firdaws means a vineyard in Syriac. fy fdm 2, 58. Hebn wheat. c^iklff qardtys 6, 91 is not Arabic.

k»i qis^, passim, Rdmy, justice. •

i^UbJ qos^ 17, 37. Bdmy, a balance, justice. ij{^ qaswarah 74, 51. Abyss, lion.

i{i8sys 5, 85. Hebrew, a sincere friend (fiddyq). c^yah 9, 16, 'ajamy, a man with a bad heart, base coin. U ^t 38, 15. Nabat. a letter or document, a book. Jii qofl 47, 26, is a Persian word, a lock. tUi qommal 7$ 130. Hebrew and Syriac, louse, insect. Jkis qixkiif 3, 68. Bdmy, twelve ounces, some say it means in Syriac, filling a boirs skin with gold and silver. Some say it means in the Berber language one thousand mithqib. Ibn Qotaybah says it means in the language of Africa Provincia 8000 mithq&ls. ^fS qayydm, passim. Syriac, wide awake, a person who does not sleep. }^ Kdpdr, Pers. camphor.

jaT kafEura 47» 2. Hebrew or Nabat. he forgave their sins, ttitt^ kifidn 57, 28. Abyss, double, in Nabat, two shares. jif ksnz, passim* Persian, a treasure. Cfj^ kdwirat 81, 1. Pers. (probably from K6r blind.) *^ Ijnah 59, 5, in the language of the Jews of Madynah, a date tree.

a

114 Foreign wards oeeurtviff in the Q^rdH^ [No. 2*

^^^juo mottaUiA 12^ 31. Abyss, and Coptic, lemon, ci(<B^ maijfiii 55, 22, a foreign word. fyj^ marqdm 83, 9. Hebr. written.

motjAt 12, 88, an 'ajamy word, some say it is a Coptic word,

and means little,

misk 83, 26. Pers. ijSJLo mishk6t 4, 35. Abyss, a lantern (kiiwah i^^i)* aJ^ maq&lyd 39, 63. Persian, a key.

^jSXo malakdt, paeeim, is spelt in Nabatean CjSXa and means kingdom. ^{xjo maniq 38, 2. Nabat. takmg flight, minsaah 34, 13. Abyss, a stick, monfatir 73, 18. Abysan. filled. Jf« mohl 18, 28. Maghriby or Berber word. i^li ndshiyah 73, 6. Abyssin. to get up (at nigbt). 0am hodni (from hawd) 7, )55. Hebrew, we repented onr sins. djA Hdd, ajamy instead of Yahdd or J&da. c)>* bawn 25, 64. Syriae or Hebrew. iSJj caa* bayta laka 12, 23. Coptic, come I in Syriae it means against

thee or it is thy duty. In Hebrew it is JL^a \j^ waril 18, 78. Nabat. in front. idj} wirdah 55, 37, is not Arabic. j^ wizr, paesim. Nabat. mountain, place of refuge, in the Himyarit

dialect it means ako mountain. e»y b y6qtit, pamm, Persian, a ruby. jyBt Aawr 84, 14. Abyssin. to return. x/»i y^syn 36, 1. Abyssin. man, O man ! ^jAmoj has the same meaning in the Abyssinian language as cijc

in Arabic. jmf^ 9ahr 22, 21, a Maghriby word, ^f yamm, paesim. Hebrew, Nabat. and Syriae, sea.

nx

1852.] Note an Col. Stueey't Ohagni Coin*. 115

Note an Cal. Siaeey^e Okazni Cotne, by E« ThohaSi Eeq. C. S.

In the year 1848 the Boyal Asiatic Society of London^ did me Ae honour of pablishing in their Journal my Essay on ** The Coins of the Kings of Ghazni/' which had for its object the exhibition of a dassified Catalogue of this particular section of Mr* Masson's most suc- cessful Numismatic gleanings in Afgh&nist&n. Col. Stace/s collection* efOhaznaT{ money, about to be described, will be found to furnish several supplementary dates and many unique and interesting additions to the general series, and as I have endeavoured to make this notice

* In Utdj patnog througb Cawnpore I had an opportnntty of eonoriljr ezamiiu {■s tiie late Col. Staoey'f exteniiTe ooUectioa of Coini, and by the kind permiition of tiia preaeBt owner, Captain WionghUm, I was enabled to lecare thii leriea for pabfieation.

Apart from the historical interest and tjpieal nofeltj of many of the speclmena thas entmated to me, I am anzioas to make known the contents of this diriaion of Col. Slaoej'a Cabinet aa a fidr sample of the entire collection, as I am deairons of terina these Numismatic Tireasnres promoted into some locality more aooessible to Orisatal Antiquaries, than they at present ooenpy in a priTEte Cabinet in aa out of 4e way station in the N. W. Pro? inoes.

An opportunity of elTecting this occurs at the present moment, as the whole coU hetion is now for sale, and it is offered on the Tery equitable terms that the price ili&U be determined by any third party, being a competent judge of tliese antiqui- ties, who may be elected by the intending purdiaser and approred of by the ttDer!

A general idea of the extent and character of the collection may be formed from titt CoUowing dassified outline of its contents.

Gold. Silver. Copper,

OtkIl end Baotrian, «

lado-Seythian, U

Anskian, •

osnuiian, •^•••. .-••.••••••••••••• ••..•••••••••• ••

OUHindn,

Gapta and Sanraahtran •.... 18

Kditon of Kanoiq» • 15

Kabal and Kaahmir, 2

KhsUfst, Ghaznl, &c. 57

Grand Total,., »• 103 1362 3601

a 2

137

251

10

445

27

54

50

84

375

487

29

4

2

2

55

875

677

1399

116

Note on Col. Staeey'^ Ghatni Cohu.

[No. 2.

80 far complete io itself, by inserting full tranflcripts of the l^ends and engrayinga of specimena of the leading claases, I troat it will prove an acceptable contribution to the Joamal of the Aaiatio Society of Bengal* whose pages, I may remark, as yet bear no record of the coinage of the first Moslem Dynasty of Zdbulistin.

I prefix a Table shewing the order of succession of the GhaznaTi Soltdns, together with a summary of the dates of accession of thoae contemporaneous Potentates whose names find a place on their medala.

A Table of the Ohasnaci Dynaety^ ^.

Kings

ss

Khtlifs of Baghdad.

Dates of aooetiion.

of

S&m&ii Emperors.

Ghasni.

AH.

A.H

A.H.

A.D.

AlMuti'hinUh

334

350

961

Alptegfn,..

350

ICsBS^r bin N6h I.

AlTtf'hliUah,

363

366

976

Isbak, ....

366

N6h bin Mana^r.

367

977

Sabnktigfn,

Al Uder biUak,

381

387 388

997 998

Ismail,.. .. MiUiindd,..

*•

387 389

Mana^r bin N6h II.

Abdal Malik bin

N6h.

421

1030

Mohammad*

421

1030

Maaaiid.

AlKttmbeamerilkh,..

422

•

432

1040-1

Mnhftmmad.

432

1041

M6d6d.

440

1048

Maaadd II.

440

1048

AbiU Haaan All.

440

1048

Abdal Raahid.

444

1052

ToghraL

444

1052

Ferokhslul.

451

1059

Ibrahim.

AlMoktadibeamerillab,

467

AlMoitaiherbillah, ..

487

492

1099

Ma8a6d III.

508

1114

ShiniUl.

509

1115

AnUo.

AlMostarshidbilkh,..

512

512

1118

Bahr&m Shih. '

Al Raihtd biUah, ....

529

1 Sanjar, tho Seljdk Go.

Al Moktafi iMmerillah,

530

1 Temor of Khoriain.

547

1152

Khoaru Shtii. ^

Al Mortanjid billah, ..

555

555

1160

KhnardBfal

ik.

The second or reference number in the subjoined Ust of Coina indi« cates the heading, in the original Masson Catalogue,* under which each piece should be classed.

* I wonld take this, my earliest, opportunity of referring to a Reriew of my Essay by M. DsFremery, which appeared in the Rsfue NamisBuitiqiia of Fsris \m

1852.]

Note on Col* Staeey** Ghazni Coinf.

117

SUBUKTIGIN.

No. I. [ii.] SilTer, highest wt. 46 gr. Perwan, Six Coins,

J

Ohverse.

•J

Margin. c^!>^ ^jA^l Iaa

? '

Hai^. Sarah ix. 33, and Ixi. 9.

Average weight 43.6 gr.

NoTB.<— I hare act uj books of refennoe at hand to enable me to determine wheCber the two Coini, wboie Itgendi an tranieribed below, hare been pabliahed IB aa J of the nnmeroos continental works on S&nUuif money ; bat their aasociation ia date and In proximity of plaoe of iasne with certain of the earlier Coins of the pfoent series, as wall aa the iUostration they afford of the distribntioa of the terri- torial tenwes of the day, will, nnder any drcnmstanees, render their insertion in tUi plaee s^propriate.

EatrA No. A. 6old« Wts. 57 and 61 gr. Her&t A. H. 360 and 361.

Mar. K>j**j*^*^ &c. i' Jj»j

OAmtm.

Hf Ail y

Mar. Int. ij cH*- **- iL^ej [alt.^4V^i£iu«] ii Um

Mar. Ext. &c. cUJ ^ ^llt all

1849. I need not here enter into the several qnestions raised by my Critic, bat I nay candidly plead gnilty to one of the two, I am prond to say the only two s^tetiona taken against me. For the rest the notioe is most encooraging for my hrtter effbrta 1 and Is altogether written in so kindly a spirit ai to demand my mmiit acknowledgmeBta.

118

Note on CoU Staeey's Ghazni Coins.

[No. 2,

ISMAiL.

No. 2. [yii] Silyer« wt. 43 gr. Bare.

Reverse,

Obverse.

aU

X <ii y

JjmjA^a/^

t(^yi^}\

jj^ASjoddJ\

ii^jS.%

zy ^'

AU^UJt

Jb^AMMf

Margins illegible.

MahmiSd.

No. 3. [to follow xvii.] Gold, wt. 52 gr. Her&t A. H. 413. New lype.

ICeveree*

Ohvereem

dU

Jd^

aUi J^j a**-

» a;i ]i

*^jAil exW

84XA.J AUt

*Ul e^' ->

Afv2b^ll

ert«^' (•^

AUb^^lA/t

^^1

Mar. Int. 8 J^ UH ^> *!« ^

AiUiuy ^ 8 jmfi t^Jj &M

Margin. Surah is. 33, and Ixi. 9.

Mar. Ext. Surah xzx. 4, 5.

Jieverse*

aU

No. 4. [to follow xviii.] Gold, wt. 62 gr. Ghazni A. H. 415. Um^[ue.

Obverse.

yi)^^ Ally

AlJl^olAlt

Mar. int. j^^\ l«^^ *^ ^ Mar. ext. Surah xxx. 4, 5.

Margin. Surah ix. 33, and Ixi. 9.

Mr. Bardoe Elliot ponesies a similar Coin of the Ghazni IdioUge, datad *jjlj ijmfi gjl i. «•> 41*» A. H.

1852.]

Naie on Col. Siaeeyi^a Ghazni Coina* No. 5. [zzii.] Silver, wt. 53 gr. Bare.

119

Margins illegible.

No. 6. [xxT.] saver, highegt wt. 64 gr. anerage 46.5 gr. Eight

Specimens.

Reverse.

Haigina illegible.

I Obverse.

Jap HI Ail H

Si>^j 4U1 Mar. &c. ^^oJi li#i^ aUi

Obverse.

No. 7. [zzvii.] Silver, wt. 44 gr. Ghazid A. H. 395, four Specimens. Reverse. 000 aUiJ^^a^** » Ait H

aU U JO Va/i s«>*>> ^

Uttgm. 8. xzz. 4, 5. Margin. f^j^\ \^j^ AUt

No. 8. [No. XXX. &c.] There are 18 Coins in Col. Stacey's col- lation o£Fering various subordinate modifications of the general type <if the class just described. The leading trilinear legend of either area tonains constant, but the monograms vary in their style and position — St times the word J«xp is introduced at the top of the obverse field, ^ the |^u«j figures at the foot of the main inscription, aU also is Ken to head the legend on the reverse-^and the characters, in which

120 Nide on CM. Staee^M Qtuum Comi. [No. 2.

the nune of MahmM 10 ezprened* differ oonndenbl j in the seyeral epecimeDSy gradnaUog from the formal letters of the old Knfic to the interlaced flonrish of more modem writing. In aome examples again, the titles (^^\^^ and in others iUi^^t are engraved in fine lines within the areas, bat the position they occupy is indeterminate.

Where decipherable, the obverse marginal legends nsoally purport that the piece was coined at Ghaznf in A. H. 395 et seq ; but in many of these Coins the marginal spaces are filled in with mere unmeaning repetitions of short perpendicular lines and small circles, which last in imperfectly formed Kufic legends answer for either (* A or^

No. 9. [to follow xliii.] Silyer, wt. 37 gr. Unique. Reverse. I Ohterse.

alio ^\a3\

Margins illegible.

NoTB.— [No* Ut.] While last year at Jhdam, I met with a Tariant of the ela- borately deaigned copper money of Mabmiid deacribed and figured under No. Ut. of my liat in the Jonr. Royal Aa. Soc The Jhelnm apecimen poaaeaaea the pecu- liarity of haTing the word ij^ inserted before the name of the city of Ghasni

rthot ^^ify'\ ^'* ** ^^^ ^7 inatanoe within my knowledge of the nae of thia prefix in thia leriea.

I am indebted to Sir H. M. Elliot for the reference to the subjoined notice of the impositions practised by certain Hindus, which led to an extensive deterioration in the local standard of MahmM's Silver coinage.

The Persian text appears defective, I however give it, as it stands, merely inserting variants from a second copy, without at- present enter- ing into any further remarks.

1852.] Note <m Col. Siaeey's Ghatsni Coiiu. 121

^^ ^y^^J [^^J ] (^'aI&.V*^!^ ^t; «^ is^*^ ^"^Ji, ^^ Jd j(

(^^-^jj^y i/^j j^ r^ ^«>j/ cA« [j«>] o-j** jy-> •^^^j^

jjixjj Sidj^ ooW ^ixJU^d ojL^j [ ^] e>^ 'i^iiH ^^Aiacfj ei>^ ^a^

t;ii c>^ •^'i/^ i^ ^ 9^ r>> «)4*^ (s^^ y [ «>»*^!«** ] ^^^.

^Uiol^fj 0;/ vi;^ jj^ W ^'«XL u;(f«)kXi J^^^^, J^^ji ^J^^ J^^ J

Dr. A. Fleming in his Diary of a Trip to Find Dadun Khan, and tke Salt Range, publiahed in a previous number of the Journal Asiatic Society (Vol. 18th p. 661) gives a very complete description of the method of coining in use in the Mint at Find Dadun Khan in 1848. The process indeed is the essential counterpart of that described by Abiil Faz'l as obtaining in Akber's time.

If we may also assume that similar mechanical means were resorted to in the earlier days to which the above tale refers, we may satisfy oaneWes of how easy it would have been to have had a mint in every house and how difficult it would be to prevent the issue by private indiriduals of money of an inferior standard.

Maba^d.

No. B. [To precede No. Iviii.] Gold— Ifr. Bardoe Elliot.

R€9€TS€m

^gin (as usual.)

Obverse,

aUihi a;i y

Margin, illegible. Margin Ext. (as usual).

R

122

Note <m Col. Siaeey*s Ghazni Coins.

[No. 2.

NoTB. — The above Coin displays with unusnal completeness the various honorary titles by which Masa6d was designated.

As connected with the subject I transcribe from the copy preserved by Bihaki a detail of Masadd's recognised titular designations as accepted by the Khalifs Ambassador, in 423 A* H. l^\sJ\ ^UHijit^ ^1 «Jlil (Xfp ^t aUi <up ^jm fb^jf\ c)*^i ^ fmj

Again in another place (under A. H. 424)» our author entitles the Sultdn

Albirdnis' enumeration, as found in the unique copy of his K&ndn-i- Masatidi which has lately come into the possession of Sir H. M. EUiot, varies but slightly, being to the following effect :

a/i ^ Up 1^' U J sSJl c;J j^tij Ai/l ^^aJLL fJLjiJ\ ^^\ clU.yf iSM No. 10. [to follow 58.] Gold, wt. 57 gr. Ghaznf, A. H. 423. Unique.

Reverse*

Obverse.

a;

Hi All H

aUf Jymj *♦«*

S<Xa.jAU|

«^Ai/| JU

A^^>i»

sX)\ ^^^UJl

«Jj|yolj^lfiJl

d>*--e

Mar. int. Ji^ \^jAS\i\ ^

Margin.

Surah ix. 33 and Ixi. 9.

Mar. ext. Surah xxx. 4, 5.

No. 11.

[to follow 58.] Gold, wt. i

>4 gr. Ghaznf, A. H. 423. Umqui

Reverse.

Obverse.

sX)

Area as in the last Coin.

fU\^

^ytrnJ^

Margin.

8. is. &c.

Margins, as in the last Coin.

1852.]

Note on CoL Staeey^a Ghazni Coum,

123

No. 12. [Iviii.] 6old» wt. 69 gr. Ghazni, A. H. 428. Unique.

Ohveree. Jap

ICeveree*

Margin. Sarah iz. 33 and bd. 9.

Margin. a^b»^ e^^^^f ^ i*M>

Mr. B. Eniot has a Coin of this type dated Ghazni 427, A. H.

I woold draw attention to the modification that is seen to occur in the characters in which the legends of this Coin are expressed, as con- tTKted with those in previous use.

The change from the stiff outlines of the Kufic in Nos. 10 and 1 1» to the Persian writing in No. 12 is most marked, and illustrates effeetiTely the lost supremacy of the Arabic tongue and the complete recognition of the more intelligible Persian as the Court language. Bfliaki indeed shews that so early as A. H. 423 Masadd's ministers hid some difficulty in corresponding with the Court of BaghdM, and apparently still more in selecting fit speakers for the yiy& voce inter- eonrse of EmbassieSj &c.

No. 13. [ki. ] Silver, broken Coin. Balkh A. H. [4] 22.

Rtfseree*

Mar^. Surah xzx. 4, 5.

Obverse,

S4)A.J «1J|

Ji/Jt

A second specimen bearing similar legends varies in having the Kbafifs name engraved in full sized letters. The Coin retains the imperfect date of H U^jf j \aij^ 420 ?

R 2

124 Note on Col. Stacey's Ghatni Coins. [No. 2.

No. 14. [Ixii.] Silver, broken Coin.

aU

Margin. Surah xxx. 4, 5.

Si J\ H Margin, ^j^ *iii

Before dosing this notice of the Coins of Masadd, I am anxious to make known an important variety of his Silver money, which has lately come into the possession of Mr. E. Bayley. The piece in its general outline and leading types corresponds closely with the common Bull and Horseman Coins of Samanta Deva (Jour. As. Soc. VoL IV. pi. 36, figs. 3, 4^ &c.) but it offers the pecaliarity of displaying the name of <>jA»« engraved in well defined Kufic characters, on the field in front of the Horseman's face« or in the space usually held by the word {)^^

A second similar specimen retains traces of the name of A,^a^ occupying the same position.

I consider these pieces to be the produce of the metropolitan mint of the Hmdu kingdom of Kabul, the site of which is not as yet satisfactorily determined — and it is in consonance with the usual policy of Mohammedan conquerors to suppose that the local mint was allowed to maintain its old style of issue, modified only by the impress of the name of the ruling Sultan.

This explanation may possibly account for the previously felt diffi- culty of there being no extant Ghazndvf Kufic Coins inscribed as struck at Kabul.

In my previous paper on the Coins of the Kings of Ghaamf (p. 77) I quoted a passage from Abdl Fed6 regarding Masatid's territorial possessions — as some of the names are imperfectly determined I annex the following passage from BQiaki in further elucidation of the subject.

J 3^J(^J fjyj^^ c;Ul^ J^y sjC ^sjj^^ (i^j^l

i^iAij ^y^ c^Ij^LJj u^Ij^^ ^^i^j <xiu»^ (Ua aUa. j ^ILJ^ rj

1852.]

Note on Col, Siaeey^a Ghazni Cains,

125

MODUD.

No. 15. [Ixxix.] Silver, wt. 46 gr.

RCVtT9€m

Mar. illegible.

Mar.

Obverse*

*iJ\

f-i

No. 16. [Ixzziii.] SQrer, wt. 55 gr.

*JJi

Refserae.

Ohteree,

••

JiXP

Mj^^-^A*«^

h ^\ ^

aij ^1 s^\^

»A^ J *W| ri

iUsJu^

A/vSby:]|

^i^y

dUyoU j^UJi

Margins

illegible.

IbrahIm.

No. 17* [to follow dx.] Silver^ weight 48 gr. Unique.

Reverse. • n •

Obverse,

sX)

9^\ %\ Ail )|

Aiil^Cl^lA/l

r**-^'

iSj^

2.

Margins

illegible.

126

Note on Col, Siacey*» Ghaeni Coins.

[No. 2.

No. 18. [cxxiii.] Silver, weight 42 gr. Two spedmens.

Reverse,

Obverse,

.^(i*

aUi hi iJ\ H

^^ JymjA^^

^^j^)Ib^j

fA^» m(kUi

siJ\jo (i ^(a/i

^j)J\jA\3

^X^f^fiOo

^JxkiLJ\ALm

s?-^

(^Ji^

Margins illegible.

No. 19. [czlii.] Silver, weight 44 gr. [Ghaznf].

Reverse,

O5«0r«tf.

c^lkU

aU

Al^lJ^-jA***

«l^t y\ A/r )l

fJu^»^:)\hU^

AU(j ,U^;I«4^|

^j^^i:^^.

&/ J i)Jt 0^

sLJUj^

•

t

Margins illegible.

(Under No. cxl.) Since the publication of the Catalogue of Mr. Masson's Ghazni Coins, I have met with a specimen of Ardfa's money of the Lahore Mint Type.* The Obverse bean the usual Bull of Siva wiih the legend 4l9iHl %W

The Reverse displays the words tt)^jl (2iU ^J^Hi ^^IkLJi

No. 20. [cxlix.] Silver, weight 46 gr. Two specimens.

Reverse*

Jai»]|l c)(hJUf

Obverse,

Sic. -

I

Margins contain no legends, but are filled in with dots. * Jour. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. IV. PI. izivi. Fig. 23 and xxxtU. Fig. 46.

1852.] Northern Jntiqutiies. 127

Among other spedmens of minor valne Col. Stacey's cabinet con- tiina:

let Two (mixed Silver and Copper) Coins of Khusrd Malik No. dill. — having the imperfect imitation of the Bull Nandi in Toghra 00 the Obverse,, with the King's name prefaced by the title of a^j «xii ^6

on the Reverse.

2ad. Fourteen Coins of the common Type» No. cliv. (PI. xx. Fig. 16, Ariana Antiqua).

3rd. One specimen of No. clv.

Col. Stacey's collection is likewise rich in Khwdrisim Coins, which have been forwarded to me with the Ohaznavf series. However as I do not propose to take np this class of money at present, I confine my notice to a single Coin, which is remarkable as bearing the name of a new Hint, ZenUnddwur, The piece is of mixed Silver and Cop- per, in weight 48 grains. The Obverse and Reverse read through, bat singular to say the marginal legends being completed thus — ik^^oe' Jii^y.\ Reverse, ^^^tii j ^^\ ^ ^Vi uUJLJi Obverse.

The inscription, in the Reverse Circular Area, commences the word ^D^f^j and the obverse centre gives the completion of the name j^^^

^m^^0^r^m0^m0^m0^0m0^f^i^^^m0^^t0^^^^^^0^^t0^0t0^0^0tf^0*0m0*0^^^

Oa tke Oriental eharaeter of certain Northern Antiquities, — Btf

Gboroe Buist, Esq. LL. D.

I some time since received from Mr. Chalmers, of Auldbar, three eopies of his splendid work on the Cross Stones of Forfarshire, one for my own use, the other two to be disposed of as I thought best. I have given one of them to the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, and cannot better bestow the other than on the oldest and most distingoished learned body amongst ns, the Bengal Astatic Society. The subject treated of by Mr. Chalmers, is, as will presently appear, decidedly Oriental, and the remarks I am about to make may probably hare some influence in stimulating to enquiry on the subject : perhaps this may for the first time make some of your readers aware of the existence of a much closer relationship betwixt Oriental and Hyperbo- rean Antiquities than they might be altogether prepared for.

1 28 Northern JniiquUieM. [No. 2.

Lest it might be imagined from the minuteness with which the most elaborate details are given, and the extreme beauty of the lithographs altogether, that they have been in any way embellished, I forward for the inspection of the Society a drawing book of my own, in which rough, half-finished sketches, haying no pretension to itrtistship what- ever, will be found of a large portion of the stones represented in the work of Mr. Chalmers ; and it will be seen that the two coincide as closely as it is possible for first-rate lithographs to do with indifferent China ink or pencil sketches. My drawings were mostly made betwixt 1820 and 1835, more than twenty years before Mr. Chalmers' were dreamt of; and at the time referred to, there were a number of the Sculptures entire, — the most important being the Eassie Sphinx, to be referred to by and bye ^- which seem since to have become obliterated; and I have given a number from Fife, Perth, and Aberdeenshire, that will assist in illustrating what is about to be stated. In an article in a recent number of ** Blackwood's Magazine" on these matters, the difficulty of obtaining correct drawings, and the diversity of appearances presented by the Sculpture according to the light in which it is viewed, is so enlarged upon, that the impression left on the reader is that much must be ascribed to the imagination. That it is not so, will be seen from a comparison of the lithographs with my drawings rude as they are. Every man accustomed to decipher moss-grown, or time or weather worn sculptures, whether in India or in England, has encoun- tered the difficulties enumerated by Blackwood, which may always be surmounted by care and patience, so as to leave no doubt on the mind as to perfect fidelity of result.

For shortness sake I shall in the following observations make use of the name of *' Runic Stones," generally applied to this class of monu- ments, stating at the same time that I feel satisfied that it is a misnomer, and that they have no connection whatever with the Danes, or any other modem European nation.

Runic Stones are unknown in the Continent of Europe, and are not to be found in any part of England or of Wales, or in the Southern Counties of Scotland — the Ruthell Stone belongs to a very recent period in comparison, and I am not aware of any of them being found to the South of the Forth and Clyde. There are five or six in different parts of Fifeshire, the St. Andrew's Stone Coffin being on^of the most

0

1852.] Northern Jniiquiiies. 129

mteraitiiig in existence : they abound in Forfarshire, and in the South- sMtem portion of Perthshire, they abound in Aberdeen and Ross-shires, or generally OTer the region chiefly known as Pictland. There are abundance of Danish crosses in Man, with Celtic Crosses in the He- brides and Western Highlands, bearing a close general resemblance to those about to be described, but sufficiently distinguishable from them to any one who has studied the characteristic feature of Runic stones. The crosses in Wales are of comparatively recent date — those in Ireland 10 closely resemble the Scottish stones and their origin is so deeply buried in the shades of antiquity, that, associated as they both are with the Round Towers, a class of objects equally mysterious and per- plexing to antiquaries, and which clearly owe their origin to a date beyond that to which history, or even tradition extends, though we are disposed to assign them a common age and origin.

In a paper prepared for publication foCirteen years since, and which appears in the second volume of the transactions of the Bombay Asiatic Society in 1843, I stated my belief that they had been brought into existence within our (era, and had some connection with the Christian fidth, or with the going out of the old creed and coming in of the new, I have since then seen reason to alter my views, and to some to the conclusion that the class of monuments called Runic stones came into existence more than two thousand years ago, aod were meant, in many cases, to represent Oriental animals or objects, being sculptured at a time when there was some traditional or actual connection betwixt this portion of Great Britain and the East, which had ceased to exist long before the Norman invasion. It is on these grounds I have taken the liberty of addressing myself to the Bengal Asiatic Society, in hopes that by this means some glimmering of light may be thrown on a matter of such interest and obscurity.

It appears to me one of the strangest things in the history of archeo- kigical research that we should for years have been hunting out the antiquitiea of Athens, Egypt, and Syria, and latterly should have devoted ourselves to the collection of monuments of antiquity from Central Asia and Assyria, while we leave a class of relics bearing on the early history of our own country, neglected at our doors, and perishing before our eyes.

s

130

Northerh AnHquitiet.

[No. 2.

Since the Thirteenth Century, when the Church of St. Yijeans, near Arbroath, in the basement of which one of them is found as a foundation stone, was constructed, they have received no reverence from any one, and no mercy at the hands of the stone mason, haying been built into house walls, or field enclosures, and broken up and destroyed as often as it suited. At this moment two of the finest Runic stones in Scotland stand as gate posts at Dukeld Church Yard i one of them turned upside down !

At Monike one, and at St. Vijeans, as already stated, a second is built into a Church wall : at Bunnichers one forms a portion of a park dyke ; at Cossens, near Glamis, another serves as a rtibbing post for cattle — ^to the very great disgrace, as it appears to me, of the antiqut* ries of my native country^

The monuments under consideration are generally single oblong blocks of stone» of from three to eighteen feet in length, and from one to fifteen in breadth, mostly in the form of the grave stones in country churchyards. They for the most part have a cross, of the form com- monly called the Cross of Calvary, sculptured on them — in many cases they are fashioned in the form of a cross. There is no single instance in which a crucifixion is represented, or in which the cross is provided with the tablet at top always found in the crosses seen in Catholic Churches for the superscription of ** King of the Jews." The arms of the cross are almost always united by a richly sculptured circle or ring, and the shafi and limbs are covered with most elaborate sculp* tures.

The cross is far from being an eminently Christian symbol : they are often found in Oriental sculptures. The followmg is an outline of a cross very much resembling those of the Scottish monuments, copied from the vestment of a Coptic Priest, now in the British Museum, and believed to belong to a date 600 B. C. at least, together with a cruci- form ornament^ of which there are abundance of examples on the Catacombs recently opened near Alexandria, and at least 2000 yean old.

1852.]

Northern AntiquitieM^

131

r.yvTX/vA/^'

Art of an ornament. Cataoomba.

Coptic cross, 600 6. C«

Sometimes Runic stones are found as sculptured slabs — in one case a set of them have obviously formed a stone coffin : there are probabl j •bout two hundred of them still in existence betwixt Edinburgh and Caithness — bj far the largest and most magnificent is Suenos pillar, in Marrayshire, of which, so far as I know, there is no correct or trust- worthy representation in existence !

The merely ornamental portions of the sculptures consist of the most elaborate tracery, in which the interlacement of serpents and Inards, or monstrous creatures betwixt the two, are prevalent. Several itvonrite Egyptian ornaments make their appearance, and though the workmanship be rude in the last degree, the sculptor having obviously begun without a drawing, or without so much as outlining the design meant to be engraven, as may be seen from the way in which the %Qres are distorted and crammed together at the place last finished, tt is clear the conception of the original designer was an able and an elegant one.

The pictorial part of the sculpture consists of the representation of deer-hunta, where we have the great blood-hounds pulling down the deer, with all varieties of lesser dogs — trumpeters, and bowmen, and spearmen, on foot, and richly-attired riders on horse-back ; — of religi* OQs or other processions of men, with arms or branches in their hands,

s 2

132

Northern Jntiquiiies*

[No. 2.

and 80 forth of the same general character as that of the far-famed Nimroud obelisk, though of infinitely inferior execution ; of warlike encounters where we have on the Aberlemno stone, in Mr. Chalmers' collection for example, horsemen charging a phalanx of foot soldiers, where the front and second rank men stand with presented spears, the third rank having theirs erect, ready to be used should the enemy burst through the foremost ranks. On several stones we have the representation of a bard playing on a harp, and on several others an encounter betwixt men and animals. In three cases a man is repre- sented tearing open the jaws of a creature like a wolf or lion.

By far the most interesting sculpture I have had the fortune to exa- miue — Suenos' pillar I have never seen — is that on the St. Andrew's stone coffin, the character of which I was the first to point out. I had the pieces, which were in the act of being carried away piecemeal, collected and arranged together, and got a cast in plaster made of the whole in 1839, for the County Museum in Cupar, then under my charge : a drawing of the principal tablet, furnished by me from an excellent sketch by the Rev. Mr. Lyon, is published in the Pictorial History of England. Ton will find a drawing of it in the MS. Tolume^ with a bad lithograph in the Bombay Transactions. At the one end is represented a man in rich flowing garments^ and with a full-bottomed wig, showing a rich belt, and ornamented sword sheath, tearing open the jaws of a lion — ^the character of the animal is clearly brought out by his short snout, his mane, and tuft at the end of his tail. The wig, the belt, and the sword sheath closely resemble those of the figures on the Assyrian marbles. Further on is a dog-like quadruped with wings, pouncing on a deer, and then a huntsman with a spear in his right hand, and a small ornamented shield in his left arm : three grey-hounds, what seems a wolf or fox, with a couple of deer, are before him. In the comer above these are some other dogs and deer, with bad representations of two monkeys. On the upper and middle portion of the stone is a man on horseback : he is richly attired, wears a full-bottomed wig, and his sword-sheath, seen from under his mantle, is richly and elaborately sculptured. On his left wrist he holds a hawk — a lion, in this case represented with considerable fidelity and spirit, has sprung on the neck of his horse, the attack being much more coolly received than such things are in modern times.

1852.] Northern Antiquities. 133

When the eircumstiiiices ■ in which this monoment was found are considered, there can remain no doubt of its very great antiquity. From the time the Cathedral of St. Andrew's was destroyed at the Beformation, the roof was, unless in so far as it supplied building stones, suffered to remain where it fell till 1826, when it was cleared away down to the floor. In 1833, a grave was dug deeper than the foundations of the Cathedral itself, six or eight feet lower than the floor, and here the stone coffin was found, in separate pieces, and not is if remaining where it had been originally placed — the richness of the sculpture clearly indicating that it was meant to be a Sarcophagus for exhibition above ground.

We are thus at once carried back to the Twelfth Century at latest, in age to which it could not have belonged, Scotland from this time back, so far as history extends, being in a state of the utmost barbarism. Tet here we have a series of representations most obviously Oriental—* the elaborately curled wig and massy sword-sheath of Old Assyria — the lion and the monkey of tropical climates ! How came they to be represented on a Scottish monument at all 7

On many of the Runic stones, again, there is the figure of a •trange flapping-eared, long-snouted animal, which I have no doubt represents an elephant : it is not at all like the animal itself, it is true, though it is like no other in creation, but it very closely resembles the figures of it I find in the Bombay Bazar.

Ton will find on the Aberlemno stone two vringed figures, and two others on the Essie stone, one of these being defaced so as not to show the bird's head in the lithographs. If you will turn to my sketch-book jou will find a drawing, made about twenty-five years ago, when the stone was more entire than when Mr. Chalmers saw it, in which one of these is represented as with a human figure, with an eagle's vrings, head and beak — ^it might in fact pass for a rude copy of one of Mr. Laytrd's Assyrian drawings, as might the other winged figures just referred to, for some of his other drawings. Surely coincidences such u these can neither be fanciful nor accidental.

Norlktrn Jntiqmtiet,

[No. 2-

SrviNXM ON TBI ITOHK CK08S AT ElSlK— FoKVAMSI

That the whole of the Ranic itoneB knowD hy this lume to anti- quaries are of the same class, belong to the some age, and refer to

1852. J

NortAerm A%tiytiitiei.

135

liidnd erenU ii prored on much more direct eridence than that of am general resemblance, itrikiiig aa thia ia : there are certain moat ■marble aymbola, of which the following are speetmens, the mean- ^s of which have never been attempted to be explained, that are OMunan to one or morOi if not nearly all the stonea :-~

The first of these is a crescent or cunette, fomid, however, more or Im nchly ornamented, and which is sometimes represented by itself; Wnelimes it is cnt by the aecond symbol in the series, a lig-iag, with wptre-heada at either extremity. This again, is often blazoned on with a conple of circles of equal size, connected together by two bars ; •onetimes it is intertwined by a curved snake, but it is always in its on leading features the wme. The third symbol is a pair of cuU

136

Northern Antiqtdtiea.

[No. 2.

over each other, of unequal siie, and there are rarioos other lymbohcal figures frequently, though not uniformly, met vith.

The conclusion of Mr. Chalmers' ctdlection contains drawings of > set of pieces of silver armour, found in a Tumulni or Lou called Norrea Lou in the south of Fife, of which the following repreientatiom will give jou an idea of the prindpal parts :—

1852.]

Northern Antiquities.

137

7

u

u

138

Northern Antiquities,

[No. 2.

Mr. Chalmers reprints an account of the selections prepared by me sometime after its discovery, though but little could be learnt regarding it : the absurd law of treasure trove had hurried the bulk of it to the melting pot Ifefore being examined by any competent authority. The fragments remaining are two collars, in shape, size and aspect per- fectly identical with those now worn by children in this part of India,

excepting that they open in front instead of behmd. Alter this, and a merchant finding them in the bazar would swear they were of Bombay manufacture: a snake-shaped finger ring, very similar to those now worn by natives, two beautifully worked bodkins, and the plates, seemed to have been portions of a shirt of scale mail. On three of these you will find engraved the most conspicuous of the symbols sculptured on nearly all the Runic stones I

The frequency of the occurrence of Oriental figures is reason enough for assuming a connection betwixt these singular monuments and the

1852.] Northern Antiquities, 139

Eut, of what nature or amount cannot be determined — the cross gives them the only claim to an origin within the Christian sera, and then this is destroyed by the absence of all the usual crucifixion peculiari- ties of the symbol, as used by Christians, while the embellishment of the cross was frequently to be met with before the introduction of Christianity.

It is quite dear, from the conflicts betwixt the earliest historians, qaoted by Mr. Chalmers, that by the Fourteenth Century, tradition itself was nlent regarding them, and that the stories, such as the stones themselves suggested, were manufactured, accepted, and circulated to rait the fancy or the occasion, and the other fact of their being found ss building stones in our very oldest edifices shows them to have ftUen into neglect still earlier than this. Yet it is impossible to sup* poae that in these rude and remote ages so large a number of monu- ments so elaborate could have come into existence without some strong ipedal reason, widely recognised, and of the most powerful influence imongst the people.

And this once more carries us deep into the recesses of the dark ages, extending back far beyond the Roman Conquest, during which a barbarity prevailed over the western parts of Europe, barren alike in tradition, literature, monuments and architecture, and sends us to leek for the origin of our sculpture to periods long antecedent to these, when the Cromleche and the rocking-stone, the unhewn pillar, the nide block and shapeless cairn, were all that were aspired after for religious or monumental purposes — as far back beyond the ages of thoae we call the aborigines of Britain, as the Pyramids and sculp- tured stones of Yutacan, precede the days of the red men, Cortes found peopling America.

w<^s.^*-* w ^ V v*^ v*\ "V ^ v^x ^■V' t^rs^ *

140

On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones,

[No. 2.

►

! 1

■ I

■ I .! I

>'

On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones, By P. F. H. Baddbly, Esq.

M.D, ; B, ArVf* Lahore,

** Who holds the farions storms in straighten'd reins. And bids fierce Whirlwinds wheel his rapid car ?"

Young.

During February and March, 1851, while engaged in the inves- tigation of Dust Whirlwinds, I twice witnessed a curious fact, which seems to throw considerable light upon the complicated phenomena of Storms.

In following up on horseback a dust whirlwind, I observed that as it passed various objects in its progress, such as tents, horses, &c. it gradually diminished in size, till at length instead of a whirling cir- cle of 5 or 6 feet in diameter, composed of several rotating cones or spirals of dust, Plate 2, it terminated in a single cone, the apex of which in contact with the earth, rotated briskly like a top, from left to right, as did the whirling circle before, of which this was a portion.

From the cone of dust, a long ribband-like band about 12 inches in diameter, of equal dimensions throughout, as far as the eye could reach, was seen to extend into the atmosphere, and from the circum- stance of its sides presenting a greater opacity than the central por- tion, I concluded it was cylindrical.

This band was rendered faintly visible by the dust it had whirled up, which by the light of the sun that shone through it, exhibited a kind of vermicular spiral motion. At about 50 or 60 feet above the surface of the ground, the band formed a distinct coil, as represented in the plate, still preserving its cylindrical appearance, and extending upwards and forwards in advance of the whirling cone, Plate I, Fig. 1 .

Suddenly the Gone, which had the last continued to rotate, vanished from the earth, and the whole band then slowly receded upwards and onwards out of sight.

The common dust whirlwind, is I conceive, a miniature representa- tion of a Cyclone, and this band seems to indicate the ultimate thread of the electrical spiral mass of which the whirlwinds are composed.

Whirlwinds large and small, appear to be made up of a number of

5?

9

ft.

t

4

^

1832.] On Jhttt WMrlwindt and Cyehnet. 141

these electrical spiral threads, placed singly or in fasciculi, each and all rotating independently as the whirlwind circles, onwards in its course ; and the incurring of the winds oftentimes distinctly observable in them when the whirlwind passes over a light dry soil, is occasioned by the rotation of the electrical threads, Plate 2.

The rotation of the spirals may now enable us to comprehend a singolar appearance sometimes seen in an approaching dust storm.

A broad wall of dust is observed rapidly advancing, apparently com- posed of a number of large vertical columns of dust, rolling onwards, each preserving its respective position in the moving mass ; and each column having a whirling motion of its own.

This appearance is doubtless occasioned by the advance of a large body of electrical matter in the form of spirals, rotating as they ad- vance ; and this may actually represent the body of a Cyclone.

The gusts that occur from time to time during a storm of this de- scription, may be easily accounted for by supposing the passage of a saocession of these rotating electrical columns ; and it has been re- peatedly proved to my satisfaction, that during the squalls that mark these storms, the electrical tension is at its maximum ; for the electric fluid then streams most furiously down the insulated wire, exactly in accordance with the violence of the wind or gust at the time.

I conceive therefore that the motive power in the Cyclone, may be a sone of electrical matter, composed of innumerable spiral columns of all sizes, single and compound, placed at intervals, rotating with the body of the storm ; first from above downwards ; secondly on meeting the earth's surface, whirling their eliptical or Cycloidal courses, each preserving its respective position in the moving mass. Outside this whirling zone of electrical matter, centripetal winds in all probability exist, blowing from a circumference more or less extended, to the edge all round, forming with it centripetal tangents, Plate 3.

These straight-lined Centripetal winds blow, I should think, with more regularity, greater force and longer continuance, on the side of the storm's progression ; as that side will have a double set of forces acting upon it, — the progressive and the rotatory.

This side, may easily be determined when the track of the storm is known, by attending to what seems the established law of the rotation of the storms according to the Hemispheres — that those to the North

142 On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. [No. 2

of the equator, rotate from right to left Q) and those to the SoutI of the equator from left to right \j.

Haying therefore determined the probahle track of a rotatory atom —face the point to which the storm^is supposed to be trayelling — th< stronger centripetal winds will then be found blowing on the righ hand in the Northern Hemisphere — and on the left hand in thi Southern.

The stronger centripetal winds on the side of progression, must foi the reason above-stated, blow more or less in the direction of tht storm's track ; while those on the opposite side of the whirling ellipse will be opposite to it, and much more limited in extent.

The Diagram of PI. 3 indicates more plainly what I have attemptec to explain.

I have there described the winds surrounding the electrical Eone ai strait-lined winds, blowing from a circumference to a centre, as centri- petal tangents ; which centre is the revolying ellipse or zone, forming the body of the Cyclone.

The mass of electrical matter of which the body of the Cyclone ifl composed, descends I presume, as in the case of the small whirlwindf from the sky to the earth, in the form of a spiral, working downwards ; and its subsequent movements and the track, may depend in a great measure on causes connected with the earth's rotation, and upon the prevailing surface winds.

To illustrate this idea of the progression and rotation of a Cyclone in a definite course, spin a tee-totum provided with a glass tube drawn out to a fine point, containing ink, on paper laid perfectly flat.

When the tee-totum is what boys call asleep, give it a slight pufl with the breath, horizontally ; this will cause an obliquity of the axis of rotation, and at once induce a revolving motion, and also a progres- sive one in some particular direction ; and the toy will be found to describe exactly the peculiar motions of the Cyclone, both rotatory and progressive, and by spinning it one way or the other, familiar illustrations may be afforded of the manner in which a Rotatory storm works in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres.

An explanation of the law of the rotations may be attempted thus. —

The rapidity of the earth's diurnal rotation from west to east,

plml^

i

/!

\

SSBSBBBS

A/OKmifiJV hlEMltmEKC

^StormCiircli-

fttd/ Cerftft4»^s met^tif they c^>n£re/ tra.9t4n^€irenk ctrrJ^ c^mJMSe^^

SVLrrovLnduna euCucLart^^ -irv fhr/ iSirthArn.^ Hemisphere^ €t*txt rV vnteni- *eei te ytJirolvc^ ort/ cm^ Cunh^e^j, 6o cls tc culrtUi> ofheLn^^^ sti> totn^ ^ dtrcdtLorv- of ihe^ Stvrm^ hrcuJoj "by ftveA!i.:n^ of fhjt ctrrcw:.

Thjt/ certJbrt/ o€AjrvcrL a^rouAf , ttixxjt'h thz/ -rctaivoTL/ etfihe^£l^' ^trvctbL %ctt€/ cr'hcelu cftheyCuctcrvc/.-

Th^tnydtedy lim^ rruvrJcs £h^ oernjX4XjraJbU/ey strervolk^ ourui' cUt!raiu)n/ ofUvi/ ccrthrip^ctaJL tuvrvils orv eijtkejr svde^ cffw^-^ SborrfiJs freucJc . '

Tcrihe/StfuiJiyj iJvis is aZL -ru/trsetl^.

^

■A-

L.^r/k- -*

pi.yvL

PUN

m,] On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. 143

gndoallj dedines from the equator to the poles— on the equator

ikne, it will be equable ; but on the either side of it. North and South,

the force of rotation will constantly diminish towards the poles.

Hatter floating in the atmosphere will doubtless be influenced bj tliii rotation of the earth, and hare communicated to it, a tendency to deriate from a direct parallel line with the equator : —

The line so formed will, if traced, form an ascending or descending 1^ towards the North and South poles, as described in the dotted lines of Plate 4.

For the Northern Hemisphere this line will form an upward spiral from right to left — or against the hands of a watch — and in the South- ern Hemisphere, the spiral will move in a contrary way, yiz. from left to right or with the hands of a watch — coinciding with the known erohtions of thesQ storms on either side of the equator.

Tins then may exhibit something of the element we require in Older to gire these Cyclones their respectiye rotatory motions.

Bat their impetus, and direction when in contact with the earth's nrface, will perhaps depend on other causes, the operation of which, though slight, may be sufficient to determine the sixe of their revolu- tions and the direction of their track — Plate 4 is intended to illustrate this idea.

The arrow represents the Equator, and the earth's diurnal rotation, 6oni west to east. The dotted lines, mark the tendency of bodies dotting in the atmosphere to be drawn towards the poles.

The spirals are Cyclones ; and the curved arrows with dotted lines, the element that gives them tendency to revolve either to right or left.

Additional Notes.

More extended observations on dust whirlwinds and other meteoro- logical phenomena, confirm me in the belief that all kinds of storms, especially those of a distinct rotatory character, are occasioned by electrical Spirals, of which mention was made in my former paper.

What the exact nature of those spirals is, I cannot say — possibly lome modification of matter not yet fully noticed ; and they may be identical with the electro-magnetic cylindrical-beams supposed by the kte Dr. Dalton to compose the Aurora. — Vide Note 2.

As they are transparent, their existence can only be inferred by the effect produced on surrounding matter, as in the case of the water

144 On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. [No. 2.

spout and the dust whirlwind ; which are familiar instances of their effects when passing over water or a dry sandy soil : hut during a storm, when the whole atmosphere is filled with dusty or aqueous ▼apour, no such marked indication of their presence, is perceptible.

On such occasions however, the peculiar motions of a vane, oscillat- ing as it constantly does from 3 to 4 points^ or more, during the pass- ing gusts, marks plainly enough the action of these spirals. '}j

This peculiar motion of a vane during a storm, may perhaps be accounted for, by supposing that the electrical whirls or the eddies caused by them in passing, strike it on one side, and twist it round to a certain distance ; when it is immediately brought back to its original position in the direction of the storm's course, by winds that closely follow after, excited by the passage of the electrical whirl through the air, setting it in motion, and causing winds, blowing with more or less obliquity to a certain distance on either side of the track of the spiral, ' just as we observe still water is affected by a solid body drawn through | it.

This phenomenon I have invariably found to accompany the passage of dust whirlwinds over a vane, and as it is presumed the active por- tion of rotatory storms, (and probably of all storms,) is composed of a mass of swiftly moving spirals of a similar nature, the same effect on the surrounding air, observable in the small whirls, will likewise be produced on a much larger scale, in every variety of Cyclone or Tornado.

The combined action of both forces, viz. the spiral motion of the body of the storm, or electrical zone, gyrating onwards and from above downwards, and its local effect upon the air through which it passes will produce a curved progressive motion in the winds, taken as a whole, as described by Colonel Beid and Mr. Piddington — and ships caught in its vortex, may be impelled round and round with the body of the storm, as was proved long ago by the latter gentleman to have happened to the brig Charles HeddU in the Mauritius Hurricane of 1845.

Reflecting on the spiral working of the storm throughout, it is easy to conceive why the central portion of it, should be so much more violent, than at the outer margin, and why the incurving winds and powerful vortices, so marked thereabouts, render the condition of a

I

I85f .] OnDuti W/Urlwinds and Cycbm€9. 145

riup m mtm^t perikma in the exirem^ especiallj, if once iiiTolved m tlie filial oalm oenlre.

At aea, during nidi 8tonD» and near its centre, an adequate explana* tkm b DOW aAnrded to account for the horribly confused pyramidal ■nmm of n^ng waters driven by the fierce impetuosity of the winds one s^iinat the other, shooting up into the sky, and how on land, such a whirlwind passing over a eoontry, may prove a desoUting hurrieane, sweeping it literally with the besom of destruction.

In addition to the curved motion of the winds, taken as a. whole, there mnat be, what I have observed in the small whirlwinds, straight- Bned winds, blowing around and towards the electrical sons forming the body of the storm ; the extent and force of which will probably depend upon the amount or intensity of the electrical matter evolved, and also upon the rapidity of the rotatory and progressive motions* Sable therefore to endless variety.

The active portion at all rotatory storms seems to be a stratum of deetro-magnetie spirals diverted downwards to the earth's surface from the higher regions of the atmosphere, far above the highest doads; though from the sensible effects being chiefly confined to a lew thousand feet above ground the popular idea is, that the storm itself is also limited to that region, and that it does not extend beyond the eamulo-stratus, or the storm cloud.

If die former supposition be correct, there must be, I think, wher- ever SQch a storm is raging, many winds blowing in opposite directions, overlying each other, like steps of a circular staircase, excited by the sdf-aame cause that sets in motion the air below near the earth's sur« hetf though not with an equal degree of force in consequence of the nwie rarified state of the atmosphere in the higher regions.

The opporite movements of the douds during a storm seem to indi- cate, that these varied currents in the higher regions do exist, and as &r IB my fimited experience extends, they do so with such uniformity, that I am inclined to believe that in most, if not in all storms, these opposite movements in the different cloud strata are present, though from the great height of the cirrus cloud any motion affecting it is detected with difficulty, requiring a strong and practical eye to do so, ereo when marked upon a dear sky without intervening clouds : the difficulty however is greatly enhanced, when during a storm, from the

V

146 On Dtut Whirlwinds and Cyelanu. [No. 2;

clouded state of the a€mo8phere» occasional glimpses only of the upper cloud strata can be caught ; and the difficulty becomes an impossibility at sea» from the motion of the Tessel: accordingly^ these distant doudsy appear under such circumstances* to be stationary, and are often so reported.

Notes.

I. — The following account by Captain Gastrell of the effects pro- duced upon an Electro-magnetic battery in action during the passage of a Dust-Storm, will be read with interest*

** I have the pleasure to send you a Memo* of the phenomenon I mentioned to you as observed by me at Cawnpore» with the Electro- magnetic machine during the passage of a Dust-Storm.

"In the hot weather of 1847, 1 was experimenting one day at about 11 A. M. with an Electro-magnetic machine. It was of small size, -—the wire coil about 200 yards in length and fine, — the battery I was using td impel the magnet in the break cup, was one of 12 or 16 pairs of zinc and copper plates ; each plate about 4 inches square, and was charged with dilute sulphuric acid and water. Shortly after the battery and magnet were in action, and sparks passing freely, a dust- storm came up from the West, passing directly over the house I was in towards the N. E. or £. N. E.

** On its approach, I observed the action of the magnet decrease gradually, until, in the dead lull or calm that usually precedes such storms, it ceased revolving.

** The action of the battery during the same period increased in intensity and apparently in proportion to the decreased revolutions of the magnet.

" It was at its maximum of intensity about the time the centre of the storm was passing, and, supposing the stoppage of the magnet might be owing to too much energy in the battery, I disconnected the coil, snd placed it in connection with a single cell battery with platina plates.

** This I charged with a solution of sulphuric add and water, decreas- ing the strength of the solution with more water from time to time, but with no effect on the magnet. I then emptied the cell, and charge ed it with a solution of common salt and water, with the same want of success : I then removed the single cell battery, and re-connected the coil with the 12 plate battery, and left it.

** No sooner had the storm of dust passed, and light rain began to

1852.] On Bust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. 147

fkU, than the action of the battery became quieter, until the hissing floond ceased, and the magnet again began to reyolve: sparks of course passed, and shortly the magnet revolved as quickly as it did previous to the storm.

" I mentioned the circumstance to my cousin Colonel Wilson, astro- nomer at Lucknow, and asked him if he had ever seen a similar cir- comstance mentioned ; or, if he had ever observed his magnets in the msguetic observatory at Lucknow in any way affected during the ptSBsge of a dust storm. He replied he had not, and could not account for it in any way. Query. Is there any point in the track of these dost- storms, (which are undoubtedly of the nature of Cyclones) in which, if a magnet happened to be, it would lose its polarity for the time, ceasing to be a magnet ?

" If so, the cause would be clear. This did not strike me at the time, or I might have easily tested it.

" I recollect another phenomenon observed in one of these storms. It occurred during the march of my Regiment up-country to join the army of the Punjaub. We had lefl our ground long before day-light, and were caught in a dust-storm, followed by very heavy rain and liiid lightning ; when the rain fell, the muzzles of the men's muskets, and the peaks of the officers' caps, were seen tipped with that well known electrical appearance, called St. Elmo's light : and thb appear- ance continued for some minutes, a quarter of an hour perhaps. I am not quite sure now, whether I ought not to say, the tips of the Bayo' nets, and not, the muzzles ; as we were marching with treasure, and, I think. Bayonets fixed."

2. — In Noad's Lectures on Electricity, page 337, the following pas- lage occurs.

" Dr. Dalton, in a work published in 1 793, has advanced several ingenious hypothetical views respecting the cause of the Aurora, and iU magnetic influence. He says,

** ' We are under the necessity of considering the beams of the Aurora ^ealM of a ferruginous nature, because nothing else is known to be nuignetic ; and consequently that there exists in the higher region of ^ atmosphere, an electric fluid partaking of the properties of iron, or rather of magnetic steel; and that this fluid, doubtless from its ii^etic property, assumes the form of cylindrical beams.' "

17 2

148 Nooki and Comers of Betigol. [No. 2.

Nooh and Comers of BejugaU^—No. I. The Tomb of MmmK Muddan KhaNj Commander-iiuChie/ of the Nuwab SooRAJ-ooo-Dowi.Aa'8 Arm^ at the Battle of Plaesy.

The tniTeller in marching from Kiflhnnggnr to Berhampore by the Daijeeling Road, after leaving the quiet tittle thatched hut constituting the Post Office at Miria or Mend, enters upon the open and lerel- plains, leading to Plassy. little beyond proud reminiscences of the glorious day on which Cliye added the richest jewel to the crown of Britain needs detain him on his jonmey. One huge and Tenerable mango tree alone remains, of the grove, under whose shelter, the small band of British Troops encamped on the memorable night, preceding the Battle. Stewart in his History of Bengal, says, *' At sunset, the Troops got under arms, and after a fatiguing march, arrived at one o'clock in the morning at Plassy, and immediately took possession of a mango grove 800 yards in length and 300 in breadth/'

The encroachments of the River Bhagirutti and the hatchet of the wood-cutter have gradually reduced this once extensive grove to the single tree now standing, to point out the site of the contested field of the 23rd June, 17571 The villagers appear to regard the old tree with much veneration, and offer under its shade, little clay images of horses to their gooroo or saint : these little clay horses, in great number, cover the ground, mixed with the green and brushwood.

Cannon shot and fragments of rusty arms are occasionally turned up by the plough and carried off to the neighbouring Indigo Factories, where they meet with a ready sale.

Continuing his steps towards the village of Locknathpore, the tn* Teller may remark a single tree on the left of the road, a few hundred yards distant, surrounded by low underwood. This is Juggut Roy's tree and the last remains of his garden. Juggut Roy was the owner of Plassy grove, who removed his residence^ in oonsequenoe of the encroachments of the riyer, to this spot. Hie house is no longer standing ; loose bricks overgrown with wild flowers and degenerated garden creepers and plants, shadowed by the lonely tree, mark the aite of the grounds ; the plough is daily adding even these to the sur* lonnding level monotony of the mcreasbg cultivation.

▲t a distanee of about a mile and a half north from Locknathpore

.^'^

X Stmtt'i Hilt. Bengl p. 309'.

150 Nooks and Comers of Bengal. [No. 2.

by SooTAJ-ood-Dowlab, from amongst the companions of his pleasures for the important post of Commander-in-chief of his forces ; to the exclusion and supercession of the old officers under the late govern- ment of Ali Terdi Khan.

There can be little doubt but that Meer Muddan commanded in all the eyentful operations, which marked the short reign of the vicious and depraved Nuwab, so much despised for his crimes and his cow- ardice. Orme* describes Meer Muddan as one of the best and most faithful of the Nuwab's Generals.

Stewart in his account of the Battle of Plassy, when describing the suspicions of Clive as to the intentions of the traitor Meer Jaffier, states that the agent, one Ameer Beg, on being sent for and questioned as to what troops were opposed to the English, replied, those under Meer Muddan and R&j4 Mohun Lall, consisting of 5000 Horse and 7000 Foot.

Sooraj-ood-Dowlah with his accustomed cowardice remained out of danger in his tent, which must have been pitched near the village of Mangunpara, distant a little more than a mile north of the field of battle. There he sat, listening to the continual flatteries of his cour- tiers, who were assuring him of victory, until the mutilated body of his faithful Greneral was carried into his presence. The dying man Uved but to utter a few words expressive of his own loyalty and the want of it in others, and died at the feet of his unworthy master.

The sketchf heading this short notice of one of the interesting f < Nooks and Comers" of Bengal was taken during the cold weather of 185 1 -52. The modest brick grave of the brave soldier is fast falling to decay, whilst at Khooshbagh near Moorshedabad the tomb of the vicious and cowardly Nuwab Sooraj-ood*Dowlah, renowned for his atrocities, and whose memory is held in universal detestation, in con- Qcction with the fearful tragedy of the " Black-hole** of Calcutta, is repaired and kept up at the expense of Government, with a most liberal establishment of MooUahs, Gardeners, Masons, &c. &c. !

Would not a few Rupees be sanctioned to save this little spot,

sacred in Indian history, from speedily becoming a ruin and a mass of

rubbbh IX

* Orme's Hist, of Hindostan, Vol. 2, page 175. t It was not foand feasible to print the sketch.-^Eo.

X Since the above was written the tomb has been repaired at the expense of Henry Torrens, Esq. Agent to the GoTernor General, at Moorshedabad.

2.] Catalofpte of pUmU fotmd i* the Banda lUttrict.

J

Dried up mud.

Bed of Kea.

Bushy places.

Gardens.

Fields aud rocks, &c.

Fields.

CnltiYal

Rocky 1

Ditto Kurtul.

Banks of Cane.

Gardens.

Jungles.

Abundant,— black soil.

Ditto.

Abundant.

Cuitiyated.

Rocks, Banda.

Gardens.

Black soil.

Abnudant.

i

1

1

s

i

1

i

C»taiog*t o/plmtt/mnd tt the Bmuta dittrict. [No. 2.

^

s

'i

1

i

. . ■

3 1

1 "S

1

i

1

'f

1

1

S 1^

i

III J

•S J

1"

5

M

■-1 .t=

•^

1

i

!5

s

1

1

i

1

1

Hill

I

t

I •s

5 3 .3 3

-I "ii

1852.] (Malogue qf flania found in the BaHdm Strict.

oSft ^ ^tSmiS M M^

- - ill lis i|ii|t|ill8i.i<a3

Catalogue of plontt foiatd in the Batda dittrict. [No. 2.

I

i

1.3

^ Ii 1 • i*?

^ si 1 fi 1 i l-S'l |J3 1 Is Is 113

It

is'

i

j

i!!

1 i III 1

i

jjij

mJi iijl

i

§

s

1852.] Cai&hgue o/pUmis/ound in ike Banda dUirkt. 15S

t

o

«

•

«

i

s

8

^

o

s

• <0

•

3

^

4>

• &

<fl

g

• « S S

•

-2 .

«B 4S CD

8 .

fl 0 S S

4f • • • • •

ss s ..

.•S g . s

• ^ -5 5 *2 5

« •C' O ••* '-i '"^

OQeuOOQ

1 Culti Rock Jung

Gard Culti Gard Ditto

Ditto Wild Gard Ditto Jung

• •••• ••••• •• •

* .9

I

tA .Ad 2 M H 8 'C

S i 8 s . Si ^

9 «

a « : a

.«••«

O ^jS^gcQP^ Bog

Co^ SS3 •«>

o "^ o o

CI O* CO CO

t;p ^ (O ^ ^

X 2

156

Caiatoffue qfflanii/Mmd in the Banda dieirki* [No. 2.

f

1

I

1 4

ns

1 S.

• OB pfl

U

fl R " S 'O

•§

s

lllsjl

OP <iQOH WflO

•M

OD

3

I

•S

O

SB

^ g

&>

GO

lilM

3

p

«5

a

< .

I

lA

1852.] (kUlogue of planii found in the Banda dutrki.

167

e

0

ma

•^ Is

9

g

1 Si's

o

2;

s

a

I

00

;9

«8

.3

1;^

nPMOOa

§

r$S

•I

H

a

00

iij

M

• ••••••••• • •

QO

158 Catalogue o/plamli/imnd in tkt Btmda tHtlriet. [No. 2.

. .sfl" ." . 11°: sj sJIja

iHlltiii Jif =siliut;

I

eeSIS-JJ

I I

IHI

t£ o

2.] Catalogue o/planlt/oMnd in the Banda dutriel.

|j . r i ill I!

lai l.-j I

160

Catalogue of plant* found in the Banda dUlriet. [No. 2.

I

00

•2

«S

18S2.] Catalogue of plant t /ound in tke Banda dittriet.

till I I. |i |1: |1 i^J-^--

.s

II

^^V^^

li

So

.1

s

ill

m^

!iii

/

ill

e

CaUlogua of plantt found m the Banda Attriet. [No. 2.

14

il' ir-f

i

li

I I

§•53 ri S iS

m a "^ So

: : :|« S So' » Si

BaMeOOOQoPiBMMOCJflD-3.JcB

1852.] Ctttalogw ^ptmOi/mtd m tkt Banda tUitriet.

s

•ill

164 Catalogue of plants ftmnd in the Banda dutriet. [No. 2.

fianda.

BannncolacesB^ . • . .

Annonaceae,

Magnoliacese,

MenispermacesB, .... Njmphaaceae, ....

Nelumbanese, •

Papaveracese, with Fa-

mariaceee,

Cruciferse,

Capparidese,

R^edacetty

Flacourtiace8e» ....

Yiolacese*

Polygalacese,

Frfldikeniaceee, ....

Elatinacese,

Tamariscinese,

Caiyophjllaceae, with

EUeatraceee, ....

Linese,

Malvaceae,

Bombaceee,

By ttneriacese,

Tiliacese,

Cistinese,

Aurantiacese,

Malphigiaceee, .... Sapindaceae, ......

MeliacesB,

Cedrelacea,

Ampelideee,

Ozaiidese,

Balsaminefle,

Zygophylleae,

Xaathoxylacett, ....

Rutacese,

Gelastimese,

Rhamnacesey . . . . . .

Samydaceae,

Aaaiardiaceiej ......

Moringaceae,

Papilionaceae,

Caesalpiniae,

1

l!

< •

3 1 1

2 1

8 • 1 1 2

1 1

19

1

4 13

1

2

1

1

I • •

3

2

0

2 {

1 1 1

1

7

1

6 1 1 1

•

7

I

1

2

•

1

1

1

0

^

^

2 1 1 3 1 1

3 8 8 0 1 1 2

2

5

1

• • 5

• • 1

. •

1

70

20

7

6

1 1

3 1

25 1 4

13 1

7 2 2 2

• •

4 3 1 2 1 • • 2 6

6

1

90

12

Sikh States.

^^m

^

2 2 1

1 3 5 1 1 1 2

2 1

11

1

2 9

•5 5 ■3 g

1 i

2

1

0 2

1 1

2

29 6

1

2 6 1

3

o H

I

2

1

18

6

2 2 1

3 11 6 1 1 1 2

2 2

8 1

15 1 3

10

Maltan.

^

•-2

1 3 1 3 2 1 2

1 1 3 2 2 1 57 12

1 1 1

4 7 6 1

1 1 1 3

1 i 0 4

1 5

26

1 0 I

2 6 1

1

1

• 1 0

• 0

i 1

13

5

o

2

I

13

5

13

7

1

1 1 1 3

8

7 6

2 1 1 4

• •

1

1

39

3

1852.] Cuialoff%e of planU fimnd in the Banda dutriet.

165

Mimo8efe»

BoaicegB,

Combretaeeas,

GranateaB,

Ontgrarieie,

Lythraeiese^

AkngiacieaB,

Mjrtace«,

CacarbiUcese,

Portulaeacesei

Ficoideee,

Sizifragaoesey

UmbelUiferae,

LoraiilhacefBy

Rabiaceae, . •

Comporiteej • . .

Ctrnpaaalacee, . • . .

LentibolariaBf

Pnmolace8e>

Hyi8Ciiacee»

Ebenaceae, •

SapotesBi

Jaimiiiaeetty

ApocjnaceaBy

Aadepiadee^

GentianeflB,

BenimiaccRf

Pedalincaey .•...••• CottTolTnlacese, ....

Bongine»»

Hjdroleaceae, ......

Serophulariaceae, .. Oiobandlieaey ....••

Solanese, • .. ..

Aeantfaacefle«

YerbenaoetSy

Labiate,

Plmnbagineaey

Plantaginefle*

Sphenodeaceae, .. ..

SuvadoraceeB)

PhytoUceaeeae^ .... SabolaoeaBi

Banda.

10 1

7

> . 2 7 1 1

10 3

• •

1 1 2 9 42 2

• a

2 1 3 2 1 7

13 6 4

. •

19

11 1

13 1 6

30 4

13 1

. . 1 0 1

•i1

3 1 1 1 1 1

• . 3

10 1

2 4

2 5 5

1 3 6 1

4 1 1

o

13 2

7 1 3

8 1 4

20 3

• • 1

7

2

11

46

2

. .

2

1

3

3

5

11

15

6

5

3

25

12

1

13

1

10

30

5

17

1

• .

1

0

1

4

Sikh Statea.

2

7 2

5 7

8 5 1

5 1 10 42 1 3 2

1

• •

2 5 4

4

1 . •

14 1 10

1 15

2

6 18

7

9

1

1

1

1

1

5

2

8 1 1

. 1

2 9 1

1 9

. 0

3 3 2

1

o

6 4 1 3

o

Muitan.

9

10 1 1 5 8

2

17

5

1

1

3 6 1

9 1 11 51 1 3 2

0

• . 1 10

1 3 5

7

4

4

1

1

16

12

1

15

2

12

22

8

12

1

2

1

1

1

1 6

1

1

2

11

1

3

O

H

4 7

2

14

6

1

1 13

1

• •

• .

• .

• •

1

1

• »

2

3

• •

1

1

5

• •

5

1

• •

1

1

• .

1

• .

1

1

6

3

9

10

2

12

5

5

2

« •

2

7

4

11

. » 1

• • 3

• • 4

3

3

6

1

• •

1

1

• •

1

1

• •

1

2

1

2

2

• .

2

7

2

9

166

Catalogue o/planU found in the Banda di$irieL [No. 2.

Amarantacese, . .

Njctajinese). . ..

Poljgonace»> . .

Laurineae, ....

Aristolochiacese,

£uphorbiace«»

Piperaceae,

Ulmacese,

Ji^landeacy

Urticaceae,

Salicine8e»

Mjricaceae, .

PUtaDeae,

Gnetaceae, .

Dottbtfiil,. • .

Total Exogeiui,

Palmae,

Pandaneaei . . t • Aroideae,.. ....

Lemnaoeaef . • • . T^phaceae, ....

miadeaBy

Musaceae, . • . • Cannaoeaey . . • • Zioffiberaoeae, .. On£ideae» .... AmaTjUideae, . •

IrideaCy

Hprdrocharideae, Dio8ooreae» .. .

Liliaceae»

Joncaceae, •• .. AlismaoeaBy .... Batomaceae, . . Commelynaoeae, Eriocauioiieae,.. CyperaceaOy • • .. PhalarideaBy.. ..

PaniceaOy

Andropogoneae^ SupaoMBy. • . . • . Agrostideaey. • • •

fianda.

7 2 4 1 1

21 1 1 1

11 1

463

1 1

1 2 1

. • 4 2 2 1 2

• *

7

1

12

. .

33

26

3

3

I '9

1

• •

4 1

151

2 1 1

1 1 2

. 5 2

.

1

7

7 3

3

o H

11 3 4 1 1

25 2 1 1

14 1

605

2 1 2 1

« . 2 1 1 3 2 6 2 4 3 9 1 2

• a

7

1

12

. •

40

29

3

3

Sikh States.

9 2 9

20

7 1

1

380

1

•i1

5 1

3 2 1 1

149

1

2 4

2 2

2

1

5

1

5

2

4

1

35

1

38

16

3

7

1 2

4 2

4 3

a

o H

14 3 9

23

10 3 1 1 1

526

1

2 4 1 2 2 2 4 2 2 1 9 1 5 2 4 1 35 I 42 19 3 7

Moltan.

10 4 2

• .

1 1

188

1

• « 3 1

12 9 5 2

1

6 3

115

1

1

1

1

4 2

3

o H

14 5 2

8

6 4

1 1

302

16

1 5 2

1852.] Catalogue of pUmti/amnd in the Banda dUtriet. 1 ^7

FiilaeoideKy

(NTToe,

CUoride«,

Hordiett,

BotiyolliM,

Anmduiefl^ • ..

ATini0flB^ •• •• •• •• ••

POWB,

BambiueB,

vrjrXcBBy •• «• •• ••••

Total GnMef,

Total £odogeii8» . • ..

Giasd Total 1 Riaiierogam^y j ** "

Banda.

•#4 ^

1 2

7

2 • • 15

1

1 103 142

605

•a 5

1 1 2

■ 1

1

15 28

179

o

1

2 10

2

7

2 • • 15

1

2

118 170

775

Sikh States.

m^^

^

1

3 7 2 3 2 1 12

• •

1 98 166

546

1 1

2

1

2

1

15

32

181

3

1

4

8

4

3

2

2

12

2

2

112

198

724

Multan.

5 4 1

•

1

9

59 67

255

1 5

•••

1

0

1

8 14

129

3

o H

1 5

4 1

• ■

1 9

• • 1 67 81

383

NOTES.

No. 3. — ^The question of the foreign origin of the costard apple ad- mits of but litde doubt on my mind. Those who argne in favour of its being indigenous quote the native name Sf taphal^ and the tradition that it was upon it that SIta supported herself during her long wander- ings in the forests in Bnndelkund. And they state that it is met wild m many parts of the jungle of central India.

It is certainly found in great abundance on certain hUls in Bundel- famd, but on no hills is it found on which there are not large forts, e. g. Ifarga, KaUinger and Ajigarh. I have never seeil a bush of it on any other, not even those next adjoioinj^ and from all the enquiries I have made among the natives I gather that it is not found in any other localities.

The only place which has been specifically mentioned to me as a habitat is the hill of Asirgarh, likewise crowned by a fort. I see therefore no reason to doubt that it has run wild on these hills from gardens inside the fort, the large seeds dropped by birds monkeys or bears, would readfly germinate, the only matter for surprise is that it has not been more widely difihsed. I do not admit the closeness of the

4

»

168 Catalogue of plants fmnd in the Banda district, [No. 2*

resemblance of the fruit described by Capt. Abbott in the XVI. Vol. J. A. S. p. 666 to the custard apple. It might as well represent a Jack fruit — ^but is I rather imagine a fancy composition^ — than an imitation of any real fruit.

53. — Hibiscus cuspidatus — moUiter pubescens, foliis 5 lobato- cordatis^ capsulse Talvis bi-alatis cuspidatis. This much resembles H. viti/olius but differs in the softer pubescence and the cuspidate yalves of the capsules.

The flowers are large and handsome.

54.^Ser&aaT Rupbstris — suffruticosa incano«velutina foliis OTato*oblongis argute serratis acuminatis, stipulis caducis subulatis^ floribus axillaribus solitariis pedunculis articulatis, involucro 3-phyIlo> sepalis cuspidatisi capsula oyata S-valvi, seminibus angulosis tabercu- latis.

I hesitate to call this Serrsea on such small data simply because it has a 3 leaved involucre and 5 valved capsule, as I have not seen the flower yet. It may form the type of a new genus.

I found it on the top of the hill at Sehonda and agun at the fall of the Pysunee.

87«— I have named this plant doubtfully Maha Borbaniea, It grows abundantly in the hedge of a garden at Banda. I have not seen it elsewhere. The habitat is that of Sida.

107. — I have entered under the name Z. hartsnsis the large fruited variety (?) of Z. Jujuba, See Roxb. H. Ind. Ed. Wall, p. 358.

144. — Indioofbra angulosa-— suffruticosa* pilis bifidis strigoso- cana, foliis 1-2 jugis cum impari foliolis ellipticis ovatisve mucronatifl utrinque strigosis, subtus canis. Racemis axillaribus longissimis, mul- tifloris legumine toruloso I -A spermo, articulis pene gibbis 4 angulatiflb longe rostato, seminibus fndbus triangularibus.

The l^;nmes are of a very peculiar shape and difficult to describe. It is a slender erect under-shrub.

149.-— Tbphrosia ticiosformis — herbacea, diffusa* ramis flezuosis costato-sub-angulatis in costis adpresse puberuUs* stipulis setaceifl^ foliis 7-8 jujis foliolis oblong plerumque retusis longiuscule muerona- tiSy supra glabris subtus parce et adpresse pilosis* calyce vexilUque pubescentibus* stam. monadelphis decimo basi sub-IiberO| stylo apice piano levi stigmate imberbi* ovario sericeo* legumine vix compresso,

1852.] Cciaiogue of planii found in the Banda diitriei. 169

pilas dcortim adpresth paro< adipcrso margiiiftto apicttlato, semiDibus ncmbraiii teneri obtecUs» obloagu elegaoter marmoratis.

The inflorasceiice is dmilar to, bat ^ the siae of T^purfntrea, having dtlicr twin aiillary flowera or few flowered racemes opponte the leaves. — Qnmn In granite detritus.

157. — ^Tliis appears to me nndeseribed bat as I hare not seen it in flower I do not attempt to name it. The stem is covered with hamose hairs — mad the joints of the legames are likewise hamosely ciliated. It k an anonal erect species growing 2 or 3 feet high.

168. — ^The great profasion of alysicarpi in this part of the coantry is remarkable. There are eight species described in W. and A. Prod, of these I have nx ; and five new species» of which I snbjoin the fol- lowing characters.

To the character of ^. longifoUw^ — p. 233-4 W. and A. Prod. — ^may be added that the yoang racemes are covered by the imbricated cada- cons bracts which are broad ovate, caspidate and hairy. The leaves in the Banda |riaat never exceed 3 and seldom 2 indiies in length.

Altsicarfus OBOYATUB-^ErectaS) ramosus, caalibas ramisqae tero* tibns pHoM, folib obmtatU (2 poll, long : 1 lat.) sopra glabris subtas adpresse pilosis, petiolis canalicalato-alatis ciliatis, stipellis oblique coneatia icariosis, stipulis scarioais basi sub-coalitis longe cospidatis (dto laoeris sab-cadacis petiolo longioribus,) raoemis spiciformibus terminalibns bracteis late ovatis acatis glabris minute ciliatis striatis herhaoeis, rachi sttb*glabro« pedioellis paberalis, calyce 4 fido segmeotis 3 angoBtioribas integris acatis margine ciliatis, inferiore carinato^ carini ciliolati, Iqpuninis articolis 4-6, inflmo sterili, gradatim majoribus obliqaiB irregnlariter rngosis acute ancipitibos« supremo levi puberulo moieronifonnL

This species grows from 3 to 6 feet high. The flowMs open about 8 A. M. and dose before 3 p. m. (in Ung^oUa they open about 1 1» and dose at 2). The standard is of a ruddy flesh color with a tinge of orange, the ked and wings a bright purple. The latter are attached by ihdr edge to a groove in the ked at right angles. This is abund- ant in. the Khuieef com fields, especialiy in black soil.

A. TBTBAGONOLOBUS — ^procumbeus a basi ramosus, ramis teretibus Unei fUoim notatis, foliis brevtter petiolatis ovatis oblongisve obtusis supremis angustimbus bad sub-cordatis supra glabris subtns strigosis

1 70 Catalogue of plants found in the Banda district. [No. 2.

stipulis Wi latis sub cordatis enneatis aeutia ciliatia petiolo longi- oribus, raoemiA lazis tenninalibus oppositifoUisque, bracteis late ovatis acntis striatis puberulis ciliolatia, pra anthesia cadiicifl» bifloiis, rachi pedicellisque paberalis, calyce 4 fido gegmento snperiori bifido^ omnibos acutis puberulia longe pilia albis dliatis in fructn approzi* matO'imbricatis, articulum secandum auperantibna ; leguminibus 4-8 articulatis, inter articulos Talde contractis, snb-arcoatia articnlia plus minna obliquis, insequaliter fuadrangularibus angulis costatis, lateribus valde reticulato-nigosiB puberulis, iofimo stipitiformi et supremo mncronato sterilibns.

This much resembles in habit monilifer and styraci-folius and like them grows in barren grassy places but is easily distiuguished by the line of hairs on the stem and the 4-aDgled legume. Its flowers open about noon and dose at 2 or 3.

A. GRACILIS — erecta glabra ramosaramis teretibus, stipulis scariosis acuminatis sub-TSginantibus petiolo longioribus, foliis unifoliatis pedi- cello caudiculatis stipellis minutis punctiformibus foliolo anguate ellip* tico basi sub-cordato apioe mucronato, supra glabro» subtus pallido^ parce pilosOy racemis azillaribus terminalibusque, bracteis caduds 2 floria, calyce 4-fido segmentis dliolatis> superiore bre?iter bidentato, Tix imbri- catis, legumioe calyce plus duplo longiore 3-5 articulato moniliformi articulo supremo mucroniformi puberulo^ ceteris obliquis yalde oontrac* tis sub-compresns glabris vix reticulatis.

This differs much in habit from all the other spedes I know, very slender, about 2 feet high, growing on shady rocks at Onrhrampdr.

A. RUPicoLA — erecta, parce ramosa, ramis teretibus linei puberula alternant], pubesceutii biformi pilis adpressis rectis, vel minimis apertis hamosia, foliia oblongia basi cordatia aeutia vel obtuais mucro- natia aupra glabria aubtua puberulia, pilia in nervis et margine rectis^ ceteris hamosis, stipulis acuminatis glabratis demum laceris. Bacemis axillaribns terminalibusque bracteis ovatis aeuminatu bifloria, calyce 4-fido lacunft acutis sejunctb apice setaceia, poateriori 2-fido legomioe 6-8 articulato infimo atipe biformi aupremo mucronato» ceteria fertilibua striato reticulatis minute hamoso-puberulis, diaphragmate seepins carente.

This spedes grows among granite rocks — ^as at Sainpdr and Kartal, its pubescence diatioguishea it from the allied apedea.

I852«] Catalogue of plant* found in the Banda district. 1 7 1

A1.T8ICARPU8 HAM08U8-*Diffa8a» ramis teretibus hirsatis pilis vel hopB fectis debiltbas, rel breTibus rigidis hamosiSy foliis uni-folilolatis stipnlis laneeolatis scariosis cUiads, stipellia minutissimby foliolia late OTatia rotnndatisve baai cordads rotundatisye, pilosis, racemis termina- libos aziUaribosque pancifloris rachi filiformi hirsuto, bracteis hirsntis esdiida bifloris distantibos calyce 4-fido^ laciniis hirsatis divergentibus aeatia, postico bifido, legamine breviter stipitato^ articalis circiter 7» sapremo macronifonni» andpitibus nervoso reticalatis, utrinqae dia- pbragmate orali dansiSy pilia biformibiis hirsuto-lappaceis^ seminibus macolatia compressis oyalibiu.

This has entirel j the habit of a Desmodiam, it is in great abundance on the north face of Kallbger below the wicket. I hare not seen it dsewhere. The whole plant is like several Desmodi very sequacious.

184-5* — From want of flowers I am unable to identify these two qieeies of Dalbergia. The same remark applies to No. 221-2. Albiuiie ip. which are allied to A. Wightii.

201-2. — Both these are distinct from any species described either by Boxb. or W. and A. but my specimens being yery imperfect I cannot gi?e a proper character to them» both belong to the non-twining lection of Strophoetylee. The former has filiform stems slightly hirsute, leaves shortly acuminate rhomboid, adnate stipules, subulate stipells, racemes not much elongated few*flowered, legumes smooth, snb-cylindric sutures slightly thickened and shsrp pointed, seeds trun<« cated, bracts resembling the stipules.

The other is erect, stem hirsute, leaves puberulous rhomboid or 3* lobed, racemes short pedunded few-flowered, legumes straight, sub* terete thickened at the sutures, almost smooth.

243. — ^Anaobissus psndulus — frutex v. subarboreus ramulis pen- dnlia foliis sub-oppositis breviter petiolatis, utrinque minute ac adpresse sericeis, obovatis lanceolatisve, obtusis acutisve, peduncults subaxillaribus solitariis vel geminis 1-2 capitulatis; capitulis parcis globosis pubescentibus.

Calyds limbo 5 dentato dentibus obtusis; stam. 10, exterioribus enm calyds dentibus altemis ; filamentis longts, anthera globosa sub- cordate, stylo simplid stamine, breviore basi disco dense hirsuto circum* dato : nuce bialato pubernlo apiculato capitulis densis pisi magnitudine.

This very elegant bush completely covers some hills (as Patraha) to

z 2

172 Catalogue of plants found in the Banda iUtriet. [No. 2.

the f xdunon of all other underwood — when of large ibe it may form a tree 15-20 feet high, and the leaves are obtuse and oboTate, they only assume the acute eUiptic form where they hare been browsed on by goats. They then assume a compact appearance like an alpine ahmb^ It is Tcry probable that this is the Conoearpue tnyrtifoliiu aUnded to by Boyle as found by him on the banks of the Jumn»-*bnt as no description of that has been published I hare given the above name to be rejected, if they be the same, as myrttfoUiu is very appropriate.

270 — LuFTA Bandaal — I have little doubt that this is Roxburgh's species, which was sent to him from Cawnpore» and is called fiand61 by the natives, but his description is imperfect and somewhat incor* rect. I have never seen the plant climbing and the echini of the fruit are not ciliate while the leaves are uniformly 5-lobed, however, the leaves of all cucurbits vary so much that they are not a character at all to be relied on, should it be a different species it should be called UmgiUfla. The following is the detailed description.

Dioica diffusa, ramis sub-glabris scabriusculisy foliis ionge petiolatis 5-lobis, lobo medio longiori aouto plus minus simiato lobato^ eeteris acutis vel obtusis denticulatis, utrinque scabris glabris, cirrhii bifidis peduncuUs geminis axillaribus uno longissimo Uiloro, altero raoemoso multifloro* bractea parva ovata, pedicellis gracilibus, calyce 5 fido rotato» corolla rotata 5 fid4 tenui alba* segmentis obtusia eztns parce pilosis, staminibus 5, triadelphis $, pedunculis solitariis uni* floris petiolo (adulto) brevioribus calyce rilloso, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, corolla sub-rotata ut in ^ — stylo longo apice 3*fido stiqm. 3-bifidis^ peponide ovato, v. sub-globoso echinato echinis* glabris apice stylo persistente increscente apiculato.

The fruit is bitter and is sold in the basars as a horse medicine. It grows abundantly on marshy land at the -commencement of the rains-^ the flowers open in the morning and close before ten. They are pore white and very delicate in texture.

298-9. — I have not seen the flower of either of these spedes, there* fore am uncertain as to their genns. The former has dark polished brown bark and deep green polished leaves lanceolate. The latter has pale bark and small leaves not unlike Gardenia tetraeperwM.

309. — Vbmonia (Deeaneurum) niVBROKNa — ^This is in truth as well as F. multi/iara technically a Femonia; the outer series of short pistils is present but most exceedingly caducous.

1852.] Cmtalogue of planU found in the Banda dutriet. 173

308.«— Y. ABFVR4. — The plant I thus name and which I hare also found in the Sewaliks and on Parasnaih agrees exactly with Box-* ho^ph's deaeription of a few large terminal capituli ; they cannot be called as in D. C. ** Panicolse subcorymbosee."

31 L— Adenostbmma an6U8tifoi.ta — ^foliis lineari-lancelotis ntrin- qne aenminatis longe petiolatis sermlatis corymbysi oligo-cephali8» acheniis leribus glandulis pedicellatis coronatis.

My specimens were gathered very late in the season. I could find hat a single flower and therefore cannot now give a more detailed description.

It may be a narrow*leayed and few- flowered yariety of A. leioearpum with which I am not acquainted.,

312. — Erigbron astrroidb8-»I should have no doubt about this species had Roxb. not omitted all mention of the tubular 9 florets. It is ssost probably the same as E. tublyratttm D. C. but the ioTolucre is giandolar not sub-glabrous.

317.— Blumra amplrctrns — I am not sure of the identity of this» D. C. describes it *'fl. maso. eirciter 15-20'''^n my plant there are at least 30— he also calls it snb-glabrate whereas this eren in the oldest plants is Tillous. Further no mention is msde of the peculiar character of the pappus— which is in the disk 15-bristled, in the ray &-bristled, and the radical achenia 5*ribbed — should it be a new species I wonld propose the name undiUaia.

319. — B. BOTiNA (oafyodonta B. D. C.) I refer this phnt to this name with some hesitation. I know seTend forms which to me appear distinct apecies which can only be referred to oxyodania. In this the months of the florets are ciliate ; and I 'have in rain searched for anthers : hundreds of capituli I have examined and found none. I have observed the same in a small procumbens oxyodonta common at Sahamnpoor.

321. — ^B. FONTiifALis — Caulibus erectis strictis pubescentibus, foliis obovatis grosse dentatis dentibns cailoio mueranatis in peti- olum afttenuatis utrinqne pubescentibus, paniculis confertifloris» ramnlis 3-flori8» inferioribus axillaribns folio brevioribus» superioribus thyrsoi- deis sob-aphylUs, capitulis ovatis nutantibus, iovolucri sqnsmis exteri- oribns lanceolatis hirsutis ciliatisquCi interioribus subscariosis linearibus sctttia discnm superantibus, floribus radii oo ; disci paucisd-meris spice

174 Catalogue of planit found in the Banda district. [No. 2.

haud inerauatiij antheris tenuiter et digtincte Bubcandatis, pappo albo tcabrello paQciaeto. Fractum maturam non Tidi.

I found this at the ipring-heada on the banks of the Cane (Ken) but it dried up before coining to perfection. It may be considered a variety of B, laeera, but differs much in appearance^ the leaTel being of a dark gloomy green and the stems and inrolucre pur* purescent.

323. — PuLTCARiA F0LI0L08A — My plant, which is not uncommoii on the banks of Keo» differs from description in D. C. V* p. 480 m being of a bright light green and not cinereous — and to the description might be added "acheniis rillosis apice glanduloso teritibus."

324. — PuLiCARiA SAxicoLA dccumbens, ramis diTaricatis incanis^ ye, demum glabratis foliosis apice 1-cephalis, foliis omnibus sepilibus angastis oblongis ramo sub-adpressis integris vel remote denticulatis obtusis apice calloso-mucronulatis utrinque plus minus sericeo*pubescen- tibus involucri squamis exterioribus arachnoideo-lanosis oblongis latius^ cutis apice subiter attenuato liberis, junioribus foliaceis demum sphace- latis infimis infra glabriusculis» sursum pilosis subiter cuspidatis, fl. radii ligul& 3 uerreA, styli ramis longis apice acumine appendiculatis fl. disci 5-meris margine incrassatis, antherarum caudis latiusculis bad sub-laceris, styli ramis breribus lanceolatis post anthesin caduds, pappo exteriori coroniformi lacero Tel ciliato-dentato, inferiore lO-setoso setis apice barbellatis sub-plumosis, achenio sub-tereti compressiusculo lineis 5 pilosis instructo, receptaculo aWeolato parci piloso.

Grows on the rocks or gravelly debris of the granite hills ; as at Sehonda, Kartal. The solitary long pedunded heads^ sessile not stem* clasping leaves, and the pappus distinguish it readily from all the species in D. C.

384. — GvMNKM A M ELiciDA. The only decided character by which I can distinguish this from G. syhestris is that the squamulse of the corolla are acute and cover the gynostegium, not obtuse and shorter as described by Duaisne. The leaves are more lanceolate and more sharply pointed than in the specimens of eylveetris that I have.

I have given the name from the peculiar quality of the leaves. A leaf chewed in the mouth deprives it of all power of tasting any thing sweet for many hours afterwards.

397. — I should have named this E. sulcatum, but that the pores of

1852.] Catalogue of plants found in the Banda dietriet. 175

the anthen are not confloent, I therefore am in doubt regardiug it,^ Should it not be mdeaiumf I woold call it—

ExACVii RiTui^ARXy caulibofl Tel pluribus erectis acute 4-gonU plus minus ramoflia» foliis radieolibofl petiolatis caolinis sepilibus opporitis oUongo-laneeolatis acutis trinerris, caljeis 4-partiti alati segmentia acntu^ eoroUm purpures segmentis late oboTatia tubo prope duplo longioribuSy pediceltis foliis longioribns*

441. — ^Trichodbsma hi&suta — £recta> ramosa, hirsuta, ramis 4-angalaribmi inlcatis, foliis caulinis oppositis sepilibas ovato lanceolatis flcabro^lursatis iloraltbus oblongis altemis sub-amplezt-caulibus pedi- cellis nutantibos caljcibusque birsutis sepalis basi longe sagittatis scominatissimis in fructu apertis (nee clausis nt in indiea) coroUm CKrolese segmentis rotundatis apice subiter in caudulam prodactis DocnliB levibiis.

This differs from'T. indiea in habit and pubescence and in the shape of the lea?ea— the horns of the calyx are much longer than even in T. epimdoea.

443. — Trichodxsma injequalb — Erectum ramosum totum strigis patnlis hispidnm, foliis inferioribus sepilibns oppositis late ovatis obtu- sis superioribus sub-amplezicanlibus cordatis, fioralibus altemis late amplezieanlibus acutiusculis pedicellis oppositifoliis i floris, calycis (quasi pentapteri) segmentis basi acuto auriculatis, margine et nervo medio hispidisy coroUsB limbo paullo brcTioribus corollee inaqualie tubo oblique contracto, intus glabro. Umbo sub-bilabiato intus piloso, labio superiore 3-lobo, ad faucem fo?eolis 2 notatis, inferiore bilobo lobis latioribns omnibus obtusis mucronatis» aestiratione quincunciali, antheris in tubum ooroUmsessilis (filamentoadnato basi libero) dorso pilosis apice in cnspidem nigrisoente rectum acutum productb pilis longis albis erectis dorso vestitis, — squamis 5 ciliatis emarginatis ad bases staminum usque oppositis, stylo ad medium antherarum attingente apice truncato excavato, stigmate in medio prominculo ovario glabro> nuculis dorso levibus Tentre rugosis*

I ha?e great doubts whether this is J. an^lexieaule or not, caused by the omission in D. C. (p. 162, Vol. X.) of all mention of the irregularity of the corolla.

434. — Bhabdia FLUviALia— Suffrutex glaberrimus, ramis yirgatis teretibus foliis sub-altemis r. irregulariter dispositis crebris crasflius-'

1 76 Catalogue of pianU found in ike Banda dUtriet. [No. 2.

culiB olMiratis gpathnlatisve sob-teMilibas nmcronatis gliberrimifl mar* gine tantum pilis paucis adpreise atrigosis floribus vei lolitariis vel in cymia fab-dickotomis in apioe ramnlorum dispoaitifl, oalyce 5*paTCito legmentis anguate ovatii acuminatii qaincanciliboa stiigoae dlialis, corolla campanulata 5-fida, sestivatioQe 5 unciali glabra* ataminiboa 5 bati corollflB ortia» inclasis» filamentia latiuaculis subiter attenoatis antheria terminalibua basi fizia Mgittatia rima laterali dehiicentibua, poUine elliptico* ovario bilocnlari glabro OTolia 4-pendalia, atylo bifido, atigmatiboa capitatis. Baeca 4 aperma, aocco aqueo faWo, diatepi- mento eranido, leminibaB 2-3 (uepe abortiyis, testa dura embryon Icti- ter curvato in medio albuminia tenoia 8ito» cotyledonibua plania cratu* uscnlia oboratia.

This shrub is very peculiar in its habit growing upon granite rocks in the bed of the river often submerged for weeks, its long branches hanging down into the water when the rocks are left exposed* These branchea are so flexible and tough that they may be tied in a knot without breaking.

I have entered fully into the description as there ia some doubt in my mind whether this should not be referred to Ehretia, or whether (perhaps with B. triminia, WaU) with another very similar species which di£Pers in having silky pubescence, found by Major Madden in the same sort of position on rocks in the Kali Ganga in Kenuunit which I propose calling B. eerieea, it should not be considered as belonging to the 8. American genus Rhabdia.

The differences between the two genera appear to conrist first in the sestivation of the calyx-— -secondly in the shape of the corolli^--*thirdly in the proportionate length of the stamina and corol— fourth in the insertion of the stamina — ^fifth in the position of the anther on the filament — sixth the style whether bifid or simple-^seventh the nature of the berry— eighth the nature of the albumen— ninth the shape of the embryo. In the 1st, 2nd9 3rd, 4th» 5th and 7th points, it is a Rhabdia— but in the 6th, its bifid style, in the 8th, its thin scarcdy fleshy albumen, and in the 9th, the slightly curved embryo, would make it rather an Ehretia. I think the preponderance of characMii added to the habit give the verdict in favour of Rhabdia.

470. — Ebermaiera PBDiCBLLATA*-61abriuscula partibus jnni' oribus lanato-puberulis, foliis ovatis oblongbve in petiolum stte-

1852.] CmMogue ^pkmU/imnd in the Banda distriei. 1 77

Boatis obtnaiA integris fl. terala azOlaribiu pedioelktia, braetoB aagaste ofitis ban attenuatLi calyciaqae ladneis glandoloao— dliatii, ooroUs fanoe filamentiflqiie pilis parris rubria ]iiatnietia» aBthanurom loculia naeranatii^ minorom diacretia. Found in tba'inaide of the aneient fart of HanaL

510. — Salvia pumila— There ia little doubt of the identity of tfaifl!, aa I have ainoe fonnd it in ita Jacquemontian habitat in the Ptanjab : my apedmena differ howerer^ in haying the lower oell of the anther poUiniferoui^ the upper atamen though very minnte» ia preaent aad dab-ahaped. It ia rery atrange, how thia plants a natt?e of the Ut and Soliman rangea, natnrally growing among dry roeka» ahonld bawe been fonnd on the aanda of the Jnmna. The leayea are of a cincnona grey not green eolonr aa deaeribed.

512.-^ALTiA FONTiifALia — BUcta, ramoaa, eanle quadrangnlari lamisqne adaoentibua (nee braehiatia) deoraim pnbeaoentibnay foliia haceolatia in petiole (radiealiboa longiaaime) attenuatia crenato-dentatia QlrinqoepiloaiammgoaiayertioelliaGfloriapedieellia folio floralideflexo kmgioribna, calyee glandnloao pnbefleenti« labio anperiore breriaaime S dentate dente medio breriore* inferioria dentibna aentiay eoroUa cdyeem vix anperante laUi inferioria lobo medio rotnndato macnlato, Haminibiia anperioribua abortivia minntia inferioria connectiTO poatiee nraom prodncta loculnm caaanm ferente.

Spring-heada by the Cane. Perhapa thia ia bnt a Tariety ofpMeia. Bozb. I. p. 146« mentiona the upper aterile atamensj — the ahape of the leaTea» more bnahy habit and 3-toothed upper lip of calyx are the dittniguiahing marka.

543.— *My apedmena are too imperfect to admit of proper descrip- tion.

555.-*I do not attempt to deacribe the Euphorbiacem that appear to me now, in the abaence of any later work than Roxburgh.

575. — ^The leavea of the seedling Almua integrifolia are coarse» aer- itte and acabroua.

644,-..<;oiticBLiNA OBLATiNoaA — caulibus ramona semi-teretibua QBo latere piano acabro pubeacente foliia oblongo — lanceolatia aenmma- tis Bub-m»qualibua aubtua glauda minute puberulia supra acabria bfcnter petiolatia vaginia striatia margine fisso dliatis fauce barbatisy

* la the dried tpcetmea, the divitumi adhere, so m to sbake it appear entire.

2 A

178 Catalogue ofplanUftmnd im the Banda dUtriet. [No. 2.

Bpathis falcatifl acatia turbinato-cameUatia uni-rarioa bi-pedicelliferia* arabobas floriferis capaulA 3-localari 3 aperma striatft.

Rocka at Banda. —

Caales ramosi geaiculati diffuai aub-ascendentes vagiase brerea atriatse acabriusculse margine ciliatse ore barbatse, folia oblongo-linearia 4-5 poUicaria. Spathse terminales sub-corymbosse pedonculatse brae- tds hjalinis oratia pedunculum intra vaginam amplectentibus, falcatse acutee turbinato*cucullat8e striatse parce pilosse sncco gelatinoso plense. Pedicelli singuli inclusi ramis gemini (altero ezserto) 3-4 flori quoram plerumque unum tantum fructifer ; sepala 3 hyaltna, aupernm ovatam acutum erectum, 2 concava, obtuso defleza prope apicem in unam ooa- lita, cyathum emarginatum formantia. Petala 2 longe ungniculata limbo orbicalato pallide C8erulea» tertinm minimum hyalinum ellipticam acutum» ataroina 3, daoram antberia oratia caenileiay tertii flayft (valvia nigrescentibus) late sagittate baai deformat& dorao glanduloaa. Pamn- ther» cruciatse glanduliferse. Stylua in alabaatro circinnattm» deflora- tione apiraliter tortus. Capsula 3 lori, 3 apermia tenniter striata in apatha nidulans semina majuscula nigra non lucida. . This cornea nearest to C. Donii, etriata and anguetifoUa^ but is immediately distinguishable from them by the scabrous upper aurfiice of the leaves, as well as other points. The spathes are generally filled with a clear gelatinous substance.

. 665. — Paspalum bifariuu — culmis decumbentibus glabris vaginis acute carinatis internodiis multo longioribus, foliis plerumque approzi* matis bifaris lin-lanceolatis acutis glaberrimis glaucescentibus anguste marginatis apicem versus tantum semilatis» ligulA membranaceft in margine yaginse decurrente, culmis floriferis terminalibus lateralibuive paulo elongatis, racemis conjugatis secundis divergentibus« rachi plan& herbaQeo-marginat& locustis ternis pedicellis insequalibus decorum fl. superiorum plus minus rachi aduatis apice tumidis (locust& cadente) cupuliformibus glabris Isevibusque, glumis 2 pubesoentibqs insequali- bus vix florum ezcedentibus vertices, Paleis in fructu induratis lucidis ovatia.

Found in ground that had been overflowed under trees at Bewail a low grass, but as other species commonly larger were growing near it in a reduced form it may sometimes grow larger. As far as the description Kunth, p. 48 of P. hretnfolium E^g goes it answers ibis

1852.] Catalogue of planU found in ike Banda dieinei. 1 79

bat it 18 so short that one cannot be certain from it. It may be Boxb.'s Milium Jiliforme, p. 314, Vol. I. but I do not think it can be.

669. — ^Panicum concinnum — Repens calmis teretibus glabrit, nodis pilosis (inferioribus radicantibus), Taginis inferioribus pilosis raperioribos glabris margine tantum ciliatis arete culmum invoWentio boi, faace ciliato, ligula dliata lamina plana quasi petiolata basi pilis longis barbata ceterum glabra, scaberrimft margine serrulata (3-4 lin. lata, 2-4 poll longa). Paniculis snb-decompositis secundis, ramis secun- & racemoBis yel solitariis sessilibns ve\ 1, 2 pedicellatis adjnnctis, nehi scabro-angulosa, rachilla scabro pubescente, locustis solitariis omnibus brevi pedicellatis ad apicem pedicelli articulatis, bifloris, glomis 2 exteriore minima orata apice membranaceft, interiore (infe« riore) oTata acuta 3-5 nerrea extns pilosa.

fi. ^ Tel <S 2-paleato, palea exteriore glumft secunda paulo longiore 3 nerrea ciliata apice et margine hyalina acutiuscula, interiore hyalino oblongi 2nenre& fl. f paleis lucidis obtusis Isevissimis, stam. 3, antlu e flsTis foscis, lodiculis 2 oblique obcuneatu eroso truncatis.

This delicate and elegant species is an annual in cnltiTated fields, nther light soil ; it is readily distinguished from all the other species I bsTe seen in its pubescent racemose inflorescence, found at Mowai near Banda.

676. — PaMicvM TRIFLORY3M — Annuum, repens, molUter pubes- ceos. Culmis decumbentibus semi-teretibus pubescentibus, vaginia Uos, liguU breTiciliat&t foliis oblongo-linearibus basi sub-cordatis apice breviter 'acuminatis quandoque latiasculis, panicula pance-ramosis, tomentosa, racemia rectis sub-altemis divergentibus, rachi et rachilla excavatis dorso tomentosa angulb scabris pedicellis pilosis setis panels fiilcratis locustis B. 2, vel 1 , uno subsessili late ovatis acutis, trifloris (rarius 2) ; glumis 2 exteriore sub decurrente sub-hyalina obscure 3*nerTea ceteras basi arete amplectetenti, interiore late ovata 5 perriA ibribns 3 (t. 2,) quorum 2 (▼. 1,) neutriJB. 1 <^, flore inter neutros* ft* neutro inferiore 1 -rarins 2-paleato palei exteriore 5 nervea acut&, interiore hyalinA alterius floris neutri palea exteriore duriore concavo 5 nervea apiculata, interiore tryalini oblongft margine in?olute biden- ^*to, floris fertili pale& rugosis» exteriore concava 3-nervea nenris prominentibns glabris, acutiuscula interiore isto incluso, marginibus ioYolutis sub-auriculatis, lodiculis majuaculis, dolabriformibus crenu-

2 A 2

180 Catalogue ofpkmUffmnd in the Banda ditirieL [No. 2.

latis, stam. 3, antherb m ezaerds fuscia, stylis 2 a baai diTergentibaay stigmatibiiB ramo80-plaiiio8ia» semine hinc oompresao.

Among rocks at Banda ; I fonnerly found it at Rodonr in fields, in the Sikh states — ^the number of florets at onee distinguishes it from the whole genus.

672.^*This species resemble Featitum and my TMjIoruw^ my speci- mens are unfortunately imperfect.

673-4. — These are both common spedes and one of them is pro- bably P. tnnbrosumt Rozb. — but without authentic specimens of his plant I cannot determine which — in fact the same remark applies to some others that I have named in the list. I haye not referred any to the genera Oplismenus and Eriochloa, the limits of which as distin- guished from Panicum are not I think satisfactorily laid down yety while Digitaria I consider an indisputably natural genus.

697.— Pknnisbtum holcoidb— •This answers yery completely to the description in Bozb. of Pan, holeoidet p. 285 excepting that he says the flowers grow without order ; whereas in my plant they are regularly arranged on the alternate joints of the wayed rachis so as to make a four-sided spike.

698. — P. auANBOSuM — Erectum culmis basi genicolatis radicanti- bus nodisque glabris, yaginis inferioribns pubescentibus superioribos glabris, ligula ciliato-membranaceft, foliis latiosculis planis glabris • prope basim piiis perpauds longis sparsis barbellatisy subtus Iseribns supra scabris margine semilatis ; spids terminalibus inyolucris multi- setosis doplid serie setia exterioribus minoribusy interioribus yalde insDqualibas prope medium pilis longis araneosis coalitis apioe nndis hispidis, uno ceteris duplo longiore (8-9 lin) bi-locustato, locnsta ana sessili biflora» alterA pedicellate prius florente uniflor& ; floris sessOis gluma exteriore flore duplo breviore hyalina longissimo araneoso-dliatly altera flore snperante hyalina 3-5 nervi apice breriter mucronatft, flwe inferiore nentro vel t 1-2 paleata» p. exteriore truncata hyalina apice ciliolat& glumam semulante sub 3-nenri glanduloso-punctatay p. altera oblonga hyalina apice dliatft plerumque carente» lodicolis nullis, Flor. {f p. laddis inclusis snb-acutis, apice dlidatis stam. S, antheris flaris apice mucronulatis^ lodiculis oblique lanceolaljs aeutis, ovario oyato, stylis bad breriter coalitis ramis longis exsertis apioe plumoeis.

1852.] CaUlogue of plant* found in ike Banda diatriei. 1 8 1

Grows among the granite rocks on the hiUs about Banda. Diifera from P. tri^ora in having bnt 1 or 2 flowers^ the form &e. arachneo- lity of the involucre and the mucronulate palee of the { .

699. — P. IMBBRBS — Erecta ramoBa, culmis nodisque gkberrimis Tsginis glabrisy Uguk brevi lacenMsUiata, folia sub-petiolatis pilis pauds barbatis latiusculis acuminatissimis utrinqne glabris supra scabris •ubtuB Isevibus margme Bermlatisy spicis tenninalibus azillaribusque ^Kndricis kzis rachi compressa utrinqne (pedicellis adnatis 7) alato iavolueria sessiUbus setis basi oonnezis sub-nmplice serie insDqaalibus vaA ceteris plus duplo longiore locust& 8olitaii& 1 flora, glumis 2 mtenae rabro-purpureiB gkbris exteriore longiore acuta interiors 3 den* titSy margimbus involutis h jalinis (an potius gluma exteriore carente, et hae pa1e& neutraf floris secundi?) paleis pallidis acutu apice dliatia demum induratb semen amplectentibus* stam. 3 antheris fiavis loceUis ptndlelis mutids glabris, stylis longis dense barbellatis pallidis*

Grows among bushes 3*8 feet highy leaves 6-18 inches long, 4-16 lines broad — habit much as the two preceding found at Ourhrdmpdr, November.

711. — Sorghum oioantbum — This is I apprehend rather a variety of 8. Halepeme than a distinct species. It differs principally in size* the great breadth of the leaves (1 inch) and having 2-pedicelle ^ lovrers to the sessile { .

706. — ^PoGONATHBRUM TBNUB— culmb filifomubus ramosis vaginis l^brisy ligulA membranaceA dliatft folio cordato-pvato acuminata ( 1 poll long.) pedunculb elongatis gracilibus spicis oonjugatis, rachi STticnlatA pilis albis inssqualibus longi ciliatiSy articuhs l-florb, locustis loiitareis. Gluma exteriore binervi bi-mucronatft nervis hispidulis g. nqieriore ovatA in setam ipB& longiore productApalea inferiore profunde bi«partit& laciniis acutis hyalinis cum aristA longa tortili e fissure wtt» p. superiore hyaline, lodiculis o, stigmatibus plumosu.

Tbis is a small ddicate grass growing among rocks at OurhHunpur, <|Qite distinct from either of the Himalayan species of which I have fpscimensy it resembles in habit Leptather%m moUe. The ciliate nebis at once distinguishes it from Andropogon fiUforme^ Boxb. whieh appears to belong likewise to this genus» though the ^hsracter as given in Endlicher should be slightly altered to admit them.

182 Catalogue of planU found in the Banda dktriet. [No. 2.

715. — Andropooon echinattjm — CalmiB tenuiboB ramonB geni- culatifl glabris nodb pubescentibos Taginia brevibns ore barbatis^ ligolA ciliata lacerft foliis lanceolatis acutis utrinque molHter pubesoentibns pilis basi tumidis ciliatis nee serrolatis, spids conjngatis gecundis peduneulis loogia pubescentibus, Bpicalis geminis alternantibus una in racbi erosA pubescent! eessili alt^a pedicellate locuste sessilifl glama exteriore coriace4 ovato-lanceolate acut& niargine inflexft exteriore pecti- nato-seriate, dono nenris 3-5 echiaatis, gl. interiore tenuiore sub-hya- lina 3 nervi, carin& ciliata bifida lobis acatis, floris ^ paieis 2, exteriore oblonga obtiua hyalina» p. interiore in arist&m genicolatam tortilem prodncto nee basi byalino nee dliatd, lodicnlis obcaneato-tnmcatis tennibus, stem. 3 antb. fulvis» stigmatibus elongatis fulvis.

Fl. neatri, p. tris longioribos, 2-yel una carente in glumA superiore inclusis, acutis.

Locustie alterius pedicello compresso ciUato gl. inferiore acut& 5« nenri» nerris adpresse ciliatis nee ecbinatis, gl. sup. tenuiore .S-nerri marginibus ioTolutis fl. S pal. sup. acutiuscula, inf. acuminata, stem. 3.

Grows among rocks— Jharal — Budhgarb, &c.

This approaches very near And, laneeolatua — but is easily distin« guished by the echinate back. It will probably form another species of Bathratherum^ but the generic character as given in Endlicher (sup. p. 1354) must be altered to admit it.

722. — I am not satisfied which— this or No. 72 i, — ^is the true A, Isehiemes of Roxb.

727 — ^This is the most valuable grass in Bundelkund, I am unable to refer it to any of Roxb. species — and unfortunately have by some oversight omitted to preserve specimens of it.

727. — Anthistivia ciuicina — Culmis erectis glabris nodis annulo piloso dnctb vaginis acute carinatis carini papillosa, ligula pilosa foliis longiusculis acuminatis glabris scabris margine basim versus integris vel papillosis apicem versus serrulatis, foliis floralibus gradatim minori- bus magisque papillosis vaginis margine longe ciliatis, paniculis ramosis foliaceis, plus minus nutantibus, pedunculis axillaribus squamis hyalinis circumdatis, f acemods papillosis, involucri acuto cymbiformi margine membranacea carini papillosft.

Locustis 7-quorum 4 verticellatis f pedicellatis involucrantibus

1862.] Catalogue of plant* fimnd in the Banda district. 133

mo centnli ){ pedicellato intra duos 9 pedicellato, 1. 4 exL pedicellis pflis albis circaindati8» glamis 2, acutn ellipticis^ exteriore 5-7 neryi, oerrifl plus miiras papilloaia glabris vel exterioribas dliatis, interiore 3-nern glabra. Paleia 2 linearibus hyalinig apice laceru, ttam. 3-an« theris lateisy lodicnlis panris oblique obcuneatb erosia.

Loc. ^ centralis pedioello pauce piloso, gluma exteriore ovatA aen- minato apice bidentata, basi glabrft cetenim pubemla interi. glabrft sub 3*neryi acuta, margine inflexo, palea hac lineari in aristam longam tortam geniculatam hispidam prodacta, p. altera byalina truncata fVMriam mnplectente lodiculis nunuds, OTario o^ato in stylis angustato, skigmatibus dense plumosis ; locnstis 2 ^ ut supra sed glabris.

This conies next to A. Wightii from which it differs in more erect ktbitj dliate involucres and awned flowers and minute Iodides which sre large in Wightii. It is moreover generally of a reddish hue. Wightii and proetrata are bright and pale green ; like them this has* but in a still stronger degree, a most offensiTc smell exactly like that of a bed-bag whence the specific name I have given it. It grows on the margins of ponds and overflowed pasture land.

734....This I have referred with a doubt to /unicularis, the leaves of my plant are beset vrith long scattered hairs, not smooth as describ- ed, and Rnprecht does not allude to the arista being 3-comered which •ppears a peculiar character. The inner glume is pale purple.

739. — I have 3 species certainly distinct all of which answer the descriptiona of Coix lachryma as far as they go— and I am unable to My which is the true one.

741.-^Chlori8 Roxb0R6hii.— This is well described by Roxb, ander the name Mdiea digitata, it is very distinct with very long linear spikes which hang loosely down.

748. — ScRANFBLDiA PALLiDa— Aunus, ramosa, glabra, vaginis margine ciliolatis ligul4 dliato-membranaceH, foliia linearibus hinc iUine pilis perpauds sparsis demum convolutis, spicis geminis (raso •olitariis temisve) secundis confertifloris (2^ 3 uncialibns) rachia mar- gine sermlato, locnstis 1 floris sessilibus bifariis, glumis 2 persistenti- bns acute carinatis nervo medio sulcatis, apice in setulam productis, in priore majore paleis plus duplo longiore, flore in callo sericeo stipi- tato bipaleaceo, p. exteriore majore alteram plana enervem involvente. Extus puberula sub apicem fissum aristam iogissimum hispidum

184 Cataiogue of plants found in ike Banda diiirict. [No. 2.

gerente lodicolis g^ris camoiis apice emarginatia, stam. 3, anth.

flarifly o?ario ftunfonni» stylia basi approziinatia, apice plumoso pauUo

ezaertifly Bemine loogo sub-fasifonni magno cnruleo. The only described species of thia genus is a native of Senegal ;

haying seen only the Qen, Char, in Endlicher, I know not how far this

may differ specifically. It may be the same. This plant grows pretty

abundantly on barren konkary ground— old roads» &c. — at Banda it

has a Tery pecnliar light straw cobur.

749. — Not knowing what the new specific name of thb grass may

be, I have inserted the old one which no longer applies to it-^it is the

Pommeruelle uunusea of Rozb. and is frequently referred to under that.

name in Griffith's Journals.

750. This is Roxburgh's Eleiuine eulyeinot referred by Kunth to

Uptoehloe-^ttom which however the subulato-setaoeous glumes would

repel it to some new genus.

761. — ^This is the AgroetU maxima of Roxb. now Thysanolsena, but

I know not the specific name given. It is quite different from the Thysanolsena abundant in the lower Himala.

765, &c. — Of the Poas and Eragrostis I have several new spedes but

not being able to satisfy myself which are Roxburgh's without authen- tic specimens of his, I refrain from describing any.

I add a numerical abstract of the Flora according to fanuliea, dis- tinguishing such as are wild and such as are only under cultivation. It is interesting to compare this with the similar abstract for the floras of the Sikh States and of Mooltan, showing the gradual decrease of truly tropical families and the appearance of others of more temperate regions. The extreme poverty of the Mallic flora is thus shown very conspicuously. I hope soon to be able to communicate a detailed list of the Mooltan flora as fieur as two years' experience of it goes ; — for the difference is even greater than what would appear by this numerical abstract. Notes on local floras are of great importance in working out the geographical botany of India.

Mooltan, October 7 th, 1851.

1852.] Literary IntelUgenee. 185

Literary Intelligence.

Bidb&Unta Deb has jiut completed the 7th and last Tolume of the Sabdakalpadruma. The unintermittent labors of more than a quarter of a century have at last come to a successful dose. The anthor has already achieved his rq^utation* as well among the Pandits of Hindustan, as the Sayants of Earope. His Sanskrit Encyclopaedia stands foremost among the contributions which the present or any pre- ceding century has rendered to Sanscrit learning. The utility of SQch a Toluminoua compendium of the arts and sciences has been folly appreciated, and its author has received more than a solitary mark of acknowledgment from the Oriental scholars of the day. It would be curious to inspect the numberless testimonies of approba- tion which Native and Mahrdtt^ English and German, have com* peted with each other in offering to his merits ; nor is the labour unde- serving of even a higher tribute. The RAji has spent the brightest part of his mortal existence in the hope of living an immortal life for geneimtiona to come, and reared an imperishable monument for him- self. He himself alludes to his labours in the Preface appended to the present volume of his work :

" From my days of scholarship up to the present time having under- gone an immensity of labour, &c.,"— a period of time embracing no less than 35 years. This is more than what Fnrdousi, the great chronicler of the Kings of Persia, has alleged.

gi> r^-^ r^^ J^ ij^

"Thirty years have I laboured after the Sh&h Ndmeh." The words which immediately follow those already quoted from the Prefaee are worthy of notice : ^t?7?r1S^?^flt^: " with the assistance of a variety of the most learned individuals." This is what the PAndits devoted for years to this Herculean task had every right to expect at his hands. It might be supposed that one who is so sanguine in his expectancy of obtaining his due at the hands of posterity should not be forgetful of the reputation of his coadjutors. It is alike honorable to himself, and nothing but just to his learned assistants, — for we must be permitted to observe that in Sanscrit learning the Pandits in question

2 B

186 Literary IntelUgenee. [No. 3*

are no wbit inferior to the R6j&. Every body knows that ao vast and Toluminous a thing could never have come forth from the hands of a single mortal. Forty Frenchmen assisted in the completion of the Dic- tionary of the Royal Academy. It is a pity the names of T&rfich^d Tarkabhosana, Is' vara Chandra Tarkadddhinta, B&macum6ra Siroma^i^ and Sarbdnanda Ny&b&gishya, the present, and of Sivanath Bhattachar- jya and Haripras&d Tarkapunchanun the past co-adjatora of the B&jA have not been recorded in a comer of his Preface, but we think this is purely accidental^ — for the Biji would not willingly grudge them so ne* cessary a consideration. We allude to the fact particularly inasmuch as remunerated labor however immeasurably superior to the remuneration itself, commands not the esteem and gratitude of the natives of this land. But this so far from bebg a correct principle of judgment that the most remarkable achievements of the world would in that case be completely bereft of their engrossing merit.

In a cursory notice of this nature, it is impossible critically to consider the variedly important contents of this Lexicon. It can be however gene- rally stated that our Encyclopaedist is always in his element on PnrfiQic^ Tantric and on all subjects connected with the modem literature of the BWdimaQS, to which he has done ample justice. The work is not very full in the technicalities of the medical science, of the different system^ of philosophy and of the Vedas ; but we hope the lUjd will supply these deficiencies in the supplement he promises ; and in that expectation, strongly recommend to his notice Yaska's Nirakta, every page of which will supply him with new matter ; the first page of the Nighantu con-' tains at least a hundred words not to be met with in his Lexicon.

The Sanskrita Press of Calcutta which we have had to notice more than once, has lately published a volume of selections from the Pancha<« tantra and a Grammar of the Sanskrit language in Bengali, for the use of the Grovernment Sanskrit College. Both the works are very well got up, and, we are satisfied, will prove highly useful. The Grammar is intended to do away with the old Pandit-system of teaching the language of the gods. It has no veneration for the mystic Sdtras of P^mini and Vopadeva, and supplies their place with a series of simple and explicit rules in Bengali, with the aid of which one may learn the

1852.] Literary Inielligenee* 187

classic language of India within a very reasonable time. The work is an elementary one, bat the learned author, Pandita Isvarachandra Vidydiaagara, promises a more comprehensire work on the subject^ which we shall hail with much pleasure.

A new edition of the works of Bhtetachandra has issued from the Ptarnachandrodaya Press. It is, like most works published under natiTe editorship, yery imperfect. It has no preface, is full of errors, and abounds in doubtful readings, not to be met with in the most authentic editions of the work. In one place an entire poem, the celebrated Chorapanch^at, is introduced as the composition of Bhi« ratachandnu We are not aware if the bard of Nadia himself eyer claimed the authorship of this exquisite poem, but certain it is that none of his editors, and among them were the late excellent poet and scholar Bidh&mohana Sena, and Pandita Madanamohana Tarkalank&ra, has thought fit to attribute to him the credit of a compodtion, which is well known throughout India as the writing of Chora.

Bev. J. Long has published a sheet containing some English words Dmilar to Bengali in sound and sense, and illustratiye of the etymological affinity which exists between the English and Bengali languages. The spedmenB are in most instances yery apposite, and we hope the learned author will continue his researches and some day fayour the literary public with further contributions on this much neglected but in- teresting subject, on the philosophical principles of Bopp and Pott.

*«/N^^'\i^V^^b^i^V^^A^^k^^«^l^^'«^^V^^/V^^^^^

2 B 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF TVS

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL

For February, 1852.

The monthly meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on Wednes* day» the 4th February, 1852.

Sir James Colvile, President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The following presents receifed since the December meeting were laid on the table : —

1st. From Dr. MacOowan^ Ningpo. Two specimens of AuricQla shells. In reference to these, Dr. MacGrowan writes : —

''The Museum of the Asiatic Society of Bengal contains, I belicTe, no specimen of the artificial pearls of China, as formed in a species of the Mytilus, I hare therefore procured a couple, of which I beg the Societ/s acceptance. One of the specimens contains images of Buddha, and such are often employed to foster superstition.

''The method of forming them, is, placing in the living animal small metallic images, which occasion irritation ; and in the course of a year they are found coTered by the pearly secretion! When the foreign body is suffered to remain for several years, and the muscle continues to thrive, very beautiful pearly deposits are formed. The accompanying specimen shows only a year's growth.

" Though the method has been long known to the Chinese, it is altogether probable that the discovery of Linnaeus was wholly inde- pendent of any knowledge derived from this quarter of the world ; otherwise he would not have accepted the reward and honour be- stowed on him by our country, in consequence of the invention* which at the time promised to be one of great value."

1852.] Proceedingt of the Asiatic Society. 189

2nd. From Dr. Buist, a yolume of very beautiful drawiogs of Northern Antiquities. Murray's Wind and Current Charts. And, Obsenrations on Commander Montriou's Remarks.

3rd. From the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal. A Map of the Seebpore district in Upper Assam. The Journal of the Indian Archipelago for October ; (two copies,) and Selections from the Beoords of the Bengal Oovemment, No. 4.

4th. From N. Shaw, Esq., Secretary of the Geographical Society of London. The President's Annual Address to the Society.

5th. From the British Association for the Advancement of Sciences. Beport of the Association, for 1850.

6th. From the Royal Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal of the Society for May 1851.

7th. From the Royal Geographical Society of London. Journal of the Society, toI. II, Part IL, and Captain Smith's Address to the Geographical Sodety of London.

8th. From the Soci^t6 Asiatique of Paris. Journal Asiatique»

No. 81.

9th. From the Government of India. The Trial of Jotee Persaud.

lOih. From the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. Guide to Northern Archeeology, by the Earl of Eilesmere.

1 1th. From the German Oriental Society. Zeitschrift der Deutschen MoTganlandischen Gesselschaft. Vol. 5th, Parts 1, 2.

12th. From the Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin. No. 51 of the Bulletin of the Academy.

13th. From the Royal Society of London. The Philosophical Transactions for 1851, Part 1st.

14th. From the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences. The Trans- actions of the Academy, Vol. VL, part 1st.

15th. From Dr. Albrecht Weber. The White Tajur Veda, Nos* 4,5.

16th. From Dr. N. Wallich. An Extract from the Journal of the Entomological Society of London.

17th. From T. Maclure, Esq., Contributions to Meteorology and Geology.

18th. From the Royal Asiatic Society of Madras. Journal of the Society from July to December.

190 Proceeding* of the Aeiaiic Society • [No. 2.

19th. From J. R. Logan, Esq., Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for NoTcmber.

20th. From its Editor, the Oriental Christian Spectator, for December.

2l8t. From its Editor, the Oriental Baptist, for January, 1852.

22nd. From its Editor, the Calcutta Christian Advocate, for Ja- nuary, 1852.

23rd. From the Tattyabodhini Sabhd. The Tattvahodhini Patrikd, No. 99.

24th. From the Curators of the Academy of Leyden. Catalogua BibliothecsB Lugdino— Batavorum.

25th. From Rct. A. W. Wallis. The Benares Magazine from its commencement to the last number published.

26th. From the Rev. J. Long. The Satydmab for December 185 1 , Purushotiama ChandrikA, Apurva TJpakhyAnd and Kdmdkhyd Tantra,

L. Clint, Esq., duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted fory and elected an ordinary member.

B6bu Gy&nendra Mohan Tagore was proposed an ordinary member of the Society by Mr. J. R. Colvin, and seconded by the President.

The draft of a letter to the GoTemment of Bengal, with reference to the Museum of Economic Greology, in accordance with the resolution adopted at the last meeting, was read and approved of.

Letters of thanks were received from the Royal Geographical Socie- ty of London, for the Sodety's Journal^ Nos. 291> 212, 213; from the Royal Institution, Albemarle Street, for the Journal, No. 218 and No. 7» 1850 ; and from the Bavarian Academy, for the Bibliotheca Indica, vol. 1st. Nos. 16, 17, 18, 27, 15, 23, 25, 19. 21, 22, 26, 28, 29, 30, and 31.

Letters were received from Captain Broome, B6bu Harimohan Sen, and Hon'ble I. Erskine, intimating their wish to withdraw from the Society.

Communications were read —

lst.<— From Dr. Buist, on the Forfarshire and other Northern Anti- quities.

2nd.^From Major Abbott, " on the Sites of Niakara and Bncephe- la, with two maps and an appendix on Taxila.''

1652.] Proceedinffs of the Asiatic Society. 191

3rd. — From Captain Tiekell, B. N. I., on the Heumaor " Shendoos/' a tribe inhabiting the hills of Arracan.

From Captain Lajard. A note of the progress made by him in his researches into the Antiquities of Goar. The following is an extract from his note.

*' Mj few days' residence there haye been very successful in finding relics and inscriptions. Impressions of the latter I have transferred to cloth, but as yet have not had time to examine them, howeyer I much fear, they are nothing more than eutture from the koran* In a few days I intend searching in Bajah Adisur's Palace, where casually I have found one or two very curious and ancient Hindu Sculptures. ])ig;mg8 would, I am sure, bring many curious earrings and remains to light, but the expense is a drawback. * * *

*******

*******

***** There is a very an- cient bastion and ghat called Pattal Chand, with many sculptured itones (apparently) lying in the clear water of a jheel, which is deep, I have little doubt but they would prove interesting, as they are, from traditions of the natives, remains of a Hindu Mutt and Ghat of great tntiquity."

Mr. J. B. Colvin drew the attention of the Society to the Gtkco- Bactrian antiquities which have lately been discovered in various parts of the Punjab, and Sir James Colvile mentioned that Mr. £. Bayley, C. S., was in possession of a very interesting collection of such antiqui- ties, and had promised to write a memoir thereon. — The Secretary was requested to address a letter to Mr. Bayley on the subject.

Mr. Piddington exhibited a beautiful medal made of silver extract- ed from the Deoghur copper ores, and submitted an interesting paper on the subject for publication in the Journal.

Reports having been received from the Curator of the Musuem of Economic Geology and the Librarian, the meeting adjourned.

Canjirmed 3rd March, 1862. (Signed) J. R. Colvin, Chairman.

LiBSABT.

nie following additions have been made to the Library since December bat

192 Proeeedi^s of the Asiaiie Society. [No. 2.

• Pre$eiUed.

Benares Magazine, Vols. 1 to 4.— Br thb Editor.

Fh>oeeduigB of the Anniversary Meeting of the Boyal Society of North- em Antiquities, for 1861 — ^By thb Socibtt.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago— -for Oct. and Nov. 1851. — ^Bt thb Editor.

Ditto, 2 copies. — ^Br thb Goyv&vvxnt of Bbnoal.

An Analytical Digest of all the reported cases decided in the Supreme Courts of Judicature in India, in the Courts of the Hon'ble East India Company, and on Appeal from India by Her Majesty in Council. By W. H!. Morley, Vol. 1, Part Vii. — ^By thb Authob.

Tattwabodhini Batrikd, No. 93. — By thb Tattwabodhini' Sabha'.

The Citiaen Newspaper, for Jan. — By thb Editor.

Furnachandrodaya, for January 1852.— By thb Editob.

Papers and Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Van Dieman's Land, Vol. 1, ParU I. n. m.

PtMTckased, Scott's Bengal Directory, for 1852.

BIjendralal Mittra.

I

- 1 1 |1

lllllllllllllllSSesiellllN

. P''.«t'23"."'-.">0,'q5p«o.qo,0.00«Oaio«ioooo

secsgagsEcsa^saagaagsiiiaaea'aB^

|pi|Pi.§Ppi^l|3ISI|!|Sli^gS ill S »i i S -a • ■^- -

|||||||||SSs|8aiS|lj|||Ji|i!88

■ra ''a aS

".-SialS

^ -qpuu •sS5lsisll3;S2|m53||S3:-3g|S5

g^^gSfgggligf^gl^Rn^S^SggggSSS^^^

' ii=s£i3S;:SJ^;iH;J;£gf!!SggHi:2REgg^^

lSiiss«i|i.i|iii|s^Si9i|§isissi

Mi • 8 ia i • ii • - ■

i|8|NsEl|ii.3i|l3S|fsl||s>3S|

2 3-2=s233ss=3a38asa«KaS

;^ll»4»at&gi

IM«|dl.llMH

s

0

i

9

*

9

a

I

i

e

3

s

V

Is I

•S

• • •

• • •

• • • •

• • • •

• •

•••••••

•••••••

Iff

Hi

•mig

«e«pc«oDO« M iq

00 flb OO A 0k 09 M <^ <p <0 fO <0 t«» 1^

»Vt9|f

•wjg

M'« '«t«oq'NC«>-««N4qoi40ioaoco«oo<ooioee»io«o«tQ»*eoaP^ • OTOT <«c9ef Qp^ioeoK>t<»t«t<»aoa»a»aDaDo<«oK>aoaoaD»»Q^

OQ

iJ

-img )«

00 gSSgeo<pa5H(» w''-^^ ^ ^

• • • • • -^ . "^ .ooooooooooaoooao i^{P

&

I

•qinff-M

■^ g^i — "^' '^ -^ ™ ~ ^^ "^y ^WF ■^^ ^ar »^» ^m^ »^» »"^ ^^^ ■^^ m^ m-^ m^^ ^t^ ^m^ »^» ^i^ -^^ ^^^ ^ - » - — _ ^ — —

nv^.^ I Q«>««»ooO'*Qaq-^oo40»«ioo"*iooeo»o«'*««0'*

^^Jo|>gr:gg;S;igggggag<asa3g8ggg!sg8isgaa

'«»HiO

gsSgsg^sr^aasggg^aaaigaagaaf^aaaasa

AQDASoSdoSSoidnSaDSSaDBaoS

22.

8

s s t

8.

s

•»HJO

aOopoDoP8pQoooflo8flPop coa52S5oia5cKaOw<R>aDaoaD oo OD op o5 oo

I

I

'SACDSoConSoDAcKaoooSaDScdaDSooSoPOkcKS aDt«^9aO *» ^ • • •^^ ^« • • • • • ^ • • • • • • • ^» *•••■■•••

•ni'd qpiiooyiiq

£

e

8.

i

•«VJO

'J»If JO

. oD«^ioe900ooiAa»oc<t«»o A«oaO(eK)aocoaooi<>fli)0«ooo

aaaaggasaga'ajaso'gaaggggagafejgSogaoagg

I :

8

8

8

2

a

8

8

a

«0

4

s

8

JOURNAL

or TRB

ASIATIC SOCIETY

No. nL— 1852.

The Kurrukpoar HilU. — By Captain S. R. Sherwill. (Cammuni'

eated hy Captain Thuillier.)

The group of hilb lying immediately to tbe South of the itatioB of Monghyr, and known as the Kurrnkpoor HQIs, being named after the town which bears that name and which is ntoated to the East of the h31s» is an offshoot from the northern face of the Tindhya Hills, nesstiring 30 miles in length, with an average width of 24 miles ; and ilthongh the gronp in the mass lithologically resembles the Yindhya Hills, it still contains within its valleys and on some of its higher peaks, meks of a mnch softer natnre, such as silicioas homstone, chlorite, thlorite flchist, actinolite, actinolite schist, daystone, hornblende^ massiTe asbestos, and a decaying rock known to the natives by the name of Khari, it is a soft greasy, white, or greyish rock associated with and pasnng into homstone.

This group of hills no where rises to a greater height than eleven

kmidred feet, which is the height of the high table-mountain thirteen

miles south of Monghyr, named Maruk ; in the interior are extensive

^eys, forests, precipices, hot wells, mountain torrents, quarries and a

fewviUages.

The following are extracts from a diary kept whilst traversing these hills:—

2nd Septemhert 1847. — Left Monghyr with a party of friends to ^plore the Kurrukpoor Hills and to visit the sources of the Mdn and Anjon rivers, said to rise from hot springs.

No. LIII.— New Series. 2 c

196 Tke Kurrukpaor HilU. [No. 3.

Rode to LalUjehangeera, seven miles, situated immediately under the western face of the hills ; where there is an Indigo factory and bungalow. The road after leaving the dty of Monghyr, passes through fine rice fields the whole way ; from Lallajehangeera is a beautiful view of the hills to the south, with Maruk towering over all. Towards the evening visited the Putturkhan valley, two miles from the bungalow and near the village of Mosurgunje ; it is a small narrow valley or cul-de-sac in the hills, about three quarters of a mile in length and a quarter of a mile broad, across which and over the hills to the plains on the East, runs a footpath; the pass is called the Umjoorghat. On entering the valley, which you do by a rather narrow entrance, the valley is seen on the right and left and a hill in front closing the view ; turning sharp round to the left you find yourself at the foot of a perpen- dicular wall of a dazzling white quartz upwards of two hundred feet in height, rent into a thousand parellelopipeds by deep fissures and by vdns of quartz, all cutting each other with the greatest angular exact- ness, giving the rock the appearance of being faced with gigantic hatchments whose lower and upper points are angles of 45^. This wall faces the east. Immediately to the north east of this wall and across the valley is an old quarry of hornblende, now no longer used ; not that it is exhausted, but numerous other quarries being open in different parts of these hills and yielding a superior stone, this one has been neglected ; several large slabs of six and eight feet in length were lying outside the valley, they had been quarried for a Mahijun, who dying before he received them, they were left on the spot where they happened to be when the news of his death reached the quarry men. The hornblende is of a fine dark green or blue nearly approaching to black, takes a fine polish, is easily carved, but occasionally fine blocks are disfigured by nests of iron pyrites which being acted upon by the atmosphere and rain, leave large stains of the red oxide of iron on the surface. This hornblende rests upon a schistose rock : it is claystone^ which is also found on the opposite side of the hill.

Iron-stone and reddle lay strewed about the valley.

The hills about the quarry are covered with low jungle, stinging nettles, called by the natives Rukusi, and Ferns.

The quartz strata dip 5^ to the West.

3rd September.-^M^Bxehed to Azimgunje, a small village ten or

1852.] The Kurrukpoor Hillt. 197

twelve mQee to the west, lying under the northern face of the hills. The first fire miles of our road was through rich rice fields up to the men's knees in water ; when we arrived opposite the Maruk yaUey, a noanUdn torrent which descends with great violence from this gap, was Ibond so swollen and deep that we all were obliged to plunge in and swim across ; our road now lay through a handsome forest of mango, acacia, mimosa, phoenix, saktia, peepul and hanian trees, besides stercu- Ka, bauhinea, bamboo, zyzyphi, and butea, both stunted and climbing : the road strewed here and there with quarts rocks.

In the evening went to the Luheytah quarries where a coarsely gra* nulated quartsose rock is quarried for mill stones. The quarry is on the flank of a long naked quarts rock on the southern face of a detach- ed hiU named Juthootteea extending for half a mUe through a dense jungle, the naked rock resembling the rounded back of some huge monster. This stone is quarried and taken in the form of native mill-stones to Monghyr, from whence it is exported in great quantities to Bengal and other parts of India. The rock is a porphyritic quartz, with translucent masses of quartz embedded in a greenish grey sub- stance also resembling quartz.

4tA September. — Ascended the hills by the Oorya Khoh Ghat, a deep wooded glen where hornblende and hornblende slate of a good quality is quarried in large quantities and exported to Monghyr, the associated rocks being chlorite schist, massive asbestos resembling a foliated lithomarge, slightly fibrous when crushed, and day-stone. The road up the Ghat, which is a mere foot-path, passes over asbestos and day-stone ; the asbestos is not of the fibrous kind, but appears as an agglutinated species of this mineral. Its general appearance is that of a rock composed of very small and firmly adhering horizontal strata, of about one or two inches in thickness composed of vertical agglutinated shining fibres of asbestos, it is greasy to the touch, its fracture is shining and glouy like silk, streak earthy, colours lively blue, glistening, jasper red or yellow ; near the foot of the hill Maruk, at Maruk Ghat these minute strata are seen in great perfection, having been at that spot denuded by the action of a mountain torrent into a succession of precipices some hundred of feet in height. At the summit of the Ghat we entered a dense forest of underwood and trees, the road winding amongst low hills of asbes*

2 c 2

198 The Kurrufyoor HiiU. [Na 3.

toB i at out mile from the ci est of the Qhat we pasaed over leteriteb the A hornatone of T»rious colors. We were now in » deeply wooded ▼alley of great beauty, the prindpal trees consiatiog of Sakua, Gaiiafla camndaSy Butea, Diospyros» Terminalea, Grewia, Dalbergea, Bombax^ Boswelia thurifera» Dyospyros ebenoms a variety of Bauhinias botk B* scandens and B. yariegata, besides a scattering of Mimosa catechuy a wild arrowroot, ferns, Euphorbia, Asclepiadese and Liquorice. As we advanced into the hills the jungles became more and more dense ; about a mile from the top of the Ghat we passed several heaps of iroa slag, the refuse of the furnaces of the hill people, who collect the iron ore which is common all over these hills^ smelt it in the rudest of furoaoes and exchange the metal with the lowlanders for salt, tobacco^ or rice ; at the second mile we stopped at a buffaloe " baithan" or lUght rendeavous for buffaloes, bj name ** Buneeara baithan," changed our doihea. which were dripping wet from raio, drank some milk and proceeded through a narrow valley for two miles to the banks of the hot stream the A^jun, leaving Bhoondh Bhuraree a small village a few hundred jards to our right. Finding a fine deep pool of water in the stream with a temperature of 108° completely overshadowed with forest trees, we bathed, a most refreshing proceeding after our long and wet walk ; leaving the road we proceeded to the west, up a densely wooded and narrow valley ; the first part of the road was over a quakii^ moss bog, through which ran the Anjun ; half a mile brought us to the source of this hot stream which for the last quarter of a mile had become much too hot for our feet. The spot from whence the Anjun rises i» at the end of a narrow valley, the water bursts from two orifices in a confused heap of Jaspideous hornstone rooks, beariog a peculiarly desolate appearance from the absence of vegetation on or near the rocks, and from the burnt up appearance of the hornstone from which the water is seen pouring out at a temperature of 145^ Faht. a fine porous botryoidal silicious sinter deponted from the hot water covers all the rocks near the brings. The Anjun, after a abort course of twelve miles, falls into the Nuktee, which latter stream ftlk into the Keeul a tributary to the Ganges into which it falls at Soon^- gurha. A mUe and a half brought us to Baboodera and Goormaha. two small hamleta on the banks and in the valley of the Anjun^ around which a few hundred acres of land have been elearec^ yielding a bona-

1852.] ne Kurru]^poor HUU. 199

iifid crop of Indian corn, Jan«ni« cotton, pulse, a small quantity of tobaoocH a few chiUies and edible roots. The inhabitants principally ctmsist of Sontfaalsb from whom we experienced erery kindness thtsf iMd in their power to bestow. They gave us a honse to sleep in, milk» water and fire ; beyond these necessaries of life their generosity conld ool proceed. A tolerable quantity of iron is smelted near both of these villages, generally in the jungle for the sake of being near the spot where the charcoal is burned.

5M 5ep^esi6tfr.— Started early in the morning to Tisit the hot springs one mile frcHn the source of the Mun river. Half a mile after keying Gh>ormaha we passed through a smaU hamlet Misree Bungla, and entered a very narrow valley in which the Mun takes its rise, densely wooded on both sides, the forest climbing to the summits of the hills both on our right hand and on our left ; the rough and im- equal road passing over asbestos and homstone with occasional niinnm of quarts ; when nearing Bheembandh the strata of asbestos are exhibited as vertical lamina, very fine,— of a red. Mack, blue or grey colour. Two miles and a half walking, during which time we had croeaed and re>crossed the narrow bed of the Mun, brought us to the descent into the plains of Kurrukpoor and to the village of Bheem^ haadh, a small collection of huta surrounded by rice fields and palm treeSk near which are the hot springs. The first spring we visited is sitaated about three hundred yarda to the North of the village immedi- ately under a small detached himistone hill named ** Uohadewa," from whose base the water issues in a fine stream at a temperature of 147^ Fahrenheit ; this was the hottest spring we met with in these hiUs ; the whole of the homstone rocks over which this water fiows appears to be partially decomposed as well as encraated wkh a siliceous sinter; a few hundred yards farther to the North, at the foot of the homatoae hill ".Dumdnma," we came upon a region of hot springs, hot water appeared to be spouting from the ground in every direction ; the pria- mptl springs, of which there are eight or tea had a uniform tempera- ture of 145^ all rising within a space of about three hundred yards aqoare. Whilst our pairty wasengaged bathing in the stream containing the united waters of all the hot qprings and which falls into the Man, I made the iellasring observations. At the source of the Bhoembaadh hot-well at the foot of the Mohadewa hiH, Iho water as before observed

200 The Kurrukpoor HitU. [No. 3.

was 147^ Fahrenheit. In this temperature nothing appeared to grow or lire ; at 145^, growing under the water, I found a green slimy moss in fullidgonr adhering to the homstone rocks : from 130<^ to \2b^ shmhs, trees, grass and ferns grew indiscriminately on the edge of the water, into which they had pushed their roots : at 114® I found large shoals of a Tery small and active silvery fish apparently enjoying their hot life^ but upon being driven up the stream into a higher temperature they showed great distress; at 117** they darted about wildly; at 119® they died instantly ; for at this temperature they turned on their backs, their air-bladders bursting a few seconds afterwards ; at 120® I found the larvn of the Libellula or Dragon fiy as active as these slow creeping creatures ever appear to be, apparently enjoying the high temperature previous to undergoing their final metamorphosis. Frogs were swimming about in 11 4® ; and I found a huge black scorpion and numerous frogs dead in 130®. In 120® I saw a large lisard called by the natives *' Bahumnee'* rush across the stream as if in great agony, he had been scared from the jungle by my servant ; with a desperate struggle he got across the stream which was about ten feet broad and a few inches deep : across numerous hot streams are of course many footpaths used by the cultivators round about Bheembandh, but no where at the point of crossing did I find the water above 120® and even that temperature made the men and women hurry across the stream when fording from bank to bank ; to our European skins the heat of 120® was intolerable, nor could any of the party walk coolly across any of the fords at that temperature without being severely scalded though not blistered.

Luxuriant crops of rice are raised by the aid of the hot streams, large fields being fed by the water, but at a reduced temperature by leading it in devious courses to the cultivated land.

The united waters of all these hot springs are conveyed away by the small stream called the Mun, which, after a passage through a narrow and densely wooded and bamboo-fringed valley, flows through Pergun- nah Sukhwabadee to the Ganges, sixteen miles below Monghyr.

From the hot springs we retraced our steps to the Bheemkoond, a small pool of cold water under an overhanging homstone rock in the river Mun ; this pool sacred to Bheem, the Hindu Hercules, a place visited by numerous pilgrims and whidb we were informed by the

1 852.] The Kvrrukpoor HOU. 20 1

Brfihmuis was fathomiesSt we fonod by plambing it by the ud of a long jangle creeper charged with a heavy stone to be only thirteen feet deep. The falsehood of these men is only to be equalled by their impudence^ for they declared we never reached the bottom.

A few hundred yards from this pool and down the stream the asbestos changes into actinolite where it is seen in columnar masses from ten to fifteen feet in height, and when decayed is of a bright yellow, red and bluish colour ; the living rock is of a pale emerald green with glassy fibres ; this mineral is also found in the bed of the Anjun nullah where the stream leaves the high land through a narrow gap in the hills named the '' Kookur Jhup or the Hound's leap."

6M September^ 1847. — Left Bheembandh early this morning ; leav« ing the hot wells on our left, we struck into a valley flanked on the right by the Ohordour hill and on the left by the Gorya hill, both of homstone, and well wooded ; at one mile ascended the Kohburrun homstone hill to the crest of a deep and beautifully wooded dell named Narookole ; from the summit of the pass the view was particu- larly pleasing, though nothing but dense forest and hills meet the view ; descended the Narookole path down to a grass-dad valley through which the Sundasin nullah finds its way to the plains of Kurrukpoor. After a very wet walk in the tall grass between the Keel Tokwa hill on the right hand, and Sundasin hill on the left, and after crossing and recrossing the stream numerous times, we were fairly brought to a stand still by our guides pointing to a nearly perpendicular mountain over which they told us we must climb. We tried many points to endeavour to find a passage for a couple of ponies that were with us, but without success ; they were obliged to retrace their steps and to go round several miles to the Suwasin pass over which they eventually made their way. As we mounted the steep Keel Tokwa, we perceived that the Sundasm nuUah flowed several hundred feet below us in deep shade through a gap in the hills for nearly half a mile in length, the sides of which were quite perpendicular, and not more than a few hundred yards apart; the gap has the appearance of being a volcanic lent in the white homstone rocks which are prettily fringed with Sterculia, Boswellia and Butea ; from the highest point in our passage over the Keel Tokwa we had a capital view of the greater part of the to the West.

202 The Knrruhpowr HilU. [Nd. 5.

Deieended a stony pass strewed with qasrti, homstone and iron ore, to Soogee» a small hamlet sitoated on a rising ground where iron is smelted ; it stands on the banks of the Dhodhanee nullah in whose bed I found a bed of a white schistose rock, greasj to the tondi and resembling the asbestos of Bheembandh.

7tk September^ 1847.— Trarelled this daj over broken and uneren ground corered with a dense forest of fine trees, the rocks being quarts, homstone, claystone and iron ore ; the forests composed of a few fine trees of sal, (shorea robusta,) fit for beams of die largest house, with an abundance of Sahka ;* carissa carundas, or wild oorunda, with a delicious perfume; butea frondosa; diospyros ebenum, or ebony, asun, terminalia ; phalsa, grewia ; sisoo, dalbergia ; semul, bom- bax heptaphyllum ; salu or sale, boswellia thurifera; keonjee, sterculia ; euphorbia of a large size ; aonla, myrobalans phylanthus emblica, ku- dnm» naudea ; chironjee, c. sapida ; bel| segle marmelos ; mynphul, ▼angueria ; aheens or mukkoh or kuttow ; dhaw, grislea tomentosa ; dhaumin ; panun ; ghumbhar ; koosoom ; several bauhiaias ; koom- bhee ; umultas, cassia fistularia ; and in the deeper glens and Tallies were asdepiadea, liquorice, turmeric, and ferns of several kinds ; of the latter, the adiantum attains to a large size and great beauty, huge ferns were observed growing parasitically on trees.

A rough and steep scramble through these trees brought us to the summit of the hill Maruk, a table*topped hill of eleven hundred feet elevation, from whence we had a splendid view of Monghyr station and town thirteen miles to the north of us ; of the country beyond the Ganges ; or nearly one hundred miles of the Ganges ; wbding through the highly cultivated plains of the districts Patna, Monghyr, and Bhaugulpore ; a good view of the Rajmahal hills to the East, distant seventy miles and of the jungles at our feet, clouds shut oat the view of the Himalaya mountains which a few days before we had seen from Monghyr in the plains, spread out in a vast panoramic view, their snowy sides tinged with the beams of the rising sun.

The summit of this mountain is about a quarter of a mile in length and a few hundred yards in breadth, perfectly level and covered with a matted and tangled jungle of bamboos, mimosa catechu, and sakAa trees. The spot, from its elevation deserves to have a house or two erect-

* Shorea robusta ia iti early growth.

1852.] The Kurrukpoor HUU. 203

ed on its sammit where inyalidfl from Monghyr would, daring the great heats of sommer find relief from the difference of temperature*

The summit of the mountain is composed of a coarse ferruginous Dodahir cky somewhat similar to laterite* resting upon asbestos, which lies upon homstone, and beneath all, quartz rock, the strata of which dip 85^ to the south-east, direction of strata north and south. It is difficult to say where the quarts commences or the homstone ceases, as they pass into each other by such gradual gradations.

Looking north and down into the jungle, large bare masses of quartz rock are seen protruding through the surface of the country and over- topping the highest trees, with a dijp in the strata of 80° to the north-east.

The ferruginous day-like laterite at the summit of the mountain is eKcavated into natural caves highly polished by the frequent visits of the long-tailed monkeys which abound in the woods in these hills.

On the summit of this mountain we fell in with several of the gigan- tic yellow webs of the epeirse spider, which are as remarkable for their strength of web as they are for the variety of their forms and colors ; the present specimens were red -and black, of a formidable size and very active ; some of the webs we found stretched across our path measuring from 10 to 20 feet in diameter, that is, including the guy ropes which are fastened to some neighbouring tree or clump of bam- boo ; the reticulated portion being about five feet in diameter, in the centre of which the spider sits waiting for his prey* The webs from their great strength offered a sensible resistance when forcing our way through them ; in the web of one of the spiders we found a bird entangled and the young spiders about eight in number feeding upon the carcass. The bird was, with the exception of his legs and beak, entirdy enveloped in web, and was much decomposed \ the entwined web had completely pinioned the wings of the bird so as to render his escape impossible. The bird was about the size of a field lark and was near the centre of the web ; the old spider was about a foot above the bird ; we secured, measured and bottled him. His dimensions were six inches across the legs ; he was armed with a formidable pair of mandibles.

During the day, cleared the jungle around the Trigonometrical cairn, and towards evening commenced building a temporary hut of boughs and bamboos to sleep in. At sunset, set fire to the jungle that we had cut down and which we had piled to the height of 30 feet, some- body volunteering a clean dry shirt to light the fire with, as every thing

2 o

204 The Kurrukpoor HilU. [No. 3.

had daring the day become wringiDg wet from continaed heavy rain, the fire rose into a magnificent blase, and was Tisible for seventy miles. During the night the rain descended in* torrents, broke into onr bough hut and deluged us ; the morning's light showed the whole party of six ludiridnals lying in very thin mud, and thoroughly drenched to tbe skin.

Sth September, 184 7> — Descended Maruk hill on the Northern face by a very steep and difficult footpath through a dense forest and rode to Lallajehangeera.

9th September, 1847. — From the Lallajehangeera bungalow a foot- path leads over the hills, (from the summit of which is obtained a beautiful view of the Gkmges and country in general) to the hot springs of Rishikoond, which rise from several springs on the eastern side of the hills at a temperature varying from cold water to 104*, which gush out with a fair body of water from the foot of the Jaspideous horn- stone hills. The springs are in a prettily secluded nook in the hills, well filled with spotted deer, jungle fowl, a few tigers and bears.

This spur of the hills forming the eastern horn of the recess named Haruk, and upon which the Fort of Monghyr is built, extends to be- yond the Ganges where it appears as several naked quarts rocks, one of which standing in the middle of the GangeiB, causes the destruction of numerous boats during the rains, when the river rushes over it with a great noise, heard at the distance of several miles. At Monghyr the rock is quartz, several outcrops of which are seen in the fort and which are said by the natives to increase yearly in size, by a gradual upheaval. The foundations of the north-western bastions are all baaed upon the quartz rock, otherwise the fort must long ere this have been swept away by the great force of the current ; some rocks in the bay have caused damage to several steamers, which might be obviated by a buoy or fisg being attached to each hidden danger. The small hill named Peerpuharee about three miles east of the station, forms the most northern point of the Kurrnkpore hills, where it terminates in a perpendicular bluff overhanging the old bed of the Ganges; the quartz is white and glossy, traversed by numerous veins of milk*white quartz running north-west, south-east. Crossing these veins at acute angles are many veins of a black iron ore having the appearance of having been infiltred from below in a gaseous form. Near the summit of the hill where the slope has been cut away to form the road, a bed of massive asbestos with ribbon-like strata has been cut through ; pe- netrating this mineral are delicate veins of homstone much contorted.

1852.] The Kurrukpoor Hills. 205

the whole bed dipping to the soath 45^ direction of strata S. W. N. E> The asbestos pounded feels soft and is slightly fibroos ; associated with the asbestos is indurated talc» in amorphous masses, it writes upon glass, which writing, is invisible until breathed upon.

At the southern foQt of the hill is a bed of chlorite and hornblende BchSsts, but no where possessing fissilitj sufficient to render the slates of any use. On the north-western side of the hill I found a conglo* merate of rolled pieces of asbestos, chlorite, hornblende, quartz and homstone united with a calcareous cement, the bed extending for thirty •or forty yards along the base of the hill.

Leaving Pderpuharee hill and proceeding in a southerly direction across a cultivated plain towards the hills, the same quartz is again met with, over which a red clayey and gravelly soil containing nodules of iron ore is thinly strewed ; it is in this plain that the Seetakoond hot springs take theif rise from a group of homstone rocks, barren and sterile in appearance. The temperature of the spring is 140^ and seldom varies.

Six miles from Peerpuharee in a direct southerly direction, is a amall fault in the lulls which serves as a ghat or passage through the range, the name of the gap b " Dusdooar" and is in ribbon claystone, wedged in between quartz and homstone ; from this handsome stone which exactly resembles unbaked and unsilicified ribbon jasper, was built the greater portion of the Monghyr Fort, and considering its great softness it is wonderful how it has lasted so well and so long as it has done ; its colors are exceedingly lively and are pearl-blue, brown- red, yellow, bright-red, and lavender-blue ; the fracture is dull earthy, vrith glimmering particles, probably silvery mica, but much too small to be discernible even under a powerful lens ; this claystone passes into massive asbestos.

In the small Kewar Kole valley containing the Rishikoond hot springs, is a curious cleft in the homstone rocks twenty-five feet in width forming a series of cascades. The strata dip 2° to the north. Higher up the valley large masses of hornblende appear, evidently be* longing to the same strata quarried on the opposite side of the bill at Puttur Khan. Quantities of iron ore lie scattered about the small ▼alley, but greatly hidden by the luxuriant foliage of the elegant tnimpet*flowered Hastingsii which was in full blossom in March, the period of our visiting the spot.

2 D 2

206 The Kurrukpoor Bilh. [No. $*

A few miles to the south and situaied in a dense forest is the Gho Khoor, a wide eleft in a perpendicular and naked wall of a pure and rose colored quartz, intersected in every direction with hroad and narrow reins of milk-white quartz ; this deft has the appearance of having been violently effected by the sudden burstbg through this natural barrier of a large body of water, which most have accumulated in a deep valley immediately to the west or behind the wall. During the ramy season the water from this valley rushes through this gap with amazing fury forming a small cascade.

Hindu tradition asserts that the wall was broken down by a blow from the foot of a Rajah*s horse when out hunting in these hills ; the impress of whose hoof is still to be seen on the summit of the rock.

At Pandu, a small village to the south of the hills corundum has been found, but I could not discover the spot from whence it is procured.

To the west of the hills in a valley, stiale was reported as having been discovered, but, as neither specimens nor locality were ever seen by me, I am unable to say how far true the report may be.

Produce of the Kurrukpoor Hille. Timber of various sizes, none very large, principally s^, sakda, asun, dhao, khoombhee, muhooa, plas, sissoo, ebony, which are prin- cipally used for native hut building, for ploughs, bedsteads, pestles and mortars, yokes, masts for small boats and firewood ; bamboos in great quantities ; several barks, dyes, gums, and grass.

Hornblende slates ; millstones, curry-stones, iron of a good quality, khan, a white earthy substance used for whitewashing buildings and for ornamenting pottery. Building stones of various kinds, such as claystone, massive hornblende, and homstone ; the hornblende is also used for tomb-stones, plates, dishes, sun-dials, and is much exported to all the large cities ; corundum.

A vein of argentiferous galena was discovered at the base of these hills in 1847» but as the discoverer keeps the site a secret, no more caB be said about the matter, the ore was tested in Calcutta and found to contain much silver ; a dispute about the title-deeds of the village lands is the cause of the secrecy in the matter.

A large amount of treasure is said to be hidden in the valley of the Mun, deposited there during troublous times by the Bajahs of Kur. rukpoor. Europeans have searched for the spot and have failed in their search.

lie lb'

naeec

Dec A

isbfi

iiffk

St

PI X .

LEBBEY

1852.] Note% on the HeumA or " Shendooi:* 207

Notes on the HeumA or ^' Shendoos,*' a tribe inhabiting the hills North o/Arracan. By Capt. S. R. Tickell, 3lst B. N. J.

The immense tract of forest and mountainSy iDterreoing between the TaUey of the Irawaddy in Burmah, and the alluvion of Arracan» is inha- bited by wild and partly independent hill tribes, whose intercourse is confined almost solely to themselyes ; the communications of each class being limited to the neighbouring one* Those bordering on the popu- lous and comparatively civilized tracts under our Oovernmenty have been described [I believe in the pages of this journal] by more expe- rienced narrators than myself. But some of the more remote and wild aub-dirisbns of these people have not yet come within observation^ and amongst these the Shendoos, though well known by name and repute in Arracan, have never yet been visited by the people of the plains, nor has a single specimen of this race been seen, I believe, either by Hugh or European in Arracan, until 1850 when two emissaries or •pies from them met me at a hill village some distance up the Koladyn river* And again this year, when two more, a chief and his follower ventured as far as Akyab itself, and from these I collected the few details here g^ven of this people.

The Koladyn or Gyatchafa river runs in a direction from N, N. W. to 8. 8. £. At about 80 miles from its mouth the alluvion ceases, and a mass of hills abruptly commences without any undulating or table- land between. The ranges are low with insulated bordering patches at first, but soon rise in mass after mass — tier upon tier — to the Yeomatoung range to the Eastward, and the '' Blue Mountains" on the Chittagong side. These hills are chiefly (if not entirely) of sandstone, excessively steep, buried in jungul, and contiguous, leav- ing deep narrow water-courses between. The two largest of these, directly tributary to the Kokdyn are the Peekhyoung, falling into it at its right or Westerly bank in Lat. 21° N. and just where the hilly country begins, and the Meekhyoung entering on the opposite shore in about Lat. 21° 15'. This (the latter) stream which is about a hundred yards wide at its mouth and very deep, runs from a N. £. direction between steep-rounded hills for about 10 miles from the inlet, and then trending gradually round comes down from due Northi collecting

208 Note9 on the Heumd or '* Shendoos.*' [No. 3.

its waters by the conflaence of iDnumerable water-ooanes trickliog from masses of high hills — about 21^ 50' N. Lat. inhabited by the *' Kooa" tribe : (The people lower down south and nearer the Koladyn being called ^' Koomwees.") To the North and N. E. of the Koons the hilk rise higher and higher, and amid this region, circumscribed by a space which, from all the information I can procure^ I place be- tween Lata. 22^ and 23^ N. and Longs. 93^ and 94^ £. lies the country of the Shendoos.

This mountainous tract appears in Pemberton's map to be bounded to the East by the Nankathey khyoung, or Munipore riyer : but in all other directions it mingles indefinitely with other ranges, and an un- broken extent of forest.

The Shendoos, or, as they style themselyes, the ** Heumfi," are sub- dirided into seyeral classes : my informant Lebbey, was the chief or *' Abeu'* of the one nearest to the Koons, by name '^ Bookee,'' consist- ing of 350 houses, all in one village.

The others of his people or nation, he gave me the following list of, describing each class as lying further and further to the N. E. but of the distances between each, I could gather no information — ^beyond that, the last one on his list, was as far from his village on the one side, as Akyab on the other, and the last he stated himself to have been thirteen days in reaching. Next to Bookee is — 2. Thubban, pre- sided over by Tynkho and Wantlye Abeus ; consisting of 400 houses* in two villages.

Tawho Abeu, 100 houses.

Khooloung Abeu, 100 houses.

Shfkho Abeu, 50 houses.

Khenoung Abeu, 250 houses.

Kheachoo, 240 houses.

Gebbo Abeu, 500 houses.

Whuhnyn Abeu, 600 houses.

J'hachow Abeu,

This last town is described as containing 2,000 houses ! — as being in entirely open country and clear of all the hills— Hmd as having much cultivation about it. The inhabitants, said Lebbey, use carts and ride on horses, and the Shendoos pay tribute to their chief. My informant had never been himself further than Mowtoo, and spoke of Rekki

3 4

Lalyang, Tumboo,

5 6

7 8

Roongfe, Yanglyng, Hooth^, Mowtoo,

9 10

Tantlang, Hekkfi,

1S52.] NotH on the HeumA or " Shendoos.** 209

from heanajy bot emissarienfrom the last mentioned place had been ts far as his town of Bookee, demanding tribute, which they had leceived hut year from him in the shape of a musket, a dog, a large pig, and a bundle of cotton-thread and one of cotton-wool from each

house.

From these particulars I am inclined to suppose Hekki is not a Shendoo town at all, but a district in Burmah. In Pemberton's map the only name resembling this that I can find is " Aika" which does not howeyer appear marked as the capital of any division or district, and is moreover some way to the S. £. of the Shendoo mountains, about 94^ £. Long, and 21^ 40' N. Lat. quite out of the direction described by my informant. It appears moreover that the people of Mowtoo, Tantlang and Hekkfi, speak a different dialect to the Heumi language. This may probably then be Burmese, but Lebbey's entire ignorance of that language prevented my ascertaining this point.

The houses of the Heumd, he tells me, are made of timbers by the more opulent, and of bamboos by the poorer classes ; thatched with grass, and all on raised platforms, a peculiarity common to the Mon- golian races from eastward of the Hindu Koosh down to Borneo. They are rich m poultry and pigs, and cultivate the grains usually raised in jungly hills, such as maize, bajra, and hill rice, [of this but little], also plantains, yams, kudoos, ginger, cotton, til, linseed, and sugar-cane, [of which they make no use beyond eating it in its natural Btete.]

They prize dogs as food, and also all sorts of game [deer, wild pigs, &c.] and elephants, the flesh of which they are very fond of. With fish they are almost unacquainted, having indeed no other name for it, than the Burmese one of Ng&.

The elephants are generally shot with large heavy arrows, set in trap bows of immense size, the plan of which by description must be very similar to that of the bows set by our Bughmars in India. The Shendoos however set two, pointing inwards, both connected by the same line that pulls the trigger, so that the animal passing through or touching the line with his foot, receives an arrow into each side. This double dose is the more nef essary, as the Shendoos appear quite unacquainted with the use of any venomous poison. Elephant's teeth form one of their principal articles of barter.

210 NoU9 on ike Heumd or " Shendoos:* [No. 3.

Commerce, with this wild people is of courae extremely limited ; thar imports are pused from Tillage to village^ few of the more dviliz* ed people of neighbouring countries caring to pass far into the interior of 8 race which thej look on with such dread. Lebbey informed me« the people of his class, took annually to the Koon frontier* elephants' tusks, gongSy [which they get from the prorince of Teo in Burmah], bee's wax, home spun plaids, and cotton turban cloths ; which they exchange for salt, muskets, cloth, coral and bead necklaces, lead, powder, brass kutoras and thalees, and brass rings. I was curious to know where they got the brass from, which adorns their shields, but could get no information more ludd than that it came from a country, one moon's journey to the N. or N. N. W. which was governed by a woman I

Their weapons are bows and arrows, [small, and becoming fast superseded by muskets,] short spears, and shields made of buffalo hide ornamented with brass plates and tuflts of goat's hair dyed scarlet.

These people are polygamous, haying from 2 to 4 wives each ; the number being solely limited by the length of the purse. They pur- chase them firom their parents with gongs, cloth, &c. the largest price being paid for the first wife and less for those subsequently added to the household.

They may marry two sisters at once, but not more, and unlike their southern neighbours, the Koomwees, are prohibited from taking to wife their step-mothers. Daughters are entirely excluded from succession to property, every thing goes to the eldest son. If he be a minor the uncle, or if there be none, some one next of kin, takes charge of the property, which, however, he is not called on to account for afterwards unless he choose I If the eldest son have married and settled in life at his father's death, he gets no property, and the whole of it is divid- ed amongst his younger brethren. Should there be none however, he succeeds to it. In no case is anything left to the widows ; they are turned adrift, or left to the charity of the eldest son. They bury their dead, digging a hole in the ground to the depth of a man's height, which is paved with flag-stones and lined with boards, into this the corpse is placed in a supine posture, head to the east, together with the deceased's weapons, gong, &c. The hole is then covered with strong sticks, plants, earth, and over all, a large stone.

1852.] Notes on the Heumd or ** Shendoot:' 2 1 1

The body is kept two or three dajs in the house after death, bat without any embalming or other preparation, so as to become often quite putrid before interment.

The Abeu or head of the clan dispenses justice. Theft is punished by the restoration of the property stolen and fine equal to its Talue.

For murder, the punishment is making over to the relatiyes of the ■lain» a number of slaves, from two to seven, according to the wealth or importance of the deceased, and pigs in the same proportion. Should the offender not have slaves, he must give up property equivalent to them, or, in default, his own children. If he have neither slaves, other property, nor children, he is slain by the nearest of kin to the deceased with the weapon by which the murder was committed. But this is an event of such rare occurrence as to be, so to say, matter of legend. Drunken quarrels attended with affray and wounding are of frequent occurrence : but no murder had been committed within my informant's recollection.

The Heum& were formerly at war with the Koons, but now appear to be at peace with them and all the tribes to the south or along the Aracan frontier ; but they have constant fights with other tribes, whose hinguage, my informant said, was strange to him.

These people lie to the N. £. and £., and have their legs tattooed like the Burmese. Lebbey stoutly denied having made any excursions for slaves lately, and insisted that all those slaves in his village, were descendants of people captured generations ago. But he confesses that Shendoos have carried off slaves from Chittagong rather recently, and enumerates the following tribes as having been concerned in these forays. Yanglyng (before mentioned), Roopoo [Tynkho Abeu,] a clan living to the N. W. of the sources of the Koladyn ; and Tongsh6, [Ekk6 Abeu,] a clan of about three hundred houses, North of Bookee.

Of the theological notions of the Shendoos I could gather but very meagre information. They regard the sun [Nye] and the moon [Khiap£] as deities, and sacrifice pigs and cattle to them at the com- mencement of the rains. They have no divisions of time, except by seasons, distinguishing these by the different stages of agriculture proper to them, ploughing, sowing, reaping, clearing jungle, &o*

Lebbey is a short, rather muscular man, with the well developed thighs and calves of hill people in general, and a pleasing expression

2 K

212

NoieM on the HeumA or << Shendoos."

[No. 3.

of face, not so markedly Mongoliao as the countenances of many of the Aracanese ; hut his follower had the hroad flattened features to a much greater degree.

I append a short vocabulary, and a few of the commoner sentences in their language, which has no written character. The dialect is exceedingly guttural, gh being exactly rendered by the Arabic ^ and kh by the Persian ^ while in their vowel sounds hi and ^ have pre- cisely the sounds of the French vowels in deux, and u in Jiuiet &c.

Englith.

Heumd,

A man.

Che p6.

A woman.

Ch^ noung.

A bov.

Meth^.

A son.

(The same).

A girl, or daughter.

Chenoungta.

A father.

£iip&.

A mother.

Oonau.

A chief.

Ab^u.

A wife.

Peenoung.

A good man.

Chepd p^h^

A bad man.

Chep& p*hachoo or p'haw^

My.

Kumm6.

Your.

Nummyng.

Large.

L^pee.

Small.

Chot6 (!)

A village.

Koo.

A hilL

Kid.

A forest.

Roley.

A stream.

Pev6.

Rain.

Av^u.

Wind.

Kliihhoo.

>

A dog.

U.

A fish.

Nga (as the Burmese cIs).

A pig.

Vo.

A cock or hen.

Ah.

An elephant.

Mdsh6y.

A tiger.

Chukdm.

A monkey.

Ayaw.

1852.]

Noie» on tke HeumA or " 8hendoo8»^*

213

A bird.

Tuv6.

A snake.

Pdrrea.

Hungry*

Manoot'h^.

Dead.

Mudd^u.

Black.

Aydng.

Red.

Ash^.

White.

•

Agn<5. (The Burmese naso-palatal

sound of (ioj

Green.

Am6.

Come along.

V6vau.

Sit down.

Atdgh (^)

Stand up.

rhad.

Speak.

Chor^.

Don't fear.

Cheek6.

Go along.

The ow.

What is jour name ?

Numam^ ho mo.

Where is ?

Kuch^ ma-aw.

Eat.

Longatee and Loondtee.

Drink.

Nid.

To sleep.

Y^ shee.

To lie down.

Moungta shee.

"They, say,"— "It is

called," Puttee.

"videlicet," &c.

Numerals,

1— M6kh&.

12— Hl^ny.

2— M6 ny.

13— Hl^ t'hao, &c.

3— M6 fhao.

20— M6 kd.

4 — M6 pullee.

30— Shaw t'hao.

5— M^ pL

40 — Shaw pullee.

6 — Mb churroo.

50— Shaw pa.

7 — Me sharree.

60 — Shaw churroo, &c.

8 — M^ charia.

100— Yikh^.

9 — M^ chuckoo.

200— Y^ ny, &c.

10— M^hrd.

1000— Sho kha.

11- Hldkbi.

2e2

214 On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkaion. [No. 3.

On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon. By Mqfor Jambs Abbott, Boundary Commisiianer, Punjab.

In a Map of the Punjab of A. D. 1849, dedicated bj Arrowsmith to Baron Hugel, which appears to be an edition of that Topographist's former admirable chart disarranged and vitiated by the subsequent blunders of travellers, I observe that the site of Nicsea (meaning of course Alexander's city, Nikaia), is placed upon both banks of the Hydaspes, about a mile and half below RussooL

In another map of the Punjab published by Walker, I observe a site or fort designated Tukht i Sikundur (i. e. Alexander's Throne), about 6 miles S. East of Jelum, on the Eastern bank of the Hydasf^. The latter site caught the eye of one whose authority every soldier must reverence, and led that highly-gifted genius to surmise, that this Tukht i Sikundur marked the crossing of Alexander when invading the dominions of Poms. Finding myself in the neighbourhood of both spots, I have carefully explored the ground and cross-questioned the inhabitants as to their traditions.

The Chuk Sikundur, then, (or, hamlet of Alexander, for Tukht (or, the throne), is a pure invention of the Topographist,) is the ruin of a small mud castle, built by the Sikhs upon the site of a hamlet of that name, about fifty yards long by thirty wide; standing upon the elevated soil at the eastern edge of the basin of th6 Hydaspes, and distant about two miles from the river. The hamlet received its name from the founder, one Sikundur Khan, a Mogul of Delhi, who about seven generations back came and dwelt there. His descendants still occupy his rights, and are happy to show their mud huts to the traveller, who may have been led thither by the blunders of Topo- graphists. It is called Chuk, or, the hamlet, because subordinate to the main village, Sikundurpoor, standing close to it. The coins pro- cured for me from this site by means of handsome rewards, are all of dates greatly posterior to the Greek dynasties. Thus vanishes for ever the legend of the Tukht i Sikundur.

I have examined most carefully every village and old site upon the eastern bank of the Hydaspes, from old Jelum (Nikaia) to the site lately adopted by Arrowsmith as Nikaia, about a mile and half South

1652.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Btmkephalon. 215

of BasBOoL In his older and correcter map, when under the guidance of better anthoritj, he placed Nikaia where I belicTe it to haye stood.

In order to consider the arguments for either position, let us first determine the point at which Alexander crossed the Indus. Abisares»* we all know, was king of the mountainous Indies of the Panjaub, i. e. either of Hozara and the mountain tract enclosed by the Indus and Hjdaspes, or of that and of the Juppaul and Jumboo mountains. In the latter case, he probably held also Cashmere.

Now, in invading the Assakanoi,t Alexander had to cross the liver Gk)uraios, difficult of passage owing to its depth and current, and the round and slippery boulders in its bed. This river, says Arrian, is called after the people, Gouraioi, of that country. The Gouraioi, called to this day Gour, still dwell upon the Sohaut river, im- properly called in some Maps^ Loondi, and the river to this day bears, as one of several names, the title of Punjgowr^, from a town of that name on its bank inhabited by the Gour tribe. Here we have an undoubted landmark. Again the barbarians escaping from MasBaga§ designed to take refuge first in Ora ; but eventually fled to Abisares. Alexander marched to Ora, and then besieged Barira, and the fugitives from Basira fled to the rock Aoino8,|| whose roots (see Curtins) the Indus enters.^ It is manifest therefore, that the river Gouraios, that

* Arriui calls him rmw h^imw 'IvSfiy jStwiAc^s. ▼. 8.

Cmtiiif sayi : Abisares et Poms erant : sed in Poro eminebat aactoritas. Uter- qne ultra Hydaspem amnem regnabat. viii. 12.

Strabo says : 'Tvip 8^ ra^i|t ^y roit SpwtM ^ rov *\fiiffdpov x^P^ ^^p' 9 '^ 9pdKowrat im^yy§Wop ol waf u^ov wp4irfittS rpi^wBai, rhw fjAy iyMiKorra in^x^t rhp 9h rrrrapiKOvra wpht rois iicarhp, &s iipftiKW 'OmifalKpvros. Vol. iii. lib. xt. cap. i. p. 269, Ed. Tanchnits. Such moDSters are wholly unknown in this region at present.

t*H7ff 9h Slit rri$ T&vpalmp X'^P*'* ''"^ ^^^ worofthw r&y iwApvfiow riis X^^' ^^^ Tovptuoy x^****' '<^i9i|» '(^ fitiB^tfrd rt ical 0ri 6^bi 6 fovs ^v ahrf iral oi \l$oi 0T^o77^Aoi iy T^ worofif Smtt <r^aXcpol rots iwtfialrowruf iyiyiwno, Arrian lib. iv. cap. 25.

X This river becomes the Loondi when all the streams are united, that is, after joining the Kabul river ; at Jnlalabad it is the Nagooman.

I ToAra iwfiitw *AX^arSfMf , Spfnrrai fi^w its iwl Bdi^tpa* yrohs Si Sri rmr wpotrolicmw riris 0op$dp«iif wopiiytu is riL'^dpa, riip xiKiw XMrrts fiiWovaif wpbs *A0t^dp9v M r^ i^roKfJrotf M rit'^tipa wpArop Ijyt* ib. lib. it, cap. 27.

H iLfnyow (i. e. oi hf rots Bmiipots) is rj^y TirpuM r^¥ iw rp x^Pf i ^'^ "kopvov jcaXovyUinir. ib. lib« iv« cap. 28.

t Petra non ut plersqne modicis ic moUibnf cUvi in lublime fastigium creseit,

216 On the Sites of Nikaia and BoukepKalon, [No. 3.

Ora, Bazira and Abisara are all nearly contiguous one with another, and ail near the Indus.

After the capture of Aomos, Alexander entered deeper amongst the mountains to settle the brother of Assakanos,* who had carried thither some troops and many elephants. He then came to the Indus^t and, ordering timber to be felled for boats, went throughout the country included between the Kophenos and Indus.^ This Kophenos is without doubt the Loondi, for Alexander had not crossed it, but had marched for it from Nikaia, (a town probably near the present Julal- abad). This country therefore, is the Eusufzye. Curtius states, that he made seventeen marche8§ from Aornos to the Indus, where he cross- ed. Such a tour, including the attack upon the brother of Assakanos, would bring him to the ordinary crossings at Atuk. Arrian spends some time in questioning whether the Indus was bridged ; as the season was summer and the Indus was swollen with melted snow, it assuredly was not bridged.

Now when Alexander crossing the Indus had come to Tazila, the brother and the ambassadors of Abisares waited upon him with tribute. II It is therefore manifest, that Tazila is near the Huzara mountains, and somewhere about the parallel of the £usufzye country.

•ed in mete maxime modum erecU est ; cujus ima apatioriora lunt, altiora in arctiiu €oeant» anmma in acutum cacomea exiurgunt. Radioes ejus Indus amois subit, prealtus utrinque asperis ripis. Q. Cur. lib. viii. par. 11.

* "Ai^ 8* 4tt TJ7f werpaSt is r^y rSv 'AtrvaKOM&y X^P^ ifiBdXX^i. Thy yiip i^ffA^^v 'Aotreucdyov 4^ffyy4?i\€To ro^t re ^A^^oKras $x^^'^^ "^^ ^^"^ ^P**^X'h^^^ fiapfidpvp woJsXobs (u/ivc^euy^veu ^f rk raimis 6pri» Arrian, lib. iv. cap. 30.

t A^r^t 8* &f hr\ rhy *l»96y Torofiby ffSn ^«t fcal if trrpwik ainf ff^onowtro 9p6e'm tovca, Awopa HWus 6yTa rA rairjji x^P^^'

'Evcl tk Kol 0Ap ipyaaifjup ivirvx^ irapii rhy mrafihy^ iced affriy 4k6vii uOr^ ^h rrjs ffTptniat, iral vavs iieoii\aat», &c. ib. lib. iv. cap. 30.

X *^y 8i rp X'^Pf raWrti ^y rwa fivra^h ro8 re Kw^vos ical rov *Iy8ov xoratuv iini\9€y 'A\4^eLy9pos, ib. lib. ▼. cap. 1 .

I Inde processit Embolima, &c. Hinc ad flnmen Indum sextis decimis castris pervenit. Q. Cur. lib. viii. par. 12. Alexander's first visit to the Indus is not noticed by Curtius, apparently because he bad just stated that Aornos was npon that riTcr. Arrian says that he left the rock to go after Assacanus's brother, but find, ing he had fled to Abisares, leaving the elephants on the Indus, he came to the river.

|( ^Hicoy S* 4yrwfBa wop* atnhy Koi irapd *ASi<rdpov irp4o'09tSf rov tmt ip^imy 'ly^y fiaaiXtttft 9f Tc dScA^bs ainov 'Afii^dpov^ kcU &AAo< {iw a^f ol Soffi/u^oroi. Kol Topit Ao^dptus yofAdpxov &AA01, B»pa ^porr^s* ArriaUi lib. y, cap. Tiii*

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalon. 217

For had Alexander crossed the Indus below Atuk, i. e. at Nitab, Abt- sares had neyer troubled his head about him. Yet there are people who, because they find» on the wrong side of the river Indus, the ▼alley Tank (which they hope to convert into Tazila), would make Alexander drag his army and war^ngines during the hot winds over the difficult passes of the Kohaot Mountains, only that he might get the worst roads and the worst ferries and leave behind the roost powerful of those whom he came to conquer. The Gamaxus,* men- tioned by CurtinS) is probably the chief of Ghayb,t a rugged district on the eastern border of the Indus about eighty miles South of Huaara.

Aigain on hearing of the victory over Porus, Abisares sent to submit himself and kingdom to Alexander. Had this victory taken place at Find Dadan Khan, it had scarcely threatened the safety of Abisares. It seems therefore almost certain, that Alexander after his passage of the Indus skirted the mountains Huzara and Juppaul4 But previous to deciding between the Jelum and Julalpoor routes, we have some other arguments to examine.

After crossing the Indus, Alexander halted at Taxila to refresh his anDy.§ Of Taxila we only know that it was the largest city|| between the Indus and Hydaspes, and the capital of Taxiles, one of the two most powerful chiefs of that tract. But since Abisares sent his brother there with tribute, we infer that it was not far from Huzara ; that in all probability it was a position menacing Huzara. And we also infer, that it did not border the Indus, because Alexander sent Koinos (Ccenus) back from Taxila|| to the ferry of the Indus, with orders

* Gtmaxosque rex exigus partis Indornm, qui Barzenti se conjonxerat, vinctus addnetni est. Qxl. Car. lib. viii. par 13.

t The present chief of Ghayb was my comrade in the late war.

X Strabo says, his coarse was over the roots of the monnuins ; agreeing well with the Jelnm, but not with the Jalalpoor route. The quotation will be found fiirther on.

f 'tis 9h Zi40fi wdpvf Tov *Ip9ov Toraiiov, teal 4vrav$a aS 0^ct irord v6iiov 'AX^oySpos' i(tat Si Mi toO 'Iv8ov, is T^iAa k^Utro w6\iy fuydKnvKtd Moxfjuawat TJ^r fuylffTfiv rmv fiffra{ir 'IrSov t« voroftou fra2 'T8<i<nrov, &c. ical ivraSBa aZ 'AX4inf9pos 4p Ta^(Xots 96mi Zca oi wSfios, iral ity&va iroitt yvfAyuc6v rt Ktd hnriKOP, &e. Arrian, lib. ▼. cap. 8.

H Tovra in fypw 'AA^aySpoy , Koofov fi^w rhr no\MfiOKpdrovs iripo^as M^-w ^ir) tW 'IrSkr warafihy, riL irAom l^a mtp^VM^mrro oJbr^ M rov w6pov rov 'IvSov, {vrrcfi^^a m At 6f i ^4p§i¥ itt M rhy 'T9dairny tfvrain&y' iroi (vycr/t^ re rk wAom

218 On ike Sitet of Nikaia and Bimkephalon* [No. 3.

to break up the boats, — the larger iato three pieces, the smaller into twot^-and to bring them on carts to the Hydaspes.

Now. had Alexander with the main army reached Tukht Purri,* which some conceive to be Taxila, the danger for Huzara had for the present been past. Moreover that Lower Takht Parri, which is eighty miles from the Indus, appears to me inconveniently distant from the board of works* I think Hassein Ubdal, the delight of traTcUers upon that road, thirty miles from the Indus, and, until the last twelve years, the chief town of the Tarkhaili clan, from whom it was wrested by the Sikhs, a more probable locality. For although Taxiles (the Tarkhaili) was one of the two principal chiefs of that Doaba, yet we have no reason to suppose that he was king of Potawar,t an immense tract abounding in warlike inhabitants. Gamazus, we see, opposed Alexander, although Taxiles had submitted ; and I am inclined to think that Taxiles' own territory was bounded Eastward by Chehlo Jungi between Rawul Pindi and Jain k^ Sungh.

However that be, there were two routes from either to the Hydaspes for the train of carriages containing Alexander's boats : the shorter to

Ktii iKo/iUrihi a&rf , Zca fikv fipax^^pctt ^^XV iiaTfjuiBivra, at rpuutirropoi S) r/Mx9 h-fi-fidritrav, «cal rk rft^fuera M ^tvyw }i«ico/if<r9i| l<rr€ M riiv ^x^ '''^^ •TWa»D»*

kafiitv lip re b^afuy lx«v ^icww it Tii^iAa, &c. ib« lib. v. oap. 8.

* Takht Purri, the stone throne, or, more properly, Turruk Parri, the Hytena'i rock, is a large village built a mile and a half sonth of the high road and amongst the ravines. Those who would boast its antiquity say that it was founded by a Gukka faquir named Sheikh Gukka, and called Turruk Purri on account of a mischievous hyiena which haunted the spot. Others say it was founded in the reign of the emperor Hoomaioon, about 320 years ago, by Tukht Banou, princess of Sooltaun Audum Gukka, and called after her, Tukht Purri. Purri is a oommon terminal to towns here. It signifies a slab of rock. Turruk Purri has no appear- ance of antiquity, nor do its most enthusiastic admirers claim for it an origin anterior to the invasion of Mahmood Ghuxnavi. Its position is unfavorable to commerce ; lying off the main road and amongst impracticable ravines. To sup- pose these ravines formed since the erection of the city, is to suppose the city built previous to the existence there of the water, upon which it is dependent ; that water rising in one of the ravines. Two thousand years is a long period in the estimation of man ; but absolutely nothing as regards the face of nature, in which it produces no visible wrinkle.

t Arrian calls Taxiles the Hy parch of Taiila ; and Cnrtiu, speakiag of Porus and Abisares says, Sed in Poro eminebat auetoritas.

1 852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Bauhephalon. 21 9

the present town of Jelam, the longer to the modern village of Jalal- poor. Upon one of these places he must have debonched from the table^land of Potawar. Each had its ferry. But between the ferries there is no comparison ; that of Jelum being infinitely more convenient and only one-third the width of the Julalpoor ferry.

Let lis, however, suppose that he carried his pontoon train twenty needless miles by Julalpoor, and chose to encounter rather than shun the qmcksands of the torrent Hurrund, which at that season (the monsoon) are a serious impediment to beasts of burthen and wheel carriages. On arriving he would have found Poms encamped upon the eastern bank of the Hydaspes ; near the present village Duttoo Choor. It was the height of the monsoon, and Alexander there fonnd the Hydaspes four stadia or 833 yards, i. e. half a mile in breadth, accord- ing to Curtius.* But I measured it even in February, after a fall of rain, immediately above that point, one half mile in breadth^ and during the monsoon it is considerably more. Curtiusf also says, it was thickly studded with islands, to which the youth of either army swam to skirmish. But at present, during the monsoon, there is not an island there. At Julalpoor the salt range comes down almost to the water's brink, and this is the case to the distance of eight miles higher up, affording Alexander such a bird's eye view of the whole river, as had made it impossible for him to mistake an island for the main land. Neither Arrian nor Curtius indicates the flank to which Alexander's movement was made. But although several travellers have supposed that it was to his left flank, none has hitherto imagined it might have been to his right flank. Let us therefore examine the ground to his left flank : that is, further up the stream. So far as I can judge, it seems probable that the river there approached to contact with the mountain spur at Murriali and at Julalpoor. It will be seen by the sketch map accompanying (which is not constructed from a regular survey) that it has receded to the East, and left a slip of R4nd& land varying from 400 yards to a mile. Now if we measure eleven miles from Julalpoor in this direction, i. e. up the stream, it

* Qnatuor in latitudinem stadia diffasam profdodo alveo tt nuiquam Tada aperiente, speciem vatti naria feoerat.— Qu. Cor. lib. Tiii. cap. 13.

t Erant in medio amoe insolB crebrs, in quas Indi et Macedones nantM, levatis iop«r capita armia, transibant. ib.

2 p

220 On the Sites of Nikaia and BoukephaUm. [No. 3.

brings us to about Darapoor, where there is a ferry, Darapoor, an insignificant vilkge, stands upon an old but small site, apparently that of a village, and is said to have been built about 150 years ago by one Dara Khan. The name signifies the town or village of Darius. Opposite is Russool upon a very lofty clifip» beneath which in the monsoon a branch of the river flows. This diff scarps to the West that rising ground, the last glacis of a long ridge of Kunka* and day of small altitude which runs in a curvilinear figure from Bhinleur, and has at some remote period, joined the salt formation westward of the Hydaspes, ere severed by that river. It runs nearly South from Bussool to the distance of two miles, melting there into the plain ; from which rises the isolated lofty mound of Moongh, a considerable village. During the monsoon, immediately below the cliff of Russool, rolls the Hydaspes ; but farther South, Kanda land interposes, i. e. land subject to inundation, and utterly unfitted for the manoeuvres of chariots or even of cavalry. The bed of the Hydaspes being here a shifting sand, it is impossible to conjecture what might have been its figure two thousand years ago, islands are constantly forming and dia- appearing. Bat the character of the cliffs and heights of Russool ia so remarkable, that it could scarcely have escaped the minute detail of Arrian's description. Nor does it seem probable that such a master of stcategie as Alexander, should have selected a landing place imme- diately below a cliff and height, where a hundred of the enemy could have set at defiance his whole array. Still less is it probable that with such a bird's eye view of the river as is afforded by the mountains on Alexander's side, that great captain could have mistaken an island for the shore. Moreover, the cliff at Russool is so lofty that the whole river lies beneath an eye stationed there. No island or series of islands on the further side could have masked Alexander's prepar- ations from the scouts of Porus. On landing, he would have found himself beneath a cliff, crested with armed men. The great breadth of the river there, admits of a boat crossing but twice between day* break and night. To have landed fourteen thousand men, one-third cavalry, would have required an absolute fleet of boats and rafts.f

* Kanka U granulated Tofa, deposited by rain water in aoakiog through alternate strata of marl and clay, t Suppose that upon one raft of skins fifteen cavalry could be crossed. Then

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon, 221

These boats were conveyed on carts to the spot and hidden behind the island nearest shore. The raflte were hidden in the bushes. But they must have been kunched at'least a day or two previous to the embark- ation in order to prove their capacity for the enterprize. This could not have been done at Darapoor, without giving the alarm at Russool. We have yet to examine a circumstance which has led several to think the crossing must have been in this neighbourhood. Cnrtius haa stated that in crossing the tremendous torrent of the Hydaspes, the waters, beaten back,* betrayed the existence of hidden rocks : in many places, he adds, further on,t but one boat was wrecked, being driven by the current against a rock. Now although I think that Quintus Curtius's history is generally faithful ; yet there are proofs sufficient that he occasionally dealt in poetical embellishment of facts. This is seen in his episode of Alexander and Charus at the storming of Aomos, and in the fine speeches which he puts into the mouths of his heroes. Any person gazing upon the torrent of the Hydaspes, during the monsoon or previously, must have been struck with the sight of these " unde repercussss," this boiling up of the waterr, as if hurled back from sunken rocks. Nevertheless, there are no rocks below Luhri. There are none at Darapoornor at Julalpoor, although the mountain almost dips its foot into the wave. The reason of this seems to be that the sandstone is so soft and friable, that it melts into sand under the influence of air and water. Arrian is quite silent about the rocks. The inference is that none existed then, any more than now. A boat may have been lost against the hard solid bank of the island, as well as if it had been rock. The current is so violent at that season, that a boat with fifty or sixty men in it, is easily smashed against any obstruction less soft than water. As the boiling

4500 caTalrj would require 800 rafts. And if one boat would take 50 infaotrj, 190 boats would be reqnired for 9500 ; giTing a total of 490 floats. Wbere could they have bean concealed from a scout on the high cliff of Russool.

* Nee pro spatio aqoamm late stagnantinm impetum coercebat ; Sf d quasi in sretuia ooeuntibus ripis, torrens, et elisus ferebatur ; oeoultaque saxa inesse osten- debant pluribus locis undae repercussse. — Q. Cur. lib. ¥itl. cap. 13.

t Una ergo nafiy quam petrsB fluctus iUiserut, hserente, esters evadnnt, id. lib. viii. cap. 13. The word ** httrente," here used, sators rather of a bank or shoal than of a mass of stone properly termed roek.

2 F 2

222 On ike Site* of Nikaia and Boukephalon* [No. 3»

of the wAters exactly imitntes their action over sunken rocks ; so would any of the solid banks near Bhoona represent the power of a rock to the hapless boat dashed against it. It must also be remembered, that at Bhoona, where 1 suppose the crossing to have been made, the bottom is a pavement of large boulders, firmly cemented together. Above this originally lay shingle of smaller sizes, to the depth of several feet, now carried away from the channel, but still appearing in the islands and often forming solid shoals, qnite as dangerous as rocks. Occasionally masses of this shingle become disjected from the shore and form, for months, huge, rock-like cubes ; until gradually their cement is dissolved by the elements. Thus, it will be seen that Gurtins's expressions will apply better to the Hydaspes above Jelum, than to that river above Julalpoor. The "insulse crebrse," if they ever existed at the latter spot, are no more to be seen. It is impossible for any one looking on the river there, with Arrian and Curtius before him, to imagine he contemplates the scene described by either.

Let us next refer to the landing. On accomplishing this, we haye no mention of Alexander finding the corps of observation sent against him, posted on a height from which it was necessary to dislodge them. On the contrary he dashes* at them with his cavalry. But at Russool the K^ndA (or inundated land) will not admit of cavalry moyements^ and no cavalry can charge up cliffs and rugged ravines.f Porus, too, marched, until he found himself upon soil firm enough to admit of cavalry evolutions. This could not have been the Kandd ; he most needs have been upon the sandy soil above it, in which case Alexander had so decidedly the advantage of ground that it is wonderful that Arrian has not noticed it. The chariots of Porus^ according to Arrian, were encambered in the mud ; according to Curtias, they were

* 'Af si Kar4fuiBw hrpw&s rh irXriBos rl rmv 'IirSAf^, hravBa 8^ ^4t»s hrnrtcw ain'ois |2rr if hpu^* vlrrhv Tinry. Arrian lib. ▼. cap. 15.

t 'At V 4y4Tvx^ X^h ^^^ o^ vn\U ahrf i^ver», ftAX' &wh i^dfifiov yi^ (^^wmr ^y &rtlk>p Koi ffrtpthv is rks 4tl>69ovs re Kai itfturrpo^ rmv twwttVt iyraSOa (hag^tr* T^ ffTp9nh¥> id.

X Th 8i ipfuera ohrots twwois ttXSvai, trrt rf iwox^piirti fiap4a ytw6fiitra, Kut h tdrrf ry $py^ ^th in^Xou &XP<^>* >d*

Grayeaqae et propemodum immobiles camu illarie et ▼oraginibot haerebant.

• AUomm turbati eqai non in Toragines modo lacunaaqae, aed etiam in amnem

pradpiUTere carricula. Q. Cnr. lib. Yiii. cap. 14.

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Bouhephalon, 223

swamped in quicksands. But, as already observed, the Kdndd land could not have been the battle field ; no cliarioteer would have ventured upon it. And as. for the high plain above the cliffs^ the soil being sand, bound together by grass» becomes the firmer for saturation ; so that here again the features disagree. What, then is the evidence that Alexander crossed the Hydaspes at the Russool ferry? Mr. "Williams's argument is that Strabo* has said : The Macedonians march- ed to the Hydaspes from the Indus in a southern direction. But from the Indus, there is no carriage road south, nor is Julalpoor south of Atnk, though both Jelum and Julalpoor lie from thence very many degrees south of east.

Bumes says, " It has been conjectured that Julalpoor is the scene of Alexander's battle with Poms, &c. There is much to favor the opinion ; for, in the words of Curtius, we have islands in the stream, projecting banks and waters dilated, yet the mention of sunken rocks seems to point higher up the river, near the village Jelum. The high roads from the Indus pass this river at two places, at Julalpoor and at Jelum : but the latter is the great road from Tartary, and appears to have been the one followed by Alexander. The rocky nature of its banks and bed here assists us in identifying the localities of the route, since the course of the river is not liable to fluctuation. At Jelum the river is also divided into five or six channels, and fordable at all times excepting in the monsoon.

* Since writing the above I have received a copy of Strabo. His words are 'H /Ur olv ii^xpi rod *TBdffirov Sibs rh irXiov ^v M fmrfi/ifiptcar ^ ^TivBMt irp6% U» ItSLKKutf iiixpi Tov *Tvdyiof' fivoffa 9h r^t ^wptlas fuiWoy 4 f&v wetitav ix^f-^V' Strabo, lib. xv. p. 700, c. This has been somewhat inaccurately quoted by the author of the best popular Life of Alexander, in the Family Library, who says, ** We are informed by Strabo that the Macedonians marched in a Southern direction from the bridge across the Indus to the Hydaspes. As there can be no doubt that the bridge was built in the vicinity of Attok, we may be almost certain that the advance of the army was along the main road from Attok to Jellickpore [Julalpoor, perhaps he means,] on the Hydaspes." Ch. xiii. par, 6. But Strabo, in this pas. ■age, says nothing of a bridge, and he qualifies the word fi€aiifi,$piw by the com- parative tX.(o¥. He adds, they passed rather over the roots of the mountains than through the plains. This is precisely a description of the route from Attok to Jelum. There is no carriage road from Attok, or the Indus near Attok, to the South. Nor is Julalpoor South of Attok, but both Jelum and Jnlalpoor lie South of East of Attok.

224 On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon. [No. 3.

''About fifteen miles below Jelam, and about 1000 yards from the HydaspeSy near the modem Tillage of Darapoor, we hit upon some extensive ruins called Oodeenuggur, which seem to have been a city that extended three or four miles. The traditions of the people are Tague and unsatisfactory, for they referred us to the deluge and the time of the prophet Noah. Many copper coins tat found, but those which were brought me bore Arabic inscriptions, &c. Gknl. Court found a fluted pillar near this site, with a capital Tcry like the Corinthian order. It however had a Hindu figure upon it. At present there are no buildings standing, but the ground is strewn with broken pieces of kiln-burnt bricks and pottery, the latter of a superior description* On the opposite side of the Hydaspes to Darapoor stands a mound said to be coeval with Oodeenuggur, where the village of Moongh is built, at which I procured two Sanskrit coins. There are also some exten- sive ruins beyond Moongh near Huria Badshapoor. I do not conceive it improbable that Oodeenuggur may represent the cite of Niciea, and that the mounds and ruins on the Western bank mark the position of Bucephalia."

So far Bumes. I did not hear of the ruin of Oodeenuggur when in the neighbourhood, or should have visited it. Bumes rates it at fifteen miles below Jelum. But Darapoor is nineteen and half miles, as the crow flies, or, by the road, about twenty-four miles. If therefore it be Nikaia or Boukephala, Alexander's camp must have been at Julalpoor,

■

which Bumes had just before proved to be improbable. Alexander's flank movement according to Arrian was a hundred and fifty stadia or about eleven miles.

Again, the foregoing extract would lead any one to suppose Moongh opposite to Darapoor or Oodeenuggur. But Moongh is in fact seven miles below Darapoor. And the only argument Burnes could himself observe for the Grecian origin of either was, that Oodeenuggur yielded Arabic coins and inscriptions, and Moongh two Sanskrit coins. Genl. Court, however, found a fluted pillar with a Hindu figure in relief near Oodeenuggur. And therefore it is probable that it was inhabited previous to the extinction of the Scytho-Greek architecture which seems to have lasted till the invasion of Mahmood Ghuznavi. Oodee- nuggur and Moongh, both very old Hindi names, are probably ante- cedent to Alexander's invasion, and give not the slightest hint of having succeeded to older Greek titles.

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephahn. 225

With regard to the resemblance which Barnes supposed between the Hjdaspes at Julalpoor and Curtius's description, it seems to have arisen from Barnes trusting too much to memory. Curtius no where sayB that the Hydaspes opposite Alexander's camp showed ** project- ing banks and waters dilated." On the contrary he says, *' Nee pro spatio aquarum late staguantium impetum coercebat ; sed quasi in arctum coeuntibus ripis, torrens, et elisus ferebatur." **Nor did it curb its impetus on account of that spread of waters widely oTorflowing, but as if compressed by the rushing together of the banks, roaring and strangled it was hurried past." As to islands, Curtius says not that there were islands, but that the stream was thick sown with islands ; whichis certainly not the case near Darapoor or Julalpoor.

As for the site below Russool, called Gunja, it does not yield a brick or a building stone or a Greek coin to research. A space about five hundred yards in length by seventy wide is marked with fragments of pottery, and therefore in all probability has been a village site. But • it is not in the slightest degree elevated above the soil^ like all old sites in India, and the potsherds do not penetrate below a depth of two feet. A mad village may have been here, but could not have existed above one or at most three generations, or the accumulation of soil would be manifest. The Sikh trench of circumvallation made after the battle of ChiUianwala has ploughed this site up tbroughout its length and exhibited its contents. The natives call it Ganja, or, the market : they have no tradition regarding it.

Why then, is this Nikaia? the city that was built to mark the greatest and most memorable of Alexander's exploits. Was Alexander, — the shrewdest king that ever played the paltry game of conquest, — was he the man to found a city which was to bear the memory of his greatest victory to remote ages, upon an obscure site, ofP the road of commerce, and not even opposite to a ford or ferry ? in the certainty that it could never be more than a village and that neither traveller nor merchant would visit it 7 If the crossing was at Rnssool, then Nikaia is Moongh, and JuLdpoor is Boukephala. A few words there- fore may be devoted to each.

Moongh is a large village on the eastern bank of the Hydaspes, and about two miles from the stream. It is sited upon a 'vtty high mound, which appears to me partly natural, partly an accumulation of

226 On the Sites of Niiaia and Boukephalon. [No. 3.

rubbish. So far as I can learn, Greek bricks are not found there, and fewy if any» Bactro-Greek coins. Tradition is silent regarding it. Julalpoor is a large modern Tillage* built about sixty years ago bj Bijd JuUal Khan, whose descendants still live in the neighbourhood. It stands upon a spur from the salt range. The original town stood upon the mountain at the distance of a mile from Julalpoor, in a very strong and rugged position. It was about a quarter of a mile in length by a hundred and fifty yards in breadth, built of undressed stone cemented with mud ; in short, a collection of rude huts. It was called Girjauk, was inhabited by the Rajpootra tribe of Junnooi, and was attacked and destroyed seventy years ago by Sirdar Chirt Singh, grandfather of Runjeet Singh. I carefully explored the ruins without discovering a single stone bearing the marks of the chisel. No Greek or Bactro- Greek coins are found there. If therefore it be Boukephala all traces of the identity are lost. Tet it is very certain, that if Alexander crossed at Russool, this must have been Boukephala. He halted and celebrated the obsequies of the fallen opposite the crossing ;* but he * of course built the cities where they would remun such, and not mere congregations of obscure huts.

It may be asked, might not Alexander have crossed the Hydaspes eleven miles below Julalpore f Upon this question, I am not prepared to enter fully. I can hear of no circumstance to warrant the suppo- sition. The river there is of great breadth, rather more than one and a half miles during the monsoon, and as we have no evidence of Greek sites either there or at Julalpoor and Moongh, I do not think it will be very readily advocated.

May not then the crossing have been eleven miles below Jelum ? In this there is no impossibility : but we know not a single argument in favour of it. The river bed being there soft sand, it is impossible to calculate the aspect of the river two thousand years back, as every

titriffw 'AK4^ayBpoi* Kcd r^v /iiy, Ndtcuay, t^s viiais r^f ic«r* 'IvSdy he^nntiiow &p6fuurf rify Si, BovK€^d\aif, is rov Xwwov Bovirc^^ov rV fur^/iiiPt ts iar40ayer a^ov, &e. *AX^{ay8pos 5i /irccS^ ol ikwoBaydrrts iy rg luixfji MKiffnnrro r^ wp^royri xda-ft^, 6 Si rots 9co7f rd yofu^ifitya 4irufiKM (6uff iciU hyiav iwoutro alrrf yvfiyucht koi Imruths ahrov M rp 6x'^ '''^^ 'TSAnrow, Iva T€p rh vpSorov lUfiti ifxa rf (rrparf, ArriaD ?, 19 and 20.

1852.] On the Sties of Nikaia and BaukephaloH. 22l

jeur alien it. Koharr is aa q}d site, bnt I oould there procure neither Greek coins nor any intelligence of sculpture or of Greek brieks being turned up. There is one large inhabited island opposite Koharr, bnt it seems to me of recent formation, and to have been, not a hundred jears ago, one with the shore* Supposing it to have been divided from Koharr bj a small creek, it would answer very well for the second or larger island encountered by Alexander. The '* insulae crebrss," however, if they existed here, are no longer found. It seems to me, that Alexander having the choice of flanks to move upon, could not have hesitated for a moment to prefer making his passage to the left : for there, between him and the opposite shore, intervened extensive and well wooded islands ; and the deep narrow channels between them afforded a mask to his fleet, so that its increase or diminution could not be perceived by the enemy. Moreover, by reference to the map in the 'No. of this Joumsl for December, 1848, it will be seen, that in order to oppose Alexander by that passage. Poms had to march nineteen miles. Whereas by this passage he would have marched but ten miles. The figure of the river and its islands to the north of Jelum agrees exactly with Arrian's and Gurtius's description. Here are the inhabited and uninhabited,* the wooded and the naked islands in which the youth of either force met to skirmish. There is the promontory (Bhoona), round which the current circles in a remarkable manner, and from which to this day cattle take their plunge to reach the small junglenslad island in mid-stream : the set of the current from thence being directly on that island. There is the larger island Atc and half miles in length and uninhabited, with its invisible eastern diannel, fordable even during the monsoon, having a firm pavement of stones. Here ib the firm plain beyond the river, hard and solid

* ^Kitpa iif Ay^^v^a rijt 6x^s fov Tidffwovt &a Mi€afiwT€P 6 worofibs A^v i^tms' oMi Tff SmtciIk wtarroUtv 9Mpcty cl^i, Ktd tear* oMiv vriaoi 4v rf worofnf ^A^Siff Tff Ktd iumfiiis W ipvifuas, ArrUn, lib. v. cap. 11.

Eraat in medio amne insole crebne, in qnas Indi et Maoedones nantei, levatis

toper capita armis, traniibant Erat ioaola in flamine amplior csteris, silyestris

cadeni» et tegendia inaidiii apta. Q. Cor. Ub. Tiii. c^. 13. We hate only to read oo to feel aaaored of Cnrtioa'i ignorance of military itntegie, for be evidently •opposea that Alexander drew the attention of Poroa to the ialand by which be meant to effect bit passage, and that the passage wu effected in front of both camps.

2 O

228 On ike Siiet of Nikaia and Baukepkalon, [No. 3.

after rain, where not ploughed ; hut obf^ructingy where ploughed, the motion of the chariots. There, in rear of Poms, are the quicksands in the wide shallow hed of the Sookaytnr, in which, according to Cnrtius, the chariots were swamped : and here is a riyer of moderate breadth, which Alexander's entire force might have crossed in the course of eight hours : and, in the curvature of the river, there favourable to Alexander but otherwise to Poms, we see how Alexander's fear of finding the phalanx of elephants of Porus arrayed upon the hostile bank to oppose his cavalry, was disappointed.

But is it objected that the constant wear of a river's banks, must in the course of 2200 years have obliterated all traces of its previous configuration? I answer, that I have well considered this question: that I have carefully compared my own observation of alterations in the banks with the yearly alterations described by the inhabitants of that portion of the Hydaspes.

But in order to do justice to this question it is necessary to go back to remote ages, when the Hydaspes or the Kishengunga first escaped from the mountain-waUed basin which held its waters as a tranquil lake.*

Imagine, then, an immense inland sea occupying the entire valley of Cashmere up to the roots of the mountains around. Imagine some unusual planetary conjunction drawing together the clouds in one of those deluges of run, of which we have an instance in the Flood of Moray. The waters of the sea of Cashmeref are elevated far above their ancient level, until they actually begin to overflow in the lowest of the passes — the Buramoola. The instant the smallest runnel has found an escape, the sea puts forth its whole strength upon that point. Every moment, every hour, the channel is enlarged, the torrent is aggrandized. The mountain is cleft from shoulder to base as by the axe of a Titan, and through the narrow sky-walled rift formed by the meeting of precipitous mountains, there pours a deluge, compared with which Niagara were an infant. This deluge holds on its course till again impeded by a mountain barrier. Behind this, it rapidly

* All monntaiD rivers that I have examined afford evidence of having been originally lakes. The Indus which cleaves a snowy barrier, N. East of Chilas-*- the Jelum — the Ravi — and, probably, the Satlej.

t This escape of the sea of Cashmere is recorded by tradition.

1852.] On the Sties of Nikaia and Boukepkalon. 229

aocomulates its forces : but the instant a runnel has surmounted the pass» the whole is again in motion, urging all its might upon the point ; deaying, melting, rending, OTerthrowing, until once again the tremend* oas chaos of water, forest, mud, and the bodies of men and beasts, is hurled forward with portentous impetus, through the narrow gorge apon the deep soil of the yet scarcely furrowed valley. So long as the coarse of this torrent lies between mountains, the walls of living rock prevent its spread and hold it to the depth perhaps of three or four hundred feet. But as it issues forth upon the nearly level valley with astonishing velocity it spreads out on either side, widening as it goes, licking up the clay and finer particles of sand, to hurry them with its waters to the ocean. Thus is abraded all the superficial soil to the depth perhaps of two hundred feet, and thus is formed the river basin, properly so called, to the breadth at Koharr of three or four miles. But now the reservoir of waters b somewhat exhausted. The supply is reduced to the daily tribute paid to the Hydaspes by the mountain spring. The course of the river between the mountains is that of a deep and rapid mountain stream but as it emerges into the basin recently delved for it in the open valley where the dififerences of level are not very abrupt ; the velocity of its waters causes their deflection into many separate currents, as grape-shot spreads on losing the constraint of the gun : or as a stream of water poured from a height is split into rain ere it reach the earth, by the opposition of the atmospheric medium. And thus are formed many islands ; some at once, before the channel has been worn very deep, others subse- quently, when the surface of the channel has been still further abraded. The former are on a level with the river banks on either tide 2 have deep firm clay soil and a stratification corresponding with that of the hanks ; they bear crops, have often villages, and are easily mistaken for the further bank of the river. The latter are much lower than the river banks, and emerge only because the channels have sunk around them. They have been wholly despoiled of their clay soil and only shingle and sand remain to them : the latter sometimes origmal, sometimes the deposit of inundations. These islands often bear the tamarbk : but as they are more or less subject to inundation, permanent houses are not erected there. As the river proceeds, it receives the tribute of the plains ; it finds a basin growing more and

2 G 2

230 On ike Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon. [No. 3.

more level, a depth of soil, which cannot be fathomed, it spreads out into a wide sheet of water forming ishmdsy indeed, but islands which almost as soon as they are formed begin to melt awaj in the set of the yearly inundation, which, haying no rocks nor channels of shingle to determine its current, takes a different course every year, shifting* from side to side of the extensive basin. The action of the wind upon so wide a surface of fine sand, aids this caprice of the current. The waters find their channel of last year obstructed by sand, and put forth their strength in a new direction washing away the islands of last year and depositing sand-banks, which every year rise by the deposit of silt until they become islands : but which are always subject to overflow or even dissolution in heavy floods. Sometimes indeed when the river comes down with unwonted power and finds the old channels obstructed or grown Tory devious, it sweeps onward over the country and receives an entirely new channel in a direeter line, isolating a portion of the country so large that it continues to be an island for centuries and ib inhabited and cultivated. Such islands however are rare in the Hydaspes below Jelum. I know of only two or three. They may, when very extensive, be mistaken for the opposite bank of the river by a person who cannot command a bird's eye view of the stream. But the other kind never can be thus mistaken.

Let us once more return to the river channels on the escape of the Hydaspes from the mountams. These every year smk in depth, until they have cut through the strata of finer shingle and penetrated to the pavement of massive and firmly cemented boulders which no ordinary torrent can move. There the furrowing action of the current is arrested, and the figure of the channels is preserved, by the solidity of the scarps, and the only change that can ordinarily happen to them in the lapse of ages is the gradual and yearly wear of the banks at the salient curvatures, and the consequent decrease in the depth of the stream. If indeed such a terrible inundation as that which occurred to the Indus about twelve years ago should happen to the Hydaspes, the soil of the higher islands would of course be swept away and they would become like the secondary islands, shoals of shingle, strewed with sand, and remain so for ever ; there bebg at

* In the river Strdeh I haTe known these abemtioni anount to ei^^ht milei or more.

1852.] Ou the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalon. 231

this place almost no deposit of clay from the waters of the Hydaspes. Bat that such a prodigy has neyer happened to the Hydaspes since first these islands were formed is sufficiently manifested by their strata.

The Hydaspes has been deflected from the natural level of the country which fall from N. £. to S. West at right angles with the Pir Punjab, by the thrust- of the rock south of Mungla; which has turned it somewhat uphill toward the east. Of course the aggregate eflPortfl of the river for centuries will be to find the natural level of its atony pavement^ to enlarge its Western channel by wearing the right bank of that channel and to abandon gradually the Eastern channel. Therefore to calculate the effect upon the channels of the Hydaspes of 2200 years of these efforts, let us take a single year and suppose that in that period, the banks are wasted in twenty-four places, to an average depth of four yards and an aggregate length of 000 yards : in the space intervening between Mungla and Jelum equal to twenty-^four miles. In the course of 2200 years this wastage dispersed over that extent of channel will have increased its average breadth of 800 yards to 813 yards. So that supposing no deluge to have hap- pened to the Hydaspes in that period, the channel will be now thirteen yards wider than at the passage of Alexander. It is certain that were the wear three or four times as great as here assumed, it would not materially alter the features of the river.

We have yet to examine the old sites upon the Hydaspes at and opposite the modem town of Jelum, which I suppose to be Bouke- phala and, though less certainly, Nikaia. The first evidence Alexander gave of his great and dominant energy and of his practical judgment was in taming the wild horse Boukephalas.* It became an important part of his history and all his great deeds were performed from the back of Boukephalas. Can it be wondered that the death of his old and tried companion should powerfully affect Alexander, who though the wisest and most politic of all conquerors, was impelled not by the love of acquisition, but the thirst of renown, imbibed by him in his

* Btwc^dXaSf hs hc4BQ9w tdrrovt oh fikyfitlt vp^t ohB^rhs, ftAX' M Ka^furris t9 iuSL iiKuclaV ^f y&f> iiiJupX rk rpidKotrra fn^f icafieerriphs ywdfuvoSf voXkk 9k irp6ir$w ^vyiea^i^ re Kot crvyirii'Svre^af *AXc(ii^py, ij^afiau'6iup6s rt vpbtfA6vov *AX^Mpov *6 BovKc^^at olrot, 2ki robs AKKovt Tdrrta iiwy^iov hfifi6fraSf mii fuy49ti f^iyas, koX rf Bvfif ywraios. Arrtan, v. 19.

232 On the Sites of Nikaia and BoukephaUm. [No. 3.

stady of Homer. £7en to this dny there is no circumstance connected with the history of Alexander which so powerfully affects the imagina* tion and interests the affections, as this hond of sympathy between the conqueror and the steed which would yield to none but him. A city was built to mark the neighbourhood in which his horse had died. That city marked also the senith of Alexander's fortunes. From that point all is downhill in his career. Toil encountered without motive and without reward. A rebellious army : Tast tracts won» but to be lost. Deserts traversed, too miserable to be retained. Hunger and thirst endured, blood spilt and wounds received in petty conflicts which added nothing to the lustre of his renown: and finally his untimely death, at feud with his Macedonians, and far away from his native land.

The first cities of Boukephala and Nikaia* had been injured by the rain. The Rev. J. Williams, author of a life of Alexander, says, that the injury was received from the rise of the Hydaspes, but does not state his authority. He may not be aware that a heavy fall of rain will wholly dissolve a new Indian city built of clay or not unfrequently of marl. The present Jelum however, is occasionally flooded and injured by the rise of the Hydaspes. About 400 yards from the river's brink, and due West of the present Jelum, is an elevated mound about as extensive as the present town, but running East and West. It is wholly composed of the rubbish of decayed or ruined buildings and Jelum has been built of the old Grecian bricks dug from this site. It is also full of Greek and Bactro-Greek coins. General Ventura ran some shafts mto it and dug out an architrave of free-stone, of Grecian sculpture, of which a sketch was sent to this Journal. Another and very beautiful fragment of the same ruin, (a temple, perhaps, to Ceres,) is to be seen at R&16, a small town about three miles from Jelum. It is a sculptured free-stone column of what I have termed the Indo-Ionic order.f I also dug up one or two

* Ka2 rhv *AKfirtyriv Sio^S^i M rhy 'Tidffiniv Iikw, 1»a kqX rmv t^Acwk, r^s rr

^TCiTKC^Wc. V. 29.

Neither Cartius, nor Strabo, nor Pliny, nor PUttrch gives any hint of the injury having been received from the river. *

t See the No. of thif work for Febraary, 1849.

1852,] On the Sites of Nikaia and BoukephaUm. 233

fragments of scolptared stone from the same spot, and sent them to Lahore in progress to the Asiatic Society's Moseum. This seems to have been the Bonkephala of history* Nothing is known of its name or fortunes by the natives of the country, excepting that it is not the old Jelum* They call it, in common with a hundred other sites of which the name is lost, Pindi, or the town.

The old site on the eastern bank of the Hydaspes is far less elevated than that just described. The artificial accumulation of soil is not above twelve or thirteen feet. It is called old Jeium and that is undoubtedly the name it bore previous to its destruction ; as the lands belonging to the site, bear that name, as does the modern village erected there. I found many shafts (now filled up) which Genl. Ventura sank some years ago. The inhabitants say, he found a few large, i. e. Greek, bricks, some smaller bricks, and a few pice. I also sunk a shaft and found, first, earth and potter's day, then a few small bricks, which seem to have been introduced by the Muhammedans ; and then one or two larger bricks. The coins brought me were few, and generally either Hindu or of the later Bactro-Greek dynasties. It stands close to the easternmost small channel of the Hydaspes, on a low plain, or rather valley, and must, I think, have been liable to occasional injury from floods. Its length is about 400 yards and breadth about 100* It would appear to me to have been originally a Greek town, and subsequently Hindu or Muhammedan, but not to have existed so long as Boukephala and to have had no great import* anoe as a Greek town.

Snpposbgitto be the Nikaia sought, reasons for this are easily found. The Greek empire every now and then extended itself beyond the Hydaspes. But that river was generally its utmost Eastern limit : by the great scarcity of Greek coins Eastward of the Hydaspes, and their great abundance Westward. Moreover upon a road of no very considerable commerce, it required the direct interference of a despotic government to maintain the prosperity of two considerable towns, in such close contact. The site of Boukephala being higher, drier, healthier, and nearer the ferry than that of Nikaia, the latter would gradually languish ; the more especially as Greek subjects would feel more secure on the Western side of the Hydaspes.

I think it probable that Boukephala existed at least to the invasion

234 On ike Siie$ of Nikaia and Boukepkahn. [No. 3.

of Mahmood of 6hiizni» and was then, with hundreds of other towns, oTerthrown ; and \i% name (which must have sounded idolatrous to that righteous monster) blotted out. The existence in it of an idol temple (the temple before alluded to) would hare sufficed to seal its condemnation.

But the site is too important to be many years neglected, and hence the town of Jelum may have arisen on the site of Nikaia, and this being afterwards destroyed or found inconyenient by the inhabitants, may have led to the erection of the modern town of that name dose to the site and built of the bricks of the ruined Bookephala. This town, whateyer its origin, has changed the name of the Hydaspes from Y'dusta to Jelum; and it may be a question whether it be, as generally supposed, a Persian word, or a corruption of the Greek word QAor pomp, or avKw spoils-^the place where the booty of Poms was divided*

But for the existence of an old Greek site at old Jelum, I shouU have supposed that Nikaia had been where Sookchynepoor now stands, and that it was one town of several which have there been destroyed by the encroachments of the Hydaspes. But there is no tradition of the name of the towns thus carried away, which can aid in throwing light upon the question. The site of Sookchynepoor is peculiarly happy, and must have been I think almost upon the battle-field, or at least in sight of it. If Sookchynepoor be Nikaia, the old Jelum is probably a Greek town with a Grecian name.

If then my arguments have not been in vain, I have shown —

1st. That Alexander must have skirted the mountains of Huzars, the realm of Abisares, after his passage of the Indus.

2nd. That the probabilities are in favour of his having followed the Jelum route to the Hydaspes.

The word Jylum is derivable from Sunscrit : viz. Jy, victory — lam, house, — the habitation or abode of victory ; which is just a translation of the Greek name Nikaia. The position of Sookchynepoor as the site of Nikaia is for many reasons preferable to that of old Jelam. But unfortunately there is no tradition that can assist us in fixing it with certiunty, and the site of the town which preceded Sookchyne- poor has been wholly swept away by the river.

3rd. That the probabilities are strongly in favour of his flank

1 852.] On the SiieM of Nikaia and Baukephahn* 235

moTement to croas the Hydaapes hanng been to the left rather than to the right.

4tb. That the featorea of the groond and of the river eleven miles above Julalpoor do in no wise agree with Arrian's minute de- seription.

5th. That the features of the ground and of the river eleven miles above the Jelum ferry tally with Arrian's and Gurtius's descrip- tions in every particular : for which compare the accounts of those authors with my map of the Hydaspes in the number of this Journal for Dec. 1848.

6th. That the site of Nikaia in Arrowsmith's map of 1849 is laid down upon insufficient authority, and has never been the site of a city, nor could ever have been selected as such by Alexander.

7th. That we must look for traces of Nikaia and Boukephala upon the main road or near some important ferry : not in obscure comers, where they could have had no existence as cities, or where, if existent, they must haye been unknown.

Is it a mere flight of fancy, or do I really trace this Anabasis in the names of the villages which mark the course of the invader T The question is curious, and if the reader will refer to the map of the Jelum so often quoted, he may in five minutes be^ if not edified, at least amused.

I have in that map placed the camp of Alexander opposite the present Jelum. But as Alexander could not at that time use the ferry, it is not improbable that his camp may have been higher up the streAm where the islands commence. Quintus Gurtius speaks of skirmishes going on in the islands of the Hydaspes, and it is obvious, that a camp at Khokur would have facilitated the flank move- ment purposed, by enabling the Macedonians to screen their boats in the deep western channel, and behind the high islands of the Hydas- pes* This, therefore, seems the more probable locality, and if so, the village Koolal may be derived from the Greek fcaiXvoi, to impede, (the place of impediment).*

Ten miles above this is the promontory which appears to me that mentioned by Arrian as the point of embarkation. There, on the

* 'Av^x*' ^ 4 ^< '('^ f^^ 4 ^vos rov //^tydKov <rrpcrroir^v 4s wtyr^oirra K«l iitmrhf rraaioirt. AriMni t. 11.

2 H

236 O^ the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalon* [No. 3.

highest ground of the western bank, stands the old vilkge Boonna, quasi pfOfAOi, the altars, where women are ever on the watch to greet Sirdars with hrtyuaa, or triumphal songs. Higher np, and little more than eleven miles from the grand camp, upon the high bank of the river basin, is the village Ahra, quasi ^pa, prayer : in this case addressed probably to the river gods or to Apollo, to whom he sacrificed* after the victory* Here let us pause. The river channel under Ahra is recent and may not then have existed ; in which case, the island of Chunnee, and perhaps the small island beyond it, formed part of the Western bank ; the latter being the point of embarkation. Right in front of this is a small angular island, and immediately beyond that is a narrow island of great length, which may then have joined that of like shape to the right and have been the larger island mistaken for the Western bank. In this case, the landing would have been above the village Dubb, and the battle probably near Gusseetpoor (qusere from yoMD, to exult?) But however that be, we have the village Seem (quasi (njfui, the sepulchre). Sirwfl from avp(o, to sweep away. Boopa (quasi p<yirrf, the turn of the scales). Tutr6t (incorrectly print- ed Tutrola) from riTpdM, to wound, (the place of wounding, or the de- posit of the wounded after battle, or the spot where, according to Curtius, Porus sank wounded). And finally we have the Hindi town Sookchynepoor (built upon the site of a town whose name is lost) the place of comfort and enjoyment where the army refreshed after the battle, celebrating the obsequies of the slain with chariot races and gymnasia.

The whole of the tract from Mungla to Sookchynepoor is so lovely, so bright, so attractive, that it may be considered the paradise of the Greek possessions in the Punjaub ; and as connected with the greatest of Alexander's and of their own exploits, would assuredly have been classic ground in their ages. Accordingly a large number of the villages have names derivable from Greek roots ; as for instance, Luh* ree, from Xapo^f sweet, delicious. Ihma, from al/uL, blood ; Sumw&l (op- posite the battle field, the old capital of the taloquh) from av/jifiaXXta

* Alexander tarn memorabili Tictorii Isetas, qu& aibi orientia fines apertoa esse censebat, soli victimis ccesis, &c. Q. Cur. ix. 1.

It is cnrioas that Ara signifies in the language of the coontry, a stone platform, or altar.

1852.] On the Sites of Nlkaia and Boukephalon. 237

to encounter. Hahl, from avX^, a sheepcote* Mootial, from lunwa, to dress wounds. Munda, from fiv»^, silent. Wuddala, on the riser's brink, from v8aX^ watery. Punddr and Pundora, quasi ?rav&iipa, (richly endowed,) so named perhaps from some Grecian woman. Booriai (North of the river), from jSopcios, Northern. Bers&ti from Pvptra, a hide, or skin for rafts. All Alexander's cavalrj were wafted OTcr upon such rafts. Kokur, from jcomcmd, to lament. Even Nokodur upon the Western brink of the river basin, may be a corruption of Nuoua, though not, I think, the Nakaia we are seeking, which ought to be upon the Eastern bank.

It is very true that all these have Hindi terminals, and that many are Hindi or Persian words. But, on the other hand, what has become of the names of the towns and villages founded by the Greeks in this country during a period of a thousand years. Vfe find in the old sites, their coins, their sculptures, their years, covering that period of their dominion ; but only in a single instance* have I met with a Greek name unchanged. Even Alexander's capital in Huzara is Sikun- dnrpoor, which is a translation of Alexandria. We all know the ob- stinacy of Hindus in modifying the names of persons and places to suit their own palate. There is no reason why a Hindu should not pronounce Aluksundur. But he will not. He translates it inevitably into Sikundur. The Greeks born in the country and using the Hindi tongue much more generally than their own Greek, would find it more convenient to accommodate themselves to the ear of the people of the country, than to insist upon their own pronunciation of Greek names.

In comparing together the two great battles fought upon the Jelum, we are struck with certain resemblances. Porus had, according to Arrian, 30,000 foot, 4,000 horse, chariots 300, and 200 elephants. Alexander had wafted over in time for the action, about 14,000 men in all ; on foot 6,000, horse 5,000, archers and slingers 3000. Now Sher Singh at Chillianwala, not having been joined by the Peshawur

* Thu instance ii carioos and to the purpose. It oocnrt in an obtcore corner of the basin of the Indus, far up amongst the independent Pathans — i. e. about fifty milet above Umb. I stumbled upon it in tracing the conrse of the Chinese traveller Hiangh Tseng — a remarkable rock is there called Tahitta Butt Kephale Boas, to this day. It is, I fancy, a mass of white quarts. There was a village in that spot, but it was destroyed by the cataclysm of the Indus.

2 H 2

238 On the Sties of Nikaia and BaukepkaUm. [No. 3.

and Huzara forces, had probably about 18,000 regular troops, 20,000 irregulars, and about 55 guns ; and Lord Gougb bad in all 14,000 men under arms. In botb cases also the battle was fought on the eastern bank, the Sikhs insanely throwing away the formidable advan* tage which the high western banks of the very dangerous river Hydas- pes would have afforded them. In both cases the victory was for the stranger, and the child of the soil was subdued. Notwithstanding all the errors marking the modem sanguinary and indecisiTC battle, the Sikhs were, to my certain knowledge, so beaten, that they had no thought of farther resistance, and if followed up next day by half our army would have been driven pellmell into the river. But the sub- sequent pause ; the deplorable abuse of a free press in exponng to an enemy all our weaknesses and fears, very speedily converted the beaten sheep into a plucky lion. Nearly the whole of the Sikh horse had disappeared* Many were drowned in the panic attempt to ford the Hydaspes at Miani. With exception of Soorut Singh, there was in the Sikh army but one thought, and that was how they might shun further encounter.

But here the parallel ceases. And let him who would emulate in a better cause deeds that live fresh in memory after the lapse of two thousand years, study the masterly manoeuvre of Alexander, the saga- city which conceived, the patient toil which matured, the consummate skill and courage which completed the operation. Above all let him see what distinguished Alexander from other conquerors and secured to his successors for many centuries the dominion of the world. Many have united to Alexander's courage, a skill little inferior to his, and have led troops equaUy hardy and equally disciplined to the conquest of foreign realms. But how few have united to those soldierly attri- butes, the princely generosity, the simple manners, the hardy habits, the good faith, the handsome sentiments of others, the truly gentle- manly spirit of the hero, which distinguished Alexander beyond almost every character of history, attached to him his soldiers, won the hearts of his enemies, and needed but more perfect light to have made him a model for the human race.*

* No excuse if here offered for Alexander's fknlti or crimes. Bat we mut remember that oceational intemperanee was inenloated by his relig:ioD at a aaeri* fioe to Baochns, and that ambition formed the highest obligation in the oode of pagan virtue.

1852.] Oil the Sites of Nikaia andBoukephalon. 239

Of the coarse of Alexander after the victory on the Hydaspes, the following notes are offered as aid to those whose position near the scene may enable them to prosecute the enquiry. Cartius altogether omits notice of the Akesines or Chen&b. Arrian truly describes it as being more than a mile wide during the monsoon. But he adds,* the great danger to the boats was from the power of the current, and the huge stones hurled down thereby.

In the present day, and at the ferries ordinarily used by armies in their passage to Lahore and Umritsir, the Chen&b is a less rapid river than the Hydaspes, and far less dangerous ; being spread over an im- mense surface of the finest sand. In order to find shingle we must ascend above the junction of the river TAhi of Jumboo, with the Chen£b, and in order to find large shingle and a torrent capable of hurling it along, we must ascend to the Kana ke Ghuk ferry, four miles below Aknoor, where indeed the torrent is fearful and the boulders are of massive size.

But it must be borne in mind» that the river Akesines is liable at this point to considerable fluctuations of course. The slope of the earth is South West, but the direct line of issue of the river from the mountains is due South, and there can be little doubt that if ever this river has been a mountain lake, on its escape from the moun- tains, its main stream rushed down southward, whilst its inferior cur- rents followed the natural level and streamed past Hummeerpoor, about eighteen miles forther west. But ages of tranquillity enabled the main stream to pursue the natural level of the country, and, seventy years ago, the Akesines rolled past Hummeerpoor. Then came a memorable drought and famine, and at its close the river came down in a flood of such power as to bear onward in the direct course southward as far as Thoob ; a course which it retains to this day, although the old channel (a considerable river) still runs under Hummeerpoor.

* Itbm yitp Ira hripuvtw 'Ax^oi^f o^r^r hr\ rw vXo(»r re jro) rw 9i^pt^ ^Iw Tp ^rptni^ rh fih^ fw/ui l^h rov 'AicMr(rov, wirpais fuydXau «a2 6(9Uus, mott 2r ^9p6iu¥09 /Stf rh Vtttp itvfAalwwBal t§ ico) Kax^dif^^w* rh 8) tlpos ffroZiovs Mx^uf vfyrcjcalScira. Kol roh fi^v 9ii 4w\ rmy 9t^9pifw w^p&^tp §lfiap^ ytw4a$€u rhr vipo^ rohs V 4w ro79 wkotott Ztafiaivorrta, htomtXijrrmp voXAdy vXolmp M rats w4rptuM jral ^vwoffaxfidrrmif, obtc iXiyovt abrov iv rf SSort 8ta^0a^rai. Arrian, lib. T, cap. 20.

240 Oil the Sitei of Nikaia and Baukepkalon. [No. 3.

The qnettion then is, which of these courses was punned hj the Akesines when Alexander crossed it Now» I doubt whether the cur- rent of the river, when it flowed beneath Hummeerpoor, would have sufficed for the effects attributed to it by Arrian. The dediritj is not sufficient nor are the boulders there of a size to be dangerous to boats. I therefore incline to think the Akesines held its present course ; and we have next to see what motives could have induced Alexander to deriate from the direct line of advance toward India $nd to have neg- lected the ferries at Wuxeerabad, R&mnugur and Pool.

Alexander, after his conquest of the Jetch Doaba (the land between the Jelum and Chenab) found in his front the river Akesines, more than a mile in breadth, and swollen by the rains and melted snow. On the farther bank lay the army of Poms the 2nd, ready to oppose him. And that prince had probably secured or destroyed all the boats lying within his reach, as we know the first Poms to have done at the Hydaspes. Alexander had tried the valor of the Rajpootres, and had found them the most formidable of the tribes of Asia, On the other hand, Abisares, the king of the mountains in whose skirt he was encamped, had placed his kingdom* at his disposal ; and the brother of Abisares was in Alexander's camp as a hostage for the good faith of Abisares. It was obrionsly Alexander's sane policy to cross the Akesines within the territory of Abisares, which must have extended at least to Thoob, and probably southward of that taloquh, as at this day. My impression therefore is, that Alexander crossed the river at the Kana ke Chuk ferry, where the Akesines is predsely as described by Arrian, a torrent hurling along in its course large rocks dangerous to navigators. If this surmise be correct, Alexan- der's course would have been through Bunjeet Gurh upon Sialkote, the ancient capital of the Powar8,t in order to route the forces of Poms the 2nd. This prince baring shown the white feather, Alexan- der sent a force in pursuit of him, and continued his own course^ guided no doubt by the importance of the towns ahead, or of the

* *Ey ro{n^ 8i irapi re *K$urdpov Tp4afitis ^tcoy, MiZ6rr*s ubrSy re *AAc{iCrSpy *A.fiurdpJi¥ iral r^y X^P^ ^^ 4pX** ^* ^^1 "^^^ iiZ^X^ rhy airov (^ rtii iKXott x^ff^i iratf *Kx4^wZpo¥ Ifrc^c. Arrian, t. 20.

t The name Poras is manifeitly derived from Pooroowtr now corrupted into Powarr. The Pooroowars were Rajas of Sealkote.

1852.] On the Siies of Nikaia and Baukephalon. 24 1

power of the forces prepared to defend them. It seems however ma- nifest from Arrian's* account that he invariahly completed«the con* quest of the greater part of the Doaba invaded, ere he crossed the river into another Doaba. This was sonnd policy. Bat this circum- stance renders it eztremelj difficult, in the probable change of the few names of towns mentioned by his historians, to trace his course to the river at which it terminated.

Curtius's descriptionf of the beautiful Jetch Doaba is most graphic and most faithful, and may encourage us to trust his account of the tribes with whom Alexander came in contact. The rhinoceros, indeed, has long since vanished with the forests which sheltered him, but I disinterred, at Russool on the Hydaspes, the bones of the wild elephant in considerable number.

Arrian, after mentioning that Alexander in pursuit of Poms 2nd came to and crossed the river Hyphasis, and found it as broad as the Akesines, but with a far slower current ; (an argument for his having crossed the Akesines near the mountains, and the Hyphasis far from them, the Chen&b being at eq^ual distances nearly double the size of the Ravi,) says, that Alexander passed through all the country border-

6§ioKay(aM wpoff-x^tp^iv ^wifiaiptv ▼. 21 — and again, after destroying Sangala. TS^y j^^por 8^, T«r 'lySdy rots wd\ai fihf avroy6fAois, r&r^ Si iKowrtms irpoa-x^pi^wn wpo<r40tiK€* Kot TlApoy fi^y |vr rf ^ui^dfiti rf iifi^* ubrhf itcw^/iTu M rht t6\91S of vpo^accxfl'p^KM'ai' ^povftia tlad^ovra tit abrhs* aOrhs Si |6f rf OTptertf M rhf "T^aatM vora/i^r Tpoix^P*h ^< vol fohs iw4K€iya *lp9obs KaTeurrp4^ano. Arrian, ]fl>. V. cap. 24.

t Molta materia nafalia in proxiroia montibai erat» quam csdere aggreui magnltadinis innaitatc reperere serpentes. Rhinocerotes quoqne, raram alibi animal, in iisdem montibos erant. Ceteram hoc nomen beUuii eis inditam a Orecia : aermonia cjni ignari aUad UngoA iu& nanrpant. &c. Silvie erant prope in immen- fnt apatinm diffoss, prooeritqae et in ezimiam altitadinem editia arboribna nmbroa*. Fleriqae rami inatar ingentinm stipitnm flezi in bomnm, rurras, qua ae cttrraverant, erigebantnr adeo, at ipedes etset non rami resorgentu, ted arboria ex ana radioe generatB. Coeli temperiei aalnbris : qnippe et rim soils nmbrce levant, ct aqvB large manaot e fontibns. Cetemm bic qnoqne serpentinm magna tis erat, sqnamis folgorem aori reddentibos. Vims hand uUnm magia noxinm est : qnippe JDorsam preaens mors sequebatur, donee ab incolis remedinm oblatum est. Q. Cnrtios, lib. ix. cap. 1.

24Z On the Sites of Nikaia and Baukepkalon. [No. 3.

ing the Hyphaaisy i. e. on the southern border of the Rati, and eame (in progiias to SayyoAo,) first to the town TUfivpofta upon the Hydrao- tis, where the 'ASpaUrraC, an Indian tribe, anbmitted. There halting one day, he came on the third to Sa/yoAo, where the KoAium, a war. like and very powerful tribe, were ready to defend their city with a formidable army. This city was moated on one side with a marsh, it had walls, and on the dry side a triple row of wa^^ns* linked together formed a triple rampart around a mound from which the enemy launched their arrows and darts. This town appears to have cost Alexander much trouble. The enemy's loss is recorded by Curtius at 8000, by Arrian at 17000. The city therefore must haTe been yery large. It may hare been on the Ravi, or one march from it. It was destroyed by Alexander. There was a mound on one side, which was probably the brick kiln from which the city was constructed. The swamp which half girdled itf may have been either a natural marsh, or an old channel of the Ravi, or the hollow, so common near Indian cities, caused by excavating the soil for the manufacture of bricks. This is frequently found in the form of a ditch ; economy causing the people to dig at the points nearest to the site of the proposed buildings and the great Talue of land near a town restricting the excarations to a certain surface. Supposing the palus to have been a natural marsh, its product the Singhara^ nut may have given the town the name Singhara, which the Greeks would easily write Singala. The fiLathaioi had been at war with the Oxydrakoi and Malloi, so that Lahore, or a

**Iya ol KaOtuol r§ koI ol 6XXoi wp6frx^Poi afrroii {vy(Ai|Xii6^cs vp^ 'nis xiCAciif waparrrayfUwoi ^tr€» M yiiK6^v ot wdyrri inroT6fwv* ic^icXy 8^ rod yii\6^ov kftd^t wtpurr4i<rairr€St itrrhs ahrSiv iffrparowHtvov, in t^ivAoDf x<^o*a wpofitfiX^irBai rwf hfjLoimw, Arrian, t. 22.

t 'Evl woXhyiip Mxoif rh r€7xos r$ crfwrmr&i^ KvicXjAtrairBvu oh twfarhs fy^vro* Korh, Si rd 9ia\€lTovTa ainovf lya ira) KlfUfti off fuuephf rov rtixovs i(r. Arrian t. 23.

Ad magnam deinda (at in ea regione) nrbem pervenit, non maro solnm, led etiam palude mnnitam. CKtemm barbari Tehicalis inter se jonctia dimicatnri occarremnt. Aliia tela, aliii haitae, aliia secures erant : transiliebantqne in Tehicula strenao saltn qunm snccarrere laborantibna sais vellent. Cnrtins is. 1.

X In India and in Cashmere tlie Singhara nnt forms an important article of food, and in Cashmere yields a revenae to Government^ It grows at the bottom of marshes. The kernel^ which when roasted resembles the chestnnt, is contained in a thorny shell.

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalan. 243

ate westward of that city» would answer for the position of Sdngala and Pimprtoa. But although a channel of the Ravi runs «nder the wails of Lahore, and although its position must have given it conse* quence firom an early date, jet we learn from all the traditionary ballada of the Punjanb that Lahore was called in olden times Oodi- nugrL

Arrian relates no more regarding the B6ri Dodbd. But Curtiua ftates that* on leaving S^gala,* Alexander came to a strong city pre* pared to resist him, but for a sedition which opened to him the gates ; that he spared this and other cities which submitted* and then came into the kingdom of Sophis, or the Sophitisy of whose dress, laws and manners, he gives a most interesting account. '* A race/' he says, " al« though barbarous, of surpassing wisdom and excellent morals. The children are not educated at the caprice of their parents, but entrusted to persons appointed to instruct them. The deformed are destroyed. Marriages are sought, not for the sake of rank and connection, but for the beauty of the parties." Their king Sophis, or Sophtis, was dressed in a gown of purple descending to the feet. He wore golden slippers, his arms and wrists were enclapsed in pearls, and large and lustrous

* Ipie CBteroi ad arbem validam in quain aliaram quoqae confugerant incolae, doxit. Oppidani miaais qui regem deprecarentar, nihilominas bellam parabant. Quippe orta seditio in diverta coniilia didaierat Talgam ; alii omnia deditione poHora, quidam nnilam opem in ipsis etae dnoebant. Sed dam nihil in commune contalitor, qui deditioni immtnebant, apertia portia bottom radpiunt, &c. &c. Hinc in regnnm Sophitia perventttm est. Gens (at barbari) sapientift ezceUit, boniaqve moribna regitar. Genitos liberoa non parentam arbitrio tollant alant- qoe, led eomm quiboi ipectandi iofantium habitum cara mandata eit. Si quoa aegnea aat aliqaa membrorum parte inatiles notaTcrunt, necari jubent. Nuptiia eoennt non genere ac nobilitate coDJunctis, led electa corporam specie, quia eadem catimatur in liberis. Hajus gentis oppidum cui Alexander admoverat copias, ab ipso Sopbite obtinebatur. Claasn erant ports: sed nuIU in muris turribusqne se armati ostendebant : dubiiabantque Macedonea deseruissentne urbem incole, on frande se occulerent; quum subito patefacta porta, rex Indus cum duobus ndoltia Aliia occurrit, multom inter omnes barbaros eminena oorporia specie. VeaUs erat auro purpurAque distincta, qua etiam crura velabat. Aureis soleis inaernerat gemmas; laoerti quoqne et brachia margaritia omata erant. Pende- bant ez anribus insignes candors et magnitndine lapilli. Baculum aureum berylli diattngnebint *. quo tradito precatus ut sospes acciperet, se, Uberosque, et gentem snsm dedidit. Nobiles ad ▼enandum canes in ea regione sunt, &c. ix. 1.

2 &

244 On the Site* of Nikaia and Boukepkalon. [No. 3.

gemt depended from hu em. In his band was a golden sceptre studded with beryls, more probably turquoises. What a complete picture is this of a Punjaubi prince of the present day, unaltered by the lapse of twenty-two centuries. But, alas, in what country of the wide world, barbarous or ciYilized, shall we find the race that will not prostitute their daughters at the accursed shrines of ambition and of mammon T In this country Alexander found dogs, four of which would attack a tiger. Dogs so staunch, that when once they haft seised the quarry, they would suffer themselYCS to be cut piecemeal rather than relinquish their hold !

From this region he came to the Hyphasis and found Phegelaa, king of the people there, who receired him with tribute. Halting there two days, he then prepared to cross the Hyphasis ; difficult of passage not only from its breadth, but on account of roekt in the channel.

King Phegelas and Poms both assured Alexander that on crossing the Hyphasis he had eleven days' march through vast deserts, which would bring him to the Ganges, the largest of Indian rivers. That the farther bank was occupied by the Gangaridae and Pharrasii, whose king Aggrammen obstructed the advance, with 20,000 horse, 200,000* foot, 2,000 chariots and 3,000 elephants. The said Ag- grammen being a handsome barber, who, having won the affections of the queen, had murdered the king and the royal children and had usurped the government. Doubting whether his army would follow him upon such an enterprise, Alexander called a council and found them resolute to proceed no further. This is the account of Gurtius.

Arrian mentions no particulars of Alexander's progress from S&ngala to the Hyphasis.f He says that the Mulliks beyond the Hyphasis were wealthy, that they tilled the soil, yet were soldiers and just statesmen, and had more and braver elephants than other inhabitants

* CortiaB lays, *' daoentisqoe pedituin," but there can be no doabt that he meant '' dnoentU miUibns."

t TA Si M^ iripoM rov *T<pdaios fifiatfioyd re r^v X^^ ^^^^ ^|i}77^AAcro, md Mp^ovs i.ya$oht ijAv yfit ip/ydraSt ytyfolovs 8i rh wo\4/ua, jcol tls rh tBta Si tf-^fir 4v K6fffjn^ woKtrt^omas. Up6s yhp r&y hpurrmw ipx^cBai robs woWobs, robs tk oMr l(« TOO iwttucovs ilfiyturBat' irA^6os re 4\€^din-09V hy€u roit rairr^ iofSp^hna, iroA^ Ti Mp robs ttXXovr *lyMs, koI pityiBu /Aty iorovs rt Kcd AvSpt^. Toirra S* il«efy€\\6pL§ya *A\4^aM9poif pity xap^ww is iiriBvpSay rov 'wp6cm Ihat cvbriy ol Si MoJCcS^ycs ilinapcyoy ^ reus yy^piais, ficc. Arrian, ? . 25.

1852.] Oil ike Sites of Nikaia and BoukephaUm. 245

of India. In the protected Sikh States (aa they were called) the same may yet be found. Arrian is silent about the rocks of the Byphasis. He says that Alexander prepared to cross the HyphasiSy but that the Macedonians, disheartened with toil and peril, refused to follow him.

Now from the foregoing account the following queries naturally surest themseWes : —

Ist. Who were this warlike tribe of Kathaioi, who had such abun- dance of waggons, and used them, as tented tribes might, for ram- parts?

2nd. Who were the Sophtis, in jnxta-position, whose king wore robes descending to the feet, and whose country produced tiger- hounds. Who were the * ASpoAcmu at Pimprama on the Hydraotes ?

drd. Who were the Phegelas 7 living on the right bank of the Hyphasis according to Curtius, and the Prsssii liring beyond the riTcr, according to Plutarch ?*

4th. Is the Hyphasis the Beyass or the Sootlej 7 If the Sootlej : then which is the Hysudrns 7

5th. How could Alexander hare found rocks in either 7

6th. How can we reconcile the distance noted by Curtius as inter- vening between the Hyphasis and Ganges, of eleven marches of desert, with the actual space of twenty marches or two hundred and twenty niles to Hurdwar, or twenty-three marches to Delhi on the Jumna?

7th. Who was king Aggrammen, and where was his capital 7

8th. How was Alexander to reach the Ganges until he had crossed the Jumna 7

9th. The Gangaridce are no doubt the people of the Ganges ; but who are the Pharrasii beyond the Ganges 7

Upon all these heads I can offer little more than conjecture ; nor does it seem to me probable that the greater number will ever be satisfactorily solved.

Who were the Kathaioi 7 There is a people chiefly inhabiting the Punjaub, which differs in some respects from every other people of Asia. I speak of the Kuttris. In the prorinces south of the Sootlej, the name Khethri or Kshethri appertains to the Rajpootre tribe in all

* 1 h«Te only Langhorae's translttion to refer to.

2 I 2

246 On ehe 8iie$ of Nikoia and Boukephalon. [No. 3.

its branchet. But north of the Sootlcj the Ruttri is exclusively a merchant or a soldier: most generally the former. The Rhethri south of the Sootlej is often found at the plough but never behind the counter. The Kuttri of the Punjaub is never a child of the soil, although he may hare been tempted occasionally, under Sikh patronage, to dispossess the owner of land and settle down as a husbandman. The Kuttri of the Punjaub is distinct in physical features from all other races of India ; and, of those of Asia, he most nearly resembles the Jew. This resemblance often extends to dress, and is almost startling; whether it be that devotion to similar pursuits begets physical resemblance, or that he draws his origin directly from the same Arab stock as the children of Israel. • The features of the male are high and often regular, he wears a long beard and moustache, a large turban, and robes precisely similar to those depicted in drawings of the ancient Israelites. The features of the female are delicate, but seldom regular. She is much fairer than other females of the Punjaub, and of more delicate proportions; circumstances which render the Kuttrani an object of great attraction to Musulm&ns and the subject of many an acted romance. She scarcely conceals her face. At fairs, a husband with his wife and children will be seen making little social groups of peculiar interest to an English eye : the wife being unveiled, and displaying head ornaments of the purest gold, often of great price. The women much affect the red phylacteries worn by the Jews. The white gown of the children is curiously adorned with embroidered lozenges and other quaint figures, half Mosaic, half savor- ing of Free-masonry.

The Kuttri is by religion Hindu, but he is the most liberal of that faith. He is ready to swear upon the Grunth of the Sikhs* or the Qor&n of the Muhammedan. A Kuttri will take back an erring wife. He will often refuse five or six hundred rupees damages in order to recover her. She has nothing to fear from him on her return. He appears to me by far the most humane in his family and social affec- tions of all the mercantile tribes of India.

In his connections he is most scrupulous. The laws by which Hindu and other Asiatic tribes keep themselves distinct from the tribes around them, are by none more rigidly observed than by the * Baba Naottk^ founder of the Sikh religion, was a Kuttri.

1852.] Oft the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon. 247

Kuttii. We have therefore fall assurance that his peculiarities belong to the stock of which he is descended. He has no historical records, bat believes himself of the race of the hero R^m,* and probably with some reason. The Kuttris are diffused through the whole Punjaub. There is probably not a Tillage which has not one or more of them. When they take military service they make good horse and foo^ soldiers. They appear to me to abound most upon the banks of the Sootlej. Fifty years have scarcely elapsed since they penetrated to the upper valleys of Huzara, a circumstance tending to account for their nonconversion to IslAm, when nearly all other Punjaub tribes of the plains were converted.

N0W9 it is manifest, that the Kuttri tribe is not aboriginal. It would be manifest, I think, to all acquainted with the tribes of India, that his descent is from none of them. In spite of the levelling influence of the Hindu idolatry he differs essentially from every Hindu tribe, and from none more than from the Khettris of India.

One branch of the Kuttri race is called 8ohbti, agreeing as well with the Greek name Sanrcttfoif as Kuttri agrees with KaAotbi. This branch is found in the Doaba of the Ravi and Sootlej ; in the eastern

* The Kuttri sajt of hinuelf that he is of one and the same race as the Khettri of Hnidiutan, bat that to escape the great persecation of that race by Pnrsram Brihman, who had rowed to exterminate them, those lifing in the Punjanb re- nonnced their birthright at Rajpootres and Khettris and became merchants.

f Strabo calls this tribe IwwtlOoi, and says that the salt mines are in their coon* try. The town of Pind Dadan Khan is peopled by Khethris and their most cele- brated Teerut is Kuttahss in the Salt Range.

^affl 9* iw tp Xuv^idovs x^P? hpwtrmv oKiv 6pos cTfoi, hpmtlv Zwdiieyov 5Ap rp 'IrSiff^. Strabo» zt. 700.

The salt hiUs are intimately associated with the origin of the Kattri tribe. Their yeariy purification at the fountain of Kattahss, which I once witnessed, is one of the most picturesque and interesting spectacles in the world. Kuttahss is a foun- tain rising from a cleft in the limestone rock, and flowing from thence eastward down a ralley of the table-land. It is said to be one of the eyes of the worid and to be quite unfathomable, until a scientific gentleman the other day plumbed it with a few fathoms of line. The Kuttris from all parts assemble here yearly to bathe and worship.

The Sohbtis are in great force in the town of JuUalpore Jutt, near Gnserat in the Jeteh Doaba.

248 On the Sties qf Nikaia and Boukepkalon. [No. 3.

portion of which is to this day found the T6zia or tiger-hound; though the spread of cultivation having extirpated the tiger, and the antelope itself heing rare, the T^ia hound will also soon disappear. The rohe flowing to the feet may still he seen in some districts. At Singhoa on the right hank of the Jelum it is still worn. It is singu- larly graceful. Whether the Kathaioi were the Kuttri trihe, or the Rajpootre* tribe of Katul, the large number of their waggons seems to denote that they were the Bunjaras, or itinerant grain merchants, of the day. If the waggons had been used as in Scythia, the people had not been found inhabiting a dty. The name Kathaioi savours indeed of China. In Russia it would signify Chinese. But the Kuttri at least has no Tartar blood, although he may be one of the aboriginal tribes of Kathay, driven to migrate by the spread of Tartar hordes west- ward. However this be, there seems little doubt that the old town Katooha on the right bank of the Ravi was founded by the Kathaioi, whoever they were.

We find it difficult to recognise in the cheating, lying Greek of modem days the representative of the heroes of Leuctra and Thermo- pyl8e;*-in the over-reaching, crouching, sordid Jew, the valiant guardian of the Dirine oracles ; — in the peaceful Bhara and Pariee devoted to gain, the murderous assassin and gallant ghubbre ; — and it may be equally hard to think the Kuttri of the Punjaub the Kathaioi who so long set Alexander at defiance, or to believe the asser- tion of this mercantile race that they are of the same blood as the hero R&m. Yet the handful of horse, who so electrified some of our squadrons in the late war, were probably, one half at least, innocent, meek, pains-taking, ghee-retailing Kuttris.

It must be observed that in the Punjaub any profession but that of arms degrades the Rajpootre. That, whereas in our prorinces tbe Rajpootre thinks it no disgrace to drive the plough ; in the Punjaob he loses his name of Rajpootre thereby, and becomes merely Thakoor, and can no longer aspire to the daughter of a house which has always followed the profession of arms. Numbers of these degraded Raj- pootres have become converts to IsUm, and there seems to be some

* Tbia Rajpootre tribe I have found at Chota Soochaytgorh near GamroU} lad they asiare me that they hare many families dwelling near Lahore.

1852.] On the Siiet 0/ Nikaia and Baukephalan. 249

in the Panjaub that the Juts and Goojjun* are degraded Raj- pootfCf. It is difficult therefore to say what is the origin of the desig- nation, Bajpootre, and to whom it was originally applied, and when first inTented. Most probably it was first assumed by strangers enter- ing a new country, where their claims could not be disputed for want of eridence, and it becomes a curious query, whether Indo-Greeks, sons of Greek fathers and Goojjur mothers, carrying their arms from the Ponjaub southward were not the first self-styled Rajpootres. As the whole system of Hindu idolatry (I speak not of their once pure Deism) appears to have been introduced by the Egyptian conqueror Onris and the Macedonian Alexander, so it is natural to believe that the or^inators of the system of mythology would reserre for them- seWes a choice place amongst the castes arising therefrom ; and as the ilinstrious families of Greece boasted descent from Hercules, so the Rajpootre boasts to be the ofTspiing of Heri,t who without doubt is identical with Hercules.

Both the account, of Curtius and the circumstances of the case ren- der it almost certain that Alexander reached the Sootlej. Had only the small and fertile Jullundur Doaba remained to be conquered, the Macedonians had never broken into rebellion on account of a cam- psigD of a fortnight. Neither is it at all probable that Alexander left so important and valuable a possession unconquered. Whether the Beyass in that age coursed W. S. Westward, almost under the waUs of Kussoor, or joined as at present the Sootlej by a course nearly 8ooth West,t it may appear marvellous that so particular an historian as Arrian, and one who had made geography his study, should not at sH mention its evidence. But still more marvellous were it, that the

* hi Upper Hnurm is itill foond a Cbowkan branch of the Goojjur tribe. Tktj ttyle tbemaelves Rajpootrea and Goojjura.

t The name Hericalea ia atill borne bj women in Bengal.

X The Sootlej after iU oonilaence with the Bejaaa takes the new title of Gam.

The Sootlej, — Sattadra,— Hysadms, waa regarded by Arrian as tribntary to the Befsii, as we learn from the following paasage. Kol rhy "T^aaiv 4wl ro^^ 6 'Anv&fr wapaXafii^ r^ o^rf Sj^ M/Atcn 4s rhv *IrS^ 4fi$d?iK9i, ^vfifia\it¥ S^ ^¥fx^»9k ^¥ 'I^< A.rrian, lib. vi. cap. 14. If therefore Alexander was about to am It the Uurri ke pulton ferry of the Sootlej ; Arrian's omission of the Hysndrus

250 On the Siiei of Nikaia and B&ukephalon. [No. 3.

Sootlej, a river so much larger and more important, the barrier be* tween two empires, shoald escape his notice. The difficulty is scarce- ly cleared by taking Alexander to Huni k6 pulton, whither he might have been attracted by the fame of Hercules, who gives it name, and whose exploits it was his ambition to surpass : for it was hb system to build, not merely to overthrow : to establish his empire in every conquered province ere proceeding in advance : and the rich and important JuUundur Doaba would never have escaped his notice, being in fact the gem of the Pnnjaub. Neither is it likely that with the choice between the long desert tract by the Hurri k6 pultun and the comparatively fertile country of the JuUundur and Loodiana route, with an army discouraged by the prospect of fresh toils and privations, Alexander should deliberately select the less inviting road.

It is therefore my belief that Alexander's progress was arrested at the Phullore ferry. The rocks recorded by Gurtius were unknown or forgotten by Arrian. Curtius's history, though evidently compiled from authentic sources, wants symmetry of parts, a defect which is apt to mark a compilation from several different authors, and to which his ignorance of geography and of tactics afforded him no check.

It seems to me the less of two great difficulties to assume that Alexander meeting with ready submission in the Jullundur Doaba and no check or difficulty at the passage of the Beyass, both were passed over with little notice in the lost histories of Ptolemy and his contemporaries; and that subsequent historians knowing that the Punjaub derived its name from its five rivers, and counting the Indus

■

as one of them, were perplexed by the occurrence of a sixth and drop- ped altogether that which was most slightly indicated, in the belief that it was a mere torrent or an arm of the fifth river.

it ezplaiaed because Arrian calli the river there by the name of Hyphasis. In this case be may haye found it sufficient to detach a division of his army to take pos- session of the Jullundur Doaba. The name, however, Phugla seems to refer to Phuglore or Phullore, and the difficulty of procuring material for the construc- tion of the altars would haye been tenfold at the Hurri k^ pultun.

I can no where find in Strabo any mention of the R. Hysudrus. Pliny makes it 168 miles from the Hyphasis, and the distance between the Hydaspes and Hyphasis 3,900 or 4,900. In ftust Plinj writes not Geography, but Romance.

1852.] Oh the Sties ofNikaia and Boukephahn. 251

Curtitts's and Arrian's description of the people and country beyond the terminal river will answer only the land and people south of the Sutlej. From Loodiana, eleven marches for an army, of eleven miles eachy would exactly bring Alexander to Kumaul, where the " vastse aolitndines'' (not altogether obliterated by cultivation even in the present day) cease, and he would find himself in contact with the dominions of king Aggrammen and with his countless army. This tract as appertaiuing to Gangetic India would easily be accepted by an historian so ignorant of geography, for the Ganges : being in fact the land of the Jumna. Kurnaul is about five miles from that river. This interpretation will reconcile many difficulties which Arrian's silence and Curtius's random record have left for our disposal.

In this case we may assume that Phullore is the modem corruption of Phegela or Phuglore, where Alexander built the twelve gigantic altars* that were to bear record of the limits of his conquest. And we may surmise that Agra (one of the oldest Hindu sites in India) was at that time the capital of Hindustan, and that Maun was the name of the usurping barber. The greater salubrity of the banks of the Jumna has ever given it the preference over its more sacred rival, the Ganges, as the site of capital cities.

It would perhaps be difficult to imagine any site better adapted to the purpose of Alexander, than that of the present castle of Phullore. The position is conspicuous, yet so remote from the action of the river Sutlej as to allow no cause for apprehension of its being under- mined, and it stands at the grand gateway, so to speak, of the Punjaub southward, which was also the first approach from southern lands to the majestic empire he had just completed, more by his wonderful tact and justice and gentlemanly bearing than even by his military genius and dauntless courage.

Of these altars Arrian says: "There allotting to the army their several parts, he commanded them to build twelve altars, in height equal to the loftiest towers, in solidity exceeding towers, grateful offerings to the gods, who Jiad so far led him in trinmph, and memorials also of bis own labours." Curtius says : " Two days were consumed in anger, on the third he came forth and erected twelve altars of squared stone, as a monument of his expedition : he also ordered the defences of the * Pliny however tajs the altars were bailt on the farther bank.

2k

252 On the Site$ of Nikaia and Boukepkalan. [No. 3.

camp to be enlarged and beds to be left of larger size than BoiU the human frame ; that he might exaggerate the appearance of all things deceptively fashioning miracles for posterity." Strabo says : ** Alezan- der, upon the limits of his Indian expedition^ placed altars at the utmost point to which he had attained Eastward, imitating Hercules and DionysoSy whose practice it had been."* Pliny, (I quote from Holland's translation,) says, " from which (i. e. Udaspes) to Upaais, a ri?er of no lesse account than the other, 4900 or 3900 (query miles? or stadia?) and there an end of Alexander's voiage. Howbeit, he passed over the river, and on the other side of the banke, hee erected certaine altars and pillars and there dedicated them."f Plutarch says r " How- ever, he first contrived many vain and sophistical things to serve the purposes of fame : among which were arms much bigger than his men could use, and higher mangers and heavier bits than his horses required, left scattered up and down. He built also great altan

irpo<rrirTci* ffifwf /tiv, icarA rohs fitylarovs w^pyovs' cSpof Si, fittfoyas $Tg 1^ luerk y^pTovf* x^^f^P^^ '''^^^ Bwis rots 4t roc6yh9 ityayowrtv abrhw yutmvrn, im2 funnfitta r&y airov ir6vmv. 'At h\ Kor^fnctvofffiiyoi alrrf ol fimfuii Ijfftof, $^i 9^ km* abrSy, &s v6im%' koI iuySkva woiu yvfUfiK6y rt Kot Unrut6v. Arrian, t. 29.

Tertio die processit, erigique duodecim aras ex quadrato saxo, monamentum ezpe- ditionit sqr ; manimenta qaoqae caatrorum jussit extendi, cabiliaqoe ampliorii formR qnam pro corpornm habitu relinqni ; at epeciem omnium aogeret, posteri- tati fallax miracolam prnparana. Q. CnrtiaSf ix. 3.

A gigantic iron etirrup was some yean ago found near the Indus. The people attributed it, some to Alexander, some to Raja Rossaloo. A canons tradition exists of the conquest of Publi, in Hnzarat by the Sahanties from beyond the Indus. The Sahanties are more celebrated for contrivance and wiles than for eoarage. Their chief, arriving by night at the shrine of Mee&n Khaki in Publi, departed before daybreak, leaving behind bim an iron drinking vessel of capacity to hold 300 lbs. of water ; an iron clab, thirty feet in length ; and a pair of well worn slippers, six feet in length. The people in the morning came timoronaty to peep at the redoubted Sahantie invader. They found, not him, but these gigantie tokens of his visit : struck with terror, a general council was calletl, and the iub- mission of the valley was tendered to the Sahantie. This event may not be wholly unfounded on fact, and if so, the device may have been suggested by some tradition of Alexander's trick.

'AA^Iard^t tk r%s ^Iviunii trrparieis Spia fit^iohs IfSero 4w ratt riiwon ttstlh ^orArovs &^(jccro r&v wphs reus &raroAcut 'IvMy, fUfM^fitvos rhy 'HpuKk4a koI rht^ AUrvcop, Strabo iii. 171.

t See Pliny vi. Book, — p. 125, Holland's translation.

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and BoukephaUm. 253

for which the Pnesians still retain much veneration, and their kings cross the Ganges eyery jear to offer sacrifices in the Grecian manner upon them.''* Robertson says: "The scene of this mutiny was on the banks of the Hybasis, the modern Beyah, which was the utmost limit of Alexander's progress in India. From this it is manifest that he did not traverse the whole extent of the Punjaub. Its Southern boondary is formed by a river anciently known by the name Hysudrus and now by that of the Setlege, to which Alexander never approached nearer than the Southern bahk of the Hyphasis, where he erected twelve stupendous altars, which he intended as a monument of his exploits, and which, if we may believe the biographer of Apollonius Tyaneus, were still remaining with legible inscriptions, when that fantastic sophist visited India 3/0 years after Alexander's expedition."f Now as there is no building stone in the Sutlej below Roopa, it is difficult to imagine this gigantic work progressing with such speed as to be consecrated, with incense offerings by Alexander ere his return from the river. The same difficulty occurs with the Beyass, which bdow Indore can scarcely be said to have building stone. We must suppose therefore that the tufa,^ of which the great tope at Manihr« gala b constructed, served Alexander for materials, the debris being burnt into lime. It does not seem probable that Alexander would have built those altars in any obscure corner under the mountains, off the road of commerce. If they were on the Beyass, we should look for them from Mirthul to the Sutlej. If they were on the Sutlej, either PhuUore (which I think the most probable,) or Hurri 'ki pultun or Feeroozpore most have been the site. Alexander erected, we have seen, twelve gigantic altars equal in height and exceeding in solidity the grandest towers. What was the ground plan of this memorable monument ? Symmetry suggests a square of four higher towers girt with eight towers of less altitude; which is precisely the figure of many of the castles of the Punjaub

* See Plntarch — Alexander — Laoghorae's trantlation.

t See DiflqaUitton oonoerains India.

X Not only the topee, bot a more ancieat Hinda temple at KottahfS, aicrlbed to the Pandooi, it built of tafa — great part of which in the latter temple haa been diaiolved. It ii bowerer far more darable than the red and yellow landatone need in the Indo-Greek bnildings of this Doaba.

2 K 2

254 Oil tke Siiet of Nikaia and Bcukephahn. [No. 3.

to this day, and I never look npon one of those graceful strnciores without the impression that a model of the Greek altars is before me. It is far from being the sole memento of that remarkable race. The Sikh of the present day, who like the Lacedemonian is sworn from yonth to arms, wears like him nnmntilated hair^ and gathers his turban into folds exactly resembling the low Grecian helmet ; and the practice of chaunting triumphal songs, I have already had occasion to mention.* The vine and the olive grow just so far as their steps have trod, and every old site westward of the Jelum teems with gems» coins and sculpture breathing of the Grecian hand.

APPENDIX.

Taxila. — Oriental scholars are fond of identifying the modern vil- lage of Tukhtpurri, or Turmkpurri wi^h the Taxila of Greek History and the Tukshasilla of the Sanskrit records. But it appears to me that the grounds of the identification are insufficient. Tukht signifies a throne, and is a Persian word. Turruk signifies a hyeena, and is a Hindi word. Tuk signifies a balance or test, and is Sanskrit. Purri is Hindi, and Shilla Sanskrit, both signifying a stone, or, slab of stone. The force upon Tukhtpurri or Turruck purri to reduce it to Tuksha^ 8illa,f and from thence to Taxila seems to me unwarrantable. For the first syllable must be wholly dispossessed of its signification to suit the convenience of the transposer, merely because there happens to be a jingling resemblance in sound between Tuk and Tukht. A new syllable ^'sha" must be created for it, and the ultimate and penultimate syllables must be translated into another language to complete the transformation.

* Arrian speaking of theat tonga as oiFered by the Indiana to Alexander as his fleet dropped down the Hydaapes adds : ♦iX^l yitp cTr/p rivcs iWoi, *Mhlt ml ipiXopxh/J^yts hwh Aiov^ov Iri, jrol r&y ifia Atoy6<r^ fioKxtwrivrtay Kcer^ r ^ 'Ivtfir yijy. Lib. ▼!. chap. 3. It ii only the older tribes of the Ponjanb that hare tbii enstom.

t There is not i donbt that Cashmere might be conrerted into Windermere witli less trouble. For instance Cahch, glass ; Winder, in the vulgar dialect, quasi win- dow, made of glass ; and Mere, a lalce, common to both : the glassy lake ! !

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephalon, 255

With such license there are few words or names of three syllables that might not be converted into almost any other word or name of four syllables.

We are distinctly told by Curtias that Taxiles was the family name» Omphis* the personal name of the prince of the country; that all princes of that house were called Taxiles ; and that the capital was Taxila, the largest city between the Indus and the Hydaspes. Now, in this country people never take their names from towns or villages, but ordinarily the villages are called after the name of the founders. Here then our etymologists would present us with an ancient gentle* man named Raja Rockingstone, or Raja Touchstone, for the mere pur- pose of bequeathing his queer name to his capital. If the capital was Tukshasila the Raja was undoubtedly Tukshasili,

There is nothing whatever in the appearance of traditions of Tukht- purri to justify an assumption of its antiquity, or the belief that it ever could have been the chief town of the Sind Sagur Doaba. The Bole monument of which any record remains, is part of a comparative- ly modem brick wall of a Gukka palace, attributed to the Gukka princess Tukht B^nti ; to whom, according to some, the village owes its name and its origm ; excepting this poor memorial, the village appears never to have possessed any buildings but huts of mud or of un- wrought stone, mud cemented : and what consequence it ever possessed seems to have been due to the accident of having formed the capital of one of the petty sovereignties of the Gukkas, when that kingdom had been subdivided. As already mentioned, it is more than a mile off the high road and so entangled among ravines, to which indeed it owes its existence, in the water they supply, as to be difficult of access. Its position is not at the junction of any important thoroughfares, and the traveller knows of its existence only through maps. The soil on which it stands is not raised by the decay of edifices as in all Indian sites of antiquity.

Purri, signifying a stone, or, stone slab, is a common terminal to villages in this Doaba, as for instance ** Bulbulpurri." The terminal

* Omphig, permittente Alexandre, et regiam insisne tampsit, et more gentU suas nomen, qaod pitris iiierat. Tazilen appellavire popolaresi aeqaente nomine impe- rium in qnemcamque transiret. Q. Cur. yiii. 12.

256 On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalan. [No. 3.

Silla, alsoi unaltered by translation to Parri, is common, as '' 8oorh- silla," a village six koss eastward of Atuk, and about ten koss from Hussun Ubdal. And " Hahsillay" a little town and castle near Pindi Ghayb.

When a town or a village changes its name, if the change be not merely that of pronunciation, it is total. We never find a name half trans- lated and half left in the original tongue. Pentonville may be changed hereafter to Warwick or to Brighton, but not probably to Pentonton. When the name is changed, if the change be not a mere inflecdon of sound, it will be total ; the work of some conqueror who has destroyed and rebuilt it, or of some benefactor who has improved it, or of some fanatic sect who think there is religion in sound, or of some saint whose relics are there deposited. The use of a name to a city is not to describe its peculiarities, but to enable people to find it and to speak about it intelligibly. It can be altered only when a large body of the community are interested in the change. It is very true that the first name of a place is often a description of some peculiarity, as in the case of Turrukpurri, the hysena's rock, or Tukhtpurri, the slab of stone ; because until a place has received a first name, it can be spoken of only by description ; as the first Egyptians wrote in hiero« glyphics. But the name once established becomes the letter of an alphabet, and people cease to enquire its original meaning or value.

Let us take the instance of flussun Ubdal. Its oldest name recorded in tradition is Jullal Sirr, the glorious fountain, or, fountain of glory, from the noble spring which there leaps into being from the living rock. Its next name was Hussun Ubdal, from one Hussun, of the Ubdali tribe (still extant in Publi, Huzara), and its latest name, given by the Sikhs, is Punja Sahib, the Sahib's, i. e. Saint's hand-print, from the impression of a hand attributed to the Saint Gulab Daas, although the mason who chiselled it is still alive in the neighbourhood. All these changes are total. Jullal Sirr was not changed into Jullal Chok, nor Hussun Ubdal into Hussun Dewana. The first of these names, Jullal Sirr, being Persian, the place must almost certainly have had an older Hindi name, now lost for ever, unless it be, as I suppose, the Taxila of history.

A Pundit of this place would translate Tukshasilla as the Touch- stone or Test-stone. But if it be not Taxili which took its name

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Baukepkalon. 257

from Taziles, I think it more probable that the place was so called from a rocking-stone now displaced or lost. For touch-stones are peb* bles of black jasper found only in small masses and removed for the use of goldsmiths wherever found. If the Pundit's translation is cor- xecty Tukshasilla was most probably on the Indus, where the touch* stone is common. It is found only in the beds of rivers ; whereas the Tocking-stone» which would be a durable monument, occurs both in the sandstone and in the lime formation. It is however, not pro- bable that Alexander's friend was either BA^i Rockingstone or IUj£ Touchstone.

The same Pundit informs me of a R6j& Tuksh of Cashmere cele^ brated in the following slokas from the R&mayana.

-s"v •>*

<«

Toodhajit, his maternal uncle, leading an army through Cashmere summoned Bhurta, having smitten Gundharu kings: and having instated Pooshkurrun (son of Bhurta) at Pooshkurrah (in Cashmere) and Tukahun (son also of Bhurta) in Tukshilla (of Cashmere) returned to Ayoodia."

lUjd Tuksh may have been king of Cashmere, but Taxiles was prince only of Potawar Satur of Chuch. The throne of Tuksh would very probably, if made of stone, be called Tukshilla, but Rdj& Tuksh would not have been called Taxiles by the Greeks. He would have been called simply, Tv^, Tux.

Professor Wilson in his Ariana Antiqua writes thus of Turrukpurri, or rather of Manikyala in its neighbourhood. " In 1808, the embassy to Cabul, conducted by Mr. Elphinstone, when upon their way back to India, arrived at a part of the country between the Indus and Jelum in which, according to the notions of Col. Wilford, the capital of Taxiles, the ally of Alexander was situated." The party sent to search for the city found the tope of Manikyala which is described, he then proceeds : "Its geographical position leaves little doubt of its being the site of the capital of Taxiles, or more correctly speaking of the city Taxila, the Tax-sila of the Hindus ; and the identity is confirmed by the ancient remains scattered about the country. The

258 Oh the Sitea ofNikaia and Baukephahn* [No. 3.

party that viBited Manikyala saw no other veatiges of an ancient dtj than the tope : but in this they were deceived by the hurried nature of their excursion : they had not time to search, and rather hastily inferred that nothing was to be found. Twelve years afterwards Moorcroft crossing the spot was informed that old wells, fragments of pottery and ancient coins* were frequently discovered. Lieut, fiurnes obtained while there, old coins and antiques ; and M. Court, whose opportunities have been still more propitious to discovery, describes the neighbourhood as strewed with ruins, the remains of massive walls, of old wells and of tombs and temples. He found also and opened no fewer than fifteen topes."* '

Now, these ruins have been three times sought for by me without success. A very few Cashmerian and Buddhist coins are found in the neighbourhood, as in every old village in this Doaba, but nothing that can justify the belief that a city was ever in the neighbourhood. The only ruins I could find of tombs were those of Sooltin Audum and his successors, Gukkas, at Rabaht, dating back to the 16 th century. That Manikyala is an old Buddhist site is without doubt. But that it ever was a city there is not only no proof, but absolutely no probability, and the Buddhist era is considerably posterior to the invasion of Alexander. Hear what the Chinese traveller Hiang Tsang says of Manikyala : '* Au sud de Mengholi, Manghul, a 400 li mont Yilo (Jilha perhaps) et a 200 li grande for^t Mahafanaf (Mahabunn). De la an nord ouest a 30 au 40 li, Maiukialan, monastere des Fives. De la a I'ouest, a 60 on 70 li, monastere fond^ par Asoka/' the last being the great tope on the Western bank of the nver Sohaun, and both topes having been the sites of Buddhist monasteries, not of cities.

* Any reader might suppoie that M. Court had foand fifteen topes at or dote to Manikyala. But the nearest tope to the grand tope of Manikyala is that West of it, aboQt nine miles on the right bank of the Sohaun river, and the remaining fonrtaea topes were probably those of Khannpore distant Westward from Manikyala about forty miles.

t It is difficult to say where this Mahabunn, great forest, lay. Mt. Mahabonn lies about 200 li from Mahugul, but due West, not South. This Mahabunn seeaw to have been intermediate between Mahugul and Mt. Tilha, a celebrated TWut, i. e. close to Manikyala. The country at present has no forest, though abundance of thorny jungle.

1852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephahm. 259

There is indeed no indication in this traveller's account of any city in the neighbourhood. Nor do the Buddhist priests seem to have affected the immediate neighbourhood of cities for the erection of their monasteries and topes. But let us see what the same Chinese traveller says of Tazila. Starting from the Atnk ferry^ called by him^ On to kiahantchha, and identified beyond question* by the presence within three miles of the dty Pholotoulo, (i. e. Mullyetoolla, the present Atuk), he says " Passant au midi le Sind qui est large de 3 ou 4 li et coule au 8ud oest on vient a Tantcha chilo (lemite de 1' Inde du Nord) dependant du Cachemire," and again " On passe le Sind au Nord de €6 pays." Now although the distance from Atuk to Tantcha chilo (Tarchailia) is not mentioned by the Journal, yet it appears to have been the first considerable place on that route which answers exactly to Hnssun Ubdal, but not to Turrukpurri, and no one will presume to say that the river Sind is passed north of Turrukpurrii whereas this is exactly the fact with regard to Hnssun Ubdal. Professor Wilson has not done justice to Mountstnart Elphinstone's research. Had there been ruins of a city at Manikyala he would assuredly have found them. The travellers who have since his mission passed through and dwelt in Afghanistan have added little to the researches of this accomplished historian, who was prevented by circumstances from entering the country he has described so faithfully. The '* chilo" oi the French translation was probably intended to be read Khilo, for we see in the name of the capital of Gundhara (Kiantolo) that he has for Pekawur'i' (the Peukelaotis of the Greeks) Pou lou cha poulo, iden« tified by bordering the Indus, and having Chang moukia Phousa, (Chummukia, a considerable town) in its neighborhood.

Professor Wilson's argument seems to regard the sites of Manikyala and Tnkhtpurri as one. But there is no visible connection between them, whilst an interval of five miles separates them. Tukhtpurri has not a tope nor a mound nor any other trace of Boodhism in its immediate vicinity. It is a modem looking village, in a wretched ravine»wom arid country, considerably off the highroad.

Let us now consider the site of Hussun Ubdal, known to the

* Pekawnr. Peshawur ii so called by the Pathans, and this is manifestly tlie ■ame it bore in Alexander's time. Pekawur may be a contraction of Pookhtoo war, the gate or entrance to the spealLers of Pooktoo, or Pushtoo.

2 L

SCO On the Sites of Nikaia and Baukephalon. [No. 5«

readers of Lallah Rookh, as " those rojal gardens which had grown beautiful under the care of so many lovely eyes and were beautiful stilly although those eyes could see them no longer." Although there is no more resemblance between the Hussun Ubdal of the poet and the Hussun Ubdal of the traTcUer, than between the Cashmere of Lallah Rookh and the Cashmere of Goolab Siagh^ yet there is no spot from Peshawur to Lahore, if we except a tract of the Jelom off the highroad, that can be compared with Hussun Ubdal as the site ibr a city ; whether we consider the comfort of the traveller or the requisitions of the merchant. At Hussun Ubdal the great western road of commerce from Hindustan and the Punjaub to Cabnl meets the principal commercial road between Cabul and Cashmere^ and another from Find Dadun Khan and Mooltan. Here two small rivers of the clearest water leap at once into being from the living rock, and nourish by their abundance a shadowy foliage most grateful to travellers upon this desolate tract.

The oldest name for this place of which any record exists is, as already stated, Jnllal 8irr, *' the glorious fountain." But this being Persian, was probably preceded by a Hindee name, now lost to us. It has since twice changed its title, first to Hussun Ubdal* and afterwards to Panja Sahib. The last, being a Sikh name, is fast disappearing since the destruction of the Sikh empire.

Now this town Hussun Ubdal was, until twelve years ago, the capital of the Tarkhaili clan, who then occupied the country in which Alexander found Taxiles and the city, called after the clan, Taxila. Cities and villages in this part of the world never give their names to tribes but generally take their names from tribes or founders, and if Hussun Ubdal was founded by the clan Tarkhaili, or first rose into consequence es their capital, (which it was fourteen years ago,) there can be little doubt that it was called Tarkhailia, which the Greeks would write Taxila as certainly as they would write Tarkhaili, Taxiles.

But here we arrive at an enigma the solution of which appears remote. For although the Tarkhaili clan inhabit the very spot on which Alexander found Taxiles, and although, excepting the Gukkas, they are the most powerful and remarkable family in this Doaba,

* At Hntsan Ubdal is a mound called to this day Tukht Ubdal, the throao of Ubdal. Takht leeiiiB at some remote period to have been a common affix to towns.

r852.] On the Sites of Nikaia and Boukephahn. 261

coontcted by tradition with Atuk and claiming past authority up to that fortress and to Chehl a Jnngie, East of Morgulla, which gives them exactly what I conceive to have been the dominion of Taxiles, vis. Gnndgurh, Kurri, Hanrah, Chnch, and Qatur, yet they disclaim altogether this history, . calling themselves Yoosufzyes and tracing their genealogy only eight generations back to Tar Khaun>* whose grandson Boolind crossed the Indus with the conqueror Ahmed Shah, from whom he fraudulently obtained the grant in Jaghir of Gnndgurh, Hurrah and Kurri.

That the old Tarkhaili clan should have been driven into banish- ment trans-Indus is not at all wonderful. That they should there have aoarished the remembrance of their lost power and have bequeathed the record from father to son is quite natural : nor were it any hovel phenomenon to find Ahmed Shah using their agency as the means of his own conquests. But the difficulty is in their belief that the Tar Khaun of Ahmed Shah's day was the founder of their clan and namie.

Still, it is so difficult to imagine any other Ponjaubi name that could be made into Taxiles, or to imagine two distinct families of Tar- khaili, the one succeeding to exactly the power and realm of ihe other after a lapse of 2000 years, without any affinity ; that I should prefer the surmise, either that the genealogy is imperfectly preserved or that there were two Tar KJiauns in the family at long intervals of time. The genealogy of the Tarkhailis is not preserved in writing and they have no bards.

As to the supposed difficulty of Taxiles having been an Eusufzye, it is in fact no difficulty. The Yoosufzye, who call themselves to this dayt Issupsye, are beyond doubt the Aspasioi of Arrian, as the Asta- kenoi,t ortribeofAshta Khan, of Arrian, are the founders of Hustnugur,

* The genealogy rans thiu. It ia not preser? od in writing and they have no bards to preaerre it in aong.

lat. Adeen Kbann, Jogi Khaan, Tar Khaon, T»j Khann, Boolind Khann, Fntteh Kbann, Zoffor Khanu, Sher Zemann Khann, Khaun i Zemann Khaun, Khyrood- deen Khann, living.

t Yooao&ye ahonld, 1 believe, rather be written and pronounced Aaibye, which nina eaaily into Aspasioi. Asif and Afghans are the two fathers of the Pathan race.

X In spite of Professor Wilson's objection to the title or terminal, Khaun, aa Turkish, and therefore not introduced until the time of the Turkish conquests ; the constant occurrence of this terminal in countries snd tribes where still in use ren- ders it almost certain that it was known (here in Alexander's dsy. The tract wq

2 L 2

f 62 On the Sites of Nikaia and Bauiephulon. [Ko. 3L

both still occupying the sites in which Alexander found them. Again we have in the Moosazye, or children of Moses, the MowrcKavoi of Strabo,* still occupying their old habitat at the 8. Western roots of Mt. Mahabnnn ; whilst the Assasyes, or children of Asa, are found where Alexander found their fathers the Assakanoi, or tribe of Asa Khaun.

Again the HaicniKoC of Herodotus who dwelt upon the Indus conter- minous with the mountains are as certainly the Pookhtoo aaka,t or, Pooktoo marr, as they are still called by other tribes, i. e. the speakers of Pookhtoo (Pooshtoo) or Afghans, Eusufzye, &c. whilst the Ocucc- Xouans of the Greeks is to be found only in the Pooktoo rendering of Peshawur, tis. Pekawur ; called so to this day, and rerj probably deriyed from ** Pooktoo," Pooshtoo, and ** wur," a door or entrance the entrance to the Pooshtoo speaking tribes.

So many Mosaic and Afghan names found in their present habitat a thousand years before the Hijra, are proofs that the Afghans truly derive their origin from Israel, as they could not hare been reemed from the Arabs with the religion of Muhammed, and lead at once to the important query, whether the sublime truths found in the older books of the Hindus may not have been derived from Mosaic tradi- tions which must have been long preserved by these Israelitish tribes with the tenacity characteristic of their race.

We must not trust the particular accounts of the Afghans them- selves in which they seek to connect themselves with Ali the great hero of Afghanistan. The utter confusion of all chronology in the narrative is in itself evidence of its fallacy. But the general deduction of their line from Israel is confirmed by many evidences ; not the least of which is th&i close resemblance, moral and physical, to the Israelitish race. Of this derivation none but the children of Israel would boast, for the name is a byeword and reproach amongst all other nations.

Some have entertained the idea that Alexander crossed the Indus at Taxila, and that Atnk is the site of that city. But Arrian says, '' But he passed over the river Indus, and there again Alexander burnt

are ipeaking of is upon the confines of Turkestan. Egypt, far more remote, wia conquered by Tartars, 2150 B. C.

* These Moutikanoi are not to be confounded with the Moosa Khaun of Sind, on the Indtta, who was most probably also an Afghan prince. The Afghans harlns always when they increased in power, subjected Sind to their rule.

t AuknSi in Panjanbi, to speak.

1852.] On ike Sites of Nikaia and Boukepkalon. 263

incaiifle as was his custom ; and hanng refreshed at the Indus came to Tazila, a large and wealthy city, the greatest of those between the Indus and Hydaspes/' &c. ''And there again Alexander burnt incense in Taxila, as was his custom, and instituted gymnasia and horse fBoeSt &e« but having sent back Koinos's son, Polemocrat, to the river Indus that he might break up the boats, &c."

No one reading these passages can resist the conviction, that Alex- ander marched from the ferry of the Indus to Taxila. Strabo does not indicate the position of Taxila, saying only that ** the Macedo- nians in the spring descended from the mountains of the Musikani to the plains and to Taxila, a large city." Pliny does not mention the city, but mentions the people Taxila beyond the river Indus. Plutarch, in his life of Alexander, mentions only the country of Taxiles as bang the most fertile, abounding in excellent pasture, and described by flome as equal in extent to Egypt. Ghuch is celebrated for its fertility, the Indus formerly abounded in islands covered with pasture and with forests, and the Dunni district is still celebrated for its breed of horses.

In searching for the lost Taxila I found upon the right bank of the river Hurroh, N. West of Hussun Ubdal, the ruins of a town of which the name seems to be wholly lost. It is called now, like many other deserted sites, Kolia, or the ruins. It stood upon the old'^ high road Irom Rawulpindi to Atuk ; a road which for many years has been closed by the depredations of the Tarkhailis of Gundgurh, through the skirt of which mountain the road was led. The site is very cheerful on the high bank overhanging the river. The size of this town may have been about that of Hussun Ubdal. The stones of the old building have been used to build some modern huts and Tukhias. One of these has an inscription, a copy of which is appended. It is possible that with leisure I may be able to recover some more of the characters, traces of which are visible in a level light. There is little to induce the belief that this was a Greek town. It might however have been Taxila, which was not Greek, although it received a Mace- donian garrison. It still belongs to the Tarkhaili dan.

* A road mach more direct than the present and saving a detour of about ten miles. This road might be reopened at little expense. I brought my laden camels through it.

264 On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. [No. 3.

On Dust Whirlwinds and Cydones, By P. F. H. Baddelt, Esq,

M,D. ; B, Arty, Lahore.

" Who holds the farioas atormi in straiten'd reins, And bids fierce Whirlwinds wheel his rapid car V*

Y0VM6. (Continued from page 147.)

The Cyclone Compaaiy invented during the early part of December last, IB intended to facilitate navigation in rotatory storms or Hurri* canes.

The principle of its construction, is similar to that of the transpa- rent Hurricane cards, invented by Sir William Reid, now in general use.

The chief advantage supposed to be connected with the Compass* is the facility with which it may be used even by persons unacquainted with the Law of Storms ; a mere glance at the Compass, in whatever way placed, being sufficient to discover the bearmg of the centre, and the ship's relative position, in a Hurricane.

One instrument answers for both Hemispheres, and as it carries a magnet, which points North and South, it may serve for a compass to steer by — and by a slight modification of the present ship's Compaq it may be made to combine both uses in the same instrument. Pi. I •

Another important advantage, is the rotatory and progressive mo- tions that may be imparted to it, similar, it is believed, to the move- ments of the Cyclones themselves — by which means, the exact posi- tion and veerings of the winds all round the storm's circuit, may be accurately noted, and transferred to paper.

So that by its use, a more precise comprehension of the character of these rotatory storms may be acquired, and their study rendered inter- esting, by the probability that the nature of the laws that regulate them, hitherto apparently so complicated and inexplicable, may, by the new light thrown upon them, be better understood.

The accompanying plates 7 and 8 of Cyclone courses, are intended to shew what the instrument is capable of effecting, and that by its means Cyclone courses for every point in the compass, in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, may without difficulty be drawn for the purpose of being used as charts of reference.

The motions of the sea, may likewise, by its means be studied with equal facility and interest. Vide Plates 9 and 10.

1852.] On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones, 265

Description and use of the Cyclone Compass, Plates 5 and 6.

The Magnetic points north and south, and carries a light metal disk of Palladium, or other metal, marked with the wind points, and capable of being shifted and rcTcrsed for the northern and southern hemispheres ; by which arrangement, the wind points, are always pre- serred in their respective positions. The disk is also grooved, for the purpose of being adjusted to the magnetic declination.

The transparent disk placed below this, with a metal rim, represents the body or zone of the Cyclone, and is marked with dotted radii or with jthin wires, corresponding to the wind points, which also indicate the ship's place and the bearing of the centre ; all which is understood by simply noticing the direction of the wind blowing at the time.

For instance, in a storm in the Northern Hemisphere with the wind at South-East, the bearing of the centre will be seen at a glance, to the South-West ; with the wind at South, the bearing of the centre will be West.

For the Southern Hemisphere with the wind at South-East, the bearing of the centre will be North-East; and with the wind at South, the bearing of the centre will be East.

The transparent disk is fixed to a small cylinder, round which a piece of thread is wound from right to left, if required for the Northern Hemisphere ; and from left to right, for the Southern.

The rim carries a pencil, or a pointed glass tube for iuk, when required to mark a course on paper.

Placmg the Cyclone Compass over the ship's place dotted on a Cimt laid perfectly flat on a table, and then pulling very gently on the thread in a supposed track, the peculiar motions of the Cyclone, as I understand it, both progressive and rotatory, will be exactly imi- tated, and the veering of the winds, and the direction in which the sea is propelled by them in different parts of the space over which the influence of the Storm extends for the time, may be satisfactorily and clearly demonstrated, as in the accompanying diagrams.

Opposite points on the rim of the transparent disk, will then be found to mark on one side a gentle curve, on the other a loop.

On the side of progression, while the Cyclone Compass sweeps a gentle curve, describing a small arc of a large circle, on the op||^osite or looped side, it will have passed over a semi-circle of small diameter.

266 On Duit Whirlwinds and Cyclones. [No. 3.

The looped side of a Cyclone, is the one to be aroided ; for it is in this portion of the storm, that the chief danger lies from the vortex and recurring of the storm, and the violent squalls and tomultaovs seas. It is a question of the utmost importance to determine its par- ticular (position at any given time, as a knowledge of that would indi- cate the track of the storm, just as the track would shew the position of the loops, as may be observed in the diagram of Storm tracks for the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, Plate 1 1 .

The Cyclone Compass, is adapted for both Hemispheres ; for by removing the magnet and reversing the wind-point disJk, and winding the thread round the cylinder in a contrary direction, as before ex- plained, the change from one to the other Hemisphere is effected at

once.

The peculiar curve of the Storm as delineated by the Cyclone Com- pass, together with certain unvarying indications of the approach of the dangerous vortex, such as a failing Barometer, rapidly veering wind, fierce squalls, cross seas, &c., may, to one acquainted with navi- gation, and the science of the Law of Storms, suggest rules, by which the exact position of the danger may at all times be determined and

avoided*

A Hurricane, I have reason to believe from investigations into the nature of Dust Storms, is caused by a mass of Electro-magnetic rota- ting spirals, descending from the sky to the earth, and in conformity with a general spiral motion of its own, sweeping a Cyclonal course on the earth's surface, usually in some track.

The body of such a storm is, I conceive, made up of a band of cylindrical beams or spirals moving with the storm, either singly, or in fasciculi, composing zones of all sizes, whirling their Cycloidal courses, while every separate beam or spiral rotates independently as it goes along.

The passage of the electrical spiral through the air, sets it in motion, and causes a wind to blow in the direction of its track, with more or less velocity ; depending, seemingly, upon the rapidity of the passage and the tension of the electrical spiral itself.

These spirals are I believe the exciting cafOse of wind in all storms, and df the gusts or squalls in particular— and of mnd generally during the day time, in Tropical climates.

1852.] On Duii Whirlwinds and Cyclones. 267

It geema probable, that the entire zone of a Cyclone b not equally ehafged at the same instant, nor throughout its whole extent, with the electrical spirals ; but that on the side of progression they are diffused or spread out, so as to occupy a large extent of surface ; while on the looped side, or vortex of the Storm, there is a rapid convergence and concentration of them, accompanied with increased intensity of action, where conflicting winds and waves meeting, will, on the laws of inter- ferences, destroy or counteract each other's effects — accounting for many strange phenomena, well known to sailors, observable in that quarter of the storm.

The marked fall of the Barometer as the vortex is approached may, possibly, be accounted for by the upward whirling motion imparted to the air, by the action of the electrical spirals, which thereabouts, are presumed to be highly concentrated ; and the modus operandi may be thus explained*

The electrical spiral rotating and working like a screw, from above downwards, sets in motion by its centrifugal action a stratum of air immediately surrounding it— outside this again, another circle of winds will be found blowing centripetally ; and the two meeting will, by their mutual action and reaction, continuous throughout, form an ascending spiral current of air, working a reversed spiral upwards, the two motions being well represented by two coils of wire wound in opposite directions laid one over the other.

At the outer verge of the side of progression, and at the tail of the Storm, where the electrical spirals may be presumed to be in a great measure absent, and the up-current consequently less, the Barometer is reported to stand much higher, than it does elsewhere in the body of the storm — the winds thereabouts being centripetal winds, blowing with more or less obliquity in the direction of the Storm's track, and caused by its action upon the air through which it has passed, as is the case in smaller whirlwinds.

This peculiar upward working spiral motion is, I think, the cause of the ascent of dust, in whirlwinds passing over a dry sandy soil, and of the ascent of water also in water spouts.

The size and form of the ultimate spiral seems to be always the same, and is about 12 inches in diameter and cylindrical; but its energy appears to suffer increase and diminution, attributable, perhaps, to the amount of electricity with which it happens to be charged.

2 M

268 On Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones* [No. 3.

Their rotatory actions seem to be continuous aboTe as far as the eye can reach ; and the cloud of dust carried op by them, is observed even at the height of some thousand feet, to possess the gyratory mo- tion, similar to ivhat is seen at the margin of cottony masses of Cumn« lo-Stratus on a clear sky ; which rotatory motion of the cloud, may be due to the very same cause.

The enormous height to which the dust ascends, may without much stretch of imagination, satisfactorily account for the occasional fisll of dust, containing microscopic animalcula.

The dust has doubtless been transported from its original bed by whirlwinds, sweeping over land once under water, now dry ; carrying up into the higher regions of the atmosphere, the lighter portions of the soil, containing these microscopic remains — this seems to offer a simple solution of the enigma.

But it is a more curious question, what becomes of the enormous amount of dust, which over a broad band of the earth's surface, far beyond the limits of the ecliptic, is continually being whirled up into the higher regions of the atmosphere by these whirlwinds.

The cause of the storm wave, and the storm current, (which as l£r. Piddington observes in his Sailor's Horn Book, page 151,) *'are pro- duced by the forces of the various winds blowing round in the area of the Cyclone" will be readily understood by the tangent lines marking the progression of the sea, and the veering of the winds, PL 9 and 10.

The storm wave corresponding with the side of progression, mns^ I should think, generally be impelled to a distance in advance of the storm and give, as is said it frequently does, more timely notice of its existence and of its track than the Barometer.

The forces on that side (the side of progression) being of longer duration in one direction, and not counteracted by opposing winds and waves, as on the looped side of the storm.

As regards the reality of the spirals, I may remark, that their exist- ence is not a matter of theory, but of fact, which I have repeatedly verified by observation, and have actually seen them most distinctly when rendered slightly opaque by fine dust ; and there is no doubt in my mind, that they are permanent, and of a peculiar nature ; and though I name them Electro-magnetic, my reasons for doing so, is in consequence of certain electrical phenomena usually attending them, and for want of a better name.

1852.] On Dust WMrlunnds and Cyclones. 269

The Aurora Borealis and Australis seen at the poles, may be dae to an accumulation of the Electro-magnetic spirab circulating in the upper regions of the atmosphere at these partic4ilar points ; and the ether, supposed to pervade space^ may also be composed of this sub- stance.

An illustration of the opposite rotations in the two hemi^hereSy which may possibly lead to the discovery of the laws themselves^ aeems to be afforded by the motion of fluids.

A body moved through water, from A to B, with moderate velo- oty, causes two eddies in the fluid, revolving in opposite directions, and progressing on either side of the line of motion, with a tendency MB they advance, to be deflected from the line parallel to the line of motion, and to assume parabolic curves, as described in Plate 12. We have here three things : a fluid, — a motion imparted to it in a certain direction, — and a resisting medium : the result being opposite move- ments in the floid ; seemingly of the very character of those which influence the motion of the Cyclones.

Corresponding to these, there is the atmosphere ; — the centrifugal action of the earth's rotation from west to east, greatest at the Equator, and uniform only on that line ; — and thirdly, the earth's translation, or the impetus with which it is carried forward, in space, re-acting and producing the effect of a resisting medium. The very conditions requisite, perhaps, for giving these peculiar motions to the air at a certain height, and for communicating the same to matter of which the whirlwinds are said to be composed.

The eddies so formed, being diverted downwards to the earth's sur- face, just as we observe, under certain circumstances, the like motions in water, continued downwards beneath the surface ; and once formed, these rotatory movements will continue, till friction or other counter- acting effects cause their cessation.

Cyclones may be the means by which accumulated electricity in the atmosphere is gradually discharged, and they may thus become power- ful means by which evaporation on a large scale is effected, and rain produced, and the Electro-magnetic spirals, having discharged their electricity and water, may be again lifted up to the higher regions of the atmosphere.

Analytea of Indian CoaU.

£4

^■1

*5

1A

^1

3j

1

i

s ss;

i235S3S

1

i s:s

sssssss

li

^s

I SS2

= ~~ : : : :

IS

U

|f

^

K

£ SS5

"."si

Hi

3"52

ill ■ 1°

ill Jll

1852.]

JnalyMi of Indian CoaU,

271

'ai|ooii{iiiv

JO *)1IM J9J

3

ta «

o e« K» ^

00

09

•ooqjwo

e» K» o

^ K» ll»

OOMO^ 0» O M 1^

M

SM 00 •-« lO -♦ -*

•0

«o 00

■ •••• ••• • •• • •

•« e« tf» « ^ lA O »H M 0> lO <« <o

<« COMiOCO 04 CO K» CO *0 ^ <« "<•

1

91

i

•5*

'9090

•MiiMQ -dg

f

I

J

04 <0 00 t>»

CO CO CI <« e« M CO

r« 00 o

• CO lO e« c« CI eo

1

.r

o U

s

2 ^

a

8

o O

M *

C Q

CO

^ *« •«■ A«

•c *• "s goo

-iff

B

o

s

8'.

M

«

1

o

e

s

u o

•c

.a

8 S

•3 ^

Mi^ >j '•*

:S

§|<3 *ft.g -

h

s

o

I

^; OG0>S yg

'Is

. to C) 0

a

a

si

-SI

<w «» 4i* s QQ

I t

o a

c

ja ► © p ^

€ *• "^ ••

>

.O

00

CO 00

00

iA40t>»aD Ok e •« M

OOQOOOOO QDOktt Ok

CO <«

Ok

dnalyte* of Indian Coalt.

[No. J.

■»T>D'"!<!»V JO -jnaa j«j

1

s

■qtV

2 «

25^;j«d"55«

■noqjifl

g 5

■JBMtW

S

■inw

S

•b

uwQ-ds

s

1852.]

Analyses of Indian CoaU,

273

IS

•••

I i

•a^oomqay

JO *)iiao J9j

■*

<o

^

CO OQ

'^

CO

CO

•q»V

CO a»

o ^

• • •

•

•

CO

•^

VH

i£

<e CO

"*

"<« ^

e«

00

o

'UOqivQ

2 2

. <o lO

o -«

eo lO

<^ OCO

•

CO

• •

cx>

o

a

e* -^

• w «

(O to

i» eo

eo -^r ^

CO

CO

•aaW»W

• •

■ t

. «o

• . t

1 • . *

•

CO

r« o

-J o

CO cr:

CO es

^ »<« e»

oo

<«

•Wl^A

lO lO

<e ix

eO cC

*« CO

CO o ^

M

-*

luoo

JOd J9}«^

•

«

•

> •

•

• •

• «

• • •

• •

• •

'■

-i^UBjr) .ds

eaec

» eocoeo

• ■ •

9.4 m^ ^^

«0

CO

•

•

* y

1.^ •

1

. «c5 :

^ T

^s»

» •

> <

> <

1 a

* 1

> 1

» a

« « '

•

.5-

: 2

1

> <

1 '

> a 1 a • 1

> 4

1 a

: «| :

a

1

ih

•

0

. c

1

•5 a

•3

•

c

0

or

k

G

T

• »

: 1

r ^

0

i 1

c

: e

: £

> PC

\ J

1

•

i .1

! 1

\ s

V O a

L ^ o -

0 0 G

;* 5 a *

1- ^

1

9

n

o

J5 a

'& C

I 0 1^ > CO >

! ^

s

-^

m

s

1

t* •" !S '^

- 3 <5 ,

0fS 0*s33^ O pq S QQ

. -So"]

1 2 OQ

1 o o «

1

- o o

1 12

1 flo-

o o o

8 0 !r-0 • .o S 0

Q Q

•

"^^

1 •

«2

•

> • 4

> • a

1 •

•

• •

• •

& a

S e

cio.:

. 4 • 4

> • <

> • 1

t • a » • a

• » •

• •

• •

.?«

«

;^

•

o

1 f-4

»i4

1 «fl

1 '^

1 ^N

lO C0

f*4 PN

t>.

00

at

274

Jnafysei of Indian CoaU,

[No. 3.

•9^03 mqtv

22 CO

a

o

o

^

o

O

o

o

*n oi

lO

^

A

«

o

o

M

lO

o

o

*^ 00

Ol

^gl

Ol

^-i

•

•^fV

•

00

•

•

•

•

Oi

•

« «

•

•

Ol

•

•

Ol

*»

•-4

o*

'^

'^

CO

^

^H

£

^

o

o

9

o

o

o

O 00

o

o

K»

^

o

e

^

«o

^^

tf»

© -^

»*

<o

»«

CO

o

*aoqi«3

•

•

•

•

•-*

•

CO

«

•

• •

•

•

Ok

•

go

•

o

<o

«o

CO

CO

to

m

lO

(0 ^

<o

lO

«o

<o

s

o

o

e

o

o

o

9

o ro

o

o

o

o

NN

-ja))V{^

o

o

•

•

•

•

o

•

•

•

•

•

•IP'PA

G*9

«<•

o»

(O

OD

9»

00

-* '^

CD

OD

•«*

«

eo

M

•o

Ol

01

Ol

04 ^

M

0«

00

•)aaa

•

«

o

^

o

^

lO iO

o

•

•

o

o

tO

Ol <o

a%

•

•

•

a

I9d J9)W^

r»

•

•

•-*

p^

lO

m

0« Pi4

•

CO

•

•

•

'Auuo '^S

I

J

of o

§a

O

?5

o* "^ -^

Ol CO CO

CO

» !i "^ o> to -^

01 CO CO Ol • Ol CO

04

eo

Ol

9

1

t- 1

o e

s

e

I 3

« -3

•3^8

O a S ^ O "

- ^5

■a 3

o

£

S

o

1

03

: 1

o

0

s

s o

5 -I S &

o

o

a

a

< y »

s

O "o

a

d

« CO

1

o S*

^ ^ -^

o a ^

•^-5 1

cu S "^

S o« 2.

*Z U3 14

a.

o

cC 9

n

o

Q

«> «>

s

M

B

8

I

CO

t

I

S

8-^ o"

04 Q

0,

a

n

^2

A,

5

•o

s

e o 8

■« 5 -2

Q .3

o

e^ 00

CO *^ eo

o

00

I 2

^

o«

^ Ol Ol Ol

CO "^

0« Ol

Ol

Ol

ei

«D Ol

Ok Ol

CO

CO

PROCEEDINGS

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL

March, 1852.

Tha usual monthly meeting of the Society was held on the 3rd instant, at half-past 8 p. m.

J, B. CoLYiM, Esq., Senior Member of the Council, present, in the Chain

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

An ancient Hindu silver coin found in a chattee of common earthen- ware at Nagpore, and four Bactnan copper coins, were presented to the Society by Dr. J. Grant.

Sir H. M. Elliot presented eight Mohammedan silver coins for the Society's cabinet. (They have been described in the last Number of the Journal, No. 7 of 1851.)

A yery interesting native picture by a Burmese artist, formerly attached to the Royal Court at Ava, was presented by Dr. A. Thomas of Ramree, through Capt. Sparks. The subject of the picture is thus described by Dr. Thomas :

'* On one side of the picture is represented the Royal Palace and the Royal Monastery ; the priests in their sacerdotal garb, and the White Elephant are all shown. On the other side is a grand procession, showing that a lad is about to enter the order of Priesthood. This picture while it a£Fords us some partial insight into the rites and cere* monies of the Burmese religion, shows also what the artistic powers of a semi-civilized nation are."

The following report was submitted to the meeting by the Coun- cil:—

2 K

276 Froeeedinga of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3,

The Council having had under their consideratiim a proposal of Dr, A. Sprenger to print in the Bihliotheca Indica the following works : namely ; — Hadykah, a Persian Poem, by Sanay, to be edited by Agha Mohammed Shoostry and Dr. A. Sprenger ; the Hay&t al Hayw^ of Bamyry, to be edited by Moulovie Mohammed Wajyh ; and the Itqin of Suydty to be edited by Moulovies fiusheerooddeen and Niirul Hakk ; recommend that the offer be accepted and these works be printed in the Bihliotheca. A full account of these works will be given in the preface of each work agreeably to the resolution of the Society of the 5th December, 1 85 1.

B&bu Gyanendro Mohun Tagore, duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted for and elected an ordinary member.

W. Lees, Lieut., N. I., was proposed as an ordinary member of the Society by J. B. Colvin, Esq., and seconded by Dr. A. Sprenger.

Communications were received : —

1st. — From B. H. Hodgson, Esq., communicating a valuable paper entitled " On the Indo-Chinese hordes and their connexion with the Himalayaas and Thibetans.''

With reference to Mr. Hodgson's request for the loan of Klaproth's Asia Polyglotta and Adelung's Mithridates, the Rev. Mr. Kay promised to send the first named book to Mr. Hodgson.

2nd. — From Rev. J. Long — ^An Analysis of the Raghu Vansa.

3rd.-<— From Capt. Layard, through Capt. Thnillier, fac^simile of an Arabic inscription from R&jmahal.

4th. — From the same, in continuation of his letter received last month, with reference to his researches into the ruins of Gour, and endosmg a paper entitled '* Nooks and Corners of India, No. 1/'

The following is an extract from Capt. Layard's letter :^

''.My short visit to Gour has been one of much interest to me, al« though from being obliged to return to the duties of my office I was unable to complete my sketches and enquiries in the southern suburbs of the city near Chandnee. I was fortunately able to visit the whole of the northern portion of the ruins as far as Gungerampore on the banks of the Kalindree, which I take to be the most ancient part of the city, or rather the Gour of the Hindus, previous to the inyaaion of the Mussalman conqueror Mahommed Bnkhtyar. Besides sketches of all the ruins, I have taken drawings of many remains of arohiteo-

1852.] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society, 277

ture, of colamnB, cornices, friezes, &c., scattered about the jungles and built into mosques, &c., also of many ancient and curious sculp- tures which, with the kind assistance of Mr. Gray, of Goamutty, I have been able to collect. Owing to the weight of the stones I have left all at Groamutty, for transport to Berhampore during the rains, deferring their transit to the Society's Museum until I learn from you whether they would be acceptable to the Sodety or not ; otherwise Mr. Crray concurs with me in my intention of presenting them to the British Museum.

" The principal sculpture I have to offer now, consbts of a very beautifully carved image of Soorya highly relieved and surrounded by numerous smaller figures, standing on the car drawn by the seven coursers of the Sun driven by Arun : the height of the principal figure is about 2^ feet.

** Coleman, in his mythology of the Hindus gives a description of Soorya, and drawing of an image at Benares (if I remember right), but this sculpture which I was fortunate enough to find in the jungle near Gungerampore, appears to be far superior, and much more elabo- rately ornamented than that described by Coleman, or even those mentioned in Buchanan Hamilton's work. Next to this stone, I must mention one found by Mr. Gray, which represents a female figure lying on a richly ornamented couch with an infant by its side, the lady is being shampooed by a female attendant. There are several other figures on the stone and amongst them a row of presiding Deities on the upper portion. The whole is beautifully carved in very high relief and slightly mutilated. I have another portion of a stone representing the same scene as the above, but very much smaller, and so much destroyed by having been cut up, that it is not worth offering to the Museum. There are several other sculptures more or less ancient and curious, which I can describe hereafter, whenever they reach from Goamutty.

*' I have taken impression on cloth of all inscriptions lying about the jungles or fixed on the mosques, which I will at leasure try to deci- pher or send to you to have deciphered in Calcutta, or bring them down with me hereafter if I can get leave of absence for a few days. There are also some copper coins which I was fortunate enough to pick np (mostly from coolies who dig for bricks) and which may lead

2 N 2

278 Proceedings of ike Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

to some information regarding the sketches of Gronr. Yoa are at liberty to make the subject of my letter known to the Asiatic Sodety but it has been written hurriedly and in the- midst of much office work, and therefore I fear not over-explicit."

5th. — A letter was read from Mr. Bayley, stating that he had seen the figure of the Jupiter in the Society's possession and had a dupli- cate of it, which was somewhat imperfect. He further stated that want of time will prevent his finishing his note on Bactrian Antiqui- ties, asked for by the Society for some time, but that on his return to Kote Kangra he will be able to send it to the Society, when he will also send a notice of four new Bactrian coins.

The Chairman read a letter from the Secretary to the Government of India forwardmg in compliance with the wish of Major Kittoe a collection of sculpture for exhibition to the members of the Society ; and then proposed that it be referred to the Council to consider and report as to the desirableness of securing fac*similes or engravings ot either of the inscriptions or figures for the purposes of the Society and on the probable cost at which that object could be carried oat. The motion having been seconded by Mr. Heatly was carried nem. con.

Confirmed 7th April 1852.

(Signed) J. W. Colvilb.

The Librarian submitted the following list of books added to the Libra- ry since the last meeting.

Pretented.

The Sandhya or the daily Prayers of the Brahmans illustrated in a series of Original Drawings. By Mrs. S. C. Belnos. — ^Fbbsbhtbd bt thb

GOTBBNMBKT OF BbHGAL.

The Journal of the Indian Archipelago for December, 1851. — ^Bt thb Editob.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. TTTt — Pbbsbktbd bt THB Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Fourth Annual Beport of the Board of Eegents of the SmithsonisD Institution for the year 1849. — ^By thb sahb.

Beport to the Smithsonian Institution on the History of the IHsooveiy of Neptune. By Benjamin A. Grould, Jr., 8vo. Pamphlet. — ^By thb sAXt-

Notices of the Public Libraries in the United States of America. By Charles C. Jewett, Washington, 1851, 8yo. Pamphlet.— By thb saicb.

1852.} Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 279

ProoeedingB of the Amerioan Assooiatiou for the Adyancement of Science. Fourth meeting held at the Haven, August 1860, WaBhington, 1851, 8to. — ^Bt the sake.

Hjatorical and Statistical Information respecting the History, condition and prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States. Collected and prapaied lomder the direction of the Bureau of Indian affairs per Act of Congress of March 3rd 1847.— By Henry E. Schoolcraft, Part I. Phila- ddplua, 1851. Pkesentbd by L. Lba, Esq.

Secoeil des Actes de L' Academic des Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts de Bardeaux. Treizi^me ann^ 1861, 1st Tremestre. — Br thb Academy.

Hie Oriental Christian Spectator, for January, 1862. — ^By the Editob.

The Oriental Baptist, for March, 1862.-— By the Editob.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for March, 1862. — By the Editobs.

The Upadeshak No. 63. — ^By the Editob.

Satyamab for December, 1861, January and February, 1862. — ^By the BxT. J. Long.

Hie Bengali Instructor, No. 4. — ^By the same.

Tattwabodhini Fatrikii, No. 103. — By the Tattwabodhiki' Shabha'.

The relation of the mind to external objects (Bengali,) Part I. By Bttbu Aluhayakumlira Datta. — By the Authob.

The Missiooary for February, 1862. — ^By the Editob.

The Benares Magazine, No. 31. — By the Editob.

Beport of the Calcutta Public Library for 1861. — ^By the Cubatobs or

THX LiBBABY.

The Pomachandrodaya, a Bengfili Newspaper, for February, 1862. — By THE Editob. Hie CitLsen, for February, 1862.— By the Editob^ The Indian Charter, for February, 1862. — ^By the Editob.

JPurchased, Comptes Bendus, Noe. 16 to 21, for 1861. Journal des Savants for October, 1861. Anoalfl and Magazine of Natural History for December, 1861.

s

00

i

i

1

i

3

111. .lll|ij.llii ikIiIIi liiiii '

■iina M

• sSeisSsaSlSKSSScSISsSSJESiilBc i

■■"IVJO

*en.#«pvn<s<e'co.cc»q«cs«<sos<00«n«oeooa o

1

•«MJO

■ ssliiiiSiiSJiSsisissffESllSSSisi 1

a

1

|S5iJS«|sJPJiiJi?sSI.P.i|S,§|EIII

h iili IJi llllii 1 i si i is iiil i «ni

a

3

t t

1

i

1

1

a

■qinn-M

• sSSlSsSsSEESieiESEEsisssSKIJES s

i

•'!V JO

• =S=ii5i|J-S52355|SSS5;SS:5SS5|3S S

■jaw JO

•SilSSISK

01 -pM -Ma

li^f^i^il

i 1

•s 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 ■

dMilluMlliiSlMUilim

1 1

1

■a<u ■niiB " aMi3»i'a

^^ii^^^^^a^^^^A^ '■

■qi-a M

■ imiUiirAitiiUiiiiiiumui i

1

■«yio

. mmitmrnmsm-mami i

■JSWJO

.mmtmminmimiiiiiisi

■Jo5S

01 pw wa

|§eis§iiH.|iiii|ii§iiiii|iiiSi^iM

^

•»wa

-

-^.4^,Tra™5r4-£yj-f!raTO?^!l-a3saa'Wss-rn

•wq J «.«•»»

o » • «

1 M

|:B,:::::::::J|::«|=|.||r5::::: i

|3 i*J

i^5^---^-3!^^liisi^ii2i--^ 5

«« *,<i<>s ni

• iii«liiiiiilii'SiiiiiiiiiiSS*lii i

s ..,„

• sSssssass-SsSJ-SSISSisSSSSsSSSEsI S

1 ■•-«

• aiiiSliSsss^sSsSi'SESssSsSsSlEli i

lei ■"■«

' mmiiiimnmiriiiiiiimiri i

1

i i

^1 fill 11 r

lldiiisilliilisalillljiirsisl ^

1 S ™n»ft,,a

1 -flca-M

• =5=iHsSS=s55S3ss|-|i335i3:sis:-j- a

■^TJO

» 3S3SSSSS3SSSSKS3SSES2S5ESSESS3S Sg

1 -"KJO

«Ta«,

||5.si=ii.i|5IIJ5i.S.g.lii.iiS.ililS.i|g.|l

; 1 1

iiiljiliililljillliUlllJiiiiil ■

^^i^^m^^^mm^^m^^ i

; qpH-M

• KS333S3!53;;53;355S5SS3SS;5S5| S

a ■'!? JO

■ sSssslsilsMiillilisissisctsiis s

i "w JO

" iiilssls^ilEiii^Oss'iiiili^lii^l s

' ,;«,

^mmmmmmm.mfiMMmA |

i 1

1 lip lii ill iiiliilli liiilTiiir 111 i ^

i lina-M

• S5jlii5|J5!3SS3S5S3JS55;3S55|33 5

1 -J^vjo

• SiSllsliiilSssailiSssiSsiSc^Ssi i

1 -""I -'

ii2ii=22sis5SsSSaasKsas'

*1

JOURNAL

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY

No. IV.— 1852.

A Twenty-first Memoir om the Law of Storms in the Indian and China Seas; being the Cyclone of H. M. S. Fox, in the Bay of Bengal^ 30M Jpril to 5th May 1851. By Henry Piddington, President of Marine Courts.

In the following Memoir, for the materials of which I am princi- pallj indebted to the zeal of Capt. Biden of Madras, the same arrangement as with preceding ones has been adopted ; that is, the documents are first given, and then a Tabular abstract of them, which is followed by a detailed statement of the grounds on which the vari- OU8 positions of the centre are laid down on the Chart, and by such observations on the yarions phenomena of the Cyclone as may have seemed necessary to direct attention to them.

Abridged extract from the Log qf the Ship Diana, Capt* Fletcher, from Sydney^ forwarded by Capt, C, Biden, Madras,

April 2ldth, — ^Moderate breeze during the night from W. S. W. to S. W. At 8 A. M. seyere squall with heavy rain. Noon strong breeze and cloudy. Latitude by D. E. 1* 41' S. ; Long, by D. E. 86** 17' E.

dOth. — ^Eresh breeze with hard squalla and heavy rain and lightning. During these twenty -four hours wind veering from 8. W. to West. Lati- tude by Obs. (Xf 06' N. ; Long, by Obs. 86*^ 00' E.

May let. — Fresh breeze with hard squalls and heavy rain ; in reefs, and made all . preparations for heavy weather, obliged to haul the foresail up

No. LIV.— New Skriks. 2 o

284 A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Stomu. [No, 4.

while die sqoallB lasted. Latitude by D. B. V 66' N. ; Long, by I>. B. 86^ 2(y E.

May 2nd. — ^Throughout these twenty -four hours strong gale with ter- rifie squalls, accompanied with a deluge of rain and vivid lightning. Found the ship had been set by the current to the Eastward twenty miles, al- though heading N. W. by N. to W. N. W. Wind W. by 8. to S. TV'. Latitude by Obs. 3<> 04' N. ; Long, by Obs. 87° W E. Fresh gale with hard squalls and heavy sea. Split main top-sail, handed fore-sail and fore top-sail.

May 3rrf. — ^Hove ship to under close-reefed main top-sail. Noon more moderate, made sail again. Wind from W. S. W. to S. W. by S. Lati- tude by D. B. 4<> 15' N. ; Long, by D. B. 87o 05' E. Commences with fresh breeze and cloudy. At 8 p. m. severe gale with heavy sea. 'H.ove ship to again under close-reefed main top-sail.

May Uh, — ^At 2 a. m. more moderate, made sail again. Noon, blowing hard, handed main-sail. Wind W. S. W. to S. W. by S. Latitude by D. B. 4° 50* N. ; Long, by D. B. 86° 50' E. Strong gale throughout.

May 5^A. — ^At 11 a. m. ship hove to sixteen hours during this day's log. Wind S. W. to S. S. W. Latitude by D. B. S^. 4' ; Long, by D. B. 86^ lO' E. Commencing with squalls and wind more moderate. At 8 p. H. blowing hard with heavy squalls during the night.

May 6<A.— Noon. Ditto W. wind S. S. W. to S. W. Latitude by Obs. 50. 23 N. ; Long, by Obs. 85© 44' E. -

Extract from Log Barque Hannah, Capt. H. Smith, from Penang hound to Madras, Civil Time. Forwarded by Capt. C, JBiden,

Tuesday, April 29^A. — Commences with gloomy and unsettled weather throughout the forenoon. P. M. calm with very unsettled and squally appearance round the compass and heavy swell from tJie southward. Mid- night moderate breeze from the westward and clear. Lat. D. B. 8<> N. ; Long. 82° 50'.

Wednesday, April 30<A. — Daylight fine with westerly wind, coast of Ceylon in sight, Friar's Hood bearing W. S, W. Noon calm, p. m. wea- ther looking again very imsettled and squally. 2 p. m. wind round the compass with heavy rain. 5 p. h. strong breeze sprung up suddenly from. the W. N. W. with very threatening appearance all round the compass, in first reef of top-sails, 6 p. m. tacked ship, wind westerly, midnight moderate breeze and clear. Lat. 7° 50^ ; Long. 82° 08'.

Thursday, May \st. — Daylight, light drizzling rain appearing from the N. N. W. wind variable and pufiy ; down main royal yard, in second reef of top-sails ; towards noon heavy squalls from the westward and much rain

1852.] A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms. 285

with heavy croBs sea. P. m. tremendous squalls in quick succession &om W. S. W. and S. Westward with every appearance at times of a gale of wind, at other times clearing as quickly. 3 p. m. battened down hatches fore and aft, got all prepared for bad weather. During this night strong squalls from the South-westward with heavy thunder and lightning and rain : between the squalls quite calm, the ship qften loosing steerage way — the sea awfully confused. Lat. 8« 40' N. ; Long. 81© 43 E.

Friday, May 27m2.— Daylight steering to the N. N. Westward with strong gale and cross sea, ship knocking about awfully, sent down mizen topmast; 8 a. m. wore ship finding the gale increase while the ship's head was to the Northward ; kept the wind free for about two hours, try- ing to push to the Southward ; but the cross sea increased so rapidly, threatening to sweep the decks every minute, were compelled to lay to under main topsail and canvas in the mizen rigging ; main topsail yard went near the slings ; noon gale increasing with tremendous squalls and rain ; p. m. saw a barque running to the Eastward under closed-reefed topsails and reefed foresails, wind Westerly, veering about two points each way, sea running very high and confused, ship labouring much, often dipping the lee quarter boat in the water. 10 p. m. during this night aU hands including native passengers slept in the cabin. Lat. D. B». 8^ 40' N. ; Long. D. E. 820 lO' E.

Saturday, May ^rd, — ^Daylight clear, blowing a hard gale of wind from the Westward with awM sea ; noon moderating, made sail and wore ship to the N. Westward, weather moderate and clear ; towards midnight gale increasing ; in main topsail, courses and jib ; during this night blowing hard with heavy puffs, wind Westerly. Lat. D. E. 8° 53' N. ; Long. 82* ?6'E.

Sunday, May ^h. — Daylight fine, wind moderating, set courses and main topsail. Noon do. weather, wind S. W. by W. with heavy cross sea, weather continuing clear. Midnight gale increasing with tremendous puffs of wind ; in mainsail and jib. Lat. D. E. 9o 00" N. ; Long. 83o OO' E.

Monday, May 6th. — Moderating, set mabsail and jib, all hands em- ployed during the day repairing damages aloft, &c. Noon p. h. blowing hard with confused sea in mainsail and jib. Lat. D. E. 9^^ 40^ N. ; Long. 81° 50' E. .

Tuesday, May 6th. — Daylight blowing hard, wind steady with veiy fine weather aloft. 8 a. m. moderating set mainsail and jib. 10 p. k. sud- denly lost the strength of the wind, saw the land of Nagore, bearing West. Noon out all reefs. Lat. Obs. ll^ 4' Long. dO^j 10^.

2 o 2

286 A Tweniy-fir^t Memoir on ike Law of Siorms, [No. 4«

Extract from the Log ofH. M, S. Fox, Commodore Lambert ; from, Trineomalie bound to Madras, Civil Time. Lop forwarded hy Capt, C, Biden, M. A, Madras. A few additions from the nesos^ paper abstract*

At Noon 1st May, 1861.— H. M. S. Fox was by Acct. in Lat. 80 67' N. ; Long. 8I0 XT (Madras bearing N. IS^ W. 266 miles) standing to the N'. ^ W. and N. i E. to midnight 7i to 2} knots. Wind variable from W. b. N. to W. N. W. force (6) to (9).* Weather thick and squally with thnnder, lightning and rain. Bar. riei/ng from 29.67 at 3 p. M. to 29.74 at mid- night ; Ther. 82^. The direction in which the lightning was seen is not girezi-

2n<2 May, — ^A. M. wind rariable from North to W. b. N. Force (6) to (9) at noon marked N. N. W. (9.) Ship standing to the N. East. Bar. 8 a. h:. 29.67 ; at noon 29.60 ; Ther. 92®. Squally, thick rainy weather through- out. Noon, Lat. Acct. lO© (/ N. ; Long. 81® 38' E. p. m. gale increasing to a hurricane ; force marked (10) and (11.) Wind N. N. W. to 8 p. h. when W. N. W. again ; at midnight ship heading to the N. E. Bar. 6 p. h:. 29.63 ; at 8, 29.60 ; midnight, 29.47 ; ship lurching heavily and lying to under a close-reefed main topsail.

8rc? Jfo^.*— A. M. wind N. N. W. very heavy squalls (9) to (11). Bar. 29.37 ; at 6 A. m. W. b. N. (8) to (10). Bar. feU to 29.30 : Symp. 29.20 ; at 9 (10) ; and at 9h 46' (12) when the ship was obliged to bear up for the safety of her masts ; running 12 knots under the remnants of her dose- reefed main topsail having previously lost the jibboom while lying with the lee quarter deck guns at times in the water :t heavy and confused sea on. At 4 A. M. the Bar. is marked 29.33 ; and at noon 29.37 ; Ther. 82^. Heavy squalls sea rain and thick weather. Noon Lat. 10® 21' N. ; Long. 820 40^ East. Wind W. S. W. To midnight, ship scudding to the East and E. b. S 70.3 miles in the 12h. Wind W. N. W. W. S. W. and 8. W, (9) to (11) throughout.^ Bar. 29.40 at 4 p. m. and 29.60 at 10 p. x.

AAh May. — ^A. h. wind S. S. W. (11). Ship standing at 7 a. m. to the E. b. S. and at 8 hauled to the N. West. Wind till noon S. S. W. (9) to (10). Squally but clearing at times. Bar. 29.67 to 29.70 at 10 a. h. Nooa Lat. Acct. 10® 22' N. ; Long, by Chr. 84o 36'. P. m. wind South to S. b. W. (8) to (10). Ship standing to the Westward. Chile decreasing, eloudy and squally. Bar. 29.70 to 29.72 at midnight ; Ther. not marked.

bth May, — ^A. H. wind South, to noon (7) to (9). Ship standing to the Westward, squally with cloudy and blue sky. Bar. 29.74 to 29.80 ai

* Admiral Beanfort'i nmnbers. f From a notice in the Nentieal Magasfaie.

$ So in MSS. Log ; tbongh thia mnat be an error.

1852.] A Twenty*Jirst Memoir on the Law of Storwu. 287

noon ; Ther. 84o ; Noon Lat. Obs. 10> 26' North ; Long. Chr. 83^ 55' East. P. K. to Midnight, weather fair. Wind 8. 8. W. to South.

Sxiraet from the Log of Ship Mary Ann, Capt. Darby ; from Swan River bound to Madras, Civil Time, Forwarded by Capt, Biden.

Wednesday, April 30^A. — ^Light winds and variable from 8. W. to North with heavy rain during the night Bar. 29.67; Aneroid 29.65. Very dose and sultry. Ther. 84 ; Lat. Obs. 9^ 48' N. ; Lat. by double Alt. 9 « 60' N. ; Lat. by Obs. 9« 47' N. ; Long, by Chr 8lo 33' 48o" E.

Thursday, May \st. — ^First part light breeze from the North. Noon wind variable from the Westward and North with rain ; double-reefed topsails at 4 p. m. During the night very dull and oppressive weather, a few stars appeared but unable to obtain sights. Lat. by Account 10° 31. N. ; Long, by Account 8P 8' E. ; Bar. 29.60 ; Aneroid 29.60 ; Ther. 81.

Friday, May 2nd, — Strong gale and very variable frx)m N. N. E. to N' W. with heavy rain, never ceasing in the 24 hours ; during the night much heavy thunder and lightning in the Northern quarter, dose reefed topsaiLi and furled all but main topsail: 8, hove too under dose-reefed main topsail. 8 F. M. Barometer still falling to 29.40. Sent down royal yards and made the ship snug for the night. Noon, Lat. by Acct. IQP 38' N. ; Long, by Acot. 81° 17' E. ; Bar. 29.52 ; Aneroid 29.53 ; Ther. 82.

Saturday, May Srd, — ^Blowing a severe gale with heavy rain and terrific squalls at daylight; at 4 a. m. Barometer 29.30. Ship lying to under dose-reefed main topsail. Noon, Barometer 29.33; p. m. still blowing hard, with less rain toward evening. Midnight, Barometer 29.30. Wind from West to 8. West.

Sunday, May 4^A. — ^A. M. blowing still a gale, and sea much confrised, lying to under main topsail. Noon a most fearful sea struck the ship, and filled the deck full of water. No sights. Lat. Acct. 11° 49' N. ; Long. Acct. 820 34' E. ; Bar. 29.38 ; Aneroid 29.35 ; Ther. 82 ; p. m. blowing hard with high sea ; at 8, more moderate. Wind at 8. S. W. set dose-reefed fore top-sail and reached her under the two top-saUs. Midnight, Bar. 29.40 in. clined to rise.

Monday, May 5th. — ^A. M. wind inclined to moderate, but heavy sea running ; at daylight. Barometer 29.45. Noon more moderate, made sail. Lat. by Obs. 10^ 11' ; Long, by Chr. 82o 20^ ; Bar. 29.55 ; Aneroid 29.55 ; Ther. 84.

288 A Twenty-Jint Memoir on the Law of Storms . [No. 4.

Extract from the Log of the Schooner Joseph Manook from Swan River to Calcutta, by Capt. H, 8. Dick, Civil Time.

Memorandum — I have compared this with the vessels Log and made a

few additions, H, P.

We had heavy N. W. aquallfl from I© ao* to C® N. Being then sheltered by Ceylon the wind became light and variable. I wished to call in at Madras, so kept as much to the Westward as possible, and in Lat. lO* 30* N. and Long. 81° 8' E. on the—

Ist May— -The Barometer began to fall from 29.82 to 29.72 ; Ther. 82o with heavy dark appearance and much rain : at 6 P. M. Civil Time, tacked to the S. W. wind W. N. W. and the Bar. had risen to 29.78. Midnight very heavy N. W. squalls and much lightning to the Eastward. Bar. 29.78 : close-reefed and sent top gallant yards upon deck.

May 2nd. — ^Wore to the N. West ; wind West ; Bar. 29.77 ; at 3 a. h. wind North, blowing hard with every appearance of a gale, though the Bar. high, being 29.78 ; at daylight weather the same. Bar, 29.78 : at 8 a. m. down main topmast and in flying jibboom, Bar. 29.74 ; 11 a. m. blowing hard from N. N. W. and a high sea : in topsail. Noon Lat. by account 10> ^O' N. ; Long. 81o 3' E. ; Bar. 29.72 ; blowing very hard, and a high sea running ; at 2 p. m. Bar. 29.64 wind N. W. by W. blowing half a gale, hove the vessel to under storm sail, with her head to the North Eastward, the sea running very high with rain. Midnight ditto weather Bar. 29.56.

May Srd, — 1 a. h. blowing hard with rain ; wind N. W. ; Bar. 29.48 ; at 8 A. M. but little wind, vessel would not steer, but a heavy confused sea ; at 7.30, a heavy gust from N. W. ; Bar. 29.46 ; at 8 a. m. hard gale from W. N. W. and a tremendous heavy confused sea ; Bar. 29.45 ; at 9 a. m. blowing with most violent gusts from West, shipped several heavy seas over the poop, unshipped the binnacle. The third sea washed the man from the helm nearly overboard ; I ordered the helm to be lashed a lee as it was not safe for a man to remain there, had my tell tale compass screwed up under the top gallant forecastle ; wind West by N. ; Bar. 29.44; after 9 A. M. all hatches battened down, could not note the Bar., but the wind West, blowing in most furious gusts ; at 4 p. h. opened one board of the hatch for some biscuits and to note the Bar. which was then 29.44 ; closed up the hatches for the night, so could not note the Bar. ; wind during the night from W. to W. by S. blowing in most fearful gusts.

May Uh. — ^Daylight more moderate ; wind W. by S. opened companion hatch and found the Bar. risen to 29.59 ; at 10, wind S. W. set reefed trysail and storm staysail ; Bar. 29.62. Noon fresh gales with a tremend-

1852.] A Twenty-fint Memoir on the Law of Storme. 289

ouB sea ; Bar. 29.64 ; at 4 p. m. fine appearance but the Bar. had fallen to ^.59. I supposed by setting the trysail and staysail, we had made head way to the N. W. into bad weather again, wind S. S. W. wore ship to the S. £. ; at 8 p. h. decreasing gales and fine appearance, sea still very high : Bar. 29.73. Midnight strong gales from South, Bar. 29.75.

May 5M. — At 4 a. m. fresh gales and the sea very high, Bar. 29.76. Day- light fine. Blowing hard from the Southward and the sea running yery high. I gare up all thoughts of going to Madras, as it was not prudent to stand to the N. W. ; at 8 a. h. Bar 29.78 ; made sail and stood to the N. E. for Calcutta. Noon a yery high sea ; wind South ; Bar. 29.86 and fine weather ; Lat. 10> 49^ ; Long. 83o 35' having been set to the S. S. E. 160 miles during 3^ days' gale. Midnight cloudy with rain ; Bar. 29.90 ; sea still yery high.

May 6^.— Fine clear weather ; wind S. S. W. ; Lat. 13® 26' ; Long. 840 21' ; Bar. 29,96.

My little vessel rode most gallantly over the seas, with only a very small storm mainsail set, coming up and falling off only one point each way ; I was never in so heavy a breeze before, it seemed almost impossible the little vessel could live in such a cross confused sea. By your book I fancy I was upon the right tack thougl^ perhaps you will censure me for not running to the S. E. but I thought it would only be a common monsoon gale which we expect in these months or I should have done so ; and coming from the Southward we have had our Bar. ranging high, I thought nothing of the fall till it was below 29.67 ; as I have oflen had it as low

that in the bay during the S. W. monsoon for 6 and 7 days together.

Extract from the Log of the H, C. Steamer Hugh Lindsay from Paumbum and Cuddalore to Madras. Civil Time, Forwarded by Capt. Biden.

On the 2ind May, 1851. — The Hugh lAnd^ay at Noon had Porto Novo Chinmey bearing S. W. Moderate breezes S. W. b. W. and heavy rain ; Bar. 29.77. At 5, anchored at Tranquebar. At Midnight heavy squalls of wind and rain with lightning and thunder, and threatening appearances from the N. West with a heavy swell on. Wind W. N. W. ; Bar. at 4 p. M, 29.69.

May ^d. — ^A. m. the same ; and a thick gloomy appearance all round ; weighed at 3.30 a. m. At 7.30 a. m. wind W. N. W. Nagore Pagoda N. W. finding the wind and sea fast increasing, and every appearance of a heavy gale stood out to sea instead of anchoring at Negapatam. Bar. 29.40 ;*

* So in MSS. but apparently an error ; 29.70 was probably meant ?

290 A Twenty-firBt Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

at 2 ▲. M. : 29.62 at 8 a. m. : 29.60 at Noon, when eaaed the engines and hove to. p. K. N. W. to W. N. W. fresh gale and ineessant rain. 9 p. M. Westerly. Sunset to Midnight, heavy sqnaUs of wind and rain with a heavy sea. Bar. 29.55 at 2 p. m., to 29.58 at Midnight.

May 4itk. — ^A. h. fresh gales, heavy sea and constant rain increasing at daylight to heavy gosts and a heavy sea running, all around thick and misty of a dull red colour. At noon the same. No observations. Bar. 29.50 at 2 a. m. ;* at 4, 29.50; at 6, 29.52 ; at 8, 29.54; at 10, 29.58 ; and at Noon 29.57. Wind marked for the twelve hours Westerly to S. W. p. M. wind S. W. very heavy squalls and sea running very high. 4 p. h. moderating to Midnight. Bar. 29.52 at 2 p. h., to 29.70 at Midnight.

May 6th. — Weather becoming fine. Lat. Obs. 9<> 59' N. ; Long. Chr. 810 49' East.

Register of Winds kept on board the dredging vessel at the Paumbum Channel, by Mr. Colin Gib, Superintendant, and forwarded by Ce^t, Biden.

May 1st, — ^Wind S. W. Blowing fresh all day with heavy rain, thunder and lightning.

May 2nd, — Wind N. N. W. Fresh breeze during the 1st part of the day accompanied with rain ; at about 5 p. k. breeze freshened considerably with heavy rain ; and at about 9 o'clock it had increased to a hard gale, with tremendous gusts at short intervals ; in one of which the Port chain cable of the steam dredge snapped ; held on, however, with the remaining four ; wind veering frequently from S. W. to N. N. W.

May Zrd, — ^Wind S. W. Blowing a hard gale with violent squalls at times.

May 4tth, — ^Wind S. W. Blowing a gale of wind ; and although sheltered by the Islands and reef there was a heavy sea running at the Buoy. Dredge riding uneasily.

May Sth, — ^Wind S. S. W. Gale still continues, but the squalls neither so frequent nor so violent.

May Qth. — ^Wind S. S. W. Blowing fresh ; weather more settled, gde evidently broken.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the Barque Sarah from the Nico* bars to Madras, forwarded by Capt. Biden, CivU Time.

The Sarah was from the 28th to the 30th April with squalls from the 8. W. and calms near the Nicobar Islands.

* So in MSS. though 29.68 is marked at Midnight.

1852.] A Twenty-fir9t Memoir on the Law of Storms. 291

April dOth, 1851.— At Noon, the Sarah was in Lat, by Obs. 6^ 36' N. ; Iiong, 93^ 12' East. P. m. fresh S. S. W. winds and fine, increasing to Midnight, when cloudy with heavy squalls of wind and rain.

Jfay 1st — A. M. increasing from S. S. W. with heavy squalls and a high sea running, to daylight, when hard gales and heavy gusts " veerinffjhnn South to S. TF." Hove to at 8, under bare poles. Noon, successive heavy gusts with a continuation of hard rain and heavy seas, with thick weather from the S. W. P. m. lying to under bare poles " vnlh continued heavy ffueU of wind from South to S, W" Midnight blowing a perfect hurricane.

JIfay 2nd, — ^Begins with continued heavy gusts blowing, and rain mRlring ** a mere drift of wind South to S. W." Noon, moderating a little. 2 p. K. increasing again ; and at 7 p. m. hurricane with an awful heavy sea. Midnight more moderate, made some sail.

3fay drd. — ^Daylight, heavy gusts again, moderating at times, and p. m. Baooesaive heavy squalls from S. to S. 'Sf. are marked. At Midnight atrong breezes and squalls.

3£ay Uh. — Apparently the monsoon breeze, with squalls, and on —

May 5<A.— The Lat. by Obs. is marked 10° 40' N. ; Long. 86o 1(/ East. The Sarah had no Barometer on board, and no positions by D. E. are given during the bad weather.

Extract from the Log of the Barque Ostrich, Capt. Stephenson, from Madras bound to Moulmein. Civil Time, Loy forwarded by Capt. Biden.

The Ostrich sailed from Madras on the 28th April, and on —

May 1st, 1851, at Noon, was in Lat. 14fi 19' N. ; Long. 82^ 46' East ; with wind from the E. N. E. and squally weather at Midnight. Bar. at Noon is marked at 29.75 ; Symp. 29.84 ; Ther. 84o.

May ^nd.—A, m. wind E. N. E ; at 8, East ; and at Noon E. N. E. again ; heavy squalls with rain. Lat. 13^ ICY North ; Long. 83^ ICf E. ; Bar. marked for Noon at 29.60 ; Symp. 29.75 ; Ther. 83o. Midnight increasing gale and heavy squaUs.

May 3n2. — Making all snug for bad weather. Violent squalls. A. m. wind E. b. N. ; at 8, East ; Noon to Midnight -continued and increasing squalls, rain, and sea. Noon Lat. 12° 46' N. ; Long. 83o 00* ; Bar. 29.40 ; Symp. 29.60 ; Ther. 82°.

May Uh,^K. u, wind S. East. Strong gale and heavy squalls. Noon more moderate Lat. W 4' North ; Long. 82° 21' East ; Bar. 29.33 ; Symp.

2 p

292 A Twenty-fir^t Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

29.39 ; Ther. 84<>. At 2, p. h. wind E. S. £. ; at 8, inereasing again to Midnight, when wind is marked S. E.

May 6th. — A. M. wind S. S. E. Strong gales ; 6 more moderate ; under some sail. Bar. being at 2 a. h. at 29.26 ; Symp. 29.31, after which they began to rise. Noon Lat. 14P 54' North; Long. 82^ 37' East; Bar. 29.60 : Symp. 29.80 ; Ther. 83o. Midnight, out reefs.

Abstract from the Log of the P. and O. Company* s Steamer^ Precur- sor, from Point de Galle towards Aden, Civil Time. Forwarded by Mr. Parfitt, Chief Officer.

The Precursor left Point de Galle at 6.20 p. h. on the 30th April. Wind and sea increasing from W. b. S. Bar. 29.77 to 29.76 at Mid- night, Sympiesometer not in good order: Ther. 81°.

May 1st, 1851. — ^A. u. strong winds W. b. S. and cloudy ; heavy head sea and frequent squalls. 4 a. m. Bar. 29.74 ; Ther. 83^ ; at 8 a. m. Bar* 29.79. Noon more moderate, but very heavy sea, Lat. by Obs. 5® 6' N. ; Long. 77® 3' East ; Bar. 29.80 ; Ther. 85o. p. m. wind W. b. N. 4 p. m. Bar. 29.72 ; at 8, 29.82 ; Midnight 29.82. Wind and weather the same.

May 2«c^.— Moderating to Noon when Lat. 3® 21' North ; Long. 78° 18' East ; Bar. 29.88 ; Current S. 55o E. 41 miles.

Abridged Log of the Ship Hyderabad, Capt. Castles ; from Calcutta to the Mauritius^ reduced to Civil Time. Forwarded by Capt» C, Biden.

May Zrd. — P. H. Lat. by Acct. (worked back from Noon of the 4th) 14® 05' N. ; Long. 83° 47' East ; 1 p. m. Bar. 28.90. Strong breezes from the East. Ship standing S. S. W. 6 p. h. wind E. S. E. ; increasing, with a confused sea to Midnight. Bar. 28.80 at 8 p. m. and Midnight.

May 4ith. — Increasing gales with a very heavy head sea ; made all snug* Wind S. E. b. E. from 6 a. m. Noon blowing " a drift of wind." Lat. \2P SaN.; Long. 82o 20' East; Bar. 28.74. Sea running very high. Ship running 4 knots per hour to the W. S. W. ; p. m. the same ; at 4, complete hurricane ; ship on her beam ends for upwards of two hours ; decks swept continually of every thing. Bar. from 28.74 ; at 1 p. u. to 28.70 at Mid- night. Drift about ^ mile per hour. Wind for the p. h. and a. m. of the 6th is said to have been " mostly from S. E. b. E. to East ; gradually veering to the Southward throughout the latter part."

May Sth.'-At 4i a. m. Bar. 2S.71 ; at 8, 28.72. Noon hard gale with a heavy sea. Wind about S. E. b. S. Noon Lat. by Acct. 12^ 50' N. ; Long.

1852.] A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms. 293

81** 40* East ; Bar. not marked ; p. m. Bar. 28.74 ; more moderate, but a tremendous head sea. Wind E. b. S. at 8 p. m. ; Bar. 28.80 at Midnight, and weather more settled.

May 6th.— At 4 a. m. Bar. 28.84. 6, wind E. S. E. Noon moderate Lat. 130 67' N. ; Long. 82o 37' East. Wind S. S. W.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the Ship Mary Harrison ; from Sonapore to Madras ; by Mr. J, Sutherland, Chief Officer ; forwarded by Copt, Biden. Civil Time.

May 2iMi.— Wind JST. E. to N. N. E. at Noon, and then N. b. W. to N. E. again. Bar. falling from 29.60 a. m. to 29.50 at Noon; and 29.40 at Midnight ; Ther. from 85^ to 83^. Sqoallj and clondj making prepara- tions for bad weather. Heavy swell from S. E. and threatening appear- ance. Position at Noon Lat. 13o 41' N. ; Long. 82o 15' East.

May 3rrf.--Wind marked North to N. N. W. 4 a. m. Bar. 29.38 ; Noon 29.36 ; Midnight 29.30 : Ther. 83^. Position at Noon Lat. 13^ 12' North ; Long. 81^ 28^ East. A. m. very squally ; made aU snug and hove to at S p. M. under close-reefed main topsail.

May 4a.--A. M. wind North. 8 a. m. N. N. W. ; 8 p. m. N. W. ; 10 P. M. shift to S. W. Bar. a. m. 29.30 ; Noon 29.05 ; 8 p. M. 28.91 ; 10 P. M. 28.80 ; Midnight 28.80. Position at Noon ; Lat. by Acct. 12° 41' N. ; Long. '8I0 38' East. A. u. strong gale, and heavy sea getting up ; " at 8 P. u. cleared wp and wind moderated a little; at 10 P. M. sttdd^ shift to 8. W. throwing the ship almost on her beam ends;*' lost main topsail, jibboom, &o.

May Sth. — ^A. M. " storm raging with unabated fury ;" 4 a. m. heaviest ; 4.30 A. H. abated to a strong gale ; 5 a. m. Bar. started almost instantly from 28.80 to 29.03." Very confused sea, but ship behaving very weU, wind throughout, S. S. W. to South. Noon, Lat. Acct. 13o 11' N. ; Long. SV> W East; Bar. a. h. 28.84; at 5 a. m. 22.03; Midnight ^29.58: Ther. 82o to83i.

May Qth, — Confused irregular sea, but weather gradually becoming fine. Bar. 29.60 to 29.72; at Midnight Ther. 84o. Noon Lat. 13o 23' North; Long. 8I0 52' East.

2 p 2

294

A Twenty 'first Memoir an the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

s

IS

Hi*

**4

V

o 00

o

a

9 CO

s ?^

a •

a

c

a

a,

s

»• o J.

« ^ g

w tc o

S 9*0

s 5 o"« e

£-3 » »r"

I*

■s3

O •"»

V « w

c 5 <« «co

• •MIT

*»^ *^<«

too g c S

g.ri ^g

-* » > r

* -• *

«« w

o eo o

^-0 a B

b B

S..s-s^ ■£ i? a g »

•o.S a 0

fid's

*)09dsy

E

o

O

•a

9

O

5

••P°!M

CO

•■»»m

o

00

So

s

•j«g

8.

8

*)9ad8y

8 5

9

O

•spniM

pq

a;

125

•J&MX

s

s

3

•«e

00

•)O9d0V

9

O

Q

•«pa!M

I

•

2

S5

••»»MX

00

s

s

•jreg

CO

to

loadgy

>» S

X

9

O

fpuiM

3

•

pq

••»»MX

s

s

•i«a

s

3

eo

o Q

p4 :zi

S

g

^

S

;z:

09

8

o

2

s

8

^

9

O

pq

2i

8

CO

o Q

o

5

CO

0!>

S

s

o

0

s

o Q

o

• mm

a

a

(4

CO

s

3

K

S

R

SS

o

o

Q

3

9

O

GO

S

s

^

o Q

e

5

Pi9

■ K

t4

09

8

8

(O

s

SB

£!a

B9

(3.g

a* it 2s §•

Ss

So |5

^ 2 S^

!^

^ 9

St

s

ll

^^

1^

^1

o

ll - S-s

Op

SIS

*^

1852.3 -d Twenty 'first Memoir an the Law of Stortns. 295

Extract from the Log of the Ship Catherine Jpear, Capt, Fowler ; from Mauritius to Calcutta, Reduced to Civil 7Vm««

May 2nd, 1851. — Midnight, dark cloudy, tmsetiled weather with variable winds ; 4 to 8 A. M . calms ; 8 to 1% wind West to S. W., 5 knot breeze. Noon, Bar. 29.49 ; Symp. 29.20 ; Lat. Acct. 10° 44' North ; Long. 84o 14' iBast. P. M. light winds and calms, gloomy threatening appearance ; 4, freshening from Eastward ; at 8, strong gusts making preparations for bad weather. Bar. 29.43 ; Symp. 29.18. Midnight, hard squalls and rain. Wind Easterly.

May drd, — ^Dark cloudy and blowing very heavy at times. 2 a. x. wind E. S. E. ; 3, Bar. 29.33 ; Symp. 29.12 ; 5, wind still E. S. E. Bore up North. Bar. 29.29; Symp. 29.12; Noon strong breezes E. S. E. ; Bar. 29.40 ; Lat. Obs. 12° 40' ; Long. Chr. SS^ 32^. Throughout the preceding 24 hours very heavy clouds hanging about the horizon, hot sultry weather and gloomy appearance, squalls heavy at times with heavy rain, but little or no sea on. P. h. fresh gale Easterly. Ship standing North ; 8, Bar. 29.50. Midnight, dense masses of clouds and hard squalls.

May 4ih, — ^Hard squaUs ; 8 a. m. fresh gales E. b. S. ; at 11, a terrific squall ; Noon, strong gales and heavy sea ; Lat. 15<> 13' N. ; Long. 82<> 66 E. Current N. 51 W. 33 miles. During the last 24 hours steadjr gales East and E. S. E. with hard squalls and much rain. f. m. the same decreasing at sunset ; 9 f. M. wind S. East.

May bth, — ^Wind hauling to S. S. E. ; Daylight moderate ; Noon fresh breeze and squaUy. Lat. 16° 42' N. ; Long. %iP 25' East ; Bar. 29.67 ; Simp. 29.46 ; Current, N. 78 East 39 miles.

Extract from the Log of the Ship '' Jtalanta" Capt. R. F. D. Towle ; from Coringa bound to Pondicherry, forwarded by Capt, Biden.

April ZOth, 1851.^ Light winds throughout from S. S. E. : S. E. and E. S. E. with occasional calms and slight showers, Lat. 12^ 45' N. ; Long. Chr. 83o 58' E. ; Bar. Noon 29.80.

May 1st. — ^Variable winds with fluctuating Bar. Smart squalls from East* veering to N. E. and N. N. W. Steered S. b. W. : S. S. W. and S. W. At Noon gloomy all round with drizzling rain, wind light at N. E. Lat. Acct. no 34' N. ; Long. Acct. 83° 40^ E. ; Bar. Midnight 29.76 ; 4 a. X. 29.66 ; 8 A. x. 29r72 ; Noon 29.75 ; Bar. 3 p. m. 29.61 ; 5, 29.63 ; 6, 29.66 ; 8, 29.68 ; 9, 29.70 ; 11, 29.70. Light winds and cloudy. At 11 p. x dark gloomy weather with drizzling rain, winds flying about from S. £. to

296 A Twenty-fint Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

E. S. E. East, N. E. and N. N. W. At Midnight, winds light and yariable from N. N. W., N. E. and E. S. E. with yiyid lightning, showing a heavj black bank to the Southward.

May ^nd. — In aU sail. At 0.30 a hard squall from E. S. E. with heavy rain, thunder and lightning, kept away West under topmast staysaiL At 2 A. M. light winds from N. N. W. round to East, and back again. At 5 A. H. wind apparently steady at North ; set double-reefed topsails, foresail, and bent and set a new fore topmast staysail (the other having split) steered South and S. S. W. At 10 a. m. a threatening appearance all round, wind veering in heavy gusts from North to N. W. in all sail and scudded South under fore topmast staysail. Supposing from appearances this to be the commencement of a hurricane or heavy gale, the centre of which would now be about E. N. E. of us, the wind being K. N. W. kept South to run out of it, according to the theory of storms and made all snug. Noon dark gloomy weather Bar. fast falling, sea getting up and wind agitated with every indication of a gale, wind flying about from North to N* W. and vice versd vrith heavy puffs and rain. Grot stay tackles on foremast to cat-heads. Ship scudding as before South and S. S. W. under fore topmast staysail. 2 a. u. Bar. 29.64 ; 4, 29.64 ; 5, 29-.66 ; 8, 29.64 ; 9, 29.63 ; Noon 29.61 ; Lat. Acct. 10° 46' N. ; Long. Acct. 81° 41' E. P. m. strong gale«» from N. N. W. dark gloomy weather and heavy rain. Ship scudding South, under fore-topmast staysail. At 3 f. m. constant heavy squalls, rain and a high sea. Lashed the courses and fore topsail to the yards with studding sail gear, and jib to the boom. At 5 p. m. Barometer still falling, squalls more frequent and very heavy, accompanied with a torrent of rain. Close reefed and set main topsail, and hove ship to on port tack. Wind then at N. N. W. Head up to N. E. off to East. At 6 p. m. the wind shifted in a furious squall to W. N. W. then to West. We on the right tack to meet it. Ship's head up North, off N. E. with the sea. Midnight blow- ing a heavy gale, squalls harder and more frequent with a deluge of rain and scud, a tremendous sea running and ship lurching heavily, as well as shipping a great quantity of water over all every time she lurched to leeward. Bar. 3 P. m. 29.56 j 6, 29.53 ; 7, 29.51 ; 8, 29.58 ; 10, 29.56 ; Midnight 29.56« .

May Srd. — ^A. H. gale blowing with unabated fury, violent squaUfi and rain as before. Sea running in Pyramids. At 4 a. u^flvquent lulUof two to five minutes duration followed hyfwriofus gusts, in one of which the main topsail blew away, as also the lee side of mainsail. Ship lurching heavily and shipping much water over all. Noon, blowing a hurricane at W. S. W. Ship's head up N. N. W., off to North. 2 a. m. Bar. 29.62;

1852.1 A Twenty firit Memoir on the Law of Stomu. 297

4, 29.64; 6, 29.55; 9, 29.60; 11, 29.54; Noon 29.54; Ther. 79°.* p. m. faiious squalls firom W. S. W. heavy rain and high sea. Ship lurching violently at times and shipping much water. Hove to under bare poles. Head up N. N. W. off N. N. E.

May 4^A.— Midnight, the wind shifted to the S. W. blowing with the same fury. Lulls between the guste cu yesterday, A constant wash of water across the deck, vessel making no water to speak of. Noon, squalls less frequent and violent StiD blowing hard with heavy confused sea. 2 p. m. Bar. 29.54 ; 4, 29.49 ; 8, 29.50 ; Midnight 29.56. P. m. strong gales from

5. W. with heavy confused sea ; got a>new fore royal in the mizen rigging to keep the ship to the wind. Head up W. N. W. off N. W. b. N. At 6, the mizen stay carried away close to the main mast, got a tackle on it and set it taut. At 9 p. m. gale fas! abating and sea going down. 10, Lat. per Mer. Alt. 41«> 46' N. ; 10.30 p. m. Lat. per Mer. Alt. Spica 10® 47' N. Wind at South. 2 a. li Bar. 29.54 ; 4, 29.52 ; 8, 29.58 ; 10, 29.66 ; Noon 64 ; Ther. 82o. Bar. 2 p. m. 29.64 ; 8, 29.68 ; Midnight 70.

May hth. — Midnight, moderate and fine with confosed sea, and light- ning to the N. W. Daylight ditto weather with high sea. Noon, fresh steady breezes with fine clear weather. A coRfused sea still running. Lat. Obs. lOo 53' N. ; Long. Chr. 83o 34' E. : Bar. 29.80 ; Ther. 85o. Set jib. 8 A. M. Bar. 29.75 ; Noon 80.

Notes of the Weather experienced at Vizagapatam between the dOM April and 6th May, 1851, by G. Hudson, Esq. Master Atten* dant,

Wednesday, April dOth. — ^Yariable light airs and sultry weather through- out. An unusually clear atmosphere without a cloud in the sky. The sea very smooth and of a dark blue color. The distant hills around (at other times obscured by haze) presented a bright and clear appearance, and the verdure on them was perceptible to the naked eye. Bar. 29.80. f

^ursday, May 1st. — The first part of this day light airs from the N. W. inclining to a calm. Sun bright and powerful. Bar. 29.80. Emily 290 85'.

Noon, light Northerly airs veering to N. E. and continued in that quar- ter to the evening. A smooth sea and a long swell setting in from the Eastward.

* No porition given, t Thii range of Barometer is from the Log of the Bark '* Emilf** wrecked at Btmlipatam 20 miles North of this place j| at 4 p. m. on Monday, May 5th, 1851, ^7 the heavy sea and Easterly squalls drlYlng her from her anchors.

298 A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms, [No. 4.

Saniet, wind veering gradually to the Northward and cloudy in that quarter.

Friday, May 2nd. — Commences with moderate N. W. winds, and in- creasing swell from the Eastward. Sky overcast. Bar. 29.80 ; EmUy. 29.78.

Midday, a dense horizon and cloudy.

Simset, similar weather. Barometer indicating a slight change. Bar. 29.73.

Saturday, May 3r(f. — ^Fresh N. W. winds with thick hazy weather.

Noon, wind veering to N. and N. E. and threatening appearances in that quarter with drizzling rain. A high sea tumbling in from Eastward. Bar. A. M. 29.72 ; Noon 29.69.

Sunset, sharp squalls and heavy rain from N. E. Sea increasing.

Sunday, May 4dh, — Baffling winds from N. E. to East without any increase. Weather assuming thick and gloomy appearances. Bar. 29.78 ; Sunset 29.75 and 29.64

Sunset, ditto weather. Wind drawing round to the E. S. E. in heavy squalls and much rain, with intermittent lulls.

Monday, May 6th. — Winds from S. E. in hard squalls with heavy rain and thick dark weather. The sea all this day running fearfully high, and surf breaking as far as the eye could see. Bar. 29.75 and 29.68.

Sunset, wind Southerly with dense black clouds overhead, and heavy rain throughout the night.

Tuesday, May 6th. — Winds S. and S. W, Weather clearing up and a moderating confused sea. Bar. 29.80.

We have not had our usual strong S. S. W. winds, or as termed alonff share Winds, in the month of April. The two days before the gale, I, as well as others, observed that the atmosphere was unusuaUy clear ; not a cloud was seen in the heavens. Stars at night very bright, beautifully clear horizon, a dark blue smooth sea, and the distant hills around appeared clear and brighter than usual to the eye. This strange and sudden change of fine weather for this season, from my long experience on this coast, I have invariably found the forerunner of a storm.

Abstract of the Log of the Barque Paragon^ Capt. ■ ; Jrom

MasuHpatam to Vizagapatam. Civil THme.

May ^rd, 1851.— A. M. squally from N. E. b. E. Ship working to the N. East. Noon strong gales with thick cloudy weather. Lat. 17** OO' North ; Long, by Acct. 83^ 15' East ; 3 p. m. Bar 29.67 ; Symp. 29.66 ; making all snug, gale increasing to Midnight, when B^. 29.66.

1852.] A Twenty firH Memoir on the Lata of Storms. 299

AT MADRAS.

The following are the various dooumeats forwarded to me by Capt. Biden or published by him in the newspapers and abridged to suit our pur- pose where necessary. The Cyclone was felt only as a severe Northerly, N. Westerly, Westerly and South Westerly gale at liadras, but of suffi- cient severity and menacing appearance to order all the ships to sea from the roads.

** Sunday afternoon, the 4th May, became more squally than we have already described this morning, and the glass showed a downward tendency throughout ; although, with us at any rate, it did not fall rapidly till after one a. m. on Monday the 5th, between which and 4 o'clock it reached its lowest depression, 29.110. Soon after 3, the wind began to blow in violent gusts, increasing to a gale as day drew on. At the Observa- tory, its greatest force was between 8 and 9 o'clock a. h., but it appeared most violent with us, and certainly did all the mischief done, some time before that. This, however, was at a distance of five miles from the Observatory, and judging from the much greater damage sustained in our neighbourhood, as regards the levelling and rending of trees, the stripping of hedges, the mutilating and killing of birds, &c., we should infer that the wind was stronger, as well as earlier in its visit to us, than at the spot of official observation. This remark applies indeed to the Presidency generally, where only the gardens seem to have suffered.

" The amount of rain that fell during Sunday night and Monday morning, was very great for the time of year. Below we give the Observatory record, but whether it indicates as much as fell in parts to the North West of Madras, since the country was far more flooded than we have before seen it after a similar amount of fall.

I^AA XV (SAV^^A CB

Bain,

MABVrfAi

•AV li^*

Wind.

Inches.

Direction and Force.

May 2nd—

0.298

N.

N.

£. Gentle breeze.

„ 3rd—

3.822

N.

by

E. Fresh breeze.

„ 4th—

2.890

N.

N.

W. Strong breeze.

„ 6th—

11.446

S.

by

W. Squall and gale

Total— 18.466

'* At 6 p. M . on the 4th there was a heavy sea on, the rollers breaking amongst the Dhonies and beyond 6 fathoms, and the surf had much in- creased— whilst a rapid scud and other threatening indications seemed to be the precursor of a severe gale. The Barometer was then at 29.464 and

the wind North."

2 Q

300

A Twenty -fir9t Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

*' Majf 4/A.— Brisk gale N. E. b. E with lightning in the S E. At 2. 90, Bar. ^.60 ; 6 a. m . Wind E. b. N. Noon mare moderate, with a heavy rolling sea. Lat. 16o 24' North ; Long. 83^ 26' E. : Bar. 29.68. p. m. wind E. b. N. gale increasing and a high sea numing in all directions. At lOh. d(y p. M. wind chopped to S. East. Midnight moderating. *

" Ma^ Bth, — ^A. M. strong breezes S. E. with a heavy sea from South; 2 p. M. Bar. 29.70. Noon moderating Lat. 16o 41' North ; Long. S4P IS* East

" Twelve native vessels (Brigs and Dhonies) were said to be missing, and the Barometer on this day, 5th May at 5 p. m. is stated to have been at 29.53, the wind South and the sea much fallen."

" £xtraordinary Observatione of the Standard Barometer at Madras,

2nd and 4th May, 1851.

k.

• -JO

1

i

Bar.anc rected

i

•8 Be

1

=1

•

0

•

e

Friday,

A. 11

p. M.

May h. m

May

h. m.

2n(i, 8 41

29-808

85.0

N. E.

2Dd.

41

29.723

N. b. £•

1851.

9 41

790

85.0

North.

51

728

51

788

85.0

8 1

714

10 \

792

85.0

1

11

712

11

794

21

712

21

796

31

706

31

790

41

702

N. N. W.

41

794

85.5

N. N. E.

51

700

51

790

4 1

700

11 1

786

11

70O

11

790

21

704

21

796

31

710

31

800

850

41

716

N. b. E.

41

788

ICast

51

704

51

784

5 1

710

0 1

777

11

700

11

770

21

696

21

774

«

31

690

31

776

41

686

N. b. W.

41

792

83.0

North.

51

684

51

796

6 1

688

55

803

11

694

I 1

7H2

21

694

5

761

31

696

11

758

41

698

N. b. W.

21

746

51

702

31

734

7 1

704

41

730

N. b. E.

11

710

1 5)

730

21

720

2 1

732

31

720

p. M

41

722

N. b. W.

2 11

728

51

724

21

723

8 1

725

31

720

1

t

n

725

1

1

1852.] • A Twenty fint Memoir on the Law of Storms.

301

■

i.

H

•

H

1

•

1

Bar.u reel

i

» __

1

•

1

•

fiar.u

reel

i

•

FridtT,

p. M.

A. M.

May

h. m

lVfBj3rd.

5 51

29,620

2nd.

7 21

29.722

6 1

628

1851.

31

718

11

631

41

724!

North.

21

638

51

724

1

31

644

9 1

727

1

41

642

N.N.E.

11

731

51

650

21

732

7 1

654

31

734

11

662

41

736

North.

21

667

51

733

r

31

664

10 1

736

41

670

Norlh.

11

738

51

672

21

740

8 1

672

31

740

11

668

41

737

N. E. ,

21

676

51

73&

1

3i

680

11 1

731

41

676

North.

11

727

1

51

680

21

T20

9 1

686

81

716

n

. i>m

41

712

N. E.

21

696

51

710

1

3i 41

691 685

N.b. E.

Saiur-

A. M.

,

51

686

Jm,

0 1

29.712

N. b. E. 1

10 1

700

May 3rd,

11

708

11

702

1851.

21

704

\

21

697

31

705

31

678

41

703

• i

41

6U0

'\. N.E.

1 11

683

51

678

1

21

680

11 1

672' !

31

675

1

11

656

41

670

N. b. E. 1

21

660

51

664

31

664

2 I

652

41

654

11

651

1

51

654

21

644

1

p. M.

1 31

644

1

0 1

654

41

640

N. VV. j

11

652

3 1

630

!

21

640

11

627'

1

1

31

641

21

618

1

1

41

632 ;

31

620

1

51

630

41

624

N. W.

1 1

622

51

638

11

624

N. N. E.

4 1

11

630 631

21 31

616 610

\

North.

21

^32

41

608

N.N.E.

■

31 41 51

634 62H 630

N.b. W.

51

2 1 11

600 597 591

i

s

North.

5 1 11

630 626

21 31

587 583

\

Norlh.

21

638

.

41

586

North.

31

634

51

581

N. N. E,

41

630

N. b. E.

3 1

574

N.N.W.

2q2

302

A Twenty-firtt Memoir on the Law of Storms, [No. 4.

•

ll 1-8

1

1 • 1

m

§1

.

•

1

•

1

ft

Bar.u red

•

1

•73 1

a

•

1

9 6

H

A. M.

0 i\

Bar.u reel

•

e

p. M.

h m.

May 4th,

29.594

N. b. E.

MajSrd,

3 11

29.'568

•

S. N. W.

\ ^\

590

9£\ A

21

580

N.N E.

1 1

584

31

582

North.

11

578

41

578

North.

21

578

51 4 1

576 570

31 41

574 570

N.N.E.

11

568

51

567

21

574

2 1

562

31

576

11

560

North.

41

580

N. E. b. N.

21

555

51

580

31

550

5 1

580

41

548

North.

11

21

584 586

51 3 1

544 540

North.

31 41

&&0 598

North.

11

21

536 534

N, b. E.

51

600

31

532

6 1

602

41

530

North.

U

602

51

534

21 31

608 614

4 1 11

540 540

North.

41

614

N.E b.N.

21

542

51

616

31

542

N. b. W.

7 1

614

41

544

11

614

51

544

North.

21

()10

5 1

546

31

615

11

548

41

622

21

545

51

630

1

31

544

North.

8 1

628

I

1

. 41

540

11

628

i

1 1

51

588

21

630

6 1

542

m0 M

31

632

1

11

548

North.

41

640

iN.b. E.

21

544

51

640

31

546

9 1

643

41

547

11

645

51

556

21

646

7 1

560

31

646

11

41

646

N. N. E.

21

1^

51 10 1

647 647

31 41

556

N.N.E.

11

648

1

51

21

645

8 1

31

' 640!

11

41

, 637 i

N. N. E.

21

51 11 1

638 638

1

31 41

570

North.

11

638

51

21

636!

;9 1

31

634!

11

41

630' 'North.

21

51

620

41

51

10 41

572

North.

557

N. N. E.

SundaY,

AJay4tb,

1851.

A. M.

0 1

11

21 31

616 612 608

11 41

p. M«

0 41

549 492

North. North.

602

1 41

470

i

N. N. E.

1852.] A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms.

303

May 4tb,

May5ib,

sS

li

•

6

a

S TS

•

a

1

•

•

P. M

h. m.

A M.

2 41

29.458

N.N W.

May 5th,

9 21

482

South.

3 41

448

North.

41

493

Souih.

4 41

434

North.

!lO 21|

.5^2

5 41

464

North.

41

518

S. E.

6 41

466

N. N. W.

11 21

.5421

7 41

476

N. N. W.

41

540

S. E.

8 41

490

N. N. W..

p. M.

9 41

454

W.N. W.

0 21

556

10 41

464

N.N. W.

41

5H0

Soath.

11 41

406

N. W.

1 21 41

5.'>5 556

South.

A. M.

2 21

560

0 41

400

N. W.

41

560

South.

1 41

380

W. N. W.

1

3 21

570

2 41

862

W. N. W.

41

570

S. b. W.

3 41

386

W. S. W.

•

4 21

582

4 41

347

S. W.

41

596

S. b. E.

5 41

822

S. W,

5 41

626

South.

6 41

^2

S. W.

6 41

662

S. b. E.

7 41

392

S. W.

7 41

699

South.

8 41

432

S. W.

8 0

1

708

South.

1

Lowest at 5h. 36.— 29.316.

10 A. M. 4 p. M.

Maximum. Minimum.

Diif.

2d -29.800 29.684 Diff.

3d— .702 .098 .568 116

4th— .593 .109 .432 136

N, B.— On the 2Qd and 3rd instant the wind hauled round repeatedly to N. N £. mnd iroro 10 p m. to midnight, on the 2nd it was N. E. ; at 11 a. m. on the 3rd the windwasN. N. E. C. B.

•* Further particulars of the late Gale,** Extracts from the Log of

the Barque Palm,

Barque Palm alipped May 3d, 6h. 40m. a. k,, steered £. S. E. until 9 p. X., going 6 knots. She hove to under close reefed main top sail and mizen stay sail, lying E. N. E. then N. E., North, and N. W. ; at 2 p. m. May 6th, blowing rery hard *with heavy sea and rain, lost our stem boat and had main topsail blown away, noon on same day more moderate, 2 p. X. made sail. May 6th 9 a. k. set main sail, 10.30 made Sadras Hills, and 3.20 anchored in Madras Eoads, passed several pieces of wood, appa- rently teak.

304 A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

Monday, at 2 a. m ., Barometer fell to 28.95, wind W. S. W. blowing a yery hard gale, with a tremendous sea on, which broke in oyer the lee gangway. Captain None thinks he was 70 miles S. E. from Madras.

(Signed) J. Nobis.

Master qf the Barque Palm.

Extracts from the Log of the Barque James Hall,

Satu/rday, May drd, 1851. — At 3.30 P. v., put to sea with the Sophia in company under reefed fore sail and main try sail. At 8 f. m . Madras light N. W. in 23 fms. At 10 p. ]£. light hardly discernible from the deck ; N. W. b N. midnight frequent squalls with heayy rain, Barometer 29.61 ; split the fore top mast staysail.

Sunday, May 4dh. — A. u. heavy squallB with a confused sea. Vessel pitching deep with incessant gusts of wind ; in main trysail at daylight. At 8 A. M . the Barometer falling fast to 29.50 hauled up the foresail and stowed it, vessel taking heavy lee lurches. The lee quarter boat under water at times ; hove the ship to under bare poles. Three sail in company under close reefed topsails. From 1 a. m. to 10 a. u. wind at North ; Hd. from E. to E. S. E. Noon heavy gales with drizzling rain and a high sea on, yessel taking heavy lee lurches and the sea making a dean breach over all ; Barometer 29.41. From 11 a. m. to 4 p. m. wind at N. N. W. Hd. from E. N. E. to East. At 4 p. u. Barometer 29.38. The gale at its height, from 5 p. M. to 9 p. m. Hd. N. E. to E. N. E. From 10 p. m. to midnight wind at West, Hd. from North to N. N. E. The gale blowing with great fury and heavy incessant gusts at intervals, ship labouring heavy and taking heavy lee lurches. The sea making a dean breach over all. Three sail in company under bare poles, worked the bolts that secure the tiller to the rudder head through. Barometer 29.55.

Monday, May 5<A. — From 1 a. M. to 10 a. m . wind at S. W. Hd. from N. W. to W. N. W. Heavy gales and cloudy with rain and incessant gusts and a high sea #n, vessel labouring heavy and taking fearful lee lurches. At daylight, 3 sail in company under bare poles, Barometer ^.64. At 8, the weather clearing up ; at 11 a. m. the gale moderating ; noon, strong gales and cloudy. Barometer 29.66 ; Latitude by account ll^' C N. ; Longitude by account 81o 43' East. P. m. gale decreasing and a high sea on, set mizen and fore topmast staysail at 6 p. M. The weather appearing more settled ; at 8, made sail. Steering W. S. W. wind South. Midnight strong breeze and cloudy with a sea on ; Barometer 29.84.

Tuesday, May 6M.— Latitude observed 'l2o 34' N. ; Longitude SO® 56' East \ p. H. steering W. S. W. wind at South fresh breezes and free ; at

1852.] A Twenty -fint Memoir on the Law of Storms, 305

sunset made sail, sounded 28 fathoms, and came to at 1 p. u. on the 7th, in Madras Boads.

' John B. M. Habbis, Cammandery

James Hall.

Eif tracts from the Log of the Ship Duke of Cornwall.

Thursday, May 1st. — Unsettled appearance, Bar. setting to 29.66-75, wind Easterly veering to N. £. and N. N. E. latter part. Moderate cloudy weather.

May %nd, — Strong breeze to N. N. E. ; 11 a. v. signal made to shipping to send down T. G. yards and masts. Bar. 29.70 ; 8 ▲. m. falling to mid- night 29.50 blowing hard and heavy rain, riding easy but heavy sea on. Midnight strong gales and heavy squall at N. N. E. Bar. 29.50; 3.30 A. X. the same. Bar. 29.48.

May 3rc{.— 6 a. m. signal made to slip (5 or 6 went) but we could not, having the Barque " James HalV* a cable's length to leeward of us and a heavy swell on to E. N. E. wind N. N. E. blowing fearfully in squalls. 8 A. X. Bar. 29.54 ; Noon 29.50 blowing fearfully in squalls. 3 p. m. Bar. 29.48. " James Hair with 2 anchors down drifted a good distance from us.

4 p. X. Bar. 29.40; slipped, blowing fearfully at N. N. E. and a heavy swell to E. N. E. stood to the S. E. under storm trysails and double reefed fore topsail, our run up to Midnight 44' true S. E. by E. Midnight Bar. 29.38, blowing hard to North. Head to the Eastward.

Swtd<^, May Aih. — ^Midnight strong gales and heavy squalls, heavy sea on, ship labouring and straining much. 2 a. x. Bar. 29.38 wind N. N. W. the tiller broke ; got the rudder head jammed in the trunk as quick as we could, but its surging had materially started head of the stempost, kept the ship to under storm main trysail. 4 a. x. Bar. 29.30. Ship not keeping to well, being obliged to keep the rudder as much amidship as possible, on account of wrenching stem post more — ^paid the stream Hemp cable over the weather bow, with a long Teak fish spanned at the end of it, and kept to better. 5 a. x. had got a spar lashed on rudder head which helped it a little. 8 A. X. Bar. 29.20 ; blowing fearfully hard to N. W. and a con- fused sea on, rising in pyramids and heavy rain ; 10 a. x. 29.25 (Noon 29.24; wind W. N. W.) ; 1 p. x. 29.18; 2 p. x. 29.18 (3 p. x. ^.5 mini- mum) wind West blowing awfully hard and a continued deluge of rain ;

5 p. X. 29.10; 8 p. X. 29.14; wind W. S. W.; Midnight 29 30; wind TY. S. W. a deal of lightning since 10 p. x. in the N. N. W. and blowing a fearful hurricane, harder since 10 p. x. than before I think, afid the changes qf wind preceded by a lull qf ^ or Z minutes. The decks in a deluge of water and shipping tremendous seas, ship in much distress.

306

A Taenty 'first Memoir on the Law of Storms, [No. 4.

May 6^A.— 2 ▲. M. Bar. 29.30 ; wind 8. W. Port Tack ; 4, 36 S. S. W. ; 8, 29.40, trysail ; Noon 29.60 South ; 4 p. u. 29.66 ; 6, 29.62. ; 10, 29.67.

Until 4 A. M. blowing terrific and a heavy confused sea. 8 a. m. more settled and no rain. Noon a hard squall and cloudy. No observation. Up to this time the drift about 1^ per hour.

2 p. M. more moderate, but blowing a hard gale, wind South; 3 p. m. during the afternoon succeeded in getting a very fair temporary tiller on the rudder head ; lying W. S. W. under fore, main andmizen storm trysail. 8 p. M. Lat. from indifferent observation 12<> 20' ; Long. Jupiter 81® 49'. Midnight fresh gales to South, and more sea on, chiefly to W. No soundings with 76 F.

Ikiesday, May 6th. — First part a hard gale to South veering at 4 ▲. x. to S. S. W. and cloudy with high sea on, it yet breaking over us. Bar. 4 ▲. m^ 29.67 ; 8 A. ic. 29.78 ; Noon 29.76 ; 8 a. m . hard gales to S. S. W. ; Noon do. ; the sea very confused. Obs. Lat. 129 16' ; Long. 8lo 16' ; 2 p. m. Bar. 29.70 ; 4 p. u. Bar. 29.70, wind S. S. W. strong but weather fine. 8 p. m. Bar. 29.76, wind S. by W. fresh and fine but sea on. Midnight Bar. 29.70, firesh wind South and fine. No bottom 76 F.

Wednesday, May 7th. — Midnight. Moderate and south and fine, Bar. 29.78. No bottom 70 F. 2 a. m. sounded in 63 F. 3 a. m. 47 F. ; 4 a. m. 36 ; Daylight. Sadras Hills West ; 7 a. v. Bar. 29.86. Moderate South winds and fine weather. 10 a. m. St Thomas* Mount N. W. wind Southerly light and fine, Bar. 2980.

Barque " Stains Castle"

H.

K.

F.

Courses.

Winds.

2

4 6

In Madras Boads.

North. N. b. E.

8 10 12

North.

2

4

6

Sympieso- meter.

29.35 S.

•

North.

8 10

13

29.375 29.30

North.

Bemarks— Saturday, May 9rd, civil time.

4 A. u. heavy gale with heavy- rain and confused sea.

10 squallB increasing prepared for slipping.

Noon slipped from anchor, wind N.

Heavy rain.

P. M. do. wind ; running oflT shore, £. S. £.

S. E. by E. S. E., S. E, by S. until 6 p. M.

Wind steady at N. hove too.

Midnight same weather in 60 fathoms.

1852.] A Twenty 'Jlrii Memoir on the Law of Storms*

307

H.

£.

F.

Sympieso- meter.

•

Winds.

Bemarlu — Sunday, 4th May.

2

A. M, wind beginning to veer to W. in Bqnalls, sea becoming like a boiling pot, vivid light- ning accompanying the squalls, but no thunder heard

4 6 8

29.20

29.20

10

29.20

N. b. W.

Noon, very dark thick wea- ther, wind veering rapidly.

12

11

29.125

N. W. b. N.

2

•

N. W. b. W.

3 p. M. terrifically heavy squalls, with thunder and light- ning immediately overhead.

4

VV.b.N.

6

W. b. 8.

4, beginning to take off, but still blowing very hard.

8

29.326

W. 8. W.

10

29.626

12

-

29.66

8.W.

Midnight still moderating.

During the height of the gale it was almost dark like very thick fog. Morning, observed a curious brick-red appearance in the sky.

I should suppose that I was, at the time of the height of the gale, about 100 miles 8. E. by E. or 8. E. of Madras.

From Midnight of May 4ih, until 6 p. m. of May 6th gradually moder- ating, and sea becoming more regular. I then bore up under close reefed topsails and foresail and stood in to the Westward ; my Bar. pumped so much that I could not depend on its indication.

Noon May 6th, made sail and at 4 made 8adras Hills, wind continuing steady fixmi 8. W.

May 8th, Noon, Sympiesometer 29.70, having risen since the height of the gale 676.

H. J. As DBS w.

Master qf* the Barque Stains Castle, To Captain C. Bibkn, Mt dbab Sib, — ^I beg to send you an extract firom the Barque Aztec's hog Book from the time of slipping from my moorings until my return into the Boads again, and have only to say that during my experience as a Ck>mmandor for the last twenty-two years, I never experienced the elements to display so much confusion, and to blow with greater violence. Satur-

2 a

L

306 A Twenty'firU Memoir on ike Law of Siarm». [No. 4.

day May 2nd, Midnight inoreasing BquaUs with heavy rain, veered oat 100 fath<nn8 of cable, the Barometer standing 29.60, at 6, the signal guns wero fired ; heavy sqnaUs at intervals^ at 7 ▲. k. slipped from our moorings, and proceeded oat to sea, the Barometer still on the decline. May 3rd, at 2 p. H. hove to onder dose reefed main topsail. Midnight hard gales with incessant sqoalls, wind dae North, Barometer standing 29.20. May 4tii, wind from N. N. W. to N. W. the gale still increasing, Barometer 29.00 6 p. M. ftirled the main topsail, the squalls still increasing and tiie Baro- meter still on the decline. Midnight the Barometer 28.80. May 6th, a perfect horricane, wind West and the sea in a fall state of iUomination from the constant gashes of lightning, awfal in the extreme, I had ail mg theep kilM from the effeeti <f the Ugittdnff; at 4 ▲. M. the Barometer commenced to rise and the violence of the gale abated. Barometer 29.0. 8 ▲. u. the Barometer 29.10, the wind «tall subsiding, Noon strong winds. Barometer 29.30. May 6th, a. m. the weather still oontinaing to moderate made all sail for the Boads, the Barometer 29.60; at 6 p. u. came to aa anchor in the iQoads. During the heaviest of the gale I was in Latitode 129 2ff N, ax^d Longitode SV 12' E.

H. W. Wbi&ht, JBarque Agteo- These remarks represent naatical time.

C.B.

Madroi, May 6^, 1861.

Captain G. Bidbh,

My dxab Sib,— As ^ou requested, I herewith send you an abstract of my log from slipping in Madras Boads on May 3rd instant, at 7 a. m. having perceived signals to do so from your department.

We proceeded to sea under double reefed topsails and foresail, after parting from 76 fathoms of chain, the wind then N. B^. W. ; at Noon wind the same, and eventually hove the ship to under a main staysail ; at 4 p. M. on the 4th inst. until Midnigjit of the same date it blew a complete liurricane, the wind having suddenly shifted to W. S. W. ; at 8 p, m. with heavy lightning and a turbulent sea at 4L a. u. of the 6th, wind gradu- ally decreasing ,and ^t Noon moderate, made all possible sail and stood in for land, the wind i^t So^th aad S. S. W. ; we had until oiyr arrival agsiu fine weather.

Farthest to t)ie Eastw^ 8lo 69" E. Ditto Southward 12» 10" N.

Barometer during the heaviest of the gale 29.86.

1852.] A Twent^'flni Memoiron the Law of Storms. 309

The riiip made excellent weather of it the whole time, splitting the topeail being the only mishap.

JosBPH Swan. Bar^fue Sarah Swam, Madras Roads, Ma^ 9<A, 1861 May 8th 7h. p. k. Barometer 29.73. lOh. P.M. 29.77.

May 9th 7h. a. m. 2978.

8h. A. u. 29.80.

llh. A. u. 29.79.

Memo. — As the standard Barometer at the Observatory was at 29.97 ; at 8 A. K. and the Sarah Swan at 29.80 this day .170 may be added to her Barometer when at its Minimnm, vis. 28.86 + 17 which would give 29.02. as the indication of her Barometer during the height of the gale.

C.B. Ship William Fisher, Capt Jones. To Captain Bidbn, H. C. S. Sib, — ^At 6-30 a. u. of the 3rd instant, having observed and answered your signal to the shipping, I slipped my cable and stood to the Eastward under dose reefed topsails, reefed foresail, vazen main trysail, and fore- topmast staysail. My Barometer at that time 29.30 ; at noon, took in the fotesail ; the squalls at that time very heavy ; Barometer 29.20 ; at 6 p. k. gale still increasing, vnnd steady at north : and, being then by account in LalitQde 12P 62" North ; Long. 80o 64' East, shortened sail. At 8 p. k. the weather cleared up a little, and, during the night it blew a steady gale from the Northward, Barometer still falling ; at Noon of the 4ith, Latitude by account 12^ 27' North ; Long. SV» 3' East Although the squalls at times were violent, accompanied with heavy showery had it not been for the Barometer, I should have thought the gale nearly ended. At 4 p. m. there was much less wind and drawing to the Westward ; during the day and night previous, the vessel had not shipped any water, and the decks had been dry fore and aft, except during the short shower ; but at this time, the water was perfectly smooth. Nevertheless the Mercury had fallen to 28.60, — the sea, though calm, was covered with milky foam, and the horizon was drcumscrihed with that dense mwrhy haze which almost imvariabfy precedes a heavy storm or hurricane, and which appeared to be closing on every side, and I took advantage of the lull to see my sails and every thing eke well secured. At 6.30 p. m. a heavy gust of wind split the main trysail. It lasted about 20 minutes, and came without the least warning, and rained in torrents during that time : the wind at N. W. ; at 8 A. M. by account Lat. 12o 22* N. ; Long. 81® 14' E. Ship hove to, under

2 R 2

310 A T^oeniy'firii Memoir on the Law of Siorms, [No. 4.

elose reefed main topsail, gale from N. W. b. N. At 8.30, hf0^J nan, gale increasing ; at 9 p. m. another sudden and furious gust literally burst the dose reefed main topsail to ribbons, the rain fell in sheeted masses ; and at 10 p. m. the thunder and lightning made another addition to the fierce collision of the elements. Hiis lasted without intermission until 2 A. M. of the 5th : the wind had gradually hauled round to the Westward and thence to the S. W. ; at that time I wore ship's head to the 8. East- ward. By account Latitude I^ 34' ; Longitude Sl^ 18' E, ; at 4 P. x. wind and rain moderated a little, thunder and lightning ceased. Baro- meter rising ; at 8, made sail, &c. Strong gale and cloudy weather; — at Noon, wind at South, more moderate, wore to the Westward ; weather doudy. No observation during the day, but from those obtained during the night and next day, my reckoning must have been very correct. Made the light-house bearing N. W. at noon of the 6th becalmed all the after- noon. The above dates are ail ciyil time, and you will obsenre that the Mercury in my Barometer ranges much lower than that at your obserra- tory, for which reason I haye mentioned the height of mine in the Beads at 6.30.A. M. on the 3rd, The Thermometer during the four days remained nearly stationaiy at S4fi ; a number of small land birds were blown on board and easily caught, sometimes several together on the afternoon of the 4th ; and I observed several shoals of very large skate on the 3rd and 4th.

W. B. JOKBS, Commander, Ship William Fuher, Madras Boads, May lUh, 1851.

ja%4^A.— Noon Bar. 29.90; p. k. 2h. 28.80: 4, 28.70; 5, 28.60; 6« 28.70; 6.30 A. K. 28.69;* 7, 28.70; 9, 28.70; 10, 28.80; 12, 28.80. May 5M.— 3 a. h. 28.80; 4, 28.90; 5, 29.00; 8, 29.10; Noon, 29.35.

Extract from the Log of the Ship " Creeey,'* Capt, Bell. (Civil Time).

Days. Hours. Bar. Ther. Winds. Bemarhs.

May 3rd,— 2 a. m. 29.60 79® N. N. W. At 4.35 signal at Mas-

4 do. 29.52 79 do. ter Attendant's flag to

6 do. 29.55 79 do. slip and stand to sea;

8 do. 29.52 79 North. repeated at dayli^^t

10 do. 29.55 80 do. with red flag and swal-

12 do. 29.60 80 do. low tail and with guns

2 do. 29.53 80 do. from the Fort.

4 do. 29.50 80 do.

6 do. 29.51 79 N. Easterly.

10 do. 29.55 79 do.

* At the Observatory at 6.41 the Barometer was S9.862.

1852.] A Twenty 'fini Memoir on the Law of Storms.

311

12 do. 29.60 79

May 4th,— 2 a. m.

6 do. 10 do. 12 do.

2p. K.

4 do.

6 do

8 do.

9 do. 10 do. 12 do.

May 6th, — 2 a.m.

4 do.

6 do.

8 do. 12 do.

2 p.m.

4 do.

6 do. 10 do. 12 do. May 6th. — 2 a.m.

4 do.

8 do. 12 do.

do.

29.40

79

do.

29.40

79

do.

29.35

79

N.N. W.

29.24

79

N.W.

29.25

79

do.

29.15

78

do.

29.10

78

W.N.W.

29.35

78

do.

28.98

78

do.

29.03

78

West

29.10

78

do.

29.25

78

do.

29.34

79

do.

29.40

79

do.

29.60

79

S. Westerly.

29.60

79

South.

29.62

79

South.

29.65

79

West.

29.68

79

do.

29.70

79

S. S. £.

29.70

79

do.

29.65

79

South.

29.60

79

do.

29.68

79

do.

29.75

86

do.

Slipped our cable at 6.45 under dose reefed topsailB and reefed fore- sail and stood away S. £. byE. blowing hard at North.

Between 4 and 8 about p. M. on the 4th, wind about W. with furious squalls and heavy rain, a heavy cross sea ron- ninff constant, quick flashes of lightning all night.

Betumed to the Ma- dras Boads at daylight on the 7th instant.

Sxtraet from the Log Book of the Ship Randolph^ JFm. Dale Comr.

forwarded hy Capt, Biden,

May 3rc{, 1851.— ^At 6.15 a. k. saw the signal at the Master Attendant's flag staff to cut or slip, set the treble reefed topsails and slipped the cable and stood to the E. S. £. Strong breeze to the N. N. E. with hard aqualltf and heavy rain. At 10 a. m. kept away S. E. the gale increasing with heavy rain. At 6 p. m. hove to on the port tack under dose reefed main topsail ; Latby Aoot. 120 20" S.; Long. 8lo00'E. At 7 p. m. the gale increasing with furious squaUs, took in the main topsail. Midnight strong gale and heavy sea.

May 4ik. — ^Wind North, blowing a heavy gale with violent squalls and heavy rain lying to under mizen tiysail, the sea making from Westward and Bar. falling rapidly. Noon blowing a hurricane with a very high cross turbulent sea and heavy rain and lightning. The ship rolling heavily, her lee rail in the water ; Noon Lat. by Acct. 11® 56' S. ; Long. 81o 10' £. The wind gradually drawing to the Westward. At 2 p. M. a heavy sea

312

A Twenty 'firH Memoir on the Law of Stonm, [No. 4.

straok the stem and washed away the boat. At 4 p. h. the wind S. W. blowing fnrionsly with a tremendous sea. At 8 p. k. the hozricane abat- ing, the Bar. rising ; Midnight strong gale and heavy sea.

May 5M. — A. M. strong gale and high sea with hard squalls and rain at times. At 6 A. M. more moderate, set dose reefed topsails ; Ifoon strong gale and Southward and dark doudy weather. The sea more regular. At 10 p. H. Lat. per Alt. of Jupiter 139 T S* ; Midnight fresh gale and clear weather, made saiL

May 6M.— A. M. fresh gale and dear, sea falling fast ; at 12.90, brought up in Madras Boads.

State of the Barometer during the OaU.

Bar,

May 3rd, 6.30 a. m., 29.60

Noon, •• 29.52

2 p.m., 29.44

6 /. 29.44

10 29.44

Midnight, 2940

May 4th, 4 a.m., 29.38

8 „ 29.33

Noon, 29.20

2p.if 29.10

4 „ 29.25

8 „ 29.33

Midnight, 29.38

May 5th, 4 a.m., 29.41

8 „ 29.55

Noon, 29.62

Midnight, 29 70

I* f» ft ff

tf »t ff tf t»

ff ff

inermd*

Symp.

Wind.

29.65

• • • •

N. N. E.

29.60

29.47

29.55

29.40

29.53

29.39

29.52

29.39

29.45

29.35

29.40

29.30

North.

29.40

29.30

N.W.

29.33

• . ••

W. N.W

29.25

29.40

• • ••

S. W.

29.50

29.52

29.55

29.70

• • • •

Southerly.

29.72

29.80

Inland Notee by Capt, Biden.

May Uk to 6<i&.— -Visagapatam^blowing a gale from N. N. E. to 8. £. and South.

May f^ih to 6<i. — Bellary— from 4 p. k. from 6 to 8 ▲. M. 6tfa, gale witii heavy rain.

May 3ri.— Guntoor^gale from Eastward.

May 3r(2 to Qth, — Secunderabad — heavy storms of wind but little rain.

May Sri. — Chingleput — ^raining heavily till 10 a. k. of 6th, then heavy gale commencing at North and veering to East and South.

1852.] A Twentff'fint Memoir an the Law of Storms.

313

00

I

o eo

s

I

I

^

•«

I

g

I

I

§

e

o

a ?

a 8

is

1.*

a S3

-3

s

9

>

I

•

o

•

•

•

M

00

•

•

•

CO

A,

I

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

0?

e«

00

s

■ •

I

s

i

I 1

I

II

•9*

Si

i

m

I

09

I

I

II

I®

II

9

■3

CO CO

o

"J

Is

-•3

a"

•8^

■'S'O „

s si

8-S

P3

• •

H .•2

^^

^"

CO •-«

e

00

00 00

00

00

CO 00

M

00

00

00

&

S 9

d e

<

•« <« lO

©• r* "^

<

5

s

S

9

a

M CO

2^1

A tvehty-firtt Memoir on tKe Lm> of Stmmi. [No. 4.

:>>

-ii

s

f

»-g

i

1 1

1

i

f

z

1

3 1

1 1

1

■s

S

^

s

3

3

i

: : : I : : : :

S

,

a

S

«

a

s

s

j

S

1

1*

'1^

1

e

M

J?

1-

si

1

1

|1

^1^

:i^

1

lit

si

s

Ji.

B

«

;.

■»

S

2

s

5

s

s

a

i^

1*

^,

1

2

*3

1

0^

is

•S. 1

1

1

^

1

1

1

"2

1

1852.] A Tmnty-Jirit Memoir on the Lmo of Storwu.

1j

I

i

1!

1

a

11

s

S

1

J

i

i

«:

lii

P

i^'l

1

1

s sss

1

: : . : : S =|i

ESS

ss

K~SS

3

s sss

a

a

a

a a

S^

X

^1

<

l-

!«i

it

Pi

1 1

i

- a

1 *.

1

Dili-

i5

■Slit-

P5

1^

Ik

1

'z

's

s

n

s s

s

s

s

s i:

b

«

o

-:is

2 3

i

s

s

UP

= 2

i

1

1

i

1

1

!

ai

J.

1 i

if

316

A Twenty-Jirit Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

1

Si

6

t

%

•a

e

111

wS5

•> • s

b • ?

a

p

CO

a^'S

a

Mi*

a

1

o

1

0

II

Si- «s

to 60

o

I

0

O

0

8

5|

as

I

O QO 04 O ^

o> *^ o>

04

04

I

Ok CO 04 C«

o

•v^ .^ lO «irt «0 O OD

«o<e lo lo tfd 00 »«

• • • • • • •

©4 04 _

s

CO eo CO kO _• • • • Ok Ok

e4e«i •

•S 0 . O B<

•3o

•5

o 2 S * S Z^

• _rt • • • ^5 a «

•S3

•a o 5 «o •

a o

« •

0 •%

•c a

F o

^§

^ 0 _

0

09

a

M) O

I

&a

OCQO CC CQ CO

a • •

Ok

3S

•Si •

■« ti S

S CO

II

e

QO

00

CO 00

lO

00

01

ei

00

00

3

CO

NO

^ 00

01

^ i

It

0«

0

•c

« •

<3^

I

3

0

9

H OD

g

CO

1852.] A Twenty-firtt Memoir oh the taw of Storm.

1

1

1

m 'III

1

I

i i

11

1

1

1 :

n

b

II

1

s

s s

:

'•o

3

*i

&

3

2 2

»^»

Si 1^

1

!

t ii

n

3

»

1 ! 1 |s

1

1

if

318 A Tiotuty-Jlnt Memoir on the Lmo o/Stomu. [No, 4.

i^n

A

-i 1

i s

tt

i

s

s s ;; s s s

' : 1 s • 1

i

£

s

3 S 3

-f • o

'l 14 1

1 1

1

1

•a "

.1 1 H

DBS

-1 3

1 1

1

^

1

1

1852.] A Twenty-firH Memoir an the Law of Stamu.

319

1

1

<*•

'S

is

2

^1

8

1

1

1

p

if

•

•

3

•

1

cr

1

i2

i

a 1^

1

.9

•

• oo

•

•

0.

5

m

• •

■<

;3°

S

!fi

h

O

•"

^

•

• •

•

o

•

•

•

•

s

«

•

00

•

•

■

•

■

a,

o»

r

•

•

CO

•

•

.

•

$

•

•

•

•

•

•

O t>k

a

•^ o

O O

io3<et>«

lOiO

eo

»^**

CO 00

• •

Ok

oi

00 00

oioo

o? • • •

i

m

•

c«

C« M

CIM

•

w ^ ^

s

• • •

3

• • •

5aS

P«

•

1

^

pi

a . • ■

• •

^3

• «

-1-

.2 .^

1

S e .

123

•

CO

•

5 5 ss

•^

O

■<

«<

oo

z

• •

o

00

<e

^"s:

•

•

M

M

CO

lO

•

s 3

•

•

•

4«

• •

•

00

CD

00

00

• •

•

•

X

"*

o

•-•

CO

•

Ȥ

• •

«o

"<*

^

ti

3

»•&

• •

h

M

M

o

S=-6

.e

•

t<

ta

n

■ •

•

fl

s

4-

*1

^1

p fl

•

1

s

1

fl

1'

s^

1^

1

r

s

la 6"

3

•

•

1

2|

320 A T>oenty-firsl Memnr on the Lata of Stormi. [No 4.

P.i I ^ I

^.

i

i 1l-

^^i

1

.2

1

1 1

1 1

h

1

5

•8

''Hi

i"^

«

''S'

|!

U

i

1,

|ll'^

1^3

^i

|5

p

jf

&

Oi

«

A

s

•

S!

5

;;

s

;

s

::

s

s

5

A

Si

1?

1

i

J

1

t

if

1

if

1852.] A TliMty-Jir»t Mntoir on the Lata o/Slormi.

si '

is

Ml

S£ 2

4|li IJ

3

=

3 S S

2 2 =

.

i^ 1 1

1

1

i i

Pi 1

1

1

if

322 A Twenty-Jirsi Memoir im the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

SUMMARY.

We find that on the dOth April the Diana, almost on the Equator, had a fresh S. W. to Westerly monsoon in Long. 87^ OCK East ; and that agab from the meridian of the Coast of Coromandel to 84^ 00' East and between ^° to 13° North, the weather was fine with firesh to light and yariable winds from the Southward. The Barque HanMok only, off the Coast of Ceylon, finds it becoming unsettled towards Midnight.

On the Ut May. — The Diana in about 2° North is bringing up a strong Westerly monsoon and from the meridian of Trincomalee (81°) to 84° East and between Trincomalee and 1 1° North Latitude ; the Hannah, H. M, 8. Fox, the Mary Ann and Joseph Manook have vari- able Westerly breeies and squally, but except threatening appearances nothing to indicate a Cyclone. The Fox*9 Barometer was rising (if this be not an error 7) and that of the Precursor Steamer (to the W. S. W. of Ceylon) doing the same. The Joseph Manook^s Baro- meter is fluctuating from 29.82 to 29.72 and then to 29.78. The Northernmost vessels of those above-mentioned are the Mary Ann and Joseph Manook in 10|^° North. We have then, a degree farther to the North and \\ degrees to the Eastward, the Atalanta in Lat. 1 li° ; Long. 83° 40' and the Ostrich in 14° 19' to 82° 45' with squally gloomy weather from the E. N. Eastward, the Atalantt^s Barometer /alUng from 29.76 to 29.70 in the 24 hours. The Easternmost ships have N. N. Westerly airs at times, but there is nothing again in all the records to indicate that a Cyclone had yet commenced in any part of the Bay. We have unfortunately no positions given in the Log of the Sarah except those of the 10th, when she was in the neighbour- hood of the Nicobars and in 6° 36' N., and 93° 12' East; and of the 5th, when she was in 10° 40' N., Long. 86° 10' East; hafing had in these four days a heavy gale rising to a hurricane from S. S. W. and of this we cannot say if it was part of a Cyclone or the monsoon only. Its peculiarity of veering from South to S. W. I shall subse- quently remark upon, she must on this day have been about 10° East of Trincomalee, and the Diana also at about 10° to the S. East had also an increasing monsoon gale from the S. Westward.

. 1852.] A Tweniy-firnt Memoir an the Law of Siornu. 323

Oil ike 2nd May* — ^We have on this day J7. M. S. Fox, the Mary Ann, Joseph Manook, and Atalanta all within a short distance of each other, with smart gales and squalls more or less seyere (that of H, M» S. Fox being of force 9) from N. N. W. to N. b. W. so that we may take the centre of the Cyclone, for it had now formed or descended as sach, to have been bearing £. N. £. from a point in about the centre of their various positions. I, of course, assume the log of H. M. S. Fox, as being a perfectly correct one, but I do not lay down the centre as bearing exactly £. N. £. from her, though she had the wind at noon N. N. W. because it is one of the peculiarities of this Cyclone that the wind throughout is described as fluctuating as much as from four to six points with most of the ships, which I shall subsequently remark upon.

The Cyclone, however, was of very limited extent, for we find the Catherine Apear, the log of which ship is perfectly well kept, at only 150 miles £. N. £. of H» M, S. Fox, with variable airs and calms, though the Hannah, 80 miles to the S. b. £. of the Fox, has an increasing gale with tremendous squalls, and the wind Westerly " vary- ing two points each way."

This estimate, for we can call it nothing better, will place the centre for this day in Lat. lO"" 40' North, Long. 82"" 25' £ast ; but it gives the Joseph Manook and Atalanta the wind at North, while it is stated to have been N. N. W. by their logs ; but then, as will be subse- quently adverted to, the winds in this Cyclone appear to have been so unsettled, i. e. to have had so much incurving in the squalls, that it is impossible to lay down any positive centre from them.

On the 3rd May. — ^We have J7. M, S. Fox, which ship had been standing to the N. £astward (that is into the heart of the Cyclone,) as much as the gale allowed her, bearing up in a complete hurricane, at 9.45 A. M. to save her masts; and at Noon in Lat. 10° 21' N., Long. 82^ 46' with the wind marked in the log W. S. W. at Noon, and W. N. W. at 7 p. M., a difference of 4 points in the hour, and it flies back again to W. S. W. at 3 p. m. ! Hence we can only take the average of West as representing the wind at Noon, but it was evidently very heavy, and the Fox was making very bad weather of it.

The next ship to her, the Atalanta, was also close on the South side of the centre, and though she had not the calm, yet her log describes

2 T

324 A Twent^'Jirst Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

▼ery remarkable altemationB of lulls and gusts. Her position on this day is unfortunately not given, nor have I the detailed log to calculate it from, nor do the Mary Ann and Jouph Mwwok give their positions. The Hugh Lindeay also gives no position, but she waa steaming out to sea with the wind N. W. and the fTaimaA, 67' miles South of the Foxt has a hard gale from the West. The Joseph Manook notes in her log a remarkable interval of calm about Noon, which may hafe been the centre ; but her position is not given from the 1st to the 5th, so that we are quite at a loss to say if she really was at the centre, lliough with the strong Easterly current she experienced this is not impossible.

We have then to the N. N. Eastward of the Fox at 120 miles distance, the Catherine Apear and Ostrich^ with increasing gales from E. b. S. and E. N. £. and hard squalls, the first ship bound to Cal- cutta bearing up North to run as fast as possible out of the influence of the Cyclone. The Mary Harrison, 180 miles to the N. N. W. of the Fox and 75 to the Eastward of Madras, having the average of her winds about N. b. W. with squally weather, and at Madras the wind appears to have been variable between N. b. W, and N. N. £• and the weather sufficiently threatening for the ships in the roads to be ordered to sea at daylight.

These various winda do not give any certain position for the oentre on the 3rd, but they establish deariy the existence of a Cyclone of irregularly blowing and Mrating wkids, of which the oentre must have been close upon the Atalanta and J7. JIf. 8. Fox, and upon the average parallel of the Southern group of vessels (AUdaniu, Fox, Joseph Manook, Mary Ann and Hugh Lindsay,) and that the CoMe- rine Apear, Osirieh and Hydrafmd were upon its Northern quadrants. The Mary Harrison (taking her position as correct) mppeara to have had her winds influenced by the shores where indeed the winds on the approach of Mb Cyclone forcibly remind us of u Mexican Norte.

Wilh these considerations, t^en> I have placed the centre for the 3rd May in Lat. U"" 08' N. ; Long. 82'' 18' East, wfaibh wiU give ita track of 35 ndles only to the N. N. E. in the twenty-ibur hoars, bat there is nothing extraordinary in ihe Cy<^ne'a bdng so nearly sta- tionary for one day, and H. M* & Fox which only made good a coarse of N. 73^ East 7 1' miles, atill reached only to the meridian of tiie centre

1852.] A Tweniy-firMt Memoir on the Law o/Siorme, 325

on the 3rd. The diameter of the Cjclone on this day cannot much have exceeded 220 to 250 miles, but its influence was beginning to be felt at 300 miles to the North by the Parufffm; at Madras 190' to the N. W. ; and to the N. N. £. by the Hydrahad at about the same distance, and though the Mary Harnami^ N. b. W. gale, (for she was hove to under a close reefed main topsail) is an anomaly, I have marked a circle for the Hydrahad and for Madras on this day.

On the 4th of Jtfisjf.^— The centre on this day at Noon is perhaps best determined by the position of the WUiiam Fisher, which ship having slipped from Madras Roads on the 3rd, evidently met the centre at 4 p. m. and her reckoning bemg evidently most carefully kept (though it is not said if with any allowance for the current which sets so heavily along the coast in these gales), her posi- tion is probably nearer the truth than those of the Mary Harrison, Ostrich and Hydrahad, all of which were evidently close on the borders of the centre* Bearing in mind then that the Mary Harrison was probably farther to the S. W. perhaps as far as on the meridian of SI''; and the iFtUiam Fisher also a little farther to the South, we shall not be far wrong if we estimate the centre to have been about due West of the JFiUiam Fisher or in Lat. 12'' SO' N. ; and in Long* 81° 50' East; and that being closely followed up by the monsoon, of which it seems to have been a sort of precursor, the groups of ships to the Southward and S. Eastward of this spot, Foa, Jtalanta, Mary Ann, and Hannah had the winds more Southerly than the exact quadrants- of the Cyclone would allow them. The Sarah to the Eastward and the Hannah and Diana to the Southward seem both to have had the monsoon, but to the Northward and North Westward the influence of the Cyclone is seen in the Easterly winds of the Catherine Apear and Paragon and at Cocanada.

Thb position of the centre makes the Cyclone to have travelled up on a course of N. 33° ; West 100 miles in the 24 hours, and it agrees ▼ery fairly with the probable positions and the winds as stated in the logs of the ships which slipped from Madras Roads, so that it cannot be far wrong.

On the 5th Jfay,— -It would appear that on this day about 3 a. m. the Cyclone passed inland a little to the Northward of Madras, where we find the winds to have veered from N. West at Midnight to

2x2

326 A Twenty fir»t Memoir on the Law of Storms, [No. 4.

W. N. W. ; at 2h. 41' a. m. and W. S. W. at 3h. 41' a. m. giving VLB, as a mean, the wind at West (centre dne North of Madras)at 3h. 10' A. If. The Bar. is marked as having reached the minimum of 29.316 at 5h. 36^ a. m. ; hence at Noon and no donbt because of the closelj following monsoon, we find all the winds between S. £. b. 8. and S. W. and we have no inland reports from which even approxi- mately to deduce the position of the centre, if there was one» and it is not at all unlikely, that even the low range of the Pulicat hills over which the Cyclone must have passed was quite sufficient to make its various movements so irregular that but little could safely be set down except from a very considerable number of careful local reports such as are obtained in America or England. I am inclined indeed to think that its action was much disturbed in the neighbourhood of the land on account of the great discharge of lightning which took place with some of the ships.

If we take the centre of the Cyclone to have "landed" some 30 miles due North of Madras at 3 a. m., this will give it a course of N. 56^ West» 115 miles for the 15 hours, from the place of the centre on the 4th, and for the 24h. will give 184 miles on the same course to Noon placing the centre in Lat. 14° 12'; Long. 79° 49' As before remarked this acceleration of rate and change of course on the approach of the Cyclone to land is by no means new to us haying been frequently traced before by authentic reports.

I have not thought it necessary to mark on the Chart the runs of the ships from Madras Roads ; the positions of one or two for the 4th and 5th are given, being referred to in their logs.

There are some peculiarities in this Cyclone worth remarking upon and the first of these is the remarkable —

Vibration of the Wind. — ^We find this phenomenon to have occurred not when the ships were close to the centre where the incurv- ing of the wind-spirals (like that of the arrows on the vignette of some of the Charts) is to be expected, but at a considerable distance from the centre and even before we can affirm the Cyclone to have truly commenced, and this again to have occurred with the same ship for several days. Thus taking the ships in the order they are set down in the Summary* we find on the 1st May the ships and winda as follows :^*

1852.] A Twenty firnt Memoir on the Law of Storms. 327

Ship. Winds.

Hannah TremeDdous squalU from W. and S.

Westward.

H. M. S. Fox, 1 p. M, .. Variable W. b. N. to W. N. W.

Mary Ann, 4 p. m Variable West and North.

Sarah, near the Nicobars,

4 p. M Heavy gusts from South to S. W.

Atalanta, 9 p. m Smart squalls, at Sunset, East to N. £.

and N. N. W.

May 2nd. JTannaA^ 4 p.m. Wind Westerly (heavy gale) veering

about two points each way.

H. M, 8. Fox, 7 p. M. . . Variable from North to W. b. N. ;

p. m. hurricane.

Jllary Ann, 6 p. m Strong gale, very variable from N. N.

E. to N. W.

Sarah, 4 p. m Heavy gusts South to S. W.

Mary Harrison, 5 p. m.. • N. b. W. to N. East.

Atalanta, 4 p. m Heavy gusts North to N. W.

At Paumbaum, 10 p. m. . • Gusts from S. W. to N. N. W.

On the 3rd May, — ^The Hannah, H, M. S» Fox and the Joseph JUanook being close in upon the centre seem to have had the wind ▼eering with tolerable steadiness and not vibrating as before.

Sarah, 4 p. if., successive heavy squalb from S. to S. W. are marked.

Atalanta, frequent lulls of two to five minutes followed by furious gusts, direction not given.

The ships putting to sea from Madras Roads do not seem to have experienced any vibration of the wind worth noting, and many of those mark it as ** steady at North, &c." As upon an average we may say that the centre of the Cyclone passed at about 30 or 40 miles from the whole of these ships, it would appear from this and from what we have extracted above^ either that this vibration occurred towards the outskirts of the Cyclone and towards the S. W. where it may have been owing to the heavy monsoon, which was evidently fol- lowing up the Cyclone, or that it occurred more at its commencement while it was settling down. The fact, however, whatever may have been the cause, is highly worthy of notice amongst other yet unex- plained ones.

328 A Twenty-first Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 4.

The Managbment of the Ships. Those which were at sea scarcely require any comment, their errors, or good management, being so clearly seen from their logs and the Charts. H. M.S. Fox seems to haYC paid most severely for running too far in towards the centre. The ships in Madras Roads, however, furnish very instructive lessons. They all ran out more or less upon a wind, evidently to get an offing, forgetting that in so doiag, they were risking the chances of meeting with the centre, by which if dismasted and thrown into the Northern quadrants, or as in the case of the Bunnimede and Briton (1 2th Memoir ; Journal, Vol. XIII.) if involved in it, they might have been carried by it like helpless hulks on shore again. Whereas by steering from a point to two or three points more to the Southward they would rapidly have brought the wind to the Northward and to the Westward of North, so as safely and easily to run round the Cyclone and so return to their anchorage without straining a rope- yam. The direction of the wind and the fall of the Barometer were mfallible guides for them.

The Barometric Indications. These are also of very great interest, but as I have already prepared one paper upon them embody- ing through the aid of our new Science of Cydonology a discovery which I think will be considered as one of much importance by Meteo- rologists, and this will probably be followed by another, I wiU not here anticipate upon what I may have to say in those papers.

1852.] A Tabu fir reducing Barometrical Ohecrvationt, 329

^ft aeeouni of the Table ueed fir reducing Barometrical Obeerva* time to 32^ Farenheit, taken in the Sunteyor GeneraVe Office^ Caleutta. By Bdbu KioniniTH Sickohar, chief Computer^ Great Trigonometrical Survey of India. Commiumeated by the Deputy Surveyor General,

The observed heights of a Barometer taken at different tempera* tures, before they can be compared with each other, will require redaction to one common temperature. The reduction consists of two parts, one part being due to the dilation of the mercury, and the other to that of the brass scale attached to the Barometer. Both these corrections stand embodied in the following formula. __ ( t — 32^) m — (t — 62^) b C — B. 1 + (t — 32°) m

C ^ Sum of the two corrections.

B s= Observed height of the Barometer.

. r Observed temperature of the mercury, and of the

t brass scale which are assumed to be equal, m = .000100 Expansion of mercury for 1* of Faht. b = .0000106 Expansion of brass for !<> of Faht. 32^ = Standard temperature of mercury. 62° = Ditto ditto of brass. The formula for C given above, is the same as that which Col. Boiiean makes use of in the computation of his Table XI. referring his readers to p. 67 of Galbraith's Tables Edit. 1834, where he says the formula will be found.* Col. Boileau has given no demonstration of the process. Galbraith may have done so, but as the works of the latter are not within my reach, I have been necessitated to satisfy myself of the truth of the formula by the following investigation. Now (B — C) is the observed Barometrical height reduced to 32°. Taking this corrected height and multiplying it by the factor (t — 32°) m, there will result the correction due to the expansion of the mercury. This correction therefore is of the following form — (B— C) (t — 32°) m, in which the corrected height of the Barometer

* Tide p. IX. of Introduction to Boileau's Table 1849.

330 A Table for reducing Barometrical ObservaiioM, [No. 4.

enters as a factor, because it is that which expanded produces the observed mercurial column B.

In like manner the correction for the dilation of the brass scale will be found to be of the form + B. (t — 62*) b, which is additive, because the mercurial column measured by the expanded scale being B, it would be more, or B + B. (t — 62') b if the scale remained unaltered by temperature.

Combining the corrections for mercury and brass according to their signs, there will arise the following equation.

— C = — (B — C) (t — 32«) m + B (t — 62«) b which solved in the usual manner will give Q_B (t — 32^) m — (t — 62') b

1 + (t — 32') m which formula has accordingly been made use of in the computation of the following Table.

The arrangement and use of the Table will be best understood from the following example.

Suppose it is required to compute the correction for Barometer 29780 inches and Thermometer 83'.3.

The Tabular number for 29.8 Fahrenheit, .14.^

Alteration for 0'.3 Fahrenheit deduced by the common 1 ^^. rule of proportion, j

n

Required correction, .146

Observed height of the Barometer, 29780

Height reduced to 32'' Fahrenheit, 29*634

It will be remembered that the Tabular correction is always Ji«^a< tive.

1852.] A Table far reducing Barometrieal ObeervaHone. 331

TmbU ehewing the ewrectum to be applied to a Barometer with m Braee Scale, extending from the Cistern to the Top of the Mercuriai Column^ to reduce the observation to 329 Fahrenheit,

Temperature

U]

USBVl

BD at

IIGBT8

OP Tl

11 DA

BOMBI

rsR M

r iNCii

B8.

Fahreoheit.

88.1 U)54

28:2 .054

28.8 .054

28w4

.055

28^ 055

28.6 .055

28.7 .055

28,8 .055

28.9 .056

29.0 .0.56

29.1 .056

89.2

50»

056

51

057

057

057

057

057

058

058

058

058

058

059

059

52

059

059

059

060

060

060

060

061

061

061

061

061

58

062

062

062

062

062

063

063

063

063

064

064

064

54

064

064

065

065

065

065

065

066

066

066

066

067

55

067

067

067

067

068

068

068

068

068

069

069

069

56

069

069

070

070

070

070

071

071

071

071

072

072

57

072

072

072

072

073

073

078

073

074

074

074

074

58

074

074

075

075

075

075

076

076

076

076

077

077

59

077

077

077

077

078

078

078

078

079

079

079

080

60

079

079

OBO

080

080

080

081

081

081

082

082

082

61

082

082

082

082

083

083

083

084

084

084

084

085

62

084

064

085

085

085

086

086

086

086

087

087

087

63

087

087

087

087

088

088

088

089

089

089

090

090

64

089

089

090

090

090

091

091

091

092

092

092

093

65

092

09-2

092

093

093

093

098

094

094

094

095

095

66

094

094

095

095

095

096

096

096

0^7

097

097

098

67

097 1097

097

098

098

098

099

099

099

000

100

100

68

099

099

100

100

100

001

001

001

002

002

108

108

69

102

102

102

003

103

003

004

0O4

004

005

105

105

70

104

104

105

105

105

006

006

007

007

007

108

lOB

71

106

107

107

108

108

008

009

009

010

010

110

111

72

109

109

110

110

111

Oil

Oil

012

012

012

113

113

78

HI

112

112

118

113

013

014

014

0)5

015

115

116

74

114

114

115

115

116

016

016

017

017

018

118

118

75

116

117

117

118

118

019

019

019

080

080

121

121

76

119

119

120

120

121

021

021

022

022

088

123

124

77

121

122

122

128

123

024

024

024

025

025

126

186

78

124

124

125

125

126

026

027

027

027

028

128

129

79

126

127

127

128

128

089

029

080

030

030

131

181

80

129

129

130

130

131

031

032

032

033

033

183

134

81

131

132

132

133

133

034

034

035

0»5

086

136

137

62

184

134

185

135

136

086

037

037

088

038

139

139

88

186

137

187

138

138

089

039

040

040

041

141

148

84

139

189

140

140

141

041

042

042

043

043

144

144

85

141

142

142

143

143

044

044

045

045

046

146

147

86

144

144

145

145

146

046

847

047

048

048

149

149

87

146

147

147

148

148

049

049

OiiO

050

051

152

152

88

149

149

150

150

151

051

052

052

053

054

154

155

89

151

152

152

153

153

054

054

055

056

056

157

157

90

154

154

155

155

156

056

057

058

158

059

159

160

91

156

157

157

158

158

059

060

060

161

061

162

162

92

159

159

160

160

161

062

062

063

1^3

064

164

165

93

161

162

162

163

168

064

065

065

166

066

167

168

94

164

164

165

165

166

067

067

068

168

069

169

170

95

166

167

167

168

169

069

070

070

171

071

172

178

96

169

169

170

170

171

072

072

073

173

074

175

175

97

171

172

172

173

174

074

075

076

176

077

177

178

98

174

174

175

175

176

077

077

078

179

079

180

180

99

176

177

177

178

179

079

080

080

181

082

182

183

100

179

179

180

180

181

082

082

083

184

084

185

186

101

181

182

182

183

184

084

085

086

186

087

187

188

102

184

184

185

185

186

087

087

088

189

089

190

191

103

186

187

187

188

189

089

090

091

191

092

193

193

104

188

189

190

190

191

092

092

093

194

094

195

196

10.5

191

192

192

198

194

094

095

096

196

097

198

198

106

193

194

195

195

196

097

098

098

199

200

200

201

107

196

197

197

198

199

099

200

201

201

202

203

204

108

198

199

200

200

201

202

208

203

204

205

S05

206

109

201

202

202

203

204

204

205

206

207

207

208

2U9

110

203

204

205

205

206

307

208

208

209

210

211

211

2 u

332 A Table f<nr reducing Barometrical Observations, [No. 4.

Table showing the correction to be applied to a Barometer with a Braes Scale, extending from the Cistern to the Top of the Mercurial Column^ to reduce the Observation to 32 <> Fahrenheit,

Temperature

Ob8BRV£D HBtOHTI

OP THS BaROMBTBR IN

Incbbs.

Fahreoheit.

^m W W > «#■« ■ B^^* ■*

29.8 .056

29.4 .067

29.5 .067

29.6 .057

29.7 .057

298 .057

29.9 .058

80.0 .058

dai

.058

30.2 .058

.H0J8 .058

30.4

fiO*

.058

61

059

059

059

060

060

060

060

060

061

061

061

061

62

062

062

062

062

062

063

068

063

068

063

064

064

63

064

064

065

065

065

065

066

066

066

066

066

067

64

067

067

067

067

068

068

068

068

069

069

069

069

66

069

070

070

070

070

071

071

071

071

072

072

072

66

072

072

073

073

073

073

078

074

074

074

074

075

67

076

075

075

076

076

076

076

076

077

077

077

077

68

077

077

078

078

078

079

079

079

079

080

080

080

69

060

080

080

081

081

081

081

082

082

082

083

083

60

062

083

083

083

064

084

084

084

085

085

085

086

61

085

085

086

086

0R6

086

087

087

087

088

068

068

62

088

088

088

089

089

069

089

090

090

0^

091

091

68

090

091

091

091

091

092

092

092

093

093

09S

094

64

093

093

093

094

094

094

095

095

095

096

096

096

66

095

096

096

096

097

097

097

098

098

098

099

099

66

098

098

099

099

099

100

100

100

101

101

101

102

67

101

101

101

102

102

102

103

103

108

104

104

104

68

108

104

104

104

105

105

105

106

106

106

107

107

69

106

106

107

107

107

108

108

108

109

109

109

110

70

108

109

109

110

110

110

111

111

111

112

112

liS

71

111

111

112

112

113

113

118

114

114

114

115

115

7S

114

114

114

115

115

116

116

116

117

117

118

118

73

116

117

117

117

118

118

119

119

119

120

120

121

74

119

119

120

120

120

121

121

122

122

122

128

128

75

121

122

122

123

123

124

124

124

125

125

126

126

76

124

124

125

125

126

126

127

127

127

128

128

129

77

127

127

127

128

128

129

129

180

180

131

131

181

78

129

130

130

131

131

131

132

132

188

133

184

134

79

132

132

133

133

134

134

185

185

185

136

186

187

80

134

135

135

136

136

137

187

188

138

189

189

139

81

137

137

138

138

139

139

140

140

141

141

142

142

82

140

140

141

141

141

142

142

148

148

144

144

145

88

142

143

143

144

144

145

145

146

146

147

147

148

84

145

145

146

146

147

147^

148

148

149

149

150

150

86

147

148

148

149

149

150

150

151

151

152 152

153

86

150

150

151

151

152

158

158

154

154

155 . 155

156

87

153

153

154

154

155

155

156

156

167

157

158

158

88

155

156

156

157

167

158

158

159

159

160

160

161

89

158

158

159

159

160

160

161

161

162

163

163

164

90

160

161

161

162

163

168

164

164

165

165

166

166

91

168

163

164

165

165

166

166

167

167

168

168

169

92

165

166

167

167

166

168

169

169

170

171

171

172

93

168

169

169

170

170

171

172

172

173

173

174

174

94

171

171

172

172

173

174

174

175

175

176

176

177

96

173

174

174

175

176

176

177

177

178

179

179

180

96

176

176

177

178

178

179

179

180

181

181

182

182

97

178

179

180

180

181

181

182

188

IPS

184

185

185

98

181

182

182

183

183

184

185

185

186

187

187

188

99

184

184

185

165

186

187

187

188

189

189

190

190

100

186

187

187

188

189

189

190

191

191

192

198

198

101

189

189

190

191

191

192

198

193

194

195

195

196

102

191

192

198

193

194

195

195

196

197

197

198

199

103

194

195

195

196

197

197

198

199

199

200

201

201

104

197

197

198

199

199

200

201

201

202

203

308

204

105

199

200

200

201

202

202

208

204

205

205

906

207

106

202

202

203

204

204

205

206

206

207

208

209

209

107

204

205

206

206

207

208

208

209

210

211

211

212

108

207

208

208

209

210

210

211

212

212

213

214

215

109

209

210

211

212

212

218

214

214

215

216

217

217

no

212

213

218

214

215

216

216

217

218

218

819*

220

1852.] Notes on Dtut Whirlwinds and Cyclones. 333

Notes on Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. By P. F. H. Baddb- I.EY, Esq.^ M. D., Bengal Artillery^ Lahore.

(Ab an Appeadiz to his last paper, — ante p. f 64.)

1. — My experience of the smaller dust whirlwinds leads me tp believe, that they travel uninfluenced by the direction of tb^ prevail- ing surface wind which may have been blowing prior to their appear* ance, and indeedi they often come up from an opposite point of thjS compass.

If they are, as I am certain is the case, themselves the exciting cause of wind, the reason of this is obvious.

2. — They rarely deviate materially from their original course, though they commonly progress, more or less, in a wavy line ; — ^now on one side of the path, and now on the other.

3. — ^They turn indifferently from left to right, or from right to left, and their rotatory motion sometimes seems suddenly reversed — ^though this may be only an optical illusion.

4. — During strong winds, and in stormy weather, the spiral columns, though in full force, are not easily recognisable, even when passing over a light, dry soil ; and would be entirely unnoticed by most per- ^ns.

5. — When numerous, they are frequently observed advancing in a line ; and after passing the observer, an interval of some minutes may elapse before another set is seen in the distance — and so they con* tinue— one set succeeding another, giving rise to squalls and lulls, or rising and falling of the wind.

6. — Their rate of progression is liable to great variety — being some* times retarded and then again accelerated, without apparent cause : .but in a brisk wind their progress is more uniform*

7. — ^They appear with great regularity between, though sometime^ a little before and after, the hours of 10 x. m. and 4 p. m., increas- ing in frequency with the heat of the day, and declining as the sua approaches the western horizon :---cea8mg altogether before sun-jiety when the wind drops.

From the fact of their appearbg in greatest numbers during the

2 17 2

334 Notes on Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones. [No. 4.

hottest hours of the day, it would seein that the solar influence may be considered at least a subordinate cause in bringing them into action.

8. — The winds caused by the passage of whirlwinds* or electro- magnetic spirals through the air, are characterised by gusts or flaws* succeeded by lulls^ and are of a totally different description from the winds caused by yariations in temperaturCi or by the rotatiou of the earth on its axis.

9. — ^The dust whirlwinds are usually composed of many single spirals joined together ; these may separate and reunite again with augmented power.

10. — They preserre a distinct columnar form to the height of three tbonskitid feet and upwurds, and terminate in a doud of dust, which still possesses a gyrating motion, ascending higher and higher.

11.-— A dust column or pillar of that height is sometimes obserred broken in its ascent into two or three lengthened irregular patches €if dust, with perfectly clear interrening spaces ; the dust all the white •ascending with rapidity into the higher regions, as if the electrically diarged pillar were endued at times with an increased oentrifagal force.

12.«^Their rate of upward ascent is subject to Tariation, as wdl as tiieir onward motion%

13.-— A lofty dust column, moTing slowly, may sometimes be Men to assume, in the course of a few seconds, a wayy, and slightly con- torted appearance in its vertical section, while tftill preserring its exact cyfindrical form ; the change being effected stmultaneonsly throughoot its entire height.

H.-^Kites, (which are numerous in thb part of the country) often follow the dust whirlwinds for some distance, soaring about and around it, diving at each other, as if in sport ; and, seemingly, with no other purpose, than that of enjoyment.

15.— -Evaporation is much increased when the whirlwinds mre fire^ ^uent and the wind brisk.

16. — In damp weather, the passage of the elecitrical spirals over an insulated wire, fails to affect the gold leaf electrometer — and during this humid tftate of the aitmosphere, the electrometer can only be exdted with difficulty, and loses power the moment (he ezcitemait is temoved.

1852.] I^otes on Dust Whirlwinda and Cyclones. 335

17. — CHice> when obserring the pecaliar motions of a well defined deader dust pillar^ rotating bri8kly» but at the same time remaimng ilmoet stationary on the one spot, and while looking upwards at the body of the oolumn, with the view of understanding the particular eourse the dust was taking in its ascent, the pillar was suddenly with- drawn, or lifted upwards, and carried out of sight — and this occurred so suddenly as to give the impression of its haying been diyided asunder ; particularly as the outer stratum of dust remained for u few moments suspended in the air — but, on again directing the eye to the earth, the absence of the rotatory motion and of the cone of dust, at once explained the real state of the case.

16.*— In Mtarch last, during unsettled stormy weather, my attention was directed tb a hirge mass of dust whirf winds to the Northward, moYing from West to Eastward — all at once, their course was cAtirely changed — ^and they were seen coming back from N. £• to 8. W.

This strange and sudden shift, may. perhaps be explained, by sup- posing that the mass of spirals moving in a cydoidal course, recurred It that particular time.

19.*— Itmoe followed, for more than a mile, a dust whirlwind of about four or five feet in diameter, travelling at the rate of seven or tight miles an hour, and rotating fh>m right to left Q). After a time, its pTogreto was vetardcd, so as to enable me to penetrate to the cen- tre, and to walk dowly with it for a short distance. The centre waa perfectly calm, wldleb round about, the wind was blowing in every direction. Though surrounded by dust* I was enabled, by keeping my ^ fixed upon the whirling Kne of dust at my feet, as it continually swept past me on the right, (the side of progression,) to preserve my position in the central cdm space, for some little time, without bmng inoonvenienoed by the dust. On the left hand side of the whirl, the dust waa not so well defined, but cloudy and confused.

There was in this case, as in aH others of a similar kind, a trail of dmit closely following, occasi<med by the action of the whirlwind upon the air.

20. — ^Westerly winds, or rather West South West winds, seem almost invariably to prevail at Lahore ut the height of three or four miles above the Earth's surface — ^in the region of Girro Stratus and Cirrus.

When clouds prevail, with fine weather, they usually clear off about

336 Note9 on Duti Whirlwinds and Cyclones, [No. 4.

flan-Bet, with the greatest regularityi when they are observed pro- gressing Eastward, from the West, with considerable Telodty, which would lead to the suppositipn that, at this height, the prevailing car- rents, when not disturbed are always in that direction — the same thing is often observed at sun-rise, only then, the clouds come np from the West, and continae to increase for a time.

21.— The peculiar manner in which the winds blow after a whirl- wind of small diameter and swift progressive motion, b somewhat remarkable, and deserves attention. Plant yourself in the direct line of an advancing whirlwind, and allow it to blow over you. After it has passed, there will generally be perceived more or less of a loll, or the winds blowing in the direction of the track will be found light and unsteady. This may continue for a minute or more, by which time the whirlwind may have travelled onwards 150 or 260 yards. All at once, the breeze freshens and blows steadily and with increased force for a lengthened period ; after which, it may drop and then again revive for a shorter period, becoming again unsteady, and by degrees fainter, and then ceasing altogether. Though I have fre- quently remarked the fact, I am not prepared to account for it, fur- ther than to remark, that the light unsteady winds at first may be occasioned by eddies caused by the rotatory action of the whirlwind , x>n the air more immediately adjacent, while the stronger winds may be the oblique currents on either side of the track, meeting on the line, and combining to produce increased power and velocity.

More exact observations however are requisite to enable one acqaaint* ed with the theory of the motion of fluids to determine the real canae <of this striking phenomenon.

22. — ^When whirlwinds are moving about, white patches of Cirro- Cumuli are frequently seen on the clear blue sky, exactly resembling flakes of teaseled cotton — ^having a rotatory motion throughout-^ forming, and then rapidly dissolving, or ascending with whirling mo- tions into the higher regions, becoming more and more faint as they recede from the sight.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For April, 1852.

^^i#^^rf»^^»»^^^^^^^^^^^^^»^^^^^^>'^^^'%^^^^^^^^^»^i^^v^^

The usual montlily meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday the 1 7th instant, at half- past 8 p. m.

1. Sir Jambs Colvilb, PreMent, in the Chair.

In the absence of Dr. Sprenger, the Secretary, on public business, Mr. Beadon undertook to officiate for him*

The Proceedings of the last meeting having been read, and an alteration in the note quoad Mr. Bayley's letter having been adopted, the former were confirmed.

Bead a letter from Gapt. Layard forwarding for exhibition seveQ aUTer and twenty copper coins, found in and about Gour. The follow- ing is an extract from Gapt. Layard's letter ;~*

*' During my late visit to the ruins of Gour, and her sister city— ^ Pandooa or Parwa« in January, and February last, my particular enqui- ries were directed to the procuring of such coins, gold, silver and copper, as are occasionally dug up by brick-diggers in their search for material for constructing houses at Malda and the surrounding bazars. Knowing the dread these people have of allowing any one to suppose them possessed of treasure, I was cautious in my search. The rewards of my labours have been the few copper coins, twenty in number, which I now send you. For the seven silver coins accompanying, I am indebted to Mr. Gray of Goamutty Factory, who most kindly allowed me to select them from duplicates in his possession. This gentleman has upwards of a hundred silver coins, collected during his residence in Gour, and intends, I believe, submitting them some day for identifica- tion to the Asiatic Society.

338 Proceedings of the Jeiaiic Society, [No. 4.

** The coins, principally of siWer found in Oour, are very nnme- rouB, but I regret to say, so little numismatic taste or historical enquiry, apparently, exists amongst the resident planters and others in the district, that old coins, which have been brought to them by ryots in exchange for the new ones, and which might have led to important dates in the history of by-gone ages, have not only been melted down into ornaments and jewellery of different kinds, but fashioned up into tea-pots and sharing mugs.

*' The accompanying silver coins were all found in Mussulman- Gour, and, I should say, may easily be deciphered with the assistance of Mr. Laidley's key to the coins of the kings of Bengal, published in one of the numbers of the Journal, which I have not by me to refer to.

** No. 1, appears, by its Sanscrit legends surrounded by the Arabic characters* to belong to one of the Delhi Emperors : the rest from No. 2 to No. 7» seem to be of Hussein Shah and his son and puecessor Nusserit Shah.

** I have used above, the expression Mussulman-Oour, in contra- distinction to Hindu-Oour, which I feel inclined to think commenced a few miles to the North of the existing high bunds or ramparts at a Tillage called Oungerampore, bordered by the Kalindra River : from thence I procured the copper coins from No. 1 to No. 12 in packet A.

** The tide of Mussulman robbery and spoliation seems to have rolled southwards from Oungerampore to a nullah near the village of Pd- keria, carrying with it the desecrated ruins of many noble Hindu tem« pies and palaces, to raise mosques and shrines dedicated to the icono- clastic bigotry and intolerance of the religion of the Prophet.

" Of Hindu-Gour as a city, nothing remains above ground."

List of Silver Coins (7).

No. Ist. Delhi Emperor— date A. M. 962 ?

2nd. Hussein Shah (?)

3rd. Date A. H. 794 temple Jelalloddeen (?)

4th. Nusserit Shah (?)

5th. Hussein Shah (?)

6th. Ditto (?)

„ 7th. Same as No. 5th.

99 99

99

9f

1652.] Proceedings of tke Jsiatie Society, 339

IM of Copper Coine found at Oungarampore^ Packet A^ (12)

No. Ist. Fuckeerooddeen (f) 742. 2nd, 3rd, 4th. (?)

5th and 6th. Donbtfnl as to antiquity, but found in the foun- dation of a house. „ 7th and 8th. Ditto. », 9th and 1 0th. Ditto.

11th. A Gorruckpore coin I think.

12th. I doubt this being a coin, but it was found on the site of Rajah Adisur's palace.

Sight Copper Ccnns found at Pandooa or Parwa.

A copy of the Magnetical and Meteorological Obserrations made at tbe Bombaj Obsenratory, was presented by Lieut. O. F. P. Fergus- son, Snperintendent of the Observatory.

Lient. W. Lees» duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted for, and elected an ordinary member.

The Cooncil submitted the following reply from the Under-Secre- tfiry to the Goremment of Bengal to the Society's application to be exempt from paying gronnd-rent for their premises : —

From the Under-Secretary to the Government qf Bengal,

To Dr. a. Spsbkoeb,

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Dated, Fort WilUam, Wth March, 1852. Sis, —With reference to your letter of the 2nd ultimo, I am directed by the Most Noble the Gk>yemor of Bengal to state that His Lordship has been pleased to exempt the Society from the payment of the ground- rent of their premises, so long as it is occupied by them. The Board of Bavenoe have been informed accordingly.

I have the honor to be, Sir, Your most obedient Servant,

(Signed) W. Sbton Eaeb, Under-Secretary to the Government qf Bengal.

The President stated that at a meeting of the Council held on the 3rd instant, it has been resolved that Mr. Arthur Grote having, at the solicitation of Dr. Sprenger, kindly intimated his willingness to

2 X

340 Proceedingg of the Asiatic Society* [No. 4.

undertake the duties of Joint-Secretary, the Council do recommend the appointment of Mr. Grote As Joint-Secretary to the next meeting ; and then proposed that the recommendation of the Council be adopted. Mr. Colvin having seconded the motion, it was carried unanimously.

Mr. B. H. Hodgson of Darjel^ng communicated, through the Pre- sident, two valuable papers on Trans-Himalayan Philology ; one entitled, ** Comparison and Analysis of Caucasian and Mongolian Vocables," and the other, " Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies, with another special exposition of the wide range of Mongolian affinities, and remarks on the lingual and physical characteristics of the family ;" (with a sketch portrait). Ordered for publication in the Journal.

Mr. A. B. TouDg, Under-Secretary to the Government of India, by order of the Most Noble the Governor-General, submitted for the inspection of the Society thirty-two ancient gold coins found at Benares, together with a descriptive list of the same by Major Eittoe,

After a desultory conversation regarding these coins, it was resolved that drawings of such of them as are unknown be made for pubiica*- tion in the Journal.

Read a letter from Capt. Layard, enclosing fac-similes of Arabic inscriptions on the ruined mosque of Gour. Referred to the Council for examination and report.

Read letters from Professors Fleischer of Leipzig and Wiedmann of Munich, acknowledging the receipt of books sent to the German Asiatic Society and the Royal Academy of Bavaria respectively, and announcing despaich of certain publications.

Read a letter from Mr. Tottie, the Swedish Norwegian Consul in London, announcing despatch of a box of books from the Royal University of Christiania.

Mr. Houstoun having drawn attention to a communication from him to the Chairman of the preceding meeting respecting the publication of the Hayat ul Hay wan in the Bibliotheca Indica, the Chairman stated in behalf of the Council, that the Society having sanctioned the pub- lication of this work, the Council has not the power if it had the inclination, to interfere ; and that Mr. H. was in error, in supposing that three Arabic works are in the course of publication.

The Curators and the Librarian having submitted their usual monthly reports, the meeting adjourned.

1852.] Proeeedingg of ihe Anaiie Society. 341

Report of Curator, Zoological Department,

Sir, — My Report for to-day records the donations received daring the last four months, which are as foUow :*^

1. From A. Campbell, Esq. Daijiling. Skin, in winter iie^ac^e, with fine horns and hoofs complete, of the great Asiatic Stag, which I feel satisfied is the Csayus Wallichii, Davaucel. This noble animal is the Tibetan C. ajfinie of Mr. Hodgson, and there is scarcely a doabt of its identity with the Stag of Kashmir (C, cashmireneis. Falconer, MS., apud Gray), and little that it will prove to be the same as that of northern China, and as the Irbisch or great Stag of Siberia mentioned by Strahlenberg and Pennant.* It may possibly also be the Persian Moral; though our impression is that the latter is more nearly affined to C. blaphvs, as the present species is to C. canadensis (v. 9trongylocero9, occiderUalie, &c.)t It, however, is a distinct species from C. canadsnsib; and tnost decidedly it is that well figured in Mens. F. Cuvier's work by the name G. Wallichii, approximated by me to C. canadensis in /. A. 8. X, 745. In Mr. Yigne's portfolio of drawings made in Kashmir and Little Tibet, was a careful figure of this animal in its summer pelage, taken from a captive individual in Kashmir ; and this was bright rufous, like the

* '* Stagi are totallj extirpated in Roana, bat abound in the mountainous aonthem tract of Siberia, where thej grow to a lise far superior to what is known in Europe. The height of a grown hind is four feet nine ioohes and a half, its length eight feet, and that of its head one foot eight inches and a half." Pennant's * Arctic Zoology,' p. 31. Strahlenberg distinguishes the Irbisek, or great Stag, froB the Itubrisun, or common Stag, of Siberia. Like Eauus rbmionus, Ovia AMMON, and other species, it doubtless ranges from Southern Siberia to Tibet, &c.

t Since the aboTe was in print, we have seen Mr. Gray's paper on the Cbritida, read before the Zoological Society and re-published from its ' Proceedings' in Ann, aiag, N, H., 2d series, IX, 413, (May, 1852;. We see nought in it to modify our opinion regarding Cbrvus WALLiCHir. Mr. Gray may rest assured that there ia no eis-Himalayan (or s&l-forest) stag of the Elaphine type (Tide also Hodgson, in J, A, 8. XX, 392) : and when he refers to C. Wallichii as " the Stag of India," be uses the term India in a most.Tsgue and latitudinarian sense, which cannot be oonoeded ; it is little better when he refers eren to C. vboktatib as an IhdUm animal. Mr. Gray pronounces the Persian Moral to be identical with C. Wal- lichii. We only saw a liring mature hmd, and a young stag of the third (.>) year, — an antler of which is figured in J. A* 8, X. 750, pi. fig. 10. In site and colour the Maral would certainly seem to accord sufficiently with C. Wallicbii ; and Mr. Gray is probably right in identifying them, however remarkable the range of climate, which indeed is considerable also, with C. canadknsib and Cfen C.

■LAPBUS.

2x2

342 Proceedings of the JsUtie Society. [No. 4.

corresponding garb of the WRpiti, and of manj other species of Deer (e. g, C. DuTAUCELBi of India) : bat the winter dress of the great Asiatic Stag is strikingly different from that of the Vapiti or great Stag 4>f N. America — ^whioh has tha upper parts very mach paler, contrasting with darker limbs and belly. I caiinoi trace, also, the least appearance of the throat-beard conspicuoos in an old msle Wapiti ; the tines of the antlers, I think, are shorter than is usual in that spedes ; and there seems no tendency to the formation, in any specimen yet observed, of a small additional snag near the inner base of the first basal tine (or * brow-antler*), which in large Wapiti horns is of freqnent occnrrence (Vide X« 750, pi., figs. 3, 5, 6). The horn figured in Vol. XX, p. 393, pL YIII, I consider to be that of ayooi^ C. Wallichii: the peculiarity represented being very common in the horns of C. blaphus of corresponding age. The second basal tine (or ' bez-antler') is far more constant in G. canadxnsib and C. Wallicmii than in G. si^aphus, which last very commonly wants it (especially when young), as conettmtlf in C. barbarus ; the horn of which latter species, again, is precisely that of G. dama (or the Fallow Deer), but with a true elaphine bifid or trifid crown instead of the palmation.* The whole of these, with the less affined (but mutually allied) Tarandus and (extinct) Msgacbros, constitute a series of forms wholly distinct from all other Deer, whether of America, S. £. Asia, or the Roes of Europe and N. Asia, which last have most affinity for American types. The possession of the median tine (or * royal antler*) is a characteristic distinction of this entire great Elaphine series as here indicated (with rare indiridual exceptions), being met with in no other Deer; and these animals are also conspicuously longer-bodied than other Deer, and have a different and distinct carriage. My impression is, — ^having seen several fine living examples of C. CANADBM8IS, baring studied them attentively at all seasons, and

* In what does C. baebarus differ from the CorMcaa Stag figared hj Bvftm, and from the Stag of Greece (original EXa^os), which I am informed it similar and distinct from C. blapbus of modem soologists ? I ha^e aeTcral earefal figures of the Barbery Stag, male and female, drawn from first-rate specimens in the Zoolo- gical Society's Garden. The species is farther remarkable for the comparatiTe shortness of the limbs, and the enormonaly tnmid larynx of the male daring the ratting season. The stag of the Appenines is true C. blaphus.

1852.] Proceedingt of ike Asiatic Soeietf, 343

•upeiinteiided the execution of sundry drawings that were taken of them with extreme care and the minutest attention to detail, whereby I hap* pen to be particularly familiar with the character of the species, — that tliia great American Stag will be found to average a larger sixe than the Asian C. Wallichii, if not to be constantly Urger. They are, however, most closely aflSned, eren more so than Oria ammon and O*

MONTAMA.

2. From Mr. A* Hancock^ of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, I have re» eeived a collection of sundries, of which I make over to the museum

ins of MsLvs taxvs, Noctvlinia noctula (2.), Tinnuncitlus

ALON (2«)» EUDROMIA MORXNBLLU8 (yOUUg), ToTANUS GLOTTIS

(2., British specimens perfectly identical with the Indian glottoidee of Vigors), Larus marinub (adult), Oidrmia fvbca (male), and Podi- CBP8 coRNUTua (crestcd). Also a series of antlers (not fine) of CERviia BLAPHUS, and two fine frontlets of G. caprbolub ; with examples in spirit of British Vipers, Frogs, and a few Insects. I further present the Society with the following specimens from Daijiling. — Skins respectively of LA8IURI78 Pbarbonii, Horsfield (J, A. 8. XX, 524),* Talpa mi* CROURA, Hystriz Hodgsonii, Aquila IMPBRIALI8 (in uniformly brown plnmage), Tchitrba paradibi (fine parti-coloured male, killed in L. Bengal), Sitta cabtanboybmtrib, and the young of Athbnb

BRAMA, PsiLORHINUB PLAYIROBTRIB, CORACIAB INDICA, and PaRUS

CINBRBU8. Also thc carcBSS of an adult male Arctonyx collarib. both skin and skeleton of which have been prepared,— and a female liBiJkifOCORYPHA torquata, uobis, /. A. 8. XIII, 962, XVI, 476.

3. From the Rev. F. Fitxgerald, a collection of mammalia, birds, reptiles, &c., from N. Carolina.

Of Mammalia are sent Fblu rupa. Quid. ; a skull ; Mustbla FVSCA, Bachman, 2 skins ; Procyon lotor, (L.), skull ; Scalopb ▲quaticub, (L.), in spirit ; Sciuroptbra yolucblla, (L.), skeleton ; SciURUB LBUCOTia, Gappar (v. dnerem, Harlan, et carolinennSf Godman), skin ; and Mub m usculub, L., two skins.

Of Birds, skins of Tinnunculi^b bparybriub, foem. ; Butbo borb*

ALiB, juv. ; Bi7BO YiRGiNiANUB, mas ; Cbrylb alcyon, mas i

Dryocopub pilbatub, foem., and skull of male ; Picub pubbbcbnb,

mas; Coccyzub erythropthalmob; Gyanubub cyanbub; Quib-

* Noeiuiimia kuiura, HodgMW, /. A. 8. XVI, 896.

344 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

CALUS PURP17RKI78 (2) ; Aglaiub phcenicbvb (2) ; Sturnbi.i.a

LUDOVICIANA ; SpiZKLLA PUSILLA ; PaSBBRCULUS BAYAND8 (2) ; ChRYSOM ITRIS TRI8TI8 ; CaRDINALIB VIRGINIANUB (2) ; AmPBLIB CAROLINBNBIS ; PrOGNB PURPURBA» f. ; TtrANNUB CRINITI7B ;

Sialia Wilbonii ; Mbrula migratoria; Mimus rufub; Tri-

CHAB MARILANDICA ; BuTORIDEB VIRBBCBNBs JUV. ; GlANGULA GLAUCIONy f. ; MeRGUB BSRRATOR, f. ; — vith skull of NUMBNIUB

LONGIR08TRI8, and foot of Haliab'tus leucocephalub.

Of Reptiles, Emys guttata (shell) ; Sternothbreb odoratub (3 young, in spirit) ; Chblydra serpentina (shell) ; — ^and all the following in spirit — Plebtiodon laticepb, Pl. fasciatub (2) ;

Anoliub principalis (2) ; Coluber constrictor ; C. (?) ? ;

Tropidonotus bipedon, (L.) Dekay (TV. fasciatus^ Schlegel, adult and young) ; Tr. tania, Schcepff. (CoL eertalis f , L., three specimens) : Tr. saurita, (L.), Schlegel (young ; and also young of two other species) ; Herpetodryab getulub (L.) $ H. jkbtivus, (L.), Schlegel (2) ; H. — ? (2) ; Hbterodon coccineub {Rhinoe* toma coeeinea, Holbrook) ; Trigongcephalub contobtrix, (L. 2) ; Crotalub durissus ; Bana PIPIBN8 (?), large tadpole ; Polypbda- tb8 {Hyla viridis of Holbrook) ; P. — 7 ; Triton multipunc- TATA ; Tr. NIGER (?) ; another affined to Tr. salmon ea ; and large and small individuals of Amphiuma means, Harlan.*

Crustacea. Homarus americanus and Astacus Bartoni in spirit. Also a few insects and a Scolopendra in spirit*

4. From Dr. Kelaart, of the Ceylon Medical Sendee, seYeral packages have been received, which have greatly enriched our col- lections.

Of mammalia, we are indebted to him for skins, skulls, &c« of Prebbytis PRiAMUs, and skins of Pr. ursinus (J. A. S. XX, 155), young, and skin of Pr. cephalopterus, almost white (Pr. albinus, Kelaart, J. A. S, XX, 1 82) ; Lemur catta, L. ; and numerous speci- mens of Bats, as follow : —

* Certain of the makes in this collection would appear to be undeacribed, for we have been nnable to make them out from M. Schle^l's work, and thej are neither noticed in Dr. Harlan's *' catalogue of North American Reptilic," published in the ** Journal of the Philadelphia Academy,'' Vol. V., nor among the " eztra- limiUls" enumerated in Dekay's " Natural History of New York."

1852.] Proceedings of the Jeiatie Society. 345

Ptbropub bdvlis, 9. Bdwardiiit &c.

Ft. Lbschxnaultii, Dkbii ., ▼. Pt. eeminuduSf Kelaart* A fine pair in spirit, a skin, and specimen now prepared as a skeleton.

Cykoftbrus MAROINATU8, (B. Ham.) Some ordinary brown examples in spirit, and a skin with the neck and sides of a very deep ferrnginous hue, in which phase this species is the C Horefieldii of Mr. Gray. In old Bengal specimens, the same parts become deeply tinged with bright tawney or rufo-folvous, but are never dark ferru- ginous, so far as we have seen.* Malayan examples are of a paler and more uniform brown, and constitute the C titthceeheilMe, (Tem.), &c. &c. ;t exhibiting no further difference whatever that we can per- ceive, notwithstanding the remarks of Dr. Horsfield in his recently published catalogue of the specimens of mammalia in the Hon'ble Company's Museum in London.

Nycticejus Tbmminckii, (Horsfield, nee Ruppell, Atlaa)^ ▼• Be^ Utngeri^ caatanea^ et noctulinia^ auct. . Two specimens, one paler than the other on the upper parts. By exposure to the light, the fur of this species fades and becomes much more rufous or rufo*fulvous ; and in all Indian specimens that we have seen, the under-parts are con- stantly much paler than the upper : but in one Javanese example in the Society's collection, the upper-parts are of a much more vivid tawny-rufous or ferruginous colour than we have seen in any Indian specimen, and the under-parts are scarcely fainter in hue. We consi- der this to be a casual variety only, analogous to those of certain Horse-shoe and various other Bats mentioned in the sequel.^ N. B» Although in the recent state, this very common Indian species is most easy to distinguish from N. lutbub, nobis (J. A. S, XX, 157)» from the considerable difference of colour, however either may vary, they both fade and alter so much in colour by exposure to light that they then appear like larger and smaller races of the same species, — the nnder-parts of M. luteus, however, becoming generally of a more

* Since writing the above, we have obtained a fresh Calcatta specimen, which at first was very nearly as deeply tinged with fermginont as the example from Ceylon ; bnt, in drying, the colour has faded very considerably.

t Vide /. A. 8. XV, 187.

X A similar Javanese specimen is noted in Mr. Gray's Catalogne of the speci- men! of mammalia in the British Musenm.

346 Proceedings of ike Aiiaiie Society. [No. 4.

rafescent hue than those of ordinary N. Tbmminckii. The length of fore-arm in N. TsiiifiNCKii is very regularly 2 in., in N. lutmus 2f in., and in N. Heathii 2f in. Examples of N. Hbathii from Ceylon appear to be constantly a good deal darker than those from S. India, unless perhq>s from the more proximate districts of the continent.

SCOTOPHILI78 COROMANDBLIANUS, (F. CuT.)

Ybspbrtilio ADYBESua (7), Horsf. Bather darker than a Cal- cutta specimen referred to the same, which latter entirely resembles an example procured at Penang.

Kb Ri YOU LA piCTA, (Palias).

Mboaderma 8PA8MA, Geoffroy. A skin and entire specimen in spirit. Identical in species with examples from Malacca and Jbtb.

Rhinolophus AFffNis (T), Horsfield : Rk. rnkidue et /ulvidus, Kelaart, as also another supposed species referred to by the same gentleman in J. A. S. XX, 182-3 ; perhaps, too, the doubtfully cited Eh, pueillue from Ceylon of Mr. Waterhoose's catalogue of the mam- malia in the Zoological Society's museum : but, it would seem, not Bh. AFFINI8 of Dr. Cantor's Catalogue of the mammalia inhabiting the Malayan peninsula (J. A. S, XV, 181). An extensive series of ^ped* mens, both in spirit and skins ; and varying in hue from the most vivid mfo-ferruginous in both sexes, to dusky-brown paler below and without a shade of ferruginous or fulvous in either sex, — others again being intermediate, — and one adolescent example is dingy cinereous above, with here and there a slight admixture of rufous, and below chiefly of the latter hue. In structure there is no diversity whatever, and those of various colours were taken in company. The admeasurements of a full grown male are as follow. Length of head and body 2^ in. ; of tail (additional) 1 in. ; alar expanse 10^ in. ; fore-arm If in. ; tibia } in. ; ear- conch (posteriorly) barely f in. Facial appendages typical. Fur of mean length, somewhat dense, porrect, sinuous. A minute pair of upper incisors, liable to be overlooked, in the fresh specimen.

HiPPOSiDEROs NOBILI8 (?), Hofsfield : Rhinolophus armiger, Hodg- son ; H. lankadiva, Kelaart, vide J. A. 8. XX, 183. Male and female in spirit ; another specimen now set up as a skeleton ; and a skin. Dfcidedlv identical in species with Mr. Hodgson's armiger, and so far as can be judged from the figures and descriptions, also with the Malayan H. nobilis.

1852.] Proceedings of the Miatie Society* 347

H. 8PSORI8, (Schneider). Vide /. A. S. XIII, 489. Numerous Bpechneos in spirit and also skins. It is remarkable that some exam^ pies of this species, also, are very bright rufo-ferruginous or golden- fulvous, others fulvous-brown more or less dark, and others again brown or slaty without a tinge of fulvous, — ^the ordinary colour (that heretofore described) however predominating, and, in general, it would seem that the brown Ceylon specimens run darker than those of S. India* Moreover, it would seem that the vivid rufous examples both of thb and other species are comparatively rare, though from being particularly selected out of multitudes they may accumulate in col- lections.

H. MUR1N178, (Elliot) : of which there now can be no further doubt that Bhinolophtu fulgens, £lliot, v. H. fulvus^ Gray, is merely the corresponding vivid rufous phase to those noticed of H. speorib and of the Rhinolophub. Four specimens, all of a blackish tint, thus illustrating the H. ater of Dr. Templeton, and indicating that in the present species (as in the preceding) Ceylon examples run darker than those of S. India.*

* The obtervatloii of these Ttrieties of oolonr in different Hone-shoe ae well ae in other genera of Bate shewi that colour haa been too moch regarded in the •ttempt to diaeriminate the species of these animak. It is a Tariation that has long been known in some of the Rhinolophi, and M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire was of opinion that the mfoas hne becomes more intense in proportion as these animals inhabit nearer the equator. Indeed, this woold seem generally to be the case, tlioogh the Australian Rh. AURAirTiACua of lilr. Gray is stated to riYal in the ▼ifid inteosity of its oolonrieg the * Cocks of the rook' (Rupicola). Nuneroos examples of the Tariation in question may here be conveniently adduced.

RBiNOLOPHUfl LUCTUSi Tcm. (Apparently identical with Rk, pemigtr, Hodg- son, Inhabiting the S. E. Himalaya and the Khisya hilk.) Rufous Tariety, from Manilla, described by MM. Ejdouz and Gerrais in the Zoology of the Toyage of ' la FaTorite.' Perhaps also Mr. Gray's Rk, moHo from Siagapore, the fur described as ** reddish brown ;" yet in Mr. Gray's catalogue of the specimens of iB^.pm«M« In -the British Museum, he terms this ** the Black Horse-shoe Bat," a name suitable enough for ordinary Rh. luctus.

Rh. MiNoa (?), Uorsfield. The Rh, lepidut, nobis, from Bengal, Masuri, &c., would appear to exemplify the ordinary phase of what we now take to be this apecieSf and Rh, 9»bbadiu§, Hodgson, to represent the rufous phase. At least Rh, tepidui and Rh, subbudhu prove to differ only in colour, and both seem to be referable to Rh. minor. (Since writing the above, we have observed that Mr. Hodg-

2 Y

348 Proetedim^ of tk0 AnaiU Sodefy. [No, 4.

Of Ctenitoar«» tbiee species of MnngoosU «ie 8e»t» vk, ilvnooB ▼iVTicaiiLi8» (Be«aet)« ii^i^ed ; — Hsr»i«tb8 RUBfcuNosvai KelMit. ▼• SHioH, Dobies vide /• J* S. XX, 162, 184 ;--end H. rvLvsacBiis HJkttndemt Kelnartt he. pit Of the two latter^ H. avBiGiNOBvais affined to H. nyula* Bod§son« m. sise and the chafacter of ita for, bat the rofima gioiincl«tiiU piedomiiiatei^ the taii-tip is black and the fear paws are Uaekish ^ and H« raiiVaAcswa is similarly affiaed to H. 6Bi8Bua» but is <rf a mooh deeper eoloar, a deep falyoBS or tawny predominating, and the coat in more denecw though by no means so foU and so dereloped upon the tail as in H, Fiyacye, Waterhousew of the Nilgiris. The name^avu/tfiu is objectionable as being quite nnfonnded,

son aisi^f his bubbadius to Hipposidbroa in /. A, 8. XVI, 896 ; bat the speci- meos which he sent to the Society by that specific name are genuine Rbinulophi.)

Rb. macrotib, Hodgson. Of this snb-Htmalayan species we haTe both brown and Hght rafoiis examplei.

Rh. AiiRAKTiACvat Gray. The desoriptioa of this AnstrallBii specios Ib not it band ; bat we ssey ■vegost that it probably is nerely a nl^as variety of Ra« mbgaphtllus.

Hippobidbrob diadbma, (Geoff.) Vide Cantor, in J, A. 8, XV, 182.

H. varyatos, (Herifteld)« themfoaa phase,— a|id WuM^k^km ve{gav« Horsf., the dsrk phaee. The Arekan Bpeeies described under these RVQSi iA J» A. S, ^Ily 488, appears ea present endenoe to be correctly assigned.

T^yAasBHt Juifidmf aobb, J. A» 8^ X, 97&i is merely a folvesoent phese of T, lANOiMAMVS. (7« krt»kmidm, nobia, also, was foonded on a ^peeiBsea of T< lAMeiMAMva distorted by the staffer ; and as T. cretfiff , nobis, provea to be iden* Iksl with T. BACooitAuiuB, Teni«, ▼. pmicktr, EUiot, and aa we farther are not now satisded of the disttactneas of T, Csn/ori, nobis, from T« i.onoim ANust the Indian Taphoboi would aooordingly be redooed to T< SAOooitAiMoa, Tern., T« MBJLANOjpoeoN, Tcm., and T. lonoiiianub, (Hardwicke), — aU three inhabitiog the peninsola of India as weUas the eonntries to the S, and S, 1^,

KTOTioaJVS Tbhmimckii, (Horsf.). exhibits oeoaslonally an anilorBi bright tawney-mlbas phaae of ooloaring (ia the Malay oonatries only, so far aa friiaervBd), whioh has already been remarked in the text.

Ntotiorjvb (smsli andeterasined species, oommon aboot Caloatta). The writer once shot a specimen, now in the Society's maseam, with patches of bright goldsa- folvoas OB the lower-parts..

Cymoptbrub MARaiNATOs, (B. Ham), Vide text.

AnalogooB Tariationa occar in sandry birds, which exhibit an ocetBioaal ralsBS or tawaey phsse of ooloaring; «. f. ▼arions Cvculi, — eertain Owls (^peoisUy the small Indian Scops, of whioh the grey phase wu named Sf. pfnnala and ths

1852.] Proeeedinff€ of the AsiaHo Society. 349

and we therefore snbsiHnte for it the other appellttien by which it has aho been described.^

Ltttra kair, F. Out. Spectmen procured at an elevaiMn of 4,SM ft., near Newera £Ka.

URStTS LAB1ATU8. Sfkoli of an old feiaale.

Soasx. Two BpeeieB of typifeal Shrew, one the 8. PBRRtjteniwPVi

rafouft phase Se. nmia by Mr. Hddgsoa),— tom^ of the Anitlc FoDAaoi (▼. B9» IrtteAottoMi), itit J. A, 8. XTIII, 806, fte.

* na dettnniaation of the abote epectee of Bfaag ootte neeeaaitetod a aaore ^aborato atody of ^ «arh>w lacBaa q^eoiea of the grovof than we had piMrioasly tho cipportiiaitf of beatovaig ; and the foUowiog are the reaalti ateiTed at, from the eenes of tpedmena now ia the Sodetf 'i moaeomi among which we discriminate the following : —

1. UavA CANcanroaA, Hodgson. Hab. Nepal; Arakan; Afghanistan (Orif- fith).

i. Mrirooa tityicollib, (Bcmnet). Hab. MM>ari €e^oii« {§f, M, Bm%^ If aepeiablo, ^geoerlcfllly, ftom the last, althoigh the baoy orlMl atags -are «Mik> Iplaie in adalta^-aa m the Miowiag 'epcdei, i^ith the mieeptioa ef H. aaACHTuaua whjah U aboat eqoaU/ worthy of s^Muntion. The black lateral neck-band in the present speeiea is represented by a white one in the preceding).

3. BiapasTBS rubioinobus, Kelaart; H. Ellioti, nobis. Hab. S. India; Ceylon.

4. M. 1IALAC6IK818 (?), 91ft6her : tf. ajrvfti, ttodgsoh : B. pfiuuk apad noe, passim. Hab. Bengal; Nepal; Arakan? Malayan penilsalaf We pessess a liaa laaaated albino -of Ihli qMHiee, atftnedte «* «misao*in</« A & XV, B50.

& H. ^oscieBOOk (€(e(ff Eoy)« Fiefrra aiofys^ h^r^M* pMlUibm, Schina, apad Horsfield. Hab. Hindustan ; S. India ; Ceylon ? N, B, Resembles the last in aba aad f»m» and H. »i#jAaaaia to iha ^eUm emer -of ita fat,

^ fi. raft D'i<aOEi»a, ^. JknMemt Kelaaia. Hafc. CeylOBf S, India ?

7. B. ntPAiunxiMHk wtimpmma$mf ModgeeOk fiab. Bangil; Uppn India t«tNiraHy \ ^ndh{ ^A^jhadlttaB ; ftfalqiaa pehihsdla (Caatar). if. B. Taiiea aradh In (MidMl^etot «r OOloai;, ashy ottaleaas piovaiUng» aene also heiag f««y patef Tabeta oaim.

6. fl . 9 AHi'AKtcea, (Gaoff.) Hah. BMeyaa psaiaeula aad areh^elago, *«^^*^<«^ ikoftbwart to GHM^Btag. ^^ B. Ami «ot aaemasdiibr fvemttekatiBiBept faeolottr.

^. H. Yosets, Wateiluatte. HUh Mlgtile.

le. H. (?) "^WLMottftmrni, Qray. HA. Mdiqra& pttitasida. R«iar*. The ottly two apeisles of Mltngoaita fahifeMag Bengal are H. ataaAooaiiaM i (ayali) and H. MiPA3btifan.

2 Y 2

350 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, [No. 4.

Kelaart, /. A. S. XX, 18d,* (perhaps S. niger, ElUot. of Horsfield's Catalogae?) : the other sent as the 'Marge godown Shrew of Kandy/' and according pretty well with Schinz's description of S. sbrpbnta- Rius» Belanger. Length of head and body about 4f in. ; tail 2\ in.; tarse to end of claws 4^ in. ; skull l^-^va. Colour dusky slate, with rufescent tips to the fur of the upper- parts ; beneath the fur is shorter and more appressed, and somewhat paler, with a faint tinge of rufous about the breast* Not improbably undescribed, and quite distinct from the two other Ceylon Shrews described J. A. 8. XX, 163.

SciURUS. Of this genus. Dr. Kelaart has only sent a fragment of the skin of a young Sc. macrourus, Forster (var. of a ruddy-white or whitish-isabelline colour) ; and, on loan, a skin of the rufous-capped Striped Squirrel, Sc. Kblaarti, Layard (vide note to /. A, 8* XX, 166), remarkable for having its three pale dorsal stripes unusually clear whitish, the five dark stripes unusually blackish and strongly contrast- ing, tlie medial whitish stripe narrow and the lateral broad, and the crown but faintly tinged with fulvous. Neither this nor Sc. Brodibi are very satisfactorily distinguished from Sc. tristriatvb, of which they seem to be local varieties merely ; all retaining the deep rufous tinge under the tail by which they may be at once distinguished from Sc. PALMARUM, and it remains to ascertain whether the wnee sever- ally differs, as b so remarkably exemplified by Sc. palmarum and

Sc. TRISTRIATUS.f

The MuRiDA sent are-— Gbrbillus indicus, skin and examples in spirit, — Mva indicus, (JeofProy, in spirit, — M. playb8Cbn8, Gray,

* Of two Bpedmens of this Shrew sent formerly by Dr» Keltart, one was labelled S. MONTANVS bj mistake, and we thai came to deieribe both by the name MONTANVS in /. A, 8, XX, 163, dropping the name FBnnuoiNBUS by which Dr. Kelaart has lince described the same species in XX, 185. He now writes word that he agrees in considering the two specimens referred to as being of one species, his S. fseeuoinbus ; whilst his S. montamus has never been sent hem At all, his only specimen having been forwarded to Dr. Andrew Smith in England.

t In a communication just receiTcd from Mr. Layard, it seems that he alao is now of opinion that Sc. BRoniu and Sc. Kblaarti may be yarieties of Sc. tbis- TRiATUS ; but in iliiii. Mag, N, H,f 1852, p. 535, he states of Sc, Brodibi that ita Yoioe is far more ahrill than that of Sc. tristriatvs ; and also of Sc. Latardi, nobis, that — ** I shot it in dense jangle, being attracted to it by tio voice :" bat the last is nndoabtedly a strongly marked distinct species.

1852.] Proeeedingi o/ the Asiatic Society. 351

and its nur. kandianus, Relaart, /. A. S. XX, 169, several specimens in spirit, confirming the opinion expressed he, eit, of the non-distinct- ness of this as a species from M. flayescens, — M. nbmoralis (?), nobis; adolescent? (this is sent as ''the common house Rat of Trincomali and Batticoloo; I never/' adds Dr. Kelaart, "saw it elsewhere") : M. m usculijs, L., from Kandy, skin, and specimen in spirit (the first instance we have seen of the common European house Mouse from any part of Asia, though of course it must be continually brought by the shipping), — ^and, lastly, —

MuB FULViDiYENTRis, uobis, It. 9. A field Mousc from Trincomali, afifined to M. TBRRicoLoa, nobis, /. A, 8, XX, 172, and to another we have since discovered in the neighbourhood of Calcutta.* Length probably about 2f in. ; tail (vertebne) 2\ in. ; tarse to tip of claws f in. Colour of M. syltaticus above, the fur shorter and less fine, and straight (as in its various Indian affines) ; lower-parts rufescent or isabelline, or they may be described as pale weak ferruginous. Twenty caudal vertebrae distinguishable with ^ in. additional of tail-tip*

Htstrix HIR8UTIR08TRI8, Brandt : H. leucurus, Sykes ; H. eey* ianenm, nobis (the young). Skins and skulls.

Sua f Three skulls of wild Boars of different ages from Trin- comali do not present the peculiarities of form of the skull sent by Mr. Layard, upon which is founded the Svu zbylomensis, nobis, J. A. 8. XX, 1 73 ; but are nearly affined to the continental race with narrow occiput, this part, however, being rather less narrow than in the Indian specimen described he. eit»

Manis pentad actyla, L. : M. braehyura^ Erxl., &c. The skin of a full grown specimen, establishing this species as an inhabitant of the island.

Of Birds, the most remarkable is a new species of Circaetus or Ham ATORMis, Vigors, forwarded also by Mr. Layard.

H. BPiLOGASTBR, uobis, ft. «• Rather smaller than H« chebla» (Lath.» T. undulattUp Vigors), and remarkable for having the under- parts as in the adult of that species, while the upper-parts, throat and

* M. ALBiDivBiTTBXS, Dobis, ». f. Rateublet M. TBaaicoLoa, nobiiy except in Miv maeh l«rger, and generally greyer or leet fnlTescent. Length of a large mak (fmh) Si in., of vhioh the tail is 2) in. ; tarae to tip of clawi \i in. ; ear (from anterior base) -f^ in*

352 Proeeedings of the Adaiie Soeieiy. [No. 4.

tail, retiun in the adult the same orfmiriiig ail diat of the yoang of H. CBKKLA; a phase of plamage which we hai^v never seen among the multitade of Bengal spedmens of H. crvbul examined, beft which is exhibited in the two now receired i^om dtflfersnt ptotr of Ceylon. A figure of a third specimen is given in a colieetioB of zoological drawings from Ceylon forwarded on inspection by Mr. J. A. Moorgaart. In this the irides are represented ptttv ^iie (as in PoLtORNis tebsa), whcrcas those of H. crkela are briUiant ffoldeH" yellow.

SpiZAicTtTB limmaiEtus, (Horsf.), tiir. t:tRlilaAinra et erUfniel' lu$t aoct., of peninsular Indilt generally. Specimen rifther smal].

BucERos PiCA» Scopoli. The common Pied Hotnbil! of (>y1on ; sent also by Mr. Layard. Identical with Indmtt specimens : and we therefore consider B. ttotiteeus, 8haw, aptid "Wfegler (with fbnr black medial tail-feathers) to be merely a cadyal or ocCMitfuid Variety, tnore especially as we have seen continental examples iHth' the ^nb^medial rectrices partly black.

B. oiiraALXMsfS, Shaw. Head of mate.

Ci7cvLU8 SoNNBRATii, Lutham.

Malacocrrevs GRtsstm, (Lath.), var. BesembBng the species of S. India, excepting that the head is eoncelorous wil^ the resit^ the upper-parts.

^RAUctTLTTS jATEKsts (? HonMd). 9ent tilfio by My. Layard. DifPers from "Br. Macei of continental Indiit in its oonsiderab^ smaller size, the wing measuring bat &i in., ^th the rM in pi^ portion.

GALLtm Staki^eyi, Gray. A "fine hen. Wt had ptenon^ only k pullet of this sex.

Broma6 ardeola, Payk., in immature plumage. hA ettremely interesting specimen, ta distinctly indicating th^ affinities Of ftiis (yii hitherto cottsidered) anomalous and i^lsted g^mis. Th^ phcmag^ is precisely that of a young Terd : and from all l!fae detsflt^ of outward stmcttire, it will be seen that thlscurtous form is hut im extraOrdhiai)r modification of the Tern type, just as Phoskicopterus is a most singular modification of the type of Anbsruia. But the Gulls and Terns, or Laridjb, are aiore nearly affined in their whole oifliiiiniian*

* Alio by the number and colooring of the eggii charactsr of the ddek, md by

1852.] PpQ9€tding^ ^ the JmaUe Society. 353

to the great series of Chakadriap4( and Scoi.QrACiDiB» auct.y than thegr are to the true PALvipaova ; and indeed approxipaate the CpA« lUkDRiAnA, &C.9 much more than the latter do to either the AnDsiDiB or RALLiDiS: and therefore they claim to rank rather among the Grajo^atorm than among the Natatorrs, though the genus Dro- MAS alone aasames the characteristic proportions of aa ordinary wader. It will be remarked that the habits of Drokias are entirely those of a sea^side Tern: and an egg formerly sent by Mr^ Layard as most probably appertainiog to this species (and it could not well have belonged to aught else) is further confirmatory of the view here takisn of the position of this remarkable genus in the natural system.'*'

PoRZAVA zsYLAMicA, (Gm.) Differs from a specimen from Gum* ear in the deep rufous colour being more developed at the base of thf nape, and also margining the scapularieSi wing-coverts, and longest tail-coverCSy where no trace of it is^erceptible in the Gumsur speci- men. The latter would seem to be of a distinct variety, if not closely affined species.

A few other specimf ns in this class fequire no special notice, ^

Of Iieptiles9 Dr. Kelaart has forwarded —

Trstumnata. £my8 srra, Gray (sent also by Mr* I^ayard),— and £myda puvgtatAi Gray (v, Cryptapus granomu, Dtimerii a^d Bihron)«

Sauria. Crocopiliis FAi^vsTitiSy Lesson; — ^Monitor dra<! C^NA> (L.), Gray (v. Faranus. bengalenMp P. and B») ;t — HaMif DACTYi^us FRs^vATUs, Schl* ; H. CocTMh D. and B. (common in Bengals but not hitherto observed in S. Iqdia) ; H. Lrsghrimiiltii, D. and B. ;— LYRiocRPHAi,ua scvtatuSi (L.)» 5 adults; CALOTRa OPBIOMACBV8, (Mcrrcm) ; C. vrrsicolor, (Daud.) :^i»-G. Bouxv(7), Dumerii and Bibrouy and C. mystacbus. Dumeril and Bibron, were sent formerly by Mr. Layard,

the Masonal changes of colouring of the genas Hydrochblidon io particaUr : by the foice likewiie ; and'bj'their haants and general habits.

* la PoDiCA and Hbliorxis we recognise the oonfcrse modification, io a Ral- lidons genus presenting the proportions of an ordinary swimmer. AT. B. It should be remarked that we perceiTO little affinity between the true LAaiOiB and the P«ocfti.LAJiij)iS (or Albatrosses and Petrels).

t V. BiBAONi, nobis, J.J,S, XI, 869, we now consider to be a Tsriety merely of thif species, which appears to be the only Varanut of all peninsular India.

354 Proceedings of the Anatie Society. [No. 4.

Batrachia^ Rana cutipora, D. and B. ; R. malaba^lica, «act. ; R. BKN6AX.BN8I8, Gray ; Enoystoma marmoratum ; Poly- PEDATE8 LEUCOMY8TAX, (Grav.) ; P. CRI7CIGER, nobiSy h. «. ; BUFO MKLANOBTiCTUB, Schneider.

Calotbs ophiomachus. Specifically identical with an example from the Nicobars, noticed J. A, S, XY^ 376 :* but a nearly affined Calotes from Cherra Punji (presented by Mr. Frith) differs in having the head much flatter, the nuchal spines less laterally compressed or widely flattened and more rigid, being scarcely at all expanded on their terminal half, and in having a well marked second sincipital crest above the ear, shewing eight spines, the first three of which are short and the fifth longest : there is also no black stripe through the eye.— C. PLATYCBP8, nobis, n. 8.

G. VBRSicoLOR. Specimens very strongly mottled, but apparently identical with the extremely common and only species of this genus we know of in Lower Bengal.

C. Rouxi ? This species is probably distinct and undescribed ; but as Dr. Kelaart has forwarded a series of Ceylon reptiles to Dr. Andrew Smith in England, we decline naming it at present. Crest of elevated flattened spines much longer than in C. versicolor, con- tinned along the entire back and over the base of tail ; two isolated spines, one before the other, above the ears ; oblique plait of neck, before the shoulders, well marked in adults ; a very slight /afion, or indication of one, on the throat ; lateral scales fully twice as large as the abdominal ; longest hind*toe reaching to the ear ; tail } of the total length : colour fulvous-green, reddening on the throat of two specimens under examination ; tail (in the faded specimens) chiefly albescent ; radiating dark marks on the eyelids, as in C. versicolor.

C. MYSTACBUs.t Nuchal and dorsal crest diminishing gradually to base of tail ; two separate groups of 3 or 4 spmes each above each ear ; lateral scales not much larger than the abdominal ; a very dis- tinct well marked /anon in adults; tail | of the total length ; longest

* The supposed Calotbs mystacbus of the Ntcobars, he, eit,, is s Salba of Mr. Gray, except that the back is crested throttghout ; and a very similar species in the moseam, save that the throst-skin is lai and forms a sort of ySmow, was procured^ we believe at Mirzapore, by the late Major Wrooghton.

t Identical in species with examples since received from Rangoon.

1852.] Frocetdinffs of the Jsiaiie Soeiely. 355

Utoe reaching to the ear ; colour remarkable, green, with 4 or 5 large red blotches on each side ; the tip of upper lip, border of under lip, and nape, appear to have been blue in adults ; and the border of the lower lip yellow, continued as a broad stripe to the shoulder ; no radiating mark on the eye-lids.

Rama bbngaianbis, Oray, Hardw. lU, Ind. 2Sool, In /. J. S. XVI, 1016, Dr. Cantor supposes the figure cited to have been perhaps iDtended for R. Leschenaultii. It is, however, a common Calcutta species which we had not previously seen from elsewhere, being more affined to R. malabarica, from which it differs in its much smaller aiie (nerer, that we have seen, attaining the magnitude of adult R. tbmporaria), and much more slender toes which are fully webbed ; the colouring is nearly similar, but it appears never to have the pale dorsal stripe, and the dark markings of the back are generally obso- lete ; there are never any distinct dark bands, also, upon the rami of the lower jaw, but the entire throat is marbled more or less dis- tinctly. Another common Calcutta species of the same or smaller size (inhabiting also Arakan) is coloured exactly as in R. malabarica and varies similarly ; but this (R. assimilis, nobis,) lias invariably the hind*feet much less webbed, and the long second toe is nearly firee for its terminal three phalanges.

PoLYPEDATBfl CRUCiGER, uobis, »• «. This fine Tree Frog much lesembles P. lBucomystax in form, but is double the size, with no spots on the body, nor marbling of the posterior surface of the thigh ; but a black line proceeds from each eye obliquely across to the loin on the opposite side, the two crossing each other over the occiput, and there is a small transverse line before and behind respectively, connect- ing the extremities of the two long diagonal lines ; a black lateral line also from the comer of the eye terminates in a large black spot in some specimens, while in others the whole of these markings are more or less obliterated. Length of head and body 3^ in. ; of hind-limb to extremity of toe 5 in.*

In a collection of zoological drawings from Ceylon, obligingly for- warded for inspection by Mr* J. N. Moogaart (at the request of Dr.

* We have a still finer Tree Frog from the Naga hille, Aakm (P. SMAmAO- DiNus, nobis). Length of head and body 3^ in.; hind-limb 5^ in. Wholly green above, diangug in spirit to ttfid-blne; nnder-parts pale.

2 z

356 Proceedings of the Jeiatic Soeiehf* [No. 4.

Kelaart), we farther reeogniae tlie oommoa Evprbvis mvi^tifas-

CIATUa» (Wagler)y-^RA1IA.LB0CBKNAIJI.TII, D. WldB.,^BHQY8TOMA

XALABARicvM, Jerdou»— *ttid a fine species of MsoAiiOPHRTft, Ga- I1OTB8 opfliOMAOHvs is ooloared YAiiouAly, and the folly adult at the height of the breeding season would appear to be of a deep blackish* green, with the usual tvansvene narrow white body-6trifMB| and the head and throat dark erimson*

F18HK8. LBTHRiMua 7 Affined to L. harak, (Forst^), aad

found also at the Sandheada ;— *Pi«atax oobllatu% C* and V. $ Stmamcbia brachio f (fine specimen) ; — Xvrigthicb TuSNiWRin^ Val* ; Cannorhymcbus (FUtulariaf auot.,) iuuACvi»kTVB, (Foi«« ter) i— -EcHBNBia rbiiora (probably from the Atlantic).

Tbtrooom AROBNTATva> uobis, »• 9m Affined to T. OBLONGua^ Bloch. Colour livid brown aboTe, with nnmerooB apecka and some larger scattered round spots of a deeper hue; dilatable abdominal akin of a livid or dead white ; on the aide a broad brilliant silvery atripe from mouth to tail, enclosing the pectoral, and a similar apot before the eye. Iridea golden. Length 5^ in. ; distance from anout to pectoral If in. ; do. to dorsal 3 in.

6. From £. L. Layard, Esq. A ooUection of sundries from Cey- lon. Among them is the skin of a Squirrel, which we consider to be merely a pale variety of Sc. macrourus, with worn $xki faded iur. Among the birds, we find a second example of Carpophaga pusiixa* nobis, J. J* S. XTIII, 816, described from a Nilgiri specimen: and the male and female of what will doubtless prove to be Trbron POMPADORA, (6m.) ; differing only from Tb. icalabarica« Jerdon» in having a broad yellowish-green forehead, no trace of ruddy-prR^ge on the breast of the male, and sullied white lower tail«coverts in both sexes (those of the male Tr. iftALABARiCA being constantly of a de^ ferruginous hue). The females are similar excepting in the colour of the forehead. Size rather inferior to that of Tr. mai«abarica, the length of closed wing 5f in. An Edoliub is also peculiar, and nearly resembles E. paradi8bij8 of the Malay countries* but has the frontal crest more developed, though much less so than in the Edolii we have seen from S. India. Bucbros pica, Soopoli, is also sent as the com* mon Pied Hornbill of the island : and other species of birds worthy of remark are Piprisoma (SmicrornisT) agii«x, — ^new to the Ceylon

1852.] FroeeedingM of the Jsiaiie Saeieiy. 357

hmoLt — and Drymogataphus fusgacapillvs, nobis^ J, J. S. XVIII, 815, but which should rather have been elasaed in pBLLORif bvm.*

Mr. Layard haa farther favared as with a most valaable and inter- estiog eollecCion of shells, in all more than 200 species, and we have BOW to thank him for about 170 species, and fine series of many of them, — land, fresh-water, and marine, — whBe of others are sent inferior or imperfect examples, for report as to whether we required good specimens of the same, in which case Mr. Layard will forward them and has probably ere this done so. The species presented by him to the Society are from varioas parts of the world, but a large proportion of them, partienlarly of the land and fresh -water species, are from Ceylon.f

* In the genat Pbllornbum shonld likewiae be merged Dumbtia, nobis, fomidad on the tfmoHa hyperytkrHf Franklin, of S. India and Ceylon, MaheO' eereui t MogmlarU, nobis, /. A. 8, XVII, 453. Tliera would thns be fonr asoer- tained species of Pbllorkiuis, Sir., all closely tffined to Malacocbbcvs in form and habits.

t The following species of fishes have also, on different oeearions, been pre- lented to the Society by Mr. Layard.

Upbnbus RussBLLiiy C. and V. ;— HoLOCSKTmuM obibntalb, C. and V. ;«• Plattcbphalus soabbb, (Blooh) ; — Gliphisooon bahti, C. and V. ;— Chjito- DON 8BBANUS, C» and Y.{— Ch. Latabdi, nobis, ». #• ;-~Aoahthubu8 tbios- tbous, (Bloeb);— -a. zamtbubus, nobis, n, t. ;— Ampbagamtbub yavub, (L.); —A. svTOB. C. and V. ;— Babbus tob ( ? fi. Ham.)) yoaat ;— Hbmibbampbus Gboboii, Val. ; — and Rbombub tbiocbllatus, Cnr.

CflJKTOooN Layabdi, Bobis, «• «. Affined to Cb. yaoabumods, L. General Ocdowr (in spirit) goiden-brown, with a broad vertical blackish band from occiput to throat passing throogh the middle of the eyes, bordered behind by a white band of siailar breadth, and this by a much narrower dark streak not reaching to the throat } lips and chin black, separated from the dark ocular band by a white space of the same breadth ; fins whitish, with a single black band crossing the tail, — ano- ther extends throughout the soft portion of the anal, and haYiog a strongly defined white border abofe, and a less defined whitish border below, and the posterior or descending portion of the dorsal has also a similar black band, continued a little oter the base of the tail ; longitudinal bands on the sides as in Cb. yaoabundus, &e. D.^iA,^i C, 17 ; P. 15 ; F. ^. Length of specimen 2| in.

AcANTBUBVs XANTBURUS, uobis, ». t. Affined to A. XANTB0PTBBD8, Csntor, but deeper in the body, and wholly black with bright golden-yellow tail, and a tinge of the same upon the pectorals. i>. A; ^l* /r* ^- ^^ > ^* ^^* ^- h length of specimen 71 in.

Two species of Snakes have also been sent by Mr. Layard, vis. Tbioonocbpba* tn% btpmalis, (Merrem), and Xbnodon pubpubascbns, Tar.

2 Z 2

358 Pfoeeedings of the Anatie Society » [No. 4,

7. From Walter Elliot, Esq., Madras C. S., now at Maaulipatam. Three specimens of Tupaia Ellioti, Waterhonse ; the Tupaie of the Coromandel coast. According to Mr. Waterhouae, this animal "is about equal in sixe to T. tana ;" but the examples here noticed do not exceed T. fbrruginba in size, and are obviously distinct as a species from either of those of the Malay countries.

8. From Babu Rajendra Mallika. The carcass of a small Indian Bear (skull only preserved). Also that of a kid of Tbtracbros auADRicoRNis, and do. Muntjacus vaginalis.

9« From the Barrackpore menagerie. Carcasses of PRSSBTria HAURU8, and of a very fine male Leopard, — both sldn and skeleton preserved of the latter.

10. Dr. A. Bedford. Skin of Eurynorhynchus pyomjbus^ procured at the Sandheads.

1 1 • Mrs. £• Woodley. A white Sparrow.

12. Mr. B. Smith. A species of Mantis.

13. Capt. McFarlane, of the barque 'Arrow.' Two specimens of an OcTOPOgy " blown or washed on board during a typhoon in the China Sea." E. Blyth.

Bepori qf Curator, Zoological Department. Sib, — My Beport for the present meeting records the donations to the Zoological Department of the Society's Museum for the last three months, which are aa follow :

1. From C. T. Lushington, Esq. The carcass of a young Globicbpha- LU8 (or • Ca'ing Whale'), of the species noticed in J". A. 8, Try, 426, killed in the Hugiy near Serampore. It has been prepared as a stuffed speci- men; and of the adult we possess skeletons of both sexes, that of the female having been mounted or put together. Closely affined to tiie European Gl. deductob, this species differs externally in being wholly of a black colour. Its intermaxillaries are shorter; the teeth fewer and hirger, numbering 6 or 7 abore and 7 or 8 below on each side; the upper view of the maxillarieB differs considerably in contour, being broader and less elongated in the Indian species ; and there are other discrepancies which are less marked. Gl. ikdicus, nobis, n, s,

2. Prom Capt. T. P. Sparkes, BamrL The left radius, two lumbar and one sacral Tertebrs, of an enormous Whale (BaljskoftjsbaP); and two lumbar vertebra and the 8econd(P) right rib of a smaller Whale. These Capt. Sparkes supposed to have belonged to one individual, respect- ing which he contributes the following information. ''The Whale was

1652.] ProeeedmgB of the Anatie Society. 359

thiown op dead and in a horrid state of decomposition on Jnggoo or Amfaent Island during last rains. I was nnaUe to see it myself, but was told that tlie carcass measured 84 ft. in length. The vertebno and rib were aU that I could reoorer on risiting the island just before I came np to Cal* catta, with the exception of the two jaw-bones, each about 14 ft. long, which the steamer was unable to bring up last trip, but which I will send you on her return this time from Arakan. This is the only instance I have heard of, of a Whale being stranded on the Coast of Arakan." Nevertheless, the bones sent are certainly those of two indiriduals and probably species, differing materially in siae ;* and we have a note of a Whale of the largest siae having been stranded on the Chittagong Coast, as recorded in the ' Eriend of India' newspaper for September 15th, 1842, and copied into most of the contemporary Indian Journals ; but no de- scription was taken of it that would determine the genus.

3. From Mr. E. Lindstedt. A specimen, evidently an adult male, of AcciPiTBB NisoiDBS, uobis, J. A. 8. XYI, 727, and shewing that the example previously described was the skin of a younger nude and not of a female ; also the skin of a presumed adult male Batbaohostoxus axtbjtub, (Yigors), differing from the supposed adult female in its rather smaller siae and much darker and less rufescent colouring ; an example of Butalis lati* BO0TBI8, (Ba£9es), v. poonentUt Sykes, et terrieolor, Hodgson ; and the nest of a species of Diojeum, — all from Malacca.

4. From Capt. Phayre, Commr. of Arakan. The skull and an imper« feet skin of a Hare "from the east side of the range of mountains divid* ing Ar^lrAi^ from the valley of the Irawaddi, where the S. W. monsoon is much modified." It would appear to be identical with Lbpus sikbnsis, Ghray, of Hardwicke's 'Illustrations of Indian Zoology,' known only by thai figure. The skull closely resembles that of Lxpus suncAUDATUS, Is* G^ff. (<he common Bengal Hare) ; and so far as can be judged firom what remains of the skin (the ears having been destroyed), the general structure would appear to be quite similar : but the colouring is remarkably differ- ent ; being a mixture of deep tawny or rufo-frdvous with much black on the upper-parts, and the under-parts whitish. The paws are black under* neath, mingled with some tawny along the lower surface of the tarsus ; the latter being almost pure white externally, and thus forming a remarkable and striking contrast with the hue of the lower surface. Tail black above and at the tip, whitish below towards its base. On the sides towards the belly

* IndMd the nenl vertebra abOYe noticed very probably pertaioed to a tbird indiridual, judging from the laet tbat it preients the appearance of having been m«ch longer expoied to the effects of atmoipherlc and other destroctiTe inflaencei.

^60 Proeeedinfft of the Anaiie Boeieiy. [No. 4.

the fbr mnok imemUoi boih in ooloor and textare thafc of the antue uppw- parts of L. buficaupatcts ; but on the baok the Mvoib hoe ia voty much deeper and the admiztare of black is rnueh gveator : the ahort aoll under- fur is deq[> buff or fulToiia» whereaa in L. BunoAUDATirs the same is whitish OS rather ahnoat pure white.*

5. From Mr. A. Harris. A q^ecsmen of S^inXLA BAiwnniA^ Fabrims.

6. From Babu Bajendra Mrilicka. Fresh specimens of Gocitba cobo- KATA and Cabpophaoa stlyatica, which hare been prepared as skeletons ; and a kitten of FiLis bbhoalxbsis.

7. From the Banaokpare menagerie. AeaieaBsofPBBBBmsiEAiiBim, fcBsn.^ and one of a doe Antelope, A. obbtioabba*

8. Ftcbbl Oapt. Bobt. Tytler, 88th Lt Infantry. Sundiy speeimens of Bats and of Bats, ohiefly from the yixaoaJcj of Barraokpore ; and examples of Hbspbstbs nyula and H. aubofitnoiata firam the Midnapur diatridt.

9. From Dr. McGowan, Ningpo. Two ralyes of a qpeeiee of Avioula mussel^ with extraneous substances introduced artifieially and enerosted with nmcre or ' mother of pearr deposit, as noticed in p. 188^ ante.

10. Fran Gapt Thos. Hutton, Masori. A odleoticm of Bats taken cmt of spirit and sent down with oamphar in a dosed tin canister, which proves to be a most exoellant mode of transmitting smaU animalB firom a distance. Of nine speciee, at least lour are European and included with more or less justice in the Fawna BntOfimea, These aie BABBAsnuvi ooMiciTNis, QttKjt Mtotis KUBiKus, (Geoff.), M.FIPIBTBBLI.US, (Sckreber), and ScoTOPHiLiTS sbboukvs, (Schr.) Of two other species of Scoro* PHiLUs, one only differs a Httle in colour from a speeimen sent by Mr. H. E. Strickland as Sc. DASYCABPtrs, (Leisler); and the other wonld seem to be unde8cribed.t Three species ot Bbivolophub sent are !ftH.

* Hares are anknown in Arakan and ia the Teaanerim provinces ; also ttrongfa* eat tha Bialajran peafaisala and arehipahigOr with tka ezeepliott of Lspoa meai* ooirLXSi F. Cut., in Jarat nhiah has nMwt probaUy been kitrDdaoedfraBft S. India or Cejlon, as it doobtlasa Ukewiie has in the Ufaaritiaas but wa have met with leverai notices of Hares in the Indo-Chinese coontriesi eTCi^ in Cochin China, the species bang as yet nndetermined.

t As so many of the Enropean species of Bats thus extend their range to the Himskya* we may look out with some confidence for others. As regards PLBconrSy Imt histaace, upon the most oareAil oompariion of ine EngKsh speeimens of Ft.. Avanos with the desoriptkm of Pu HOMo<»BOi7a» Hodgsoa, /. A, S* XVI, 894* the only difference we can detect is that the HimaJayaB Piaootos wonid seem ta hare shorter fur above ; a most unsatisfactory distinction, and only one specimen of it had been observed : and good examples of Vasp. labiata, Hodgson, moeh require to be compared minutely with equally good examples of the European

NOCTOLA,

1852.] Proceedin0$ of the Atiatie Society • 361

TUk&JOUB, Hodgson,* Bk. hacsotis, Hodgson, and a speciofi found also in Lower Bengal which appears to be Bh. uuroB, Horsfield, and (in its ooeasional rnfbns phase) Mk, mbhadiiu^ Hodgson.t

E. BliTTH.

Jfaro4 8im2» 1852.

lUport qf ike Curator, Museum of JSconomic Geology.

GMogiedL and MmeraXoffieal, — We have reoeived, from Dr. Kelaart of Ceylon, two specimens of Qranite, one of which is a garnet granite, the Ganuts being of tiie Bssonite or Cinnamon-stone variety. It also contains some minote semi-crystalliBed dnll blaek*green grains which may be horn- blende or tin ore, but the tmly assay I oonld take fixmi snch a small speci- men leaves it imeertain if the reduced metal was iron or tin.

Eeoimmie Geology,— -Cvptasn, Shetwill has sent ns from Singrowlee in Bewah—

iN'atiTe Copper from near the fort of Bnrdee on the Soane Biver ;

Copper Pyrites ;

A fine red Chssan of Copper from that quarter ;

(xold Dust Sand from Jushpore ;

Coal of a very fine appearance ;

Galena, Iron ore, Iron Pyrites, Limestone and Zinc Blende.

The first and last articles of this list are the most remarkable ; the Cop- per for its purity (and Captain Sherwill's informant says there is plenty of it !) and the zinc ore as being a novelty in Lower India,^ and both may be

* Perhaps the Rb. mitbatus, nobis, J. A, 8. XIII, 483, may prove to be no other than this, though the ear-conoh (in the dried specimens) would seem to bo somewhat larger ; and the additional Indian species now ascertained to those abo? e notieed, are Rb. afvimi8(?), Horsfieid, from Ceylon, tide p. 346, oa/tf, — Rb. Rouxi, Temminck,— and Rb. PaAaaoNii, Horsfieid, * Catalogue of the specimens of Mammalia in the Hon'ble Company's Museum' in London. — Of the affined genus Hipposidbbos the ascertained Indian species are those mentioned in my last Report, p. 346, anU) ; and the curious genus Galops, nobis, /• A, S, XVII, 251, is oTidently mudi affined to Mobmoops of Leach, figured in lAn. TVont. XIII, t. 7, p. 77, now ascertained to inhabit Cuba, — and to Cbntubio, Gray, (* Zoology of the Voyage of the Sulphur'), nnoertain whether from Amboyna or firom 8. Aaserica : bat it has not the singularly eloTated cranium of the former genus, nor is the ear-oonch btfd to the l^ont, as in both the others. The tail and falter- fiemoial membrane resemble Ihoaa of CBNTvaro ; and the middle finger has three phalanges, whereas that of Cbntubio has four (as generally in the Pbtllostoma rovp). t Vide p. 347, ante.

X The only Indian Oras of Zinc which we baTO till now aro from Jawar in Ajmeer (Sea Jooroal Vol. XIX, p. 212) presented by Captain Brooke.

362 Pfoceedingi of the Atiatie Soeieiy. [No. 4«

eited ae anotiber instanoe of how much we hare to diaoover on aU sides of us.

From Captain Haughton, Ist Asst. to the Grovemor General S. W. Fron* tier, we have received a larger specimen of the Serai Kela Ck>pper Ore which is composed of an impure earthy Oxide of Iron and Copper, with Silicates, Carbonates and Sulphurets of Copper.

From the Bey. F. Fitzgerald, we have received some specimens of the Auriferous Quartz Bock of North Carolina.

I have put into the form of a notice for the Journal my account of another Amalgamation experiment made with 14 fi>8. of the Argentiferoiis Copper ore (Paco$ and Colorados) from the Deoghur mine, for which we are again indebted to Captain Sherwill, and it will be seen that the result has fully justified my anticipation of finding a richer ore than those we before experimented upon.

H. FlDDIKOTOir,

CuratoTf Museum Economic Geologff.

LiBBABY.

The following books have been presented to the Library since the last meeting.

Bombay Magnetic and Meteorological Begister, 1848. Bombay, 1851- 4to. — Bt thb Supebintbndbnt of thb Obsbbvatobt.

loones Hantarum Asiaticarum, Part m. Monocotyledonous Plants. By Dr. W. Griffith. Calcutta, 1861, 4to. (2 oopie8).--BY thb Govbbn-

MBNT OF BbNOAL.

NotolsB ad Plantas Asiaticas, Part m. Monocotyledonous Plants. By

Dr. W. Griffith. Calcutta, 1861, 8vo.— By thb Govbbnmbht of Bbngal.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for January, 1862, 2 copies. — Br

THB SAHB.

Memoirs of the Boyal Astronomical Society, vol. XX.<»By thb Sogibtt. Monthly Notices of the Boyal Astronomical Society, vol. XI. — ^By the

8AMB.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for February, 1862.-- By thb Editob.

The Missionary, for March, 1862.— By thb Editob.

The Oriental Baptist, for April, 1862.— By thb Editob.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for April, 1862.— By the Editobs.

The Upadeshak, for April, 1862.— By thb Editob.

The Citizen, for March, 1862.— By thb Editob.

Pornachandrodaya, for March, 1862. — By thb Editob.

The Tattwabodhini Patrik4, No. 104.— By thb Tattwabodhiki Sabha'.

Bibidh&rtha Sangraha, No. 4.— By thb Editob.

Ba'jbbdbaia'Xi Mitiba.

i

4

i

■OOOMW

I

■qina -M

•5:-ss32ilSS2SS5|S?3:i|ji5ig3|i!

f

>

■'IVJO

• ISiiilllsS'lilllSlSlil'llsiilSil

3

"KJO

■iSSaSilt'i-liilSiSSIiSisiliiiSii

g

1

•AM

|SS.S^S|??g?«5.|SS52^Si.iS.Bp,|=g

1

f

!

1

■s

1

iiyiiiiiiiiiiiiii^iiijiiiiii

1

lina M

•^B':^g|g^SeidglSI«i3|S°-22:^is:i'

E

I

■'n 10

• lilliilSSiSSiililiiiiiiSSSSIIS

3

■~KJO

• issiaieiisesis.siissiiiisiiiii

;

1

„-^s.

||5i|?i.lS.li.|l.i.?IP?ipS=5l|SES.|

i

1

s

■s

1 I

ilihUm iiif. 11 iifiiilliii

^

i!

1

11

■MM

1

■me -M

•SisiS2:2SS5|:sj:s2:;5SS3JS:=5S

,s

■«Y}0

. 2S55SS||gSE3:?5a3sSas3iii3aSS|

1

■*»nJ0

.:|«:SS35??s|53S|51^^2S5iS§Sss

1

•i-pai •««

|p£PigSS.?=.5Sei5.i8?g§|5?SE??5S

■nta

_..S.. — »s^2-3=s;:?2S3SSS»SIi8a8

I <

_ .J

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY,

No. v.— 1852.

Ibn HuokuFs Account o/Seestan, translated by Major Willi AH

Anderson^ Bengal Artillery.

" I have added to the Map of Seestan, the boundaries on the various aides. On the East, the deserts between Mukran and Sind and Mool- tan : on the West, Khorasan with a few districts of India ; on the North, India, Ghoor, Khorasan and Koomes ; *on the South, the de- serts between Seestan, Fars and Kerman.

The towns of Seestaa and the bounding districts are, Zurunjp Keyun, Noh, Tak, Koheen, Khash, Furruh, Churruh, Bost, Zurdan, Serwan, Zalkan, Bugnee, Dejh-Guz, Buk Gurmabukf Bishling, Punj* waee, Kohuk, Ghuznee, Kusr Quetta ; Seewee ; Espungulee, Haman.

The chief town is called Zurunj, — having both a city and suburbs, the city contains a castle, and is surrounded by a ditch ; while the suburbs have a mere wall. The water in the ditch is partly from springs in it, and partly from surplus irrigation. The gates are five : the Judeed and the Ateek both leading to Fars, at no great distance from each . other ; the Kurkoonuh leading to Khorasan ; the Mbb** SHDK leading to Bost; the Tarn leading to the various suburban villages. The most frequented is the Tarn gate-way : all the doors are covered with iron.

For the suburbs there are thirteen gate-ways : —

The Meena ; in the direction of Fars.

The Jooijan ;

The Sarol ;

The Setara ;

The Shaeb ;

The Lookheek ;

No. LV, — New Skrirs. 3 a

366 Ibn Huokuts Account of Seeatan. [No., 5.

The Kaz-;

The Meeshuk ;

The Kurkoonuh ;

The Esrees ;

The Ajuzah ;

The Beemarestan ;

The RooeguHM ; All these gate-ways are of earth in regular layers* with wood-work fixed in them. The Jama Masjed is in the city as yon enter the Pars gate. The offices of Government are in the suburbs between the Pars and Tarn gates, outside the city. The jail is within the city near the Musjed. There also was the Government house, but it is now transferred to the suburbs. Between the Tarn and Pars gates are the palaces of Yakoob and Omur, sons of Lues ; a Government office also exists in the palace of Yakoob. Inside the city, between the Kurkoonuh and Meeshuk gates» is a grand building called the Urk — ^it was the treasury of Omur. The basars of the eity are near the Musjed, they are extensive, but those of the suburbs are more frequented. Omur built a baxar which he made wukf (of the Musjed, the hospital, and the Kabu at Mecca — one thousand derhems are daily collected in this basar. The inner city is supplied with water by many canals ; one enters by flie Uteek gate-way, a second by the Judeed, and a third by the Tarn gates ; the expanse of these waters if joined would turn a mill. Near the Mttsjed are placed several large tanks into which flows fresh water to be used and expended in the houses of the people and in their under-ground residences. In the larger palaces of both the city and suburbs water is also plentiful, as also are gardens. Through the centre of the suburbs run those canals which enter the city.

The bazar extends from the Pars gate of the city to the Meena gate of the suburbs, nearly half a fnrsukh.

The soil is saline and sandy ; the climate arid, nourishing dates, but without snow. The surface consists of level plains.

No mountains are visible, the nearest being in the district of Furruh.

The wind is so strong and so steady, that the inhabitants have erect- ed grinding mills to be turned by it. The sands fly much from place to place to an extent carrying injury to the villages and towns.

When it is desired to remove a heap of sand from a place to some distance from the fields near it, they build up round the sand an

1852.] Ihu HuohuVs Account of Seestan. 367

endoflore of reeds nnd wood-work higker than the heap and make a nanow entraoce, — ^the mmd enters and carries up the sand like a whirlwind as high as the eye can reach, — ^no injury is thns sustained.

Report says, in the days of the Persian empire, there existed a great <nty between Kerman and Segestan, lying from the citadel in the direction of Basek, on the left of the road to KerraaB, at a distanee of three marehes ; some houses and bualdings are standing in these days ; — ^it was call Ram Shuhrestan ; the Segestan eamd ran to it from a bund on the Helmund, — ^but its banks were destroyed and cut up into breaches ; the waters escaping, it became uselees. The po- pulation migrated and built Zamn).

The Helmund is the chief river, springing behind the oenntry of Gboor : it flows by KuNHAHva Zumeendawur and under the walls of Bost, to 8eestan, where it joins the Zuruh Lake.

This lake is a large expanse of water, increasing or diminishing acoording to the seasons. The lengtii of the lake is about thirty forsukhs from KirwuD on the Kohestan read, to the bridge of Kerman en the road to Fars ; while its breadth is about one march, the water erer sweet dx>nnds in fldi and reeds. Bound the lake except on the side of the desert are ntuated riUages.

The HelnMomd flows from Bost unto a march's distance from Seesp tan; different portions of its water are turned off at yarious points. The first canal is called the Tam, it flows to the villages and ends in the district of Meeshuk. The next canal is the Bashtrood water- ing many hamlets ; next is turned off the Seyarood, which runs within one fursukh of the capital, and by that canal come down the boats from Bost, but only in the seasim when the rivers rise. All the various smaller canals of the city are derived from this Seyarood. The Helmund flows on until the Shabuh rood watering thirty vilhiges is turned aside, after which the Meelan canal is taken, to water mueh cultivation. What is left of the water is carried in to the canal called Burg. Sometimes a bund is built on this canal to prevent any water running into the Zeruh Lake, until arrives the season of the river's rising, when the bund is eut and the surplus water allowed to run into the lake.

At the gate of Bost, a bridge of boats is buik over the Helmund, as is the custom over the rivers of Erak.

The surplus waters of the valley of Furruh and surrounding country

3 A 2

368 Ibn HuokuPs Account of Seestan, [No. 5.

also flow into the Zeruh Lake. The mer of Furrah rises in the country of Ghoor, as does the stream called Meeshuk also flowing into the lake.

Seestan is highly productive, abounding in grain and fmits and grapes. The inhabitants to appearance are comfortable. Large crops of Assafoetida are gathered in the deserts which lie between Seestan and Mnkran ; the people often eat it as food ; and mix it very generally in all their cooking.

Buloochistan is the name of a country in which is the town called Seewee, but the chief resides at Quetta; Espongulbb is larger than Quetta. Rukhuj is the name of a district of which a town is TuNjWAEE and another Kohuk« this district lies between Buloo- chistan and Zumeendawur; the inhabitants are mostly weavers of woollen cloth ; much money is paid as revenue from this district ; mnch grain is also produced, as the country is both fertile and extensive.

Zumeendawur is a productive spot being bounded by 6hoor» Bu6N££» Khuluj BiSHLiNG and Khash; the town of Zumeen- dawur is without walls but has a citadel ; it is also the name of the district of which are towns called Gurmabuk and Dez Guz both situated on the banks of the Helmund. But in Bugnee, Khuluj, Zabt7l» and Ghoor with their dependencies, some of the people are on terms of alliance, and some have become Mohummedans. These places are all very cold locations.

The Khuluj is a Toorkee tribe, which for ages, has wandered between India and Seestan to the South of Ghoor ; they are rich in cattle like other Toorkee tribes, their dress and language are similar to those of £rak ; they wander to Meroe and visit India as merchants.

Bost is a city larger than any other in the government of Seestan, except Zurung — ^but it is not salubrious ; although very fertile at all seasons; having both dates and grapes.

KooHEBN is a small place, but having villages and hamlets attached ; it is situated one march from Seestan on the left of a traveller to Bost, about two fursukhs from Suroor ; the family of Soflar which ruled iOver Pars, Kerman, Khorasan and Seestan came originally from this place. They were four brothers called Yakoob, Omur, Taher and Ulee» sons of Lues. Taher was killed at the gate of Bost ; his grave is there. Yakoob died at Jund Shapore on his return from Baghdad, at which place he is buried. Omur was killed and buried at Baghdad.

1852.] . Ibn HuokuVB Account of Seestan. 369

Ulee contrived to win bis way to safety in Jooijan» he departed life in the Dehestan where he was interred. Yakoob was the eldest in years and a slave in some of the Safar families. Omur was by trade a carrier, and it is said worked for some time as bricklayer. Ulee was the youngest in years, but he was the cause of their rebellion and subse* qnent rising in the world. They had a maternal uncle called Kubeer» the son of Bumadegan, who was a leader of a party against the Khowarej.

He was shut up in a Fort called Kufeel but escaped, and then went on to Bost ; at this time there was a man called Derhem, the son of Nasr, in these parts, who was as the head of a number of men who were outwardly anxious for a holy war and for the destruction of the Khowarej. The above four brothers were followers of this chief.

They advanced into Seestan ; the Governor, on the part of Taher had not any great force, so they held a conference at the gate of the city, where Derhem-ben Nusr apparently professed his allegiance and proceeded on to attack the Khowarej : he then caressed the people, until they joined him ; when he returned and obtaining entrance into the city, ejected the Governor, established himself and then destroyed many of the Khowarej party.

Ammar son of Yaser was the leader of this sect — Yakoob proceeded and killed him.

This circumstance caused his rise in rank ; the people were delighted with him, while he so won the affections of those in authority round Derhem-ben Nusr, that they placed him in the government. Every affair centered in Yakoob, until Derhem became his servant, but he did not behave well to Derhem who took leave on excuse of making a pilgrimage to Mecca.

After a residence of some time in Baghdad, Derhem returned to Seestan as an ambassador, from the Khalef, he was immediately killed by Yakoob. The affairs of this leader then so prospered, that he became chief in Seestan, and the confines of Scinde and India. In those countries many received the religion of Eslam from the hands of Yakoob ; he then rose to power in Kerman, Fars, Khozestan, a portion of £rak and Khorasan.

Tas is a town one march behind a person going from Seestan to Khorasan, a small place, but with villages, which produce a vast (juantity of grapes used by the people.

370

Ibn Huoh/^9 Account of SeesiaUm

[No. 5.

Khash is at a diatance of one Hiarch from Kobeen on the left of the road to Boat about half a farsukh ; larger than Kofaeen ; prodoc- ing dates and trees, both places are well watered b j streams and Kareez.

Forafa is larger than any of these places ; havii^ Tillages at least to the extent of sixty ; with dates* fruits and com, watered by the Furuh rood ; its hoases are buMt of clay* but the surface is lerel.

Chvruh it near to the boundary of Furah on the rights of the Khorasan road, abont one march; a small place like Koheen, but with Tillages and hamlets ; very frnitfal, watered by Karees. The houses are made of mud.

Serwan is a small place like Koheen* but better peopled* produc- ing fruits* dates and grapes ; at a distance of two marches from Boat ; the first march being Ferooz Mund* and the second Serwan on the Zameendawur road.

ZA1.KAN is one march from Bost ; producing fruits, dates and corn, most of its inhabitants are weavers ; its waters lure from canals* but its houses of clay ; . about as large as Eoheen.

Zurkan is less than Koheen* it is near Feroosraund on the right of the Bukhnj road. Much salt is produced, with corn and fruits; water is plentiful.

Marches between Seestan and Herat. Kurkoonuh*. • 3 f .

■Q / 4 f . crossing the bridge of a canal from

J5A8HTUR* I ^^ Helmund. (The Baahtrood).

m. Map. ra. unknown, m. ditto, m. ditto, m. Map.

m. doubtful.

}

Joween,

Busunt*

KuQur*

Sershuk*

Bridge over the Furruh river*

Koosar*

Kookshekar* ,

Jashan*

Kareez Seree*

Jubul-ol-uswud*

Uaman*

Herat*

Marches from Seestan to Bos Dahook*

Suroor,,

{

m. Chah Juhan? m. Seraee, Map. m. Seyahkoh. m.

m.

m.

m. a royal populous Tillage; Chng' nasoor.

1 852.] Ibu HuokuVs Account of Scestan. 3 7 1

Horoorec. / * "• ""7^1 * ^"^^ ^"^S*^ °" ^^<^ ^««-

" " I shuk nver.

Dehuk, 1 m. District.

AbahooTt Ira. Map.

Gnzredabeer 1 m. doubtfbU

HuftChab 1 m. Map.

UbdaUab 1 m. Map.

Boat* 1 m. Map.

From Debok to within a farsukb of Boat, the whole country is desert*

Marches from Boat to Guznee.

Feerooz Mnnd, 1 m. unknown*

Mu^hoon, 1 m. doubtful.

Kuebnr, 1 m. ditto, a fragment apparently.

Punjwaee,.. 1 m. a town of Rukhuj.

Tukeenabad, I m.

Khoomsunuh, { ' q^^''"'''^ *"" '^^'^''^ ""^ ^''^*''

Sereusp^ Map.

Ukool, Map.

ChnnguUbad, { ^ tlfnL"!""''^"'**** *"* ^^ '''*'*

Urmur, Doubtful, may be Ohoojan.

f Introduced from three other books,

Khast, J unknown, I suggest Khost, and Mo-

Khoomuk, | kur, the last is well known and about

[^ where these marches would fall.

^t . r Frontier of the Ghuznee territory, un-

ILnaDser, ^ known.

Khusajee,. I suggest Karabagh.

TV ji i_ /A well peopled place; Huzardeh, I

H'»«»*«^' 1 saggest.

Guznee,

From Punjwaee to Buloochistan.

Bobat Hujur,

Tungee, A robat towards the Khojuk range.

Bar,. Unknown.

Esjab, Espung^dce^ I suspect.

Marches to Kerman and Fars.

Ekroot robaty • .. .. 1 m.

Daruk, 1 m.

372 Ibn HuokuVM Jccouni of Seestan. [No. 5.

Buzur-deen, , 1 m.

GaomeBhuk, 1 m. Gaopalung, Ooselej.

Rasek, 1 m.

Kazee, 1 m.

Gooraghan, 1 m.

Mushtuk, 1 m. ; the half-way town between Seestan and Kerman. On leaving Gaomeshuk half-way to Kondur exists a robat, bailt by Omur : the place is called the Bridge to Kerman although there b no bridge whatever on the spot.

Various distances.

From Seestan to Furrub, 3 marches.

From Furruh to Churruh, 2 marches.

From Furruh to Kooheen, 2 marches.

From Nob to Furruh, 1 easy march ; near the desert

From Kbyun to Seestan, 30 fursukhs ; on the borders of Kerman.

To Tak on tbe Keyun road, five fursukhs.

Khash ; from the road to Bost» one fursukh, and from Koheen one march.

From Bost to Serwan two marches on the Zumeen dawur road.

The Helmund is crossed one march beyond Serwan; when yoii enter the district of Buk (Gurmabuk) — and proceed on one march to Dez Guz both on the same bank of the river. From Gurmabuk to Bugnee one day's march among the Khuluj tribes ; Beshling is to the South of Bugnee.

Punjwaee is at the back of Guznee ; while Kohuk is about one fursukh from Punjwaee from the South.

From Punjwaee to Espungulee, three marches.

Quetta is opposite to Espungulee at a distance of a fursukh.

From Espungulee to Seewee two marches."

Notes.

Having premised, that there exists no possible form within reason- able limits into which proper names in manuscript may not be traced and that several liberties have been taken to obtain from the text even a shade of meaning, I proceed to offer my authorities for the readings I have adopted.

Before me lie four copies of this work ; Sir Wm. Ouseley's from tbe Persian : Sprenger's copy of Ibne Huokul ; Estukhuree as edited by Moeller ; the printed copy of Edresee translated into French*

1852.] Ibn HuokuVB Account of Seestan, 373

I do not toach on those places whose histories are well understood.

Meeskuk. — ^This is the gate leading to the districts watered by the riTer of this name. Edward Conollj calls the river Chabnlk ; but adds, that it rises at a spring called Meeshuk.

UrJt, or Urg. — Is the Greek opx*

Eundahar, — The identification of Kundahar with the Greek Ara* chotia is acknowledged.

Kuweed. — The written word is Kureen» but a native who knew the country suggested the name I have given.

Burg. — I have taken in preference to Lool ; doubtful.

AwafoBtida, — ^The district is, to this day, celebrated for this drug.

Quetta, — So I read^^^oi as a corruption or translation of ^jf

EtpanguUe, — I offer, for a word written differently in each book ; it 18 a well known village at the exit from the Koochlag range, whence two main roads diverge, one to India via the Bolan, — one to Sonme- yanee vi& Khozdar.

Kohuk, — Is situated as indicated subsequently ; is a place on a hill, the scene of one of General Nott's battles.

Punfwaee. — Is a celebrated village or rather town ten miles West of Kundahar. I never understood it had any claims to antiquity, or to the honour of being the capital of the district ; though ancient mounds were said to exits near it. Nor do I think the sense of the Arabic wmrrants the assumption of its being the capital.

Bugnee. — Is a district bounding Zumeendawur ; visited by Captain G. L. Cooper.

BiMing.-^ls so written and is so noted as a district next to Bagh- ran by Captain Cooper in the sketch of his route.

Khath.-^lB the district at the head of the Khash river.

Crurmaimk, — Almost all the books indicate Buk or Bug; which appears to have a district acceptation, as Bugnee, Bughran, Bukwa : but I treat it as the final fragment of the word given ; because it states subsequently, " at one march from Serwan, you cross the Helmund on the road to Zumeendawur ; and enter the district of Bug on the banks;" this our Artillery under Captain Hawkins did; marching from Serwan to Zumeendawur and crossing at Germabuk. At the same time the ruins of forts are numerous, and the capital has no other proper name than that of the district.

3 B

374 Ihn Huokurs Account o/SctUan. [No. 5.

Dez Guz. — But for being dedared on the banks of the mer, I should have read this word Durghosh which exists as a large place some thirty or forty miles East of the river. Colonel Sanders in hia survey down the Helmund, 10 miles above Serwan» places the district of Guz. Dez or Dezh, is Puhluwee for a fort.

Zabul, — Most books have ELabul, but the word given is clearly the one required^ as the old name for the districts of Subswar and Furruh.

Kooheen, — Distinctly so written in a copy of the Nozut ol Koloob, as the birth place of the Suffar family.

Suroar. — Now called Ghugnusoor : Edward Conolly halted at the fort ; and says» the definition given to him was, Khannhesoor or the house of gladness ; Rostum having at it celebrated his marriage.

JaAr.-*Now exists ; was visited by E. Conolly.

Khoik. — The present fort ; as located.

Churruh. — ^Was seen and determined by Colonel Sanders.

Serwan. — ^The fort of the modern Serban or Serwan district ; as placed.

Zalkhan, — Is now one of the first canals taking off from the Hel- mund, in the district of Gurumseer.

Zurkan* — Unknown.

JBo^A^r.-^Is, I have no doubt, the correct reading — all our copies differ. I can understand, as knowing the irrigation system that the canal called Bastrood ran to this place.

Ro€Ld to GWnee.— The most unsatisfactory of all the identifications are of this route ; few of them are complete or happy : and yet our surveyors have been constantly up and down the road. Tnkeen or Tugeen is» I suspect, the chief who built or resided in the old city of ]BLundahar« if the two places mentioned are to be considered one city. Near the Tumuk are ruins of a place called Jukan, about 12 miles higher up the road ; Shuhre-Sofa would better break the distance. Homukee is the district of Kulate Gulzaee. It must be remembered, that words much used and often quoted by Europeans, have but little currency. I give this route entire as written in each of the four copies ; a specimen of the dependence to be placed in manuscript.

Eeyun. — The ruins of Keyunabad near Bum.

The greatest indulgence is craved for these attempts ; nothing but locfil knowledge will ever be safBcient to correct such vitiated manu- script. If individuals from the countries would each undertake to ooi^ rect the portion within his immediate knowledge, we might hope at last, to obtain a correct version of the orginal. I anticipate that it will ultimately be found, that the names of places have changed much less than is supposed.

1852.]

Ibn EuokuVa Account of Seestan,

375

Route from Bost to Ouznee as copied from Ebnk Hvokul, E8-

TtJKHREE, £dREB8EK an</ OuSB LEY.

FropuBed reading.

S?!i>'

^iji^

cyM)

tt,yi-o

j.^«a>**

M)y^

ji

^

>*

>

e'

C^W^f^j

jbly^iUi

A^^ji^.

^^tc^

dJlmjjA.

^Imje^i^jj^

Slwo^

" •

v!/4-

v!r»

r>-

4/0!

Jjt

— — —

oblcUia.

^^J tl^

s:^yfi\

CJ^^^

-ri>

•

o^Lx

cu^U

m

a^^a.

A^iv

jt^l^

jj^Uila.

e^y

^UL

*<^j'>

«/<ij!>*

AJ^i

• »jAV

*>>

•

3 B 2

376 Ibn HuokuVs Account o/Seesian^ [No. 5.

Note by A. Spbskobb. The original MS. firom which this account of AfghanisUin and the account of Sind which has been published by Major Anderson with most valuable remarks and identifications in p. 49 of this volume, have been taken is in the Moty MahaU library at Lucknow. It is a volume in folio of 276 pp. 17 lines in a page. We are informed in the postscript that it had been copied in A. H. 580 firom a '\very correct" MS. The first leaf of the book and consequently the beginning of the preface is wanting, and we are therefore left in ignorance as to the name of the author. The title of the book is according to the postscript Ashhdl aUnldd or i)ta- grams qfthe country (qfthe IsldmJ, The diacritical points are wanting in most instances and many letters cannot be well distinguished firom each other. The book was copied for me in 1847 with great care, and subse- quently it was compared with the original, but the copyist has in doubtfiil instances decided in favour of the most likely reading, and no doubt some- times he has gone wrong. It is therefore much to be regretted that this copy is the only one available for Major Anderson.*

Though the beginning of the prefiice ii wanting, the greater portion of the Introduction is preserved.

It contains the plan of the work which I give here in a translation. "Then (after having given a map of the world), I have devoted a separate Diagram to every country of the Isl&m, in which I show its firontiers, the shape of the coimtry, the principal towns, and in fact every thing neces- saiy to know. The Diagrams are accompanied by a text. I have divided the dominions of the IsUim into twenty countries ; I begin with Arabia, for this peninsula contains the Ka'bah, and Makkah which is unquestion- ably the most important city and the centre of the peninsula; after Makkah I describe the country of the Bedouins,, then I proceed to the description of the Persian gulph which surrounds the greater part of Arabia, 3. theMaghrib» 4. Egypt, &. Syria, 6. the Mediterranean, 7. Meso- potamia, 8. the 'ir&q, 9. Khuzist^, 10. Faris, 11. Kerman, 12. Man^iorah and the adjacent countries,t which are Sind, India and part of the MoJlam- madan territory, (in India,) 13. Adzarbayj4n, 14. the districts of the Jib^

* Since writing the above, I sent the proof-sheet of the original test to Capt. H. F. Hayes, Asst. Resident at Lncknaw, who has obligingly compared it with the original MSS. in Moty MahaU.

t Here a space of about six inches is left blank, and in the margin are the words ^

** This space is for the Map of the World (but it is not large enough, therefore the copyist has deviated from the original from which he transcribed) and it stands in the opposite page."

] 852.] Jim HuokuTs Account of Seestan. 377

16. Daylam, 16. the sea of the Ehazar (i. e. the Caspian), 17. the steppes between F&ris and Khordslin, 18. Sijistan and the adjacent oountries, 19. Xhoraalin, 20. Mi-warii-kiahr."

Of every one of the above countries there seems to have been originally a mapy but two have been lost (viz. No. 6 and 10) and some have been transpoeed (as well as several leaves of the text) by the book-binder. A full notioe of the book has been given by Sir H. Elliott, Ind, Historians, I. p. 61.

On comparing the Ashhdl Mildd with Moller's I^takhry it appears that it is somewhat fuller. There are details in the former which are omitted in the latter, thus we find in it the names of the gates of Ghaznah, which are omitted by I^takhry.

In like manner we find in other instances that where there are names and facts in the AshkU we meet in I^takhry with a general account, I there- fore conclude that I^takhry is an abridgment of the AshldL A man who is able to give new facts on every country of the IsUun, if he had lived after I^takhry would certainly have written an original work and would not have added them to the meagre account of I^takhry. We find most of the derioal errors in the orthography of proper names in I^takiury which are. in the Ashk41. If the Ashk&l was an enlarged edition of I^takhry it would certainly be also an im^oved one, for a man who can add is able to improve whereas an epitomator does not necessarily possess such a qualification.

Ibn JSTawqal seems to be a more recent edition of the Ashk&l albilad. There are, as far as I know, few if any new facts mentioned in Ibn ^awqal but the expression is in a few instances changed.

CiJnJi ^ («li AlijMjo ^\ ^\Sai U^ (^Im| 4^ {ftJ toj l^«X* U\j

kj^jj ^.^ ^j ^jj i^ ^jJ^tJ^ ^^c^j ^J,UUl.^ (s^^^h u^>*r>

378 Ibn HuokuTs Aeeount of See$tan» [No. 5.

^^jJl *UJ(j jym UjI fja^yi ^^j J«3ia.j jj^-AA. Aij«>J| ^^j

^1 U^i* ^j^' UA* J J4i*it v^'-^ 1" J ^^^ V^» ^**^' VW<

^\y» z^j c'*^* *r^ v!>^^* ^^j^^J (>vS^» «y» *** 5;^ r^«^'

^SAxa.^ wb Aa/I ^wO^ w^ ^. fSj l;UA V^**^(^(J/^ V^ ^f^ iS}^J^ ^J^\ »^b AJJJ ^ A*y^ *^b «jJj ^J cSX-Juo ^b AjJLj ^ jW| ^b dAb ^'

*^» 4:H vj^^ u-;^ V^ CH^ J f****^' wl; cH^ 4JUA J 4>»^( ^ y^ Ulu *i|>L ^(< J,| ,1^ i^ A$i U-O* wb J 4J^ wb trtf

JU Jf^f ^ykj 5*l«J| Aar-* ^^|y^ fli^ldJ! fij^i ^f^-fj^^f^^ ♦^1 sa^.j^ Ti^.j^ 6y^ ^^ <5r* ^ ?/*^ u^j^l o!^-•!^ i;^^» *i^

«

JLaI« Uua wb ^1 £u«w/t ^^ ^j»j(i wb ^^ Ol*^ i3^!> ^<>^l ^^' W.j^.h J^ ^ i*^ tJ*J J^^i **^ ^[^ ^-V* ^-*-^>^

1852.] Ibn Huokur$ Account of Seestan, 379

V^ Ur^4^WtflJ| CU* J*;J| Jy*. !^«^ JbO;Jf wJi^^f ^^\

^f 4JiA.«M i^b ali-t^y c)>«*^j J*yi*f^i <^>y i-^aoj ua ^j

^ ci^*-^«j^i ij^. ^^ ^^^ ij^ isj¥ (^ j>^^^ is^J^J^^ u^ i%S i^ &?^j iJ^^ ^jj^^ j^ *** «i^*i (^ **^-*** *>^ u^i i^fifk

380 Ibtt HuokuFs Account of Seesfan, [No. 5.

Mai ^Ji^»JJx^\J cUt'i i^ AA-Ai. e>**-?^j ijj h^ *** tUiui

JU l^ JUJi *s-^ ^ji ^\j^ i4L?u, ^jju ^j^j ^fdjr ^dli j^

*«^ uH^j e;^*^j **^^j ^^ o^j j-^-^Vj ^t**^*^ ^Uj'«*^» iMjjy^^j di^j J^5 lt^. ciLr*^ ^l^^' i^ *^ ^^ l;^4p^ ^j

OAJ .yUiXor? o(^ A^^ «t!>^ ^h ^^"^ V^ <J^ ^^ y^^ ^^

^Ua ^j ^I«>jU) cUi 4ili C^l c;^;^ Ufj ki'lU 5;A5j ^I«)J»J ^j^ ijij^j

9

^ J ^yUuAjj oloj \a^j^' ffb cr'' c;^ ^' ci^ *^^' cr^ i^ ^'j e^l^ djli^^ U)( J ^HjU-flJl u^ ^^ c)(i> (^^T^t c^*^ *ri^J villi*

c)^^^ Ct^ 5^ J^j «e.lij| u^ ^>i^ *fi^ ^ji ^^f fytij^ *1(^

1852.] Ibn HuokuV a Account of Seeatan. . 381

g^j 4Lu.Wt iU^Aj ^f lyu ^ £«M JUxm\i Ujia^ gt^l dUflJ i^J»^lf nMj IjU* cW-^ AliW y^wy *;uy wdliif >bilj| ^^ ^Uiu ciyw

O^ •rt^ is^ J^ (J^^jjy^^ *-^ !>«H*^ d^\j «J^i-Ji u#irli cr«

|7*^ ^j yijj *^y ^ ^^ W.y lijS i^rt*- cf*^ (^ Ui^ i^Am^ ixjAjo ^j^j jjb^ ur^^ ij^ ci>U(^ ^ e>'^^^--«^ c^ *-*a| jj| ci**j ij^ ^]ji ^j u*iW't;^^^» ^' » ^^^(^ j^j^ AAjpwc ii,\jj^,

ij^ !•» ^yvj jWJi t^ ^f^ u, a^Uw l^Uf ^1, jjyj^ Jt^j «;y i^j

k}^ Mk^ *^Wj f5^3 »*^i e« f^j ^ ^uj^\j ^j ^\ ^f A/t t^i*i

3 c

382 Ibn Huokuts Jeeouni of Seesian* [No. 5.

er^-^-JTV' dp*^ ■''H; ^ Ji>^* Sj^*^' ^H^^ ^^ ^^ ^ ^^^ ^ ^^^

III ti'

gU^-«4j| ^yi £L!<X« ^1 ^ Jy^j^ i»tj) ^1 «v*, Jji* 4:,yx* ijljj ^1

^H) J^ iS^y^ i ^'♦-^ f^j^^ ^^^ cr* ^^ ij'^' J^ cH/*» c^ a*

y,U-.^ ^j;^ J>i dux J,f 4:,U ,^^li^ ^j,U/ ^1 c)li-?^ ^y cH/tll Uij •-^-^jl^ ^1 *i*i J>** cry i^t Jj'«> ^^9 JjA i.^*^ -fc^j cf ^b "^Jj^

^^ o^ «^^y ir^ *^y^ «>^ '**^ ^-^^ »^ ^hj^ cr*!^ Wm^

1852.] Jbstraet of Temperature and Fall of Rain. 383

er^ iij^f, A«a^ ^^ UaJU av* «^ kA ^ cr^jL^i^' il^^ ^y^j J?

" "ft %

^o K v#v

Abstract of Reguters of Temperature and Fall of Rain kept by Medical Officers in dij^erent parts of India, by Dr. Lamb.

Ht dbar Da. Sprbnoer,

I haye the pleasure to send you, for presentation to the Society^ Abstracts of Registers of Temperature and Fall of Bain chiefly obtain^ ed from obserrations by medical officers of this Establishment or on duty within the limits of the Presidency.

Coming from such variety of sources it is obvious that perfect reli« snce is not to be placed on them all, and I fear that in some instances the mean temperature is not very accurately set down. But on the other hand many of the Begisters sent to the Medical Board, have been kept with great care, and besides the Items I have abstracted, there are minute details of the variations of atmospheric pressure, direction of the winds^ and other matters not susceptible of being easily given in abstract.

The temperature given as the mean is in all cases the mean of the dsy, i. e. from sunrise or a little before it till sunset, and is from 2^ to 4^ above the mean of the twenty-four hours, as ascertained in a good many cases where 1 have had an opportunity of making the conoparbon.

Calcutta, 29th April, 1852. G. LAMB.

3 c 2

384 Ahtlraet of Temperalure and Fall qf Ratn. [No. ]

Abtiracl a/ Mean Temperatwe of the Day and Fall of Rain, from RegUttn kept ^

Cileatta, .... Barrack port, Hooghly,....

KiabDighar,

Burdvau

Moonhedabid, RangporSi BBDiiih, . Bcerbboan]

Cnttack, ..,.,.

Dacca

AkT*b,

Sandowf

ChitUgODE,.... Tipperab, ....

Bariianl,

PabDi,

Bogra,

Mjmeiujiig, . .

S7lbet

Cherrapoonjee, Onalpan, .... Goirahatteci, . ,

Ciebar

Seebugur, ....

Teipore,

Debroghnr, .... Nowgong A, ,.

Dinapore, .

Tirboot,

DinagepOTB, ,.

Fnraaah

Daiieeling, ....

MonghjT

Haiareebamgh, Gjab

24.Z3.15

88.33.4

66.3

71.6

u.uo

81.3

u

23.S*.25

87-34.00

G9.S

.. 73.1

0.6U

82.7

1

23.H.8

B7. 6.3

71.9

0.90 74.

0.93

82.4

31.30.7

86.58.1

72.9

0.50 74.9

0.27

8S.8

22.26.13

87.19.25

69.

0.26 69.

0.23

74.

1

19.48.09

85.49.10

71.6

.. 7S.6

0.4U

82-

Za.28.fi5

B6.S4.15

72.

0.10 78.

0.04

B2.5

0

23.43.10

90.23.40

B7.3

0.691 71.

0.99

82.5

20.8

92.58-

71.5 78. 6S.5

73.8 81. 66.

76.9 7S'

22I20.30

91 '47.30

67.7

72.9

1.90

8D.3

23.37.30

91. 5.40

69.2

0^75

71.4

1.2s

77.

22.35.40

90.17.

66.

72-6

2,60

82.5

70.3

o!s5

74.

1.60

80.7

61.

0.72

68-2

1.70

76-

24144.50

90!24.20

62.

0.75

64-7

3.25

75.1

0

24.53.

91.50.30

67-7

0.30

69.6

4.50

76.5

25.16.35

91.43.55

53.7

0.7S

S5.1

3-05

65.3

26.11.

90.40.

64.2

0.70

66-1

0-70

76.1

26.11. IS

91.47.10

66.4

0.51

68.3

0.47

77-5

24,48.40

92.47.17

62.5

66-

76.7

....

60.

0-'b4

62.:i

4.'39

70.6

26.36.45

92!s0,'l0

65.2

6S.2

1.87

74-

27.31.4S

95. 1.

63.6

olei

63.7 66.5

5.49

2.B5

73.1

72.4

2

2s!37.'4S

BS^'s.'lO

63^6

J""

67.7

78.5

26. 7.20'BS.26.I5

GI.B

3,75

6S.2

I.'45

75.7

25.37.30 8e.41.oa

69.

0,80

71.

U.80

82.5

SS.48.0U|U7.33.00

64.5

2.12

65.5

3.25

71-5

27.3 '88.18.40

40.9

3.45

41.7

2.40

51-8

26-45.27 85.29.12

75.S

25.27.2G'86.43.38

Gs!5

o.'ss

6b!

1.25

76-5

0

24. 0. 0j85.24.20

64.3 i-..

65.4

1.00

7S-e

0

24. 48.441

5. 3.16

70.

".30

72.

1.25

79-8

April.

Har.

§

1 1

S

fi

1'

1?

i_

1^

1

88.7

3.75

92.9

U

90.

2.79

95,5

OJ

85.

2.10

89.

86.

3.85

94-

DJ

96-

2.60 99.

86.

0.40' 90.

83.

2.36 88-

tl

82.6

3.70 86.2

}J

S6.9

0.23: 90.8

DJ

86.9

2.60 92.2

89.

4.22' 96.

]M

87.5

S.S5I 96.

OM

81.S

I-74I87.

85.

1.00,88.

ijt

86.

1.66194.

an

84.

4.28 88.2

in

83.

.. 86,1

l\M

8S.

0.50 83.5

HM

77.5

.. 81.

;,«

81.7

2.55

80.6

!■*

82-1

5.50

83.3

3.11

84.8.

3-18

88.6

84.8

3-30

87-5

83.5

1.20

86.8

la

77.3

6J0

82-8

:ji

77.7

19-35

81 -S

67.1

27-60

69-3

77.6

10.20

79-3

78-9

5.57

81-1

77.7

12.11

81-6

72.8

8.86

77*

77.3

4.27

791

73.5

9.43

76.1

75.8

87.8

8.55

96-4

84.2

91.9

89.S

o!70 94J

BS.

2.O0: 84.5

65J

4.65|C1.9

92.5

.. 93.

84.5

.. 92.S

83.

0.40 89.1

91.

..J

96-9

1852.]

Abstract of Temperature and Fall of Rain.

385

Medieal OJieers at Civil and Military Stations in Bengal and N. W, P., for 1851.

Juie.

Jnly.

August.

September.

October.

November.

•

December.

S

1.

9

1

1

£ 5

8 S.5.

d

£

5

11

1'

1'

l1

§-5

It

e I

Meani of th(

.

Mean ofth

a

Mean oftb

a

9 **

•

S

a5

i

c5

a

1

ri

8..39

84.7

12.89

86.1

10.78

86.7

8.49

83.1

16.25 78.5

• •

71.8

• •

64.16

i7.

6.04

83.5

9.71

87.

7.39

87.

3.82

84.5

10.80

74.9

. .

67.3

a •

42.75

%.

h.lh

83.

9.60

84.5

4.20

S4.5

2.75

82.7

10 00

71.2

«•

62.5

a a

86.00

k.

8.60

85. .

9.90

91.

4.40

90.5

5.40

86.

7.15

80.

• a

• •

a a

40.20

12.5

4.15

84.

23.

85.

10.75

85.

11.

84.

2.50

75.

. .

66.

a .

57.70

18.5

3.25

85.

8.85

86.8

5.20

87.2

2.55

82.

5.65

73.

0.60

a .

• a

28.20

11.5

4.61

82.7

10.67

88.

7.75

88.

3.60

83.

7.10

75.

0.00

68.

• •

40.48

9.7

23.90; 84.5

11.70

84.5

14.40

87.1

6.30

80.

3.20

79.

. .

70.6

a •

74.60

11.1

6.88

85.

11.56

87.

4.95

87.5

3.35

81.3

3.30

72.2

0.17

a .

• •

31.56

16.6

3.50

85.3

11.30 86.2

5.40

869

2.70

82.

4.90

75.3

• •

^.7

• •

32.06

16.6

4.43

86.7

8.76

87.7

2.75

88.2

4.05

• •

2.90

73.5

. a

73.7

• •

31.04

11.5

3.22

88.

5.86

89.5

3 65

82.

3.40

83.

9.10

72.

0.15

55.5

aa

30.79

16.5

3>10

81.5

4.44

84.

4.13

83.5

• .

77.

7.34

69.

• •

62.

aa

22.78

16.7

4.50

85.4

14.30

86.2

7.35

85-6

4.45

83.

blown down.

76.1

• •

72.6

••

1

It.

7.31

84.

10.20

86.

12.11

86.

6.10

79.

11.65

• •

• •

75.

• •

50.17

M.2

18.78

86.3

13.76

85.3

10.30

85.6

4.70

81.9

12.70

75.7

• a

69.5

a a

68.93

A.

59.54

83.7

22.43

83.4

27.5B

84.

17.57

83.1

14.09

81.5

• .

76.1

2.52

155.07

11.5

52.18

82.7

30.64

81.7

37.49

81.4

29.67

81.3

10.90

80.7

1.30

74.7

0.62

178.48

a.

17.30

!6.6

25.88

78.1

13.11

79.1

7.99

80.5

16.27

77.2

10.75

72.8

• •

67.5

0.42

86.33

16.6

19.50

81.5

16.08

82.2

25.25

81.2

11.00

78.4

13.50

72.7

• •

66.1

a a

95.95

14.5

20.70

83.3

17.90

82.5

21.00

84.3

6.90

81.8

21.15

75.6

• a

69.5

• •

94.47

4.

8.90

82.8

7.65

85.2

6.20

85.4

6-10

81.6

5.75

73.

a •

66.

aa

39.05

«.5

14.65

* .

7-95

• •

8.40

• •

6.25

..

6.00

• •

. •

. .

. .

51.44

t^

35.25

84.5

20 00

85.1

20.38

85.5

6.52

81.7

10.70

74.5

• •

67.3

a .

109.90

1.1

39.70

82.5

33.50

82.6

28.30

83.1

17.85

78.4

20.40

73.9

• •

69.

0.45

209.85

u

147.20

71.8

99.40

72.4

103.90

72.4

71.70

68.2

40.30

. a

a a

a a

• a

610.35

6.9

42.55

81.3

17*90

81.8

11.65

82.1

7.40

77.9

8.85

71.6

• a

65.8

. .

116.10

t.6

16.61

84.7

9-35

83.8

4.53 83.3

3.05

80.3

3.68

75.1

0.38

69.1

0.50

52.74

S.1

15.35

83.4

15*60

85.

8.94 84.7

9.32

80.9

11.26

76.1

2.00

68.3

0.48

102.84

2-6

16.35

84.4

10.43 ,

84.1

16.40 84.1

7.40

79.2

6.38

71.4

0.05

65.8

0.50

85.18

2.

16.82

84.5

4.50

83.3

16.58. 83.2

4.50

79.4

3.00

71.2

• •

66.1

0.30

63.49

0.4

12.85

83.4

13.74

82.2

18.42

. .

11.98

. .

17.73

. «

. .

. a

• .

106.95

1.4

17.50

83.9

7-35

83.8

22.20

82.8

4.65

80.1

7.00

70.6

0.40

66.

2.00

83.45

0.5

4.50

86.2

8*75

86.6

6.75

85.4

7.50

81.5

13.75

71.

a .

62.3

• •

31.

6.1

3.50

85.8

8*45

86.3

7.33

84.5

3.50

80.

4.50

69.

a a

62.2

••

33.38

8.

12.50

• •

12-70

89.5

6.70

89.5

3.20

85.

6.50

80.

a a

73.

• a

46.70

6.6

9.75

85.5

15*12

84.5

11.80

86.

3.35

79.8

3.75

71.7

. .

65.

• a

53.39

2.5

31.00

63.7

2715

64.3

16.70

63.2

19.60

55.8

9.40

50.4

0.10

44.8

0.10

125.20

9.9

• .

86.4

4-55

. .

. .

83.5

8.90

80.2

3.40

63.

a a

59.6

• a

0.

8.20

86.

6*65

86.5

3.36

85.

8.10

80.5

6.65

70.5

. .

. .

• •

36.66

6.2

8.76

79.9

7*95

79.3

5.70

77.8

5.65

7.i.5

0.90

69.5

0.85

64.7

. .

32.06

2.7

3.25

86.5

9-35

89.8

3.25

86.4

4.25

b3.

1 2.50

65.3

0.50

65.2

. .

24.65

3N6 Jbttrael of Temperature and FaU of Raw. [No. 5

Abafrael of Mean Temperature of the Day and Fall ofBmnfrom Reguten hepl t^

■s 1

'"^-

MudL

April.

BUy.

1

5

1

S.^

i

'■s

B-S

"■-3

s

s.

1

!

1

1

i5

i

I

1

BhaagDlporc, .

ZS.14.50

87. 0.00

66.7

0.75

72.5

1.60

BO.

0.00

B6.6

0.80

92.5! tM

as. 18.26

83. 3.12

64.3

2.31

67.8

1

60

74.5

0.66

67.3

96.3

QanukMn,".'.

26.4G.3&

83.28. 6

N2.Z

3.60

66.4

0

20

75.

0-20

82.9

ojo

90.B

I'ia

Aiimghur, ....

26 33.

83.13.20

64.3

3.80

66.9

1

OS

76.1

0.60

81.9

0.80

04.8

1050

26.15.35

82. 6. JO

65.6

70.6

83.4

92,2

101

2.S. 9.19

d2.37.23

60.

72.5

88.

96.

Gliuflfpore,' ..

25.31.25

83.37. 9

64.5

1.70

68.

1

40

ii.

0^60

88.

e!oo

96.

o!m

Joupot^, ....

2S.43.48

82.44. 7

58.5

65.

74.

82.5

93.

2e.2B.IS

80.23.<5

62.6

67.6

76.9

98.1

95.3

iM

F^'t^"; '.'.".

27.23.20

79.40.25

59.7

4.96

64.7

0

66

75.5

o"67

8.1.0

o!ii

92.6

0J9

MrnpiMiili,....

27. 1.24

79.13.53

S9.5

72.

8.1.

93.

103.

EU.!>b, ......

26 45.31

79. 3.18

61.

2!76

65.5

0

63

76.8

oioi

85.5

o'.in

94.T

tjt

Huneerpore, .

26. 7.49

79.47,22

I.SO

S8.5

0

80

78.5

95.

0.30

93.5

Oorii

Bwd.,..'

86.5

66.6

71!

77^2

92'

98.5

26. 6. 2

So'24.t6

58.6

61.2

70.

SO.

90.2

AlUbabad

26.27.43

81.54.12

64.7

2^90

69.

a

60

80.6

92.6

100.1

S««or, :

23.50.

78.47.55

30

89.

91.5

tM

Dnmoh,

62.

57'.

9i.

lOO.I

0.31

HuhDDgtbid,..

a2!«.43

77"45.' 6

79'

90.

94.

Ballool,

21.51.13

77.58.15

70.8

77!6

8BJ

U.02

92.9

87.4

i'm

S«»nie,

Jabbnlpo™, ..

a.l!"9.'39

79.59.'43

97.4

o!&o

12.^

0

90

79*5

94^6

99^8

cVr

NoHgonf, ...

li, 3.30

79.31.

65.7

3.92

70.4

0

66

91.6

96.4

•J)

Jbuucw

sole

89.6

96.2 ..

27!io'2e

78' i.' 4

S7.5

1.18

es!

1

OS

79.6

88.4

0.20

95.1

D.75

Neei^iuh,"!!.'

24.27.30

75. 2.30

6S.S

73.60

81.5

B8.S

90.

Mottr.,

27.28.42

77.22. 3

59.

77.

25. 9.15

73. 9.40

AllTghnr,

65.6

Beiwar,

52.

63'.5

I'hS

80.5

87.

BoloDdihuhnr,

Ajmere

M««rBt

Zi.'oM

77!i5.' 3'58,S

(i'i.%

7*'l

83^1

0.60

86".!' ..

D«lbi«

2S.31.23

77.13.39 55.2

2.6D

62.2

0

3D

71.1

2^60

86.4

0.96

98.6, o.es

Z7.53.24

77.24.35 ..

76.

92.

3J0

104. ..

Morulibid,,...

29.12.49

78.59.46 ..

63.5

72!5

o!io

81.5

0.50

92. „

B«reillj,

28.1217

79.34.46 60.S

2!a6

63.0

2

90

76.

0.22

82.

28. 1.35

79.35.11 58.

64.

74.

81.5

89!5 ."

Sdironpore,'..

a9.57.ie

77.35.30 48.

55.5

fil.5

72.S

84 51 ..

Deyra

30.18.58

78. 4.27| ..

83.3

9I.5I ..

Almon

5500

29.35.10

79.41.16

4!59

2

ss

70.1

1.23

80.4

-.

852.] Abalraet of Temperalure and Fall of Rain. 38

Vtdicai Offieen at CwU and Military Station* m Bengal and N. W. P. .for 1851.

J

...

Julj.

Auput.

S.pt.mb,r.

Oclob«r.

Novembar.

S

i

-•5

1 8

1

■s-

i

1

P J^

i

n.t

t,

»I.S

H.

n.

)L3

It.

^3

W. IS.6

mIb I4.e

\tA

«.l «.

i!s

s's

7.) M t. t.7 4.5 4.8 4.9 1.2

5 8 0

G.70

I'io

!.'38

1*.30 £00 3.50

3*97 3.92

o!so

5.00

*.io

0.39 3^04

87. 86.3 B3.9 B5.3

Be.

88*

ee's

84..1 94.3 91.3 89. 83.3 86. 90. 88.9 86.

83* 83. 81.

82!3 8g'.3

86> 86.4 93.3 86. B5.5 89. 86. B3. 74.fi

14.40 7.10

14.10 8.72

g!2«

islss

lllio 12.G3

8*30

I4!77

I7!67

14.

14.30

17!i7 9*80

u'.io

11.82 14.10 13.25 16.81

.oii.

8B.fi 86. 86.2

86.4

86.

86^9 83.3

86.3 87.3 B7. 84.5 87.5

91 !8

Bl.2 82.3 81.5 82.

78.7

ss!

83.4

" 87.S 8B.3 87. 87.5 87.3 87. 90. 82. 76.9

S.30 5.57 S. 3.83

..

3^70

5!43

9)23 10.54

!2!40

7!3B 9.50

B.90

s!93 9*93

5J'o 6.3G 4.B0 6.10 7.73

zido

B3. 84.5

84.7 83.8

bg'

77!5 83.4 BB.5 BZ.5 86.2 78.3 B3.

Bs! 76.3 79. BO.l 81. 79.5

79.6 B4.6 81.1 83.6

86. 92. 90.1 84. 80. 82. B2. 80. 77.7

2.35 9.6B 9.90 9.45

3!70

6.'27

g'ig

4.81 6*'

is'm

I0!96 17.90 3.70

.. B.22

3.98

0.60

4!70 1.73

5!5S

88.

8i.e

80,8 81.3

S4!5 83.5 80. 77.5 78.5 74.5 76.5 82.5 73. 80.5 77.5 81. 76.3 77. 79.2 80. B8.3

79*3 84.3 83.1 81.2

80!l 81.5

84'

77.3 78. 78. 7S.2 72.3

7.90 3.85 11.60 7.20

eiio

o!44

o!29 0.64

1^20

l!26

0A\ 1.23

l!34

oIm 2!oo

2.70 2J'o

72. 73.1 70.4 71.3

71'. 69. 68. 72. 69.4 61. 70.7 GS.2 65. 62.3

7V6 65.5 68. 74.3 70. 67.8

70!8 74.6 73.6 67.4

69^8 68.S

68^4 64.3 (il.l

o!6o o!6i

o!s9 0.iO 0.20

o!s7

G6.5 68.3 63.2 64.3

64'. 64.

":'

63.4 62^7

6b!b 63.5

68.3

70.8

65'.5 67.9 G3.7

S9!2 39.G

56.8

62!g 39.3 53.2

0.0

0.'05

42.45 37.06 G1.70 39.96

33!8

37*29

31*84 37.92

32^02 27!81

25*08

Sm Abitrael of Temperature and Fall of Rain. [No. J

Jbetrael of Mean Temperature of the Day anil Fall of Rain, fivm RegUtert itpl i

■5

1

1.

ii

1

3

33.32.30 33.34.M

32'.ii'\n 32.26.20

30.10.40

71.26.25

73. 5.20

73!*5.'2S

74. 9.50

:L33.25

i...„,.

Febnutj.

U»td>.

AprU.

lur

i

1

i

""■S" s

s-

i

i (2

1

i

s

[i

p

96. 87. 69.

B7. 66. 77. 74 92. 90.

104.

88. 86.9

86! 91. 79-5

93.5

92. 90. 894 78.S 8S.

i

Bodaon

^a ::::::

Lindonr,

Umballa,

Simlah,

Kuaionii,

Doglhii,

LoDdlwia, ''.'.'.'.

Siria,

HiMr,

LHdoar

Rhotnck

Lahore Akr, .. JnUnndet, ....

Kaogra,

Umritair

Mean Meer, ..

Nakodi,

Kartarpore, .. Peahawnr, ....

KohaC,

Kawnl piodee,..

Murri

Jhelum,

Sealkoce,

Dhera Ghaiee

""■ ■,„.;;,

khan,

Goojarea,

Mooltan,

Sbapore,

Sbukapo«ra, ..

Ghoujrat

Jhnng.

75

li

10

4!.I 35.9 S7. 40.

42.9 St.9

35.9

5K( S7.4 51. 49.3

&V.8 55.?

57.2 48. B 50.5

49.8

53.1 53.6 53.

50. 48.5

5a.

..

6.29

i.ib

2.50

0.37 1.17

0!54

alio

3.20

B.;5

7.25

o!sa

3.2B 2.58 3,24 3.21 3.59

3;73

46^5 40.7 60.3 44.1

47.4 45.0S 62.6 6M

40!7

59^9 51.4 57.6

59> 61. G0.9

58,5 57.1

fio! 61.9 S8.5

59! 68.5 53.5 66.5

3 7

3

2

1 3

0

1

3.

71

15

50 0

ea

23 11 09

42 75 65

47 7 40

02 08

60

76.5 74.5 56. 51.3 73.2 53.4 5B.5 56.8 72.3 70.2

5i'3

Gsll 70.2 68.7 82.5 71.4 71.9 70.1

6'7'.3 55.1

71.8 6B.5 65.5

69'.5 6B. 59.6

l!s6

0.50

0^30 0.36

o'is

0.13

0^90

0^08

0.29 0.37

lies

2.61 1^6

90.5 81. 61.2

81 '.2 61.3

64.1 84. 81.9

8L3

79.9

ai.s

78.1

83!5 83.4 82.

77^7 74.3

B1.8

7K5 BO.B 73.5 86.

1.17

2^16

0.75 0.14

0.14 0.47

1.00 tM

o!25

olio

0.50

liis

2.50 L35

D.H

..1 «.■

'■1

t

Abttraei of Tentperalvre and Fall of Raiti. 3i

Qfiteraat Cit/il and Military Staliont in Bengal and N. W.P.for 1S5I.

'omber.

Dcoomlxr.

i

a'

"x,

0.7< LU t. Z.16

lit 1.78

).'oo i!m

1.15 1.10

BB.

86. S7.8

sV.i 64.e

75.5

;o.5

88.B 86.1 BS.

85!s 8«. 8S.9 86. 81.8

sell

S7.S 87.5 »5.& 93.1 85.5 68.4

sals

84.1

9ij

23'9S

17.95 2.40 22.13 18.81 10.62 16. 6.27

87;5 69.2

907 63.4 73.7 70.6 93.3 88.4

89I3 88.3 85.6 81.9

soil

90.3 90.6 88.7 90.4 83.2 66.7 90. 92.1 BI.7

92.1 86.S

U3.

.. 81 24.69 65 .. 68 3.10 91 11.65 66 .. 70 6.50 72 0.18 94 2.30 88

'. 87 .. 86 .. 86 .. 83 .. 85 .. 87 .. 90

". 87

''. 85 .. 62

.. 84 .. 88 .. 84

'.'. 82

.. 92 .. 8

.. 93

1 Cti

6 0^60 3 ..

1 ."

9 ".

8 '.'.

6 '.'. 5 ..

3 ".

\ ..

1 ■ '.'. J '.'.

.5 *.'.

7». 79. 61.5 64.1 84.3 60.2 67.9 66.2 86.1 82.

76!s 76.2 80.9 7B.4

77U 82. 82.6 74.

76*2 62.8

85'.

2!36 0.95

50.1 49.6 67.1 52.3

7o!b 66.6

ee'

64.6 59.5 61.5 64. 66.4 68.S 60.G S7.9 43.

55! 67. 64.S

62.

63.

58. 68.4 56. 67.

0^31 2.10

L90

oieo

1.09 1.3S

47!9 46.3 62.2 46.1

fill 61.6

59!4

59.2 57.4

S9!4

60.4 60.6 57.5 5S.

61*.

58.6

0.SO 0.50

o'l'o

o!25

82.31 25.78

:!

33.'l3

390 Memo, on some aneieni gold coins* [No. 5.

Memo, hy Major M. Kittob, Arehmologieal Enquirer^ on some An* dent gold coin* found near Benares, in 1851» and submitted ky the Government of India for the inspection of the Men^hers of the Asiatic Society,

These coins* which are all gold, of different weight and quality, were of a trove of ninety in number, that is, such number were delivered into the treasury. They were found, with about 70 more, by some villagers, buried in a copper vessel, in a mound on which stands the village of Bhursur, in purgunnah fihurwal and Thana Chundow- lee, about twelve miles from Benares, between the Ganges and Caram- nassa.

Bhursur is the s^te of one of the many ancient cities the names of which are lost. The mound is high and extensive — ^there is a tradi- tion of .its having been the stronghold of the rajahs of old. A trench was being dug, when amongst some brieks and rubbish the trove wi^s ma4e : for some time it was kept a secret, the copper yesael was destroyed, and about 70 of the coins were sold and melted down ; a dispute arose, when one of the disputants gave informatioD, and they were confiscated.

Of the whole number 71 were coins of Chandra Gupta, 69 being of one type of his coinage. Of these, four were retained of the most perfect and the remainder were sold by auction; they were all more or less defective, and but few. of them had even a por- tion of the legend round the rim perfect, but the name i Chandra beneath the left arm of the figure was distinct in all of them*

Of the 32 coins retained a list is here annexed.

The two last coins on the list are decidedly of an unpublished type^ the i^ame ia not clear in either.

Some doubt may exist as to the reading of one of the Kumaras— on the obversiB the letter % ** ku" (query short for Kumara ?) is clear, but on the reverse it seems to read Sri Mahesha or Mahendra per- haps ; the affix " Sri" seems to point to its being rather the name of the prince than his title — which is sometimes Ajeel Mahendra

18^2.] Memo, on wme ancient gold coins, 39 1

Ooe of the coins reads $^go ii : '*Sri Skanda Gupta" very dis- tinctly— th6 name under the left arm is also clearly ^ " Skanda,"

so that there can be no doubt of this specimen. ^

I mHSt erer regret my inability, through press of other work to

make accilrate drawings of these coins, many of which are varieties

not published hitherto in our Journal.

I would invite the attention of numismatologists to the variations' in

form of sonfo of the letters of the Gupta alphabet, and to that of the

letter '* m'' (^) in particular, which in later times was changed to »;

for instance, 2S Samudra is written 9 which has been read as H^

«• asa." The letter rb " s" changes to ^, which has also been mis- taken for W " a," and wrong readings and deductions consequently have resulted. *( he use of this form of the m and s (9{ and ^) is indicative of the later date of the coins on which found.

I am happy to place here on record that the result of following the plan proposed by me, of Government giving the bullion value of all coins thus found, has already proved beneficial, for a trove of silver coinage of the early Mogul Emperors was readily delivered up shortly after this collection of gold was paid for ; and at the moment of writing tliese remarks I have before me twenty-one silver coins (Budhist) of a very early date, which will reach the Society in due course.

I would therefore suggest to the Society to address the Supreme Government upon this important matter, and obtain if possible deci- mve orders to all Revenue Officers and others to make known in their several districts that full value will be given for all troves of coinage — for it is lamentable to think what a vast number of such antiquities find their way into the melting pots of the village Sonars.

At the same time some inducement might be devised and held out for the due delivery in like manner of copper and brass plates, " Tamba pattra," which are often either kept concealed under the supposition that they are " beejucs" or keys to hidden treasure, or sold to brasiers and melted downi I know of two plates in the Benares Division both of which I have failed in procuring. The one at Kapia near Gorruck- pore,. the other about 30 miles hence near the Soane river ; the latter was broken in two through the ploughman, who found it, doubling it- up. The former I believe was uninjured. M. K.

3 D 2

392 Memo^ an some ancient gold coins. [No. 5.

Memo, by Mr, £• C. Baylby, Deputy Secretary to the Oovemmeni

of India, Foreign Department.

The whole of these coins belong to the Eanouj Guptas, a dynasty who reigned apparently from the end of the first to at least the begin- ning of the 4th century, a. d.

Their coins are not very rare or important, and most of the coins in the present list have been already figured and described*

The coin No. 3 of Kumara Gupta is apparently new, as those of Sri Prakasa if correctly described, but there is no sucK name in any list or inscription.

Nos. 4, and 5 of Chandra Gupta, 4 of Kumara Gupta and 3 of Mahendra Gupta are apparently unimportant varieties of known types. — ^With the exception of these seven coins the lists contain little perhaps worth sending to the Court of Directors.

The proposition for giving the full value to the finders seems a just one — and one by which Government cannot suffer much loss ; if this were done, Mr. Thomas, who will pass Benares in December or Jaou- ary next,* might inspect all collected, and would then be able to give a decided opinion as to what coins might be worth sending to the Court —any rejected might be sold by public auction, due. notice^ with a short descriptive catalogue, being previously given. 6 kings of the dynasty are known.

(Signed,) E. B.

The references are given to the plates in Thomas's late Kings of Guzerat.

Chandra Gupta. 1. 2. 3. Plate V. figure 20. 4. and 5. New apparently, but unimportant varieties of the above.

No. 6. Plate Vil. figure 6.

Samudra Gupta. 1. and 3. Plate IV. figure 16.

2. Plate V. figure. 26, it is npt a moon but a musical instru* ment which the figure holds.

* The Memo, is without date, but was probably written in Sept. or Oct 1961.

1652.] Memo, on tome ancieni gold coins. 393

4. Plate VI. figure 14. 5tli. Reference ia list to Asiatic Society's Journal.

KuMARA Gupta.

1. Plate y. figure 28.

2. Plate YI. figure 20 probably Mahendra Gupta.

3. New — good.

4. Variety (unimportant) of No. 2.

5. Plate V. 30 also probably Mahendra Gupta.

Skanda Gupta.

1. ind 2. Plate VI. figure 18.

3. Variety of above if not the same.

Mahendra Gupta.

I. Plate VII. figure 5.

2. and 3.. Plate VII. figure 4.

Sri Prakasa.

1. and 2. New, if correctly read.

True Copies. Signed, J. Thornton,

Secretary to Oovt,. N, W. P.

True Copy. S^ed, £. A. Rbadb, Commueioner,

True Copy. M. KiTTOB, Major^

Jrchceohgical Enquirer.

394

Memo, on some andent gold eoim.

JJJo. 5.

SI

I -a

c

.5

o

c

I

I

to

•s

s

5m i

•2 SJ ^

g 0,0 S

" S 5 >

$ ► g. •

.^ a S c

S " '1^ o a G M>

5j^s3 S

S

g

OB

S « » 'C §

® 3 «:§ -- ft© o »a "S

2

^"3 o ■

0* "2 P^

p

< o

^ a ** ••- .-

4> PC4

0>

'5.

«8

OB

it ; I

(^4 "

PI xn

1652.]

Mtmo. OK tame ancient gold eoim.

1,

1 1

■i fii!

►.S 3^^ a?

Of the Bactrian type. This coin is of Samudra the 1st, I suspect, who succeeded the first Chandra Gupta.

i 1 a

11

K

1

s

11

' sfl'J 1

|Ki li

III! It"'

1*1? If:

mm

ill! l?'.i^=

Samudra Raja tnmed to right, with hato round

his right hand orer fire altar, left hand holds a bow, distinct legend under left arm <vi " Samudra" VfiJ:

1=

■is

■So

'

<a

CO

-

396

Memo, on tome ancient gold coins.

[No. 5.

on

«3

£

SI

<3

0 O

P

'o O

0

8

s

0

— ^ p» 1- C ^ «D X ' r

S<5^ .®0"^*^o.S«^

«kJ>^ 0-a 3^ «.S**»fi w

IS

_. o o "^ o a "g o

0 <^

* C

o o

0

0

6

on OQ

s

4> a» 0 O _^ ^9

«>

0 * S *»

r

am hmm

0 «0 t3

P S o 0*1 !7

p

o

0 4> ^ S

• a

§s

0 0

1^ M ^

1^

a«» I-

Pm

Xl

O) OS ^4 »*?

•a sj i§«a

«3 a^ w

t^ • _ as

" OB ^

1-2 g"

'tf ,4^ OB

S -A .S 0 S

0 O 0«^

2» S .^ S 1: O g ^ '

0 M aj rt -S

s »

» g

1 =

OS

o

1852.]

Memo, an some ancient gold coins*

397

B

o

00 ■** O •• a»

o

S=J«So

o 2r o

C JC3 *>

oo

« _ _

o

CO

§

O .

o.S

4,^ 0) W) •- *^ no

6.S S*-- •-§

« o o

«• V o " c a> C8 _*

•5-s fe * o

a»

o •

p ^

m ml

08 -S

5J 3

etf)'2

«

s is

0»

c

>«4

.a

E

OQ

s

s:s

g c^

^97

08 C 3^

jq o

a ■ *

.5 QU s

O oi 4

*« 'El

|«*

08-S -

*|xi

M .•

-3:2 o-g

«« a

.S "^fl • «» «

e- a

« b

Q oe>^

Co*

•B B (0

- ^ «•

« 0> B

0<

P 4>

^k3 cs

08 TS

-** o o o

OS

O

»ir^ 00

^ •-IT

V B /-v so

** S £ -^ ^ <iJ Si-

j!2 is

'(3

o c o o

o jc:

•S,^- § i s

•BOB?

«» ^ H tf 5

. hi

H

CD

GO

o

.2

s

B

s

BO d

CO

is

08 « ^

4»

« 2 ^ 6

•> ak

08

i ^

•si*

C5-

C4

CO

398

Memo, on §ome uneient gold eoim*

[No. 5,

1

ai J

1

a &

aja "S o

o

e

.2

•c

0>

>

s •<

p

2 ::

<

p

1

.SP

S

0 • O

^ V «>

is: &

H

P«

P

e

Q M

a •Ceo

o

08

CD »T3

S

«»

£*

s o

"S

3

S

2 •

c

OB O

«o

c«

im.]

Memo, on iome aneieni §old coin:

39f

1

«

o

0

BP C8 g

2 s s

"^ .3 ^ §2

OB

o

o ^ a)

^ s

^ o 'A A

00 a>

l+o

tB

5 09

9

55

P O

Q

H

n

•S .SUSP'S

»"^ ^M ••» ^J*

c § * XJ 4

00 a ^

a> o js fl : 'S fl 9 •

«) *^ —

a

s

I

8

oa

•C &

SH-

&

-3 — o

« C4

o

*■ -

■s i-i

0

S •£>

.9

O

li

P0 0

C>4

00

c<

CO

3 B 2

400

Memo, on some ancient gold coins.

[No. 5.

•«

«}

!5

u

g

s

I. I

o

s

t

•5

•r

s

«

o » •

V« X 4J

O "• BB

tlDOB i^

^ « o

2 c «» M)

»- o o •

'C « ^ H

^ C8 « ^w*

s 9 « c

« g -a '2 '^

ga> 06 o ■

OB *■» ^

• « fl •T3 O

.£3 r3 tP

a

0

o

•c

S

► JO

O

g g 08

o M o

O BO 7O

^ S «>

8

a p4

I ^3* ^

PIS CO

a

«

a

o

*£3

O

C3

o q o o o

•«« 'M -4^ ■«-> <*< <*«<*« 4i« -^^ 4.>

»».< ».■■ «■■ »»* •^

^Q ^^j ^^3 ^3 ^3

"S

08 O4

o

no

O Q O Q t^ -H ^^ s

.*» *^ <«-• ««

>»i< »— »■■< »^

ro ro no ng

«> 4.* <*^ <«3 «J -aS

.JS ^ •*» *^ <«-• ««

^2 ••* •'^ •■■ ••■* »^*

on . «S o

O O O Q

^AJ <** «« «S «i> «rf 4.* •«

»■* *^m «>r s^

"C ng 13 •ts

& £ o

fe M 4>» 4-* «« -Ai^ I**

S .0^ <*«•*« -tJ <•« •*»

V C^rt .(H •«« 'P^ •*« (^^

p3 qpqqq

0000

o o

■wo 22

•WO

22

QP

k

•••

3

9

V

k >5

H 0

<*»ns a o « S

4> O

£•« 2 6

I-

o o

o

a> *

00 OQ

4>

«8

«» '*' 4a

J* o ^ j» g

5

'&

^ CLi

^4 CO

^ cu •

o a

• o

S 9

SB'S

is

« -S

. o^ a

S5

no

o

MB

•«*

o

O «D

^0 •Vi*

.tiP

C^ CO ^«o ^^ ^

3*^

^'^

a. ^ ^

Q O

O O

o o

g d S o o

4.« «M '«' X -^^ 4^

1^ avi* .OT* ^3 •»* sBi*

P PPPPP PP

4> c: K

O

00

.S CO g^

O

M C0CM'-<C^Ol CICO

:^ <*«<CQOQ PQ

1852. J Note on three ancient coins. 401

Note on three ancient Coins found at Mohammadpur, in the Jessore district. By Babu RIiendralXl Mittra. {Communicated by

CSCIL BSADON, ESO.)

In the preceding plate (PI. xii. figs. 10,11,12) I have given figures of three coins found along with several others near the Arunkh^li river at Mohammadpur, in the district of Jessore, and presented to the Asiatic Society by Mr. F. L. Beaufort. It appears they had been buried in an earthen pot which was accidently discovered by a man digging ^ well.* The coins, which were found along with those now under notice, are all of the Gupta kings of Kanouj, and comprise specimens of the silver coinage of Chandra Gupta, Kum&ra Gupta and Skanda Gupta. The metal of these coins is very impure, and were the fact of their coins being frequently discovered in Bengal a sufficient evidence to conclude that the Gupta kings of Kanouj once held the sovereignty of this country, it would strengthen an opinion started by James Prinsep that the provincial currency of the Guptas was of an inferior metal to what was used in their metropolitan towns.

No. 1. (Fig. 10) is a gold coin, weighing 85 grains. On the obverse it has a female with a bow, a standard, a deer looking towards the left, and a border round the margin, with the monogram ^» Sri in the Gupta character. Reverse, a winged victory to the rights with an undeciphered Arian T inscription in the margin.

The reverse is very unlike that of the Gupta coins, but the mono- gram induces me to assign it to Sri Gupta^ the founder of the Gupta dynasty of Kanouj, who is the only king of that line whose coins have not yet been discovered, and this conjecture is somewhat strengthened by the fact that it is only in the coinage of the Guptas that we observe the practice of using initial letters instead of, or conjointly with, the names of the kings in full, and it might, not very unreasonably, be supposed that the founder of the dynasty was the first who intro- duced this practice as well as the figure of victory, which last, his successors changed into a Lakshmi.

* Unfortanatdy Mr. B. has been unsacceufol in preserving any of the frag- ments of this pot. — Eds.

402 Note an three ancient eeim, [No. 5.

No. 2. (Fig. 1 1 ) appears likewise to be a Gupto coin, and ia eTidently an unique specimen of its kind. On the obvene it has the rkjk seated on a stool with a nimbus round his head, and attended by two females standing by his side ; above his left hand is an indistinct monogram. On the reverse is a standing female figure holding branches of lotus in her hands ; before her is a peacock^ and to the left the letters ^flTT^ ('TH?) Sri Narendra (Gupta /*), in the Gupta character. It is however doubtful if this be a coin of the monarch of that name, whose coins have an equestrian obverse.

No. 3. (Fig. 12.) This coin has not yet been noticed bj any Indian numismatist. On the obverse it has a human figure seated on a bull couchant, with the letters 9r^ (Jaya) at the bottom, and "fft^ in the margin to the left, in the Gupta character. On the reverse the legend is the same as in the Gupta coins, but rudely executed. The inscription is not perfect, the letters ^tiHT {Sri mata) are all that are distinct : Metal very impure silver.

A coin somewhat analogous to this, but with the bull rampant, was discovered by Mr. Tregear at Jaunpur whilst digging on the site of an old fort called Jayach&nd's Koth {Journal Ae, Soc» Vol. iii. p. 411, plate xiii. fig. 12), and a brass seal with a bull couchant done in very much the same style as the coin, with the name of Jayach&nd in full was found at Sb&hpur Oonde, and presented to the Asiatic Society in June, 1850, by Mr. Earle, from a careful compari* son of which, bearing in mind that the bull is the peculiar cognizance of the Rajputs, and that Raj& Jaychandra of Captain Fell's Benares copper plates {Asiatic Researches XV. p. 446,) was a scion of that royal stock, I am led to assign this coin to that prince. According to the plates Jayach&nd flourished in A. G. 1177, an era fully borne out by the modern and peculiarly Indian appearance of the coin.

Jferican Cappelh^va

1€52.] Apparaiutfmr distilling the Mercury from Jmalgams, 403

Ihteription of a cheap and simple apparatus /or distilling off the Mercury from an Amalgam of Gold or Silver — By Hbnry Pid- DIN6TON9 Curator Museum of Economic Geology.

When explaining to the Society's meeting of the 4th of Febrnary, the beautiful Spanish amalgamation process for the extraction of Silver from poor ores, I placed on the table my own two-anna imitation of the Spanish " Cappellina" or bell, for distilling per decensum, used in the great mining works of Mexico and Peru, Major Baker remarked to me that the knowledge of this apparatus would be a fortune to the poor gold-washers of Lahore and the North West Provinces, who now lose all the mercury which they use to amalgamate their gold with after washing ; and this like all petty industrial losses may amount to a much larger sum than is suspected, and being an expense added to the subsistanoe of the gold*washer before he obtains his profit, must often prevent poor washings from being worked. To diffuse know- ledge of this kind is one of the objects of our Journal, and especially ao of the Museum, and hence the present paper.*

I will first describe the Spanish Cappellina which is a large bell of Copper, gun-metal, or Iron, beneath which the amalgam is placed, and of whioh a section is shewn in Fig. I. Plate, as follows : —

a. A eircalar wall, with openings, to support the fuel.

6. The Cappellina or bell with a pulley to hoist and lower it ; about 3 feet high and 18 inches in diameter.

c. The colamn of amalgam which is squeezed into wedge-shaped blocks, placed so as to leave also a small ehannel down the centre ; they are piled up upon —

* See also Journal VoL IV. page 279 (lor 1835) Capt. Caatley on the Gold, vaahti^i of Nahan, and Vol. XVI. p. 266 Capt. Abbott, on the Gold-vash- logs of the Beyass. At the gold-washing of the Brazili, a Bingolar method ta adopted by the poor washers to sate at least a portion of their mercnry. The pellet of amalgam is placed in a metal dish and covered with a few green leaves, and then being placed over a charcoal fire it is heated, and stirred by an iron rod ; when the leaves are dry, they are replaced by fresh ones, and from the leaves used in the prooea, a eonsiderable qnantity of the mercury is said to be recovered 1

1-852.} Afiparatvi% for distilling the Mercury from AwialgaiM* 405

No. 5 Is a sectjon of a common, pipe-clay crucible which may be iiakated in earthen-ware bj any potter. It is turned mouth down* wards, and should sit upon- the inner rim or shoulder of the kolkee. It is about 2 inches in diameter at the mouth.

No. 6 Is a piece of old tin plate 9 or 10 inches long by 5 inches high, with holes in it, bent into a cylinder to contain the guU or char- eosl used as fuel.

To use this apparatus, place the plate No. I orer any kind of mrthen rase, European or Native, such as a jug or pickle-jar or even a glsss tumbler or finger glass as in Fig. III.

Put the pellet of amalgam into the dish No. 4, and place this upon No. 3, or upon the earthen supports for it, inside the kolkee, and then let the kolkee with its stem through the hole in No. I, dipping about hsif or three quarters of an inch into the water with which the vase or glass should be filled.

Have some good fat clay : That which the natives mix up with cow- dang to line their ekulda with is very proper for the purpose ; and fill in the apace h (of Fig. I.) squeezing it well in, so as to have no cracks ; this is called ** luting.'* Fill the whole space as shewn by the shade in Fig. III. with the luting clay.

Put the tin Cylinder No. 6 over the apparatus, observing that it should just fit loosely over the edge of the kolkee, so as to allow of a little air rising up, but not of the fuel falling down below the kolkee, for our object is to drive all the mercury downwards by heat from above.

Fill the cylinder with small charcoal or broken gooU ; and set fire to it at the top, so as to let it bum slowly downwards which it should do out of any draft. If the quantity of amalgam is large, lift off the cy-r Under when the first lot of fuel has burnt, and the whole is cold, and dear away the ashes ; and then fill it again with fuel and let it bum out as before. It will then be found on opening the apparatus, tliat all the mercury has distilled into the water, and that the gold remains in the iron dish, but it should be heated again in an open fire, or melted down, to drive off a little mercury, which always hangs about it as well as about silver when worked by amalgamation, even in the great Mexi- can establishments.

3 F

406 Apparatus for distilling the Mercury from Jmalffam$» [No. 5.

I have had occasion to show tUs apparatus to a gentleman who was proceeding to Australia, and I may as well add here that I exphdaad to him that small pellets of amalgam, say as liTge as peas or buck- shot may be introduced into a bent gun-barrel and care being taken by turning the barrel orer to send them down to the breech, this may be placed with the bend resting on a little mud wall, and the breech part nearly horizontal. If a little fire is now made round the breech the mercury will quickly distil over through the muzzle end, which should be kept cool by a wet rag and have its end dipping into any vessel of water. The pellets of gold will remain separate unless t^ fire is so hot as to melt them.

The apparatus above described may be imitated by any contrivanoe» such as the lid of an iron saucepan with the socket part of its handle, or a small pistol barrel, driven through the middle of it for a pipe» and an old pomatum pot or gallipot or china-cup coated with a little stiff clay and dung, beat up together, or a small tin funnel with the tinning scraped off and the pipe stopped up with clay would form a make* shift for the crucible or bell ;* care being always taken to dose any cracks with the luting. In England I have no doubt that a capital little cast and sheet iron apparatus might be manufactured for a few shillings. No other precaution is necessary in using any of these contrivances than not to breathe any of the vapour and not to meddle with the apparatus till nearly cold, as while hot there is always some vapour re^dy to escape and in the great Mexicnn mining establishment, the workmen have been killed by the bursting of the Campamlla^ when of a faulty casting, from breathing the mercurial fumes. A severe salivation would follow the incautious breathing of a very small quantity, and thus care should be taken to avoid it.

^ A eommoik house or sheep bell would be in effect a small ** Can^amiUa** and this mi^ht be obtainable at the diggings.

^ii^*^m^^^»^^>^S^^^%^^^K^^^S^*^^k^k^^^^^^^^^0^ft,^^

up

at Jteri nt sttn ar^tvitfi ■' it Sriut y^edstmi't..

tU^nifalri i- ^' 3i. I'

nd iJuir e/watuns art laAxn/ fivrrt Cst: fHut^

1852.] A Journey through Sihim. 407

Diary of a Journey through Sikim to the Frontiers of Thibet. — By Dr. A. Campbeli«, Superintendent of Darjeeling — with m Map. {Communicated by Sir James Goltile, Kt.)

In 1848, 1 made a journey into Sikim ; a Journal of my trip waa. published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society for May 1849. The Map which accompanied that paper, although it contained a good deal of the Geography of Sikim previously unknown, was aitegether inaccurate in the Northern districts, which I had not then visited. I now give the completion of a tour of Sikim with Geographical notices of the proxi- mate parts of Thibet, and hope that it may be acceptabU»

The journey here detailed was performed in September, October, and November, 1849, in company with Dr. J. D. Hooker, B. N., who was then on a Botanical Mission from the British Government to the £«Bt Indies. Dr. Hooker having obtained the permission of the Governor-General, Lord Dalhousie, to travel in Sikim, and the IUj& of ^ that country having agreed to facilitate his journey to the passes which divide his territory from Thibet, left Darjeeling early in the month of May in the expectation of reaching the Northern Frontier of Sikim by the end of the same month, and returning before the setting in of the heavy raini in July. He had, however, not gone more than a few marches when the most vexatious obstructions were put in the way of his advance by the local officers along the route, encouraged thereto by the Singtam Soobah, the officer appointed by the Baja's Dewan to attend upon him to facilitate his journey and his researches 1* Hia plant collectors were threatened and misdirected ; the people along his route were prohibited from furnishing him with supplies ; attempts were made to convince him that he had reached the Thibet frontier soon after he passed Choongtam when he was 30 miles from it, and he was repeatedly told that an attack by Thibetan Troops and a tramp to Pekin would be the result of his further progress. In short, every effort that bullying and falsehood could devise was made to drive him from his purpose, but ineffectually ; for although he and his people _ were reduced to living on wild spinage and arum roots, the Sikimitet

* This man wu expressly selected by the Dew«n for the purpose of defeetin; the object io view, and to the end was his sealous co-adjntor in preventing accesa to the Raja and the adoption of more friendly conduct.

3 F 2

408 A Journey through SiAim. [No. 5.

could not starre them, and he had determined that stanration alone should force him to a retrograde movement. He, therefore, held oo till he ascertained from me where the Northern houndary of Sikim really lay» of which I had no idea when he started, and in virtue of the Riji*s permission to visit it he determined to reach it. With indondt- ahle perseverance supported hy the courage and patient endurance of his followers, he succeeded in ontstarving his tormentors, for the Soobah, who had endured similar self-imposed privations, and had eaten wild spinage, arum roots, and other garbage until he nearly died of the colic, knocked under, and at last admitted that the Kangra Lama Pass was on the frontier, that he had told lies innumerable on the subject, but would now take Dr. Hooker and his men onwards in the hope of theur speedy return to DaijeeUng% This he did, but not until the end of July, and from that time Dr. Hooker continued to explore and botanise in the Lachen and Lachoong vallies, and up to the passes, throughout the remainder of the rains, at the conclusion of which I joiued him. I am not aware that any other European has ever travelled, and lived ii a small tent in the Himalaya all through the monsoon, and it is cer* tainly a very severe trial. He had his reward however in great collec- tions of new plants made where no European had ever trod before, in making scientific observations of the confines of Thibet at Yery high elevations in an unusual season of the year, and in adding much to oar Geographical knowledge in that unknown quarter. It was the necessity for ascertaining the real cause of the obstructions he had met with from the Rllj&'s Officers that led to my journey in that direction, and indeed I was little loath to undertake it when I read Hooker's accounts of the new regions he had visited, and of his views into Thibet from the passes both of which he had resolved to revisit after the cessation of the rains for botanical and other purposes. Having obtained the permission of the President of the Council of India, laid in, and suitably packed up, two months' supplies for my own party and Dr. Hooker'^ 4. started at the worst season of the year for travelling in Sikim, — Sep* tember 23rd, — to join him at Choongtam which is at the junction of the Lachen and Lachoong rivers, and with the hope of being allowed to travel through Thibet from the Kangra Lama Pass to the Doukia Pass, and thence down the Lachong valley to the starting point, Choongtam. We were very fortunate in effecting these objects in the

1852.] A Journey through Sihkn. 409

most amicable manner. A few days' residence in Thibet and the exploration of the Lacbeu and Lachoong Tallies of Sikim amply repaid me for the difficulty and danger of the journey which was considerable, and my companion was equally satisfied with his success in the cause of science. From Choongtam . we retraced our steps to Singtam» whence we proceeded to Tumloong, the residence of the Raj6, in the hope of procuring explanation from him in person. From Tumloong we were anxious to go by the Chola Pass into the valley of Choombi, which is Thibetan territory, and to return from that valley by the Yakla Pass to Darjeeling. We crossed the Chola Pass on the 7th of November, but the Thibetan officers here were not so accommodating as those we met at Kangra Lama, and we returned on the same day to Chumneko in Sikim, where the Singtam Soobah and* other adherents of the Dewan brought matters to a tsrisis by piersonal violence on both of us, their force however being mainly expended on me. The accom* panying map is a reduced one from Dr. Hooker's, and exhibits our whole route. All the elevations and Meteorological observations are his also. The climates of Lachen and Lachoong much drier than that of Darjeeling, and the noble soenery in and around those Northern vallies of a totally different character to the forests of the Southerly portions of Sikim, give them additional interest as promising places of resort to invalids from Bengal. Their proximity to Thibet with which country a route for unembarrassed commerce from DaijeeHng and Bengal would be a great advantage, also gives them a more general importance. Of Thibet I can in no way say that it is a land of any promise. As far as I could see, it was mountainous and rugged, bare of vegetation and barren* The province of Dingcham, which we visited has probably a mean elevation of 16,000 feet. Bhamtoo is 18,000, the valley of the Geree to the North is, say 15,000, it is utterly bare of trees, and quite barren. Dingcham extends along the Northern face of Himalaya from the Tingu Maidon on the West to Tawang, on the East an extent of 360 miles. The intense cold of the climate in the winter does not admit of its being permanently habitable by man or beast.* It is occupited, however, by Nomadic Bhottas from May

* On the I7th of Oct. the Ther. fell to bo of Faht. It wai fortunately for oar party quite calm. When it hlows hard in Thibet in the cold weather it ia almost certain death to be as little protected as we were.

410 A Journey through SMm. [No. 5.

till October, when it is Tery pleasant and the grazing is good. The habinible and culturable portions of Eastern Thibet are all to the North of Dingcham, and are confined to the narrow Tallies of the streams and rivers ; those portions are probably nowhere of greater elevation than 14,000 feet, and require irrigation from the riyers to produce crops. I infer 14,000 feet to be the upper limit of the cultura- ble elevation in Eastern Thibet from the barrenness of Dingcham at elevations of 16,000 feet and under, and because there is a considerable descent from that elevation to the nearest cultivation to the North. I am afraid, however, to touch on these difficult and important points of enquiry with the little personal observation I have had in Thibet. At the time of my journey and since, I have collected infonnatioa on various subjects connected with that country, which I may arrange at a future time, and I have a very curious Map of the country compiled by Natives who had travelled as Lamas and Merchants o?er the greater part of it. With this explanatory introduction I mo^t leave the Diary to speak for itself, adding that the result of my local enquiries fully confirmed my previous suspicions, that all the obstruc- tions to Dr. Hooker were instigated, and directed by the R&j&'s Dewan, in opposition to the Raja's wishes. The same evil influence was set on foot to prevent my having access to the R6j& to procure ezplanatioii, and ended in violence to Dr. Hooker and myself with imprisonment and disgraceful usage. As on my former journey in 1848, 1 was everywhere received and treated with the utmost kindness and respect by all classes of the Sikim people, and even in our confinement I received numerous proofs of friendly feeling from old acquaintances who thereby risked the grave displeasure of the Dewan, who was dreaded and detested by all the Bij^'s loyal subjects, and they are nine hundred and ninety-nine out of every thousand in Sikim.

DiART.

Namffialaehi, September 25M, 1849.

Having despatched my baggage and six weeks' supply of rice, ftc. for my people to this place, 24 miles, 3 days in advance, I quitted Daijeeling this morning at ^ past 5 a. m.' It was a lovely morning. Ther. 62° in the house. As I reached the " Dell Corner," the view was as beautiful as it was novel to me although I have lived 10 years

1852.] A Jtmnney through Sikim. 41 1

within a few handred yards of the spot* The 8un» not yet above the horizon, tinged with deepest crimson long masses of clouds which hung over the lower hills of Bootan. The great spur of the Sinchal facing the Dell Comer to the South East, and lying between it and the emblazoned clouds, was cloudless itself, and of a sapphire-blue. In the valley of the ^ungro reaching from the Saddle to the Great Bungeet, and just below me, lay a six-mile bed of the laziest and whitest clouds I ever saw. To the East the Peak of Tendong Arrarat stood out so boldly and looked so near, that in the coming daylight I did not at once recognise it ; and to complete the scene Kunchinginga just then brushed off the clouds from its base to its summits, and appeared in all the majesty of its coldest morning white. I stood in great admiration until the sun arose, and then the whole scene changed with magical rapidity. The crimson clouds dissolved at once, and gave place to the clearest and brightest sky. The Bootan Hills came out in peaks, and ridges, and all else was restored to its usual aspect.

At \ past 8, having ridden all the way, I crossed the Great Bungeet by the Cane bridge. Thermometer in shade 85°, the heat stifling, the river excessively turbid and swollen, — I here mounted a fresh horse which had been ferried over the day before, and recom- menced my journey. At 300 feet above the river I came on an open expanse of long yellow grass, in which a dwarf palm (Cycas) aud a beautiful pale blue Iris abounded. This vegetation continued for at least a mile, the contrast of colours was very beautiful, the whole forming a variegated carpet under large trees of Saul and Finns longi- folia. Carried the Sauls and Pines with me to the ridge of Meksurrso, where they at once ceased, and Oaks began. Probable elevation 3,000 feet. This ascent was an hour's work. Thermometer at ^ past 9> 76^,*; took a light breakfast of cold tea with bread and butter, and moved on riding slowly till half past 11, when in a narrow part of the road a mile below Silukfoke the poney's hind foot slipped, I felt he was giving way, and immediately slid out of the Saddle against the inner bank which I had just touched when the poor beast capsized backwards, and then rolled like a round black ball with the speed of light down the precipice, the open umbrella which I had m my hand following about 100 yards in his wake.

412 A Journey thrcmgk Sikim, [No. 5.

The trees and underwood soon shut him from my sight, but for i minute and more I heard the horrid crashing sound as he bounded along to his untimely end. The men who were behind me soon \

came up and slid down in search of him. It was half an hoar ere | they returned. When they reached him he was stone dead, lying against a large rock the blood flowing from his nostrils, and his back broken; — poor Bhotial Nine years long yoa were my steady and willing steed I

Walked the last 3 miles in a hot sun but reached this at 2 p. m . Found a good house prepared for me by the Cheeboo Lama, Vakeel of the Sikim Raja who had preceded me, and met with due attention from the Baja's people. Thermometer 729 at 2 p. m., 68** at 6 p.m. j*

The forest around this place is now in full and Taried foliage ; Tery j many trees are in flower, and the orange-blossomed Erisina makes s j

■

great shew. Just around my door are Oaks, Ghesnnts in flower and fruiting. Wormwood, Hypericum, Osbeckia, Holly, Magnolia in flower, besides many handsome plants unknown to me by name.

Close below me there are fine crops of Tugmaar rice in foil ear, but not ripe, and Mumea, Kodso, and Indian corn nearly ripe. The first crop of rice, the Zorug variety whicb is grown lower down, hu

been cut and stored.

Temi, 26M September,

Left Namgialachi at 7 a. m. and arrived here at 2 p. m. by whkh I reckon the distance to be 14 miles. Road very bad, and in many places ancle«deep in sticky clay, or black peaty earth. Tried a chair, which is a tolerable substitute for a good poney, and no more.

The Raja's people here are civil ; a good house has been put at my disposal ; small supplies and other assistance have been offered and accepted. The house is a Bhotia one ; a notice of its style will suffice once for all on this journey. It consists of one large room 50 feet by 24, the floor raised 5 feet from the ground, well planked and supported on massive squared posts and beams. The walls are of close bamboo matting, the ceiling, of close laid straight bamboos an inch in diameter, looks very neat, it is laid on scanted cross beams 8 feet apart. The roof of bamboo thatch projects 7 feet, giving a verandah all round.

The Teesta at '* Look Sampoo," is in sight from Temi the water of

a very dirty greyish-green colour like soap suds. Badong, on the ^

I

1852.] A Journey through Sihim. 413

opposite sideband the hills of Bootaii lower down are bright with green ^oodsy and ripening crops of rice, Indian corn and millet. This is a much better season than the cold weather, when I last traTelled here in 1848, for lively and varied scenery. The Tondong Forest, stretching in one unbroken mass from its summit, an elevation of about 8000 feet above the river, to the Teesta, is a noble expanse of varied and majes- tic vegetation. Temi is embosomed in it, and stands about half way between the river and the summit.

Thermometer at 8 p. m. in the house 72^ ; elevation say 4000 feet.

Neh'Mendong^ 27th.

Started from Temi at 6 a. m. and arrived here at 2 p. m. Distance most probably 15 miles. Heat intense and overpowering; in the Teesta valley through which the route runs, it was quite stifling from 9 to 11, and again from I to 2; yet there was a breeze occasionally blowing from the south, but it gave no relief. The eight Lepchas who carried my chair, in which I rode but seldom, were fairly overcome and had to bring up at the Rungoon river to refresh. The vegetation is superb all the way, and its shade frequently protected me from the scorching heat. This is the season to see these jungles in perfection althongh it is somewhat perilous. It is only in malarious places, and at times when malaria is rife that the mixed tropical and alpine cha- racter of the Sikim forests can be seen in all its glory. Oaks and the Pandanus palm, Ghesnnts and the Oopi palm, flourish side by side along Nainfok and Bram. Scitamineous plants of various kinds, and wormwood, each of 1 2 feet high and more, form a common under- v^ood in the clearer spaces, and all the other plants are of gigantic growth. There is a species of Chesnut hereabout which I never aaw before. It has a broad and round leaf with wide spreading graceful branches. The clusters of unripe and light green fruit add to its beauty. It is a very handsome tree.*

The ''Pooah Hemp,'* Bohmeria nivea, abounds along the road from the Rungpo to this place. The average elevation of the zone iu which it flourishes is about 600 feet above the river. On the Rungeet I found the Pooah at 200 feet above the guard-house, i. e. at an ele-

* The other two Tarietiee of Cheinat which I know, «re 1st, the large -timhered Chesniit at Daijesling with smaU thick hard leaves, and 2nd, one with a long sharp* pointed leaf now in flower at Namchi.

3 G

414 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 5.

vAtion of 1800 feet. It has a most extensiTe range, and the supply might be rendered unlimited, if there was a demand for it in India or in Europe. Sir William Hooker has recently informed me that he has caused a trial of its qualities to be made in London, Dr. Hooker having sent him some of the prepared Hemp from Darjeeling, Sir William instances the successful cultivation of the Indian Jute as an incentive to further trials of the Pooah*

The Jute was not many years ago unknown in England. Now ^300,000 worth of it are imported annnally I^

The Peepsas are very indefatigable here, and very nnmerons. I am encamped at the n^easuring stone (see Journal of 1848) ; there b no water within a mile, but my ground is, I hope, above the level of malaria.

The rond to-day swarmed with leeches, the people's feet stream* ing with blood, and it wfts so slippery in the long deacent from Temi thut I could not walk with shoes on, apd I was obliged to move bei tween two Lepoha supporters, whose bare feet give them a great ad" vantage. The nirs, and underwood teem with insect life ; innumeraUe butterflies of brilliant hues sport in the sunshine s and thousands of other less iittra^tive creatures a,re pn the wing. The night is as busy a time as the day with the insect world. The rpof of my tent is literally covered with the most beautiful little moths, and tb«) air re- sounds with the discord proceeding from innumerable throats.

Thermometer at 8 p, m. 76°.

Padom, btlaw Kedong, 28M.

Left Neh at 6 a, m. and arrived here at 3 p. m. I was anxious to rei^cb l^edong as it is certi^inly beyond the limit of malaria, but I could not accomplish it ; I hope we are safe here ; it is, I reckon 5 or 600 feet above the Teesta and $aid to be healthy.

Thermometer at 5 p. m. 75<^. I am pitched near iisn^all stream of water among bamboos, high reed grass and A^cacia9 ; therQ are some Oak a, however, lower dpwn, i^nd at the cane bridge over the Rumphup there are three large and handsome " Boreb" Palms. Pandani, Peepsas, mnsquitoes, apd a blfick venomous ant abound her€i. My feet ure swollen and sore from leech and pee^^sa bites s my face and hs^nds equally so

* The pQoah bM b^en very favoarably reported on for oordage. by GapUin Thomson of Calcutta, see Proc. Agricultaral Society for 1848.

1852.] A Journey through Sikifk, 415

from the masqtiitoes and peepsiis. This is a trying and fatigning march at this season. The heat in the valley of the Teesta is quite over- powering and I never before experienced so mnch inconvenience from it. My head all day felt full to bursting, and my face and eyes were burning : but the skin was open at every pore, and I could walk along briskly. The Lepchas, who carried my empty chair, felt it even moref than I did; they were ^oite exhausted, and rolled about as tfieyt walk- ed along panting for breath. The tropical character of the route, as we approached Bamsang, was very striking. All the vegetation luxuri- ant, and every plant gigantic. The hum of insects was so loud as to rival the roaring of the river ; both united were quite deafening.

The insect and vegetable kingdoms alone po^eiss this region. Nei- ther bird nor beast was to be seen. Thermometer at the Bansong ghat in a hou0e at 1 p. m. 87^ a fine breexe blowing ; but thia does not relieve the feeling of oppresrive and ehoaking heat, which I have experienced in the vallies since I started.

There are many beautiful planta in flower just now between Neh and Bansong, which I never saw before. I found a " Sweet Pea,*' a cKmber, colour pale Rose, and two other Peas, one purple, a shrub, the sixe of the Spanish broom, the other blue, a small shrub with broad rounded leaves, also a like, terrestrial orchis 10 feet high called '* Broong," a white one, and a blue one, each 6 feet high. There iv abo a handsome fig tree, with clusters of yellow fruit like Loqusits, called '' Snntote ;" it is not edible however.

I heard from the Raja to-day in reply to my announced intention » of proceediag to his Northern frontier at Kongra Lama. He authorises Aden Cheeboo Lama to accompany me as I desired, and sends orders to his officers to clear the roads, and otherwise to assist me. The officers along the line I hate come, paid no attention to the Cheeboo*s previous requisition. The following is the administrative division of the country between Darjeeling and the Thibet frontier at Kongra' Lama and Doukia.

1st. From the Rungeet to the Teesta, by the line of Atooknot and Temi, the country is under the Kaji who lives at Bnrmeok, the Meboo at N'amgialachi and the Mahapun Kada, who resides near Temi.

2nd. From Temi to Neh is under the Lassoo Kaji, who resides above Namfok.

3 G 2

416 A Journey through Sikim* [No. 5-

3rcl. From Neh to Goreh is under the Goreh Soobah, who resides at Goreh.

4th. From Goreh to Choongtam» the eonntrj is under the Singtam Soobah, who resides at Singtam.

The Choongtam Lama, and the Phipuns of the Lachen and Lachoong YallieSy have respectirely the local charge of their districts under the Singtam fioobah's surveillance, but the peculiar position of the two latter officers, the Phipuns, serring as they do the authorities of adjacent Thibet, as well as the Sikim Raja, will be better explained afterwards.

The Lachen man manages the country extending from Choongtam. up to Kongra Lama ; the Lachoong one, from the same point up to the Doukia Pass. Choongtam is at the junction of the Lachen and Lachoong rivers. Their united streams form the Teesta.

The Gereh district is at present assigned to the heir<4ipparent of the lUj^ the Singtam one to the Moh& R&ni.

We met many men to-day, travelling to the South ; they had been 10 days on the road from Choombi. They were laden with salt. We passed others with loads of chopped Mnnjeet, going all the way to Phari.* How pitiful to see the trade of a people, in such bulky articles, carried on in this way, when a road for Ponies and Bullocks would make it so much more easy and profitable.

The road from Bansong to Lachen and Lachoongf is so extremely bad, that it is not used in traffic with Thibet till the one by Chola to Choombi is snowed up. Lachen and Lachoong are nearer Bamsong than Choombi ; and no snowy range intervenes, but there is no food to be had in this direction. From Lachen and Lachoong northwards the roads are good for cattle into Thibet, but a cattle road from the heart of Sikim to these places is required, to establish a proper trade with Thibet. The British Government could do this ; the Sikim Raja never can have the means to do so.

Talking of the wretched system of trade in this direction, and of the people who dabbled in it, the Cheeboo Lama said to me the other day, *'The Bhotias are, however, very good Pedlars, (Biparies,) they eat so much less than Lepchas." " How do you mean," I asked.

* A frontier mart of Thibet.

t The principal placet in the vallies of these names.

1 852.] A Journey through Sikim^ 4 1 7

'* They eat enormonalj at the expense of other people^ hnt on their own charges they will fast to faintness rather than spend a penny, and it is the same with drink ; a Bhotia, although so fond of it will rarelj buy it ; a Lepcha if he wants it will freely give any price for it." So much for characteristic differences in these tribes.

Goreh 29th. Started from Padom at 6 a. m., reached Kedong where I encamped in 1848» at 9» and this place at ^ past 12. A hard inarch it is ; the road b so slippery in many places, that I found it impossible to walk alone with shoes on, and had recourse to the sup- port of a barefooted Lepcha. No use to«day of the chair, which wo had to take to pieces in order to carry it along the cliffs of Sungdum.'^ Near Ooreh, to the West of the " Rungki" stream,, there has been a great land slip by which the road has been quite obliterated for i of a mile, and it was a difficult matter to get alon^ the slip, as it b almost perpendicularly scarped on this side the Rungki ; however, the road ia worse even than over the land slip, or along the cliffs of Sungdum ; at two places there is nothing to walk on but the stem of a tree with notches cut in it, standing erect against the face of the rocks ; and above one of them was a dripping rock which rendered the notches as slippery as ice» and wetted us thoroughly as we climbed them.

Last night it rained heavily ; the tent of Nipal blanketing in which I slept, leaked like a fine sieve.

The rain came down in large drops, but was spurted through the tent roof like the spray of a water fall. I got one umbrella over my head in bed, and another over as many of my things as it would cover, and got up this morning pretty dry, but little refreshed. We inarched this morning in heavy rain, which lasted 4 hours.

There is a fine crop of Sunkoo Rice in ear on the shoulder of £ungdum, and near the Rhododendron Arboreum I noticed at this place in December last ; — elevation say 4,500 feet. Rice at Goreh cut sometime ago;— elevation probably 1,000 feet less.

The whole country to the North and South is in heavy clouds. Nothing to be seen.

The Cheeboo Lama was my companion all the morning, and his sensible and fluent talk beguiled the hours. He is a student of *' Mendooling," a famous School or College in Thibet, and situated

■

* See Journal of 1848.

418 J Journey through Sikim* [No. 5.

two hone jonrnies etst of Lasaa. Here he informed me he had studied the Bhuddisl religion for two years, but in saying so modestly added, *' It takes 3 years of Mendooling to make a Pucka Lama»" of his alma mater, he ga^e the following particulars, '* There are upwards of 100 Lamas engaged in clerical duties, and in teaching Religion* Literature and the Sciences are deeply studied and eztensiTcly taught, and all the arts of life are also taught there, carpentery, stone masonry, painting, shoemaking, tailoring, &c. Pupils come from aU parts of, what we call Eastern Thibet, the pronnce of U, to learn there ;* one professor is always appointed to the principal College at Lassa from Mendooling, and when I was there he hsd the sons of all the grandees of the capital, as his pupils." I expect to hear much more of Mendooling before we have finished our travels together, for the Raja writes that my little friend is to take care of me to the Northwards.

I have got into a good house for the night, 4 p. M. ; heary and eontinued rain. Thermometer 71^, elevation say 3,500 feet«

30th. ' Incessant pouring rain all night. The house leaked freely, but I got a dry spot for my bed. The ram continues, and we halt for the day. No wonder that Bengal is nader -water just sow, every depression on the mountain sides has a snow-white foaming torrent in it, rushing furiously to the river, and they n4 countless in number. The noise they make, added to thai of the Teesta itself which is just below me, say 2,1000 feet, is fike the coming of a furious storm. I felt very aguish last night, and dreaded jungle fever ; but the symptoms are gone to-day. Lepchas own this house, my portion of it is curtained off, bat there is only one door for us all. They have indeed some dirty habits. The grandmama of two urchins was sitting in the door way, as the place for strongest Kght when I got up from breakliMt. The brats were busily hnnting lice in her back clothes and eating them, she herself being similarly employed with those in front I

There is a little tobacoo grown here, but no care is taken of it. The leaves are small, it is allowed to go to seed, and is said to be of very inferior quality.

* All Eatt of the Kamboola range is " U/' all West of it '* Chang" or tsang.

1 852.] A Journey through Sikim» 4 1 9

The wormwood* on the fallow ground here is 12 feet high ; it grows up tOy and all round the houie and on both sides of all the path- ways. I findj however, that the people hare good reason for allow- ing this plant to monopolise all their fallow clearances. Its decay* ed leaTes are considered to form the Tcry best manure, it has a profuse foliage which falls and rots readily during the rains, and the plant itself is cnt down after it seeds in October, and is also allowed to rot on the land.

As I did not in December last travel further than this place on the route to Thibet, I shall henceforward note more particularly the state of the road, the places along it, &c. ; the foregoing memoranda being purposely of a more general nature, or designed only to shew the differences observable in the country during the rains, and in the drj season.

October 1st. Tugvia, east bank of the Teesta. Started at 6 a. m. and reached this at 2 p. m. very much fatigued ; got into a good bouse just as it began to rain heavily. Thermometer at 6 p. m. 72^. Probable elevation above the Teesta 1,200 feet. There is a little gar* den attached to this house, the first I have seen in Sikim ; it contains plantains, sugar-cane, capsicums, turnips, two kinds of creeping beans and marigolds.

The villagers have been turned out to clear the road all the way from Bansong, and the little Lama with the Raja's orders to that effect under a Red Seal in his pocket, is exceedingly attentive and most useful.

The road descends steeply from the Goreh-mendong in a north-east direction to the Jett, a rapid torrent which pours over a preoepice of whitish day slate, and rushes to the Teesta ; we crossed it over bam- boos laid from rock to rock, and afterwards continued to descend in the same direction as before to the Num-moo, a larger feeder of the Teesta than the last, which we crossed at half past 9 ; a mile more along a flat terrace parallel to the Teesta brought us to the Bhalak ghaut of the Teesta, where at 9 o'clock we crossed to the East Bank by a rick- ety eane bridge suspended 30 feet above the water. The river is here confined in a narrow channel of rook and ponri down like a sluice of dirty soap suds, so turbid is it from land slips in its upper course.

* Artemisia.

420 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 5,

It does not appear to be more than half the size it is at Bansong : hence the Ryote which is the only affluent of note between this and Bansong must be a Urge one ; it drains the Chola portion of the eastern snowy range, and is formed by three streams, the Dik, Ryote. and Runjung. Thermometer at Bhaiak in the shade 78^. Ascended steeply from the rirer to about 300 feet and came along the Phajigam* village and terrace thence to Akurthnng, which we reached at noon, a flat terrace about a mile long, whence we descended by a precipitous and dangerous path to the Rungrung, running west^ and crossed it a few yards above its junction with the Teesta.

This crossing is without doubt the worst place I have ever been over. From the top of an immense round rock up to which you climb on hands and knees, three bamboos are laid across the torrent at an acute ascending angle to the opposite precipice. This attained, at the imminent risk of falling into the torrent, you get to zigzag bam- boos which are hung by slips of dry creepers against the face of the rock for you to walk on ; then there is a net work of knotted creepers spread over the face of the precipice by which you get to the top of a ledge or the first story of the ascent. From this there is an erect pole with notches cut in it, then a bamboo ladder, next another notched pole of 22 steps, which stands in a gully of the rock and over which a streamlet trickles, and lastly you have to crawl up the head of this dripping gully to reach the top. The whole ascent arranged in this singularly ingenious, but very dangerous manner, must be above 200 feet. It needs a steady head, and firm tread to manage it. The smallest slip would be fatal. The rivetting of the a;ttention had, I found, quite exhausted me when I reached the top. We all got np in safety, an hour's march from this brought us to Tngvia. Our general direction has been north, road distance, say 15 miles.

On the west bank of the Teesta opposite this, and north of Goreh is the Mani, a feeder of the Teesta, then ** Sidoor" a Lepcha village, next " Munkiang," and north of that the run, another western feeder of the Teesta which rises from the Kim mountain.

The mountains hereabouts are very precipitous and composed of clay schist; land-slips are common. There is a recent one above

* Phajigam, or '* Sandy platD," there b whitish clay slate debris doing duty for sand, but ike plain is not perceptible.

1852.] A Journey tfirougk Sikim^ 421

" Sidoor" which is frightful to look at, even from this side of the river ; a few days ago a hill side came down bodily into the Teesta two marches above this, and two years ago a whole village Kemam was de- stroyed in this way, and all the people killed ; it occurred at night in a delage of rain and in a storm.

I beard from Hooker yesterday ; he was on the 24 th still at the Donkia pass, and had that day ascended the mountain close to it to 20,000 feet, «nd discovered another Lake the 4th of the Lachoong ones.

My Lepcha hostess of last night, afforded me another trait of domes- tic habits. This morning, I was dressing by candlelight in my end of the house, while she was at her toilet at the other. Having got one of the boys to bring her a cup full of water in the tea-ladle, she com- menced her ablutions* Wetting her hands she each time held them over the fire in the smoke» and then rubbed them over her face and arms. Then dried herself with the lousy chudder of yesterday ; rub- bed her teeth twice with her fingers, and thus ended, " my lady's toilet."

Singtatny October 2nd,

Heavy rain all night, which ceased at daylight^ but came on again at 6 o'clock.

Started at 7 in lighter rain, and reached this at noon. Thermometer at 8 F. M. in house 68^ ; an easy march in the dry season as to distance, and no great ascents or descents, but just now it is very different ; ge- neral direction north-east, being the course of the Teesta. Crossed the Rung-lok, a small stream, a short distsnce from Tngvia, and then ascended to the Rungoon Spur along the west brow of which the road runs for two miles through an undulating and cleared country, bear- ing excellent crops of rice and murwa, now ripening. There is also a good deal of grass, and the cows are remarkably fine and numerous. It is well peopled, principally by Lepchas who have good houses, and is in the jurisdiction of the Singtam Soobah, who lives s little farther on at " Rufam," from which we ascended steeply to '' Shem," a spur from the Enden mountain, and thence descended to Singtam. The road through the cultivation of Rungoon is ancle-deep in mud, and on the steep descent to this place it was impossible to move alone with

3 H

422 A Journey fhrongh Sikim. [No. 5.

■hoes on. With a stick in each hand and a Lepcha holding on by each arm, slipping was not to be avoided.

The opposite bank of the Teesta is extraordinarily precipitoas, and in many places the scarped rocks for 1000 feet descend almost perpen- dicularly to the river. The course of the Teesta here is east and west, which it takes from the Saklang ghaut south of this, and at the foot of the 8hem spur. It was bj the Saklang ghaut that Hooker crossed in May last, having kept the west bank of the river that far from Goreh opposite Singtam. Bearing north is the Sufo mountain, lower down Likla, and west of that is " Sakiong."

The Kuloo mountain above last night's encampment is a faTourite site for devotees, who retire for a time into the jungles to do penance and devote themselves to abstraction and religious contemplation. This feature of Hinduism is in considerable repute among the Buddhists in Sikim, females as well as males of the religious order adopting it. One of the present Raja's daughters is a Nun-Auni — and has in this way segregated herself from the world for 1 1 years. While thus en- gaged the individuals are objects of veneration, and perform religions exercises and incantations for all applicants.

There is a Goomba at Rungoon, the head Lama of which is a Lepcha. It commands a noble view of the eastern flank and spurs of Kunchin- jinga, but we were enveloped in thick clouds, and I saw nothing as we passed.

I found an Indian-rubber tree, called Yok-koong, close to the last ground at Tugvia. Caoutchouc is made in Sikim, but the only use it is applied to is for lining baskets to hold fermented murwa for making beer.

There is a crop grown here which I never met with before ; it is called '* Kundep," and is now in ear ; it is grown like rice, and is some- thing like it, but taller and stronger in the stem, and[ the grains are separate, on long pedicles, and twice the size of those of rice. It ia said to be nutritious, and to taste like Indian-corn. When eaten it is boiled like rice and is previously husked in the same way. Three climbing edible plants are cultivated hereabouts, the Botanical names of which I do not know.

I St. — *' Kucho-pote," a round brown thing like a potatoe in form and substance ; it is formed on the stem of the plant which is a slendw

1852.] A Journey through Sikim, 423

climber, and is supported by long hop poles. It is eaten, boiled or roasted, and is a sort of above-ground jam.

2nd.-*-" Kusok," a black round substance like the above in structure, but the size of a prune ; it is similarly grown on hop poles, and eaten roasted or boiled. It is a handsome plant with large digitate leaves.

3rd. — '* Tukoombi." another climber. The edible part being black currant-like berries, which are roasted or boiled when eaten.

I have got into a Lama^s house here and am dry and comfortable ; but these people do not make the most of their houses which are really very good. They are all raised 4 to S feet from the ground, which at first sight would promise exemption from damp ; the flooring, however, is of loose boards, with intervals between them, and as pigs, fowls, goats and calves live below you, and the ground is a perfect puddle, yon have damp and noisome air incessantly about you. The cows too take shelter under the eaves and hang about the houses, so that dirt and slush surround you. This is the state of things during the rainy season, and different indeed it is from that which you find both at the house, and on the road during the cold weather, to which alone the English notices of the Himalaya generally refer.

Miangh, October 3rd,

Heavy rain all night. We started at 6 a. m. in a drizzle, which Boon became a right down pour, and this continued until 1 1 when it brightened, and we reached this place at noon. The peculiarities of travelling in the rains were displayed in all their force and glory. Our route lay along the north-west side of Rungeelah, and above the Teesta south bank, with occasional descents to feeders of the river which we crossed, and ascents to their corresponding spurs, the general line being about the elevation of Siugtam, until we made a long descent to this place which is about 500 feet above the river. The Koormi, Bungkiong, and Bungchi are the principal feeders on the route, they came dashing down their smooth narrow beds of quartzy rock, occasionally impeded by immense round masses of rock through which they rush thick with mud and day-slate debris, the foaming flood being the colour of dirty soap-suds. The crossings are very diflicult ; — the deepest places are passed over on rickety sticks or bamboos, the remainder by crawling on hands and knees from rock to rock and by wandering.

3 H 2

424 A Journey throygh Sikim, [No. 5.

The road was very tnuddy all the way, and we had to toil through peaty slush in many places more than ancle-high. The leeches were most troublesome, half a dozen at a time fastening through the stock- ings, and it often sickened me to see the bloody water bubbling through my shoe laces as I toiled along. Peepsas and midges were all the time busy at my hands and face.

The course of the Teesta here is nearly east and west, and its bed is now gorge-like the mountains on the north side being almost per- pendicular, and on this side but little less abrupt.

The Ramam is a large feeder from the north, and just below its junction with the Teesta there is a cane suspension bridge ; above it is the great landislip already noted and which recently carried a whde village into the river.

We met some excellent cows to-day, and I would have bought some,* but they could never get to Darjeeling, and until a road is made in this direction the cattle of Rungoon must continue to die in the land of their birth, for no cows could travel where we came along to-day. Ano- ther day and no views of Kunchinjinga ; it cannot be helped, and I hope for better skies as we return. I had however a glimpse of Leroteng across the Teesta, it is* a well cultivated mountain-side above the Ruo- jung river. The road to the Taloong Pass goes through it. This pass leads to Shanok in Thibet, a district of Digarchi. There is a little trade across it, but the difficulties of effecting a passage are very great, and the route is but rarely attempted.

Chakoong^ October Atk.

Heavy rain again all last night, but it ceased by daylight, and -at 6 o'clock we started ; passed " Namgah" at 8, and reached this at noon. Thermometer at 8 p. m. 70^. Miangh is a place to be remem- bered albeit not memorable ; my tent was soaking wet, there was no vilkge near, and I therefore had a hut built of long grass and plan- tain leaves ; it defended me pretty well from the rain although it fell in torrents ; but I was a prey in the day to Peepsas and all night to fleas, bugs, musquitos and another creature more venomous than all of them, a sort of gnat, the bites of which are greatly inflamed and in- tolerably itchy. I am speckled purple all over from the industry of these creatures, and my feet and ancles are swollen and very painful from yesterday's leech bites. These animals, the leeches, I can, I

1852.] J Journey through SHim, 425

hope, defy for the future. The littk Lama, seeing the plight I was in this morning, recommended me to roll moistened tohacoo leaves round my feet. I did so, and with the most perfect success ; I had not a leech bite all day, and when I took off my shoes a docen were dead on the stockings under the tobacco leaves, not having done me any damage.

Miangh is a flattish terrace overgrovm with a rank jungle of reed grass, wormwood, &c. ; the soil, a rich black peaty loam saturated with moisture and covered here and there by small stagnant pools of water.

Although the place has apparently all. the requisites of virulent mala* ria, it is said, and I hope truly said, to be quite healthy. Indeed the whole valley of the Teesta above Bansong is considered by all the people in thb direction to be free from malaria ; if it be so, the fact must, 1 think, be attributed entirely to the precepitous character of the mountains bounding the valley, which rise almost perpendicularly from the bed of the river to the height of 2000 feet.

They are however generally clothed with a dense forest ; and although the action of the sun on decaying vegetable matter may doubtleas be much limited by the n^^r approach of both hanks, the decay of Tegetable matter must nevertheless be very great, and on the terraces such as that of Miangh the putrid smell covered by it was most offen- sive. If it shall really turn out that malaria is not rife and powerful here, an opinion which I have long held, that an expanded horizontal surface in the mountain valleys is essential to the generation of this mysterious and pestilent agency, will be confirmed. Rank vegetation, a retentive soil, and profuse moisture alone, will not produce it if it be not generated here. Our present encampment is a flat terrace similar to Miangh not 100 feet above the river ; it is composed of sandy soil, and is occupied by fine alder» and young birches ; it is also considered quite healthy. Landslips appear in many places, and on both sides of the river. This is quite characteristic of the Teesta above Goreh. Last evening at 5 o'clock I was startled by what I believed to be a great explosion in the sky, followed by what seemed to be an increasing peal of thunder. It suddenly ceased, and not being followed by aqj thing similar, and there being no lightning afterwards, I was puzzled to account for the phenomenon. This morning, however, some of my people who were encamped a little lower down the valley, asked me if

426 A Journey through Sihim. [No. 5.

I had heard the crash at that hour, and said it was caused by a great landslip on the opposite bank of the riyer.

To-day I have heard about a dozen of these crashes, and they are followed by a rumbling noise as the masses of rock are carried down by the current, which is a boiling flood throwing wayes up in the narrow parts of the channel 20 feet high.

After leaving Miangh we descended to the feeder of that name, and crossed it by a rickety suspension bridge, the side rails of which, as well as the footing, were covered with a thick slime, and exceedingly slippery. It was a foaming cataract where we crossed. The bridge hung 40 feet above it, and many of the coolies clung to it in evident alarm, and were very dizzy. At 9 o'clock we reached the Rune, and crossed it also by a suspension bridge hung just below a fall of about 50 feet, and about 100 yards from its junction with the Teesta. It was a continuous bed of roaring foam for about 1000 feet above the bridge, and below it all the way to the river. I stopped midway to gaze at the extraordinary sight, and got soaking wet with the spray from the cataract. It was a noble sight ; the rainy season only can give such sights in Sikim, where waterfalls and cataracts are very rare. Between the Rune and this place, Chakoong, three hour's walk, our road lay close to the Teesta, varying from 200 feet above it down to its level, and in that distance we had to cross 8 or 10 landslips of varying extent, some quite recent and extending from 1000 feet above us down into the river. They were all sufficiently difficult to cross, and none of them well free from danger; one in particular was ^ery frightful. We crossed it 200 feet above the river ; it was quite a new slip ; foot traces had scarcely been formed along it to guide us ; it was nearly perpendicular above us for 800 feet, equally so below us ; the crest of the mountain whence it had separated above, was of rock, and projecting over it so far that it looked as if it was overhanging us, our footing was of loose rubble, and over Inmps of rock, and water courses just cut in it came running down its sides.

While crossing this unsettled slip the Lama who was leading, and just ahead of me looked up to the top, and instantly quickened his pace ; my eyes followed his to the overhanging summit, and my pace was quickened up to his, but not a word was spoken by any one, nor did any one delay a moment. When safe across I said, " That is a

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 427

bad bit of ground, mj friend/' He replied, " It is pretty safe to-day, there has been plenty of rain to take it down ; but three days of sun- shine will bring it all crumbling down into the Teesta !'*

I believed him, and I am satisfied that to travel on the upper Teesta in the rains needs as steady a head and as much care as any mountain journeys whatever. I can now very adequately appreciate the intre- pidity and zeal which has carried Hooker through five months of it without a companion.

Choongtamy October 5 th,

Started at 6 a. m. a beautiful morning, no clouds, and a fresh cold weather feel in the air : a lofty Snow Peak of Kunchinjiuga in sight to the south-west, and Peaks partially covered with snow are in sight up the Teesta valley to the east and north. Crossed the Cha- koong, a feeder of the Teesta, two miles from camp by a suspension bridge, and at 8 o'clock crossed the Ryote by a similar bridge which hung 60 feet above the torrent. It was a bed of foam for 1000 feet above the bridge, and similarly furious in its course to the Teesta, which it joined 300 yards below. There is a cane-bridge across the Teesta, just above the junction of the Ryote. The road to-day has been exceedingly difficult and very dangerous. We had to cross more than a dozen landslips, some of them quite recent, and of very infirm foot- ing, the river tearing past at the bottom of them with such speed and violence that nothing could resist its force. The noises from masses of rock rolling down with the current were incessant, and resembled distant volleys of musketry.

On nearing Chongtam the bed of the Teesta is considerably wider than it is lower down, a bank of loose mud and rubble is thrown up on the south side of it by the Ryote feeder, which dams up the river into a quiet lake-like expansion of half a mile long. The water was clear and green^ and fringed with fine trees to the very edge. The effect was very striking and pleasing, being greatly heightened by the Chongtam hill rising at the back ground to 5000 feet, the ^upper por- tion of it 2000 feet from the summit being clothed with verdant grass. This is the first grassy land I have seen in Sikim ; it is a pleasing fore- taste of what I expect beyond on the plateau of Thibet. The Lachoong river coming down from the north-east is crossed by a cane-bridge close to Chongtam, at which there is a large flat terrace, 200 feet

428 A Journey throu(fh Sitim. [No. 5.

above the river, covered with an irrigfired rice crop. Above this fial is the Gooinba aiid Lania's house* a fine airy situadoa, elevation 5000 feet. There was a delightful breeze from the south all day.*

About half way from Chakoong I met Hooker, who came down so far to welcome me. He is looking remarkably healthy and is quite robust, wears a large beard, and is sadly snn-burnt since his trip to

the Pawes.

Latong, October 6th,

Talked all night with Hooker about his visits to the Passes. Started at 8 A. M. and reached this at 3 p. m., our road all the way in the valley of the Lachen in a north-west direction, and on the left bank. We crossed the river below Chongtam by a suspension cane-bridge. At noon crossed the Urkang. Half way is Denga, a flat terrace, about a mile long and half a mile broad, and there is a succession of similar terraces all the way to Latoong, which is much the largest of the whole, and is perhaps a mile broad at the place we encamped.

These terraces or flats are covered with an upper stra'um of black peaty soil, and iheir general formation is sandy gravel, and roundish masses of rock down to the river bed. The average elevation of them above the river is under 100 feet. There has been a marked change in the vegetation ou this march. The most prominent plants not seen below Chongtam and seen here, are the Poplar, Willow, Crab-apple, and Anemone. We saw some of Hooker's newly discovered Rhodo- dendrons, and the Dalhousie, growing not as an Epiphytic plant, but out of the ground ; — elevation of Latong 7000 feet.

At the elevation of 2000 feet above the river, the mountains on both sides are clad with pines. Ther. at 6 p. m. 55^. The road all the way from Chongtam is most difficult ; along the terraces it is ancle* deep in mud and black soil^ and in the other parts it is across land- slips, or violent turrents, or over immense rocks in the river's bed. Leeches very numerous. Insects infested the tent all night.

(To be oontioned.)

* Choongtam, and the whole country south of the Kongra Lama and Doukia passet* was occupied by the Thibettans for oiacDy yeara^ and at length reatored to Sikim by negotiation.

1852.] Literary Intelligence. 429

Literary Intelligence*

Mowlawy Ahmad ' Alyy has pablished a lithographed edition of the text of the Mishk&t with few and short, but very useful marginal notes, derived chiefly from the Mirq&t. The Mishk&t with 'Abd al-Uaqq Dihlawy's Persian translation and commentary has been published at Calcutta (in type) in four folio volumes, in 1259, and subsequently with an Urdoo translation and commentary (lithographed) at Dilly equally in four volumes. Mowlawy Ahmad Aly*has also made a new edition of the Tafsyr Jalilyn, this edition is more correct but not nearly 80 clear as the Calcutta edition, 1257 folio. The same Mowlawy, who surpasses all his contemporaries in erudition, has completed two thirds of his edition of the traditions of Bokh&ry, mention of which has once been made Vol. XX. p. 282. He has favoured me with the portion which has been printed. It is a splendid folio 17 inches high, it has 710 pages, and contains twenty chapters: ten chapters remain to be printed. Wherever the vowels throw light on the sense they have been carefully fixed, and the text is farther illustrated by admirable glosses on the margin and between the lines, taken from the FatA al-B&riy and other celebrated commentaries.

Mr. Lees of the 42 N. I. is editing under the auspices of the Society in the Bibliotheca Indica the conquests of Syria by the PseudO'Waqidy, with an English translation. He has two MSS. one belongs to Colonel Rawlinson and the other to a Mowlawy at Cawnpore, both are of considerable antiquity and written with care. In addition to these two MSS. a more authentic book on the conquests of Syria has been discovered. It is one of the most ancient Arabic manu* scripts that I have seen and was probably written in the fiflh century of the Hijrah. It is unfortunately imperfect and it has therefore been impossible to ascertain who the author is. The Ajsn&d are not those of the Tabaq&t al-W^idy and but few of the men mentioned in the Asn6d can be found in the books on the Asm& Alrij&l. They were probably heretics and are therefore not mentioned in the biographical works of the orthodox Musalmans. This leads me to suppose that the author is MadAymy (died in A. H. 225.) This MS. will probably be printed as it is, as an appendix of Mr. Lees' edition of the Psendo- Wdqidy.

Another work of very great importance the publication of which in the Bibliotheca India is in contemplation is the tt|>^l o(a.&L«i ciULC by Mowlawy Mohammad A'U b. Shaykh *Alyy of Sahdranpdr who

3 I

430 Literary Intelligence. [No. 5,

died about sixty ye urs Ago. He spent nearly the whole of his Ufe in the eompihition of this work . It contains the technical terms of all the sciences caltivated by the Masalmans, and what gives it a particularlj high value is that the definitions and explanations are taken verbatim from the most authentic text books and commentaries of the respective sciences, there are therefore collected in it the opinions of the most dis- tinguished authors. Of those sciences which are still cultivated, and well known, the author contents himself by explaining the technical terms but in those sciences of which books are rare he enters deeper into the subject and gives in fact a compendium of the leading points. The book is very much like our Encyclopedias. In extent it is equal to, or larger than the Q&mds, and if its publication should be decided npoo it will be desirable to print it in the same form as the Calcutta edition of the Q6mds. At present two MS. copies are at the disposal of the Society and it is very likely that we shall be able to obtain one of the three copies which the author has written with his own hand.

Capt. F. Hayes intends to publish in the Bibliotheca Indica the Taskirah of Persian poets by Abd 7\Uib Kh&n which was compiled in A. H. 1206 and of which a very learned notice from the pen of Mr. Bland has appeared in the Journal of the Royal As. Soc. Lon. IX. p. 1 53. Capt. Hayes is Assistant Resident at Lucknow, and he will find in that city a very carefnlly written autograph copy which is pre* Served in the FaraA-baksh library.

Among the new books which have been lately lithographed at Luck* now are the following :—

iJ^^^Xif^. A translation into Urdoo of Shamshyr Khfin*s proie version of the Sh&hn&mah, by Myrz& Rajah Alyy Sordr. The book is in rhymed prose and in an idiom which is peculiar to the literati of Lucknow, it is neither Persian nor Hindustini but in the whole approaches nearer to the former than the latter. It is dedi* cated to the illustrious Ruler of Oudh and to one of his Doms. The print is remarkably clear, it has 312 pp. 8vo. ^Jl^ ^^aj^ Jy», The birth of Mohammad in Urdoo verses composed in A. H. 1251 by Gholim 'Abb6s Kh&n and lithographed in 1267 l2mo. 48 pp.

^O^j ^y (4 to. 423 pp. lithographed in 126/) On the author and contents refer to Hi}j Khalyfah No. 3674.

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For May, 1852.

The usual monthly General Meeting of the Society was held on the 5th instant, at half-past 8 p. m.

Sir Jambs Colyilb, Kt.» President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The following presents made to the Society were exhibited.

1st. A palm leaf MS. of Kattyfyana^s P&lt grammar in the Bur- mese character found in a monastery at Rangoon. Presented by Dr. Fayrer.

2nd. The Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences and Arts of Lyon, for 1848 — 50. Presented by the Academy of Sciences and Arts of Lyon.

3rd. The Transactions of the Royal Bayarian Academy of Sdences. Presented by Mons. W. Thiersch, President of the Academy.

4th. The latest publications of the Royal Unirersity of Christianiat as per Library report. Presented by the Secretary of the University.

Lieut. E. Burgess, N. I., was named for ballot at the next meeting, — proposed by Capt. Thuillier and seconded by Mr. Orote.

Read Letters—

1st. From Dr. W. B. O'Sbaaghnessy, tendering his resignation of the office of Vice-President of the Society, on account of his depar- ture to England on public duty.

From Professor Fleischer, Secretary of the (German Oriental Society, acknowledging the receipt of the Bibliotheca Indiea, Nos. 15 to 33.

From the President of the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, acknowledging the receipt of the Journal, Vol. I. to IV. and the Cal- cutta Journal of Natural History, Nos. 1 to 16.

3 I 2

432 Proceeding* of the Atiatie Society. [No. 5.

From the Secretary of the Royal Institation, Albemarle Street, acknowledging the receipt of the Joamal, Nos. 218, 221 to 224.

From Dr. Lamb, Senior Member of the Medical Board, mdosiag an abstract of Regiatere of Temperature and Fall of Rain kept by medical officers in different parts of India. Ordered for publicatioo in the Journal.

The following letter from Lieut. Burgess, dated Pillibheet, was com- municated to the Society by Capt. Thuillier.

** The following particulars of a severe shock of earthquake on the evening of the 3l8t March last, may not be uninteresting to the Asiatic Society.

" It commenced about 8h. 2dm. p. m. mean time, Longitude 79^ 44' 9K, the wave appearing to come from between the North and N* W., and in a few seconds the shocks became so violent and rapidly repeated, as to render it difficult to stand. This was succeeded by a gradually decreasing tremulous noise, which became imperceptible at 8h. 29m. 24s. It was accompanied or preceded by a heavy rumbling or pishing sound as of an approaching storm. The day had been exces> sively sultry, but a thunder-storm had cooled the air in the afternoon ; the thermometer at the time stood at 69^.

**The time is correct for the plAce, but it is possible the longitude may be a little out : if it is desired, I will send the correction oa that account hereafter.'*

Professor Oldham remarked, " that it would be very desirable if the l^iety could take advantage of this opportunity to direct the attention of observers, who might have an opportunity of noticing the phenomena connected with earthquake shocks the great value of determining, if possible, the exact time, relatively, at which the wave was felt at dis- tant points. It was now almost an admitted fact in the science, so to ■peak, of earthquakes, that the rate of trausmission of the shock was a Amotion of the class or kind of rock or soil, through which it was transmitted. It becomes therefore very interesting to determine thia rate of transmission for given localities. And as India presented so remarkable a continuity in its Geological formation, the same rock extending sometimes for hundreds of miles, there were peculiar opportu- nities in this country for determining' this question. With a view ta this point, it was not of so much importance to determine with great

1852.] Proeeeding$ of the Asiatic Society. 433

aocunicy the absolate time, whether near, or true, at which the shock occurred at any given locality, (although this was very important when it was possible,) but to fix with the greatest attainable accuracy the exact relative time at which the same shock was felt at different and distant localities. There would always be some difficulty in doing this accurately, but he believed that in many instances it had not even been attempted ; although he thought much service might be done, if the attention of observers were directed to this enquiry."

The Librarian and the Curator of the Zoological Museum submitted their reports for the last month.

Thanks having been voted for the above communicatious and pre- sents— the meeting adjourned*

(Signed) Ja8» Colvilb.

Confirmed, June 2ndf 1852.

Report of Curator^ Zoological Department, for Mag, 1852.

The following donations have been received : —

1. From Capt. Berdmore, Madras Artillery. A box of skins firom Mergui, comprising several species of much interest.

Among the Mammalia, is a specimen of Galjbopithbcus volans, not heretofore obtained from so northern a locality ; Sciuaus chatsonotus, nobis; — ^Mus— ^P Aflined to M. flavescbns, Gray, except that its upper-parts are of a much darker colour, and the caudal rings and setso are very much coarser ; the white lower-parts contrasting strongly ; aa adult, \ grown young, and small young ; — and, lastly, an imperfect skin of a young calf of the Tsain or " Wild Ox" of the Tenasserim provinces^ Bos soNDAicus, Muller> which there co-exists with Bos oaubus but not the Bos fboittalis*

* So f«r as we have seen, the horns of B. gavrus of the TeDUserim provinces and Malayan peninsula are conitantlj shorter and somewhat more abruptly carved then in Indian specimeni ; and the following description of the Malayan animal wonld seem to indicate that perhaps the species is not absolutely the same, how- arer closely it may be affined. In the Journal of ** a trip to the Moar river|' dis- trict, pubiiahed in the * Journal of the Indian Archipelago, Vol. IV, p. 354, two species of wild cattle are mentioned, one called Sapandang, the other 8api ; and the following is a description of a cow of the latter taken from the freshly killed animal. " The Sapi has much appearance of the Bali cattle" (Boa sondaicus), " but haa not the white patch on the buttocks ; the horns are small, curved inwards, while tipped with black ; the forehead is fltt, wiih a (u/i of long hair on U,parHeulariji

434 Proceedings of the Jtiaiie Society. [No. 5.

The birdB also oompriae specieB, of more or less interest, either intrinnc or in oonnezion with the locality. Such are Pbbitis bbachtftbeus, nolm, «. #. / PoDiCA psbsohata, G. K Gray ; and Hbbodus iMUAcmuax, GooliL We had not preTionaly seen the common ."Java Spanow" (Amaduva obtzitosa) from so far northward. Hie Abous oioahtbus,

EUPLOCOKUS IGNITUS, BOLLULUS CBISTATUS, and B. (?) OCELLATU8

abound in the province ; Gasabca LBUCOPrBBA, nobis, has hitherto been only there met with ; and Cbtpsibika vabians and Macboftoia amboi- irsNSis are species common to the province and to the island of Java, neither of which haye we seen in collections from Fenang and Malacca:

m ikt bulU, The bick !• curred, the highest port being about the centre : the spinet of the vertebne ere nniiraally long. The total height of the animal killed, from hoof to spinea of dorsal TertebrK, was 6 ft. 2 in. The hair was smooth and silky, of a brown colour, except on the feet which were a dirty whito ; a mate qf abomi 2 m. long, ram the whole length of the epme. There was no dewlap, and the whole appearance of the animal was decidedly game. The fibre of the flesh wu fine, well mixed with fat, and pro? ed decidedly the most delicions meat for flaToar, tenderness and joidness, that ever any of us tasted." *' The other species of wild cattle (the Saladang) we did not see, although we met their tracks e? ery day. The MaUy guide told us that the meat was coarser than that of the Buffalo and not good eating ; but that the animal was much larger than the 8epi, some of the bulls growing to seven * attae.* This is the moderate height of 10^ fu My readers may believe it or not as they please. I am lather sceptical myself, and only relate what was told me by a man whose statements we found correct as far as we had the opportunity of testing them." At all events, what the Malayan Sapemdmtg is, remains to be determined ; and the Indian Gaonr has neither the tufted forehead nor spinal ridge of lengthened hair described of the Malayan Stgn, The Btmtemg does not appesr to have hitherto been observed in the Malayan peninaula ; but Capt. Phayre has presented the Society with the horn of a cow from Arakan, and we also have (belonging to him) the frontlet of another cow from Pegu remarkable for the whitish colour of the horns, thus verifying Pennant's account of white- homed wild cattle in the Indo-Chinese territories. These can be compared with our fine frontlets of Malay Bantenge from Java. The species also inbabite Bali, Sombok, and part at least of Borneo ; but in Celebes there would seem to be a dis- tinct and undescribed Wild Ox, (vide ' Journal of the Indian Archipelago/ Vol. 11, p. 831, translated from the Dutoh.) " A skull with horns of the wild cow of Teoas- serim" was presented to this Society at ite meeting for February, 1831, (vide Gleanings of Sciences, III, 61, where some notice is given of the animal ;) and for further deteils respecting the various wild oriental cattlci vide /• A, S, Vol. XF. p. 444 et seq.

1852.] Proeeedingi of the Asiatic Society. 435

the same may be remarked of the Burmese Tsain or Java BanUng (Bos soKDAicus) among mammalia. But the three most interesling acquisitions are the new Fbbkis, the Podica pbbsokata, of which the British Museum specimen from Maiaoca described by Mr. Gray has, we belieye, remained unique up to the present time, and the small Australian white Egret, which however we suspect to be identical with the Mahiyan Ardea melanopus, Wagler, v. A. nigripes, Temminck.* The PEBNIS may be described as follows :

* Other species of Aostralian Herons flgared ts new by Mr. Gould appear to be perfectly identicsl with those of India, and which are more or less diffused over the greater part of the ' Old World' or major continent and its dependencies. Thus, liis Atditt reetirogtrie is A. sum atrana. Raffles, v. Jutea, nobis, which extends its range to Arakan and the valley of the Brabmapatra : bnt his A. lbu. ooPHJBA is not (as he avers) the common Indian Heron, which is tme A. cikbeba, L. (v. A» bruh of Jacqnemont's AiUaf), identical with Eoropeai^ and Chinese examples ; and the Egret groap, which seems still to be in a considerable atate of confusion, we will here make some attempt to elucidate. The Asiatic species are as follow. A. With pare white plnmage at aU ages.

1. H. ALBA : Ardea Miba, L. ; A. egrtita, Tem. ; A, modetU^ Ctray ; A, /UntU roeirU et A, melanorhynekee, Wagler; A, tarra, Buchanan Hamilton and Franklin ; B. tyrmatopkorutf Gonld. Hab. S. E. Enrope, Asia and its islands^ Africa, and Australia ; ?ery common in India. This is by fur the Isrgsst species, measuring generally about 3 ft. to taiUtip^ by 4i ft. in. alar expanse ; dosed wing 14 in. beak to frontal plums 4^ in. ; terse 6^ in. ; middle toe and daw 4^ in. The bill is black in the breeding seasout and becomes so before the dorsal train is put forth ; and the train is retained for some time after the beak has changed back to yellow ; so that both black-billed and ydlow-billed examples are seen with and without the train* The latter is straight to tlie extremity, and in fine spedmens passes 4 or 5 in. beyond the taiUtip. No crest nor supplementary neck-plumes pendent over the bresst. Bare portion of tibia dther wholly or commonly in great part pde or albescent, suffused with purplish /ad ; and sometimes the tarse and toes are also partidly of this hue, the rest being black. In the height of the breeding season the loral and other naked skin at base of bill is of a beautiAd pea- green approadiing to ferditer ; at other times bright wax>yeUow. Irides pale yellow. Memark. Temminck and others describe a smdl pendent ocdpital crest to this species, which we have never seen, though many doiens of fresh specimens in the finest nuptial plumage have passed under examination. Temminck further asserts that Japanese examples are dmilar bnt rather smaller ; but he does not shew that he has remarked thb in a sufficient number of instances. The American H. oalatba, (Molina, Ardea tenet, Tem. ;) differs in ha?ing shorter legs and toes, which are wholly black ; and frcHU the published figares it would seem that the trdn is

436 Proceedings of the Jsiaiie Society. [No. 5.

{^EBKis BBACHTPTEBUS, nobifl, «. s. A much injured skin of a rerj beautiful species, conspicuously distinguished firom P. cbistata by&fr oomparatiTe shortness of the wings and tail» and by a plumage more intense in colouring and contrasts than we haye erer seen in P. apitoia or P. CBiSTATA. Length of closed wing 13 in. only ; and of tail but 8^ in.

longer, u in the next species : according to Deghmd, they may forther be distiii- gaished readily when in breeding li?ery, by the itenifl of the train»piiiiiie8 basg flattened in H. alba, and ** relev^, a c^te/' in H. oalatba. ' 2. H. iMTBEif BDiA : Ardeu iniermediM^ Wagler ; A. tffreitaidmf Ten. ; A. nivea, Leison ; A.JIavirotirit, Bonnaterre ; A, putea, Boch. Hamilton ; A, ii^nrot- Ms, Gray ; H, piumifera^ Goald. Hab. aa last, tbejtwo apedea oommoaiy ano- oiating in one flock. In the MaUy coantries it wonid appear to be the moit common species of white Egret, and Temminck states that it differs in no respect in Japan. It Is considerably smaller than H. alba, with mndi ahorter beak, and long straight d#sal train in the breeding season, reaching nearly or quite to the ground. It has also beantifal long pendent breaat-plomes of aimihur textnre to the train ; bat no occipital crest. The beak changea colour as in H. ai.ba ; bat the tibia ie never (that we have seen) whitish as in that species, and this is the only diffbrenoe we can perceive between the Indian bird and Gonld'a descriptkm and figures of H,plumifera from Australia. The facial akin, also, does not (thit we have remarked) become green daring the breeding season. Bill to forehead 3 in. ; tarse 4^ in. ; middle toe and claw 4 in. ; dosed wing 12 in.

3. H. OABSB1TA : Ardea gartetia, L. ; ^4. wamikodaetffla et A, titMa, Gmelin \ il. ortcnte/if. Gray. Hab. as preceding species, with the exception of the great Austral-aaiaB archipelago and AuatraUa (so far as observed hitherto). Bill black at all seasons, with whitish at baae of lower mandible and at the extreme base alao ef the upper. Feet black with yellow toes. Dorsal train curved upward at the extremity (quite as much so in fine specimens aa in the American H. CAWDzniasiMA, though represented aa straight in the wood-cut to Yarrell'a ' Britiah Birda'). Occipital crest consisting of two or three (generally two) long narrow pendent plumes measuriBg about 6 in. in fine apecimens ; but these appear to be only worn for a abort season ; and there are lengthened nuchal plumes of similar texture pendent over the breast. Bill to forehead 3^ in. ; tarse 4 in. ; middle toe and daw exceeding 3 ia. ; dosed wing 10 in. There is much variation in the depth and quality of the yellow coUniriBg on the toes. When much in quantity it is pale and greenish, and extenda more or leaa up the tarse, even to the tarsal or heel joint, and the dawa are then comaaonly whitish-homy. When contracted in quantity it ia of a deeper and buff ydlow, with aometimea the tips of the toes and the claws black, all or a portion of them. Hence it may be suspected that varieties of this bird with wholly black toes ocenr some- times, and the same also probably in the affined H. oanozdissima of America, which has similar yellow toes, imparting an appearance as though the bird had

1852.] Proeeedingt of the Anatic Society, 437

Symphisis of the lower mandible much shoiier than in P. cbistata. The corneous sheath of the upper mandible wanting in the specimen. Upper parts fine deep hair-brown, with a rich matonne gloss. Occipital crest ample, broad, 2} in. long, the feathers composing it white-tipped, as are abo those adjacent. Wings obscurely banded, as seen from above;

treading in tome yellow sabttanoe : bat raeh tpecimens wonld not conttitote the If: iiBLANOPUS, (Wagler, vel A, nigripeg, Tern.,) which has other dittinetiom and wonld aeem only to differ from H. imm aculata in being larger and longer^egged than H. GAasiTTA instead of the reverse. According to Temminck, thronghont all Asia to Japan the species is trae oarzbtta, bnt that of Indhi and the Sonda Isles is different, being his A, mgripetf which also extends as fisr as N« Gninea. (By the term *' India" is here doubtless meant NeiAerkmdM India, for in India proper the OAmznTA abovnds to the ezclnsion of the other). So far as we are aware, H. OAnzaiTA can only be distingaisbed from H. candidissima when both are in breeding plnmnge, howe?er little of this may be developed ; the Ame« rican bird acquiring a full crest of loose feathers, and pendent b^east-piuBMS of nmilar texture to the train (as in H. intbrmbdia only less developed).

4. H. immacvlata, Gould: Ardeu melanoput{?) Wagler; A. iu^r^ef(?) Temminck. Hab. Australia ; Mergui ; the Malayan pehinsula and great Asiatic archipelago to N. Gninea and perhaps N. Ireland ? Rather smaller than H. gae« ZBTTA, with mnch shorter toes, which are not yellow as in that species, but black very slightly tinged with yellow. Dorsal tram short and straigbty or shewing but the slightest possible tendency to recurve, and not passing beyond the tail-tip. Occipital crest consisting of a longitudinal series of numerous lengthened slender plumes, similar to the two or three composing the crest of H. oabbbtta but not so large, the longest measuring about 3^ In. Pendent breast -plumes as in H. oab^ ZBTTA. Beak fkom forehead 3( io« ; tarse Z^ in. ; middle toe and claw 2^ ; hind toe and claw 1^ in. ; closed wing 10 in. If correctly referred to mblanopob V. niffripet, this species would appear to replace oabzbtta in the AustraUasian archipelago and continent of Australia. With its particular habits we are un- acquainted, but they are probably those of H. oabzbtta. The latter species is much more fsmiliar with man and also much less highly gregarious than H. alba and H. intbbmbdia. We have seen enormous ftights of the two last named Egrets in company (but alba much predominating), extending as la r as the eye could reach all around, the whole proceeding in one direction over low marshy ground to or from some favourite feeding place, passing just above the reach of gun-shot, and certainly constttuting a single loose yet not very straggling flock. Also, the numbers of these birds which may occasionally be put up from a small reedy tank or >heel, where perhaps but two or three had been observed on approach, notwithstanding their size and very conspicuous brilKont whiteness, are astonishing and would hardly be credited if not witnessed.

3 K

438 Proceedings of the Anatie Society, [No. 5.

more strongly ou the concealed portion of the feathers. Lower parts paie white, with broad dark medial streaks or tears on the plumage of the breast and flanks : under tail-ooverts broadly banded with dusky on a

B. Of the group exemplitied by the American H. CiBRULVA and H. kufkscbits, which are white when yonng, and chiefly or wholly of an ashy or deep slate-colour when fully adolt, there ia one Indian representative.

5. H. ASBA I Ard§a at Aa, Sykes ; A. ffularii (/) ; H. ptmnMa (f), Gould. Hab. Peninsola of India and Ceylon ; Arabia ? N. E. Africa ? Australia ? And, if the latter, doubtless also the intenrenlng conntries. We haTS seen ibw spedmeni of this bird ; but three examples in our museum indicate the following pbsMs : Young wholly pure white, with a slight and irregular intermixture .of slaty upon a few of the feathers of the back, wingt and teil, in no instance occupying more than a small portion of a feather in the subject under examination, except in ou winglet feather upon one side only. In some specimens this slaty iBtermixtare is probably more dcTeloped, in others probably wanting altogether. Adolescent or adult in first breeding plumage, slaty, with large white throat-patch which appesrs to be permanent, and also white abdominal feathers snd lower tail-coTerts snd an admixture of the ssme along the lower part of the front of the neck* In the specimen under examination one winglet is almost wholly white, and the odier partially so but to a much less extent. Only one occipital crest- plume remains, which with those pendent over the bresst are narrow and pointed with eoaleioenk webs, as in the two preceding species. Train short, straight, not reaidiiDg to the end of the tail, consisting of true Egret plumes, but tipped for some distance simi* larly to the bresst-plumes. This specimen must have been procured late in the breeding season. The third specimen is unmixed slaty with the exception of the throat-pateh. It had shed ito crest, pendent neck plumes, and train, and had begun to put forth new feathers upon the wings of a pure deep slaty hue, contrstt- ing with the faded and embrowned appearance of ite old plumage. Legs blacklBh in all, with yellow toes, this colour extending more or less up the tarse, and oeco- pying more than half of the tarse in the white specimen. Bill apparently pale yellow in the young, the upper mandible tinged with duiky in adnlto. Length of bill to frontal plumes 3^ in. ; tarse 3f in. ; middle toe and daw 2| in. ; dosed wing 10 in. Mr. Gould's figure of his Australian H. pannosa would appear to repreaeot a fully adult in breeding oostume, having the train somewhat longer and fuller, sad a little turned up at the extremity ; and the toes would seem to be represented of not suffidently bright a yellow colour.

The next species is nearly affined to H. juoularis of Australia and N. Zealand, as figured by Mr. Gould, but would appear to be a smaller bird with very differ- ent relatifc proportions. Of H. juoulauis, there would seem to be a permanently white fariety at all ages (the H. Oreyi, Gray), which also is figured in Gould's Birds of Australia.

1852.] Frocetdingt of the Jnaiie Society* 439

fulromi-whitegroiuKL Tail lightiali brown, obscmely waved ; with a broad medial black band, another subterminal, and a third narrower near the base. We doubt this being either of M. Lesson's supposed species ; and it certainly is not the ordinary Malayan type of Pbbnis figured by Dr. S. MuUer, which is identical with the Indian P. cristata, at least that of

6. H. coNCOLOK : Dtmigrttta eowloTf Blyth, /. A, 8, XV. 372, Hab. Ara- kan, Nicobar Islands. Like U. asha io general appearance, but altogether stouter, with longer wings and shorter tarse ; generallj of an uniform dark slaty hue throughout, with sometimes a white line down the middle of the throat, and occa- sionally perhaps a buff line .as in some examples of H. juoulaeis. The crest leathera are looser with more disunited webs than in H . asha ; the pendent plumes over the breast are similar ; as also the train, except that the long narrow tips occupy a much larger portion of the plumes. Bill yellowish mixed with brown. Toes and claw more or less of the shank yellow. An adolescent young spectmeu retains two or three of its nestling wmg*G0Terts, which are dull slaty with broad pale tip ; indicating that the young are dark like the parents, but have at least the wings speckled like the young of Nycticorax, Butobldis, &c Bill to forehead 3^ or 32 in. ; tarse 3in. ; middle toe and claw 2| in« ; doted wing II in.

The next and last to be noticed is pure white when young or in non-breeding livery, with the exception of constantly a rusty tinge on the crown, and sometimes on the ear-coverts ; but In breeding dress the head and neck-plumes are largely tipped with bright glistening mfo-fulfous, and the train consists of straight hair- like feathers, of an albescent rufous hue. Bill small and weak ; and the hsbits of this bird are remarkable, as it rarely fishes, but feeds mainly on grasshoppers and other insects, to obtain which the flocks commonly associate with lierds of cattle, grazing.

* 7. H. BVBULCOUS: Ardea buhuletUf Savigny; A. luetda^ Raffinesque; A* tequinoetiaUtf Montagu ; A» eoronumdeleiuhf Stephens ; A, Hcohr et A, ni/Sca- pilla, Yidllot ; A, nutata^ Temminck ; A, affinity Horsfield ; A, eoromandelicaf Licbtenstein ; A. F«raiitc, Roux ; A. ieueoeephala, Cu?ier; A, eabo^a, Franklin; A. ibUy Hasselquist. Hab. Asia and its islands, Africa, S. E. Europe. BUI bright yellow at base, orange towards tip ; legs dull black, greenish underneath the toes ; in the young pale greenish. Bill to forehead 2^ in. ; tarse 3^ in. ; middle toe and claw 3i in. ; closed wing 10 in.

Remark. The texture and colouring of the train approximates this species to the AanxoLA group, consisting of A. comata, luucoptsua, spbciosa, and probably' 1.UDOVICIANA ; while the preceding species somewhat approximates the Butokidbs group, composed of B. javanica, viaBScsNS, gutturalis, stagnatilis, macro- BHTNCHOS, &c., if notslso the Nycticorax violacius, auctomm. H. concolor would indeed range naturally as a small typical Ard a a, but can hardly be separated from H. jucyLARis with its white Tariety, wherever this be stationed ; and the great

3 K 2

440 Proceedings of the Anatic Society » [No. 5*

S. India, having the orest more dereloped than we have ever aeen in Bengal specimens.

2. From Babu Bajendra Mallicka. A fresh specimen of Taktohathus STTiiATBANns, mas. ; differing from the female in having a ooral-red npper mandible instead of a fleshy-white one»

E. BI.TTH. LiBBAST.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the last meeting.

Presented.

Gelehrte Anzeigen^ Vols. 26» 27. — ^By thx Boyal Acadbxy 09 SCIBKCES, MuiricH.

Abhandlungen der £oeniglichen Bayerischen Aeademie der Wissen- adiaften, part 2 of Vols. 21» 22, and 23. — By thb samb.

Bulletin der £dniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Nos. 1 — 62 of 1848. — By thb samb.

Denkrede anf Joseph Gerhard Baccaiini gelesen in der offentlichen Sitzung der KonigHchen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaflen am 28 Marz, 1848, von CarL Fried. PhiL v. MarUns. 4to. Pamphlet.— Br

THB SAMB.

Denkrede anf J. J. Berzelins, gehalten in der offentlichen Siiznng der £oniglich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaflen am 28 November 1848, von. Dr. C. F. P. v. Martins. — By thb samb.

Denkrede anf die Chemie in ihrem Yerhaltnisse znr Physiologie und Pathologic. Yon D. Max Peltenkofer. 4to. Pamphlet. — ^By thb same.

Ueber das ethische Element im Bechtsprincip. Yon Professor Bnohner. 4to. Pamphlet.— By thb samb.

Memoires de TAcademie des Sciences, Ac. do Lyon for 1848 to 1850.— By thb Acapbmy.

Indisohe Stadien, von Dr. A. Weber» Yolnmes I. and IE. part 2.— Br thb Authob.

Zeitschrift der Dentschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, YoL Y. ports 3, 4.— By thb Gbbman Obibktal Socibty.

Akdsa occidsntalis, Andubon^ presenti an instance of a porely white trw Heron which asmredly cannot be referred to the group of Egrets. We shoaM add tliat a Sidiian apecimen presented to the Society by M. Alfred Malherbe, as Ardm vermUit aiict, of Africa and S. E. Europe, differs In no reapeet whateref from examplea killed in Bengal and Java.

1852.'] ProeeedingB of the Asiatic Society^ 441

Frooeedings of the Boyal Irish Academy for the years 1850-51. — Bt

ZHB ACADBMY.

Transactions of the Boyal Irish Academy, Yok. X. and XYL — By thb

8AMB.

Om Mundtlig Bettergang og Edsvome af E. Aubert. Christiania, 1849, 8yo. — ^By thb Boyal Uniybbsity of Ghbistiaitia.

Beretning om £ongeriget Norges skonomiske Tilstand in Aarene 1840 -*^ xned tilhorende Tabeller. Christlania, 1847, fol. — By thb saub.

Jury Institationen i Storbritanien, Canada og do forenede Stater af Amerika. Af Munch Boeder. Christiania, 1850, 8vo. — By thb sakb.

Udkast til Militoer Straffelor med motiver. Christiania, 1850, 8to. — By thb samb.

Statestiske Tabeller for Xongeriget Norge Ottendo Bakke, endeholdende Tabeller over folkem»ng den i norge den Slat December 1846, faint over de i Zidsnnmmet 1836 — 1845 Ugtiyiede fodte og dobe. — By thb samb.

Uber Micha den Morastheten nnd seine Prophetische Schrift, yon Dr. G. P. Caspari, Part I. Christiania, 1851, 8yo. — ^By thb saxb.

BemsBrkningerAngaaende Graptoletheme af Christian Boeck. Chris- tiania 1851, 4to.— By thb samb.

Det Xongelige Norske Frederiks Uniyersitet Christiania. 1845 to 51.—" By thb savb.

Nyt Magamn for Natnryidenskabeme, YoL 6th, Parts 1 to 4.— By thb

6AKB.

Akademiske Loye for de Stoderende yed det EongeUge Frederiks Uni- yersitet. Christiania, 1850, 8yo. Pamphlet^BY thb samb.

Transactions of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh, Yol. XX. part IL— By thb Socixty.

Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh, Yol. XL— By thb samb.

Journal Asiatique, Nos. 82 — 84.— By thb Socib'tb' Asiatiqub.

Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Boyal Asiatic Society, January 1852. — ^By thb Sooibty.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for March 1851. — ^By thb Editob.

Quarteiiy Journal of the (^eobgical Society, Nos. 27 — 8.— By thb

SOGIBTY.

Calcutta Christian Observer, for May 1852. — ^By thb Editobs.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 65.— By thb Editob.

Upadeshak, No. 65. — ^By thb Editob.

Bibidh&rtha Sangraha, No. 5. — By thb Editor.

Tattyabodhini Patriki, No. 104. — ^By thb TATTYABODHiNi Sabha'.

Pumachandrodaya, for April 1852. — By thb Editob.

The Citizen, for April 1852.— By the Editob.

442 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Tho Indian Cbarter, for April 1852. — ^By the Editob.

The Meteorological Eegister kept at the Surveyor Grenerars Office* Calcutta, for the month of March 1852.— Bt thb Dbputy Subfbtob General.

JSxchanged.

Jameson's Journal, for Oct. 1851. The Calcutta Beview, No. 33.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, from Sept. to Oct. 1851.

Purchased,

The North British Beview, No. 32.

The Edinburgh Beview, No, 92.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for Jany. and Feb. 1852.

Journal des Savants, for Nov. and Dec. 1851.

Comptes Bendus, Nos. 23—6 of 1851 and Nos. 1 to 4. of 1852.

I

g

i

! i

1

■

1 e

i

j

5

1

Mimummmumimm

i|

1

"fe.

i

^^mmsm-^'i

e

lina M

'ssili^l^sslii^Bslilsilsliilsili

i

1

•^!VJO

•ssassEsgisIlsslilsililasslias'si

^

■JBMJO

i

.^

j|8.5gSigSS|l.l.i3s.i.gS|l|iP,=J5S.IS.g

i

1

(3

1 1

i

i

1

.^i;

2

■qina -M

■H5i=^=ilii==SsiM|5=5iSS13S331

i

1

■*V JO

•mimiiimitmrniimimi

1

■MM JO

•iiiiimmmiimimmmm

I

i^r^iMmiMiimmmmmw.

S

91

-4!

i

s

•s

1

IJiiilii 1.ij|.iii|ill|iriii, m\

5

■a

1

■nuB W

ca

■qi"n 'M

• 25|*iK=sSHs=5is=i5iS|==8ilSSi

s

■§>

■■"VJO

s

1

■wnjo

.imrniuinmnimiivSiiiiii

8

:^

<,i-pwJ»H

i^mmmsmmimiMimi^u

'i

a

•wa

-S"—— -•So-2»3«2t228saSsasa5a§s

i

5 5 ?d& -gs .

2 " £ 2 * ^ "^ ° ° " ^ ^ ® ° ^ * ~ ^ ~

■o'l -IS" S|-nns W

0 J^-^<V«"w**<n»*a*

o,-,«^'a P«s.qSi.lia^li«^S«|i.|oS.|is|iE

_ S CO OO S S Qt

s

^^SS 1 e.

|i|,U l^i=i= i

'EingniiiirEisllllilllssEEais

.^«g»^.ii3W*.4-jSB;^"*J*?i^» I

ss's^^sssissss'Ss |!

•■""Joi'^iissassaggsissaaasa^sssgass;

■rni'Jifl E» '

1 jl. IJIJ; I I

is3lfiisssi«||ii|iil.filii8.iiiii

JOURNAL

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY

No. VI.— 1852.

jinalyns of the Raghu VanJa, a Sanskrit Poem of KMid&aa^-^By the

Rev. J. Long.

In reading throngh this exquisite poem in the original last year, and enjoying that delight which arises from the pemsal of genuine poetry, whether the soil that produced it be India or England, 1 felt strongly the need there is of a guide to popular Sanskrit books, pointing out their chief design and giving an outline of their contents^ The names of Mdffha, Bhatfit may sound familiarly to the ear, but where are we to find a programme of their contents f To meet this desideratum lyith respect to one book, I here submit an analysis which I made on my perusal of this splendid monument of Kiliddsa's genius— -it is merely designed to show the drift of the poem and the subjects brought for- ward— as none but a poet can do full justice to a poet's style. It is eontributed as a mite to the important cause of Sanskrit literature.

The poem of Baghu Tans'a celebrates the glories of the race of R&ma of the Solar line, while the MahibMirata, the great Indian Epic, presents us with a lively portrait of the varied adventures of the p^4us who gloried in being *'the children of the moon." The Baghu Yansa ranks among the MahA KAoyae or six great poemsy and has been distinguished for the beauty of its similes and the power of imagination displayed by the Indian Shakspeare, K&iid6sa« who exemplifies in his writings the truth of Coleridge's remark ** the great book of nature has been the music of gentle and pious minds in all ages."

No. LVI. — New SicRiBS. 3 i»

4A6 AnalysU of the Rayhu Vawla. [No. 6.

A Latin translation was published by Stenzler in 1832, but by aim- ing at strict literality, the spirit of the poem has been almost extin* guished in the letter. His Latin style is very inelegant and very deficient in perspicuity, so that it is sometimes almost as dif&colt to ascertain the meaning of the translation as of the original. It retains to a great extent the absurd system of the pao^its in grouping a number of words together.*

To K&lidfisa has been assigned the title of the Indian Shakspeare on the authority of that prince of critics, Sir W. Jones. Schlegel writ- ing of K&lid&sa's works, remarks : «* the Drama of Sakuntala presents through its oriental brilliancy of colouring, so striking a resemblance oa the whole to our romantic Drama, that it might be suspected the lore of Shakspeare had influenced the translator, if other orientalists had not borne testimony to the fidelity of the translation.'* Shakspeare wai once as little noticed as K&lid^ is now, but with the advance of Orieo- tal literature he is destined " to emerge into universal celebrity." Both KWd&sa and Shakspeare brought the Drama to perfection out of thdr own original stores, independently of all models of Grecian authors. la the case of both ''their lives remain almost a blank, and their veiy name a subject of contention." Shakspeare was neglected in England dor- ing the period of the Commonwealth, when the liberal arts and liten- ture were proscribed as if opposed to Christianity, but to use the beautiful language of Schlegel " his fame was awhile obscured only to shine forth again about the beginning of the last century with more than its original brightness, and since then it has but increased in lustre with the course of time ; and for centuries to come, it will like an Alpine Avalanche continue to gather strength at every moment of its progress." So will it be with K&Iid^sa: the educated natives of this country are now all seised with Anglo-mania, as were our forefathers with the classic mania, but the time is rapidly coming when the importance of forming a vernacular literature on the Oriental model will be felt, and as Germans brought prominently to view tit England the beauties of Shakspeare, so probably will European Orientalists bring in India those of Sanskrit literature. There is one class of persons in this country, however, on whose ears

* In 1849, a translation of the Ragha Vansa was made into modern 6r«ek and published by Mr. Typaldo, Epiiore of the Library at Athena.

T852.] AnalysU of the Raghu Vant^ a. 447

the name of Kdliddaa strikes no responsive chord : we refer to those called *' Young Bengal," and to the alumni of English Colleges : we quote the sentiments of a native writer in an able paper on the Dra- matic Literature of the Hindus, published in the Calcutta Literary Chronicle. " While the Hindu youth should enrich his fancy with Shakspeare's images, and strengthen his intellect by Bacon's aphor* isms, it runs to his scandal, that he should neglect the language and literature of his own country. The most advanced students in English literature have evinced a profound ignorance of Hindu poetry and science, and some have added to the faults of negligence and inatten- tion, the crimes of misrepresentation and caricature."

We now proceed to our analysis of the Baghu Vansa ; we shall adhere as closely as possible to the mould of expression of the originij : —

The subject of this poem treats of the race of Raghu who duly kept the sacred fire,* collected wealth for the sake of distributing it, and sought marriage solely to obtain offspring : let the good who are arbiters of vice and virtue, as fire b of gold, deign to hear the account. From Yaivasvata the seventh of Manu's line, the first of kings, as Om is first *of words, sprang Dilip, the moon to kings as is the moon to the milky sea, with breast like a bull and arms like the s&l&'s boughs ; yet his intelligence equalled his physical strength ; he was the subject both of awe and admiration to his subjects. Dreaded yet loved, like ocean's depths at once with pearls and monsters filled. 'Twas for his peo* ple*B good alone his royal revenues were collected as the sun drinks earth's moisture up to pour it back a thousand-fold.

He preserved his power by two means. With a mind much versed in the holy books, and his good old age occupied in learning and devotion, old age came on him without decay. He was the father of the people : their natural fathers only gave them birth : robbery existed only as a tale that is told : a distinguished man, though a foe, was prized by him as medicine is by a sick man, while he rejected a bad man, though a relative, as a finger bit by a serpent. Earth girdled by its ocean fine he governed as a town.

* The Agmhtnma or oblation of fire is not obterved now io any part of Bengal : Raja Krisbpa Raj of Naddoa waa the last we have heard of who engaged in it. It >fru one of thote liuki which probably connected primitive Hindalsm with the Sabsan syitem of Persia.

3 L 2

448 Jnalyn* of the Ragku Vaxula. [No. 6.

Bat Sudakhioi» fats cxinsort, of the royal Ime of Magtdha, wu grently beloyed ; the king, howeTer, moaated od the chariot of desuvi longed to have another self produced from her. In order to obtain a son therefore, he laid the burden of his state affairs on the shoulden of his ministers, «nd accompanied by his queen proceeded to the her* niitage of Vashishta. Blessings were poured upon them from ths towns which they had ruled, the old herdsmen came wiUi their pre- sents of fresh butter, while the royal pair questioned them on the names of the trees which lined the roads. They moved in spotleu beauty as the moon with Chitr^ beaming in a pure and doudlcM heayen.

* O'er them pUjed the bliitAil breetes, breatkdng Shila's odonn ronncl,

Fell the fragrant flower^nst o'er then, danced the rows of forett treea :

Pleased thej heard the peacocks' Totoesi shriU reaonoding on the way.

Still, as rolled the sonndiog chariot, lifting up their heads to gase :

Steadfast on the chariot looking pairs of antelopes they saw.

In whose large and glossy eyeballs mirrored they themsel?es appeared,

In a line the cranes were flying, gently mnrmnriDg overhead

Like an arch enwreath'd with garlands, baseless, hanging in the sky,

Softly swept the breeies with them, ominous of good success.

The king beguiled the journey in pointing out different objects to his spouse, and in the eyening arrived at the hermitage, where holy Rishis were piling wood and fruit and kusA grass, which they brought from the forest's depths ; the entrance was thronged with deer ruminat- ing as familiarly as if they had been the Rishis' children : while ths Muni's daughters watered the trees speedily, lest their presence should scare away the birds.

" By the sacred offerings, odonr, and the smoke the breeze conveyed. From the holy fire there biasing, they were purified anon."

The royal pair clasped the Muni's feet, and received a blessing. The king then proceeded to state the sources of his grief, through want of a son.

* These lines are from a Metrical translation of the 1st book made by the Ber. J. Mkchell, one of the lew Missionaries In India who have any aoquaiataaoe with Sanskrit, a langoage which is the keystone to the Hindu religion and naages, tbs knowledge of which gives weight to Buropeana among natives, and which is ths parent of the chief Indiaa Vernaculars and the fount for t.echnical terms*

1 852.] Anafydi of the Raghu Vafula. 449

Yet what U Earth to me with all Ue lovelj ielee, its precioos gems, When never from thj daoghter here* a chiM — another self—hai sprung. The Manet of mj Others see the Shraddha's offering mnst expire ; Scarce can they now partake, but turn in sorrow from the sacred cake. And all the holj water too, which I haTC poared, mnst eease to flow : Foreseeing this they drink it now, ail tepid by their woeful sighs."

The Risbi haying heard, remained fixed for a short time in medi* tation, — still as a lake in which the fishes enjoy the repose of sleep,—* and thus replied : Thoa wert once returning home to thy wife after worshipping Indra and seeing Sar&bhi resting under the shade of the Kalpataru, thou didst not pay her honour due ; on this she pro- nounced a curse, ''Be without offspring until you learn to respect mine." The curse was not heard by thee owing to the noise made by the elephants splashing in the waters of the heavenly Ganges, thou canst not now see Sur&bhi as she dwells in Pitfla guarded by fierce serpents, but respect her offspring as her substitute. As he finished, Kdmadhenn* the offspring of 8ur6bhi made her appearance emerging from the forest depths, when called by name.

' Brown was her hue, all beantiftil, soft, polished, like the freahest apray ; Gleamed on her forehead a white mark, as the new moon in twilight gleams*'* " The dust excited by her hoofs the body of the monarch touched, And guTO a purity u if the king had bathed in holiest apotf

The king was directed to conciliate Sur&bhi in every possible way.

Move onwards, when she moves : whene'er she rests, rest thou beside her there ; Kedine, when she is pleased to couch : drink, wheresoe'er thou seest her drink. And to the border of the wood, let thy queen also follow her, With pnaetoal care, at noon : and so, atill meet her in the eventide.

The king and queen soon after retired to repose in a hut of leaves where Kusd grass bestrewed the floor.

At early dawn the cow proceeded to the forest, the queen followed her

* Kdmadhvm the cow of plenty : like " the wishing eap" of fairy tales, she oould give whatever was asked.

t This reminds one of the Mohammedan notions, that if water is not at hand to perform an oblation, aand will suffice, just as the Hindua burn their dead on the bmka of the old Ganges near Baripnr to the South of Calcutta though there is not a drop of water in the ancient bed.

450 Analysis of the Raghu Fantl a. [No. 6.

track, the dast of which was consecrated bj her hoofs, as the Smriti follows the Yedas, so the lord of the earth, having his hair fastened with braids made from creeping plants, followed the cow like a shadow, stopping where she stopped, sitting where she sat, fetching water for her, presenting her with wisps of grass and guarding her from ooxioos flies : at his approach the trees joined in acclamation mingled with the songs of birds ; the tender creeping plants waving in the wind shed flowers on him ; the deer beheld him without dismay : the woodland gods ssng his praise in reeds inflated by the wind in their shady recesses : while the breeze charged with the odour of the waving trees and moistened by the drops of water from the mountains, breathed on him in a refreshing stream : the flowers sprang up at his feet, while the beasts of the forest abandoned their ferocity. At sunset the cow returned, the iUja following behind, like works accompanying faith ; the lands were gradually becoming shrouded in darkness, while herds of boars ascended from the jheels, peacocks were looking for their aerial nests, and stags were assembling on the grassy meads. The queen drank in with eager eye the approach of the king, while the cow shone between both as day mid mora and night. Thrice seven days thus passed in attendance on the cow : one day as she was browsing near 6&nga's banks, a ravening lion sprang from a cavern's mouth and carried her off. The meanings of the cow drew the attention of the king, who immediately bent his bow, but his right hand re- mained as immoveable, as if it had been a mere picture. Though obstructed in his efforts the king's wrath burned as fierce within, as that of a snake whose poisonous power is restrained by incanta- tions and herbs. The lion then addressed the banner of the line of Manu in these words : ** Protector of the earth, vain is thy ef- fort, the wind can uproot the forest trees, but cannot move the mountain top. I am Kumbhodara, you see the Devaddru tree before you which was once adopted by S'iva, but her bark being once rubbed by an elephant's forehead, I have been transformed into a lion in order to scare away wild elephants." The king offered to satisfy the cravings of the lion's hunger by giving his own body, provided he would release the cow, but this the lion with teeth glistening so bright as to disperse the darkness of the cavern, firmly refused, saying, O Lord of animals, it is far better that oue cow should be slain than that the

1 852.] AnalyM of the Rayhu Fansfa. 4 5 1

father of his people should perish. The mountain also hy the echo from its hollow caverns responded to the same opinion, but the ruler of earth moved hj the wistful looks of the cow, answered her thus : as a protector from death, the Khskaitya won his high name through the world, what has he then to do with life when his soul is tarnished by dishonour ? if yon wish not to slay me, yet have regard to my fame ; 80 saying he presented his body as an offering to the lion ; at that instant the Fidyddhara* from the skies rained flowers on the guardian of his subjects as with averted face he awaited the onset of the lion, and a voice sweet as nectar said. Arise, my child ; he saw only the cow before him who said, I have tried thy mercy and fidelity by the spectral appearance of a lion, mention now thy wishes. With clasped hands the monarch replied : Grant me a son, the propagator of my race and endowed with immortal fame. The cow assented, and directed him to drink her milk from a leafy vessel. The king of kings with face radiant as the moon returned to the hermit's cave and to his spouse communicated all concerning the preferred favours. In obedience to Yashishfa's order he drank the milk left by the calf; after the performance of the sacrifice to their own capital they re- turned on the morrow's dawn, having previously paid reverential salu- tation by an oblation to Agni and Arundhati, the calf and cow. As they aped on their way,. their ears were soothed by the sound of the chariot aa it proceeded in its course ; with waving banners the citizens joyfully welcomed them, their eyes drinking eagerly of bliss in beholding the king with body emaciated from desire of offspring, who appeared to his subjects as the rising moon, the monarch of the herbs. The queen Boon conceived to the joy of her subjects.

SudaksMnd gave signs of pregnancy joyful to her husband as the face of the rising moon to friends ; with features pale as the lodhra tree, she appeared as night on the approach of mom, when the moon gives a sickly ray and the stars can be numbered in the aky ; all her longings were gratified by the monarch of Aude, who regarded his wife in her pregnant state like the Sami tree charged with hidden fire or the stream of Saraswatf, which winds its way beneath earth's surface ; she increased in size like the heaven ^charg- ed with clouds ready to burst in fertilizing showers. On the birth of a son the celestial quarters shone with auspicious light, the gales

452 Analynt of the Raghu Vantla. [No. 6.

wafted a sweet fragrance, the fire in waving fiames towards the right Gonsamed the holocaust, while all things boded felicity on the birth of one who was to be the deliverer of the world. With eyes immoTeable as the lotus sheltered from the breese, the lord of the world drank rapture from the face so fair of his son, nor could he control himself any more than ocean's massy waves on seeing the queen of nighl the moon.* The natal ceremonies being finiriied by an anchorite brought from the sacred wood, Difip*s son shone out as a gem dug from the stone, with radiance issuing from the polisher's hand ; a general gaol delivery was proclaimed : he named him Ragha signifying he should go to the conclusion of the Vedas, and the despatching of the enemies.f

After the ceremony of the tonsure, Raghu entered by a knowledge of letters as through the mouth of a river into the ocean of words ; as the sun with his horses swift as wind passes through the regions of air, BO he passed through the four sciences of Logic, Ethics, History and the Vedas.^ He was soon married and the king rdieved his shoulders of some of the burthen of state affairs by making him oo-ruler. One day while making a sacrifice of a hundred hcn^esy India carried off the horse by the power of IJfandini. Raghu acquired the faculty of seeing invisible things, and he immediately recognised by his hundred eyes unblinking, and his green steeds, that the spoiler was Indra» he addressed him on the evil he had done, but Indm replied that he alone was entitled to sacrifice one hundred horses. On this t battle fierce ensued, arrows flying about in all directions horrid as the view of serpents winged. Indra with his shower of arrows tried to kill him, but as vain as the cloud by its waters strives to eztiugnish the lightning which has issued from its bosom. The combat lasted kmg^ and Indra admiring his valour promised to give him whatever he would ask except the horse. Baghu returned home. Dilip determined to ascend to heaven on a ladder made from the merits of his ninety-

* This seems to imply some knowledge of the laws of attraetion. A similar occurs in the Raj Tarangini. When we consider the mode in which the mysteries of knowledge were shrouded from the Tulgar eye in ancient times, it is not iniprobaUe the law of grantation may hare been one of those known to the priests.

t Respeeting the namiog of ehildrea, see Bfana 11. 3(^.

X Like the quMdrinium of the middle ages.

1 852. J JnalysU of the Raghu Fans'a. 453

nine sacrifices, therefore recalling his mind from sensible objects, he delivered the white umbrella to his son and according to the yows of the family of Iksh&ku, when the days of youth melt away, he entered with his wife the forest shades where holy Munis dwell.

Raghu in possession of his paternal throne shone illustrious, as at the dose of day does fire receiving the rays deposited by the solar orb ; when the kings heard that he had been established on the throne; the fire of affection before wrapped in smoke, burst forth into flames : DOW Lakshmi canopied him with her lotus-made umbrella. The citi- zens rejoiced in his advent as if Indra's banner had been unfurled : he was a general favourite ou account of the justice of his punishmentSt equable as the south breezes, neither hot nor cold. As in possession of the Sakakdr (a fragrant mango) the loss of flowers remains nnfelt, so did the citizens* regret towards the sire. Raghu though gifted with an acute power of vision from eyes which stretched towards the ears, yet possessed still greater from books, which indicated things the most minute. On his countenance lighted up with a glow of kindness men gazed as on the full orbed moon, while his beauty , surpassed autumn with its lotus-shades and fans of budding grass. Women reclining under the sugar-cane*s shade sang his praises, commencing with his natal tiqie. As tranquil moves the ocean after Agastyd*s rise, so trenH bled the enemies on the appearance of Raghu. • Autuinn rendering the rivers fordable and drying up the muddy path^ incited him to undertake an expedition. The waving flames on the right, arising from the sacrificial lustration of horses, as if with outstretched hand, presented to him . victory. Raghu, having then fortified his city, set out with veteran troops on the conqueror's route. On beholding him the city matrons besprinkled him with grain as the drops of water from the milky ocean fall on Yishi^u, raised by the power of Mand&ra Mount. Like Indra, his first march was towards the East, daunting the enemy with banners waving in the wind ; with the dust of his chariots and his cloudlike elephants he blended earth's soil with the sky ; the barren deserts flowed with streams, the rivers gave way as with his mighty troops he moved to the East, like Bhagi- ratha conducting G&nga's stream from S'iva's head. As by the march of elephants the trees lay strewed and scattered all around, so lay the monarchs whom he encountered in his route: conquering all the

3 M

454 AnalytU of the Ragku VanJa. [No. 6«

Eutera regiooB, he arrived on the shores of the mighty oeean darklmg with the pahn trees' shade. The Suhmi bending to the conqueror as reeds to the torrent's furj, escaped destruction. Having oonqaered the Bengalis who trusted in their ships^ he erected pillars of victoij on the islands of the Ganges.

Having passed the Kapisd river by elephants, under the guidance of the people of Utkil (Orissa) Raghu arrived at KaUnga. Mount Mahendra received from him a shock, as from the Mahut's goad the stubborn elephant's head. Kalingi's monarch mighty in elephants in vain attacked Raghu, like Indra attempting to cut his wings. The soldiers decorating the place with betel leaves, toasted their success in wine of NAlikera ; but Raghu desiring victory only for the sake of justice took possession of no land. Then to Ag^astya's land he march* ed skirting the shore, fringed with fruitful betel palms. The sol« diers occupied the plain to the foot of the Malaya hills where doves flit in spicy groves. The elephants had their temples fragrant from the dust of sandal wood which they had raised in their march. The Pandu kings rendered homage to Raghu by gems collected from the ocean's bed where Tamrdpama rolls its waves. Having refreshed himself near the shore on the Malaya and Dardura sandal-covered hills, the paps of earth, he lined with troops the Sabya hill, firom which ocean had retired far and left earth's bosom bare ; the soldien then marched on to subdue the Western people. The dust from the Ketak tree raised by the winds from the Mural river served to polish the soldier's armour, the tinkling coats of mail drowned the sound of the betel trees agitated by the wind. Old ocean retired at Ram's request, but to Raghu she gave as her tribute dominion over Western kings. The Trikuta mount cut by the tusks of maddened elephants afforded victory pillars.

In his battle with the Western people he could only recognise the enemy by the twang of the horny bow, so dense the dust lay round. The bearded heads strewed thick the ground. In vineyards fair the soldiers wearied with warfare refreshed themselves with wine. To the region of Kuvera the monarch proceeded ; he carried off the people by his arrows which dispersed them as rapidly as the sun the water by his rays. His horses refreshed themselves on the banks of the Sindhu; the people of Kamboj were as little able to stand his charge in battle

1852.] AnalyM of the Raghu VanJa. 455

as the Jktkodh trees to resist the elephant's mighty force. Raghu ascended the sommits of Gauri's parent (Himalaya) which seemed loftier from the clouds of dust raised by the march of his troops ; the winds whispering through the reeds, wafted drops of Ganges water : the herbage at night by its brilliancy served the soldiers in* stead of lamps. In Raghu's battle with the mountain tribes fire flashed from the concussion of spears and arrow«heads. Raghu passed by 'Lauhicya, the lord of the Pragjyotith trembled, he then proceeded thence to Kdmarup, the R&ji of which presented him with elephants and laid oblations of gems at his feet. On his return the dust of chariot wheels fell on captive kings umbrella-less, he distributed all his wealth among the Br&hmaps ; as the good, like clouds, only re- peive to give again.

By him whose age succeeded to childhood, the night was spent sleepless, anxious to possess that gem of a girl : early in the morning he was roused by the songs of the Vaitdlika chaunting ** Oh king, fair as the moon, the moon is setting ; yonder the sun arises, expand your pupils which moTC so beautiful in the eyes, as the bee amid the lotus flower of loTcly eyelids fair. Aja rises and dressed in suitable costume he entered the Hall of Election.

Aja entered the assembly of kings, brilliant as forked lightning amid a range of resplendant clouds, or as the Kalpa Druma among the lesser trees of paradise, the eyes of all were fixed on him. Immediately after amid lines of monarchs of the solar and lunar race, with clouds of war- ing incense and the clang of trumpets— entered the bride in her four- wheeled chariot in nuptial vest arrayed ; on her, the fairest of Brihrna's creatures, the minds of one hundred kings were fixed, their bodies alone remained on their thrones.

Then SunandA, guardian of the Antapura, in manly accents introduced to Indumati the king of Magadh, " Protector of the poor, the justest king on earth, as night, though fair with thousand stars, by luna only 18 illuminated, a perpetual worshipper of Indra. If O Queen, you give him your hand, you will present an oblation of joy to the eyes of the ladies of Pushpapura, sitting to gase at you from the .windows of the palace.*' But without words, by a nod with unbent body, the Virgin, from whose head the faded chaplet of Madhuka had fallen, to him refusal gave. Then the holder of the cane, as the wayy line of water

3 M 2

456 Analysis of the Raghu Vans' a. [No. 6.

raiseil by wind bean the 8wan in Mteasa lake to another lotos, eondart- ed the royal maid to another unsaccessful suitor, the king of ADgt, famed among the immortals for his beaut j, whose elephants were tamed by men who have written a code of instructions on the subject*

Next came, bright as the risen moon, Aranti's lord, of long anas broad chest and slender waist, noted for the line of kings that fol- lowed in his conquering train. He like the sun on lotus flowers shed the rays of his favours on his friends, but withering looks he gave to his enemies as the sun dries up the muddy lake. To him succeeded the king of Anurupa KArtaviijya the conqueror of Bilva^a, but he was as little acceptable to the maid as in autumnal time the lunar orb to lotus beds. Him followed the king of Srusena, the abode of virtoe ; in his house his beauty was as pleasing as the lunar beams to the eyes, but as a river in its flow to the ocean passes by the mountain in its course, so the royal maid passed over the IUj&.

Him followed Kalinga's monarch, lord of Mahendra, whose arms retain the traces of the twanging bow, a dweller ou the ocean where the dashing waves, louder than the trumpet sounding the hours, gleam- ing through the windows, awake from sleep ; the shore resounds with the rustle of palm leaves, while from other isles the winds waft the fragrance of the groves of clove — he was rejected. Next came P^f^'s king with garlands decked of yellow sandal leaves, as Him&laya, king of mountains, tinged with the rays of the rising sun, but he made no more impression on the maid than the lunar ray on lotus leaves, na- dosed, save when the sun appears.

When the torch of the maid's presence was held up to a suitor, he was cheered, but on her passing by he sunk again into the darkness of despair. As she came to Raghu's son, he stood in suspense which was soon removed by the agitation of her right hand. As bees once lighting on the Sahakdr tree desire no other, so the maid allowed no other monarchs to approach. Snnand6 now announced the ancestry of Aja, " Sprung from Dilip, the light of his race : during his reign there was such security that not even the breeze would disturb the garments of a woman sleeping on the high road, much less would a man extend a hand of violence : his son Raghu gave away for religious objects all his store of wealth having only earthen vessels left, his glory reached the skies and ocean's deep recesses, from him is Aja sprung, a suitable

1852.] AnalyM of the Raghu Fantfa* 457

match for you ; let the diamond be joined with gold." The maid, her countenance radiant with love, as with the bridal garland accepted the^ youth ; unable to speak, her wishes were expressed by the erection of ber hair through pleasure ; on the youth's neck she placed the yellow garland fair. " Behold the rains of the lunar orb joined with the moon free from clouds* Behold Gr&nga mixed with the ocean, receptacle of waters ;'* such exclamations burst from all the citizens. On one side stood the joyfnl friends of the bridegroom, on the other the gloomy circle of kings, the assembly resembled a lake where at early dawn the lotus blooms, while the waterlilies are buried in slumber.

The royal pair entered the streets of Yidarbha which were strewed with branches of trees and shaded from the heat by martial banners. The women having left their other occupations, crowded to the windows to gase, all their senses were concentrated in the eye ; Bhoja R&j6 of Yidarbha having handed down Aja from an elephant, conducted him into the house, and seated him on a throne, loaded him with diamonds, the Argha and Madhuparka, a pair of silken garments, which hsving put on, Aja went to Indumati, drawn as is the ocean's wave to shore, by the influence of the lunar orb. Then the priest of Bhoja, having offered ghi and other things to Agni, which he made a witness, united the pair in wedlock. The bride of partridge eyes cast grains into the flames, from which a wreath of smoke arose encircling her ears as with a garland fair. The royal pair mounted on a golden seat were sprinkled with moistened grains by heads of families and aged matrons. The rejected kings hiding their wrath under the guise of joy, resembled a tranquil lake beneath whose surface alligators lark. Bhoja B4)& accompanied Aja for three days and then returned. The rejected kings then anxious to carry off the jewel bride, beset king Aja's way, who received the attack of his royal foes as Sone with swelling waves mingles with Bhagirathi's stream ; then foot met foot, horse horse, and chariot chariot, each engaged in single combat. The lineage of the combatants could not be heard by the trumpeter's voice, but written on the arrows they were announced to the foe.

Clouds of dust wrapped in a veil the sun ; fish-emblazoned banners imbibing this dust appeared as real fishes drinking turbid water. In this darkness arising from dust obstructing the path of the eyes, the blood flowing from the wounds of horses, men and elephants, which resembled

458 AnalyM of the Raghu VanJa. [No. 6.

the solar orb newlj risen. The heads cut off bj arrows appeared as fruits cut from the stalks ; the fallen helmets strewed the ground as cups with blood bedewed, the battle field appeared a banquet of the dead. Host encountered host» like ocean's swelling waves impelled by winds in front and rear ; as smoke dispelled bj wind, so fled the troops of Aja Rdj&, but he stood firm as a fire inkindled, checking the band of kings as a mighty boar the ocean's flood in the Kalpa Toga. With royal heads he strewed the ground whose lips in anger bit retained a reddened flush. His car with weapons pierced, he was only to be be known by its top, as the dawn of day on a morning when the solar orb has just arisen. Applying shell to mouth Aja blew the blast of victory ; his coward soldiers heard the sound of the Bijd who appeared among conquered kings as the moon glittering in the midst of sleeping lotuses. With arrows dipped in royal blood Aja wrote on the banners of the conquered foe : '* To*day by Raghu's son ye are berefl of gloiy, but through his clemency not of life." Indumatfs countenance freed from fear of Ihe enemy resumed its wonted brightness, aa a mirror when the vapour of the breath has passed away ; though full of joy, yet overcome with shame, she addressed not her beloved herself, but through the voice of friends, as the earth watered with recent rain addresses the clouds through the cry of peacocks. Aja placing his left foot on the necks of the kings, led away his bride to receive the sain* tation of Raghu, who then retired to the forest ; for those of the solar race when they find a prop to their family, no more remain in domes* tic life.

Then Raghu to his son who wore the marriage thread, delivered op the earth. Aja's piety and military spirit united, resembled fire and wind conjoined ; the long-armed king as a new wedded bride enjoyed the rule of earth. Each citizen thought himself the special object of the monarch's love, none felt himself neglected, as ocean receives within his embrace a hundred rivers. In moderation neither too strict nor too soft, he governed other kings, as breezes bend the trees, but do not eradicate them. Raghu like Dilip's sons, designed, in dress of bark arrayed, to seek the hermits' cooling shades, but Aja with pearl encircled crown entreated him to desist ; but as a serpent bis slough re- sumes not again, so he his regal power ; entering the fourth order he dwelt with senses subdued without the city's walk, his sun had set

1652.] AnalyiUo/the Raghu Vaiula. 459

and Aja*a risen in the firmament. Aja to re-acqaire an invincible kingdom associated himself with ministers skilled in politics ; Rnghu to attain a kingdom undecaying in the skies united himself to holy men. The one to look after the welfare of his subjects occupied the seat of judgment, the other to devote himself to meditation occupied the seat purified by kusa grass. The one by his power reduced kings beneath his sway, the other by meditative power subdued the five airs of his body. Aja exercised the six royal quaUties Sandhi, bigraha, jAna, ^anna, daidhya, iishray; Raghu achieved the three qualities, Batya, raja, tama, and esteemed gold equal to clay. Raghu thus passed a few years viewing terrestrial things with indifferent gaze until by the force of sacred meditation he attained to the Supreme Pumsha (Spirit) dwelling beyond darkness ; his son paid the last rites to his remains which were interred.* Shortly after this was born Das'aratha, bright as the sun, the father of R&ma. Aja when by the study of the Vedas, by sacrifice, and a son, he had discharged his debts to the Rishis, Gods and Pitris, shone forth as the rays of the sun free from eclipse ; he used his power to free the wretched from fear ; not merely his wealth but his virtues were at the service of others* As ludumatf walked with her husband in a grove, she fell dead on the spot. The husband clasping to his bosom his lifeless spouse appeared as the moon at morning tide covered with spots, as iron becomes soft by heat, so lost he his native courage and made'the following lament : * A garland soft my wife has killed, thus death destroys the soft by soft : as I have seen the lotus killed by liquid snow ! Why, without bidding me farewell, have you departed into another world from whence you will not return f not as yet has the perspiration from my embrace been dried up from your forehead, and thou art dead, alas I the unsubstantial nature of the body ; thy speechless face covered with dishevelled locks, torments me like the solitary lotus sleeping at night in which the bee has ceased its hum. Oh beloved, awake and dispel my sorrow, as the plant the midnight darkness of the caverns in the Himtiayan mount ; ^he wind waving thy locks entwined with flowers, casts on my mind

* The Hindu notion is to 6itni the bodies of ordinary persons as fire is const* dered to parify them, bat the corpses of Yogis or devotees are not burnt u being considered purified already.

460 AnolytU of the Raghu Van£a. [No. 6.

a hope of thy retarn. Night after its separation returns to the mooDy its mate to the Chakravika, bat thou wilt never return, thy tender limbs were hurt redined on a bed of freshly gathered leaves, how will they bear the funeral pyre 7 Thy lively voice thoa hast left behind with the kokils, thy amorous gait with the swans, thy tremUiog looks with the stags, thy mirthful gestures on the plants gently agitated by the wind. Thou hadst resolved to unite in wedlock the Sahak4r and Priyanga trees,* but thou hast departed without com- pletiug the ceremony. The Asoka tree pouring forth its leaves like flowers, remembers the pressure of thy feet. Pleasure has departed, the soog has ceased, the seasons are without song, the need of song has ceased and my bed is deserted. O wife of my house, compaiuon, friend and loved pupil in song, what has not been snatched away by death which has taken yon away> all my pleasures were seated is thee alone !*

The king with his lament caused even the trees to shed their resinous tears. His spouse was torn from his embrace and committed to tlie pyre made of agallochum and sandal. Having performed after ten days the obsequies of her of whom nothing was left except her virtues, he entered the city without her, fading as the face of the moon when night departs. The goad of sorrow tore his heart as tears the temple's court the fig tree's branch. Having instructed his son Das'aratha in the duties of empire he determined to deliver himself by starvation from Uie habitation of his body, afflicted with disease, on the confluence of the Ganges and Sarayu, where he was numbered among the immortals having rejoined his loved spouse fairer than in life.

On the death of his father, Das'aratha, the conqueror of his senses by meditation, borne in his mighty car, assumed the reins of govern- ment. From his rewarding labour at a suitable time, he received from the wise the title of the destroyer of fatigue. In his land disease fixed not its foot, it afforded richest fruits, bright as the immortak. In his equity, in raining down riches, and restraining the wicked he

* It 18 a costom among the Hindus to plant the fife trees Asvat, Bat, Jayinti, Asoklk, Sfami in a circle, and to make offerings to them, as they consider that ai long as these trees remain so long the offerer will remain in heaven. There is nov a Uw suit pending in one of our courts in consequence of one of these trees hsr- ing been mutilated.

1852.] Analyds of the Raghu Vant/a. 461

rivalled Ktoft, Knvera and Vanioa» and the sun in splendour.* Neither the delight of htintingy or gambliDg, or wine swe^ as the lunar rays, withdrew him from business. Towards transgressors his heart was of iron. He conquered the ocean, whose waves like drums resound in lof^y sounds the tidings of his victories. Hundreds of captive mon- archs in their prostration illuminated his feet with the diamond rays that flashed from their diadems which dispersed them as rapidly as ** Sol the water by his rays." His horses refreshed themselves on the banks of the Sindhu ; the people of Kamboj were as little able to stand his charge in battle as the Akahodh tree to resist the elephant's mighty force. The descendant of Raghu ascended the summits of Gauri's parent (Himalaya) which seemed loftier from the clouds of dust raised by the march of his troops ; the winds whispering through the reeds wafted drops of Ganges water: the herbage at night by its brilliancy served the soldiers instead of lamps. In his battle with the mountain tribes, fire flashed from the concussion of spears and arrow heads. At the close of the sacrifice he soothed the Khetriyas, grieved at the great slaughter, by giving them high honours and allowed them to return to their wives languishing after long absence, the Khetriyas having prostrated themselves at the feet of the king, not to be touched, but as an act of grace, proceeded to their homes.

But Dos'aratha amid all prosperity did not enjoy that light called a son, which destroys the darkness of sorrow ; in expectation long he dwelt like ocean before its churning, the production of gems not hav- ing yet taken place ; as travellers tired with heat seek the shelter of a shady tree, so resorted the gods, vexed by lUva^a, to Vishnu, who sat with eyes like the opening lotus, with garb dyed in the rays of the rising sun, like an autumnal morning soothing to the eye. With eyes brilliant after the slumber of religious abstraction had been over, Bhrigu and the other Rishis in songs of praise addressed the con* queror of the Asurs : — ** Hail in the threefold form of creation, pre- servation, and destruction. As celestial water which has only one taste

* It IB ftngnltr how a radiant light has beeo associated hy the writers of anti- quity with the bodies of illnstrions men, here with Das'aratha. The Arabic writers connected a brilliant light with Muhammad.

Scripture states that the bodies of the righteous shall shine in beaten like tbe son.

3 N

462 AnalytU of the Rt^ku V^mm. [No. 6.

aaaamet •ihert in di&rent kcaUtmt 8o thoa» uBchanged in difimsl qoalitiasy takest differest states. Immeasiurable yet measuring tbe wvrld» free from desire yet imparting it, unconquered yet eonqneror, QHmanifested yet tke source of all external manifestation. Of one form yet Tested with Taiious^ like the variation of crystal owing te superadded colour : duelling in the heart yet not near, old yet not growii^ old : omniscieiity yet not known, the home of all things yet self-existent : ruler of all, subjeet to no ruler : one, yet of multiplied fi)rms : praised in seven hymns, sleeping on the waters of the seven oceans, whose moutha of fire shining with seven fires are the refuge of the seven worlds. The ways that lead to bliss though in books divene yet in thee converge as Gkinges* streams in the ocean's waves. As gens are more valuable than the ocean, as its efEulgence is brighter than the sun, so are thy deeds far superior to prslse*"

The gods declared the danger impending from a Rjikhasa as from ocean threatening in a deluge to inundate its shores. To this Yishno, whose voice drowns the roar of ocean proceeding from the caves of the mountains adjacent to the shore, replied— I know the three worlds are oppressed by this Bikhasa, but through the favour conferred on him by his Creator his. violence is tolerated by me as is that of the sandal*- wood by the snake, but I shall become incarnate as the son of IWa* ratha, uid shall cut off his head like lotus tops in the field of battle -^-wherefore let the holy souls who in the fields of air beholding his chariot, wished to hide themselves in clouds, now cease th^ fear. On these nectarious words, the fruits of the gods, withered by the diynesi of R&vaoa» became moist ; the goda followed Vishnu as the trees the wind along the flowers.

For the attainment of his wishes Dasfaratha the ruler of men per* formed, once a sacrifice ; from its fire proceeded an awful form which spoke these words :^*

** At the due Ume a son, dispersing darkness as the herbs the gloom of night and the mountMudarkness, will be b.om." The fether seeing his fair body gave him the name of RAma, a sign, that by the light of his fame he will illuminate Raghu's family, by his splendour the lights in the lying-in chamber were paled.

His mother became thin, as the Gaines stream is feeble in autumn after its swelling torrents.

1852.] Jmfysis of the Bapku Vamtt, 4^3

At thiB time also Bharata wu born, the ornament of his mother as moderation is of prosperity. SnmitrA aho gare htrth td twins as the cnitimted knowledge is the parent of wisdom and humilitj. On the birth of Rfima all the kings in terror of Rftf ana breathed as through an atmosphere free from dost. The fire was darkened by no smoke and the snn shone iii his splendour : flowers were rained frotn the hearenly tree : as the consecrated ghi swells the sacrificial flame, so was Rdma and Lafcshman's natural modesty, increased by instruction, united in lore, as the wind and f^rt^ the ocean and the moon. Refreshing as are at the close of the hot season days dark with clouds, so cheered they the minds of their eubjects, they soothed their father by their ▼irtne as ocean with its gems consoles the Lord of the world.

At the request of Vishvamitra Bima and Lakshmana were granted to him to remoTo the hinderances to performing the sacrifices ; as they moved osk their way equipped with bows, the douds rained flowers, the fatigues of the journey were reliered by words of ancient days, amid the songs of birds and fragrance from the dust of flowers. The R&khasi 7*if^M, of a colour black as midnight, hanng human skulls as earrings and dead men's clothes as a robe, quick as a wind from a cemetery, commenced an attack, having dead men's intestines wound round her legs ; but an arrow from Rima soon despatched her to the dwelling of the lord of life. The prophet Vishvdmitra gate to Uma then a dart powerAal by maniroM to kill demons, as the diamond receives from the sun a lustre powerful to kindle wood. After this entering a forest whose trees joined their branches like hands togetheri the brothers protected the seer from danger, as the sun and moon the earth from darkness. R6khasas disturbed the sacrifices, R&ma with his bow pros- trated the son of Tft4^a ; though heavy as a rock, he fell like a fading leaf; Janaka, king of MithiU on this invited them all to MithilA. On the way the sin*destroying dust of Rdma restored the wife of Gau- tama. Janaka was surprised that the beardless RAma designed to draw his bow, yet he believed him possessed of power as the fiame, though litUe as the firefly, gives the power of ignition. The hands of attendants like masses of clouds brought the splendid bow, which though hard as a rock was bent by Rima as easily as Kima Deva b^nds his bdw oi flowers ; to him as a reward for his strength Janaka delivered his daugh*

ter.

3 N 2

464 AnalytU of the Raghu Vmu/a, [No. 6.

Das'aratha leading troops whose dust snatched away the solar rayi, beset the city in friendly bands, the marriage of men and women took place like the union of a crude noun with its suffixes. Das'** ratha returned on the march, the winds blowing against his soldieis, tree-like banners disturbed them as a river bursting its banks the plain» the sun was wrapped in a halo, the clouds of evening were red like garments dipped in blood, the wolves sent forth a horrid howl, — omens disregarded. Before them an awful form appeared wearing the paiia, a sign of his father being a Brihma^, and bearing the bow, the sign of his mother being a Khetriya, the union of the two resembled thac of sandal-wood with a snake. On his right ear he wore a necklace of aktha seeds. To Das'aratha the name of R&ma and Parasur&ma suggested joy and terror as that of a necklace of gems and the serpent's gem. Parasu- r&ma-thus addressed B&ma, ** as a sleeping serpent is roused by the blow of a stick so is my anger by your fame : the horn of my strength is broken by your bending Janaka's bow : the greatness of fire is tested by its burning in the ocean as in dry grass, therefore bend my bow." Him answered Bdma by bending the bow — on thb the splendour of his face paled, as the sun at evening in the time of full moon, while Bima brightened as the lunar orb, but B&ma pardoned him, for the brave respect merit even in a vanquished foe. Grateful as is the fall of rain to a tree on fire, so was the victory of R&ma to his father who received him as it were again to life. Then the lord of the earth having stopped some nights in serais, on the road entered Ayodhya, whose women from their windows gazed with lotus-eyes on the daughter of Janaka.

Das'aratha was near the period of his bodily extinction, like the light of a lamp at the morning dawn : old age in the guise of grey hairs whispered into his ears, Deliver your office to BiLma. The bare mmonr of this rejoiced the citizens as much as a water course does the garden plants, but Kaikaleya according to promise required B4ma's exUe for fourteen years : Bdma submitted, the colour of his face remained the same in his dress of bark as in his festal garb ; with Sit& and Laksh- mana he entered at the same time the Dandaka forest and the heart of every true man. Das'aratha went to heaven. Bh&rata went to Bama who had been married to the throne, who refused to return but by Truest gave to Bharata two slippers as tutelary guardians. B^ma lived on iorest food, sometimes reclining under the tree's broad shade in the

1852. J Analysis of the Raff hu Fans' a. 46S

two arms of Sit& : but lUma soon leflt Chitrakote noted for its cuckoo songsters, and proceeded to the south, dwelling on the way in hermits* cells as the sun in the autumnal signs : his perfumed limbs emitted such an odour as to allure the bees from the flowers* As Bdhu ob- structs the moon, so did a B&khasa, brown as the cloud of evening ; he was soon killed and buried, to prevent his polluting the land with his stench. B&ma remained in Panehavati not passing the prescribed limits—^ a barrier like the Vindhya mount. As a snake tortured with heat draws Dear to a tree in the Malaja mountains, so did R&vapa's sister Surpa- nakd tortured bj love approach to R^ma, even in the presence of Siti ; for woman's love when strong regards not time. R&ma of bull-like shoulders said, I have a wife, address my brother : she rejected by him again went to R&ma, like a river laving both banks. But the laughter of Sit& swelled her with rage as the rising moon excites ocean's waves lying unruffled by the wind. She said. Your laughter is like the con« tempt shown by a tigress to the stag : she who before spoke in sweet accents like the cuckoo's voice now sent forth the howl of a she-wolf, and suspended in the air, with fingers armed with crooked nails and thick as a knotty reed, she menaced the brothers with her army of R4khasas, but from the showers of R6ma's arrows the trunks of the whole slept to rise no more in the shade of vultures. Snrpanaka alone escaped to tell the tale to Riva^a, who thought the feet of R&ma would soon be on his ten heads ; in the form of a stag he snatched away Sit^. R&ma formed a friendship with the monkey Sugriva for the rescue of Sit4

In the city of Lankd surrounded by R&khasas, Hanuman discovered Sita resembling the sensitive plant surrounded by poisonous herbs. R&ma through love of his wife thought that crossing the ocean to Lank6 was only passing a narrow trench. An army of monkeys accompanied him along earth's back, and through the paths of air over the salt waves he threw a bund and besieged the city Lank^ his apes making as it were a second golden wall ; R6ma mounted a chariot, the banner of which was moved by the waters of the celestial Granges, he grasped the lance of Indra which repelled darts as easily as lotus leaves : the arrow of R6ma piercing R&va^a's breast entered the earth as if to bring news pleasing to the snakes ; as a mound between two infuriated enemies so hung the power of victory poised between both. The gods and Asuras

466 Anaif9iM of the Eaghu Fatufm. [No. €.

•howered on both flowefg, A dub of EMtatmimal funnahed wkh mm molt was hurled at lUma, but with wni-hiDar arrows he cat off ths dak as qoiekljr as a plantain bud. And at the same time the hope of tht B^khaaaa, the hundred heada of B&vaiia were cut off at one blow, pR> senting the appearance of the sun's image reflected one hundred wtji bj the nickering wareSy a ahower of flowers followed hj a swarm of bed was poured on the head of R&ma bjr the gods. Rima retonied to fail eitj.

Vishnu taking the name of RAma passed through his r^ion (the sir) the quality of which is sound, and thus addressed his wife :— *'* BehoM the foaming waters divided bj my bridge as the aether (the road of light) in autumn time exhibits the brilliant stars, — ocean is the pareat of the solar rays the ministers of fire : like Vish^^u its form can be limited neither by number or quantity — ^in the ocean, are animals whidi spout torrents of water on high, snakes which rise to inhale the air blowing from the shore and shine with their diamonds reflecting the solir rays*-«B a brazen line on a chariot wheel, so appears dark with Tamak trees the narrow shore of the briny ocean black with ranges of Tanili and palm trees. The wind from the shore wafts the fragrance of the Eetaka. In our celestial ear wafted we arrived at the ocean's short planted with betelnuts bending under their load of fruit. Oh, thoa stag-eyed, the cloud having the lightning as its bracelet becomes year ornament — the bark-dad hermits dwell in the Dandaka forest where the creeping plants by their shoots indicated your abduction, — there is the heaven-touching summit of the Malayan mountain where ia your absence I could not endure the scent of the Kadamba flowen with half-opened leaves, nor the pleasing screams of the peacocks or the noise of the clouds reaching from their caves, then was I vexed by the beauty of your eyes dark with the smoke of matrimooial flames, then I beheld the ruddy geese inseparable in affection giring to each other the lotus leaves, the tender plants of Asoka with flo«en pendant as breasts were embraced by me in your absence. Then near the banks of the God&vari I returned tired from hunting, refreshed by the wind blowing from the waters, reclining my head on thy bosom I slept in the reedy forests ; there is the river Mand&kina, with ciyslal streams which seen at a great distance seems at the foot of the moaa* tain like a string of pearls on the neck of the earth — in this forest are trees which produce fruit without the previous mark of flowers.*'

1*8520 JtudytU of the Raghu Varna. 467

Afler this B&ma alighted from Ins ear on a ladder of crystal. As the moon, the queen of stars monnts the evening clouds distingaish- «d for their gleaming lightning, so did the chief of Baghu's race dimb hia car marked with a standard floating in the wind. Bharata Admired Sit4 rescued by R^ma as the departure of the rainy season irees the brightness of the moon from the mass ol clouds. lUma proceeded to the forest near Audhe furnished with tents.

Das'aratha being dead, and R&ma in the woodsy their wires lamented, and aa two creeping plants on the tree they clung to being cat, the cold tears of joy were mixed with warm sobs like the streams flowing from the snowy mountains united with the warm current of the Ganges and Sarayu. In water brought in golden ressels the senior counsel- lors finished the inauguration of R&ma which was begun in woman's tears, water was fetched from rivers and lakes which fell on R6ma's head as cloud water on the Yindhya mountains, he entered the city of lotVy gates amid showers of moistened grain. Like locks of human bair arose the wary lines of the smoke of incense burnt in the houses. Sit& shining bright as fire sat beside R&ma who entered the house of hia fiuher who survived only in his picture. The past sufferings in the forest afforded in the houses ornamented with pictures only pleasure on the recollection. Sit& with her soft look^ and face pale aa the 9har tree, without words> indicated to her lord her pregnancy the source of joy. Uma at this time mounting his roof which reached the clouds, beheld his city aad the citisens deHghting in the royid parks. But on hearing from his confidants that his citizens doubted the purity of Sitii, his heart became lacerated as iron struck by an iron club, his mind wavered to and fro,— but glory being preferable to life he prefer- red repudiating his wife. He stated to hia brothers called together, See, said he, the staia cast on me aa on a mirror from a cloudy wind, though knowing, her to be innocent, yet I feel the slur ; men attach a sUan to her aa they consider the earth's shadow a spot on the moon. His brother conducted Sit& to the forests, little knowing that her husband had been changed from the celestial tree into a tree whose leaves had been paved with swords. When Sitd alighted, her brother-in-law de- clared R&ma's message weighty as a mighty cloud raining stones. Like a plant smitten with terror as by a wind to the ground, she sighed like a lamb with open mouth — ^in sympathising sorrow the peacocks ceased

468 JnMlysU of the Eagku VanMm. [No. 6.

to danee, the trees cut their flowera» and the goats rejected the cropped grass. The hermit who had gone forth to collect sacred grass sod flowers beheld her as a bird stricken bj the hunter. V&lmiki condoct- ed her in the CTening to his hermitage where deer reclined and ddi- ▼ered her to holy women — they gare her at the end of the daj a test lightened with a lamp of ingnd oil, a sacred skin serving her ss i conch. Rima on hearing of his wife, ponred forth tears as the moos does snow in the month of Pans.

The lord of the ocean-encircled land hearing that the R^khaia Larana attacked the seers living along the Jumna sent his brother to subdue them. He proceeded through forests laden with flowers breath- ing sweet odours : the army co-operated with him as in the verb adhydyan the preposition adhi. Lakshmana spent a night io the forest shades with V&lmiki where Sit& gaye birth to twins. The next day appeared Lavana black as smoke, with hairs red as flame, moring among his troops as the blaze of a funeral pile, he wrenched a loft? tree as easily as grass and hurled it at Lakshmana, but it was severed io two by his arrows, while an arrow pierced the giant, he fell, bring- ing terror to the earth and removing the terror of the hermits ; fiocki of birds pounced on the dead R^khasa and showers of flowers fell from heaven on Lakhsmana's head which was erect in its strength but low in modesty. After this Lakhsmana founded the city MathuW[, from the roofs of which he beheld the Jumna flow by, adorned by the Chakrav6ka9^ wreathed as hairs of the earth with a golden fillet. Rtos'i sons sang the deeds of their father which soothed their mother, the deer listening to the song. A sacrifice was appointed, Kusa and Lati singing the R^ro6yana of V&lmiki, Rdmaand the assembly listened with rapture like a forest district unruffled by the vrind, dripping with the dews of mom. Next day Sitd with her two sons came from the her- mitage of V^miki. With gentle mien, clad in red, fixing her eyes on her feet, Sit^ came forward and was acquitted, the spectators stood with downcast head bending as stalks of rice laden with fruit. Siti drinking pure water exclaimed, I am free from this sin and appeal to thee, O earth, to receive me to thyself ; so saying a light burnt from a chasm in the ground, the goddess earth appeared and with her she descended to the lower regions. R^ma tried in vain to recover her, but the love he had for Sit^ he now reposed in the sons. Ysffl

1852.1 AnalyBU of the Raghu Vdntla. 469

appeared, directing BAma to enter heaveti ; Lakhsmana at this time died en 8ani7a*8 banks, Rdma finding that one-fourth part of him had thus gone to heaven, stood tottering like virtue standing on three feet* At the time of his ascent iill Audhe^ except the houses, proceeded oat to iee it, his footsteps were bedewed with the tears of the citizens big as the flowers of the Kadamba, regretted bj the rayats to whom his kindness had long been great. Koto, R&ma's son, succeeded him, the other brothers kept within their respective spheres as the ocean within its shores. As Kusi laj one night awake in his bed-chamber, the lamp burning with still flame, he beheld a woman with the shape of a fthadow on a mirror, having a eonntenance of woe.

She announced herself as the tntelarj goddess of the city deserted by its ruler of the solar race, in consequence of which the portals fell to ruin like the end of day when the sun sets behind the western hills» and the clouds are scattered by the wind — iii the royal paths where wandered Once the wanton girls of shining feet, the dogs now hunt for food I the water which once in the tanks struck by the hands of females gAve forth the sound of the lnte> now sends out the bellowing of wild oxen ; ofi the steps once trod by the yellow feet of fair women, the tigresses now place their blood-stained track on the statues of females now faded and covered #ith dust. -

The tiles were so stained from time and coTered with seeds as to give no reflection of the moon's rays thongh bright as gems : wild monkeys pluck the plants formerly cropped by playful girls. The windows exhibiting no splendour of the midnight mocm and bereft of the light of woman's face are covered with spiders' webs, while the reed-made huts on the Sarayu's banks are deserted. The king agreed to return to Audbe» a suitable day was chosen, and the soldiers followed him as clouds do the direction of the wind. The arniy on its march resembled a royal city, the crowds of banners a forest, the elephants mountains, and the chariots palaces, the army shone as the ocean under the reflection of the moon beams moving to shore. The earth unable to bear the weight of the troops mouftted in clouds of dust into the cether, the army moved across the Yindhya hills ; the chariot wheels were red ftom the metals' friction, he passed the Ganges on a bridge made oi elephants fastened together. The swans in their aerial cir- cfea served the purposes of a goad. Crowds of builders renewed the

3 o

470 Analysis tfthe Raghu Vam^a. [No. 6.

face of the citj» as the clouds the earth when parched by summer's heat. Summer came prompting the maidens to ornament themselves with jewelled garments and with Tests which a breath oould blow awty. The days of summer heat increased and night was very short, both like husband and wife, who separating after a quarrel are burning in the flames of sorrow.

Kusa and his women entered tents erected on the banks of the Sarayu, the women amused themselves in sporting with the swans and dashing water high which washed off the paint from their limbs, exhi- biting diverse colours like the dawn eorered with clouds, but their joy of heart restored a colour to their eyes similar to that of the pigment washed away by the water, which by its concussion gave the sound of a drum ; on hearing which the sweetly singing peacocks expanded their tails, the R6ja sported with them in the water as s wild elephant does amid the lotus flowers, in contact with the king ; the women shone more brilliantly, like ordinary gems with an emerald. But while bathing the R&ja lost the bracelet, the pledge of victory given to him by his father R&ma. The fishermen searched in yain and with countenances languid as the lotus gave to him the news, but to Kusa the hook of the enemies this was soon restored : amid the rain of flowers Kusa married Kumadvati of the serpent race*

By Kumadrati a son Atithi was bom, fair as the moon towards tbe dawn of day. Kusa, his father, by haying a son endowed with equal good qualities as himself multiplied himself. Preparations were made for the son's inauguration as King : the sweet and deep*toned dang of the musical instruments gave presage of the happiness of his reign, the lustral ceremonies were performed by the scattering durvd grass, barley stems, the bark of the fig and lotus caHces — the Br^hma^s moved in procession singing triumphal songs while water from the Ganges was poured on his head in streams. The King elated with the praises of the heralds seemed like a great cloud hailed by the ehAtaka birds ; as the splendour of fire sprinkled by rain is increased, so was the B&ja*s by the sacred water. As a mark of joy he ordered prisoners to be free, oxen to be taken from the yoke, cows not to be milked, and the parrots shut up in cages to be released. The King seated on an ivory throne, had his hair decorated with a row of gems, his body was coloured with the yellow pigment rochana and his memben

1 852.] Jnalysit of the Raghu Fans' a. 471

iniide fragrant by the sandal-wood, he wore a robe of silk on which was wrought the figure of swans, his dress shone in a golden mirror as the shadow of the celestial tree at sun-rise on the top of Meru's mount. His course from youth to the throne was tike the moon when she attains her full-orbed greatness.

Except after smoke the brightness of fire is not seen» but he shone cat at once with all his rirtues ; the women accompanied him with their eyes shining through joy, as the polar star in a bright autumnal night. Atithi himself administered justice daily, giving to the citizens the lipe fruit of the testimony furnished, he only Tiolated his promises in favour of his enemies, though a youth he was firm as a deep-rooted tree. He sent out spies as rays which made all know as clear as the sun in a cloudless sky — he slept at his own suitable time but watched by emissaries — ^his successful aims well planned ripened secretly like grains of rice lying hid in the stalk— even at the height of prosperity lie never swerved from the right way as the salt sea however swollen Btill enters into the mouths of rivers, he never attacked his inferiors^ MB the biasing forest flame though aided by the wind does not assault the water. He valued alike the honest, agreeable and usefuL He accumulated wealth to give to others as the cloud filled with water supplies the ehdiaka. As the magnet draws the strength of iron, so did be ihe power of his enemies. The merchants travelled on the rivers» as on lakes ; in forests, as in gardens ; in mountains, as in their houses ; as an elephant by its smell alone drives away other elephants, so did he his enemies by the prestige of his name. Atithi did not decline like the moon or ocean. He held the applications of poor but honest men a benefit to himself as are the clouds to the ocean, like the rising sun be dispelled darkness by the sense of truth. Although the rays of the moon enter not the nelumbium, nor the rays of the sun the lotus, yet his virtues penetrated the enemy, by his good quatities he became King of kings.

A son was bom, named Naishadha : the father, whose deeds in spotless purity equalled the Nymphsea, ascended to heaven ; the son of lotus eyes and mind profound aa ocean's stream, governed the ocean-girdled earth after him ; his son Nalus of fire* like power trampled on his enemy as the elephant does reeds. His son Nabhasi's body was fair as the azure vault of heaven, in his old age he formed friendship with wild beasts.

3 o 2

472 Jnalynt of ike Eagku Fana'tu [No. 6.

A descendant of his Ahinngas was noted for sweet words able to carry captive the stags. Visbasah another descendant left the kingdom to his son and clad himself in a dress of bark ; Dbravasandha, a sncceaaor* roled like the polar star : with stag eyes and lion's heart like the new moon he delighted the eyes ; to him succeeded a yonthfnl monarch, the kingdom resembled the sky when the moon has just risen or a fiirest inhabited by yoang lions, or a lake not yet having the expanded lotas. As a small emerald is still an emerald, so the King thoogh only six years old was still a King ; before he had learned hia letters^ he was instrncted by wise men in Ethics, with years his body and ▼irtnes received increase* He entered on the stage of youth, the i&ower on the tree of love growing on the stalk of continual delight^ a wine to be observed by maiden's eyes, an ornament diffosed over the whole body.

But after a time he appointed his son Agnivar^a, shining as fire, to the throne where with holy water and sacred grass he forgot his former state— >the son resigning his kingdom to his ministers deliTere4 himself over to the enjoyment of women^ buried day and night in th« interior of his palace, exhibiting at Umes only his feet to the gaze of his subjects, which resembled a lotus tinged with the raya of th« rising sun. In tanks amid sport with his women he spent the day quaffing with them large draughts of wine amid the sound oi harps and maidens of fair eyes. In the houses the lamp at night unmoved by the wind became witnesses to his deeds. His passions enfeebled by success were stimulated by drinking mango juice and the flowers of the Bignonia. Decay began, he saw destruction before him from his excesses, yet regarded not his physician's advice, he became enfeebled by consumption, with ghastly look, of low voice, leaning on othera» his Cftinily became like the moon in its last quarter or a summer lake with only mud banks left, or a lamp with languishing flame— no son was bom, though attached to so many women ; the diseases baffled thr skill of the physicians as the wind a lamp. Soon in a grove near his house the ministers performed his last funeral rites, while his wife pregnant was invested with the royal dignity. His child on birth was warmed with tears shed at so melancholy an end of the father and was then refreshed with cold water drawn from golden veaseia to ii»- augurate his line.

1852.] On Filiering the Water* ^ Tank%. 473

On Filtering the Watete q/* Tanhe in large quantitiee^ /or the use of Toume. — By Hbnry Piddingtqn. Curator Mueeum o/Eeono^ mie Geology,

About fQur or ^we jeari ago I had occasion in reply to some queries addressed to me from Oudejpore bj Mr. Brandreth, G. S., to consider this subject a little. I haye kept no copy of my letter to that gentleman, but the matter has again been brought to my mind by the observations of Dr. ChudLerbntty lately published, and as the question is one of great sanitary importance, a record of any proposal for accomplishing this, cheaply, eifectiTely, and abundantly, may be worth preserving. Every project of the kind will necessarily be sub- ject to modifications in practice, though the principles may be found always to hold good, and the means to be perhaps more efficacious and cheaper than is commonly supposed.

There are two objects in filtering water, which are :

1. To obtain clear water, or mechanical filtering.

2. To obtain clear and pure water, or chemical filtering.

And these should be kept in mind as being distinct ; though as I shall subsequently shew, they may perhaps be combined and accomplished at one operation. We will first consider that we have the common river or tank water of Calcutta to deal with, and wish only to make clear — that is wholesome- ^yb'n^ — water of it.

The processes of nature in filtering her waters are — upwards or downwards, or diagonally, or horiaontally, as between the close layers of stratified rocks ; and she uses an infinity of various materials and mixtures of these materials for her filters, some of which act simply to dear the water, and others to purify it. Many of these of both kinds either natural or artificially compounded are within our reach, and I set down here such as occur to me«

Clsaring Materials, PtxRiPiSRS,

or Mechanical filters. or Chemical filters.

1. Common sandy earths. 1. Coarse kunkur gravel of the

2. Sands, coarse and fine. limestone kunkurs» which la

474

On Fiitering the Waters of Tanks.

[No. 6.

3. The slates of all kinds. liraestODe or pisolite.

4. Porous sand-stones. 2. Coarse kunkur g^vel of the

5. Jumma or glass of brick kilns. ironstone kunkurs or pisiform

6. Small shells and shelly sand. iron ore.

7* Roah or pounded brick. 3. Ironstones and iron earths of

all kinds from Basalt and earthy iron ores to the late- rites of Midnapore and Cut- tack, and the yellow ferrugi- nous earths.

4. Chalk and massive kunkur.

5. Limestones* as that from Sjl-

het.

6. Black hornblende sand from

Sanger Island* or other parts.

7. White clays of various kinds.

8. Soorkey.

9. Charcoal and coke.

10. Bone charcoal.

We desire to obtain first pure looking water* not forgetting that wafer may appear to be pure and yet hold unwholesome matters ia solution. Filtering at one operation, both upwards and downwards ii perfectly easy, and will in most cases give clear water at once. This is managed as follows : — See Plate.

A. is a wall enclosing any space with openings of any kind at the top only.

B. a second wall with small arched openings b below.

C. is a third wall with openings only at the top again discharging into the reservoir D. for the clean water.

Now if the spaces between A. and B. and B. and C. be filled with any good filtering materials from the first list, as fine washed sea sand from Saugor or the coarse Muggra bal/g ^nsed by our masons, the water which enters through A. (being the surface water which is always the clearest)* will filter through it downwards beneath B. and

* Some of the holes at A. &e. are always sapposed to he below the lerd of the Tmk, when at its lowest level in the dry tesson.

1852.] On Filtering the Waters of Tanka. 475

upwards to C* If these spaces be ten feet deep only, this gives twenty feet of filtering distance, in every inch of which the water will leave some of its imparities. A small wall and sluice outside of A. would cut off the communication and enable us to clear out our filtering apparatus and re-fill it with fresh materials. It is probable that no water would require more filtering than this to come perfectly limpid into the reservoir, but if any did so, another pair of walls might be added. They may be tolerably close ; say just far enough apart to allow a man to work in clearing out the material when it requires changing, for it is to be noted that the efficiency of this filter depends upon its depth, and not on its breadth at all.

It is evident that walls may be built to any extent required, either merely to inclose a ghat, or a comer of a tank, or across a whole side of it ; and that arrangements may easily be made for preventing the fouling of the limpid water, when filtered, by those who take it for use. A modification of this which might be adopted in private tanks or even in public ones, would be to have sheet iron caissoons made, one within the other, and placed in a tank, so that the central space should always be a well of limpid water.

But as above remarked, clear water is not always pure water, and that of the river for instance, though filtered till perfectly pellncid, would no doubt still contain animal, vegetable and saline matters which being held in solution must be separated by some natural che* mical process, and this may be called chemical filtering. We do not know what the impurities of our water are, but we will set them down generally as animal or vegetable matters and saline ingredients, such as phosphates, carbonates, sulphates and muriates of various bases.

We have then first to determine by varied experiments which of the cheap and easily obtained substances in our second column is likely best to answer our purpose, and there is no doubt but that some of them simply, as the iron stones in various forms ; or mixtures of them, as phalk with kunkur gravel, or chalk with the coarsely pulverised basalts ; or with the black sand and the like, will decompose the saline matters, and at the same time, frequently cause also the separation of the animal or vegetable matter, or of the greatest part of it. A familiar instance of the use of iron earths is well known to chemists in the use of the water of the Seine at Paris, which is what is called

476 On Filtering the Watere of Tankt. [No. 6.

in the eonntry in England a hard water, i. e. it holds a oonsiderablt proportion of salphate of lime in eolation ; curdling ioap eren after it has been boiled, and is even said to affect the bowels of persons us* accnstomed to use it4 To correct this defect, the French use in their cisterns and filters what are called Baulee de Mure which are merely an earthy red oxide of iron, and these decompose the sulphate of lime and render the water much better for domestic use. The white clsys to be found in many places in India, and which all contain alumiiia, and some of them sulphate of lime (gypsum) will also frequ^tly be found useful as chemical filters.

It is evident from what has been said above» that the mere clearing materials which serve to render the water limpid, and those which act chemically may be combined either in mixtures or in layers as thu. In ten feet of filter there might be five beds of coarse sand, and firt of iron kunkur or chalk, or those materials may be kept separate ii the two divisions of the filter, and thus that, by varying the filtering media, we may with great probability assert that we might obtaia nearly pure water at a very small expense, whenever the Qovermneot or the Municipality, or any individual who can afford it, will undertake the cost of the experiments on a proper scale. If a long narrow oaniil was led from a tank to any convenient situation for a reservoir and different divisions, say at every ten or fifteen feet, were filled with different kinds of filtering materials, this would be the same proeefl in a horizontal direction ; but not, I think, so efficaeioua as thst which I have proposed, upwards and downwards.

H. PiDOINGTON.

Maf Ut, 1852.

1852.] A Jtmmey through Sikim. 477

Diary of a Journey through Sikim to the Frontiers of Thihet.-^By Dr. A. Campbell, Superintendent of Darjeeling^with a Map. (Communicated by Sir James Golvilb, Kt.)

(Continued from page 428.)

CAate»g, October 7th. Elevation 8,500 feet, giatted from Latong at 7 a. m. and did not reach onr gronnd till 6 p. m. A mile fran camp we croesed to the left hank of the Laohen by a ri^etjr cane^bridge : Uie river a eontinu- ons sheet of foam ; which is the character of it, and of the Teeeta all the way from the junction of the Rumam ; belaw that the water is heaved np in waves. The declension of the river's bed mnst be very uniform in each division of it, vis. in the wi^ and in the foamy parts. The rate is very rapid ; Dr. Hooker estimated it at 11 knots an hoar. Close to the bridge there ia a fine cascade of 100 feet or more from an af- fluent of which I could not learn the name. At ^ paat one we reached the *^ Takchoong*' feeder which ia a deep and furious one, and fomid the bridge at the proper crossing place had been swept away. Having ascended some way we found a crossing in progress of being formed. The operation presented a very animating scene. About 30 Lepchas having laid loi^ Alder saplings flrom rock to rock in the torrents course, spread themselves across the roaring torrent, and by binding 3 or 4 of the saplings together for foot ways and running temporary rails, we all passed, the foam beating against the foot ways and wetting us aU over. Keeping along the left bank for three hours we re-croesed to the right bank of the Lachen, and ascending a short distance came upon pines near the river's edge ; idl the way from Ghongtam the mountain tops are clothed with them.* Our route now lay through an open forest of lofty Pines. At about 500 feet above the river and 2000 feet below the crests of the mountains, we crossed a recent land- slip of great extent, and further on we crossed a roaring torrent mnning over a solid rocky bottom which terminated in a precipice 20 yards below the crossing, the water shooting in a cascade down to the river with a fall of 400 feet ; one of our coolies slipped his footing at the crossing, and was saved from being instantly shot over with the torrent by a man who promptly seized him. From this crossing we

* Pinna Brunonianai and Pinus Khutrow.

3 p

478 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

made a very steep ascent of 500 feet through a thick forest of Pina, at the top of which we saddenly issued on a wide and steep expanae of grass thickly studded with Anemones, asters, heautifol purple Primroses, and a profusion of blue and yellow flowers which all combined exhibited the gayest sheet of vegetation I had ever seeo. For the first time I now realised the pleasure I had so often dcired from reading accounts of the beauties of this sort to be met with, ia the upper and inner regions of the Himalaya to the westward ; and which are quite distinct from those which characterise the lower and outward ranges in both quarters of the chain.

The ascent continued through this loTcliness to the top^ and then Chateng itself, which is a broad spur from the Takcham mountain, spread out before us in undulating terraces for more than a mile square. Clumps of Pines adorned it like a noble park, and OTer- topping it to the north-west the snow-clad summits of Takcham shot into the sky to the height of 17,000 feet.

The views from Chateng are as fine as itself is beautiful. To the south and east a long reach of the Lachen river foams along with numerous cascades dashing into it from either side. From the west a torrent and waterfall come pouring down for 2,000 feet through an avenue of noble Pines ; and to the north is the valley of the Lachen apparently terminated by a snow-topped mountain 12,000 feet high, which divides the valley of the Lachen proper from that of its western feeder the Zemu. Chateng would be an incomparable place for a residence in the rainy season if it was even tolerably accessible from the south, which it is not at present. The climate is much drier than that of Darjeeling. Hooker found the fall of rain and humidity ti the atmosphere much less in the country above Choongtam, than in the lower part of Sikim.

TeungOt October Sth.

Started at 8 a. m. : descended from the lovely Chateng to a torrent flowing into the Lachen from the west which we crossed ; ascended thence toward the village of Lachen through a forest of noble Pines, and along a good road, the under jungle of the forest becoming more and more scanty as we advanced, the soil dry and sandy. Suddenlj round the end of a beautifully wooded spur we came in full view of the village of Lachen, also called Lamteng, an exceedingly pretiy

1852.] A Journey through Sikim» 479

place and picturesquely situated on a gently sloping terrace covered with grass^ and having handsome clumps of Pines scattered over it. A streamlet of clear water runs over a pebbly bottom meandering through the village.* Lamteng consists of about 30 houses built of wood and raised on posts four feet from the ground, with lath and plaister walls neatly white-washed, or of a light blue colour. The roofs are shingled, with rows of stones to keep them down, and the lower story is generally walled in with stone, and used for goats, sheep and cattle. The only cultivation was some turnips near the houses, and a little buck-wheat higher up the hill. The inhabitants are all Bhotias, and are at present engaged in tending their flocks of yaks and cows higher up the valley. There was not a man, woman, or child left to look after the houses. The doors were locked and sealed, the latter a Thibetan custom. Lachen is the situation of a Phipun and of a Lapun, two officers who manage the joint interests of the Sikim and Thibet governments among the nomadic population of this valley. The Lachen Bhotias graze their flocks over a great extent of country in Thibet and Sikim, penetrating as far as Kambajong in Thibet to the north, and descending to Dengaf in Sikim on the south. The valley of the Lachen forming the cis-Himalyan portion of their beat extends as far as Kongra Lama wl^re the Sikim territory terminates ; thence they go over the Thibetan wilds towards Geeree and Kamba- jong wherever grass is procurable. These nomadic people, occupying as they do both sides of this border, are equally subject to Thibet as to Sikim. During the time they are in Thibet, or about half the year, they pay for cattle grazing there, and the same while within the Sikim border. Their payments are in curds, ghee and kine to Sikim ; to Thibet they pay in shingles, bamboos, dye stuffs, and also in dairy produce. The Thibetan influence is upon the whole much greater in the Lachen valley than that of Sikim, although the territorial limits are to the north of it, and not disputed now. The origin and con- tinuance of this state of things between two contiguous states are curious enough. It appears that a very long time ago a Phipun of Lachen — in the service of Sikim — became indebted to the Lama of

* Elevation of Lachen 9000 feet. The Pine clad moantain forming ita back groand is 1500 feet more.

t Denga is three miles above Choongtam.

3 P 2

480 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

Digarchi for a sum of money which he was unable to pay. The debt of the capital Bum was expunged : but the interest^ secured by a bond, was made payable to the Lama and his successon, with a pro- viso that the obligation should be transferred to the Phipun's official successors, all of whom on taking the office receive this bond from their predecessors and discharge its conditions. The interest is paid in shingles for -roofing, a specified number of which are to bepre> pared annually in the Lachen valley and forwarded to Digarchi. Tbe La Pun, or Deputy Phipun, is appointed by the Thibetan officers it Kambajong. The Phipun holds bis appointment from the Sildm Raja. The Thibetan influenoe is further secured by the fact of all the holders of stock in Lachen being indebted for advances of money or goods to persons in Digarchi. The usual rate of interest paid on such advances is 25 to 40 per cent, per annum. I look for further particulars of the peculiarities of Lachen as we advance.

At noon we crossed the Zemu, a large affluent of the Lachen from the north-west by an excellent bridge, and ascended to our encamp- ing ground. Elevation of Yeunga 10,000 feet. Thermometer fdl during the night to 44°.

Tungu, Oetober 9th.

Elevation 13,000 feet. Ther. at 4 p. m. 42°. Started from oar last ground at 7 a. m., and reached this at 3 p. m. ; road good all the way and the distance not above 12 miles. I rode the greater part of it, the Lachen Phipim having sent us down three good ponies from Tungu* Half a mile above Yeunga the Lachen valley opens out considerably ; the stream runs in a quiet ripple, with the banks shelving to its edge, and there is a good deal of level ground on both sides. The mono- tains however are as precipitous on either side as they are lower down, but do not, as there, form the immediate banks of the river. At Pan- gri which we reached in an hour from Yeunga, the valley again na^ rows, and the river becomes rapid and foaming. This alternation of meanderings and rapid courses obtains all the way to " Tungu ;" yet in no place is there any cataract, or even a sudden fldl. At 10 o'clod( we crossed the Lachen-— to its left bank — at Talom Samdong by an excellent bridge. Here there is a flat terrace half a mile long and 20 feet above the river, with 20 houses belonging to the Lachen Bhotiahs^ who occupy them in their migrations up and down the valley. These

1852.] A Jinimey through Sikim, 481

houses are built of stope without anj mud or mortar, are of one itory roofed with 8hingles» and of one apartment only : some of them are plaistered with mud» and all have a wooden door and shutter win- dows, which were tied up and sealed, as at Lamteng, the people being absent with the cattle, and not a soul left behind to watch the houses.

From Talom Samdong up the ralley and bearing north- west^ we had a fine view of the Chomiomo mountain : it is a magnificent mass of pure snow, the crest of a hog«backed shape with three sharp-pointed spikes, or small peaks rising out of it, and to the east up a deep gorge like valley the snowed peaks of ** Milah" or ** Minglah** came in sight. These peaks Hooker tells me are also seen from the La- ehoong valley, and are to the south of " Momay Samdong."

The vegetation during this march has undergone a great change. Near the last camp we had fine pines, larches, tree junipers, large birch and willow trees, the large red and white rose, and many of Booker's new species of trees, rhododendrons, mixed with 3 or 4 kinds of red fruited barberries — the barberry at Daijeeling is a damson blue— a very handsome thistle and gigantic hemlock extending to the river edge. The Tendook poison plant, Aconitum palmatum or ferox, is very common along this march.

After passing ** Yatung'* four miles below Tungu the trees become somewhat stunted, and here we came upon quantities of red currants-^ the first I have seen in Sikim — the Faloo and Tsuloo, dwarf rhododen- dron, mountain ashes, and dwarfed willows. The red currant— cal- led kewdemah — is a beautiful large smooth-skinned berry in large bunches ; but bitter as well as very acid. The Faloo and Tsuloo rho- dodendrons are strongly and sickly scented plants, which cover large spaces of the mountain sides in this direction. The other species of rhododendrons are extensively diffused, covering whole mountain sides in many places principally in east and west exposures. The south wind in this valley at its upper part especially is strong and constant during the day. At night a piercing wind set down the valley from the north. The autumnal tints of the foliage are now becoming well marked, and the dark green of the junipers and webbiana pines con- trasts vividly with the lighter green of some of the rhododendrons, aild the yellow and scarlet tints of maples and barberries. No culti- TStion at Tungu. Herds of yaks are browsing on the steep grassy

482 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 6.

decii?ities around it, while ponies with brood mares, and a few cows graze on the flatter ground of our encampment. The Tillage eonststs of 20 wretched stone hovels with low pitched shingle roofs, over which a covering of pine bark is laid, the whole being held down bj rows of stones two feet apart. The shingles and battens are made of the ¥^ood of the Tarious kinds of pines, and are prepared all along the valley above Lachen — or Lamteng — for home use, and for export to the Thibetan stations of Geeree, Kambajong and the city of Digar- chi. The favourite size for shingles is 4 feet by 1 . The interior of the houses corresponds in wretchedness with their exterior. The people sleep all huddled together on planks laid on the ground, and have no furniture of any sort : the fire is lighted on the floor, with upright stones placed in triangles for the earthen cooking pots, and for the large earthen tea pot which is always -on the hob. Dirt, smoke, tattered garments which are never changed, and faces which are never washed, are the invariable characteristics of the Lachen Bhotias. Men and women dress alike in loose woollen wrappers with very long sleeves, woollen caps and boots. The men carry a small brass tobacco pipe in the girdle which they are constantly smok- ing, and rarely carry arms of any kind. They are very dark in com- plexion, but it is more the darkness of colliers than of the tint of the skin, and is probably the result of sitting over smouldering sheep- dung fires, and of engrained dirt ; for some of the children are almost rosy.

Tunffu, October lOM.

Halt here to-day as the morning was cloudy with drizzling rain, and our intended visit to Phaloong and Kanchanjhow would have been useless in such weather. Having seen these places we purpose mov- ing on to the Pass of Kangra Lama, which is about 12 miles up the valley, and at the head of it.

We have had some very good and clean made yak milk butter from the village, and we have replenished our larder by slaughtering a young yak, the condition of which is very promising.

The Bhotia who sent it came to beg for one of the feet with which to pacify the mother at milking time, and carried it away with him.

October Uth.

Drizzling rain all yesterday, last night and this morning ; so that

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 483

we are weather- bound ; our great object now is to see what we have 80 nearly reached. How I long to see that mountain Kanchanjhow from the plain of Phaloong, described to be such a glorious sight by Hooker ! The character of the rain fall here is different from that farther south — at Daijeeling for instance. It is lighter and drizzling* accompanied by a thin grey mist, and this was equally the case in July when Hooker was here for 7 days.

There is no cultivation of any kind here at present, nor was there in July. The land about the village has the appearance of having been sometime ago terraced for cultivation, and wheat was grown here when the Thibetans held it. Turnips grow, I believe, but nothing else is tried by the present inhabitants, who are obstinately idle and lazy : a few beautiful purple primroses are still in flower in sheltered places, but the winter is setting in rapidly. Ther. at 11 a. m. 41^. During the night it fell to 39^. At noon 37° — ^heavier rain and sleet : at 4 p. M. 34°, and snow. Some of our servants have suddenly got dropsical swellings of the face and feet, which they attribute to the great cold. These swellings are not attended by any pain or fever, but merely with lassitude and want of appetite. What will become of these cold-stricken creatures if we get into Thibet ? I have lost two goats since yesterday : the symptoms were those of poisoning, saliva running from the mouth and nostrils, swelling of the stomach and constant bleating. The Tendook aconite is abundant here, and the leaves of one of the rhododendrons are poisonous for cattle ; it is named the *' Kema Kechoong.*'* The smoke of its wood is very pungent and swells the eyelids. The juniper wood makes by far the pleasantest fire ; it burns clearly and quickly, with a fragrant odour and with very little smoke or ashes. This is important when you have the fire as we have it, on the middle of the floor of a small hut with* out any chimney. The openings in the shingle roof however are numerous and serve for smoke vents, as well as for leaks and light holes. The Doongshing, Webbiana pine is the wood most used for shingles, being the easiest worked, and lasts 3 to 4 years. The juniper shingles last longer ; but the wood is harder, and these people avoid labour to the utmost extent possible, every thing beyond looking after

* Rhodo. Cinnabarinun. — Hooker.

4H4 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 6.

their yaks, and riding their ponies, being distastefal to them. Hie yak is a shorter lived aaimal than the cow of Sikim. After 7 or 8 calves the female is much aged ; the cow will give 10, or 12, and etfii 14 calves. The period of gestation in the yak is said to be 9 noBths exActly, of the cow 10 or 20 days more. The flesh of the yak is, I think, the best meat that can be put on table ; it is of delicate flavour, tender, juicy and eats quite short ; the gravy is totally free from gret- sineas, and the meat of stringiness, which cannot be said of beef or mutton.

October 12M.

Still detained by bad weather. It snowed till midnight, and is rain- ing this morning. The snow has not lain at our camp : but Uw mountains all round us are snowed from the top to within 500 feet of us. Ther. rose during the night to 35° ; it was 34° at 4 p. m.

A string of 50 laden yaks has just arrived from Kambajong in Thibet with wool for the Phipun of this place. They came io tUD days. The average load is about 3 mannds, 240 lbs. The yak getr is very simple, a thick pack-saddle of blanketing, over which a saddle tree of a tough rhododendron wood is girthed with yak hair ropes, and secured by a crupper of the same material. The nose cardlsge is pierced, and a hair rope in it is the only bridle. The ears are deco- rated with tufU of scarlet wool, which are very becoming. These pack animals are all geldings ; they were in fine condition, the long hair on the belly reaching to the ground ; the common colour of all we have seen is black all over, one in 15 or 20 is white-tailed and white-faced. Some are black and white mixed, and a few are dmu The yaks are kept in Thibet as bulls till 3 or 4 years old ; they are tie only animals used there in the plough, and for loads. The plough in use about Digarchi is the same as the Bengali one. The materials for it go from this valley and Lachoong ; the oak and birch are the favou- rite woods. The people generally move downwards from this place in Noor, to Talom Samdong, then as the cold increases to Lachen (Lamteng), and downwards as far as Latong and Denga. The migra- tion upwards is performed quite as gradually, beginning in April. All the rain and snow falling at Tungu come with southerly wind, scarcely any of either ever fall with north wind, which always indicates steady and clear weather in this part of the world.

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 485

Oetobtr ISih.

6 A. M light clouds comiDg ap from the south ; to the north it is all clear. Ther.*40°9 surrounding mountains snowed to 700 feet above our camp. A portion of Chomiomo mountain in perpetual snow is Tisible : bearing north-west.

The fihotias of the village are already assembled on the green, sit- ting in a circle round the headman, all busily talking, and all smoking their brass pipes, which every man carries at all times stuck in his girdle. This mode of assembling is a daily practice, generally in the morning and evening, but often at other times. It is an idle gather- ing very often ; but at other times business matters are discussed and settled.

October Uth.

At 7 A. M. yesterday it suddenly cleared, snd we started on ponies for Phaloong to get a view of Kanchanjhow, Chomiomo and the Choongoo Kang mountains of perpetual snow, which respectively lie to the north, north-west and east of Tungu, and the Lachen valley. Our route lay east by north, and along the right bank of the Tongu- choo, a stream which falls into the Lachen, below the village of Tungu. Ascending about 1,000 feet, we came to a dozen of black yak hair tents, in shape like those of the Israelites, occupied by as many families of the Lachen fihootias tending their yaks ; they had come down the preyious day from Phaloong in consequence of the fall of snow, and told us that the Thibetans from Geeree and Kambajong, who had been with them at Phaloong since July, had from the same cause retired with all their yaks and sheep across the Kangra Lama Pass into Thibet. The Lachen men will gradually descend their own valley as the winter season advances to Deenga, grazing their cattle on the way at Tungu, Talom, Samdong, Lachen or Lamtong, Latong. The Thibetans have retired to Zeumchoo, and will do so to Geeree and Kambajong, where they rely principally on straw and hay for carrying their cattle through the winter.*

A mile beyond the black tents I got a glimpse of Kanchanjhow with a few light clouds scouring over its summit. I was leading our party ; the bridle path was good and I pushed on in a high state of

* Geeree and Kambajong, although further in the interior of Thibet than Zeuni' tro, are at a lower elevation and warmer.

3 a

486 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

excitement for an hour, when I reached a turning that brought the mountain in full front of me, and here I had 20 minutes of great delight before any one came up, and before the enviouB cloiidfl had greatly marred the prospect. I did not however get a fall view at any one time of this noble mountain, which rises within 3 or 4 mileB dis- tance to 5 or 6,000 feet above where I stood at 15,000 feet; masses of fleeting clouds obscured large portions of its sides, and occasionally flew with the rapidity of lightning over its crest, leaving its sides and base only in (tdl view, which was very tantalising.

It is a table-topped mountain, the outline of which describes a very flat arch ; the dip to the west is sudden, to the east it is perpendica- lar, and the south face is equally so. The summit is an enormous bank of snow, at least a mile long, of the purest whiteness, and nn- broken anywhere by protending rocks. The cliffs in front were sprinkled with newly fallen snow, and from their base to the foot of the mountain lay a mass of sloping snow of 2,000 feet or so in breadth.

Advancing farther, we ascended gradually by a sloping spur to Phaloong, which is an open expanse of undulating ground, or a succes- sion of downs extending for 3 miles or more in a North Eant direction to the base of Ranchanjhow, and of nearly equal breadth, being bound- ed on the east by the valley of the Ihachoo, and on the west, bv a

m

mountain range of easy slope and grassy surface, which divides Pha- loong from the valley of the Lachen. The whole of Phalbong is quite bare of trees or shrubs, but affords excellent pasturage in grass sedges and numerous herbs. The mean elevation of the downs is 1 6,000 feet, the bounding range to the west being about 500 feet higher, with similar pasturage to its summit on the south-east expo- sure ; and nothing but bare rock and loose stones on the north-west- ern one.*

The ridge which divides Phaloong from the Lachen valley was thinly snowed over at noon. Phaloong was so at 8 a. m. ; but it all disappeared by 10 o'clock under the rays of a very hot sun, which

* This U the character of the Lachen yalley also all the way from Tonn to Kan^ra Lama, when a red-coloured rocky spar from Chomiomo comes down in an easterly direction, its flank facing you as you look to the north, and appearing \q ahat up the head of the valley cuutpletely.

1852.] A Jaurmy through Siltim. 487

warmed the atmosphere immediately it appeared^ and gave a delightful feeling of elasticity to the air while it remained unclouded.

At 2 F, M. on the mean level of Phaloong where Hooker took Bare* metrical obserrations^ and the boiling point of Thermometer, the Temp, was 45^ ; the sky was cbndy, and a light snow drizzle falling.

Phalaong is about 7 miles from Tnngu. About half way the Tungu stream is joined from the north by the Zhachoo» which rising front the western base of Kanchanjhow, sweeps round and bounds Phaloong to the east. For a dutance of three miles the Zhachoo runs quite sing* gishly and very tortuously through a flat swampy Talley* which has all the appearance of a lake bed. After emerging from this swamp the stream is precipitated by a sudden fall oyer a collection of rocks and atones at the southern eztremity» whence its course is rapid, and its bed yery rocky. From the upper or north-east extremity of this flat portion of the yalley of the Zhachoo, there is a road to Momay Samdong at the head of the Tachoong Talley ; it goes over the Pass of Seeboolahi which is just now heavily snowed, and is probably 18|000 feet high.

As this route to Lachoong is in the Sikim territory, we have been nrged to take it : but I have the greatest desire to go through Thibet to the Cholamoo Lake, and get into the Lachoong valley from the north by the Donkish Pass, and I hope to accomplish this without offence to any Qne. During the ascent to 16,500 feet at Fhaloonga my breathing was but slightly affected ; there was a feeling of faint* ness with a constant desire to take full inspirations, and nothing more. When standing still my respiration was not the least incommoded. After descending 1,000 feet, however, a racking headache came on, and by the time I reached Camp at Tungu, 6 p. m. it was so bad I could not sit up at all. A feeling of tightness round the occiput, as if a cord was being hard pulled on it, was very distressing, and violent vomit- ing ensued, which continued at intervals till daylight. The Lama and five servants who accompanied me were similarly affected sooner than I was, and their headaches also have continued till to-day. Neither Hooker nor his servants were the least affected by the ascent of yes- terday ; bnt they have been at this sort of work for three months past, and are well used to high elevations. I felt no inconvenience at eleva- tions below 15,000 feet.

3 Q 2

488 A Journey through SiUm,. [No. 6.

The contrast between the climate of thia elevated region, and that of the central portion of Sikim is most remarkable at this season. Here the rain never falls heavily, the air is dry and bracing, and the sun's rays have an immediate effect in melting the recently fallen snow, and drying the ground. The pasture ground is very peculiar, and altogether different from what I had anticipated. I looked for undu- lating tracts of rich and luxuriant grass extending along the base of the perpetual snow, but with the exception of Phaloong, the grazing grounds are almost precipitously steep. They are every where covered with numerous herbs, many small, grass-like sedges, and only a few tufts of grass ; this sort of vegetation, interspersed with the strong- scented dwarf rhododendrons, which at 1 6,000 feet and upwards cover the ground like heather, and vary from a foot to four inches in height, with bushesof dwarf juniper, barberry, rose, and rhododendron shrubs, characterises the picturesque haunts of the fearless and steady-footed yaks, goats and sheep of these regions. The yak delights in the steepest places, and when seen on the mountain side at 1,000 feet oc more above you, they seem to the unpractised eye of a novice like tnyself to be in constant danger of tumbling down. I have often checked myself since our stay at Tungu from calling out to the Bho« tias to remove the yaks from the dangerous-looking places in which they graze. Aconites, dandelion, cowslips, a beautiful blue gentian, astragali, primroses, potentillas, and a large-leafed sage, are some of the numerous herbs which form the rich pasture in this direction, and all — except the aconites, which are carefully avoided by all native animals, — are eaten by the cattle, the condition of which is excellent, and the milk of the richest and purest quality.

October \5th,

A beautiful morning, and we at once decided on moving upwards, the Lama and the Lachen Phipun being appointed to take the Camp close up to the Kangra Lama Pass, while we were to spend the day at Phaloong, and see all the mountains which were but partially visible on the 13th, and join them in the evening. For this purpose, we started at 7 a. m. by the route already described, and soon reaching Phaloong, came upon such a scene as I never even imagined, and never saw anything to equal.

First of all, to the north there was the \)eautirul Kanchanjhow

1852.] A Journey through Sihim^ 489

TOonntain in all the splendoar of unclouded brightness, a monster maag of brilliant snow; to the northeast and east, the Donkiah Liah 23,000 feet; the Seeboo Lah Pass 18,000 feet, and the Changoo Kang mountain 22,000 feet, were in equal glory ; to the west, no less lot\y and brilliant, the peak of Chomiomo was full in sight ; while down the Talley of Lachen to the south-west, innumerable snowy peaks of minor note closed the view behind us* Ascending the ridge which divides Phaloong from Lachen — to about 17,000 feet — our prospect was still more extended and beautiful. Here we had Kunchinjinga to the W. S. W., Kanchanjhow, £. N. £ , and not 2 miles off, with the interyening downs of Phaloong as a foreground at our feet. To the north and west a fine rounded red and yellow coloured spur from Chomiomo, extending across the head of the Lachen valley to Kangra Liama, and standing in bold relief agunst the clearest azure sky, gave ine a delightful foretaste of Thibetan scenery. The whole was such a round of novel glories, such a vast picture of splendid objects on a great scale^ that I was overcome with the deepest emotion. I could not realise a landscape of this gigantic nature, distinctly and in detail, far less can I describe it. Never however shall 1 forget that scene ; then it was that I first found out the real depth and intensity of the hold these mountains have always had on my mind and feelings, nor did I then wonder, nor do I now, at their being objects of veneration and worship to the human beings who dwell among them.

From the ridge above Phaloong a very large glacier on the east face of Chomiomo is visible ; it discharges itself by the Chomiochoo, which falls into the Lachen five miles above Tungu. The south-east exposure of the Phaloong ridge has soil and pasture up to 1 7,000 feet. The north-west exposure is quite barren and rocky at that elevation; but at 16,000 feet it is covered with a diminutive heather- like Rhododendron — R. Setosum of Hooker — lower down, the pasture ifl composed of small rushes, grass, and numerous herbs. The whole of Phaloong is covered with a knobby peaty soil, on ^hich the vege- tation is now browning fast under the approach of winter.

We had a fine breeze from the south all day, the air was light and bracing, sky clear and cloudless. Temp, at 2 p. m. on the flat of Pha- loong 51°. Wet bulb Ther. 44^ No snow at 17,000 feet.

We saw a flock of forty wild sheep ; it is called N^ by the Bhotias,

490 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

and is the Otis ammonoides of zoologists, I believe. They were tMslung in the sun on a hill side at 16,000 feet. The younger ones were of a bluish grey, the old ones whitish. I abo fell in with a large oovey — sixty or eighty-— of chakoor-like birds, their flight and sise that of chakoor, but they had no black bars on the wing, nor red legs. Crossed the Phaloong ridge into Lachen valley, which we ascended to our camp at '* Sitong ;*' elevation 16,000 feet. Temp, at 6 p. m. 38^ No fire-wood. We are four miles below the Kangra Lama Pass. Some wood was brought from Tungu, eight miles. The coolies are all suffering much from headache and the cold.

Tenmehoo or Teumtso, Thibet, \6th October.

The Ther. fell at Sitong during the night to21°;at7A.M. itwas 32° ; a cold north wind blew down the Pass all night ; at daylight the cold was intense ; but as soon as the sun appeared, the north wind ceased and the temperature was delightful. We were pitched in the dry bed of a stream coming from the north-west, which rises to the north of Chomiomo. The Lachen was not a foot deep here. Kan* chanjhow towered over our heads due east of us. We heard last night that a Chinese guard was posted on the frontier at Kangra Lama to arrest our progress. We sent to see, and found it true, for thej told my messenger we should not pass into Thibet, as their necks would be the forfeit if we did. This did not disturb our rest, and although hardly pressed by the Lama not to move the camp to the Pass until we had previously seen the guard, and arranged for a passage throogh Thibet, I resolved to move up to the frontier in the morning, and trust to what might happen there on meeting the Thibetans for the accomplishment of our wishes. The bright sun, highly rarified atmo- sphere, and gasing at the dazzling snow all day yesterday, have made my eyes sore and weak. I have a veil ; but it blinds me to wear it. The skin of my face is inflamed, and very painfid : but I have escaped all headache and discomfort from the high elevations. Hooker has not however done so, with all his practice. He feels sick and head- achy like every body else in camp, but he takes violent exerdae all day on foot, whereas I have ridden whenever I could, and was ahle to do so almost all day yesterday.

At 8 A. M. this morning having with much difficulty started our benumbed coolies, we left ** Sitong," and marched up to the paas of

1852.] A Journey through Sikitn. ' 491

Kangra Lama ; our route lay all the way along the Lachen, Kiinchin- jhow on our right, Ghomiomo on our left. The valley of the Lachen opened out into flat terraces, and contracted by turns into rocky gorges, until at four miles from Sitong, gradually rising on a sloping plateau, you leave the Lachen to the left, turn the shoulder of Kan- chanjhow on the right, and find yourself vrithout any effort of ascent on this side, or any descent on the other, on the Thibetan territory, and beyond the Himalayan chain. Where this transit takes place it is a grassy open down, sloping if at all to the south, and about a mile broad from the Lachen on the west, to a swampy flat at the foot of Knnchinjhow on the east, from which swamp a dribbling stream joins the Lachen a little way below. On this flat ground the boundary marks of Sikim and Thibet are conspicuous. They are small cairus of stones, in one of which a written certificate is annually placed by the Thibetans, that the boundary has been examined and found cor- rect. This is the Kangra Lama Pass so to speak, but no Pass at all in the sense taken of the term in the Himalaya generally.

It is probably the easiest passage in the world through a mountain range;* the elevation at the frontier pillars is 16,500 feet.

A mile below the boundary two Thibetans, who had been watching our progress up the valley, joined us. They were not armed, but I suspected their purpose of stopping us, and had them questioned. They admitted they were Thibetans : and asserted that the ground we were then on was Thibetan. I told them that we were in Sikim, which was the case ; and as I had found them in Sikim, and ignorant of the proper boundary line, I should regard them as Sikimites for the rest of the day. They walked ahead quietly until I passed the cairus ; then they commenced calling out to their comrades who were encamp- ed close by, and objected to our progress, but offered no actual obstruc- tion to it.

Feeling that this mode of proceeding would not answer, and at the earnest desire of the Lama who was becoming alarmed at being implicated in a trespass on Thibet, I stopped close to the cairus, and asked to see the officer commanding the Thibetan guard, to whom I wished to communicate my reasons for desiring a passage through

* More correctly speaking the easiest termination to a passage, for the real passage through the chain is the Lachen which arises beyond it.

492 'A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

Thibet to the Donkiah Pass. After some delay, the Dingpan oom- manding the party with the Deputy of the Soobah of Kambajong. and fifteen sepoys, came up. I told the Dingpua that I had come ap the Lachen valley to his frontier ou business, and to see the country, thit I had also to go to the Lachoong yalley and the Donkiah Pass, and that there were three ways of doing this. One was to march back to Choongtam and up the Lachoong ; this would take me ten days. The second was to cross the Seeboolah Pass from the head of the Lachen to Samdong in the Lachoong valley ; but that route was deeply snowed and dangerous. The third, the most obnons, and the easiest, was to go round the northern base of Kanchanjhow, and come out by the Donkiah Pass, and I wished to encamp that night at Teuntso, going on to the Pass by Cholamoo without delay. I said I knew that the route proposed was not inhabited, that therefore no one could be alarmed or inconyenienced by our passage, and as it would greatly conTenience us, it was not I thought worth their while to make us go back so hx^ or to endanger our lives by braving the Seeboolah Pass after the recent heavy fall of snow. There was much more talk between the Thibetan party and my friend the Lama about the propriety of my waiting for instructions from Kambajong, which the Dingpun snggested he would ask for, the unprecedented nature of my request^ and how all their throats might be cut by orders fro^ Lassa, if a passage wu effected by our party. The talking might have lasted a week without any result ; at all events I thought so, and time was precious : to cat it short therefore, and be no longer standing idle at the Rubicon, I told the Dingpun I would with his leave move on, and I did so accordinglj on foot, and unopposed by word or deed from any one ; leaving the Lama and all our people to arrange with the Dingpun about our fol- lowers and baggage to follow me at his leisure. Hooker rode straight on into Thibet when I stopped to parley with the Dingpun, and I saw no more of him that day till we met at Yamchoo in the afternoon, after he had been all the way to the Chalamoo Lake, and whence be WAS then returning towards Kangra Lama in search of me, not being aware that I had followed him.

Leaving Kangra Lama at 1 1 a. m. stick in hand, and with a doth cloak carried over my shoulder to insure some covering for the night, and followed by one chapprassey — Seetaram, — who had not the g<M<il

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 493

sense to bring on the pony when I left the Dingpun, I ascended a gentle grassy slope in a north-easterly direction for less than a mile, when I came upon a flat expanse of three miles broad, bounded on the right — sonth — by Kanchanjhow, on the left — north — ^by a fine red spur of Chomiomo ; the Lachen flowing very slowly and in a trifling stream nearly in the centre of the flat expanse. There were about 100 yaks feeding on this expanse. They were tended by a dozen robust Thibetans* who stared at me in dumb amazement ; their black hair cloth tents were pitched dose by, each with a huge black and tame watch dog at the entrance, and some rosy-cheeked children play- ing around. The pasture was short, quite scorched by the frost and snn, and crumbled under my feet like snuff. The sun was bright and Tery hot, the air dry and elastic, the sky blue and quite cloudless, not a tree, shrub, or herbaceous plant to be seen. I waited a little to won- der at this change, so great, from the moist forests, and cloudy skies of Sikim, and then moved on without any guide, keeping close by the base of Kanchanjhow, its nobly expanded sides, and rounded sum- mit of unbroken snow towering over my head to the south of me. Hugging the base of Kanchanjhow, and at an elevation of about 400 feet above the Lachen, I kept on due east till 2 p. m., when I reached a rocky spur from the mountain, from which I saw the Yeumtso Lake to the north and east of me. Halted here for Seetaram, who lagged behind, having been attacked with fever since we started in the morn- ing. I had a good deal of oppressed breathing, although I walked slowly, and my pulse had been 108 all the way. The prospect at this point is very fine. To the south, there is an immense saddle of snow, probably two miles broad, lying between two peaks of Kanchanjhow ; below me to the north is the valley of the Lachen, flat, with the river winding through a whitish expanse of sandy like deposit*-Carb. of soda. To the east and trending north a fine red mountain — a spur from Kanchanjhow, which divides the Teumtso and the Cholamoo Lakes. To the north-east the view is closed by a table-land, bare and scorched, which stretching from Donkiah bounds the Lachen valley in that direction, and is lost in the undulating downs to the north, which seem to extend for ten miles at least in that direction* and towards C^eree. To the north — ^and over a rocky range of red and white quartz which bounds the Lachen valley to the north — and about forty.

3 R

494 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 6.

tnileff off as far as I can guess, is seen a bng range of sapphire Uve hills running east and west, the west end peaks north of Kamhajong tipped with snow. To the west, and closing the Lachen valltj, the great peak of Chomiomo rises to 22,000 feet, a splendid mass of per- petnai snow north-west, and very distant, 60 or 70 miles perhaps, are Seen three lofty snowy monntains. They most, I consider, be quite as far north as Digarchi, but to the west of it, and from the extent of snow on them in a position where the snow line may be taken at 20,000 feet, their elevation is probably 24,000 feet or moVe.

From this spur I descended in a northerly direction over rocks and Stones to the outlet of the Yeumtso Lake, which I reached at 3 f. m. very tired indeed and foot sore* I carried Hooker's barometer for the last two miles, as the chupprassie was quite ill and scarcely able to walk. Here I made up my mind to pass the nighty a dreary prospect enough, without shelter, food or clothing, at an elevation of 17.000 feet. I saw nothing else for it ; I could not walk back to Kangra Lama* nor did I know whether I should find my people there if I did, and my companion — the chapprassie — was quite unable to do so. He had a blanket cloak only, and I mine, to cover us ; a bit of ginger-bread, and an old ship biscuit, was all we had to depend on for food 3 1 saw no signs of any one following us, and was quite igno- rant of Hooker's whereabouts, as we parted without any understand* ing about meeting. He had a horse, but no attendant. I had no horse but had a companion, and in this plight were we wandering during our first day in Thibet. From the outlet of the Lake to which I descended, and where I intended to bivouac for the night, the scene was very striking, and was thus noted by me at the time, ** I now sit in a position from which all is superb ; it is at the outlet of the Yeumtso Lake at its north-east angle. The water is of a pale greea colour, and a southerly breeze, descending from an extensive glaeicr which feeds the Lake, is carrying a swelling ripple to my feet« The form of the Lake is irregular, longer from north to south than from east to west and about three miles round. It stretches before me to the base of an immense bed of glacial snow, which runs far back- south — into the masses of Kanchanjhow, and which is raised about 100 feet at its lowest part above the Lake, into which is disehailged a trickling stream now frozen over. To the south-west is the enonnous

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 495

•addle of anow noted before, and dividing two peaks of Kanchanjhow, a feeder from this saddle running easterly also supplies the Lake at the south-west extremity.

Further to the west is the great rounded summit of Kanchanjhow, of towering height and daszling brightness.

To the north east, a fine red and yellow spur from Kanchanjhow, which divides the Lake from the Cholamoo one, and to the west the rocky and bare spur from which I have just descended.

The eastern bank of the Lake is grassy, and now scorched, along tbe water's edge, but high and rocky I^eyond. On the west it is abrupt sund rodcy. The outlet is thirty paces across : but the stream is not a foot deep, nor more than 5 feet wide. The air is excessively dry, parching up my lips and cracking the skin of my face ; the sun is hot, but the wind is bitterly cold, and sudden blasts from the mountain raise whirlwinds of dust, 'the base of the mountain is not half a mile from the Lake ; it rises quite abruptly. Snow is lying .deep in the hollow places to within 200 feet of its base, and is sprinkled to the same line on the steepest places, which are of solid rock.*

Not a plant is to be seen in the Lake, nor on its stony margin. Not a fish, or shell, in its waters ; nor any saline deposit near it, but its water is sweet : the sky is clear, brilliant and blue, and all around is new and most imposing. Oh that I could paint or draw ! and how delightful it would be to sail, or row, on the green ripjAing waters of this little Lake now for the first time spied by European eyes I

As I had done inspecting and admiring the Lake, the Lama came mp much latigued and breathing very hard ; his presence relieved me of all apprehension about being out all night, as he told me our tents and baggage were coming up. Hooker says it would have killed us at the present temperature of the night to have lain in the open air ; and I dare say he is right. The Lama told me that after I had started firom Kangra Lama, the Thibetan guard bad agreed to allow our people to (cUow me, and that Hooker was at Yeumtso close by, where we were to pitch for the night. This was good news ; I descended a short way, and found him there quite knocked up, and with a violent head- ache, the effect of great exertion at this elevation, 16,800 feet. We

* The 8&0W line on tbe northern face of Kanchanjhow in October may be taken at 18,000 leal.

3 R 2

496 A Journey through Sikim, [No. 6.

were both glad to lie on the ground, cold as it was, till 6 o*elock, when the tents came up.

As we lay shiTering, the Thibetan guard, which had aceompaiiied our baggage from Kangra Lama, came marching in. It consisted of an officer and fifteen men, dressed in ragged blue cloth cloaks bonnd round the waist with yellow girdles, cloth boots of various colours — red, green and blue, and black felt caps ; each man carried a load of clothes and a matchlock strapped across his back, from which pro- jected a forked rest, like antelope's horns ; a bow and some arrows with an old cartridge pouch completed their equipment.

The Dingpun, or officer in command on the part of the Chiuesa goTemment at Lassa — and the Lt. of the Kambajong Soobah — a civil officer — brought up the rear, mounted on yaks with high saddles over which, and under, a quantity of bedding, warm clothes and other articles were stowed in the bunchiest and least military fashion possi- ble. These officers did not carry any arms. The Dingpun wss dressed in green with a large orange-coloured cap, in the crown of which was a round brass button, the sign of his rank. He was not five feet high ; he was. sixty years of age, very fat, dark-complexioned, smiling and very greasy ; his countenance was a picture of indecision and imbeciiityy and he did not belie it in any way. I shall however say no more to his discredit. I wish him most heartily a long life and great promo- tion in the ragamuffin band to which he belongs, with the happiest reminiscences for gratifying us as he has done on this oocaaon. The guard is to accompany us to the Donkiah Pass, and see us faiily out of Thibet, so that we may now expect to part very good friends, and I hope we shall do so.

We are pitched inside the kraals, or square enclosures of loose stone used by the migrating yak herds of Thibet for pitching their black tents in, and our people are crowded round large fires of yak dang, the only fuel this country affords. These fires give a great deal of heat, but are attended with interminable and intolerable smoke, and are not at all suited for cooking. The flavour of all roasted, toasted and gril- led articles is disagreeable, and it is very difficult to get any thing fully cooked where the boiling point of water is so low.

This may be one reason for the Thibetans always eating their animal food dried and raw, instead of cooked as we do. I am very headachy

1852.] A Journey thrvugh Sikim, 497

afler my long and elevated work ; all my servants and coolies worse off from the same cause, and the extreme cold» some of them being very ill indeed and unable to move. They have come over Kangra Ijama, 16,000 feet, and have ascended 6 or 800 feet more in coming here, swollen faces and inflamed eyes are numerous among them. My own free and eyes are quite red and much inflamed. The glare from Kanchanjhow was excessive, but I could not keep my eyes off, so attractive was the novelty of being all day along the base of its per- petual snow. Thermometer at 6 p. m. 34° ; a light breeze from the south ; calm at 9 p. m. with a sky of the clearest blue. Temp, at 10 p. M. 26^

October \7th.

Halt at Yeumtso to see about us, and for Hooker's meteorological observations, &c. Thermometer at 6 a. m. 10°. Wet bulb do. 9^ ; minimum temperature during the night 5°. A black bulb thermome- ter placed in a radiating metallic bowl fell to 3°. Then in our small tent at 6 a. m. 14°. The sun rose with us at 6 hours 40 minutes. Heavy hoar frost on the grass, and the marshy pools along the Lachen and close to us are frozen over since last evening.

It is a brilliant morning with a light air from the north-east, and I am enchanted with this near sight of Kanchanjhow.

9 A. M. Ther. 32°, brilliant sunshine ; all my people and the Lama's people also are very ill with head-ache and vomiting ; some of the coolies have dropsical swellings of the face and feet, and none of them can eat ; they lie on their faces and knees in the sun, pressing their heads with their hands, and are quite as wretched as any sea^sick people I ever saw. Hooker's fellows are well and lively.

The Dingpun and his men have paid us a friendly visit in our tent. We have regaled* them all with snuff and rum and water. The few English articles we have with us, have been much admired by them, especially a detonating gun, pistob, telescope, and our broad-doth coats. I presented the Commandant with a Tartan shawl and some rupees for a dinner to his men, which made them all vastly well pleased. The Dingpun despatched a report of our progress to his superior officers at Kambajong while in our tent. Went to the Yeumtso Lake with Hooker, collected some minerals, found ice half an inch thick along its margin at 11 a. m. ; reckon it to be three miles round or more, and

498 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6.

found it 10 feet deep at 20 feet from the shore. Small pieces of blue slate numerous on the east bank only» and a white tastdess substaiiee on the grassy banks — Pen. or Carb. of soda. There were large flocki of the Brahminj duck, with a few grey geese, and widgeon on the water. Not an insect to be seen : but large flocks of grey " stone chats'* flew about the rocky places. Holes of the " goomchen,*' or tailless rat, were very numerous about our tent at Yeumtso, as well as burrows of the marmot called Kadiapen.*

Thermometer at noon 52^ wet bulb do. 37^ a fine breexe with a delightful feelmg of elasticity aad dryness in the air. The brightness of the sun is incomparable, the sky is of the clearest blue. The great mountain ranges of Kambajong, and far to the northward and west- ward* of brown and reddish hue tipped with sapphire blue, and nith perpetual snow, with the intervening plateaux of Cholamoo and Geree in yellow grass and fading herbage, all united make this coon* try to my taste a most attractive one at this season, notwithstanding the excessive cold, its utter barrenness, and total want of population.

In the afternoon we crossed the valley of the Lachen from Teumtao due north ; it is a bed of white and bare sand, a mile and a half wide, the stream running tortuously, very slowly, and not a foot deq> to- wards the west. Ascended the rocky range immediately bounding the valley to the north ; it is 500 to 800 feet above the river, and com- posed chiefly of a close white and pink quartz,f with large rounded masses of gneiss and gneiss rubble. Crossing this ridge, bat without

* During our short stay m Thibet we fell in with the 6oa antelope, anothw antelope larger than it, bat smaller than the Chim, a very haDdsome large fox, reddish brown with a bushy grey tail, a hare or rabbit frequenting rockj plaoesi light grey, with white scut and a patch of dark bluish grey oyir the cronp. This animal was abwidaiit ; it always ran with its ears erect, and lastly, we nw the Kiang, or wild ass, on the open downs between Tenmtso and Geree. Hie eoaiilry •bont Chamnlai is always indicated as the favonrite gronnd of the Kiang, and 1 was told ^t it did not visit tftis part of Thibet exoept at the warmer seasons, b November it would be too cold for it hereabouts. The long ears, scanty mau^ scanty and short tail, give this creature an entirely asinine appearance, and not at all the appearance of a horse. Dr. Hooker and I have forwarded complete skint of the male, female, and young colt to the Museum of the Asiatic Society, Calcvtti, through Dr. O'Shaughnessy.

t Hares very abundant here.

1852.] A Journey thro4ffh Sikim. 499

any descent, we came upon a grassy plateau two miles long, the east end of which slopes to the south and drains into the Lachen, but it bore no marks of water-ways.

In the centre was a small Lake, the edges of which were then fro- zen, and this was the depository of all the remaining waters of the plateau, for there was no slope or outlet to the west. An examina* tion of this small plateau gave me the first satisfactory explanation of the constant assertion of the Thibetans, that in travelling over the more level portions of their country " there are no etreama of water!* The annual fall of rain and snow is represented as being exceedingly email in the aggregate, and never to be at all heavy, while the evapo- ration is very rapid.* This with a sandy soil, and the existence of numerous depressions forming shallow Lakes, will account for the dis- posal of much of the Thibetan waters, and for the extreme difficulty of ascertaining the situation of streams, but except in the mountains, in which the valleys are said to be very narrow and to contain perma« nent water-courses, 1 believe there are no constantly running streams at all in Thibet. I can speak in this respect to the plateau extending north-west from the smaller one noted above, to tbe Kambajong range of hills, and which is certainly ten miles square. There is not a drop of running water in the whole of it. There is a water-course with a general north-west direction, which I went along from its origin for six miles ; but it was perfectly dry, and the slope was quite trivial. The drainage from this plateau is to the north-west, and goes, I believe, into a feeder of the Arun — a Nipal river. This plateau of Cholamoo and Geree is bounded on the east by a broad flat spur from Donkiah, which terminates the Lachen valley to the east, to the north and north-east by the Kambajong range of mountains, and to the south by the hill of Bhomtso, and the smaller plateaux lying to the north of the rocky range which bounds the valley of the Lachen. Probable elevation of the plateau 17>500 feet; it is composed of yellowish sand and stone, pasture very scanty indeed. Antelopes and Kiang seen on it, and I fell in with a flock of four hundred very fine large sheep. They were hornless, generally black, or brown faced, and were tended by one man only without a dog. He walked slowly in the middle, keeping up a sort of grunting noise to the flock which

* Tbe Wet Bolb Ther. stood 22<> degives below tbe temperature of the sir.

500 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 6

grazed and moved onwards whtchever way he did. There was one remarkably fine ram among them ; his fleece reached the ground, his hack was painted bright red* The wool of these sheep is of a superior sort The flesh we ate was flavourless* but short in the grain tnd tender. The flock belonged to Geree ; I believe I never saw any one look so much surprised as the shepherd did when I rode up to him.

Ther. at Yeumtso, 6 p. m. 36^ at 8 p. m. 29<^, radiating do. 20^.

October IBth.

6 A. M. Yeumtso. The Ther. fell during the night to 5** , radiating do. to 2^ . Water in vessels on the tent table frozen to a mass of ice. Ther. at sunrise 15<* • We move our camp to-day to the Cholamoo Lake, where we shall join it in the evening, going in the mean time to Bhomtso mountain five miles north of this, and 1,400 feet higher, total elevation about 18,000 feet. Hooker wishes to amend his geo- graphy by a careful round of bearings, and especially to see to the position of Chumulari. Reached Bhomtso or Bhomeha — elevation 18,500 feet^at 10 a. m. followed by a detachment of the Thibetan guard, who were very anxious for us to go direct to our camp. They felt the cold excessively, and finding us unwilling to accompany them set off themselves, leaving us to our own devices. Ther. at 11 a. m. 44^ , Wet Bulb 22^* , and strong breeze from the north-west cuttingly cold. No sickness or head-ache to-day, but walking brings on labori- ous breathing. We remained on Bhomtso till the afternoon. Hooker taking bearings with the Theodolite, and observations with the Barome* ter, the boiling point, the Wet Bulb, &c. &c. and had indeed a rare day of it. A great extent of Thibet was laid out before us without a cloud to obscure the view, and it was equally fine to the south. Is the far south-west forty miles off we had a view of Kanchanjinga still the king of all the Sikim mountains, its north-east aspect being no less grand from Thibet than its southern one is from Daijeeling, al- though from the former it appears hemmed in by numerous lateral peaks and mountains of perpetual snow. Immediately south-west- south and south-east of us was a noble line of mountains formed by Chomiomo, Kanchanjhow and Oonkiah, all 23,000 feet or more,* and not more than six miles lineal distance. To the east and in line with the above, we saw a great range of perpetual snow mountains indieated

* DoDkiah munamed *' Powhunry," by Col. Wangh ia measured 23,000.

1852.] Iffjtuettee of the Moon on the Weather. 501

as Chomnlari by the Thibetan soldieri, and, u far as Hooker could calculate then, tbey occupied the position assigned to that celebrated monntain by Captain Turner*

What could exceed in grandeur sneh a galaxy of immense moun*- tains u we had in riew from Bhomtso to the south and east f Nothing that I know of. But the view to the north, north-west and north-east siretehing into Thibet was quite as striking. After descending from Bhomtso, Hooker botanisecl the bed of the Lachen, and we found a bed of blue slate on the south side of the Lachen valley, which would be Talnable for roofing if more accessible.

Before reaching our tents at Cholamoo it got quite dark, we had no guide to our camp, and instead of going to the eastern bank of the Lake where it was pitched, we kept the west side, going towards the Donkia mountain till we came upon snow. Here we found out our mistake by shouts from the opposite side, and had to retrace our ateps to the outlet to enable us to cross over two miles of rocky and swampy ground in pitchy darkness ; bat we got in by 8 o'clock, all right, and very tired.

(To be eontinaed.)

Injiuenee of the Moon on the Weather. — By J. W. Bealb> Eeq.^

Agra College.

At the desire of Mr, Middleton, the Principal of the Agra College, I have, during the past year, followed up the observations made by him in 1850 and printed in Journal CCXX. of the Society, with the ▼iew to determine whether the prejudice so universally received in India, especially by the Christian community, of the moon's influence in producing a change of weather, be correctly founded or otherwise.

The observations were made generally twice in a day, and some- times oftener, when any change in the state of the weather seemed to require it. The reductions from the larger tables have been made exactly in the same way as in the former year, each lunation being divided into New-Moon, Full-Moon, second and last periods; each

3 B

502 Infiuence of the Moon on the Weather, [No. 6.

period consisting of seven days, having the day on which the New or Fall Moon fell, or the second or last quarter began, on the middle of the hebdomadal period, and having three days reckoned on each side of it, making it thus equal to seven days.

The number of days during which rain fell last year, exceeds the number of days of the former year, by 11, and the quantity by 5.4 inches ; while the number of days which were cloudy without nhi last year, exceeds the number of the year before by 45. The Dumber of Storms recorded last year being double the number noted is the previous year.

Again, by referring to the accompanying Table No. 2, we remark as a curious fact that the number of rainy days in the New and Fail Moon periods, and the number in the second and last periods, ve very nearly equal ; the number of days during which the east wind was prevalent in each pair of periods being also nearly eqnal to the number of rainy days in the same pair ; while the number of cloadj days in each pair is double of the number of rainy ones in it, but the quantity of rain which fell during the second and last periods ii almost double of the quantity in the New and Full Moon periods. This circumstance alone stands quite at variance with, and in fact opposed to, the result obtained by the observations made in the for^ going year, and would go far to negative the truth of the moon's influence, and to disprove the correctness of the prejudice, if the observations of a single year could be thought sufficient to do so. But time alone can prove this, and a series of observations extending over a number of years and made at various places, is necessary befora we can be said to have arrived at any thing like certainty.

In conclusion I would add, that the data from which the reda^ tions for the quantity of rain are made, were kindly furnished me bj Mr. Middleton.

Infiuenee of the Moon

Z- : .

■l"»* I

ll

'll

on

/A*

»r*aM«-.

5

s

g

in

»-z2„'«~ :

ZB-Sss.- :

""sB-^z--;

'S*^?"*.* ■:

is'^.'»~-

i

1

Z««&2^,-"

»B»SZ»=>a SS2,;^2SS

M

"ze^s^a-S

V

.* —

-

^

■s

■*s

« —

■•

MM

2 »

s

■as

H> U

■a«

'linos

■1"«

■."3

-»qaul

2 S

in

il!l«n^

s> <a

s

d

|i

s s

3

■3

-

«

r

lli 1i

1

^

I1II ^=1

i

504 The Mautoleum of the Nuwahs AH-Ferdi Ehtm, f e. [No. 6.

The Mausoleum of the Nuwabs AH- Verdi Khan and SooraJ-ood-Dom' lah, at Khooshhaghi near Moorshedabad, By Capt, F. P. Latard, 1 9th Regiment Bengal Native It^antry.

On the right bank of the mer Bhagamttee, at a distance of about two miles below the city of Moorshedabad* surroanded by a low brick walU and ambedded in fine old trees and garden afaniba, standi the mansolenm of two men famous in the annals of the history of Bengal ; one as much for his virtues and soldier-like qualities, as the other for his vices and the meanness of his nature.

These men were the Nuwab Ali- Verdi Khan Mohabut Jung» and his grand-nephew, Mirza Mahmud, who, on succeeding to the mumuid of Bengal, assumed the title of Chiragee-ood-Dowlah|* or, aa he is more generally called by Europeans, 8ooraj-ood-Dowlah.

The enclosure called Khooshbagh, containing the mausoleum with other buildings and out-offices attached, cover a space of nearly nine- teen beegahs of land. From a statement made by the grand-daughter of liOotf-oon-Nissa Begum, the wife of Sooraj-ood-Dowlah, to Mr. J. E. Harrington, the Collector of Moorshedabad in January, 1791, it appears that an assignment of Sicca Rupees 305 per month was originally fixed by the Nuwab Ali- Verdi Khan on the oollections of Bundardeh and Nawabgunge, in the Khas Talooks near Moorsheda- bad for the care and attendant expenses of the burial ground.

It would thus appear, that Khooshbagh was used as a cemetery pre- viously to the death of Ali Verdi Khan, and its first establishnieiit may no doubt be fixed, from the time of the decease of the good Nuwab's mother, who lies buried within a small elevated enclosed platform, in the centre of the outer quadrangle or garden, (vide Wm No. 1). This quadrangle may probably have constituted the entire space originally occupied by the cemetery, the grounds having bea subsequently increased by Sooraj-ood-Dowlah on the death of hii grand-uncle in 1756.

The grounds attached to the mausoleum, now oonrist of three separate enclosures, surrounded by walls varying in height from six to

* Orme, Vol. II., page 4&.

o

m o

1

i. I,

4

i

«i

> k

1S52.] The Mmuoleum of the Nuwabs Jli- Verdi Khan, f e. 505

thirteen feet. The oater quadrangle is entered by an old gateway with double iron-studded doors, and a dark guard-room on each side. In front of the gate, is a Gh&t, which formerly led down to the river, only a few steps are now visible, the remainder having long since dia- appeared under the new formed alluvial soil, the stream being now nearly half a mile distant* This land is under cultivation for Indigo. According to Native report it is fifty years since the Bhaguruttee ran under the walls of Khooshbagh.

The wall fscing the river is pierced for musquetry and flanked by octagon bastions, having approaches to their summits by flights of steps built in the wall.

The three enclosures are laid out as gardens, with neatly trimmed hedges bordering the walks. The flowers cultivated in the gardens are used in adorning the tombs of the Nuwabs and of the different members of their families scattered about the grounds. Many fine old jack and peepul trees, with here and there a graceful cocoanut, exelude the fierce ray of a tropical suUf and afford a eool and pleasant retreat for the devout, who frequent the tombs for prayer or medita- tion, during the heat of the day.

The inner face of the wall of the outer quadrangle, shows traces of its having been formerly painted in fresco in white and red stripes, but damp and neglect have nearly obliterated the colours. Many foundations of small dwelling-houses are still to be seen in this quad- rangle ; these no doubt at one time afforded shelter for the serTants attached to the cemetery.

The tombs in this enclosure are 18 in number, the principal being those of the mother and sister of Ali Verdi- Khan (I & m Plate No. 1). These are enclosed, as before mentioned, by a wall, and raised on a platform ; they, as well as all the tombs in Khooshbagh, with the exception of two, bear no inscriptions. On a second platform to the right of this, there are fifteen tombs of different members of the family, amongst them, are those of the Nuwab Bairam Jung (n 1 Plate 1) and of his father the Nuwab Muzuffir Jung (n 2 Plate i), as also of Rabia Begum.

On the two first named tombs there are inscriptions : that on the tomb of Muzuflir Jung runs as follows :

506 The Mausoleum of the Nuwabe Ali-Verdi Khan, ^e. [No. 6.

Ill '> w^ I ^ JL

^\ :^ ^\ ^^j\ ^^j ^

31 aDI ., ^

•

o

^ ^

f¥^

•

^3^' e/i*^ *^ e;i*^' ,^ »1;^" ^JaJI ^Jl y>^ U^Jaft^ »j^

9 9 9 9 ^ ^ ^ \t^ fi** ' fi*^ 9\i ^ *> 9

^ ,^^. o^UJ) ^^UJy 1^ ^aJl^ ;>I1 ^1 caUfe/l ^

^ ^yOJU. le» (^^UJt V^l Viij;' «*^l J\ J^\ ^

1 "

J ' *> ^ " "^1

IJl ^^ «x*^s^ ^^1 y^l Xa^ ' J ^X^l ^^^

I t

9 9 ^ y It 9

^^wv*^l ^.^ ^ kAc A^l* J jOJ Vil^ ^Uyt w^U

1852.] The Mausoleum of the Nuwahe Jli-Ferdi Khan, ^e. 507

He was the Naib or Deputy of the Nawab Moobarick-ood-Dowlah, the fourth in succession from the traitor Meer Jaffier placed on the mnsnnd of Bengal by Lord CliTC after the battle of Plassy, and a person of some consequence during the time of Warren Hastings. He died in A. H. 1194 (A. D. 1797).

The Inscription on the tomb of his son Bairam Jung is as follows :

• j,aLJI ,,jl*JIyfc ^ U^&Aa. «^^)j t/B;Jl^

■l; tt^i. ^^^ Ui t^l^ ^^' aJjJJI \^jm\ u-CjLlI 8(U£

He died in A. H. 1269 (A. D. 1785).

Rabia Begum was a daughter of Haji Mahommed, the brother of AH- Verdi Khan, who was Prime Minister at the Court of the Nuwab Sujah Khan in 1725.

A small raised tomb to the left of the centre platform, marks the resting place of Kali Begum, (V. K Plan 1), the daughter of Nuwab Mahommed Ameen Khan, and niece of Ali-Vardi Khan, probably by his wife's side, as Ali- Verdi is said to have had only one brother.

Passing through a neat three-arched gateway, the mausoleum en- closure is entered ; it is like the outer quadrangle in its arrangement of trees and garden shrubs, but contains besides the mausoleum, a mosque and two buildings allotted to the establishment kept up by Government for the care of the tomb. One of these buildings, {jiide Plan )) is the kari-khanah or store-house, the other, the tuhbeel- khanah or treasury, but portions are also occupied by certain ladies, the descendants of Ali- Verdi's family.

On entering the gate, three graves are shown on the left, in which ^re said to have been buried a son- in law, and two daughters of Soorajood-Dowlab, but according to a written statement left by the

I

508 The Mamoleum of the Nuwahe Jlp-Ferdi Khan, f c. [No. 5.

grand daughters of the Nuwab, dated in December 1790, a eopj of which 18 preserred amongst the records, in the hands of the flMK>kh- tyar in charge of the cemetery ; he is said to have had only one diild, a daughter, named Umoot-ia-Saira Begum, who died daring the Hie time of her mother Lootf-oon-nisea Begum. The graves may, however, be the resting places of this lady and one of her fimr dang;htera by Nuwab Assud A.li Khan, whom she married in 17^.

The mausoleum is a neat brick building, with little of oriental architecture in its form, excepting the four small minarets at the comer, and its projecting eaves (vide Plan II.). It is raised two feel from the gronnd, aod approached by small flights of steps to the east and west* The principal portion, in which are t^e tombs, is a square of about 37 feet divided into an enclosed verandah on the east and west side, the whole length of the building, and two smaller verandahs on the north and south, leaving thus a square room in the eentre which contains the tomb of Ali- Verdi Khan. The tomb rooms are again closed in by a verandah with five arched openings in each face.

All the tombs in the mausoleum are covered with palls of duk cloth, spangled with flowers and other ornaments in gold and silver leaf ; lights are continually kept burning, and fresh flowers daily strew* ed on the graves.

Ali- Verdi Khan died at Moorshedabad at the age of 80, at 2 p. m. on Saturday the 9th Bujub A. H. 1169 (A. D. 9th April, 1756), and was buried at 2 o'clock, on the morning of the iOth. His first rest* ing place does not appear to have been in the mausoleum, but on the centre platform in the outer quadrangle near the grave of his mother* On the mausoleum being completed by Sooraj-ood^Dowlah, the body was disinterred and laid in its present tomb (a. PI. II.) under the black stone, which is said to have burst assunder with a loud report on being lowered over the corpse of the aged Nuwab. The crack is still shown to visitors !

All* Verdi, according to tradition at Moorshedabad, is said to have died of a sickness called Istiski (l&-^0» which I onderatood to indicate dropsy, but which was described to me, to have been a die* ease of a most painful and lingering nature, where an onsatiable and unquenchable craving for water, carried off its victim in great agony even in the act of drinking.

fti

t

u. __

I 1

! 1

1852.] Th0 Mttusolium of the Nawabi JK-Ferdi Khan, f e. 609

. Tb« seeond tomb in importaiiee, ii that of the Nuwab Sooraj^ood Dowlah of *' Black Hola" notoriatj. (e. Plan IL) The death of thia ▼ioioiit prineei who perished ia the 20th year of hie age^io Jalj^ 1757» ia fully recorded in Orme'e History of Hindostan,* but differt some- what from the tradition amongst .the natiyes at Moorshedabsd. Orme declares the guards of Meerun» the son of Heer Jsffier Ali, to have received with alacrity, their master's orders to slay their prisoner, whereas it is said, that, on Meerun directing the guard to bring him the head of the deposed prince, they all refused, with the exception of one man named Mahomed Beg, a foeterbrother of 8ooraj-ood Dowlah, who in socepting the cruel mission added these words : ** I will erase from the face of the world the picture of 8ooraj-ood Dowlah.*' He then proceeded, scimitar in hand, into the presence of his victim, who aeting him thus armed said, *< O Mahomed Beg I are you come to kill me, or do you bring a message from Meerun ?" The wretch replied, duit he was the bearer of no message, but came to kill him, and immediately severed hia head from his body. The mangled remaina were afterwards paraded through the streets of the city on an elephant, and the murdererf highly rewarded by Meerun.)

The tomb in the centre of the west verandah, (b. PI. II.) eon- Uins the remains of the wife of Ali- Verdi Khan, who was known by the title of the Nawab Begum, but her name, or that of her father, does not appear to be mentioned in any History of Bengal which I have had the opportunity of consulting. She is said to have been the only wife of A)i<Verdi, and on one occasion to have played an important part in the eventful reign of her lord, during his wars Yith Boacar Bao, the Maharhatta, when the latter and all his attend* ants were treacherously slain in a tent, at a conference with Ali-Verdi, wider the safeguard of an oath on the Koran. ^ . To the left, in the same verandah (h. PI. II.), is the tomb of Oomut-il Mehndi, called the Ncwoiit being the grand-4aughter of 8ooraj«ood Dowlah. She married Syud Mahomed Hussein Khan, a aon of Syud Hussein Khan Bahadoor Sdabut Jung.

* Vol. 2iid, page 184.

t MakooMd fi«g died at Moonhcdabad, where hb tomb haa beea pohiM out to me. t Stewart's accoant is aotnewhat simikir to tfais. } Orme, vol. 2iid', p. 36.

3 T

5 1 0 The^ Mausoleum of the NawaSe Ah- Verdi Khan, f c. [No. 6.

In the south yerandah (g. PL II.) lies Lootf-oon-Nissa Begam, the wife of Sooraj-ood Dowlah, who died on the 5tL Assin A. H* 1197» corresponding to 1 8th Septemher, 1790, A. D. This ladj waa the companion of her husband in his flight from Moorshedabad to Rajemahal after his defeat at Plassej. On the murder of the Nawab^ ahe,. together with the aged wife of Ali-Yerdi Khan, and her four grand-daughters Shnruf-oon Nissa,* Usmut-oon Nissa^f Sehkeenah^ and Oomut-il Mehndi were sent to Dacca by the Nnwab Meer Jaffier Ali Khan,, but after the expiration of ten years were recalled by the Naib Muzuffir Jung in the reign of Moobarick-ood Dowlah» Mr. Forster» writing in 1781, mentions the widowed Begum as frequently yisiting the tomb of her deceased husband and performing ceremonies of mourning to his memory. She subsequently had charge of the cemetery, with a monthly allowance for its care, and that of the tomb- of Hybut Jung at Patna, granted or rather re-allowed by Government of Sa. Bs. 305, with a further annual pension of Sa. Rs. 1,000, which, she obtained by personally representing her case to Warren Hastioga in. Calcutta in 1787- These allowances were continued to her grand- daughters, after her death, and have descended to the heirs of th» family, now in charge.

In the east yerandah, are the tombs, of Mohut-ood-UlIi, and his- son (e. and f. PI. II.), cousins of Sooraj-ood Dowlah, also of another cousin of this Nuwab, by name Mirza Mehndi. (d. PI. II.)

Many of the records of Khooshbagh having been stolen by a former mookhtyar of the gardens, who fled to the upper provinces with the accumulated arrears of many months' salary belonging to the establish- ment, it is now difficult to discover, what posts these latter named' individuals held, nor do their names appear in History.

At the western extremity of the mausoleum garden, stands the small neatly built mosque and fountain frequented by the Moollaha of the cemetery at the prescribed hours for prayer*.

The third enclosure (vide Plate I.) contains a tank on the borders of which, stands a little dwelling house (9) called the Bythuk Khanah,

* Married afterwards to Watijad-ally Khan, aon of Abbnd All Khan, t Married afterwards to the Nnwab Synd Ahmnd Khan Babadoor Hoaear Jiuig, ton of Nnwab Synd Mahomed Rhan Babadoor Shair Jnng. t Married to Meena- Mahomed son of Meena Mahomed Alu

:^f/

1852*] Notice of two headi found in the Punjab. ^11

inhabited bj the Moonahi and other senrants of the tombs. Here is ■also the Mnssafir Khanah or resting place of travellers, (h. PL I.) .irhere also many faqueers and pilgrims are fed at certain times, from the funds of the mausoleum. A fine old deep well maj also be seen in this enclosure, but it is no longer used, the water having been polluted many years ago, according to native report, by a faqueer having been accidentally drowned in it, one dark night : since then a parapet wall has been built round it.

The city of Moorshedabad, is said, in former times, to have extend- ed beyond its present limit on the right bank of the river, as far as £hooshbagh. Many palaces, houses and gardens of Nuwabs and nobles then occupied the right bank, which was in those days, the most populous part of th^ city. Little can now be traced of these buildings amongst the luxuriant and tangled jungle. With the exception of the new palace and a few buildings immediately on the bank of the river, Moorshedabad is now truly a wilderness of ruins and forest.

Khooshbagh with its neatly kept walks, noble trees and parterres of •brilliantly-coloured flowers, banishes, all sombre thoughts in connection with the object of its establishment. A few hours in this quiet nook where repose the ashes of men, who have played such event- ful parts in the history of our empire in the east, might be supposed to afford much interest ; but few Europeans visit the spot, and few even, though resident at the neighbouring station of Berhampore, five •miles distant, are aware of its locality I

^tf«^^^^^^*«^^k^^M^P«#^^^^»^PW^^^I««^^^^^^^/«^^N^

Notice of two heads found in the Northern : Districts of the Punjab^ with drawings^ by Mr. W* Jackson, Vice-President of the Society.

Plates XIX. and XX., are drawings from the two heads mentioned in the Proceedings of October last, as having been exhibited at a meeting of the Society by Major Baker of the Engineers ; they are said to have been found near Peshawur; the two heads are •of most opposite characters and the contrast shews to advantage the peculiarities of each.

Plate XIX., is evidently ahead of the Boodhistic form ; the hair plait- '-ed all over and turned up in a knot at the very top of the head ; — the

3 T 2

5 1 2 Ao/MW of two ketuUfimnd in ike Pw^mb. [No. fi.

ejdidi heavy ; tbe eyes bat Utile open, and abpiiig qiwaida tomoda the ears ; the note flat and thick ; the month large with thick flat lips ; the eara Tery large and flat» with the lobea drawn down to a hideous extent : the expression of the faee stolid and heavy : the material of which this head is composed is a white stucco of a rerj friable nature ; the workmanship is eoarae^ and the modelling of the head incorrect.

Plate XX., agam is of a superior character in every respect $ the eyes open and intelligent ; the nose well formed ; and the nostrils open and well articulated i the upper lip short ; the lips well and sharply defined ; and the mouth bearing a pleasbg and intellectual expres- sion ; the head too is correctly modelled, shewing some knowledge cf the art of sculpture ; the ears are concealed by the full curb of the hair, which hangs loosely on each side of the head, the curls being well and sharply executed ; on the head is a cap or flUet ; the two sides being apparently connected by the principal band which goes round over the forehead { but the upper part open, allowing the hair to appear and fall over the band just above the forehead ; the sides of the cap are divided into losenge-shaped projections from the aor^ laces representing some kind of ornament ; where these sides join the band or fillet, I think some thing has been broken off ; the connte^ nance is handsome and pleasing in its expression, either in profile, or an full face ;-— the material is a dark stucco or cement, not so easiiy broken as that of Plate XIX., and of better and finer ingredients ; ia» deed the sharpness of the work is surprizing considering its antiquity.

I cannot conjecture without more data what or whom this head No. 2, is designed to represent ; but it is evidently not a Hindu head ; and on comparing it with the heads on the early Bactrian coins, there appears to be a great resemblance in general character ; sufficient to induce me to think it belongs to that period. The expres- sion of the face is somewhat of a Greek cast, but it is not a pure Greek countenance ; if the spot on which it was found is known, I should think that other portions of the building it has belonged to might be discovered ; it is not probable that a single figure should be made of such weak materials ; snd from the breakage at the top and back of the head I think it must have been attached to a wall of some building ; this is the more probable froBi the position of the

J852*] Aw Sa^ify o/Sk^dt written ESkhtah tetM? 613

head whiefa is not erect bat tamed oa one ride ; and the ornamental work on' the left ride of the cap, is not found on the right side ; the right side was therefore probably concealed.

It is Verj desirable that farther enqairy should be made for a few more fragments, in the spot where this head No. 2, was found ; the head in Plate XIX., is common enough ; and has evidently no con- nection with the other.

Hm Scfiy qf Shyr6g toritten Rikhtah ver$e$f — By A. SpRiNOiHt Secretary of the Jeiatic Society of Bengal.

«

It has been asserted in the Journal Aiiatique IV. S^rie, Vol. I. p. I and Vol. II. p. 361, that the celebrated author of the Gulist&i (died A. H. 691) has written Rikhtah verses. The subject appears to be of suf- ficient interest to justify the publication of the original passages which bear on it. The assertion rests on a passage in the Tadzkirah of Q&yim« which was compiled in A. H. 1168» and is called o^ \:£y*^ (the title ia a chronogram). But Gurd^y who wrote a Tadzkirih in 1165, that is to say, three years before Qiyim most emphatically contradicta this assertion, which in those days seems to have been popular, and he points out the true author of the verses ascribed to Sa'dy Shyr^y* After these two Tadskirahs had been compiled, Myr Taqyy and Sh6rish wrote short biographies of Rikhtah poets, and both contradict this statement.

Qiyim says :—

«/.' o^"^ w.***' i "^^^ "^^ ^^yj* J J*- ui^' cr-Jj*" ^y.

Ai. JJkl^ jyJ^ ^^ Ow *$ Alarf; fiO. ,^ AxiU ^^yj^A

514 Hoi Sa^dy of8hyr69 written RdUUak oer#» / [No. 6.

Ojj^l^ ^ ^^ jt^ ^j^j^ tt;U;iLU ^nmxAh ^Vje ^

** Fir9t Period. Some historians agree in the opinion Chat when the Shaykh Sa'dy 8hjr&zy in his travels to Gujrit resided at Samn£t «— he alludes to his staj there in his Bostin — he became slighUj acquainted with the language of the country and composed one or two R^khtah verses, which will be quoted hereafter. Subsequently the Amyr (Khosraw) has in the same manner composed many logo- griphs in R^khtah, but the style of that time is very different from the style of the poets of our age, and there occur many idioms which are no longer in use. But for the sake of those who take an interest in these matters, three or four verses are inserted here. Aa the biographies of these two great poets occur in well kn6wn historical works, there is no need of recording them here.

***8a*dy : O men I what a bad fashion is this in yoilr town, alas no one enquires if a stranger be killed. Sa'dy has given you a verse* and has mixed sugar and honey. He has put pearls into the B<ekhtah idiom ; and this is a poem as well as a song.*'

FatA Alyy Kh6n JTbsayny Gurd6zy says :

]j %)c] ^^^^^ i^] ^ c^l ^J^ tS\d j]ji ^}j»Jij^ ^iid uTdju* -cxc :I U ^JSd uTJju- ^^^<^isAj %SS$\ AkJU^ ^jaijs^ ^\s^] i

* Ikrk is a technioil term which la used in auemblies of poets (Moshi'anh) and it meant the verse which is g;iTen, and in the metre and rhyme of which all the members of the Mosh^'irah an expected to make venes for their next meettny.

1852.] Sas 8a* dy of Shyr6g written RSkhtaJi verses ? 5. 15

" Sa'dy Dakany is one of the poets who lived in the Deccan. Th& mistake which some persons have made of ascribing the R6khtah compositions of Sa'dy Dakany to Sa'dy Shyr&zy^ owing to the identity of the takhallu9 and their own rashness and want of research, haa arisen from ignorance and stupidity » Those who make such an assertion ought to prove it. Specimen of Sa'dy Dakany's poetry : ' I have given thee my heart, thou hast taken it and hast given me pain in return.. Thou hast done this» I have done that, this is a good fashion I"

The passage in Myr Taqyy runs :

** Sa'dy Dakany is the author of the following verses ; they have by* acme persons been ascribed to the Shaykh Sa'dy, but this is an error t * I have given thee my heart, thou hast taken it and hast given me pain in return. Thou hast done this, I have done that, this is a good fashion ! I make cups of my two eyes, crying, crying, I wither away ; I will give full sway ta my sentiments, I will place (the two cups) before the dog of thy street that he may not remain thirsty, this is love (or that he may drink). Sa'dy has given you a verse and has mixed sugar and honey. He has put pearls into the B^khtah idiom, and this ism poem as well as a song J'

516 Hm$ 8a' dy ^ ShyrAi wriiien BSkkiak venM ? [No. 6.

Sb6risb says :

c:^^jl v.i^l ^^,3 \J^^ UL.^ f^ ^J^M erJju.

*' Sa'd jy his name is not known, he was of the Deccan, this verse is bj him : I hare given thee mj heart, &c.'* The specimens contained in the three Tadxkirahs appear to be the disjecta membra of one GhisaL

I leare it for the Reader to judge whetl^er the assertion is borne out that Sa*dy Shyr&zj has written B^khtah poetry. I must howercr make two remarks ; first, that on comparing the Tadzkiraha of Qiyim and Ourd^sy, it does not appear that the former knew the labour of the ktter, though Ourd^zy wrote three years sooner. Q^yim distinctly denies every knowledge of Ourd&y's Tadzkirah, saying that no Tadzkirah of R^khtah poets had ever been written ; secondly, that we have only the rough, incomplete copy of Q6yim*s Tadzkirah ^ is prsserved in Hoty MaMi library at Lucnow) and there is mneh reason to believe that he never completed it or made a fair copy and published it. Should he have given up the work on finding that Gurd^y had already written a Tadzkirah ? At all events it cannot be said thai Q^yim intended to contradict the statement of his prede- cessor ; nor can a book on which the author has not bestowed the last cares, be considered as high an authority as if he had done so.

I take this opportunity of adding some specimens of early B^khtah poetry, Q&yim says that Amyr Khosraw has written R^khtah verses, and that he is the author of R6khtah logogriphs. He quotes two verses and no riddles. I give one of the verses quoted by Qfyim and the whole Ghazal, from which the other verse is taken and some apecimens of riddles, though it is oertain that nine-tenths of the lid- dies ascribed to him are of much more recent date.

HU Jf^, JiJ tiaU Jjifl. tji^ Jtjjm ^ y^

] 852.] na9 Sa'dy of Shyrdz written RSkhtah verses ? 517

^UL uTjUa^^ ^j\xj ^^\x^ ^^ ^^ji<i^

u^ Jr^ ^-^ u^^^ sJ^ y^ i^^ '-^^-^^ u^!; cJj^ ]j]jL», iLisf aj \jt3i ijj^] c:,^a«j:^^ d^j ^ Jj iXSi

*' Do not neglect the condition of this poor man, turning away your eyes from roe and making excuses*

As I am unable to endure the pangs of separation^ O beloved ! why do you not press me sometimes on your breast 7

I burn like a lamp, I am confused like a moth, I am constantly crying out of love for that moon.

No sleep comes into my eyes, nor rest into my body ; as neither she comes herself nor sends a letter.

The nights of separation are long like her ringlets, and the days of meeting her are short as life.

0 friend (or attendant) I if I do not see my beloved, how shall I spend the dark nights ?

Suddenly her eye has stolen from my heart by a hundred deceits, peace and rest.

Who will be kind enough to report to my beloved what I say ?

1 swear by the day of resurrection, O Khosraw, that as she has deceived me, I will conceal my beloved in my bosom if Lhave an oppor- tunity to say two words to her."

The other verses run —

*'The daughter of the goldsmith, who resembles a piece of the moon, when at work making and mending jewelry called me ; she has taken away and broken my heart, and in the end she has neither made nor mended it."

I must not neglect to mention that a translation of the above Ghazal i^ in Garcin de Tassy's excellent HUtoire de la literature Hind, I. p. 301. The following are specimens of Khosraw's riddles transcribed from a MS. of the T6p-Kh&nah library at Lucnow.

3 u

5 1 8 Hat Sa'dy of Shyrdg written Bihhtah tierta ? [No. &

Riddle in praise of God. " Every one knows of him bat no oat is acquainted with bim. He who reflects and thinks daring the solti (i. e. watches or the 24 hoars) has seen him."

TA« Prophet. " There is a man made by God, he is the Bavioar of the world, remain attached to his feet, and say no more."

God. ** He is the dearest of friends, he is in all, and distinct froa all, his ways I like, and though I have not seen him, I have « longiag after him."

Lamp, *' The oil of the oilman^ an earthen- ware vessel of the potter, the trunk of an elephant, the flag of a Nawdb.*'

Melon* " Ten women, one man^ it lives outside the village, the back is hard, the belly soft, it sweetens the mouth and is wans in its effects."

1 852.] Has Sa'dy of Shyr6z written Rikhtah verses f 519

Sweeper. '' He throws away his earnings (i. e. dirt) yet he is ndt disgusted ; why do people avoid him, though he eats his lawful earn- ings.'* (The last ini9ra' is a play on the word HAU1-Kh6r a sweepe#.)

Leaving the other riddles which I had copied for a separate article, I will mention another little work of Amyr Khosraw of which no mention is made by QAyim. This is a Ni9db that is to say a rhymed vocabulary in Hindee» Persian and Arabic, intended to be learned by* heart by children. It is commonly called KhAliq B&riy from the initial words. The author mentions his name and explains its meaning not in a very clear manner :

The vocabulary consists of near 200 verses, and is in various metres* with a view of illustrating them. The following is a specimen :

" Sharm (shame) is the Persian for the Arabic Hajk and l&j is the Hindee; and hft^il, and baj in Persian and Kharij in Arabic are synonymous, and mean public revenue. Tkli in Arabic, bakht in Persian and bhiLg in Htudee mean destiny. Lahn and tarannum in Arabic, sardd in Persian and r&g in Hindee m6an a tune."

The first Urdd poet after Mjr Ehosraw whom Q^yim mentions is Nury, a friend of Faydhy and consequently a contemporary of Akbar, he says that he has written only two or three Ghazals in Rekhtah and mentions only one verse.

^^ji^^ c^j^ u-;y 'v^

'* Every person who acts deceitfully is no doubt afraid. Poor Ndry has not done any thing wrong and does not fear.*'

After Ndry follows MoAammad Afdhal in Q&yim's list. It seems however that it was *Abd Allah Qo^obsh&h (came to throne of Gol- conda in A. H. 1020=A. D. 1611) who first patronized and thereby raised Rekhtah poetry.

3 u 2 '

00

:^

V5«

8

IS

•0

o

K

O

. "^

o • - §

•^^

m

ft,

b o «

I!

S

o

^

as

o o

2

H

M

at

SB

P

09

8 g^

Is

^

i

n a

it a

o

• a •«

^1

& a

O

a

o

a

'O.03

73 O

a

I

5 a

o

a

«

•3 .«

1iS IS

a 'c 1 5 a « a ^ -S

5.!: .big SS i^ig

s

53

:s • := is s

tfQOQOQoQOoDQuOOQQ

"S -d • « -d

oiSHQwSiaoa

• - • •

'^ .^ O

o . e

GOOQOD^ODG009#SQ009 0QCOQOD

• ••••••

• ••••••

CO

to CO «o CO ^ O O CI i-^ t<« r«» CO o« ro

Oi Ok O^ O^ O^ O^ Oi O^ O^ QD QD * Ok 0> Ok

oioi '

e<4 e<4

• •■•••

OkOkOkooaoaoaoaoao

c» eo 01 91 1>> t>i *^ <« 91 o> t^ • e4 t0 -^

aDaoaoaoaoaoaoaoQookQo •ooooco

e^i-^akK<«okaookOkao

iM 00 Ok 00 O O O O 0» *>• Ok • fO Ok Ok 00 Ok Ok Ok 00 00 00 CO *>•*>• «<• •OkO»0»

g'Ea^ca§a§

S»

••1522 '. i-SS '.25222

00

^ Q w la CO i2 p 03 S

^

e

O -5 -•

• • '•■ ^^ • • •

^22^2^2^22h^.222

gqqS^S^S#sqSo9(»qS5

• • • •

• • • •

eo

OkO.ioeocicitO'^OOkco-^-^to

OkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkiOOk^^Ok

_' ••••••••••• «• s

O Ok

ec CM

oCOOOo.oD<o*>i«eeoo»

^Ok0D00O>O>0000aDO>

c)-^oieocoe4i-H«4'Okoo<-*c4eoo

QOGOOOOOODaOaDOOOkOkODGOOOCOaO

O Ok tf> OD to lA o o o «e ^*^o>*^OkO»aoooaDt>k

OkOkQOOODOkOkaOOkOkOkOOOkr««>» *^*^*^0DO»t^OkO»OkO.OkOkO»O»fc*

I

•

u

•3

a .

?■•§

•j3

»

^ a

■

auSc;oucoQObwoo5o

o P

• e

. o

CO

So o

0-m ^ *»

as ••« •»■

o o

2

QcocoClQ

a -a

a

o a

B M <i« A A «k «f-«^' M S*^*A^^'^®O'^'^Q0Q0Q00kp-4'^

|2222222§*«*05«5«»o»«<».»o»a>a>»«OkS

W •*• •^ •«■ -^ MM ••« SM P* ft* 9*

QQ

QQ

o2?S^!^?* 25 2 ^^ ^ 5*« Okr*«o«o«0 r* «or*o.Ok0.o.S

®255S2!l5J^25t^SPS? « »o«o<o o »o w»»^io«o«o<o ioo«o *^ o» «<« Ok o. »<« Ok r« ^ Ok Ok o. ** o. ** Ok Ok Ok ** »^ J, ««» K S

•i»W

.0.0.0 «• «i> ^

00 Ok O

ja M M M M M >0JS.0.0'k»'O'fl^.a.c

M ja M M

4>* «« «4 4>* _

CI eo <« lA to

•^•d'»i?'a,0.0.cjs«0ua«0 «*

O.QOOkO^CleO'^OtOOkODOkO*? r-ii-<r-i0404OlCICI04CICIOICICOC0

QD X

m

Ok

CO

O 00

o

CO

Ok Ok

iO CO

Ok

Oi

o

CO

Ok CO

•

CO

00

QD CO

2

^

*

• I

^1

■At***

^ f-l

e*

n

i i

H

ei|*ri

o o

c«

•2!

1:!

: j 0

CO

6

Oi o.

d

■

o

o

o o

•

SB O O

<

8,-a

(2

^-5

w _

g.

*3

8Jf

I

0k

•o o

o

o

o

O

00 Q CO coQQcoUodQqoQo9Ucoo5 ^wQQQ co

J. •-

ff a

• • •

• » •

• • o>o»a)o>akc>0)Ok •oooooo* 'O*

• ■ ^ • ••••••■••■••••

CO Cvl

s

»

a

o

a

OS

00 oo oo oo »« *>■ *>■ !>. t>. t>. !>. r« »« t>. t^ • !>. r» ** ** r* • oo

^

»s

tf>

»^ i2 25 15 2? S? ^ 15 i? !? ^ •^ »** "^ .«oio<o»ot^ .00

?

^ 1 a

• ^

• • •

. ? •.'3 • .9

p E c fi I fi u £SiS ? gSisS g.s ^- a a • e a

09

PQ a

eo

o»

CO

to

00 00

s

«£

«o

00

o

a

%^

«•

«>

«

o^

"^

^

^

"**

r*

to

00

£ 5* S 9P I? * * ** 00 . -^ iM F-j »o oo 00 00 © . 00 1-4 Qor«aor<«*^«^r<«r^«>. .oo«ooi»<:>»«>.t>.oo IiSlS

©2! 21 5^ J^ J^ 2? !!• ^^ !5 i? "* <® . o> t^ 00 -* «^ »^ »^ *• .«aP »« t^ t^ t^ «^ K^ t^ K^ «>. t^ «^ <^ • fc* »* »^ r* «* »^ «^ r* .t^*^

8^

r -S I il|i!ll2i|B|i|is|Si1^

CO

n

a

a

o

e

us

*£;o ^;e o ootooo OD «o ^ lO tf>*^Qoco

: : : : :o><^»»<^ooopooapopooaooooo«S

64

00

tti

<o

Oi

04

«o

o

•

**

o

fM

00

m

o>

•

to

00

to

to

to

f.4

*^

00

C4

Ol

Oi

•

00

00

l>>

o»

"*

04

-s

lO Ok

GO 00 oooo ao**oo««^r^»^oor*t>.oo« » *SS«oo

•g

to

00

t«oo

c^ t^ t^ 00 o. t^ r« *^ c^ »^ r« t^ (X «^ •»Xt^^^

lO

O)

00

lO

eo

00 CD

s

I

:|

IS

^

522 Meteorological Ob^ervatiom kepi at Rangoon^ [No. 6.

NOTB.

The site of the accompanying obseryations is the Medical offieer^i (attached to the field Hospital,) quarters ; they are in an open and exposed situation outside the great stockade, and not sheltered by aarrounding jungle, that haying been all cleared away by the Bur- mese before we took Rangoon.

The house is built of wood, raised on pile of teak 8 feet high, and the floor about that distance from the ground, which, in the immediate vicinity, is sandy and quickly absorbs the rain. It is about one mile due south of the Dagon Pagoda which, the Engineer officers mfona me, is in Lat. IG^" 47' 56" N. Long, n^" 13' 27'' E. about one mile north of the river and raised above it about 40 feet.

'Remark* for the Month,

The register was not commenced until the 8th, no instruments until that time being available.

The air during the first 8 days very dry ; evaporation great i steadj land and sea breezes, rendering the heat tolerable. In the eveniogi dense banks of doud rising in the south with occasional lightning.

On the 10th a few drops of rain fell followed by a great fall of the temperature ; squalls of wind with thunder during the night, but no rais.

On the 1 1th more rain fell at noon ; cloudy with lightning at night; air not so dry and much cooler. Wind varying between S. £. S. W. ; occasional heavy gusts of wind with rain and lightning ; cloudy at night

12. Bain fell heavily last night, commencing at about 10, accom- panied by strong wind, thunder and lightning.

13. Warmer ; a few showers with squalls of rain and wind with distant thunder.

14. Showers occasionally ; wind prevailing from S. E. cool in with fresh breezes and thunder occasionally.

1 5. Wind in the morning 8. E. with light showers ; at about 3 p. h. wind changed suddenly with violent squalls of wind and rain to N. W.

16. Light showers ; close ; occasional squalls.

17. Ditto. 18. Showers occasionally, but very light, cool pleasant weather, but very close when the wind drops.

19. Ditto. 20. Heavy squalls of wind and rain from west. 21. Very cool and fresh, only one slight shower at sunset.

1852.^ Meteorological OheervatumM kepi at Rangoon.

523

22. No rain ; cloudy with cool breeze before noon ; heavy rain after noon ; violent thunder storms with wind.

23, 24, 25, 26, 27. Much cold ; the former squally with shower of rain ; occasional thunder storms and variable winds.

28, 29, 30, 31. Much the same weather ; wind now steady.

Hourly Obeervationa eommeneing at Noon on the 2let Mag, 1852,

/or 24 hours.

May.

21 Hours.

Thermometer.

^i

Wet.

Noon.

Ip.u.

2

3

4 5 6

8

9 10 11 12

1a.u.

2

3

4 5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Totd,

Mean.

80

78

78

77i

78i

78i

79

764

76 77 77 76 76 76 76

76

754

754

75

764

77

79

79

80

80

Dry.

S

«

0

1933.5

77.34

87

88 82 824

834

88

82

79

784

784

784

78

77

77

77

764 764 764

764

774

794

82

85

86

874

0Q

29.91

.90 .89 .88 .87 .88 .88

.88

.88 .91 .91 .91 .90 .89 .88

20.0

80.40

Force snd direotion of Wind.

S. b, E. light.

S. £. fresn* S. E. do. S. b. B* do. S. do.

S. W. light. S. W. rain.

8. W. light.

S. W. do.

Culm.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

S. W. b. light.

Ditto do.

Afpect of

Sky.

.87 W. 8. W. do.

.88 .88

.89

.91 .91 .92 .92 .91 .90

747.36

29.934

S, W. do. W, 8. W. do.

8. W. do.

Ditto do. Ditto do. Ditto do. S. 8. W. do. Ditto do. 8. b. W. fresh.

4 hours from S.E. 1 do. from S, 4 do. from calm. 16 do. fromS.W.

Camali.

Camnli-stFsti.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Camali. .

Camali-strati.

Cirro-comali.

Cirri.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Clear oyer head, Cirri on horison.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Cinro.«tratl be- gan frt>m S. W.

Ditto an orer day.

Ditto.

Camali-strati.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Camali.

Rain gaage and Remarlu.

Rain guage 0.3 inches.

Slight passing

shower. 5 Minutes danu

tion.

Calm and dote* Ditto soltry. Ditto. Ditto.

No rain regit* tered in this 24 hoars.

524

Meteorological Ohiervations kept at Rangoon. [No. 6.

to

00

t

I

Art 00

I

o

i

Ik

»0

5

a a

V 9*

H

H

i4

a a

8 a

e

s

i •

« Ok

H

*4

§1

*aop«Ajiafqo

<o

to

to

00

*aiiiaiiaip{

oS

-mnuiixitif^ I ojo

CO

00

u

a .

O Pk

u

■aoitvAJMqo

•aipaiixin^ |~ g

'uopvAjasqo

.3

<o

00

*ainmiai]iil

»s

lO

•oipaiiCTyj I og

00

*aoi)«u98qo in»P JO -UJK

00

kO

Ok

00

'innaiiai|i^

*innnnx«p{

«S

kO

o<=> "oo

o»

*aop«AJ9iqo Xli»P JO -nipi

eo o5

CO

to

lO

do

*aininnn|i{

00

*ainaiix«ii^

*aoi)BAJMqo XljBp JO -ajK

m

to

Ok

if

a .

eo

(2

'uoitVAjiasqo il«P JO uiK

'mnnnnif^

*aoi9«Ajaeqo

*aiQainii|i(

'amainni^

a o

PQ

*aot)BAJ?Bqo iiwp JO -myi

*innaiim|ii

Ok

oo?

*innaiix«|i^

Ok CI

•

00

'mmmaji^

'fi

■ainuiix«)\[ I o

00

>00 00

u

a .

*aoi)«Aji0tqo

ilWp JO UJK

'mnoiiuii^

'aoi)«AiMqo £\np JO -nij^

eo

o«

lO

Ol

'mnoiiatf^ |

oS

IN*

'mnoiixiip^ I

OS

00

JO

^ 8

a b s §

*iiop«Aj0tqo

t

e o

i

CO

m

Ok €4

O Ok

o»

S8'6Z

c

1

m

•mnmixBm | 9S'6Z

CO

Ok OD

Ok

o«

f8'6Z

96'6:

Ok Ok

19'€Z

•o

Ok

o

a

o

S

a

o

a a

o

Q

O

a

68*6?

•mnmiXBwl §

£116*62

*aininiai|^

88*82

'mnoiixii^

o

o

r

9S

96*62

1^

^|ii|i.oi^||^|||a||i|E|22|||i i%

(oiaQ&QwfeoiMBjiaMOOWMmoaQwMww'OOQMMOJ toff

PS

SSSSSISSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS

ss

ss

sa

rr-

Q

SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSESSKSESsi'sS

.S3

1

KSSSSSEESSSKSSSSESSESiSKKEKaS

SS

MlliiiriirslTisillillliS ■

il

IP

i J.I i^s li ^ J

ii

1

sssssssssssasasssssssssss sss ■ ■

ss is

s

ssislsssSs^s^sisissISsKSsiS

n

i

SSaa^SSKKHsSEKKSSSEEEEEKRa.

SE

a 1

&

-i r-va 4 4 f.S=i.

5Si5z«ii5i555i5i5i5S53i5»3^i5a5i3 »•!»»

Jl

|5W

1.

6

i

r>

S.

If

o fro t^ «o o fro o fro etoetoeiia

<^ prt O ^ •-* iO r-« ei • r-4 ^ C> ^ «e C4

-O C B gXh •O Q g s C:

% s

•S

52

s

ft

II

i ^* s i

1

8

GO

s

i

M» ^

• • • ^ •

C^UooOQ

I I

S'Saz ssBssasss

.If Q .tt .5 ;tt ai .12 .tS .tf :« .« 5 5

QQQO QQOQQQaOO

'0 o

fib 'SS -0

§

* CO

• • •

PQ

A

CO

«5 d O Q

3

Q

• • • • *r •-• •© • • •^^ .■s .-r; .s 5 5 5 5 fj kj ."S .Si iS —

ii

85

s

Ok

0 CI *0 91 «0 «0

01 Ok Ok Ol Ok O^ • •••••

Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok

Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok

• •••••• ••••

Ok

w

s

lo <e *<•

OkOk 0»

ODOD Ok Ok

o

E

e

eO 09 d OD 00 OkOk

ObObQOODOO'^OkQbaDC^ »»»»C^C^QOQOaO»»t<ot»fr«

OD t^«0 lO 00

»«iO

t

Ok 00 Ok CO <e <0 <o

# Ic^ # 4^ t^ 4^ •* t^ fc*

fr«r«io*^oookoooo»«K»<o

.

H

i

.^ I*

N it

2IS

8-

M

D CO

fik.09

t'^ S kl

. J 0 ■ i? o c

e..;

ifil.A ill

0

8

* 0 • « • S

• 5 • • • o ' 8

1 Bfi"

■ S 0 mm*

'I •••gsl*

S

s osa

C 'S ^ "^

fi '*'

8 7

0 9

S3(3

•0 O

S 0 •

«>^ 0

^ •.•M* • (^ • a • *« a^* •.• • • •

coMcot^co ooooco 00 00 ooQQQ

• •

, •«• mm4 •«•

00

^1

22 SSR Si

Ok Ok 00 OD 00 • • • • • Ok

ja

8M » Ok QD

* •

Ok Ok ^ ^ • • Ok Ok Ok Ok *

• •

• • • •

I

t

Q

-«i>^ HR Hii HR HN HH

^ to lA if» ^ OOtroOk i«i « « »«t et^OOk

00 » OO 00 00 fr*t<»»« 00 • • 00 00 00 00 r«

• •

HR _ H"H" HR HR

O) r-4 O 00 to .^ .• ,^ ,M

b* lA K»

00

• Ok 00 00 Ok t<^

• # fro* fr«fro«<»fe%

• •

«0 ^ eo "tf

■o

«o

CO

« 8

A Ok 00 00 00 00

•>4 OO

Ok Ok Ok

Ok 9i

O Ok Ok CO tt K^ O O Ok Ok Ok 00 Ok Ok A Ok Ok 00

s

«^ *^ O (^ 00 aO Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok

I.

s

6

o

slssf fc^sassssHsss sj: fssssas

^ I SSSSSm !A kA fro 7fro «^ 00 do 7t» 00 O 00 l^fro TBk lA n !<• 'SiS^

n

o"

•

!<«

e

9

CO

!l

a

t»

•

*»

*M

9

si

ei

t

I*

1852.] Meteoroloffieal Observaiiam kept at Rangoon. 527

NOTK.

The first ten days of the month have been fine^ but little rain, and that in showers attended occasionally by squalls of wind with thnn* der. Weather close and sultry at times ; the air damp, Tliermometers indicating but little difference between the* wet and dry bulbs.

The prevailing winds have been from the S. W. and the sky nearly always overcast with dense clouds.

During the middle and latter part of the month it has been much the 8ame» The air damp, the sky cloudy, and the wind prevailing in the S. W. Frequent heavy squalls, at time accompanied by thunder and heavy shower, but of short duration.

The quantity of rain registered by the copper-tube ra1n*guage with a graduated (to tenths) brass index rod, is 16.43. The Barometer is placed in an open exposed situation and beyond the influence of trees, houses, walls, or other shelter. The Barometer is aa Aneroid, No. 5117, whi6h has been compared in Calcutta with the standard Baro- meter, but some are inclined to think its range now is rather too high. The Thermometers used are all by good makers, and several in number.

J. FAYasR, M. U» dm$tant Surgeon, Field Hospiial, Rangoon.

3x2

52a

lieieoroiopieal Ob^erraiiomM kept at Rmmgc€fm. [No. (.

Hourly observaiiatu eommeneing at 6 a. M. on 21 «< Jwiu^ 1852.

Fidd SatpUal Ramgoatu

Jane.

Thermometer.

Aneroid

Force aod 4 ^ _,

Barome- ter.

direction of wind.

^^specfc VK

Rain gnage.

21.

Wet

Diy.

ay.

•6 A. M.

70

77-

29 88

S.W.U.

Cirro-atrati.

7

70

77*

29.90

Ditto do.

Cumnlo-atrati.

8

m

79

29 92

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

Very light rain.

9

78

79*

29.93

S. E. freah.

Ditto dow

Dropaof lain.

10

77

78

29.92

S.do.

Ditto do.

11

70i

78*

29.93

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

12 Noon.

75*

77

29.90

S.W.do.

Ditto do.

Sinee yeaterday it noon, 0.10 iacbn rain ingnage.

1

70

77

29.90

S. W. Lt.

Strati — ^rain..

Lightning

2

70i

78*

29.89

Ditto do.

Cnmnlo-stratL

Pair.

a

77i

80

29.87

Ditto do. .

Ctrro-atrati*

Ditto.

4

77i

80*

29.80

Ditto do.

Strati.

Lt. rain*

5

70i

78*

29.80

Ditto do.

Comnli.

Fair.

6

70

78

29.87

Ditto do.

Cirro-cnmoU.

Dittos

7

70

78

29.89

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

Ditto.

8

76

78

29.89

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

Ditto.

9

70

78

29.90

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

Ditto.

10

•77

78

29.90

Ditto do.

Ditto do.

Ditto.

11

77

79

29.91

Ditto do.

Clear.

Ditto few drri OB

borixon.

12

77*

79

29.91

Ditto do.

Cnmnlo-ftratl.

Few dropa of nii falling.

1

75

78*

29.88

S.P.

StratL

HeaTj shower.

2

75i

76

29.87

S.W. Lt

Ditto.

Gentle light raia.

3

75*

70

29.87

Ditto do.

Cnmnlo-strati.

Ditto.

4

7*

70

29.87

Ditto do.

Strati — ^rain.

Ditto.

5

75

70

29.88

S. £. do.

Comulo-atrati.

Since noon of yet- terday in gna^eOi

6 A. M.

75

70

29.89

S.do.

Ditto— rain.

ineheaof rain.

22nd

Total,

1907.0

1947.5

747.29

Mean,

70.28

77.9

29.8910

J.. FATMn, M. D. FMd

1B52.] - Meteorological ObservatioM Jcept at Rangoon^

529

S

s

CSS

00

O

S

a

V Ok

§1

o

s o;

u « CO

u

a a

a s

o . O Ok

I|

«3co

€

"^ S^ •"! ♦*

g

J9 73

►* ►* J ►» •• ►.•o *» «s

ij •** 1« "2 o-i: B 5 ^

g o-ajsg ►• I a"

«M CO 0

•^ ** "t5

3 *■ if

o

o

0

Of

*1IOI)«AJ9SqO iflBp JO <1S9|^

■ ^ •

00

*ninQi{aip|

•mnuiUB|/y I oq*6^

00

O 04

u m o»

'aopiAjasqo ifivp jO il99j/H

'vanmiuii^

*inniDixR|^

*ao})BAjasqo

iC(l«p JO UKf^

004

M O

00

*iniimiin|^

mnmiXBt^ | o^ 5-98

PQ

*«on«AJMqo ifiiip JO u«a|^

'mnairai{^

'QOt^BAjaiqo iipp JO vmyi

CI

ci

00

'mniniaiii^

'mnmixwM I o908 gpfi

6 .

o cu

« CO

'QOpBAJMqO

iljBpjo uiai^

*ainairaij^

*uopiiA4avqo

illBp JO UBa^

o

o<o

00

ei

o

<o

00

*innminip{

•!nnaii»Bt/g | o

oo

o o»

PQ

*U01)BAJ98qO illBp JO QBOpi

'nmauiii]^

*aoii«AjaBqo

iirep JO «B9|^

CO

00

00

00

*mnaiiai)^

•o

10

•cantniXB}^ | o

00

QO

o < c o»

0Q

-noi^BAadsqo ilJBp JO iiBai^

00

<o

CO

*aininiai)i^

'uiaoiixB)^

o^fL qqi

Or*

00

u

'vattmiTiyi \

'uopBAJdiqo

*iiinmraipi{

*ianaiirB{i^

'UOpBAJOSqO i[IBp JO UBd]!^

*mniii;uiji^

'iiiiiai{ZB|^

0%

CO

«

o»

CI

s

'I ■55

08*62

86'6S

a

Ok

CI

88*63

•oinmiiBj^ I 95'fig

O

o

IS'SZ

•qinuiiiBpi I 856g

eo o»

•

o»

CI

I6'6Z

.0

CO

CI

o»

•

Ok

CI

I6'6Z

200K

CI

eo

Ok

o»

CI

00 00

o»

CI

00 Ok

B

Ok CI

g-co

<

.J

.1 ]«as.sa0S0a^8g

1 --

go oooe^SouLdciTS'So

X

o o

•j <** •■«

piojreay

9 o> Ok OkOkacoooDOi^Oi a

• Ok Ok

t>> Ok Ok r« t^ «#

Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok o

CO o o «o co«o

CO CO

X

o

a

o

e

O lA

lO

lO K)

»>»eOi-<eOkOkOOkC4kO'««i«0 C^ OO OC 00 t^ t^ QO t<« 00 00 00 OD

•O lA lO O

m 1-4 t>l t>> 00 *^ r« •-• CO

QOQO aOOOOOOOt^OOQO

Ok <o Ok OO eo O t<»«<«Cs»*>B 00 00

81

e«

c e

9

'l 1

m m

m

I

OS

• • • •

<ookaoooaot«»oooookao

00 00*

lAiOtOaAaAtO «QiA ^

• OOk_ »-*OOOktO*Oo'Ok od^ao^Doo*^ *^

I

IS

Hi*

I

Hi*

I

1

< Ok

<

«. is • • B X • -^

& * & -S &

ilijl liiiiilililiiii iiiiiiiii

piojsny

S55^l2^^<o»*eoioOk**ok akakokOkOkaDaookOkOkOkOk — * •••••••• ••»•

Ok

a

e

a

fa

«>»Q0 OiPH

Ok Ok Ok O • •• •• • ••

e o o Ok o e e

CO CO CO C< CO CO CO

eo eo

«o ko o Ok <e t>»

Ok Ok Ok Ok O^ Ok

lO lO o

o e Ok CO CO d

Ck

O

lA

kO to

tA

ftO lO

lO lO tO lO aO

S^S522?2?2£:*!?2?*^£J^o*oo^o^ci^ooooki-<o«oookoo« ooc:^to>Qot>>t<«aoi>i«H«»ooooao»^t^aoaoooaoQoooaoSc:^ODOo^aoc^«^«^

0

>

1

9

1^ ^0

to

to

to iO

01

c9

I

<

S.09

<3

i

0 » •

S3

i

I

1

.^ ^

^ a

-2 6 .-• 6

ooS

igSieg^sSsSaaaab^aM^j

IS s

be

009

o

•3

"O o

0 •« •

8«s o

2

1^ 4 .•S-S.S44-3 -8 . t

SS(SnSSeo^«2aQfiO(»(»BOMoo^Oo$

2^

• •

• •

m 00 OD

*J0)80I

-04Bg

PI0J9IIY

tOio<0'^'^oo-^cookt<«i<«cotooo<e»^<Oio<e«er««

AOkOkOkOkOOaoaOOOOOOkOkAOfeOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOk

s

«oco

Ok Ok

Ok Ok

oa

O Ok CO 99

^5

Q O

tO lA

tOtOtOkOiO lAkO t<itA>0

lAtOiAiOiOtOt^iO

to

iO0kOk0k0k<O<e000k0k^HO^

>*<*fe<»t<«(>»t^r«»^«>kt^t^aoaor«

CO Ok Ok <e

to o to

to

tO ^ ll< ^ -^ «0 »<» to -^ ^ Ok 00 OO 00 lO lO »C 00 CO Ok Ok lO lAt^CO^ M^

^eieo-<iito<et>>ao»o<-«cico-^tooi>iaooko^e4cO'^ioot>>aoeke^

^^ '^ ^ ^ f^^ ^^ mot uoi 9^99 e9o*oie*e^^«

J

•a x a

e

• • a

Si

1

0

•»Hii9

C4eo^oitoco»<»30co ocooeo

M d A ^

o d

• o <««• <e -^o

• ^ d O »>>Q0

• • • • •

04

OD

9

s

piojaav

«o<oceeoo -^ c^ ei 4>» <o »^ • «o «<««>.«>. oo

«* Ok ^ Ok A OD OD o» a> Ok A • Ok a> o» Ok Ok

M M 01

e oo

lA -^ Ok o^

• Ok

d

o o e oo e Ok

CO CO CO CO CQ C*S d

Ok

Ok

00

eo

Ok

•

Ok

c

►tJS

■- "^

a

«5

0

6

■

u

1^

•>» *^ Ok *«I tC *>» Cs» fe^ r<. t<ft

lO lA to m

lA

O tO lO kO

<e lA lA o Ok 1-4 . iNi «o <e Ok d •-< ^ o <e t^ ob oo <e *^ **n%o •

*<• t<ft «•» 00 t^ 00 • t^ t^ t^ t^ 00 00 00 QO «» t^ «» t^ t^ t» •*>•«>• •

«

CO eo

d

Ok

to aA lO

to to ce ^ t^

to

■Qtpcp^t^ lA lA <««i Ok »<k Ok • «e ko lo 00 *^ t^ r<» 00 lO ce t>. »<k lA <e

to to

_. ^ ooiocet<«t^io ^

"^ lO •

Ok

d

d

CO 00 Ok

to

"3 -i

.h s -^ « § .h 2 .^ s '

• 0 ••" 9 •

s g a

O £ 0

3 &

^^-§« >;

42 «£

'- O

• •o W

•yes? b^ •?? • • '^ • • • •Ifs.

rm^ c3 C3 IC r«% c3 r«t vM rA IS r«i nM ^ m Q

•

CO QQ

Ok -^ •« <e 00 lO lA •«» .o

OD QO OO 00 QO Ok O^ •Ok 'Ok

• ••••«* • •

00 QO 00 Ok Ok o^

• lA

«Ok

«o

00

Ok

Ok d

tA aA

W 00 K«i» t<« O ^ «>» r<« l:^ t^ 00 00

lA

• 00

• 00

tA tA tA

• • •

O tA 00

oot^t^

• tA

tA

00

00 00

lA

tA lA

lA

tA to tC <e k^ to «0 Ok Ok 00 »«t^t<«* «^. t^ t<« c^ «» t<« t>> *

tA

• «d

• «^

• oo

:*

lA

00 ^ t<«

lA

CO

O QO

QO •A Ok

m «■« * ei • * ■ * ^

-eosoeoqe

^Z m0m 9 •mm •*« •mm • -• •mm

coQoOQQDQ

• * ^a o

:-§

rS5

«••••• ^^ • • • «^ K^ . • • • • w^ •

d d CO

Ok Ok o%

OtAdtAfe>>COtAeO Ok 00 OD 00 OD Ok Ok Ok

«OiA'««i^tA<0«»k>>»«oot>»<oeOi-<eoeoeoo OkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOk

d

Ok

QO

00 d Ok

Ok

d

a

tA

lA

lA lA tA tA

tA

00 ob 00

tA tA

oodi-<ddtAtAeo Ok«dok-^Okekt>*c6okco^r<»toooto«otAiA

t^^OOODOOOOOOaOOO t<«t«*t<^QOOOOOODaO*^OOOOODt<«t<«t<^t^C<»aD

tA

Ok

•

•

CO

f^

d

00

tA

•A tA

tA

tA

lA lA tA

ODOkCO CO O 00 Ok Ok i-i O Ok »« CO Ok cO O ^^ O Ok r« Ok Ok Ok tA »<• -V tA <« k>>

«<••««<•# r*aDt^*^t^aDOD»«ft c««>r<«oDaooooor*r<«^*»«t^i>ii>ii>i«Hfr^«>*

•A

d d

d

CO

m

a o

t

o

532 Meteorologieal Obtervationa kept at Rangoon* [No. 6.

NOTB«

The weather during the enrlj part of this month has been for the most part fine, especially during the day time. The prevailing winds have been S. W. with occasional heavy squalls accompanied by nia.

The atmosphere cool and damp, evaporation very slight — the qnio- tity of rain fallen up to the 1 5th a little more than 1 1 inches, the heaviest falls on the 9th 1 0th, and 12th.

The latter part of the month rather wetter ; wind prevailing froo S. W. shifting occasionally to the N. and N, £. The rain has fsilea more during the day time than in the early part of the month.

The maximum temperature at any time has been 89^ FarhL bat generally very much lower ; the rain has for the most part fallen in showers.

J. Fayrbr.

1852.] Meteorologieal Obtervaiions kept at Rmigoon.

533

Hourly Obiervaiiotu commencing at eunriee on the 2let of July, /or

24 houre.

Jalj.

Tliemiometer.

3^

Force and

^i^ •

w

Anerc

Baron

tcr.

direction of wind.

Aspect of

Rain

Remarks.

21.

Wet.

Dry.

Sy.

«««g«.

San-

liae.

79.

80.5

29.97

Calm.

Cumulo-strati.

.48

Close & sultry.

7

79.

81.

.98

S. W. light.

Cumuli.

in guage

w

8

79.5

82.

.99

Ditto do.

Ditto

at sun-

9

77.

80.5

30.

Ditto fresh.

Cumulo-strati.

rise fell yester-

Gentie shower, just finished.

10

79.

83.

29.98

Ditto do.

Scattered cum. strati.

day.

Air clear.

11

77.

81.5

.97

Ditto light.

CumuU.

Noon.

79.5

81.5

.97

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Sky overcast with dense

1

77.5

82.

.97

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Cumuli,

2

77.5

82.5

.96

Ditto do.

Ditto.

3

79.

83.5

.96

Do. freshing

Ditto.

4

79.

84.

•94

South do.

Strati.

Sky dark and

5

78.

81.

.95

S. by E. It

Cumulo-strati,

threatening.

6

79.5

80.5

.96

Ditto do.

Ditto.

7

78.5

80.5

.98

S.byW.do.

CumulL

Sky less OTcr-

8

78.5

80.5

.99

S. by E. do.

Ditto,

caste

9

78.5

80.5

30.

S. by W.do.

Cirro-cumuli.

Hazy about horizon and no rain.

10

78.5

80.5

30.01

Sonth It.

Ditto.

Ditto.

U

77.

80.

.01

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

12

78.

80.

.00

S.byW.do.

Ditto.

Ditto,

1

77.

79.

29.98

S. W. do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

2

77.

79.

.96

Ditto do.

CumnlL

Hazy, clearing off.

3

77.5

79.

.95

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

4

74.5

75.5

.97

Ditto squall with a light shower*

Ditto.

Raining gent*

5

75.5

75.

.96

Ditto It.

Strati & rain.

Ditto,

6 a.m.

75.

75.

.96

Ditto do.

Ditto.

.64

Ditto.

Total,

1946.0

2008.0

749.37

0.64

Mean.

77.84

80.32

29.9748

J. Fayrbb.

3 Y

Meteonhgieat Ohttrwitwu ktft at Ran/foim.

[Ho. I.

1

Pii

fit; Hid

Hi III

1

1

a E

f

li 1

-yo|iti -aid /o •n!pi

•1 ?

1"

■noRi* -JMqo Snipaa

s

•mnainiH

•S £

■aniB,mH

»B'U

ȣ S

■"""'"w.

B0-«

1

.4«qo>u,p«

'2 ^

1

I

•noniJi -jotqoSuipja

•

°3 R

»8-W

»C'6£ Hie

■""""!"«

n<6E

1

-aopu -jMqo SuipM -BJil ;o •niH

t

■O0H.4 -jMqoSnipao -wd JO -Din

3

■amtainiK

•i 2

■"■"^■iW

S8-6I

•12 S

86-6E

1'

■noii»i ■JMqo Suipso

•S s

!i

•iMqoSaipsu ■«jd JO -niK

2

•3 g

E88I

•!I8 f««

■mnn.!X.K

S

1 .

1 s

oopU iMqoSuipw -aid ;o -u^K

•a i

1 "

■oon«*

•iM<t<]S<l|pM

-aid JO -tnn

1

s

•(onmiutK

«S £

98'es

■»»"""K

o«-61 « fi

CO OB

ft

is

-nopu •wiqoSnipao

•i s

II

n

-aop» -iMqoaBipw

2

:ainoiia(K_

•t ~

■onwiiqH

n

i 1 =*

1 852.] Literary Intelligence, 535

Literary Intelligence.

In Bombay the following works have been lithographed :

A new edition of the Rawdhat as-Safa in one yolume folio and much clearer than the edition in two voluroes which was published in 1261.

Dywdne Jl^tz, 8vo. 439 pp. A. H. 1267. This is the third or fourth edition published at Bombaj and the text differs both from the Bombay 4to. edition of 1244, and from the Calcutta 4to. edition. It is very elegantly written but not very correct.

The Khamsah of Nitz&my small folio, 1265. This edition is not correct. It comprises the Iqb^l-n&mah Iskandary which is also called the Sekandar-nlmah Barry but not the Khirad-n&mah which is also called the Iskandar-n&mah Bahry and which in fact is rarely met ivith. The latter is being published in the Bibliotheca Indica, the first half is out and the second half is in progress. The Khamsah has also been lithographed at Teheran.

A new edition of the complete works of $a'dy in 4to. It is supe- rior to the folio edition of 1 296, but much inferior to Mr. Harington's edition. Another edition has been lately made at Dilly.

Of the Mathnawy of Jal&l aldyn Bumiy two new editions have been made both in Svo. -one is written in Naskhta'lyq 1 267 and the other in Naskhy. The former is said to be more correct.

J^amlahe JTaydary > or the history of Mohammad in verses by Mumin 'alyy Kirminy. The author was a converted Parsee and died a few years ago, folb near 600 pp. A. B. 1264.

At Luenow the i7amlabe jETaydary of B^dzil (who died in A. H. 1 1 23) has been lithographed, it is a rhymed version of the Ma'^rij alnobtiwat, in about 40,000 verses. Folio 238 & 333 pp. A. H. 1267.

The first No. of the Journal Asiatique de Constantinople has been received from the Editor, M. Cayel, whose introduction draws atten-* tion to the many gaps in early Turkish History and to the materials available in Turkey for filling them up. Much information is doubt- less to be obtained from the Medjmoua, and Memoranda which he describes as abounding in the Turkish Libraries and which it is impossible that M. de Hammer can have exhausted. This No. pro* mises well and if,^ as he hints in a short preliminary notice on the contribution of an Armenian gentleman, the Editor should undertake to publish translations of old Armenian MSS. his Journal may be expected to furnish Orientalists with much useful material.

3 Y 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For June, 1852.

The usual monthly meeting of the Sodety was held on Wedneedsy the 2d instant, at half-past 8 p. m.

Sir Jambs Colvilb, President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last month were read and confirmed. . Read a letter from Captain Layard, forwarding, for presentation to the Society, a copper coin found at Gour, .and another of the DaUk East India Company, dated 1790, brought from Coipang in the iaknd of Timor.

Lieut. Burgess, duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting was balloted for, and elected an ordinary member.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

C. Allan, Esq. C. S. ; — proposed by Sir James Colvile and seconded by Mr. J. K. Colvin.

J. J. Ward, Esq. C. S. ;— proposed by Mr. Grote and seconded bj Sir James Colyile.

Bead a report from the Council, recommending that B&bu lUljendra- \il Mittra having offered to edit the Prakrit Grammar of Kramadis'wa> ra, the Chaitanya Chandrodaya N&taka, and the Aniruddha Champo, for publication in the Bibliotheca Indica, his offer be accepted.

Resolved that the recommendation of the Council be adopted.

Communications were receiyed—

1st. From C. Allan, Esq. Officiating Secretary to the GoTemment of India, forwarding a report, by Commander Felix Jones^ on the stale of the tribes bordering on the River Tigris.

1852.] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 537

fieferred to the Journal Committee*

2d. From Dr. Baddelej, BubmittiDg through Mr. Piddington, a paper entitled " Notes on Whirlwinds."

Ordered to be printed in the Journal.

3d. From Dr. A. Campbell, enclosing a paper entitled " Diary of a Journey through Sikim to the Frontiers of Thibet."

Ordered for publication in the Journal.

4th. From Lieut. F. J. Burgess, through Captain Thuillier, stat- ing that the earthquake in Pillibheet of which he had previously com- municated a short account commenced at Victoria Gunge exactly at 8° 7' 54^ p. M. and ceased at 8<> 29^ 24" p. m.

Mr. Colvin drew the attention of the meeting to Mr. Bayley's offer to forward a notice of the figure of Jupiter which was lately exhibited to the Society, and recommended that the Secretaries be requested to communicate with him on the subject.

Bey. J. Long enquired if it was the intention of the Society to make any use of the MS. History of Tipperah which Dr. Wise had sent to it some time ago. He made the enquiry, he said, by desire of Dr. W. who wishes the MS. to be returned to him in the event of the Society's not printing it in the Bibliotheca Indica.

This led to some conversation as to the merit of the work ; when it was resolved that the MS. be referred to the Philological Committee to consider whether the philological character of the work was such as to render desirable the publication of the whole or any part of it in the Bibliotheca Indica, or the retention of a copy of it for the Library.

The Librarian having submitted his usual monthly report the meet- iog adjourned.

Bead and confirmed, 7th July, 1852. (Signed) J. B. Colyin.

Report of the Curator Museum Economic Geology, Otology and Mineralogy. — Major Jenkins has sent us from Assam some specimens of a tufaceous Limestone from the I^aga Hills in the neighbour- hood of Jaipore, where it was laid open by a landslip. Major Jenkins observes that this locality was hitherto supposed to be devoid of any limestone, and that thus the discovery may be one of some local import- ance. The limestone itself has nothing worthy of note about it.

i

538 ProceedingM of the Asiatie Society. [No. 6.

Mr. J. W. Bias has presented a few muoellanaoiiB foani apeeuneoa tod mioerala, moaily from the neighbourhood of Briatol, from whieh we BbaQ be able to select a few for our collections.

Economic Geology, — Captain Sherwill has forwarded to the Moaeom, from Korsiong near Darjeeling, a quantity of common scaly Graphite of two different yarieties, black and grey, of which he says :

" The bed or rather rocks bearing the mineral are 2600 feet thid[ ! This has been principally brought to light by a landslip th&tlwenito examine ; No. 2 specimen is from the landslip."

As before said, this is unfortunately only an inferior description of graphite, of which, though in such abundance, the sale would not probably pay the costs of carriage and freight, but I have pointed out to Captiia £herwill the chances that a more compact kind may be found amongst or near to this, and the compact kind, as well known, is highly valualde for its use in the fine arts.

Mr. Berdsmore of Mergui has forwarded a box of ores and slag whidi he supposed to be Copper, but the whole of them are Iron. A fine spe- cimen of tin ore accompanies them.

I have obtained for the Museum a specimen of American machine- made bricks, which are brou^t from that country to California, and here as ballast, as I am informed ; and being sold here are found very asefiil from their stone-like hardness for the flooring of stables, and woj^ of that description.

Ltbbabt. The following additions have been made to the Library donng ik month of May last.

JPresented.

Sindh, and the Eaces that inhabit the ralley of the Indus. By lie^ £. F. 3aiUm, London, 1851. 87o«— Pbbsbntbd bt thb Authob.

Symbolical Euclid in Urdu, edited by William Lawler, Anglo- Arabtf Master of the Madrasah College. Calcutta, 1852. 8yo. Lithogn^h.— Br THB Editob.

Proceedings of the Agri-Horticultural Society of the Punjab, from Ist May to 3Ist December, 1851. Lahore, 1852. 8to.--Bt thb Sogibtt.

The Oriental Christian Spectatw for April, 1852.— Bt thb Editob.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago for February, 1852, (two copies). — By thb Goybbsmbnt of Bbngal.

Meteorcdogioal Begister kept at the Sanreycnr General's OflBice, Cal- cutta, for the month of April, 1852.— Bt thb Dbputt Subtbtob (Hn-

BAL.

1852*] Proeeedinffi of the Aiiatic Society, 539

The Calcutta Ohristian Obsenrer far June, 1862.— Br thb Bihtobb.

The Oriental Baptist for June, 1862.— Bt the Editor.

The Upadeshak for June, 1862. — Bt the same.

Is Bible the Book of All, or is it but the Book of the Few P A reply to Dr. Caliill*8 tract, distributed by Soman Catholics at the doors of St. John's and other Protestant places of worship. 8ro. Pamphlet. — Bt the Author.

BibidiUirtha Sangraha, No. 6.— Bt the Editor.

The Tattwabodhini Patriki, No. 106.— Bt the TATTWABODHiKi Sabha'.

Citizen Newspaper for May^ 1862. — Bt the Editor.

PwrcJuued.

Annals and Magasine of Natural History for March, 1862.

Journal des Savants for January, February and March, 1862.

Comptes Eendus, Nos. 6 to 13.

Edinburgh Beyiew, No. 193.

Ba'jekdral'al Mittka.

For July, 1852.

At a meeting of the Asiatic Society held on the evening of the 7th of July, 1852.

J. B. CoLYiNi Esq., Senior Member of the Council present, in the chair.

B&bu I'swarachandra Ghos&l was introduced as a visitor by fi&bu Bamgopaul Ghose.

The proceedings of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following presents were received.

1st. From C. £• Blechynden, Esq. Ghotal, a Hindu image found at Pumah, a village situated in Purgunnah Burdah, Zillah Hooghly.

2nd. From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, through Messrs. Henley and Co.

5 stone and 2 wooden images of Buddha.

3 wooden images of Buddhist Devotees.

1 Ditto of a monster.

A Burmese short sword.

Four pieces of Burmese painted glass.

A wooden instrument for keeping poison (7)

3rd. From J. W. Dalrymple, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Govern* ment of Bengal. A map of the province of Orissai for the Museum of Dconomic Geology. . .

540 Proceedings of the Anaiie Society, [No. 6*

From Captain Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General, forwarding a Map of Orissa for the Society's Library.

From Dr. N. Wallich, througk Messrs. Cantor and Co., his tran^ lation of Professor Eschricht's Memoir on the Gangetic Dolphin.

Messrs. C. Allen, and J. J. Ward of the Civil Service, duly pro- posed and seconded at the last meeting, were balloted for, and elected ordinary members.

BAbu Bam&n&th Banneijea was named for ballot at the next meeting ; — ^proposed by J. B. Colvin, Esq. and seconded by A. GroCe, Esq.

Bead a Beport from the Council stating that at the recommenda- tion of the Library Committee they have resolved on the publication of a Catalogue of the Library, the cost of such a work being estimat- ed at about Bs. 360 ; and that they have further placed Ba* 500 aft the Committee's disposal for the purchase of books.

A Meteorological Begister kept at Bangoon, during the month of May last, by Dr. Fayrer, communicated through Mr. Blyth, waa laid on the table.

Ordered on a suggestion from Captain Thuillier that a copy of the Meteorological Begister be placed at the disposal of the Editors of the daily papers of Calcutta for publication.

Bead a'letter from Mr. Beadon forwarding on behalf of Mr. Beanfort a collection of coins (22 specimens) found in Jessore near Mehamed* pur, together with a report on the same by Babu Bijendral&l Mittra.

Besolved that Mr. Beaufort be thanked for the collection, and that he be at the same time requested to favour the Society with further particulars as to the finding of the coins.

The Curators and the Librarian submitted their usual monthly reports, and thanks having been voted for the above commnnicatiana and presents, the meeting adjourned.

(Signed) J. W. Coltius.

LlBJKABY.

The undermentioned works have been added to the Libnury since tiie last meeting.

Tresented.

Snpplementum annotationis in libnun as Sujutii de nominibua reiativis, insoriptum v^' *t^ continens novonun codicum ooUationfim et ezerpta

4852.] J^roceedhiffs of the Asiatic Society. 54 1

el as-Samanii Hbro wUi]|| ^ et ibno 'l-Atliiri libro wUUf. Scripsit P. J.

Veth. Lug. Bat. 1851, 4to. — Pbesented bt the Cubatobs of the Aca- demy OP Letdbit.

Specimen e literis Orientalibiis exhibens libmm Geneseos, Becundum Arabicam Penteutachi Samaritani versionem ab Abu Saido oonscriptam. £dit A. Xuenen, Lug. Bat. 1851, Syo.—Bt the sake.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Ist series. Vol. VI. Part I. and New Series Vol. II. Part 11. — By the Acidemy.

A Memoir of Sami\el George Morton, M. D. By Charles D*Meigs, M. D. Philadelphia, 1851, 8yo. Pamphlet. — By the same.

Conyersations about Hurricanes ; for the use of Plain Sailors. By Henry Piddington, Esq. London 1852, 8vo. — By the a.uthob.

Bulletin de la Soci^t6 de Geographic, 4th series. Vol. I. — ^By the Society.

Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations at Hobarton, Van Pieman's Island, Vol. II. London 1852. — By dibection OF the Bbitish Goyebnhekt.

Uber die Sprache der Jakuten. Grammatik, Text und Worterbuch. Von Otto Bohtlingk. St. Petersburgh, 1851, 4to. — ^By the Authob.

Vendidad capita quinque priora. Emendavit Christianus Lassen, Bonn®, 1862, 8vo. 2 parts.—BY the Authob.

The Journal of the Boyal Geographical Society of liondon. Vol. XXI. By the Society.

On the Geology of Part of the Himalayan Mountains and Tibet. By Capt. B. Strachey. Pamphlet. — By the Authob.

On the Physical Geography of the Provinces of Xumaon and Gurhwal. By E. Strachey. Pamphlet. — By the Authob.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschafl. Fiinfter Band IV. Heft. — By the Gbbmajt Obiental Society.

Beport of the Bevenue Administration of the Lower Provinces for the official year 1850-51. Calcutta 1852, foolscap foHo. — ^By the Goybbn-

MB27T OF BeHGAL.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for March and April 1852. Two copies each.— 'By the same.

Selections from the Becords of the Bengal Government No, VI. — ^By the same.

On the Gangetio Dolphin. By Don. Fred. Eschricht. Translated from the Danish by Dr. N. WaUich, 8vo. Pamphlet. — By the Tbanslatob.

An Essay on Bengali Poetry in Bengali, by Bangalala Bannerjya, '12mo. — ^By the Authob.

Journal Asiatique No. 85.— By the Asiatic Society of Pabis.

3 z

542 ProetedmgM of the Jnatic Soeieii^. [No. 6.

Oriental GhriBtaan Spectator for May and June 1869. — ^Bt the Eddoi. The Missionary for June and July 1862.— Bt thb Editok. The Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 107.— Bt the Tattwabodhiki' SiBEi'. Annual Seport of the Tattwabodhini Sabh&, 8to. Pamphlet— By ihi

8AKB.

Meteorological Begister kept at the Surveyor Greneral's Office, Calcntts for the month of May, 1852. — By ths Deputy Subteyor Genbeal. The Oriental Baptist for July, 1862.— By the Editob. The Calcutta Christian Observer for July 1862. — By the Editobs. The TJpadeshak for July, 1862. — By the Editob. The Benares Magazine for April, 1862. — By thb Editob. The Citizen for June 1862. — ^By the Editob. The Pumachandrodaya for June, 1862.— By the Editob. Wind and Current Charts, by Capt. Maury* — ^Bt the Authob.

The Calcutta Beview, No. 33. The AthensBum for November, 1861.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 19^ 14,16.

Purchased. The Edinburgh Beview, No. 194 The AnnalB and Magazine of Natural Histozy, for May, 1862.

IU'jbkdbala'l Mirba

^^^'^^rv^^^WW^^^^'^^^MM^'^V^^'^^^A^N^t'^^^t^W

For August, 1852.

The Society met pq the evening of the 4th iuataat, «t half-psit 8 p. M.

Sir Jambs Colyilb, Kt.» President, in the chair.

The following visitors were present at the meeting : — Mr. Montr^ Bor on the introduction of Mr. Welby Jackson, Mr. Sterndale on ditto of Captain Thuillier, and Colonel Bersenczey on ditto of Dr. Sprengcr.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The following presentations to the Library and to the Museum o^ Antiquities were announced.

1st. From C. Murehead, Esq.,. Principal of the (^maX Medial College, Bombay. Annual Report of the College for tl)i^ Sesaipn 185142; and a cQfj of Dr. Cole'a Introdactory Lecture..

1852.] Proeeedinffs of the Matte Society. 543

Slid. From Professor Fleischer on behalf of the German Oriental Society. The Journal of that Societj, Vol. YI. part I.

3rd. From Major Troyer. His French translation of the RAj* t4rangini» Vol. III.

From £• £. Salisbury, Esq., Secretary to the American Oriental Society, Vol. II. of the Journal of that Society. With reference to Mr. Salisbury's offer to establish an exchange of publications. Re* Mohedp that a set of the Researches, and of the Journal as far as aTailable, be presented to the American Oriental Society, and that future Nos. of the Journal be sent to it as published.

From Mr. J. T. Bodel Nyenhuis, Secretary to the Netherland's Society of Literature. A catalogue of the Society's Library.

From Herr Schroter, Secretary General of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna, a set of the Academy's publications as follows :

Proceedings of the Historical and Mathematical classes for the Tears 1849-50-51.

Transactions of ditto ditto for the same period.

Pontes Rerum Aus^iacarum, Vol. III.

Simony Alterthumer, Vol. I.

Referring to the Academy's wish to establish an exchange of its publications. Resolved, that a set of the Researches and of the Jounial as far as available be presented to the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna, and that future Nos. of the Journal be sent to it as published.

From Baron Von Hammer Purgstall — The Vienna Reyiew for 1851, 4 Vols., and the first two Vols, of his History of Arabic Literature.

The following is an extract from the Baron's letter : —

** I take the liberty of presenting by your channel to the Honorable Asiatic Society of Calcutta, the first two Volumes of my history of Arabic Literature. This Asiatic Society baring taken the lead of all those which haye since followed its example, has also the first claim to the gratefulness of all Orientalists, and leads therefore the yah in the dedication of the seven Asiatic Societies to which I have dedicated my work as a token of respect and thanks for the honor conferred upon me as their member."

Resolved — ^That the Society express to Bafon Purgstall its cordial acknowledgments of the compliment paid to it in his dedication.

3x2

544 ProeeedingM of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.

From Captain Layard, in the names of himself and Mr. J. J. Grcj. of Ooamutty, Mslda; the following sculptures found in the north- western sohnrb of ancient Gonr, now called Gnngarampore.

let. A reclining Female Figure with an Infant (from Mr. Grey)»

2nd. An Image of the god Surya.

3rd. Two stones with carving, apparently parts of an entablatnie over a door-lintel.

From Mr. C. Bafn, Secretary to the Royal Society of Northent Antiquities — The latest publications of the Society.

The subjoined is an extract from Mr. Rafn's letter.

** Application has been made to our Society several times, as wdl from Great Britain, especially from Scotland^ as also separately frost Ireland, to publish an edition of the most important records contained in our ancient MSS. relative to the British Isles. The ArchseologjcaL journeys lately undertaken by two of our Society's Fellows, Professor P. A. Munch, a Norwegian, and Mr. Worsaac, a Daqe, have awakened an increased degree of interest for a project of this nature, and the time seems now to have arrived for proceeding to its realization. A new critical edition of the important Saga relating to the inhabitants of the Orkneys is the first object which we have in view, bat that the plan may be carried out in a suitable manner, it is of importance t» create an interest for the same in the British Isles, for whose historieaL snd Archaeological inquirers, this work would be principally designed. This matter we beg earnestly to recommend to the Council of yoor Society, and such of its fellows as may take an interest therein..*'

The thanks of the Society were recorded for the above presentations.

Babu Rammanath Bannerjea, duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted for and elected aa ordinary member.

Captain W. J. Nicolls, 24th Regiment, Madras. N. I., was named for ballot at the next meeting ; — proposed by Mr. Grpte, and seconded by the President.

Communications were received..

1 St. From Captain Layard, sending his drawings of the Gonr nuBi^ and of their architectural details for the inspection of the Society, and explaining his reason for sending them to England.

The following is an extract from Captain Layard's letter.

*' Captain Thuillier will make over to you a short MS. and two booka

1852. J ProceedingM of the Atiatie Society. 54S

of rough drawings made at Gour during mj short stay there in January last* My intention is to send them to England to my bro« ther to allow him to judge whether they are of sufficient interest for publication. However as I obtained permission from Goyemment through the kind intercession of the Asiatic Society to visit the ruins, it is only just that I should show the Society that their kindness haa not been abused, and that all such objects as I considered of interest from their antiquity have been transferred, though I fear yery inade-^ quately, to my sketch-book and MS.

'* I should say that my notes were intended for publication (if ap« proved of) in the Asiatic Society's Journal, but as they would be of little worth without the drawings, and the execution of these in pre-^ sentable form* being rather problematical in India, it is perhaps best to- forward all to England.'*

2nd. From Major M. Kiltoe, enclosing a note on the ancient gold coins from near Benares, which were with the permission of Government exhibited at the general meeting of April last, together with copy of a note on the same, by Mr. E. G. Bayley.

Ordered for publication in the Journal with the Catalogue which previously accompanied the coins, and with the fac-similes which have been taken of such of them as are worthy of note.

3rd. From Dr. Fayrer, Field Hospital, Rangoon — Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon for the month of June, 1852.

4 th. Major M. Kittoe, reporting on some ancient silver coins found at Mnjdaha, near Benares, and sending drawings of them»

Ordered that a letter be addressed to the Secretary to Government N. W. Provinces, in the hope of procuring the original coins for the Society's inspection.

.5th. From N. Bell, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Society of London, acknowledging receipt of the Journal Nos. 34 to 48, N. S.

6th. From W, Barlow, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Institution, London, acknowledging receipt of the Journal No. 224.

7th. From J. W. Dalrymple, Esq., Under-Secretary to the Govern- ment of Bengal, forwarding, for the information of the Society, copy of. a letter from the Secretary to the Board of Revenue with its enclosure, r^pectiug the existence of gold dust in the hill streams of the Char- duar Forest, in Central Assam.

Referred to the Journal Committee.

549 Froeeidif^M rf the Anatic Society, [No. 6.

Mr. Piddingion read the following three papers uid exUlaUd tlie filtering apparatus referred to in one of them.

Ist. Description of a cheap and simple apparatus for cliatilfiiig off the Mercnrj from an Amalgam of gold or silrer.

2nd. On filtering the water of tanks in large qaantitien for the use of towns.

3rd. On a Greometrical Measurement of the distances from Crest to Crest of the Barometric Waves in a Cyclone.

The Curator of the Zoological Department of the Maseam ezbi» hited, in sheets, a copj of his catalogue of birds the publication of which has been delayed by his desire to consult references whidi have only lately become aTailable.

The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology and the Librarian having submitted their usual monthly reports the meeting adjourned.

(Signed) J# W. Coi«tii«s.

(kmfirmed, September, Ut, 1852.

Library.

The following books hare been added to the Library since June last.

Presented,

Catalogos Codienm Orientalium Bibliothecse Academie Lugdino Ba- tavae. Auctore R. P. A. Dozy. Vol. II. Lugduni Batayarum 1851, Sto.— Frcscntbd by thb Curators of thb Academy of Lbydbn.

Sitzungsberichte dcr kaiwrlichen Akademie der Wissenscbaften. Mathe- matiscbe Naturwistenschaftliche Classe, for 1849-50, (less No. for Dee. 61) (Nob. 1 to 4 of Vol. VI. and Nob. 3 and 4 of Vol. VII.)— By tbb Impbrial Academy of Natural Scibncks, Vienna.

Ditto ditto, PliiloBophiBch-bistoriBcbe ClasBe for 1849-60 and 51, (of Vol. VII. heft, 3, 4 and 5).— By thb samb, 60 and 51.

Denkscbriften der kaiBerlichen Akademie dcr WisseniebafteB. Mathe- matische NaturwiBsentchaftliche Clasae, Vols. I. and II. and Part 1. of VoL

III. — By the same. Ditto ditto, Philosopbisch Historiiche ClaBse, Volt. L and II. ParU 1 and

2. — By thb same.

Pontes remm Austriacaram, ostcrreichiscbc GkBcbicbtsqnellen. Zwdte Abthcilung Diplomata et acta. III. Band. Liber Fundationit Moomaterii Twetlensis. Vienna 1851, 8to.— By the same.

Archacologische Analecten von Joseph Arnetb. Wien.— By thb same.

Die Alterthiimcr Ton HalUtattcf Salsbcrg nnd detsen Umgebung. Voa Friedricb Simony.— By thb same.

Literaturgeschichtc der Araber. Von ibrem Beginne bit sn Ende det

1 852 J Proeeed%ng9 of the Aiiatie Society. 547

Bwolften Jnhrhundertt der Hidrckret. Von Hammer PurgttaU, 2 Vols, royal 8fo. — ^By TBS Author*

Jahrbiicher der Literatur for 1849.— -By Bahom von Hammbb Pubg-

•TALI«.

Bericht uber den ku Kairo in Jahre D. H. 125 U in secba Foliobanden erscbieneen turkiscben Commentara dea Meinewi Rumi'a von F« Hammer Purgstall. — By thb Authob.

Annaler for Nordisk Oldkyndegbed og Histoire, Udgivne af det Konig^ lige Nordiftke Oldas-krift Selskab 1849-50. By the Royal Society of North- ern Antiquities.

Antiquarisk Tidscbrift, 1846-8. — By thb samb.

Report of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquities to its British and American Members, 870. — By thb samb.

J4ska's Nirukta sammt den Nighantavas herausgegeben von Radolph Roth. Gottingen, 1849. — Bt thb Authob.

Report of the Grant Medical College, Bombay, for 1851-2.— By C. If urbhbad, Esq. Pbincipal of thb Collbob.

Dr. Cole's Introductory Lecture delivered at the above College on tht 14 tb Jan. — By thb samb.

Catalogus van de Bibliotbeek der Maatschappij van Nederlandscbe letter^ knnde, te Leiden. Leyden 1847> 3 vols. 8vo. — By thb Sbcbbtaby of THB Nbthbbland Litbbaby Socibty.

Journal of the American Oriental Society, Vol. IL and Part 1 of Yol.

III. — By THB SOCIBTY«

Catalogue of the Calcutta Public Library 1846. — By thb Cubatoss op THB Libbasy.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandiscben Gesellscbaft^ VoL VI. Parts 1, 2.— By thb Gbbman Obibmtal Socibty.

Premier Memoir sur le Sankbya^ par M. Barthelemy St. Hilaire.y Paris 1852, 4to. — By thb Authob.

Histoire dea Rois de Kaehmir, YoL III. Paria 1852, 8vo.— By Majob A. Tboybb.

The Indian Opium, ita mode of preparatbn for the Chinese Market, from Drawings by Capt. Sherwill. London 1852^ 4ito.-*-BY Capt. Shbb-

W1LI«.

Philosophical Transactions for 1851, Part II. By thb Royal SociBsrY OP London.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago for Mondi,. April and Miy« 185ft— By thb £ditob«

The Calcutta Christian Observer for Augnaty 1852.-^By THB'EiUTOBft

^48 Proeeedinffs of the Jsiatie Society. [No. 6,

The Oriental Baptist for Angast, 1852.— By thb Editor.

The Oriental Christian SpecUtor for July, 1852.— By the Editor.

The Upadethak for August, 1862.— By the Editor.

An Examination of Religions, Part I. containing a Consideration of the Hindu Siiastras in Sanskrit with an English Version and Preface. If im- pur, 1852, 12mo. 6 copies.— By tbe Autuob, thbough Rev. K. 1L Bannbbjya.

The Missionary for August, 1852. — By the Editor.

Quarterly Journal of the Royal Geological Soeiety of London, Noa. 29 and 30. — By the Society. «,

Address delivered at the AnniYersary Meeting of the Royal Geological Society of London on the 20Ui of February, 1852, by W. Hopkins, Esq. London, 1852 — By the Royal Obological Society or London.

Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Geographic 4me« s^rie Tome II. — By the Society.

Journal Asiatiqoe, Nos. 66 to 89. — By the Asiatic Socibty of Paris.

Journal of the Agri-Horticultural Society of India. Vol. VIII. Pan I.— By the Society.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor Generars OfiSce, Calcntta, for June, 1852. — By the Deputy Scrvbtob Genbrai^

Tattwabodhiui Pacrika, No. 108.— By the Tattwabodhiki' Shabha'.

Purnachandrodaya for July, 1852. — By the Editoe. . The Citizen for July, 1852. — By the Editor.

Bibidhurtha Saugraha, No. 8. — By the Editor*

Exchanged,

The Athenaeum from January to May, 1852. - Jamieson's Journal, Nos. 103-4.

London, Edinburgh and Dubhn Philosophical Magasines, Nos. 16 ^20.

Purchased,

Bunsen's Egypt, Vol. I.

Mill's History of India, with continuation by Wilson, 9 yoIs.

North British Review, No. 32.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for June, 1852.

Elphinstone's India, 1 Vol.

Birds' Researches into Buddhist Antiquities, 1 Vol. fol.

Oomptes Rendus, Nos. 14 to 21.

Journal des Savants for April, 1852. ' Uavelock's War in Afghanistan.

Furgusson's Illustrations of the Rock Cut Temples of India.

lb&i-ul«'01iim by ghazsfily, Arabic MS.

Ra'jbndeala'l Mittra.

1852.] Proceedings of the Anaiic Society, 549

For September, 1852.

The luuarMonthly General meeting of the Asiatic Society was held OD the Ist instant at half-past 8 p. m.

Sir James Colvilb, President, in the Chair.

The following visitors were announced, viz. Mr. Gonne on the intro- duction of Mr. Grote ; Mr. Ward on the introduction of Capt. Thuillier. The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed- Presents were received —

From Mr. W. W. NichoUs, Mission House, Sarawak. The skeleton of an Ourang Outang obtained on the left bank of the Batang Suppar liver, in Borneo.

From A. J. M. Mills, Esq. A stone figure of Siva.

From Dr. Morgan of H. M. Ship Fox, through Dr. Fayrer. Two Burmese MSS. found in the house of the Governor of Bassien.

Captain W. J. NichoUs, 24 th Regiment Madras N. I., proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted for, and elected an ordi- nary member.

Dr. Morgan of H. M. Ship Fox, was named for ballot at the next meeting ; — proposed by Dr. Sprenger, and seconded by the President.

The President submitted on behalf of the Council the following

reports :

1st* Recommending that the offer of Pan^ita IsVarachandra Bidy^^igara to edit the following Ndtakas fur publication in the Bibliotheca Indica, be accepted.

1. Yenisanh&ra.

2. Anai^harfighava.

3. Prosannar&ghava.

4. Ndg^anda.

5. Lalitamildhava.

6. Yidagdham&dhava.

2d. Suggesting that the old stock of the Society's Journal be

henceforward sold at the following reduced prices, viz.

XT «iA no A lOQ f To subscribers, at Rs. 1 0 0

No.. 110.118. «d 123.( ^^ ^^^.^^^^ J g ^

Nos. 123 to 227. {''' f •","'""• ** ^H

I „ Non-ditto, 1 4 0

(Ordered that these recommendations of the Council be adopted).

4 A

550 ProcMdings of ike Jgiatie Society. [No. 6.

3d. Bringing to the notice of the meeting the wishes of lieot Maury of the National Obserratory, Washington, as explained* in tk following extracts from the letters to Dr. Buisty Secretary to the Bon- bay Geographical Society, through whom copies of Lieut. M.'s Wind and Current Charts were lately presented to the Society.

*' I am very much in want of materials for my charts relating to your seas-— and this occurs to me. If you can gain access to sny number of old log-books, which contain the direction of the wind osoe for every eight hours, and which give dfdly the temperature of ur ind water, though thi^ last shall not be a sine qua non, I will pay ftr abstracts therefrom at the rate of two cents the day, i. e. suppose Um copyist makes the abstract from the log of a Tcssel that has been 100 days at sea, he will receiTC therefore £%.

^'The tracks which I want on these terms relate to the Indiaa Ocean only, calling that the Indian Ocean, which extends south finnB Asia between Africa and New Holland, and which is to the westmrd of a line drawn from New Guinea to China. This is the region as to which I am most lame of materials, and for abstracts of which I will agree to pay as above, if you deem it expedient to employ one or more copyist on these terms. I have employed copyists at the rate <tf 2 cents per log, for other parts of the ocean, and a quick writer can easi- ly earn dollars 6, or dollars 8 a day.'*

« « « «

** I am very desirous to obtain some account of the Infusoria in tb rain-dust ; can you not help me to it V*

Besolved that the Society offer to receive and communicate to Lient Maury any information which may be elicited l)y the publication of the above extracts;

The President then addressed the meeting as follows : —

" I need hardly remind you that since our last meeting, the Societj has sustained a great loss by the death of one of its most distinguidied and accomplished members, Mr. Henry Torrens.

"On the morning of the day on which we last met, I fully expected to have the pleasure of bringing him hither with me in the evening ; you are all probably aware that in the course of that very day he vis hrought to my house dangerously iU, and that in less than a fortnight he was numbered with the dead.

1 852.1 Proceedings ^f the Ariatie Society. 55 1

*' I am consooas that there are several here present whose earlier and more intimate acquaintance with Mr. Torrens, and whose longer conneo tion with this Societj, make them more competent than I am, both to speak fitly of his brilliant and versatile talents* and of the particular Bervicea which» in the period of upwards of fifteen years, during which he was a member of it, he rendered to the.Asiatic Society of Bengal ; yet I cannot forget that even I had» for nearly seven years, the happi- ness of possessing his friendship, and of occasionally enjoying his con- versation. Since his demise it has been my painful duty to look over some of his note books and unfinished MSS., and I can truly say that that inspection has strengthened the impression which I previously entertained of the wide and diversified range of his knowledge, and of the restless activity of his mind. Again, there is no reason why I sbonld not speak of his labours on behalf of this Society ; of them each of UB may say monumenta manenip and so long as the pages of our Journal, and the collections accumulated in ourMuseum, shall endure^ mumumenta manebani.

** Mr* Torrens, as many of you know, came to this country at an age somewhat more advanced than that at which the members of his dis- tinguished service generally begin their career. He had completed a classical education at the University of Oxford ; he had afterwards mixed more largely than most of his standing, in general Society* He possessed several of the languages of Modern Europe. He was more than commonly conversant with the literature of Europe ; yet it must be admitted, that in spite of these manifold distractions he took kindly to the land of his adoption. In truth, the East had many and peculiar charms for hia lively fancy and active spirit. Its languages (particular- ly Arabic and the kindred tungues), its antiquities, its history, its tradi- ' tion derived from ages when history melts in fable, the origin and distribution of its races— were all subjects of deep and constant interest to him. It is not for me to assign a predse value to his labour as an Orientalist. Those, however, if such there be, who would look at hia works of this kind with a^critical eye, and contrast them with the pro- ductions of more profound and laborious scholars, would do well to recollect that they were the fruits of hours snatched from the claims of official life, and that these various studies were combined with the cultivation of general literature, with researches into .military history —

4 A 2

552 Proeeedinffs o/ ike Asiatic Society* [No. 61

to the Btudj of which he was attracted by the memory of his distio- giiished father, — nay more, with devotional duty paid at the shrines of the lighter Muses, and with excellence in more than one of the grace- ful arts which contribute so much to the enjoyment of social life.

** But it is not merely as one of its most accomplished members thit Mr. Torrens claims from the Society, the tribute of its regret For nearly six years he served it as Honorary Secretary. Now, in every nume- rous body there must be differences of opinion, and these differenea will beget opposition, and it may be that some of those who now hear me, may have heretofore objected to this or that detail of Mr. Torrem's administration. I think, however, that all, who look but candidly upoo that portion of the Society's history, will admit, that if there were soy faults in his administration, they were the faults of a generoQS temper, which in aiming at great ends, does not very nicely calculate the means, and that in all he did, he was animated by a sincere and zealous deare to maintain and extend the reputation and usefulness of this Society.

''I find that on the occasion of his retirement in 1846, from the Office of Secretary, a general meeting of the Sodety came to this reso- lution.

' " That the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on the occasion of their haa^ deprived of Mr. Torrens's services as their Honorary Secretary, do here- by record their grateful sense of the distinguished zeal and ahility with which, for several years, he has conducted the duties of that office. And as a testimonial of their respect, they further resolve to elect Mr* Torrens an Honorary Yice-President of the Society, and they solicit that, in this capacity, he will continue to afford them his highlj valuable co-operation in the prosecution of the numerous objects of literary and antiquarian research, which he has already pursued with such eminent success.'* '

'^ I am sure that none will, now that he has been taken from us, be disposed to dissent from those terms of praise, with which the Society recognised the value of his services whilst they were yet recent, voi he yet alive, and certain I am, that, even if any there be who may think that in the warmth of friendship I have said anything whieb their colder judgment cannot approve, there are none who will dissent from the more measured terms of the resolution, which I have now the honour to propose, which are ; —

1852.] Proeeedinfft of the Jtiatie Society^ 55S

*' That this meeting desires to record its sense of the loss which the Asiatic Society of Bengal has sustained hy the death of Henry Whit- lock Torrens, Esq. B. C. S., who was for upwards of fifteen years an accomplished and distinguished member of the Society, and whose eminent services when holding the office of Honorary Secretary were, on his retirement from that office in Noyember, 1846, especially acknowledged in the resolution then recorded by the Society."

The resolution haying been seconded by Mr. J. R. Colvin was car- ried unanimously.

Read letters — ' Ist. — From Mr. Beale, Agra College, inclosing a paper on the Influ- ence of the moon on the Weather, in continuation of Mr. Middleton's obseryations on the same subject, for the year 1852.

2nd. — From F. Skipwith, Esq., Sylhet, enclosing a rough and imper- fect copy of an inscription on a stone, at a place called Laur, in Sylhet, and announcing that Captain Caye intends ere long to visit the spot personally, and to communicate to the Society the result of his visit.

3rd. — From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon,, forwarding a Meteorological Re- gister kept at the Field Hospital, Rangoon, for the month of July*

Subjoined is an extract from a private letter of Dr. F. to Mr* Blyth regarding the apparatus exhibited at the July meeting.

** The instrument sent down to you as for containing poison, is a very different thing. It is for making fire by compressing the air suddenly. A piece of cotton being stuck on the end of the piston, it is suddenly forced down and withdrawn at the same instant. The cotton comes out ignited. I have lit dozens of cheroots with that very one. It is wonderfully ingenious for a savage to have found out. I have seen a complicated brass instrument in lecture-rooms at home that did not do it a bit better."

4th. — From Dr. Bedford, sending an English translation, by Sub- Assistant Surgeon Buddinauth Birmo, of a Mugh system of medicine. Referred to the Council.

Reports having been received from the Librarian and the Curator of the Zoological Department, the meeting adjourned.

(Signed) Welby Jackson, Y. P.

Oct. 6ih, 1852.

554 ProceedinffM of the Matte Soeieiy.

LiBIUBT.

The followmg bookt IwTe been added to tbe Libnry sinee Julj kit

Presexted,

Catalogne of the Stan near the Ecliptk, obsenred at Uarkree dnnng Ae years 1848, 1849, and 1850, and whose places are supposed to be hithoto unpublished. Vol. I. containing 14,888 stars. Dublin, 1851. Presented I7 order of the British OoTemmenL

Meteorological Obserrations made at the Meteorological Bangslow on Dodobetta, 8,640 feet above the level of the sea, in the years 1848 — 50, under tbe direction of the late T, G. Taylor, and of W. 8. Jacob. Madras, 18% 4to. By the Madras GoTemment.

Rapport adress^ a M. Directenr General des Mus^ Nationaux; snr Texploration scientifique des principales collections E'gyptiennes renfinate dans les divers Musses Publics de TEurope, par M* Emmanuel de &oii|^ Pamphlet, — By tbe Author.

Abu '1 Mahasin ibn tagri Bardii Annales, quibus titulus est fj^\ ij^isiMjj^A^o ^jTyU ^ S^iyi Tomi I. Partem priorum, edidemnt T. G. J. Juynboll et B. F. Matithes. Lugdinii BaUvorum. 1852.— By the Cusatoks

OF THB ACADBMY OP LBYDBN.

Oriental Christian Spectator for August, 1852. — By the Editor*

The Bibidh&rtha Sangraha, No. 9.— By thb Ebitob.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Galentti, for the months of June and July, 1852.— Br thb Dxpimr SuBvirid Gbkbral.

The Citizen newspaper for July, 1852.^By thb Editor.

The Purnoebandrodaya newspaper for July, 1852. — By thb Editor.

Exchanged,

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magasine, Nos. 21, &

Jamison's Journal for July, 1852.

Purchased,

The Edinburgh Review, No. 195.

Halhed's Gentoo Law.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History for July, 1852.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 22 — ^25.

Journal des Savants for May and June, 1852.

Humboldt's Cosmos, by Mrs. Col. Sabine, Vol. III. p. 2.

Rajxndra'la'l Mittba.

i

z

SSS?3SSgSSSgS.S(!SSi!£yS.EIS.£.S.S»SISS . ofiir.

i

I.

2SS««SSSS3X«SSXiS2£Si£3SSIIfZS<<T

= ^

■^BBWoSff-^fB-eWM

\

■

I

1

i

4 f

\? * u

DOOAB..

(LAT: N: «a O. O. ILONOi B: 77- 40. O.

Septeniber.

October.

^u/k' Ve.rttndajh/\ tht^' hoase^, stands otUsUU fA& CojUfftunin/s,

JOURNAL

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

No. YII.— 1852.

^>^^^t^*^^^^^^^^0*^^0K0^0^mt^^m^t^*^^m0m^^^r90^rm0^f^0^f^m0^0^'^^^^f^^i^^^^

Diary of a Journey through Sikim to the Frontiere of Thibet. — By Dr» A. Campbell, Superintendent of Barjeeling — with a Map, {Communicated by Sir Jambs Golyilb, Kt.)

(Continued from page 501.)

\%ih October^ Cholamoo Lake, N&rik-Eaii Bank.

Tbennometer fell daring th» night to 14^, ladiating do. to 9^ ; a calm night ; aouth-easterlj squalls : this morningy bright sunshine, and the clearest of blue skies. All my people are ill with head-ache and Yomiting, and qnite knocked up from the continued effects of this elevated atmosphere. Elevation of this place 17»500 feet, which is the highest encampment we have had. My eyes are inflamed, and the skin is peeling off my face from the excessively sharp wind and brilliant sun of yesterday; my nose bled profusely this morning; but I have •scaped head*ache and other painful symptoms, although we were all day yesterday at elevations of 18,000 feet, and higher. The direction of the Cholamoo Lake is north-east and south-west ; it is about two miles long and half a mile broad ; sloping banka with occa- sional rocky belts and swamps characterise the west side. The east side is flat, dry, rocky and barren ; a rusty red-coloured rocky-terraced spur from the east end of Kanchanjhow bounds the lake to the west, and divides it from the Yeumtso lake. The most easterly source of the Lachen runs from the east of the Cholamoo Lake ; it risea ia a

No. LYIL— New Series. 4 c

564 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 7-

glacier of Donkiah. At present it is a mere rivalet» and neyer carries much water ; it is joined by the stream from this lake a quarter of a mile below the exit, where the stream is not more than a foot deep^ and ten yards across. The Lake has two affluents. The prindptl one to the westward is from a glacier of Eanchanjhow. The other carries the draining of the Donkiah Pass, which is first collected at its foot in a small, circular deep lake, the outlet of which at present is some feet abo?e the level of the water. Probably it does not overflow in this arid and rapidly evaporating region, except during the height of the rainy season.

We found a bed of grey limestone with traces of small organic remains, in the bed of the. eastern source of the Lachen.

I started from camp at 10 a. m. to cross the Donkiah Pass into Sikim, and march to Momay Samdong in the Lachoong valley. It was a delightful day, and it was with great regret I bent my steps to the south. Thibet is no doubt a barren land, and the severity of its climate is adverse to the real enjoyment of life ; but from sunrise till sunset it is indeed a pleasing and happy land to wander over, and although my reason taught me to regard it as little better than a desert, I could never look on its red hills shading off into sapphire blue and perpetual snow, and its yellow downs of scanty graaa and scorched herbs lighted up to a dazzling pitch by an unclouded son and lying under the bluest sky, without declaring that it was. highly attractive and almost beautiful.

Hooker is less excited by the novelty of Thibetan scenery than I am ; he is going to ascend a peak of Donkiah near the Pass, and about 20,000 feet, to try and get other sights of GhumuUri.

The Donkiah Pass between Sikim and Thibet is over a saddle in a sharp rocky ridge which connects the great Donkiah mountain — mis- named Powhunry by Col. Waugh — ^with Kanchanjhow ; the direction of this ridge is east and west, and it is thrown off from a great spur of the Donkiah. Elevation of the crest of Pass 18,500 feet. Eleratioa of the highest peak of Donkiah 23,176 feet. The ascent from our en- campment on the Cholamoo Lake was gradual, for about two miles, the ground rocky and almost devoid of vegetation ; another mile of steeper ascent brought me to the foot of the Pass — ^where yegetation ceased —18,000 feet.

1852.] A Journey through Sikim* 565

From thiB point the ascent was exceedingly steep, and the track lay oTer and among loose stones and rocks of gneiss and quartz. It took me jost an hour from the point at which vegetation ceased to get to the summit on an indifferent pony» which I rode almost all the way. My hreathing was a good deal affected, and my pulse aboye 100.

The Thibetan guard lent us six of their yaks to take some of onr baggage up the Pass to the Sikim frontier ; this is on the crest of the Pass» and marked by cairns of stones ; here they deposited the loads, and the driyers could not be prevailed on to take them a step farther, although onr coolies were so ill as to be unable to carry the loads. The yaks ascended easily and quickly compared with the men and ponies ; but even they appeared to be a good deal affected in their respiration at this elevation. They were eating the snow which lay in patches near the path, as they went back. It was calm and warm, as I ascended the north face, but on the crest a cutting wind from the south made it very cold indeed. There was no snow on the road as I ascended the north face, nor, as I descended, on the south side : but it lay in patches among the rocks all the way on both sides. On the mountain to the west of the Pass, snow lay deep in hollow places to within 300 feet of the smaller lake. These snowed places may have bad glacial ice in them, but the surface of the snow was then smooth, and was probably quite recent. There was no vegetation for 500 feet on either side of the crest of the Pass, i. e. north or south faces. The line of vegetation may be estimated at 18,000 feet on both sides. I reached the top of the Pass at 1 p. m. ; all the coolies were up at the same time, but much oppressed in breathing, and suffering exces- sively from severe head-aches. I had a fine view of the main peak and massive part of Donkiah Lah which lies to the south-south-east of the Pass. Five small lakes, which flow into the Lachoong, and lie about 6 or 800 feet below the top of the Pass, were also in sight. I left Hooker's Barometer for him in a niche of one of the cairns on the top of the Pass, took a last look at Thibet with real regret, and facing a bitter south wind descended into the valley of the Lachoong river along which I travelled to Momay Samdong, reaching it at 5 p. M. The coolies left Cholamoo at 8 a. m., crossed the Pass at 1 p. m., and reached Samdong at 6 p. m. The distance is not more than thirteen miles.

4 c 2

506 A Journey thromgh SUnkii. [No. 7.

The descent from the Pass on the Sikim side is steep and roekj like Uie north sid«. The top of the Pass is 800 or 1000 feet abere Cholanoo Lake, something less perhaps above the Laefaooi^ lakei On descending into Sikim — 800 feet or so — the diange from Thibet ii Already apparent. Instead of the red coloar and friable strocture d the Thibet hills, and the sandy soil of its downs tinged yellow witk acorehed grass and a few herbs, we find grey gneiss with a blade peslj soil, and vegetation still alive, althongh now browned with winter tints. Instead of a clear sky, bright snn and dry atnoosphere, we had, • couple of miles down the valley, a thick mist and heavy clouds npoa the mountains ;— vegetation increased gradaaliy as we came along; first it was composed of grass and sedges only, then the dwarf rhodo- dendrons appeared, and increased as we came down until it quite covered the hills about Samdong road — good enough for ponies — froa the Lachoong Lake. There is one hut built of stone partially rooftd with boards at Samdong, and no other habitation or shelter. Vc pitched a tent for ourselves, leaving the hut for our pec^le.

October 2dth. Momay Samdong^ elevation 16,000 feti. We halt here to-day, ts allow our people to recover from their head-aches and the other di§- tressing symptoms produced by travelling at our late high elevation^ and by the great cold they have been exposed to. Nurkoo, a Lepchi of mine, was so ill yesterday at Cholamoo that I feared for his life. He had the worst symptoms of apoplexy without a thumping puln^ and could with difficulty be roused to consciousness. I was afraid to bleed him, but a large dose of jalap helped to do him good, I ihinl; for although he was carried over the Pass, thereby ascending 800 feft more, he was lively when he reached this ; but still he had an exer» dating head-ache. As I came down the Pass I had to rouse up four coolies who lay on their knees and faces in great pain with head-adio^ and to force them to move. This position was much preferred to aaj other by all the sufferers, who were so listless and sick that if kft alone they would not, I believe, have ever moved from where they lay. Although I am subject to severe head-aches under ordinary dreanh stances, I have escaped them wonderfully here. Rapidity of breatlh ing in all positions and oppression under exercise is all I have feft since leaving Tungu ; but I have ridden wherever I could, and this

1852.] A Journey thr(mgh Sikim. 567

makes a great diflPerence. The iDftammation of the eyee, swelling and peeling of the faoei with breaking out of the lips from wkich I am Buffering, are no donbt attributable to the extreme dryness of the ur, the catting wind and the glare of the snow. In Thibet we did not Bee any snow below 30»000 feet. Bhomtso^lS or 18,500 feet, on the top of which we passed the forenoon of the iSth — had not a particle on it. In the Lachung yalley — Sikim — snow is now lying at about 1 5,000 feet. South of the Himalaya, the quantity of snow that falls is very much greater than in Thibet, and from the greater moisture of the air and cloudiness of the sky, it is not carried off with the rapidity of evaporation which obtains in Thibet, where you do not find a rill even of water from the melting snow. Besides, in Thibet the snow Iklls in light feathery skiffs and not in flakes. I belicTe that the lowest anow-line we saw on the mountains to the north of us in Thibet, must have been upwards of 22,000 feet. On the Kambajong range, which, comparing them with Bhomtso, must be 20,000 feet at least, there was not a particle of snow. In Thibet the difference between the wet bulb and the Thermometers in air, was as much as 20 degrees. In Sikim and in this dry part of it — Samdong — the difference to-day is only 6^ • We had heavy hoar-frost nightly in Thibet, an hour after sun-rise it was gone, and not a trace of moisture was \eh on the ground. Ther. to-day at noon 46^ , wet bulb 40^ ; southerly wind. At Yeumtso, at noon on the 1 7th, Ther. in air 52^, wet bulb 32<> , minimum here at night in the open air 22^, minimum at Teumtso 5^ • In a radiating metal- lic bowl it fell to 2^ . It commenced snowing at 1 p. m. to*day and continued to fall till 7 p* m., when it lay 3 or 4 inches thick. Ther. at 5 p. M. 32<*: south wind. Elevation of Samdong; 16,000 feet, of Donkiah Pass, say 19,000 feet ; yet it was free of snow on the 19th.

October 21st. We march to Teumtang. The Ther. fell last night to 22<' • The mountains down the valley are heavily snowed. Yesterday we went up the bed of a stream north-east of Samdong, to examine a succession of glacial flats or lake-beds, which Hooker had visited in the rains, and was anxious to shew to me. Went to two only, when the snow came on. This stream falls into the Lachoong at Samdong ; above the junction there is another flat lake-bed ; on leaving our tents at 8 A. M. we went to examine a glacier of Kanchanjhow, which lies to

568 J Journey through Sikitn. [No. ?•

the north-west of Samdong. and abont 2 miles off. The Moraioe or rocky bed below the field of ice is abont 3 miles long, and 300 to 400 feet high. It is composed of rocks and stones of all sizes looadj huddled together, on the west side of this, and at the foot of the See- boolah Pass, which leads to the Lachen Valley, is a deep lake, the dndii- age from which passes through the Moraine above noted, and issues at the east side of it as a large stream. There is a hot spring close by, which throws up air-bubbles from the bottom. Temp. 104® at noon ; water quite clear ; it has a slightly sulphurous smell ; no deposit out- side ; Temp, of the glacial steam 41° •

A little lower down there is another hot spring; Temp. 11 6<*; a good water-cress growing round it. Some crystals of sulphur at exit of spring from the rock-^and silyer dipped in the spring is turned brown by the sulphuretted hydrc^n. Both waters are in repute as hot baths. A Lepcha of Hooker's — Chitoong — who lost a Thermometer near the spring, was sent back from Yeumtang to search for it. He found it not far off at dark, but could not return to us that night, and the cold would have probably killed him, if he had lain down to sleep in the open air. He stripped and lay comfortably in the hot bath all night.

There is some good yak grazing at Samdong. The tsalor, faloo, and other dwarf rhododendrons abound round it, and there is a plant very like heather, abundant near the great glacier — an andromeda. The descent of the valley for 3 miles is gradual — ^both sides are barren .and rocky, with scarcely anything on them, except dwarf rhododendrons. This is succeeded for a short distance by some of the shrubby rhodo- dendrons, and some dwarf junipers ; when quite suddenly at abont 5 miles down, at the turning of a comer, a full mass of fine and varied vegetation is displayed in trees, shrubs and herbs, affording a very fine prospect. Among these are the Pinus Webbiana, large and smaller junipers, willows, birches, barbereys, mountain-ash, roses, thistle, ho- ney-suckle, primroses, asters, gentians, the chuka rhubarb, &c.; and this is the character. of the valley all the way down to Yeumtang. Dis- tance from Samdong 10 miles. A good riding road all the way along the west bank for 5 miles, when we crossed by a wooden bridge, then our road lay over 3 or 4 spurs abutting on the river, and at 2 miles from Yeumtang it came on a flat expanse— old lake-bed — 2 miles broad or so, which continued all the way to the village where the

1852.] A Journey through Sikim. 569t

LachooDg running smoothly is re-crossed to the west bank by a good wooden bridge. The village of Yeumtang has 25 houses built of wooden walls with shingle roofs. They belong to the fihotias of La- choongy who are now at that place with their cattle, this, being too cold at this season. They migrate up and down the valley from Yeunkta — 5 miles above Samdong — to some miles below Lachaong« We reached Yeumtang at 5 p. m. Ther. at 8 p. m. 40^> fell during the night to 34^ • There is some good grazing here, and it is rather a fine place, the valley being nearly two miles broad, with pine forests rising 1,500 or 2,000 feet up the mountains which, above the line of pmes, exhibit fine masses of rock topped with snow.

Teumtanff, 22nd October,

Halt here to-day. There are some hot springs a mile down the Talley, to which our coolies are gone to bathe their swollen faces and sore eyes. Temp, of these springs 5^ lower than the Samdong ones, when Hooker visited them in September. There are some very bold rocky peaks on the left bank of this valley above the viUage, which rise probably 5,000 feet above the river.

The pine forest extends to 1,500 or 2,000 feet. Excellent ponies in this valley. The Phipun or manager trades a good deal with Thi- bet, and into Sikim as low as Singtam only, whence he brings rice for export to Thibet. The other exports are munjeet-madder, a leaf yielding a yellow dye or symplocos, bamboos, rattans and planks for flooring and shingle.

The imports from Thibet are tea, salt, blankets, and some very good pottery. Ther. at 8 p. m. 38^ . Drizzling rain all the evening.

October 23rd.

March to Lachoong. A good deal of snow fell last night on the neighbouring hills, and those to the south. ** Black Rock" bears 159® S* S. E., Singikamoo Mountain, P. S. just over head bears E. N. E., Singikama-loong P. S. N. E., Latoong Kamboo P. S. S. W. A very fine bright day ; start at 9 a. m. by a good road for ponies through a forest of the largest and handsomest trees of Pinus Webbiana I have yet seen, with numerous species of rhododendron tree and shrub-roses, birches, maple, &c. Descent gradual. At 3 miles down, found the larch and willows along with Pinus Webbiana ; old lake-beds frequent, the Lachoong running quietly through them and in rapids by turns.

570 A Jaumey ikrovgh Sikim. [No. 7.

At 4 miles or 00 the Tallej spreads oat into a flat grassy spaee two miles long, and ahout the same breadth, the Lachooi^ meanderiiig through it, and its banks studded with clamps of trees and boshes. On the east hank» and aboat the centre of this flat portion there is a floe eascade tumbling down the face of a precipitoas roek from a height of 400 feet. On the west bank and above the flattest part of the yalley is a waterfall, whieh on reaching the leyel spacer mas in a dear and placid stream along its margin, and joins the river some waj below. On the soath and west of the flat, a stupendous pjramidsl

«

mass of dark brown rock rises abruptly to 1,500 feet or more £rom the green flat.

It is the finest and boldest rockj mass I have ever seen, and if it cannot be strictly called a predpiee, it is, to saj the least, very prte^* ious,* Larches in yellow lea^ the Pinus Webbiana of darkest green, rhododendrons, willows, maples, with other trees and plants in vari- ous tints flourish round its base^ and close its sloping flanks. Far up the valley are seen the perpetual snow-peaks of Changookang, and down it — to the east side — the massive mountain of Tunkala of 17aOOO feet i on the south east of which there is a pass which leads into Thibet and Choombi. At 4 p. m. we reached Lachoong, whidi is» I think, altogether the finest ]dace in Sikim.

There is a considerable descent for the last 4 miles.

October 24M.

Lachoong. Halt here to-day. Elevation 9,000 feet — a bright day with a fine breeze from the south. Temp, at noon 60^ ; Biin. Temp, during the night 42^ . The Phipun has presented us with a sheep, s blanket and some butter. The villagers conjointly have presented s large yak, which has been slaughtered, and distributed among our people. In return I gave 20 Bs. which is more than its value.

It is difficult to describe Laehoong ; its beauties are so numerous and striking. We are pitched on the west bank of the river on the opp<H site side from the town or village, which k connected with this by s substantial wooden bridge. The village consists of 40 or 50 good houses, all well and neatly built, the lower story of stone, the upper of posts with lath and plaister walls, the roof of shingles 6 feet long, wilh s batten laid along at 2 feet apart, and held down by rows of stones.

* Heoker obJeeU to Us beins oUled a preoipiee.

1852.] A Journey through Sihim, 571

It stands on a terrace about 50 feet above the river. The terrace slopes gently to the north and also to the south. The greater part of the ▼illoge is on the northern slope, and has a very picturesque appear- ance as it is approached from the north, as also from this side of the river. The houses are placed at convenient distances, and have trees and shrubs about them. Poplars, magnolia-willows, peaches and bar- berry are the most conspicuous. Behind the village to the north-east rises a sloping grassy hill, to which clumps of junipers and pines, with numerous yaks grazing on it, give a park-like appearance of great extent and beauty. This open slope ascends to 1 ,000 feet or so, where it is surmounted by a thick dark green forest of pines, contrasting most pleasingly with the yellow autumnal tints of the pasturage, which is rich and almost rank. Overhanging the village and rising out of the larger grassy slope is a conical grassy knoll, the summit of which is decorated with poles, and large flags, which are printed with texts and prayers from the Buddhist Scriptures. A small monastery stands at its base in a very lovely situation. I visited it. There are only 10 or 15 Monks attached to it, and its library does not exceed 20 volumes. My reception was civil and cordial, as it always has been in the GU)om- bas of Sikim. I was seated on a cushioned bench in the body of the centre room opposite the images and the library-cabinet, and served with hot tea by an old Nun ; as soon as I sat down one of the monks sqnatted cross-legged on the floor, counted his beads and muttered prayers as long as I remained. The same thing was done when I visited the Phipun's house, when tea was served to me in the chapel- part of his house, a priest — his domestic chaplain, officiated. He has 100 volumes of books. The monastery of Lachoong is connected with one at Digarchi, and has no assignment of land in Sikim. The Monks live by alms, and by largesses distributed by the Bhotias of the valley during sicknesses and after deaths. The Phipun's father died here a short time ago* It was said that property to the value of Bs. 1,000 was distributed to the Lamas on the occasion. The greater part by far of this money went to Digarchi ; the rest to the local Monks. The total however is greatly exaggerated, I believe.

The cultivation here consists of Buckwheat, which is cut in October, wheat sown in November and cut in May, turnips which are now in season^ and a few peas which come in, in the rains. Buckwheat bread

4 D

572 A Joumep through Sikim. [No. 7«

wben hot has rather a tempting flayour ; bat it is bitter to the taste ; it is greenish coloured and spongy. Peaches grow, but do not ripen ; they are pulled now and partially dried.

The people of this valley live principally on the milk, curd and flesh of their herds of yaks and a few cows which they graze up and down it according to the season, as in the Lachen valley already notie- edy and by a small trade with Thibet. There are about 1,000 yaks among them. All the trade with the north is in planks, beams, rattans, bamboos, butter, endicloth, munjeet, rice and some dye-stuffs. They bring down salt, tea, blankets, some skins, and yaks occasionally. Yaks range in Thibet from 8 to 12 a head.

The yaks calve once in two years. They go nine months with young. The Raja of Sikim has 1 00 in this valley, about the same number in Lachen, 150 in Shanok — a valley west of the Lachen, some in the Byote valley leading to the Chola Pass, and in the Rungbo valley, which leads to the Yakla Pass. At Jongri also — north west of Daijeeling — ^he has a herd.

They are quartered on the inhabitants, who tend them and manage the dairy, receiving a small allowance per annum for the labour.

The office of Phipnn has been hereditary here for seven generations. The family is of Thibetan origin. No money-revenue is paid to the Raja of Sikim. The payments are in kind only, comprising, ponies, yaks, blankets and salt, in quantities and. proportions I could not determine^ nor are they fixed, I believe, by any specific agreement ; added to this they furnish porters for the use of the Raja without hire, whenever they are called upon. From this valley, as from Lachen, the annoal contributions in the shape of revenue are delivered at Chongtam, and are taken thence to the Durbar from, village to village by the unpaid people. When the Raja is at Choombi and that place is their desti- nation, the people of both valleys take them to Geree in Thibet. The people of Dobta, a small traqt in Thibet held by the Sikim Raja, oome to Geree in two journeys, and carry them thence to Choombi in six journeys.

From Lachoong to Geree is four journeys for loaded men, vis. Yeumtang, Momay Samdong, Gholamoo crossing the Donkiah Pass^ Geree. From Geree to Choombi 5 or 6 ditto, vis.

1 . Nachomo.

2. Linki.

IS52.] A Journey thr(mgh Sikim. 573

3. Phari.

4. Galling.

5. Choombi.

From Geree to Dobta 2 ditto, viz. Tagba, Dobta ; the roate all the way is over a bare plain, i. e. a Thibetan plain, which is very far from being a level one : two streams are crossed, the waters of which ma to tbe west and into the Arun, I believe.

From Kambajong to Phari three joomeys, i. e. you leave Geree to tbe right and go by Nachamo and Linki as to Choombi.

From Eambajang to Giangtchi 5 ditto, viz.

1 . Tahtcha, a horse jonrney, say 20 miles.

2. Wussoh, ditto ditto ditto.

3. Kallah ditto ditto ditto.

4. Eamah, ditto ditto ditto.

5. Giangtchi, ditto ditto ditto.

This roate crosses 5 streams which ran to the north, feeders of the Painom, I believe, and is occasionally moaatainous and level. From Kambajong to Digarchi 3 ditto, say 60 miles, viz.

1. Hoomah.

2. Rhe.

3. Digarchi.

Direction northerly ; all are long horse-journeys ; cross 3 streams on the way running north ; occasional hills and plains.

Lachoang 25 M. Halt this day for Hooker to collect seeds for the Kew-gardens, and I also wanted to send Seedlings of pines, junipers and rhododendrons to Darjeeling. We made an excursion towards the Tunkala Pass ; it was a beaatiful day and the scenery was very fine ; a short way above the village we crossed a fine brook on which two shingle huts stood. They covered 4 large manes or praying drums which were turned by the stream. The plan was simple.

The drums, 4 feet long and a foot and half in diameter, revolved vertically from left to right, the lower end of the spindles turned in stones which lay on the ground, the upper in holes cut in a plank -which ran along the centre of the hut.

Wooden floats were attached to the spindles a foot above the stone in which they revolved, and the water was turned upon them by bam- boo shoots. The plank-flooring of the huts was a foot below the

drums.

4 D 2

574 A Journey through Sikim. [No. 7.

** Mani Padma Hum," in large letters, was printed on the dmms, and all visitors repeat this universal prayer^ while they remain at the mane.

There was a well-cut image on stone of Gorakndth in one of tbe huts. From these manes we ascended the open grassy spur on whid the monastery stands, and proceeded along a narrow ridge for a mile; then along the north-west bank of the Tunkala stream, and 1,000 feet, above it, through open pasture land varied by clumps of Rhododen- drons and larch ; a profusion of ornamental plants occupied the opeo spaces, — prim- roses, asters, lily of the valley, euphorbia, hypericoin, &c. &c. The bottom of the valley on both sides of the Tunkala wts a dense and noble forest of larch, Pinus Webbiana, Pinus Brunonius and Pinus Kuthrow. Passing through the pasture-land and still ts- cending, we came upon the forest which was formed here of numeroos species of the tree rhododendrons, Webbiana-pine, maple, birch, mountain-ash, rose, hawthorn, barberry, the small Chinese barabocH &cJ The Webbiana and Brunoniana pines were the finest I have ever seen. Some of the former measured 25 feet in girth, with a deir stem of 60 feet. Its handsome leaves of a damson-blue colour strewed the ground ; a purple dye is made from them, which is said to be fsst

About 4 p. M. it became cloudy and we returned ; our coolies laden with seeds and seedlings.

We purchased three good skins of the kiang of Thibet to-daj, a male, femalci and young one, and sent them to Doctor 0*Shanghnessj at Darjeeling for the Asiatic Society's Museum. The men who soU them were Thibetan hunters. People who live by hunting in Thibet are called '* Hurpo ;" they are very numerous ; they eat the kiang, anj all other animals, use the gun, make their own powder, and are good marksmen : they cultivate and graze sheep occasionally ; but live most- ly by the chase.

October 2Uh.

Marched to Kedoom. Started at 10 a. m. and arrived at 3 p. h. Boad rnns on west bank of Lachoong river, and is good for ponies half the distance it lies at first over open grassy spurs, and throagh intervening hollows in which pines, junipers and larches are disap- pearing, and oaks, tree rhododendrons, magnolias and laurels are increasing rapidly. At Teemoo — a grassy slope 2 miles long and half way — the pines cease along the roadi but the sides of the valley for

1852.] d Journey through Sikim. 575

1 »000 feet above, are still covered with them. Considerable descent this far ; insects now numerous, and it is getting warm. Cross the Lachoong to east bank by a wooden bridge, ascend and cross a thickly wooded spur, whence descend to a torrent from the east, cross and ascend to Kedoom, the elevation of which is 7fOOO feet. Ther. at 6 F. M. 60^ , fell at night to 50^ — ^a village of six or eight houses inha- bited by Bhotias, who were very civil and cheerful : a good deal of cultivation. The maize, kodu, kowni and amaranthus not yet ripe. The muwwa has been cut. Plantains not good ; peaches do not ripen, but are pulled and stored. They are soft and shrivelled.

October 27th.

Chongtam. Reached this to-day at noon, in three hours from Kedoom, which terminates our exploration of the Lachen and La- choong rivers which unite here. We have followed the former to its sources in Thibet, and taking up the latter at its origin on the Sikim side of t'he Donkiah Pass have come along it downwards. This has occupied twenty-two days. Bode our ponies for 2 miles after leaving Kedoom, and sent them back to Lachoong as the road was quite impracticable. At 4 miles crossed to west bank of the Lachoong by a cane suspension-bridge, and kept this side the remainder of the way. Total distance about 7 miles. Two fine cascades fall into the Lachoong at the bridge — W. bank. Heavy forest of birch, alder, oaks, hydran- gea, Bucklandia, &c., with under jungle of small bamboo all the way, one Bucklandia measured twenty-one feet in circumference. The mountains above Chongtam are grassy to their summits — say to 8,000 feet. The ghoral and thar antelopes with the wild goat — jharal — are numerous. Elevation of Chongtam 5,000 feet. Temp, at noon 74? •

The Lachoong Phipun, a very good natured Bhotia, but rather eccen- tric, took great care of me all the way to-day, helping me over every bad place, and exclaiming at each : ** 1 have but the size of my thumb to do for the Sahib now. Thank Ood we are near the end of the journey ; if any thing should happen him in my district, I would cut my throat :" and then he would give me half dried unripe peaches out of the breast of his greasy Bukoo-Cloak, and expected me tu eat them. His district extends from Choongtam to Donkiah, comprising the whole of the Lachoong valley. He rarely leaves Lachoong except to go to Thibet. He felt the heat very much ; I enjoyed the genial warmth after oar recent freezing.

(To be continued J

576 MohamnuuTs Journey to Syria. [No. 7.

MohammacTs Journey to Syria and Profeesor Fleiseher^s opinim

thereon. — By Dr. A. Sprbngbr.

It has been stated by me in the Zeiteehr. d. deutach. MoryeaL GetelUch, Vol. III. p. 454» and in mj Life of Mohamunad, p. 79, that Btihjtiy whom ancient Christian writers call Sergins, accon* panied MoAammad from Bostra to Makkah on his return from a journey which he made, when twelve years of age, with his node Abd TlOib. Professor Wustenfeld in Vol. lY. p. 188 of the same journal denies the correctness of this statement. Professor Fleischer, who in a subsequent number. Vol. YI. p. 458, acts as arbitrator !»- tween us, allows that Wustenfeld partly misunderstood the text to which I referred as authority, but, as it behoves an arbitrator, he puts me in the wrong as well, and decides that BaAyr& did not go to Makkih. As the subject is of interest, I insert here the original records witk literal translations. But in order to render it easier for the reader to understand the question, I may mention that it hinges on this. We are told that BaAyHl warned Abti 2^lib, the uncle and guardian d MoAammad, against the dangers which awaited his nephew in Syria, tod upon this Abti 2%lib caused MoAammad to *' return to Makkah witk him,'' aC« ^I Imjo sdj The dispute is whether the pronoun " with him'' refers to BaAyr& or to Ab6 21ilib, or in other words did AU Tilih take his nephew himself back to Makkah, or did he send him back in charge of BaAyr&? Professor Fleischer is of the former, I am of the latter opinion. It will be seen from the perusal of the original records that the question may be simplified by dividing it, rii. Has Abd 71&lib himself taken MoAammad back to Makkah T or hss he proceeded on his journey and attended to his mercantile affairs and seMt him back ? and if the latter, in whose charge has he sent him ?

I. Tirmidzy in his Sonan edit. Dilly, A. H. 1266, p. 601, has the following tradition.

1852.] MohammatTt Journey to Syria. 577

,U J^ v*!/" r^. J«*^ fVS sa!^ f¥ Ji SJ>iJSi J J

-»/ ^ y*

wJj,>i e;- Ji-I i^AJJ) fSl«^ *yl ^1 3 ^ Jl ^I.i«--- J^ )a*U

y»J^\i *>yiS*» AA^afVl »^ 1,1; jjjl ^^^1 ^U |,;jy| ^1 Aj lyA^ J

/ t

^■u A4JI c^ Jl ji^ j*e |ju^l I J* ^ ^;ii. ^1 iJ* J

aUI ^I;I \jA ^\/\ JVS iJjk «J5u^ Xj^L. U^l Uil )/S ,.1:*^^

Jy.151 ^ «^.Ui JIS J 1/5 o; ^UJI ^ d^l 5jLJu*e Jjt Ax^. ^1

«AftUe J^ Ji> 4-JVl» yl l/S aJ^ ^Xjl aUU j^«Ui) J* **^

578 MohatnmacTs Journey to Syria, [No. 7.

" I have beeo iaformed by Abd-ldbb&s al-Fadhl b. Sahl A*rej Btgh* dddy who Lad it from *abd al-RaAm&n b. Ghazwfin, and he had it from Ydnoa b. Aby IsAaq, and he had it from Abd Bakr b. Abd Mq» aUAsh'ary, and he had it from his father that he (Abd Musk al- Ash'arj) said : Abd T&Hih went to Syria and the prophet went with him, in company of several Shaykhs of the Qoraysh tribe, and whea tliey came to the R&hib* he came down. They encamped, and hectme to them. Though they had frequently passed him before this, he had not been in the habit of coming out to them or of taking any nodee of them. The Reporter continues : They encamped and he walked about among them until he came to the prophet, whom he took by the hand saying. This is the greatest man of the worlds, this is the mes- senger of the Lord of the worlds, God sends him out of mercy to the worlds. Some of the Shaykhs of the Qorayshites said to hin^ What tells you this 7 He answered. When you came forth from h^ tween those two hills, there was not a tree or a atone which did not prostrate itself before him, and they do not prostrate themselves before any one, but prophets, and I know him by the seal of prophetic oii- sion, which is impressed upon him below the shoulder plates and resembles a pear. Then he returned and prepared food for them, wbea he brought it, he (MoAammad) was pasturing the camels. The Rdhib said Bring him to me ; MoAammad approached and was shaded by i cloud. By the time he came, the others had retired into the shade oft tree, and when he sat down the shadow of the tree moved to him. The Rdhib said. Look, the shadow of the tree moves towards him. The Bi&hib standing up and speaking most impressively continued: Do not go with him to Rdm (the Byzantine empire) for the people of that country when they see him will recognize him by his appearance and will kill him. He turned round and there were seven Sdmees, he went to meet them and said. What is your object in coming heref

* Rihib means a month, a hermit and a Christian generally, and Cawma'ak means a monattary and a hermitage, bat more frequently the latter, particiilariy is Persian. Later authors by the way of embellishing the atory, place BaAyri si tk head of a monastery, but acQording to Zohry apud Sohayly, he was a Jew, and if latff authors say he was a converted Jew ; it is not to be supposed that tbey haTe •■} authority, it is merely one of their usual methods of reconciling discrepant fioooosts. It will be obserfed that the name of BaAyr& does not ooeur in this tradition.

1852.] MohammaiT a Journey io SyM. 579

they answered, we hate eome, for thia praphet ia doming forth thU month (to this country) and consequently men have been sent to every road. We have received intelligence (a detcHption) of him and were sent on this road. The Bihib said. Is there any one behind you who is better than you f They answered^ Yes, the person who has pointed out to us that the prophet would be on this road. The R&hib said. Do you think that if God wishes to do a thing, any human being caa undo it 7 They answered in the negative. Then acknowledge him as a prophet said the R^ib and stand by him. Then he said td the Qorayshitesy I conjure you by Ood tell me who is his guardian f They pointed to Ab4 2Slib, and he urged him until Abti T£L\h sent him back to Makkah. Abti Bakr sent Bil&l with him and the B&hib gave him provisions and cakes and oil for the road."

This tradition is also in the Taysyr alwofdl iH alofdlf p. 458, with some unimportant variants^ and there it is stated that it is also contained in the original collection of traditions of Bazyn (died in 520), and it is also in the Mishkikt, Calcutta edition, IV. p. 638, and in Abti JT&tim Ibn Habb^ who flourished in the third century and quotes Abii IsAaq (died in 188) as his authority; it would there- fore appear that in the early ages of Mobammadanism it was the account most generally believed. The author of the l9dbah says (apud Mawfihib allad.) that the Sanad of this tradition is so strong, that notwithstanding the anachronism which it contains, we must consider it as genuine, and he supposes that the words Abd Bakr and Bil&l (the latter of whom was not yet born when MoAammad went the first time to Syria) are interpolated. The same seems to have been the opinion of the author of the Bahjat almahlifil who follows Tirmidzy, but omits the name of Bil&l retaining that of Abti Bakr.

II. The following is the version of the story in Ibn IsAdq :

V" u; J.UJ1 j^i )j^\3^j ^j*^> vJifcu^^i fij^\^\ Ji

ue;' er- cPr^ ^^^ I J>> UU a,^ «. ^jif Ji \Jj\ ill tij\i\ J ,

580 MohammatTs Journey to Syria, [No. 7.

\jiP^. ^Ul ^ j y> UU ^ ^^ y{ *iy\»y4 „;^^. Uii ^

*hv d/' «r^' ttl^' «»W ^ 5r?^' «^' c;*^ ^^1

S,*^I ct*^" ^yU) J^j ^ £L iila.'^yl'l ^ y^ ^^ *iJ**li'

1852.] MohamnuuTt Journey to St/ria. 581

i^l jJlL cry Vt^ Jl >i fJ *ii* ^ l;4*i Oi* U «^0 ji»^

•»fi •• *

Ji/» JJj *Uft ^1 JUi »4ifi ^1 AiA-e jj;/. A*iy. J* *iiU ^

JV5 ,^l J« Ui J15 ^1 ^1 *iU JIS tjx i^l ^^. ^1 ^lilf )J^

uT-t; V*4» l^fi>i ^lAJU aJ^W ^ ^y j^4<k «^ *^«»») ^^ Uj^

4 K 2

982 ifoh<rMaur<r« Journeg to S^ria. [No. 7.

'* Iba IsA^ Bays \ After this Abti Hffib went with a body of riding on camels to Syria on commerce* and when they were preparing ibr the journey* the prophet clung to him as it is supposed* and Abd I^i^lib was moved and said, " I will take him with me and he shall not leave me, nor will I ever leave him," or some thing to this effect. He went with him. When the caravan halted at Bo9rk in Syria* there was a R&hib of the name of BaAyri in a hermitage which belonged to him, and to him had descended the knowledge of the Christians. There had always been a R&hib in that hermitage to whom descended their knowledge (mysteries) there being a book in the hermitage which it is supposed they inherited from each other. When they encamped that year near BaAyr&'s hermitage, he prepared for them an ample repast. They had frequently past him, but he never spoke with then vor met them except this year. This, it is supposed was owing to certain things which he observed. It is supposed he saw the prophet from his hermitage as he approached with the caravan, and be was

1852.] MohammacTs Jaumetf to Syria. 683

shaded by a cloud whikt the others were not shaded. Then they approached and encamped under a tree near BaAyHl and he witnessed how the cloud shaded the tree, and how the leaves became green over the prophet so as to afford him shade. When BaAjri saw this, he went down from his hermitage whilst the repast, which he had previ- ously ordered, was being prepared, and went to them and said I have prepared a repast for you, O Qorayshites, and I wish that you may all be present small and great, free men and slaves. One of them said. You are coming out in grand style to-day, O BaAyr6, you have never done any thing like it, though we frequently passed you, what are you about to-day 7 '' It is true," replied BaAyr&, " but you are my guests* I wish to honour you and have prepared a repast for you, come and partake all of it." When the others assembled, the prophet stayed away remaining with the baggage under the tree, he being the young- eat. When the R&hib looked about among them he did not observe the signs which were known to him, and which he had found on him, and he said O Qorayshites, has not some one stayed away from my repast f They answered, none has stayed away of those who ought to have come except a boy who being the youngest among us remained with the baggage. BaAyri said, do not do so, call him and let him be present at this repast. One of them said By al-L^t and al'ozzk he blames us for not having brought the son of 'abd Allah b. 'abd al- Mottalib to this repast with us. He took him by the hand and made him sit down vrith the others. When BaAyri saw him he looked very attentively at him, and he continued to look at certain peculiarities of his which he had found on him until the repast was over and the people dispersed. BaAyr6 went now to him and said, I conjure you by nl-IAt and BVoiak that you will give me the information which I ask you. BaAyri used this expression because he had heard his countrymen swear by those two idols. It is supposed that the prophet answered. Do not ask me by al-L£t and al'ozz^ for nothing is more odious to me than these two idols. BaAyri said. Then by God give me the informa- tion I ask you for. Yes, said MoAamroad ask me by God. BaAyrd now questioned him regarding his circumstances in sleeping and walk- ing, and the prophet answered his questions, and all agreed with the description which BaAyr& had of him. Then he examined his back and he saw the seal of prophecy between his two shoulders^ precisely

584 Mohammad's Jommey to Syria, [No. 7.

corresponding with the description which he bad of him. Ibn Hinham obserres thftt it was like tlie mark left by cupping. Ibn LMk con- tinues, when he had done he accosted Abu Talib and asked what relation this boy was of his. He answered that he was his aoa. BaAyrd said» The father of this boy cannot be alive. Abd JWb allowed that he was his nephew» " what has become of his father ?" He died whilst his mother was pregnant with him, replied Abd 2%Ub. He said *' yon are right, return with yonr nephew to your country and take care of the Jews. If they see him and they observe on lum the signs which I have obsenred, they will destroy him. His Tocation is high, and therefore hasten back with him to his country," when Ab6 l^b had concluded his affairs he retnmed fast with him to Makkah.

It is related by some that Zorayr^ and Tamdm and Darys^ who were three belicYers in the Bible, observed when MoAammad was oa this journey with his uncle, the same signs which BaAyri had obserred, and they formed the intention of murdering him, but BaAyra turned them away from MoAammad. He put them in mind of God» and of the description and account given of MoAammad in the Bible, and ha explained to them» that they would not be able to carry their plans into effect. Convinced of what BaAyri said, they gave up their pnrsail and returned*

MoAammad grew up and God protected him, took care of liim« aad guarded him against the contaminations of paganism, on account of the miracles which he intended to work on him. He became distinguished among his countrymen for his humanity, morality of conduct, genera* sity in his intercourse with others, peacefulness with his neighbonn, mildness of temper, and good faith, and truth, and no man was moi? remote from licentiousness or obscene actions than he ; owing to tbess good qualities with which Grod had adorned him, he was called ai-Ajnya (the Trust-worthy.)"

Ibn IsAfiq's opinion is supported by Ibn al-Athyr in his Kdwdl, and by Chroniclers who follow Ibn al-Athyr as Abti4-Fid^ and the author of the Habyb alsiy^r, but by very few Biographers of MoAammad ; lbs aUAthyr however gives the wonderful part of Tirmidxy'a version of the story as well. Sohayly and the authors of the *oydn al-Athar of the Tarykh Khamys and of the Ins^ al'oylin give both the Yersioa of Ibn IsA^ and that of Tinnidzy, pointing out the anachronism of the latter without impugning the veracity of other details.

1852.] Mohammad't Jottney to Sfria^ 585

III. First tradition of Ibn Sa'd the Secretarj of Waqidy (I uiually call him for the sake of brevity W^idy) :

Jv5 iJ^lcift Ji? j) **Jj iJiU Jl« JUi ^Hill I J* yl ^I JU ^* JU ,^ *J^ *U| ^/j viJii J^" cs^l U J« A^b ^US^I

** I haye been informed by Rbilid b. Rbod^b on tbe antborit j of Mo'tamir b. Solaymdn, wbo said tbat be beard bis fatber relating from Abd Moljaz tbat 'abd al-Mo^^alib or Abd Talib [Kb&lid doubts wbicb of tbe two] was kind to MoAammad after tbe deatb of 'abd Allab (bis fatber), and, be continues, be did not go on a journey but be took him with him, one day be went to Syria, and he encamped in a place, and there came a R&bib (hermit or monk) to bim and said ; " there is a godly man among you." The Arab answered, '* there are men among us who are hospitable, and release prisoners and do what is right,'* or some thing to tbis effect. He repeated ''There is a godly man among yon," and continued " where is the father of this boy ?" The Arab answered, " I am his guardian" or it was said, " This is his guardian." The lUhib said, " Take care of this boy, do not take him to Syria, the Jews are jealous of him, and I am afraid of them for him." The Arab answered, '* It is not you who says this, but it is God*' and he caused him to return to Makkah. The herjuit said, " O God, I com- mend to you MoAammad" and died.

580 Mohammad^M Journey to Syria, [No. 7.

IV. Becoud tradiiion of Ibn St'd (t. e the K&ttb of W6qidy)«

f *

)r>> ^ v^ w*i 5:> ,^1 ^1 o* r^' v^' s^y' u ^ ^ A-b Alii ^ju ^i ^ C--W. ^1 jui !^ w»i;,

i-^^ aX* ^) A*- (^ll» ^i «^ Aj feilarJ Ji %jX\ J JJ Alaaai j *t') »^JUi w-Ji ^1 f ^ j Axk aUI ,^ aUI J^^ ^ J **^!;^ e/^ *< •»iy ^ ^"^ J AjU lar^l ^.^1 ^^ iSofi^

* I t ^ ^ t ^ '

^ f ^ » ^ ,. ^^

UjU^ J; \^U ^j\a ^}^\^ ^J^^) ^ f^ ) W*^ A4# iaS^UJI ;^ll ^^ «J ^'I j^ U ^Jl A^y »U# ,Ju

" I have been infonned by MoAamnifld b. 'otnar (i. e. W&qidy) tint he was informed by MoAammad b. ^iX\h b. *abd Allah b. Ja*far id by Ibrihym b. Ismayl b. Abd ifabyb who (both) had it fna DAwtid b. al'J7o9ayn : when the prophet was tweWe years of age AW 7alib took him to Syria in company with the caravan with whiek they proceeded thither for the sake of commerce, they encamped t the Bdhib BaAyr^ and the R^hib told Abti r&Ub regarding the pn* phet what he told him, and recommended him to tiike care of bi>v and in consequence Ke (Jbti T&lib) caused him (Mohammad) (• return to Makkah with him* The prophet grew up with Abti 7itt and God protected him, and took care of him, and guarded him again^ the practices of pnganism and its abominations, on account of tte

1852.] Mohammad's Joutmey to Syria, 687

miracles wbich he intended to work on him. Bat he followed never* theless the religion of his countrymen. But he became under the protection of God, distinguished among them for his humanity, morality of conduct, generosity in his intercourse with others, peace- fulness with his neighbours, mildness of temper and good faith and tnith, and no man was more remote from licentiousness or obscene actions than he, he was never seen disputing or quarreling with any one* Owing to these good qualities with which God had adorned him, he was called al-Amyn (the Trust-worthy) and he generally went in Makkah by this name. Abti Ji&Ub guarded him, and took care of him, and supported him* and assisted him, and until he (Abd 2Wb) died."

No author I know of, except Ibn ITajr, pven alludes to these two traditions of Ibn Sa'd because the statement that MoAammad was an idolater, was a scandal in the eyes of the true believers. They do not follow the traditions of Waqidy because they are too true, and they distrust the version of Ibn IsA^ because the falsehood is too glaring and it is perfectly unsupported by authority.

y. In.the Mawdhib alladonayyah the commencement of another original record is mentioned which it would appear has been preserved by Ibn Aby Shaybah it runs :

JLo siSS <jj(j^ ^ di-i j^ ijAjJi ^Isri ai^f ^^\j ^ Ki a«?*rf • Ci^ {u^ ^ ^/^ »W ^^ V^^-fc> ^' J^-> ^ i/ «*^ ^O ^oJidh

• *^^^ (^' L^^» *U; ^^^

This tradition has been copied with a few variants by Nawawy Biogr, Diet. edit. Wustenf, p. 32, but the authority is not stated there, and we find an addition which is to our purpose, viz, s^ " and consequently Abti TUXih did send him back." If %^^ is to be translated *' and consequently he took him back to Makkah," it implies that he had intended to leave him in Syria. This version is partly support-

4 F

588 Mohammad's Journey to Syria, [No. 7*

ed by Abd 1-Sa'6dat Ibn al-Athyr. He says in his JdmealofO, II. 3:

wJU> ll aAIm JJj ^ »^ iV^t isLAj\j ijxU\ ^JUi ^^^ U^ w^yi

** His uncle Abd TWb was gone with him to Syria on oommenfe He was then thirteen years of age, the B^hib BaAyra saw him tad observed that he was an orphan^ and he recognized him by the ogu of prophecy, and by the description which he had of him, and he did not cease to urge upon Abd Tiilib until he ( Abti T61ih) caused him to return and he remained at Makkah until he was twenty-fire yean of age."

These are all the original accounts which are available for me. 2^bvy furnishes no additional information. This historian usually gives iD the conflicting traditions on a question, and then his own views then- on. It is likely that he has done the same in this instance. He gives the story in the version of Ibn IsA&q, but unfortunately just where 't ends, two pages are wanting in my MS. These two pages in all pro* bability contained the other versions current in those days.

All accounts agree that MoAammad instead of proceeding on Ui journey precipitously returned to Makkab, some say from Balq^ othen ftom Kafr, and others say from Bostra, and it is this circumstaaet which served as a peg on which to fasten the marvelous portion of the story, BaAyra's recognition of the prophet in the boy. It will pro- bably never be possible to ascertain the real cause of this predpitoni return, but that Abd 7\Uib took measures that his nephew should return to Makkah sooner than it was originally intended, is certaioi unless the whole journey is a fiction.* In the first two traditions, it is

* It IB stated in the l9iU)ah that there is a tradition extant, rating hoveicr on weak anthority that Moilammad met BaAyri again, when he went the weeod time to Syria for Khadyjah, The Biographers of MoAammad atate that he sMt in his second journey to Syria, the monk Nestor and they repeat nearly tk same miracles and adventuesy which they relate of hia first journey. Maraod Itfi thereby bsen induced to identify BaAyri and Nestdr, and to suppose that Nestir means simply that BaAyrft was a Nestorian. Considering that tlie oldest and ma^ authentic tradition on this journey that of Tirmidzy, contains the greatest number of marvels, it is not at all unlikely that the first journey to Syria is altogether apoeiy- phical and that it has been invented with the view of covering the real £sot8 ttguA-

1852.] MohammaeFM Journey to Syria. 589

distinctly expressed, and in the last two Abd TkXih immediately assents when BaAyr^ urges the necessity, that he should leave Syria without delay. Leaving W^idy's traditions out of the question, the statement aa to whether he was sent back by Abd T£\ih, or whether Abii 7%lib went himself back with him are divided. Ahydry and the authors of the Bawdhat al-AAb&b, of the Maddrij alnobiiwat, of the Ma*&rij alnobtiwat, and of the Bawdhat al9aflL, first Bombay edit. II. p. 38, and of the Ins^ aFoydn say, that there are two versions extant, viz. some say that Abd T&lib went himself, others that he sent him back with a body of men and continued his journey to Syria. The words of Abydry are»

*? ^j^ tl^j *^aJi fy^\ «iU* u^ J* ^^y.\ dLu JbJ viUi aIms fliJU, A}j\s? ^^ ^jAf is}\ ^] aOo dAj\ ^y^j^ and the words in the Maddrij are, j c^jb i^j ^^^jj^ ilsj^.j^lf ^j^ f}^ ^^ji\ u»i

^j ^U vi^ Rdzerdny in the Persian translation, and the author of the Tarykhe Ja'fary avoid the difficulty, the former by saying *' they took him back Mjyf}^ without delay to Makkah," and the latter by saying " he went back to Makkah."

The balance of evidence however is decidedly in favour of M oAam- xnad's having been 9ent back, and that Abd 7%lib continued his journey and attended to his affairs, for we have exclusive of W^idy's tradition, two original accounts, that of Tirmidzy, and that of Ibn Aby Shaybah condensed by so high authorities as Nawawy and Abd Sa'ddat against the single testimony of Ibn IsA&q, which is supported only by men who have not made a special study of the traditions, and of the biogra- phy of the prophet. Probability too is in favour of his having been sent back. The roads from Syria to the Hi^^z were safe, being under the protection of the Ghassinite kings, and the intercourse was very frequent, so that there would have been constantly opportunities of sending back a boy who being twelve years of age, could take care of himself. It would have been perfectly superfluous for Abd 2^ib to retrace his steps himself a day sooner than he found it expedient. If it

ing Mohammad's connexion with Sergiui, which began on his jonrney forKhadyjab. It is remarkable that in the 70th chapter of Mas'iidy and in Bal amy's TVtbary only the second jooroey is recorded, and that no mention is made of the first.

4 F 2

590 MtAkownmatTs Journey to Syrim. [No. 7.

ihoold be and, he did not retnni before it WIS €OBTeaieBl» I voold there wee no neeenit j for prominentlj mentioni^ thai MofaauBad retorned to Makkah onlefs Abd TUib intended to lone him in Syik and thie was certainlj not the case.

Whererer the word Ud ocenre in eonnezioa with this itorj if trans* hted hj '<Abd 2Uib went back with him/' it woold gjrc afoiccd nnnatnnd and incomplete sense, and I therefore think, that it is invan- ably to be rendered bj " he sent him back." Thus clearest of all in Tirmidzy (p. 578 9uprd), bat also in the first tradition of Vaqidj, thus in that of Ibn Aby Shajbah, thus in Nawawy, and thus in Abd-I- Sa'adat, and finally thus in the second tradition of liT^idy, yrhen A*jo s^j can have no other meaning than Abd 74lib sent MoAammad back to l^lakkah with BaAyr^ hoe est quod erat demonstrandum.

But there are mnch stronger grounds in support of my opinion. The Christians of Syria charged the prophet of the Musalmans with having received his inspirations from an apostate Christian monk of the name of Sergius. I belieye the first author who mendons this fact is Joannes Damascenus, who lived at the court of the Omayyide Khalifs. He was prior to any Arabic biographer of MoAammad, and had the very best opportunities of obtaining information. But having no books to refer to, I am unable to ascertain whether Sergius ii mentioned by him and in what terms. It is however of no conse- quence by which Christian author the fact is first mentioned, for we obtain a testimony from the camp of the enemy. Mas*tidy who wrote in the first half of the fourth century of the Hijrah, tells us very signi- ficantly, that BaAyr^ was the person whom the Christians call Sei^os. Well, the Christians were talking at that time with the MoAammadans of a Sergius. This is quite enough for our purpose. Mas'ddy, Ibn B^dw- wayh and others place BaAyrd among those men whom MoAammad and his followers venerated, because they believed in the unity of God (denying the trinity), and were in fact Moslims before he received his mission, Ibn Qotaybah, edit. Wustenf. p. 28, my edit. p. 41, the earliest M oAammedan historian, whose work we have, unwittingly con- firms this statement. Are we to believe the fables which the Musalmins tell us regarding BaAyr&, or are we to suppose that there was another cause for his canonization than one incidental meeting with the prc^het and his phrenobgising on him, and pointing oat the pomps or his husk

1852.] MohammaiP9 Journey to Syria. 591

•8 Ibn IsA&q would have it 7 Or are we in spite of the sickly liberality of modem times» to give due weight to the charges of the Christians against him, and suppose that the esteem which the Musalm6ns had in the earliest time for Sei^ns, was due to his connexion with Mo^mmad of which later ages were ashamed, being anxious to make their prophet more and more supernatural. One tradition makes BaAyri die to get rid of the charge, another sends Bibdl, who was not yet born with Moham- mad to Madynah, and a third one sends Abd T&\\b himself. The last Tcrsion runs smoothest, but it is the latest. The fact of MoAammad's having been sent back to Makkah by Abii TA\ih was probably too well known in the earliest ages of the Isl&m, than that it would have been safe then to invent it.

But even Arabic authors afford us some proofs that BaAyr& was at Makkah during the time of MoAammad. In the Rawdhat alaAb^ he kas the Kunyah of Abii 'addto, that is to say, it is stated that he was the father of 'add&s, and we find at Makkah a Christian of that name who plays a most mysterious part in the life of the prophet. Surely had Ibn IsA&q not had some thing to conceal regarding him, he would not have trespassed so far on our credality, as to try to make us believe that though 'add^ had all along lived at' Makkah, it was only eleven years after MoAammad had proclaimed himself a prophet that he heard of it the first time ! — If my memory does not deceive me, BaAyr& is mentioned in a Zaydian chronicle, which had been lent to me by the late Mowlawy *abd al-RaAym, among those persons who died between the first revelation and the assumption of the prophetic office of MoAammad. Ibn ^ajr says of BaAyr^ in the Icdbah isj^^ ^ y f 1 4Mf/| ijj^\ *< I do not know whether he lived to the mission or not." An important fact is related in the l9&bah on the authority of M&- wardy and Abd Mds^. Abrahah the king of Abyssinia sent a depn« tationr to MoAammad which was headed by Ja'far, among those who composed it, we find the name of BaAyri. The learned Ibn al-Athyr identifies him with BaAydL of BoBtra« The author of the l9&bah diinks, that they are two distinct persons, but his sole reason for such distinction is, that the one was in Abyssinia, and the other in Syria. If BaAyr& came to Makkah with MoAammad, and remained there until the persecution against the new doctrine began, he would have had no other choice than to take flight to Abyssinia with or before the other

592 Mohammaers Journey to Syria* [No. 7.

Musalm&as who had no protection, this reason therefore falb to the ground.

It has already been stated that the tradition of Tirmidzj is the most authentic. It was in the third centuiy of the Hijr&h traced through different authorities to 'aljy (see Taysyr) and to Abd Muai^ Ash'ary, and we have evidence that it had been taken to paper at the ▼ery latest, about the middle of the second century. The first tradi* tion of W&qidy p. 585 and that taken from the Mawdhib do not essen- tially differ from it, and may be considered condensed fragments of the same tradition.

The second tradition of Wdqidy bears equally the stamp of high antiquity, and admitting as it does that MoAammad was in his youth an idolater that of truth. Moreover it had been handed down by the most respectable authorities. W&qidy who was born in A. H. 130 had it from two men, who cannot be supposed to have conspired to deceive him, this version of the story must therefore have existed la the first century of the Hijrah.

It appears then that in the first century, two versions were extant, represented by Tirmidzy and W&qidy, and on examining the accooot of Ibn IsA&q, we find that it is composed of these two. The first part contains an embellished version of Tirmidzy's tradiUon, and the con- clusion agrees literally with W4qidy's. But there are some additions. No authority is stated in support of them, but th^y are cantioosly introduced by " it is supposed.'* The Musalm&ns are scandalised at the idea that MoAammad should ever have worshipped idols, and therefore not only is the passsge of Wfiqidy omitted in which it is allowed that he had done so, but it is said that MoAammad reproved the Monk (or Hermit) for swearing by al-L&t and al'ozz^. (Later authors have improved on Ibn IsAiq, and assert that MoAammad refused to swear by these two idols, when required to do so by a merchant). It is no doubt the same spirit of dishonesty which manifests itself in this addition, which induced Ibn IsAdq to state that Abd Tilih returned fast with him to Makkah instead of the words '* he sent him back, &c." as he found in the two traditions which be fol- lowed. By these means and by omitting in another part of his work the very mention of the deputation of Abrahah of which BaAyrfi was a member, he got over the charges of the Christians against the prophet.

1852.] Ou the Meteorology of Rampore Bauleah. 593

On the Meteorology of Rampare Bauleah, for the year 1851. — By J. R. Bedford, Esq. Assistant Surgeon, Bengal Army,

The following reductions are obtained from observations made at Rampore Bauleah, the principal town of Zillah Bajshahje. Newman's standard Barometer and carefully compared Thermometers were employ- ed. Time was determined by obserrations of the rising and setting sun. The Barometric observations have been reduced to 32^.

Rampore Bauleah is m latitude 24"^ 21' 26" N., and longitude 88^ 37' 45" £ast, having an elevation of 65.8 feet above the sea level.

The station is bounded on the South by the Ganges — five miles broad in the rains ; to the North, East and West by a well cultivated flat country studded with large trees.

The Barometer and Air Thermometer were placed in a small room of a pucka house, open to the air, without being exposed to the breeze. The Pluviometer and Vane were distant from any object likely to inter- fere with their indications*

The wind's force was noted according to the Admiralty symbols^ which neceissarily afford an imperfect expression to a land's-man.

The ** Term observations" are wanting on several occasions during the year, owing to my forced absence from home ; and December i^ altogether excluded for the same cause.

Dr. Buist tells us, in his Manual of Physical Research for India, that ** at Aden there is a departure from the law," which seems to obtain in nearly all parts of India, the maximum depression for the year occurring, not in January, but in February ; the minimum in July instead of June. It is much the highest in December, but makes a plunge down in January to recover itself again in February, ** after- wards descending regularly to its minimum." A glance at the accom- panying Barometric diagram will show that such a curve did not take place at Rampore Bauleah at either of the periods named.

One remarkable atmospheric disturbance took place during the year, Tiz. on the 22nd, 23rd and 24th of October, which I was prevented from observing in the consecutive way I could have wished. The lowest Barometric reading noticed on that occasion was 29.586 cor. rected for temperature at 4 p. m. of 22ud, or •155 below th^ mean of that hour for the month.

^

m

594 On the Meteorology of Rampore Bavleak. [Nol7«

The principal Meteorological characteristic of the year was heat, combined with a diminished rain-fall. The former ap rather to depend upon the unsteadiness and small mean force of than upon actually increased temperature. The sensation of hell night was at times almost unbearable. Daring the month of ber the Thermometer in an open Terandah stood on several as high as 90° at 1 a. m. The so-called hot winds began to from W. and S« W. in April, and continued unsteadily until the of May. The relative frequency of their direction will be at seen by observing the number of " days of prevailing winds" for months contained in the appended ''mean observations.'* formation in Rampore Bauleah would seem to be chiefly due to large sandy churs forming on the fall of the Ganges to Sooth flt West, and not to a continuation of those of the Upper Provistti This however is a subject deserving of further investigation. It k more than probable that the stream of hot air constituting the lift winds of Upper India is bounded by the Rajmahal HiUs on the SooAb and that whatever approximation to them may occur in the Gangctit delta is due to purely local causes. Their notable effect in BsmptA Bauleah was to raise the mercury in Black Bulb and Air Thermomelfii^ apparently in the direct ratio of their force.

It is not an unimportant element of this climate to determine fk mean fall of Thermometer subsequent to North-Westers or heavy fife of rain. My observations are not yet sufficiently full, to claim perfU reliance, but as far as they have gone, the result is 5° in a Thennomcltf placed in open room, and free from influence of reflected heat.

The indications of the Black Bulb Thermometer are so liable to ll interfered with by passing clouds or haze, that it becomes veiy difr cult to exhibit a true mean. As the diagram appended to this paptf will show, however, they rise to a great altitude in April and May, vk possess even a larger proportionate one in October and Novembtf when compared with the Mean, or Maximum and Minimum corvee/ 'Air Thermometer. Dr. Hooker, in a paper published in the Socic^l Journal, during his stay in this country, says, " at 9^ A. m. the Blsd Bulb Thermometer rose in the sun to 130^. The mormng obsen» tion before 10 or 11 a. m. always gives a higher result than at wm, though the sun's declination is so considerably les9, and in the bottttt

{

Jt

T ~ I ■!

\

fl

o

B

n f< It

1

ti

"^ a d I a

n o

r

I

11 c

H

el

XI

I

'OJicC th^/ Mean

V-; ^

i ftrnpareBauIeH

tTS

O'A

\\

67

l1

1852.] On the Meteorology of Rampwe Bauleah. 595

part of the day it is lower still {^ p. m. \0^% an effect no donbt due to the Tflpours raised by the san, and which eqaallj interfere with the Photometer observations."

The observations subsequently recorded and exhibited in the diagram, will not be found to agree with this, as in three months out of five the Maximum reading in sun's rays was obtained at 4 p. m. and the Mean Maximum in two months out of five of that hour. The mean of Black Bulb Thermometer has been in every case computed from observations made under a cloudless sky, or at least one in which no visible barrier interfered with the direct solar rays. Even under these conditions, however, the mercury exhibited great varieties in height — a fact due, I presume, to some passing haze not visible to the eye. It is worthy of being noted that on every occasion on which the sky became obscured with dark heavy storm clouds, the reading of Black Bulb fell to the same level with that of the Thermometer in shade, proving their impenetrability to even the fierce sun of the Tropics.

In the absence of an Anemometer all record of the " wind's force*' must be defective. The mean strength for the year tested by the Admiralty scale, would not be considerable. The characteristic storm- cloud consisting of one long roll of cloud, often stretching from one point of the sensible horizon to the other, generally known by the name of North-Wester, by no means invariably come from that quarter. The originating points stood in the following order as regards frequency: 1. North-West ; 2. West; 3. South- West; 4. South; 5. South-£ast. Their rate of movement is deserving of investigation. The wind accompanying them is frequently not sensible, until the anterior part of the storm-cloud has passed the zenith. They are not invariably accompanied by rain. It would be interesting to ascertain the points and modes of origin of these peculiar storm-clouds. Their existence and advent are common in every part of Bengal, but we possess no knowledge of their commencement. Again how far do they continue in their course unbroken ? As well as I have been able to trace them from one sensible horizon to the other no change occurs in their formation.

The total rain-fall for the year was only 34.61, and the number of days in which rain fell 56.

4 c

On th* Mtteorolofff of Ramport BtmleaA.

1

2

3

4

5

l^'Jl

■3 1 1.

1

1

$i

i

4

1

S

1

S

li

lfo.ofd«iof PreTailing WindB.

M^^

1

s

73

i

71

s

1'

i

Sunnse.

10 A. M.

4p. K. Siuuet.

30.04 29.931

S3 S5

68

0 0 0 0

6 3 3 3

0

s

0

1 7 6 3

0 0 0 0

0 0 0

0

0 3 0 0

4 5 4

2

fi.

1.

ai

Term obtervat

1

3

■s

1

h

It

ll 1^

«

30.

66

0

8

30.03

64

E.

9

30.09

65.S

W

10

30,08

66.30

N. T

30.06

68

N. Ti

3o.oa

30.

69 70

N. T

29.98

70

N. >

29.96

70

0

2d.9R

70

N. "V

29.96

70

0

29.96

69

0

29.97

69

w.

30.

68

w.

30.02

0

30.02

6?

0

30.03

67

w,

30.03

67

0

30.01

67

"W.

80.01

66.50

w.

30.01

66

0

30.00

66

0

80.

66

0

J ft

30.03

66.30

0

J 0

1852.]

On the Meteorology qfBampore BauUaA.

597

Mean obeervatioiie /or the tnonth of Pehruarf^ 1851

SuiinBe. 10 a. m.

4 P.M.

Sunset

9

6A.X.

7

8

9 10 11 12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12

1

2

3

4

5

6

0 29.93

29.97 29.99 30. 29.97 29.95 29.91 29.89 29.87 29.87 29.87 29,88 29.90 29.93 29.94 29.94 29.93 29.89 29.92 29.90 29.83 29.87 29.87 0

Term observatione, February 2Ut, 1851.

0

68 68 69 71 72 72J 74 76 75 76 76i 74 73i 73 73 72J 72 70i 69i 69 69 69 68 0

GQ

0 N. W.

w. w. w. w. w. w. w.

0 0 0 0 0 6. B. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0

1 1 1

3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

43

0

b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bemarks.

4 c 2

598

Oft the Meteorology qfRampore BenUeah, Mean observations /or the month of March, 1851.

[No. 7.

6

OB

I

2

H

Sunrise.

10 A. M.

4 p. H.

Sunset.

ii

■s

.g

.a

u

0

No. of days of prevailing Winds.

0 29.857 29.724

0

77 80 87 86

0 0 0 0

JCJ

o

0 0 0 0

«A I CO

M

0

1 1

0

^;l

3 3

2 2

2| 0

0 0

CO GO

1 1

0 0

CQ

3

0 2

0

1

OQ

0)

1

s

a

*i3

o

0

0

8

11

6

0

a

-♦J

Cm

o

i

2 •

©TJ

-§

CO (M

O

E

o

:3

Cm O

•

O n3

bO

e3

5,00

S ^

M o

=31

.a

S*

o

3

&

5 B g-5

© .-s

I— I ^

CQ

TVrm obiervationSf March 2\9ty 1851.

i

6 a. H.

7

8

9 10 11 12

If.m.

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12

1a.u.

2

3

4

5

6

cSrO

29.635 29.641 29.642 29.678 29.670 29.656 29.633 29.597 29.564 29.541 29.499 29.513

0 29.562 29.586 29.579

0 29.633 29.625 29.623 29.622 29.606 29.628 29.638

0

© ©

i

©

OQ

.a

80.

80.

79.50

81.

82.50

83.5

85.

84.

86.

85.5

85.75

85.

0

84.50 83.5 83.

0

78.5 79. 79. 79. 78.7 78.5 78.

0

OQ

.a .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cm

o

d

g-a ft

Cm

o a

Cm O

E.

1

E.

1

E.

2

E.

3

E.

3

E.

3

E.

3

E.

2

E.

3

E.

3

E.

2

E.

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

9* 9

I c c e c h

9 c

c

0 g,t, ^0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

BemarksL

I

Thunder and Lightni ni^ht at 12 a. ic. with ram. At 5^ a. m. squalls from N. W.

The ni^ht was squidlj witli- out ram.

1852.] On the Mtteorology o/Bampore Bauleak.

Mean obMrvationt for the Month of April, 1851.

Term obtervaliont, Jpril 2\*t, 18S1.

||

.9

1?

"s

-

1

1^

§

1^

h

Benurks.

6a.m

29.678

80

75

0

0

I

7

29.694

81

103

0

0

8

29.709

82.5

110

0

0

b

9

29.711

84

112

s.

1

b

16

29.715

0

0

0

0

0

30

29.708

0

0

0

0

0

45

29.701

0

0

0

0

0

10

29.699

85

112

8.

2

£

11

29.686

86

114

s.

2

b

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

29.632

88

102

8.

2

2

29.584

88.76

120

8.

1

h

3

29.55a

90

112

E.

2

4

29.523

90

111

E.

2

I

16

29.613

0

0

0

0

0

SO

29.511

0

0

0

0

0

45

29.609

0

0

0

0

0

6

29.507

90

102

8.

1

b

6

29.507

89

90

8.

1

h

7

29.593

86

0

N.W

2

Sf. 1. 1.

Storm from N. W. blowing

8

0

0

0

0

0

0

with Ho. 8 force.

9

0

0

0

0

0

0

15

y

0

0

0

0

0

80

0

0

0

0

0

0

46

0

0

0

0

0

0

10

29.607

72

0

E.

3

b

11

29,609

73

0

E.

3

h

12

29.617

72

0

E.

2

b

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

8

0

0

0

0

0

0

600 OnHu Meieorolcgy o/Bampon Bauleah. [No. 7.

Jpril 2nd. — A strong breese sprang np at 10 Ust aigfat from N. K, Gontiniimg till thU monung. 5th. Breeze of 4 Tom from E. from 8 p. ■. until 10 p. H. 7th. Wind No. 3 from E. from 9 p. m. until 13 midnight. 9tfa. Blowing in gnsts between 12 tnd 4 p. m. 12th. Wiitd hot all day. 14th. At 2 p. k. rery gloomy. At 5 p. m. deared off without rain. At 6 p. ii. a strong wind of No. S force from 8 till 7| p. H. Ifith. At 5 p. M. a strong breeie of No. 5 force blew from E. imtil midnight. 17th. 2 p. m. became cloudy. At 3 run and hail for 5 minutes, each hsilatoDe spherical or discoid, presenting in centre small opaque point. 3 h. 5 m. rain ceased; wind N. E. blowing strong until midnight. 18th. A breese of No. 5 force from 6 p. m. nntit 9 p. h. 19th, A wind of No. 8 force from S. from 6 to 8 p. H. Much thnndcr and lightning till 10 p. h. 20th. Blowing No. 8 from 6 to 10 p. m. S. 28th. A North-wester at 6 p. m.

MeoH ohtenatiow for the mmth t^f Majf, 1851 .

Sth. At 8 p. M . strong S. wind of No. 4 force. 9th. Hot wind during day ; cool at night. 1 0. IMtto. I Ith. Hot wind all day. From 7 ^1 10 p. H. quite atill. 12tb. Hot mnd during day. From 5 till 10 P. u. still. 13th. Hot wind. Hth. Ditto. IMh. Ditto. 16tfa. Storm with thunder from Vf. 2 to 3 p. m. ; no run. 18th. Strong breese from S. E. at 9 p. h. all night. 1 9th. Strong breese fhwi £ at 6 p. M. fresh and cool. 20th. No hot wind. Storm at 4 p. h.

1 852.]

On ike Meteorology of Rampore Bauleah.

601

General character of month. The heat experienced has been unusually great and the commenoe- ment of the rain much delayed. Up to the 2l8t the hot winds blew Bteadilj always from the S. W. and W. and with considerable strength as shown by the numerical force. Many of the evenings were per- fectly stilly the breeze rising at 8 or 9 p. m. and blowing coolly all night, redudng the Thermometric reading by midnight to 8.4. The liot winds at Bauleah are principally due to the large sandy churs in the ricinity to S. and W. of station. Barometer; on the 10th 1 2th 14th 16th 25th. The reading was lower at sunset than at 4 p. m. TTiermometer on the 10th Inst. It reached the unprecedently high reading of 101 in the shade, which seems to have been due to the force of the hot wind which is marked 6 on that day. It will be seen that the reading in sun*8 rays was by no means high on the same date, amoundng only to 116.^

Mean observatione for the month of June, 1851.

I

a

08

H

Sonrise.

10 A^ H. 4 P. H.

Sunset.

S

n

29.518 29.434.

00

& ^

83 86

88 88

.3 o

I

0

106 108

0

No. of days of prevailing Winds.

t

o

0 0 0

s

0

1

0

o; 0

9 4}

0 0 0 0

0

o

1

6 3 2

OQ

6

8

II

9

■ta 00

OQ

0 4 2 1

3

4J 00

■-SI

p o

« o

S be

is § M &

1 0

3| 0

6 1

3 0

1^

©

o

CO

53l

00

o

^

o

® H

&

:9

i o

o

O 00

"oS «

sec

bo

o o

00 00

o

:a

44

(4-1

o

■

o

c©

Storms from the N. W. occurred on the 6th and 7th and from 8. W. on the 16th. The close of the month was marked by strong breezes from S. £. and S,

On the Meteorology of Rampore Baubak. [Na.

MeaH obtervatioiu for the month of July, 1851.

I 852.]

On the Meteorology of Rampore Bauleak,

603

Mean observations for the month of August, 1851.

J

(3 P 5

«

lO A. H. ^4 P. H.

Simset.

S

29.676 29.478

0)

00

»4

84 86 88 88

.a

I

0 0 0 0

No. of davB of preyailing Winds.

•

1

• t

1

•

•

t

•

1

12;

0

0

12;

QQ

QQ

QQ

0

0

0

0 0

0

0

0

7

10 2

0

0

0

0

5

13

2

0

0

0

0

3

4

0

0

•«3 00

•c

a

a

a o

a

o

O 0)

0 Oo^

oSS

e ®

2 •

o

52

o "^

00

•s

^

^

O OS

c o

a

a

o

o

o •

a 00

1,00

1^

Term obeervations, August 2\st, 1851.

o

6 a.m.

7 8 9

15

30

45

10

11

12

1f.h.

2

3

4

15

30

45 5 6 7 8 9

15

30

45 10 11 12

1

2

3

.a

b.

Q

0 29.661 29.681 29.692 29.694 29.690 29.688 29.685 29.671 29.653

0

0 29.693 29.677 29.577

0 29.576 29.577 29.577 29.619 29.634 29.662 29.667 29.667 29.665 29.665 29.666 29.664

0

0

0

0 82

82.25 83

0

0

0 84

84.76 8450

0

0 84 84

0

0

0

83.7 83.5 83 83 83

0

0

0 83 83 83

0

0

0

goo &

00

0

s.w.

s.w.

S.W. 0 0 0

s.w. s.w.

s.w.

0 0 0

s.w.

0 0 0

s. s.

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cm

o

0 2 2 3 0 0 0 4 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0

c

c

c

0

0

0

c

r c. b,

0

0

0 eg,

0

0

0

c

c

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Eemarkg.

4 H

On the Meteorology of Rampore Bauleah. [No. 7.

Mea» obtertatiotu for the month of September, 1951.

1

8

3

i

8

!

1-9 IS

11

3*

1

3

■s

1

1 1

3 1 £

11 1^

1

1

1

j

1

.5

1 .S

proTailing Wtnclj.

1 1

a -a

f

5

i

1

1

1

i

^

^

i

s

■3 J

1 1^

SnnriBe. 10 1. u. 4p-k. SnnMt.

29.660 29.546

S6 87

0 94

97 0

0 0

0 0

0 0 0 0

0

0 0 0

0 6 2 6

0

8 10

1

0

6 4 2

0 0 0 0

0

1

0 0

2

11

S5, 1

^

&

^

3

«

Mean o6Mreafioiu /or tie month of October, 1851.

I 852.] On the MeUorology of Rampore Bauleak.

Mean ohiervationt for the month of Noventier, 1851.

Term obeeroaiioni, November 2U^ 1851.

1

jl

h

§1

IS

1^

it

Bemuks.

6a.k

0

0

0

0

0

0

7

29.903

69

74

N.W

(

8

29.9«

70

96

N.W

1

i

9

71

99

N.W

1

i

16

29.m

0

0

0

0

0

30

29.928

0

0

0

0

0

45

29.928

0

0

0

0

0

XO

29.922

73

102

N.W.

1

6

11

29.909

74

103

N.W.

2

b

12

29.866

76

114

N.W.

2

b

1

29.836

76.6

106

N.W.

1

be

2

29.813

76

116

N.W.

1

be

3

29.797

76

96

W.

3

be

4

29.796

76

86

w.

2

be

IS

29.795

0

0

0

0

0

30

29.795

0

0

0

0

0

46

29.795

0

0

0

0

0

5

29.797

76

77

0

0

0

6

29.S11

74

0

0

0

0

7

29.829

74

0

0

0

0

8

29.849

73

0

0

0

0

9

29.864

73

0

0

0

0

15

29.B64

0

0

0

0

0

30

29.854

0

0

0

0

0

46

29.862

0

0

0

0

0

10

29.862

73

0

0

0

0

16

29.862

0

0

0

0

0

30

29.862

0

0

0

0

0

46

29.866

0

0

0

0

0

11

29.864

73

0

0

0

0

12

29.864

73

0

0

0 0

606 Note on some Sculptures found in Peshamar. [No. 7-

Note on sowu Seulpturee found in the district of Peshawar, — By

£. C. Baylby, Esq. B. C. S.

The sculptures of which the aoeompanying sketches are representa- tions were brought from Jam&l Gtri iu the Eusofzjre pergunnah of the Peshawar district.

This place is distant about thirty miles from Peshawar, and by it the road into the Eusofzye country from the Sw&t valley lies.

A Tiew of the place and a ground plan of th9 building with a rough sketch of it, are forwarded also (vide Plate XXV.) i for these I am indebted to Lieut. Maisten, H. A.

The ruins were originally noticed by Lieut. Lumsden of the Qnide Corps, and by him they were pointed out to Lieut. Stokes of the Horse Artillery.

The sculptures were collected by these two officers, and by their liberality came into my possession.

A iew more spedmens have also been most kindly placed sit mj disposal by Dr. Kemp of the Medical Service ; but these latter I have not yet received, and do not know when I shall be able to get them. I do not therefore longer delay the preparation of this paper ; but wilU if necessary, supply a further notice when they reach mt.

From the plan it will be perceived that the building was twelve- sided externally, and contained an inner circular enclosure.

In each side of the outer enclosure is an opening ; but one only is furnished with a flight of steps, and this alone appears to have been used as an entrance.

It is hardly possible to offer any conjecture as to the purposes to which the building was originally applied.

Lieut. Stokes, who has had the opportunity of examining several " topes," declares it to be of a widely different nature.

All that can be safely affirmed is that the character of the senlp- tures leads to the conclusion that it was an edifice dedicated to relig;ions purposes.

Passing therefore to the sculptures I shall offer a few remarks on each.

Fig. 1 (Plate XXVI.) — Represents apparently ainan in the attitude of teaching or exhortation ; the singularly mild countenance, the top-knot of twisted hair, the elongated lobes of the ears, seem to denote that it is

P7..XYVI. Fig:!

PLXXVI, F.;?:l.

1852.] Nott M tonte Seulpturtt found in Puhmear. 607

the imig0 of S&kjK Sinha, or at lout Bome Buddhiat saint. The hands and feet are unfortunately broken off.

Fig. 2 (Plate XXVII.)-'Reiemblei the abo*e, but la more perfect ; it baa remarkably well executed bandi and feet on a pedeatal which bears aji Qomiatakeable fire-altar, flanked oa each nde by pilasters of a style which I shall preseotly notice. (Plate XLI.)

But the most remarkable fact connected with this figure is, that de- spite its Buddhist characterigtics, there is on the forehead a distinct " tilak" or caste mark 1

Fig. 3 (Plate XXVIII.)— Is that of a man with monstache, flowing dhoti and sandalled feet i over the neck and shoulders are suspended what are apparently amulets. On the forehead is the caste mark ; the heir is loose and flows over the shoulders, but in front is apparently bound up with a string of beads or some such ornament, which I think passes over the top-knot, and depresses it into two portions in the mid* die, bat as there is a slight fracture here I am not certain.

The lobe of the ears is also elongated, which may perhaps mark the figure as the work of a Bnddbist artist ; otherwise there is no Bud- dhisticnl character attaching to it.*

On the pedestal of this figure and on the sides of that of the pre- ceding one are very el^ant scroHs, but of differing patterns.

Side qflhe Pedtital thmeing the peeulietr teroll. Fig. 4 (Plate XXIX.)— Ii a pilaster of design so evidently Grecian as to place beyond doubt the date of these scnlptnres as subsequent to Alexander's invasion.

* Tbfl right eir ii pi«n»d by > t*rga During, m that IIm IoIm i* in rctlitT not n much elongated i* ii appeirt, atill it ii longer tbu> U nttnral. The left e*r ii on- fortnaately fractured it the bottom.

608

Note Oft 9ome Sculptures found in Peskawar.

[No- 7.

The capital is not Corinthian, though approaching more iAtmtAj to that than to any other order of architecture ; it wants the ▼olates^ but the foliage is disposed just as in the Corinthian style.

Bearing in mind, therefore, that theChoragic monument of Ljsierates^ the earliest example of a pure Corinthian building, was not reached tiU t short time after Alexander's departure from Greece, it may be con- sidered that some such fashion of architecture as that of the pQaster now figured would be the latest with which the Greeks of Alezander'i army would be acquainted — a fashion closely approaching, bat not quite attaining, the perfection of Corinthian elegance.

On the shaft of the pilaster is sculptured a Tery graceful femak figure. The hair apparently done up in a top-knot as in figures 1 ami 2.

Fig. 5. Plate XXX. — This is a pillar apparently intended to represent one of the same style as aboTC, but of rude execution. Similar pilaaten are represented on the pedestal of figure 2, and occur also in figure 7*

Fig. 6. Plate XXXI. — This sculpture is unfortunately much nrnti- lated, and to all appearance purposely.

It represents a group of several figures, of which the chief partakei of much of the character of figures 1 and 2. It has had a " halo" or " nimbus** sculptured round its head (which appears also to ban been the case with those figures) ; the drapery is similarly arranged} the attitude is nearly identical, apparently denoting the utterance of some authoritatiTC or hortatory sentence.

The whole design is peculiarly bold and easy. Immediately on the right hand of the chief figure is a criminal or captive nearly naked ; to the right of this again another figure is drawing a species of straigbt sword as if to put the captive to death.

Above him is a mutilated figure, also apparently in the act to strike with a weapon which looks like a bill-hook.

To these figures succeeds a woman evidently in the attitude of listening. Above her head is an attempt to delineate the foliage of a tree, apparently some species of ficus.* To the left of the principal personage is an attendant waving a chouri. This figure which has its back turned to the spectator is admirably designed.

In the back ground are five other figures ; one with fiowing hair like figure 3, interposes his head, as if listening, between the chief

* Possibly the ** nya grodha" Ficus religiosa.

r

..^^^^■^

.- —

— _^22i^- — :

«^^

/'

ILATE. XXX.

/< i

\

y

i.i

1

i£^K:

rig:7 PIXXXII

"J

1852.1 Note on tome Sculptures found in Peshawar. 609

figure and the prisoners. The other four are too mutilated to be clearly made out.

What meaning this group may be intended to conyey, it is not easy to assert with any degree of certainty ; it may represent the execution of some criminal, or, what seems to me a more probable interpretation, the chief figure may be intended for S&kja Sinha, interposing his authority to deliyer a captive or criminal from the hands already lifted up to slay him, and this supposition seems the more likely from the evident curiosity and astonishment with which the sentence is heard.* Fig. 7 (Plate XXXII.) — Represents a party of three females in atti- tudes expressive of grief or fear and supplication ; one is standing at what is apparently a draped altar before a pilaster, which with another close by are similar to those before described, but very '* squat," and diminishing in size towards the top beneath the base of the capital.

Of this sculpture I cannot attempt any explanation ; it is evidently of the some class as the above, and both were probably members of a series of similar basso relievos. I understand a third has found its way into the possession of Capt. Burnett, Horse Artillery, but I am not aware of its subject.

Fig. 8 (Plate XXXIII.) — Is a very curious and interesting sculpture, as bearing on the nature of the building ; it is unfortunately almost defaced, but is unquestionably a cross-legged figure of Budh with two worshippers on each side, having their hands clasped in supplication.

Fig. 9 (Plate XXXIV.) — Is a portion of a very curious and elegant cornice ; it is chiefly supported by the coils of a huge serpent (?) between which, a boy is sporting ; below and above are brackets com- posed of a species of trefoil ; altogether it has a very graceful effect, and might be imitated with good eflect in modern Architecture.

Fig. 10 (Plate XXXV.) — Is a small seated figure wearing a short tunic and boots. Capt. Hogge possesses a better specimen on a large scale which I have seen and which has been exhibited at a meeting of the Asiatic Society: this also came from Jam&l Giri. It is evi- dently imitated from a European model, and I should guess as an

* The presence of females, as was pointed oat to me by Major Edwards, favours the idea that the piisoner is a criminal offender, not a captive in war, and perhaps the women's presence may point to the nature of his offence. This however can be a mere conjecture. In Laidlay's notes to Pahian, p. 66, Sakya Muni is described as preachings to a congregation of whom 500 were female mendicants.

610 Note an some Sculptures found in Peshawar, [No. 7.

attempt to represent the king of gods. Capt. Hogge's figare is more like the usual type of the Greek '* Zeus" than mine.

Fig. 1 1 (Plate XXXVI.)— Is a head with a nearly perfect ** halo" or nimbus round it ; it apparently has belonged to a figure similar to Nos. 1 and 2, but of smaller size ; it also bears the " tilak" or caate- mark between the eyes.

Fig. 12 (Plate XXXVII.)— Is part of a '* nimbuB" apparently, which must hate belonged to a very large head, and is ornamented with some emblematic figure now too mutilated for identification.

Fig. 13 (Plate XXXVIII.) — Is also a very mutilated specimen, but it is worthy of remark for the girdle round the waist, which is eom- posed apparently of beads or a knotted cord. The right hand carries what may have been the handle of a Chouri, and it therefore possibly represents an attendant and has formed part of a large group.

The stone in which these figures are cut is chiefly a light greyish blue limestone, but some are cut in what is apparently a micaceous schist, which is, however, but slightly laminated.

In these sculptures two general characteristics may be noticed.

As to the first of these, the share which Grecian art must have had in their production, I do not think any one who examines them can have any doubt. Indeed the figure 4 is alone sufficient to settle the question, if its evidence were not also corroborated by the general grace of the design and the classic arrangement of the drapery of all the sculptures generally.

Nor could it have been Greek art at a very late or debased period ; to compare their execution with that of the coins of the Bactrian kings, there is, I think, nothing approaching to these figures of later dates than Menander.

Another argument for assigning them to a period not long subse- quent to the establishment of the Bactrian monarchy, is afforded by the style of architecture which they affect.

From Major Cunningham's researches it would appear that the Corin* thian architecture did not take firm root in India, and he traces the style to which he has given the name of " Arian*' to a Doric origin.

This however is rather negative evidence, for though the *' Ariao" style was certainly extensively prevalent south of the Indus at a very ancient period, yet some of the most promising ground for architectural remains lying Trans-Indus, is at present virtually unexplored.

rig-. 10

PLATF.. XXXVI.

V

PLATE. Tf.xyn

PSg-.K.

\'

PLATE XXXIX.

1852.] Note on some Sculp Cures found in Peshawar. €1 1

The second remarkable feature in these sculptures is their decided Buddhist character.

This indeed is not perhaps so self-CTident as their indebtedness to Greek art, but still, I think, quite sufficiently so to leave little doubt that the edifice they adorned was erected by votaries of that faith.

The strongest evidence to this point is that afforded by figure 8 ; but the elongated ears and decided top-knots which all the figures without exception show, are pretty strong proofs also ; if also the figures 1, 2, and 11 are allowed to represent S6kya Sinha, there is then little question of the nature of an edifice which contained three representa- tions of that holy personage at least.

I am not blind, however, to some anomalies which seem to stand in the way of this conclusion ; the employment of the '' tilak'' and the very un-Buddhistical appearance of figure 3 for example ; but I do not think they are incapable of explanation. Figure 8 may have represent- ed a person, a pure Hindu, whose likeness was necessary to the comple- tion of some sculptured story.

And as the period to which I propose to assign these sculptures, is that of the very earliest imperfect introduction of Buddhism Trans- Indus, there is no difficulty — but rather confirmation of my supposi- tion— to be derived from the anomalous traces of Hindu superstition, such as the occurrence of the " tilak."

For we know from the Rapur di Giri inscription (Tablet Y.) that the precepts of Buddhism had been but imperfectly observed north of the Indus, at the time when that was written ; and supposing these edicts to be the work either of Asoka or of a later king, the lax observance of the injunctions of the Buddhist law at an earlier date is equally established, and there is therefore no improbability, but rather the contrary, that in the first erected Buddhist buildings we should find some admixtures of the characteristics of other tenets.

The preponderating Buddhist character of the remains warrants, therefore, the attribution of their origin to people of that belief; assuming then these two data, the early Greek and early Buddhist character of these remains, I shall attempt to assign to them at least an approximate date.

On the coins of the Greek kings of Bactria — certainly until the time of Azas — there is not one symbol, I think, that will even bear a

4 I

612 Note on $ome Sculptures found in Peshawar. [No. 7>

Buddhist interpretation, nothing at any rate of that profoaioD of en* biem with which Buddhistic remains are generally adorned.

On the contrary the leaning of the Greek dynasties seema rather to hare been to a Mithraic faith, such as there is at least some reason ts believe Buddhism originally superseded.

And if anywhere the existence of Buddhism under tbe new " re- gime*' be a question, it certainly would be so in the countries Trai»- Indus, for according even to Buddhist authority it was introdncfd there from India as a new faith by a dynasty of foreign inyaders. Its continued existence even, therefore, would be scarcely probable wbn the countenance of those in power was withdrawn from it.

But even supposing it continued to exists it is highly improbabk that it remained as a dominant faith, or even in snch a flouiishii^ condition under the Greek rulers, as that its votaries should be enabled to raise buildings as extensive and elaborately ornamented as that of Jam&l Giri apparently was.

It therefore can only be a question whether to attribute ibis ediiee to the period when Buddhism flourished Trans-Indus, under tbe patroa- age of the Maury a dynasty, and antecedent to their expulsion by the Greeks of Bactria from all territories to the north of that river, or to a period altogether subsequent to the overthrow and diamembermait of the Greco- Bactrian empire.

But, as we have seen above, the purity of their style of art forbidi our attributing these sculptures to so late an era as the latter, whik the mixed character of the Buddhism they display woold certaiolf harmonize rather with the history of that faith in the former than ia the latter period.

Supposing therefore that they belong to the period when Buddhism was dominant Trans- Indus under the Maury a monarchs, it foUovi they could not have been of later date than the reign of Demetrius who having made conquests in India proper, must a fortiori bave held all the Trans-Indus provinces. This would place their most reecnt possible date as little later than 200 B. G.

But it is probable that they are not even 90 late, for we are now abki on the evidence of the binominal coin recently published from the Vienna Cabinet, to state that Agathocles was, if not a contemporary, st ar)y rate an immediate successor, of DiodotuSt

1852.] Note on some Sculptures found in Peshawar, 613

Now whether the Diodotas mentioDed on the coia be the first or aecond of th6 name (if there was a second) still this coin proves that Agathocles mnst have been anterior to Euthydemus, for Polybius makes the latter found his claim to the favourable consideration of Antiochus on the fact that he had expelled the descendants of the original leaders of the Bactrian rerolt. But Euthydemus was found by Antiochus firmly seated on the Bactrian throne, at a date not later than 210 B. C. and as from the tolerably frequent occurrence of the coins of Agathocles, there is reason to suppose he had a reign of some duration, and aa the reign of Pantaleon, though probably a short one, must have also preceded that of Euthydemus, it seems likely that the reign of Agathocles and his dynasty commenced not later than 225 B. G.

I now proceed to shew that there is reason to believe that it was this dynasty of Agathocles which completed the expulsion of the Maurya dynasty from their Trans-Indus provinces.

As Demetrius is the first king mentioned as having dominions in India proper, it is fair to suppose that Agathocles, now known to be hia predecessor, can only have reigned north of the Indus.

The use however of the square '' lath" character on the coins of this latter king and Pantaleon, is evidence .that he must have reigned where it was in familiar use.

Now there is abundant evidence to shew that this character was not the indigenous alphabet of the countries Trans-Indus. '

It is never used on the coins of any other of the earlier Greek kings of Bactria, many of whom reigned not only north of the Indus, but far to the southward of that river.

Again while the ediets of Allahabad, Dehli, &c. are published in the '* lath" character, the contemporary edict of Kapur di Giri is pub- fished in the Bactrian Pali.

Other evidence might be adduced, but it is, I think, a proposition hardly likely to be gainsaid, that the Bactro-Pali alphabet was indigenous north of the Indus, while the square 'Math" character was thecharac^ ter universally in use in central India, and that both were contemporane- ously flourishing from a period of at least 300 B. C. to about 100 B. C' To account therefore for the use of the " lath" alphabet on the coins of kings who reigned where it was not indigenous, it is necessary to seek for some extraordinary reason.

4 I 2

614 Note on €ome Sculptures foundin Peshawar. [No. 7.

Such a reason is afforded us, if we suppose that Agathodes ruled in those countries north of the Indus which the Maurya dynasty had held, and where it is probable that they had introduced the alphabet of their own orig;inal seat as the court and state character. Jost as at a subsequent period Mahomedan conquerors introduced into India proper, the use of the Persian character, and as European oonqneron have impressed their coin with inscriptions in their own language.

We know that Chandra Gupta (Sandracottus) held Trana-Tndia provinces (▼• Strabo in Lassen's Pentapotamia, p. 8 ; also Mudn lUkshasain do. p. 61), and Fahian relates (see Laidlay's edition, p. 65), that his great-grandson, the son of Asoka, reigned in Khian tho wd or " Gandhara," which lying between the Suastus and Indus, of counc included Eusofzye and Jamal Giri.

It is therefore highly probable that Agathocles's dominion extended to Gandhara (and this the distribution of his coins also seems to shew), and " par consequence" that the Mauryas were expelled from £nzofzje before 225 B. G., which in such case must, as I have shewn before, be looked upon as the latest probable date for the sculptures under notice, unless, indeed, we suppose from the use of the " lath" character that the conquering Greek adopted the state religion as well as the state alphabet of his predecessors.

My next endeavour will be to assign the earlieet possible date to which these sculptures may reach.

This of course will be determined by the earliest date at which Buddhism can be shown to have flourished Trans- Indus.

That Chandra Gupta and his son were not Buddhists is to be inferred from the notice of his grandson's conversion, and the emphasis laid on it.

"We know from Justin that Chandra Gupta only first began to dream of empire when he fled from Alexander's presence, which event must have occurred about 325 B. C, and as he was sufficiently powerful immediately after Alexander's death to reconquer the whole of that monarch's Indian empire, his accession to the throne of Magadha must have occurred in the interim, say about 324 B. C.

The shortest periods anywhere assigned to the reigns of Chandra Gupta and his successor are respectively 8 and 25 years.

Adding four years as the shortest period anywhere assigned for

1852.] Note on iome Seulpiura found in Peshawar, 615

Asoka's reignpretioue to bis conversion, and we haye 287 B. C. as the earliest possible date for tbe triumpb of Buddbism Trans* Indus.

But even this date is probably far too early. No one authority assigns a shorter period for the united reigns of Chandra Gupta and his son than 49 years, which would bring down Asoka's conver- sion to 271 B. C.

For these reasons I conclude that the earliest possible period to which these figures can be assigned is 287 B. C. and the latest 200 B. C, while there is every probability that the age of their execution was between 271 and 225 B. C, a period of only 46 years.

I confess that I feel myself inclined to assign the erection of Jamal Girl to the author of the Kapur di Giri edict, and to assign both to the reign of the great Asoka, and I trust that the confirmatory evidence which I deduce from the mixed character of the religion indicated by the sculpture, may be my excuse for offering a few remarks on this well-debated subject ; premising that I do so only conjecturally for the consideration of the Society, and not with any confidence as to their correctness.

As I have said, the mixed character of the sculptures, though Bud« dhist indications preponderate, is of itself evidence of the existence of a Baddhism greatly differing from the orthodox practice of Buddhist nations of the present day.

That such was the case when the Kapur di Giri inscription and its fellows were promulgated, we might gather from internal evidence, if it were not expressly stated by the inscriptions themselves.

Not only the inscriptions lament the imperfection of moral and religious practices among the Trans-Indus nations, but the author specially notices the abrogation of an edict issued by himself as " obstructive to the progress of the faith."

It has been inferred that the issue of the abrogated edict must have preceded the monarch's conversion, and that therefore as some of the edicts are of earlier and some of later date, that the religion they pro* mulgate must be different, and certainly that the earlier edicts cannot have recommended Buddhism, and it has even been further argued that as there is no perceptible difference in the tenets enumerated by the earlier and later edicts that therefore neither can be Buddhist.

But these assumptions seem scarcely warranted.

616 Note tm some Sculptures found in Peshawar. [No. 7.

The abrogation of the edict proTes no more than an admisnon that in the exuberance of new-born zeal, or the half-informed ignoranee of recent conversion, the royal legislator had put forth an edict the ulti- mate tendency of which was incompatible with the interests, or the esoteric tenets, of the faith he had intended to disseminate.

Such a state of religion as this both in the monarch and the people would well accord with the anomalous Buddhism of the sculptures under review.

But supposing even that the Buddhism of the edicts and of the sculptures came up even to the orthodox standard of the day, it ia fair to conclude upon general grounds that that standard must have varied considerably from the Buddhism of the present day, or even of Buddhism as represented in its oldest extant sacred writings.

No creed, the history of which has come down to us, has preserved its purity uncorrupted through a long series of years, and it yet remaias to be shewn that Buddhism is an exception to all experience, that il alone of all religions, has preserved its original form intact and free from all novelties for far above two thousand years, and that the £utk of S^kya Muni was identical in all respects with that of Aaoka, or either with the tenets of the present day.

It would indeed be possible to demonstrate that this is not the case, — that novelties and corruptions have erept in, but it is sufficient to allude to the want of complete identity in the practices of Buddhist nations of our own time, in spite of the most extraordinary efforts recorded to have been made to preserve uniformity, as a sufficient proof that there have been departures from the original model.

It is not, however, objected to the pillar edicts that they contain any thing contrary to the doctrines of Buddhism, but that they omit all mention of its leading tenets, all its usual forms of invocation, and all allusion to the most remarkable facts in its history.

But supposing for the sake of argument that the doetrinies and the practices of Buddhism in these days were literally identical with those subsequently prevalent, it was yet the object of the royal legislator to enforce the practices, rather than to disseminate (supposing he himadf understood them) the doctrinal niceties, of the Buddhist faith.

With respect moreover to the want of historical allusions, if the fragment described by Major Kittoe in the Society's Journal, No. 102,

1 852.7 Note on some Sculptures found in Peshawar. 6 1 7

be, as it seems to be, rightly rendered, this objection will no longer remain.

The historical facts which I have mentioned with respect to the sculptures bear mth some force on the period of the edict.

It is extremely improbable that, from Agathocles to the Scythian irruption, any monarch who reigned north of the Indus should have put forth such an edict as that of Kapur di 6iri, for, as I have before said, the tendencies of the Greek rulers were Mithraic rather than Buddhist.

That they were issued subsequent to the Scythian irruption is opposed in many ways to their internal evidence, and if previous to Agathocles, as we have seen, they were probably anterior to B. G. 225.

Indeed every one of the Trans-Indus provinces which could have formed part of the dominion of Agathocles are enumerated by the author of the edict as in his own possession even to Kamboja or Kabul ; and as the author held universal rule from Kabul to Cuttack, he can scarcely have been either Agathocles himself or any subsequent Scythian invader.

The period between 271 and 225 which I have assigned to the sculptures coincides well also with that deducible as the period of the edicts from the name of the Greek kings mentioned in them.

The period from B. C. 272 to B. C. 256 alone, in all the range of Greek history, presents the names of five kings of the denominations mentioned, as reigning contemporaneously. They have accordingly been already identified by Prinsep and others as the kings alluded to.

They are as follows :

Ascended the throne. Died

Alexander of Epirus, B. C. 272

Magas of Gyrene, B. C. 305 256

Ptolemy Philadelphus, 285 246

Antigonus Gonatas, 276 243

^ttt' } ''' 262

or A .. 1. 1 was expelled from

AntlOChuS I o#:rt n i. • oR#:

262 Bactria 256 or

}

Theos, J 255.

Professor Wilson supposes that Antiochus the Great must be the

618 Note on some Sculptures found in Peshawar • [No. 7>

king mentioned under that name, because the Indian expedition of this prince brought him alone of the monarchs who bore it personal! j ia contact with any Indian sovereign. From this he argues that the princes named not being contemporary, no deduction as to the date of the inscription can be drawn from their mention.

But this inference is scarcely borne out by facts. The kingdom of the promulgator of the pillar edicts must have extended much along the present N. W. Frontier of British India, indeed somewhat beyond it.

Up to 255 or 256 B. C. the whole of the country lying west of this, owned the sway of the earlier Syrian monarchs — of Seleucus Nicator, Antiochus Soter and Antiochus Theos. We haye no evidence of rebel- lion against them ; on the contrary we know that even the coin of these countries was struck in their names.

Hence it is reasonable to presume that they exercised a general superintendence over the government ; that they received reports of the administration ; and issued their mandates to the local governorsi and that they drew into their treasuries if not the whole surplus revenues, at least a considerable tribute from each district, that, in short they kept up such a general official intercourse with their orien- tal dominions as would make their names familiar, and even the cur- rent course of events in the west generally known to their subjects in the east.

Commerce too which we have evidence was both at an earlier and a later period carried on via Pontus between the nations of Southern Europe and Central Asia must have lent its aid to familiarize the peo- ple of the Greek dominion of the East with the names and occurrences of the West.

But further than this, it is expressly recorded both by Strabo and AthensBus (De Pentapotamia Indica, p. 44) that the friendship whidi existed between Chandra Gupta and Seleucus was continued by their sons, and that an embassy went also from Antiochus Soter to Pftlibothra.

Surely it is far more probable that through channels such as these the royal author of the pillar edicts (being as he expressly states on friendly terms with the Syrian monarch) should have deemed so accurate knowledge of the names and circumstances of his neighbours

1852.] Note on aome Sculptures found in Peshawar, 619

than that he should have gained it by personal intercourse at a later period when, during the hurried expedition of Antiochus the Great, Greek and Indian were placed for a few short weeks in actual contact, but subsequently to which period and for many years before it the general communication between Greece and India must have been infinitely more interrupted than before the Bactrian and Parthian revolts in 255 and 256 6. C.

The probability hence deduced that Antiochus Soter or Antiochus Theos was the monarch meant is still further strengthend by another circumstance.

The author of the pillar edict, an Indian monarch, records that he was in possession of the Trans-Indus provinces of Kamboja, Gdndhdra, &c., and, as we have seen before, there is every probability that these had been re-conquered by the Greek kings of Bactria, previous to Euthydemus, and therefore considerably antecedent to the advent of Antiochus the Great.

The mention therefore of either the first or second Antiochus, (not incompatible with facts,) with that of Ptolemy Philadelphus, is scarcely less to be expected, for his intercourse with India is recorded to have been unusually great.

The name of Magas is unmistakeable, and too peculiar to be con- founded with that of any contemporary monarch, and though of com- parative insignificance, its mention may be accounted for, by the connection of Magas with the Syrian kings, he having married the daughter of the first Antiochus. Similarly the introduction of the name of Antigonus Gonatu9 may be owing to his marriage with the sister of the same Antiochus.

The name of Alexander of Epirus seems more out of place ; but, though a king of small historical celebrity, he was a warlike and turbu- lent prince, whose proceedings doubtless attracted much of the atten- tion, and influenced many of the movements, of his contemporaries, and was not therefore unlikely to be noticed in a record of the monarchs of his time.

If therefore we assume that the above princes were those intended by the names in the edicts, and allowing a reasonable time for the transmission of news from the west to the east, say one year, it follows that the particular edict in which they stand named must have been promulgated between 271 B. C. and 255 B. C.

4 K

620 Note on some Sculptures found in Peshawar. [No. 7.

Now this tablet is dated in the twelfth year of its antkoi^s mp^ which by thia calculation would place his accessioii, at from 283 to 267 B. C.

It has been already 'seen that the earliest possible date of Asoka's accession (4 years before his conversion at the shortest calealatimi) is 29 1 B. C. Professor Wilson has shown that it cannot be brought down later than 266 B. C.

The medium between the two first dates would give B. C. 27$i that between the two last 278 B. C, or a little more as the date of accession.

The date of the 12th year would thus be 266 or 263 B. C.» botk dates making the Antiochus mentioned Antiochus Soter, whose oonnee- tion with India, with Magas and Antigonus renders the attribotion b every way most probable.

To my knowledge there remains but one further difficulty in identi- fying Asoka as the author of the pillar edicts.

This objection refers to the non-employment, by the author of the pillar edicts, of the name of *' Asoka" or ** Dharma Asoka" in desi^pMt- ing himself.

But to this it may be replied that neither of these was the king's original name, nor did the term *' Asoka" evoke any agreeable rec<^ec* tion ; in fact so far from being a title of honor it was a nickname of reproach,* which the Buddhists after the king's conversion modified •^being unable to obliterate it — ^into *' Dharma Asoka," as is notieed by Prinsep in the Society's Journal for September 18379 p* 794.

It is therefore not to be expected that the king should himsdf per^ petuate the use of the opprobrious epithet, and it is, indeed, far mora consistent with probability that he should use, in a religious work, a title like '' Piyadasi" with reference to his own sanctity. To sum np— I trust I have shown the probability that the edicts belong to a eertaia period of time, and that not an extended one.

That there is strong evidence that their author was Asoka himsdf.

Thirdly, that the sculptures described, belong to a period whieh includes within its limits that to which the edicts may be ascribed.

And lastly, that the sculptures possess characters which eonnect them closely with the peculiar state of manners and religion described

* On aooount of the murder of his brotfaen.

1852.] Note on some Sculptures found in Peshawar, 621

in — or to be inferred from the edicts as existing at — the time of their promulgation, and that therefore there is strong ground for attributing them to the same period and the same author.

I must again claim the Society's indulgence for Tenturing upon ground already so well debated. My anxiety to clear up to the farthest point possible, the history of these beautiful and interesting remains must plead my excuse.

I annex also an almost indecipherable inscription found at Jam&l Giri, on a block of marble bearing a rude figure of a roan and an animal, evidently of far later date than the rest of the remains.*

Tipro other specimens of sculpture are also figured as Nos. 14 and 15, (Plates XXXIX. and XC.) which were found at Peshawur itself; the first partakes much of the character of the Jamdl Giri sculptures, though of inferior design and execution. It represents, without doubt, the sacrifice of a human victim on a low stone altar.

Curious in itself, there is unfortunately nothing to explain either its date or the people to whom it belonged.

No. 15 is simply a figure of Buddh of comparatively recent work- manship.

Further materials for antiquarian research undoubtedly exist all over the Derajat and Peshawur valley ; Lieut. Stokes informs me, that while recently and hurriedly riding on duty through an unfrequented part of the latter country, about five miles from Goojur Ghurri, the recent temporary location of the Guide Corps, he came upon ruinsf elosely resembling those of Jamil Giri, but more extensive and better preserved, and others unquestionably exist elsewhere, as at Akra» &c, &c.

* The intcription mentioned in the text hai not been recetved. — Eos.

t Upon a hill named " Takht-i*Bai.'' An isolated eminence at the end of the low range of hills which separates the Ensofsye from the Loncoan Talley, it is N. E. of Peshawur and about 35 miles from Hashtnuggnr.

On account of the novelty and rerj high interest of the subject, the Editors have thought fit to give insertion to this memoir without waiting until all the drawings arrive. The remainder of the series shall be published immediately on their re- h ceipt from Mr. Bayley.

Mr, Bayley expresses his sense of obligation, in letters to the Society, dated 20th and 23rd October, to Major H. B. Edwards, C. B. ; to his Lady who has made the drawing of the pilaster and cornice, and figures 4 and 9 ; to Lieut. A. H. I Bamfield, H. A. who fnmiiihed him with a sketch of figures 2 and 11 and of the detached head ; and to Lt. Maeleod Innes of the Engineers, to whom he is indebted for the drawing of No. 14.— Eos. 4 K 2

I

09

1

C)QQMO;^OQQoS:AOa}UQoiSOo9QQOUUOOQQQQQ

■d o S fl-d

•0 • *^ .""d o Ml ■ o «S: . ^i-S

••■ JB •«« »«^ ^^ w ^^ **

O •

o 6 CO

o

o9O9O!iQ<»bc^e0'bcftQSQwcoQ6o9QQco(»^fiJQGdQQ(»aQa}ao

p

ei o o>**

oi ^ 55 o

_r-a

s i

lA tA 4n O O O lO *n lO lO iP aO tO kOiOiO

lO

lA lO

lO

kA

lO lO »P aO »P iP

lA lO »0

««

0.00

Is

'i3

e

p

a 5

5&

OQ Q

a ^ o ^ 2? *» 2

OoaOOOcoQ

0

a

d d

■ • •

P P e P

d

a

d d

• o

d

a

o u

.- -- tj .a i .5 3 -s » —is

a

^±9

•I

.

^:5

. -d p

ja t! ja - P •

«iS «S iC »3 ^

H OQ 09 Q GO 09 S S S iS Q Q ^ 00 CQ H

p •d

o o o "d "d ^

'WW^^QO ' ' ' W

ooooosHgqHco^

•^•§Waj;5^W^

o

p

•d d« .

•dJDH

** s

ea a

-^ 0» *<* «p r<« 00 a> 0> dk 0k Ok p^

<^ CO lO «o »«

Olk<>iOr<««OiO«eOk0k

•ooooooooo

^t^o

■ 0k Ok Oi 0k 0k

• O CkSk

• •••••••• a

• * • •

O O Ok O

^^

Ck

eoeo e>i CO

eP

e<

u

ip

O 04

tA tO *P

*P

iO

kO o

Ok i-H O t^<0 Ok

ooaot>*aooo*^*^c^

OkOcO'^OkO'^Ok

iO *P tA

Qor<««0 3oao*oaocic>< c>.c»k^t>»c»aot>»aoQO

CO 030

00 00 X

lA

iAaOiP*PtP •«»« •'*

(n(BOkao't«tbid»^ .»doo«Oi-«QOOkOkao .r^^oiot^t^t^t^oooo .oock

;i

P-09

2

u

C Js

^ t a

2 0

** 'S

•-so

"d

a

d

«• -3 .J § S

2 - P o o P B rt " k -t^ -f^

0 *» :^ •-■ s ;S

1 p

O *X3 ^ '5 ^

•^^ O O ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ *** ■« *w

S P o UQQ

"d P

GO

P

•d

p

73

3

-d

4^

Hen

3 .

o •d

d P ^

^H

.^•^ d

o P P © ^

•d "d "d "d P

• . . , "d

u

is

ca a

•.j«i-ii-iOio»o<o»PS5

OkOkOkOkOkOkOkOkOk • ••••••••

Ok

W

«0 W "^r »^ Ok 00 Ok Ok Ok Ok 0k Ok

«*• r^ o eo »P '* Ok Ok O O O O

•« lA t>*<0

O lA Id

• Ck 0> 0k

eP

lA

lA

tA

*A

t>.Q0*^t«<OC000*^^

»A »A ^ _

»* «0 rC »<1 00 rC . «4 t« *<* lA «^ lA to »^ »« 00 .OkAO t>» t» *<* t^ r« *<* .*«»««>» t>» »^ *«• r* t* t^ t^ t* •tN.e^**

$

4A lA iA .A lA .

kA<0<0*^*0»^«>><P»-'3 .<OtA»^CP*«>«» .iACPlO*Al0^iAiA«0*<« • 00 *^0

^tnSny

Co 00 Ok O

^oieo'^*pto»«>oo0kO«-*e4co'«fiA«et>iOO

eP

• e9

III; m ffli * i ilrti4.ll i itlfeiiii mill

lilllllililllillJiiliiiiiiliill

Ill

SSpS.^S^|:SSS2.SS.§S^SSSi£S!!S||^s|s

S

F

liSiSSiS '■ iialSSli jl ' ' ■■E ills '

Jl III

sssssass . -ssssssss .ss ■ ■ -s ■_ ■ ss ■

=i . . , ■? . ,4 s . .=■ . . .

vii3 333 D»« «-3 it «3

i f

11

. . .SS . -sss -sss • -as $ • -s • . ■

• • ■?! 50 ■ • •

: : i££ : :SE£ :KgS : :SS : : : : :K : :KK : ; :

g

£'

^

1

i

1

is

1 \=ilf=sil.si '■ -1 ' i '*! i'liissssl

S isSSlSSSiS S i ai i5S3555S3S

M

^ i»3a33Q3DaOT m* w 3u &[ii«nn«Miou

;i!

S ;gaSgSSS,SgS : :» : :S ;SS :SS = S .SSSS

§

^

i

S :EsiKSSSSES : :S : :2 :SS lESSSsiiss

1

*•

K :3s22s3!;SsK : ;K : ;S :sS :£SSi5SESSS

i

624

Meteorological Observations kept at Rangoon, [No. 7*

Hourly obeervationt commencing at Sunriee on the 22nd Aug. 1852,

far 24 hours, Rangoon*

Aagnflt.

Theruioineter.

•

1

1

J8

Foroe and direction of

wind.

Aspect of

•ky.

S

CD «>

Sanrii*e ^ 22Dd to

Wet

Dry

Remarks.

Sunrise

Balb.

Bulb.

23rd.

CQ

fl

SanriM.

76

77

30.05

S. E. It.

Cir. comnli.

0.22

In gnage. Soltry weather.

7 A. M.

76

77

.05

Ditto do.

Ditto.

8

77

78

.07

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Bine sky here vU there.

9

77

78.5

.07

E. S. E. do.

Cumulo-it.

Heavy cloads poor-

10

77

78.5

.06

B. do.

Cumnli.

Drops of FBm.

11

75

79

.06

W.S.W. do.

Cumulo-st.

Than, wind chang- ed saddenly.

Noon.

76.5

.78

.05

W. do.

Ditto.

Gloomy weather rain coming on.

1 p. M.

77

79

.04

B. b. S. do.

Ditto.

Wind changed sod* denly.

2

77

79.5

.03

E. b. N. do.

Cirro-itrati

Less dovdy.

3

775

78.5

.02

E. do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

4

77.5

79

.01

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Drops of rain.

5

78

79

.00

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Mght nun conti* nnes.

6

78

79

.02

S. £. do.

Cumolo-st.

Fine OTening.

7

78

79

.02

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

8

78.5

79

.04

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

9

78

78.5

.05

Ditto do.

• •

Shower coming on gentle rain falling.

10

78

78.5

.06

Ditto do.

Cirro-8tr«ti.

Close, snltry.

11

77.5

78.5

.06

S.b.W. do.

■ •

Shower coming on.

Midnight.

77

77.5

.05

Ditto do.

• ■

HesTy shower joit over — air feels cooler.

1

77

77.5

.04

S. b. E. do.

Camolo-at.

Dark gloomy night

2

76

76.5

.03

S. b. W. fr.

Ditto.

k sharp ahower jost over.

3

74

75

.03

S. W. do.

• •

Heayy rain, dark and wet.

4

74

75

.03

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

5

74.5

75

.04

N.b.W.lt.

• •

Gentle rain.

Sanrise.

74.5

75

.04

Ditto do.

Ditto.

0.'70 0.70

Ditto.

Total,

1916.5

1945.

7602

Mean,

76.66

77.8

30.408

J. Fatmr, M. D.

J

Meteorotoffieal Ohurtationi kept at Rangoon.

-111 =!-!

•=«•§ .Jin III -ill

<

Jljip ,0 oiw

£ 3

1^

inip JO aire

86-6S

e^ S

•mnannin

16-6!

os-ei S-18

■="""i"w

iOOE

-ao!W*J»mo

J

jCirap JO -uiK

nez

■nmmiaiM

•mamiiilH

I6'6S

■ramninM

"i; s

coot

i

•noiiiu»tqo

•s 1

i|!ip JO UIK

WiZ

■«jnm,n,„

"o*: S

■mnuiraiK

GH-ez

°s s

•"">■"!"«

KOOE

1

<1!<p JO -ttiM

««■ 2

1^

ili*p JO nire

i6-6!

..„,,„

""^ !^

■<dnm,D!H

£66!

■mniDinw

•s s

so-oe

i

■aontiiMqo i|np JO Hire

K S

31 <

■no|n»4».qo iipip JO OIK

imfz

•""•"°I"1K

■n"""!"!!!

Zfi-6Z

«oos £

600C

^

ill.p JO niK

=1 i

|J

il!»P JO "IW

Si6'6E

■rannnrnK

•s s

.^.™

l6-t,Z

•S K

1 i

■araai!»H

iO-OE

■s

u

i i . iii 1 i

1l|illliBl>|1si1ljBl "liiaiiiii

1

t

w

1"

ii

t

\

^

Q

SS£aS:iSS3SSS3£^££:£ :SS;i£SS£SS

cj

i

KKKSsisSaSSisSESsiSsS laSKSSKSgS

i

5

(

■s

\

IP

i i U i i i ilti i i iiiZ

1

!

i

1

3

■1

1

S

?

s ■J

1

BwaaSSo. s.a>a S SS«So-o. S"i»Sb»<»»2

1

1'

"[I

i

8 1

}l

iiijjiiiiiiijijiiiililjil

I 1

w

il^iiU 4, 4 -i^J^ -i^ III a

1

: a

%££a SSS3SSSS aS£SSSSSSSSSS3g

a ■ ■ 'g ■ ■ sga 'g ■ ■ 'as

i

S:

I

15

H

S

EKKKKKKEKKK££SKS££S5SKfiKSSSS2K

1

f

i

SEKSSKKKgKSEESsSESSRSSsSssJJsS

i

1

"""'"""-•"ssasissssEsssissasasas

1

[

J

Fresh breese at Noon. Heavy rain in even- ing and at 9 P. m.

Thunder at Sunset. Lightning at night.

Thunder at noon.

Thunder at noon. Ditto distant.

(Heavy shower end thunder. Storm at 4ito5^A. M. during which 0.3 rain.

iguage.

Thunderin the evening.

1

i

a

1'

9 P. M.

Dense fog at Sunrise. Lightning in the East. Ditto ditto. Driasling at Sunrise. Beautifui clear night.

J

i

BQ 5-

.8

OpHp^O©OO©©0oOO-^O»-^0Op^00o

"i^iiii"

CO

- <<

Aspect of SlLy.

• ■ p

ai6SS 33 SSiSS ooSCS

Cumuli.

Ditto. Cirri. Ditto. Ditto.

*

Cumuli. Cumuli.

»

a •

Force and direction of Wind.

^^444 4 4 4-s 4

0909090009 COM 09 Q Q Q CO CA Q OO 09

4

.

CO

S. E. do. Ditto. S. W. do. S. do. Sw. do. S. W. do.

S. W. do.

:

^ s

Ane- roid.

• o» Ok 0 0 0 * e ZS 'oooo • o> Ok 0 0 0

Ok Q Ok 0

M SS e« CO

•i

eo

^00000 ;0 CO eo

ei

IP

•

1^

C4

e

eo

•5

1

CI

•

1

a

e

1

a

.«00l«^OkOk .00 .00OkOkt<C « C«l *<« lO Ok O

IP .00

•

OOCOOOp^CO*^ .Ok t<*ODt*«Q0O0O0 •<««

IP

•

Ok 00

00

1

,<et>.<opHao .t^vb^ .<e«>.c«.<e .io«oi0qooo • ««•»««« 00 »<» •»<»*<• •«<«*<•»<»*<• . 1^ »* »«. «« t<«

IP

•

IP IP

«o«oodco .»^ »<.oo»«^ao»« .t^

0

•

i

CI

9

s

Aspect of Sky.

Heavy Rain.

Squally. Cumuli. Thon. & lightning.

• •

• •

• •

• • Cumuli. Ditto.

•• ••

Cum. -St.

Hvy.rain.

Cumnli.

• •

• •

1

p

:::::: 1 :

<

Fbrce and direction of Wind.

d -"^ «• ^* .

• bZ • fe * Up • • • >: •! 0 •

•^ '^ji W| • • 'P .-S •

co^H coQ co^w

• •

• •

S. W. It.

• •

•

Ane- roid.

d 9 Ok ci« 0 •Ok • •••••• • Ok Ok • • • Ok Ok 0 •

Ok e Ok 0

94 CO C4 fi

0 •

Ok

•

Ok eo

a

^ 8

m

1

CD

•

S »

a

o 3

la

1

6

• C>« •><% . • . . • . .O'-* • . .OkQOt«« •

• C^ • C^ ••«.•.. CO 00 ... t^ t^ c^ •

• •

• p^ .

.00 *

IP

•

eo

00 CO

Ok

.

00

.« • o 00 00 . • .«eiA« .

• •

00 .

• t^ .

0

•

eo

8

0

1

Aspect of Sky.

a

' '•§! i.l'a ii^l ^1- § i § s§ §1

Tbn. sto.

Cum..st.

Cumuli.

Ditto.

Very hot.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

<

Force and direction of Wind.

• • • t^ *j -Si p 4"?^ '^ M t:

09 S H 09* (3 iS 09 00 09 B^ 09 S 00 cn ^ (h w

S. W. It.

Ditto. S. b. E. do. E. b S. do. S. W. do. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto..

Ane- roid.

ec« »o d ^ Okiflooo I-I «e F-i CO * • Ok Ok Ok 00 Ok Ok Ok Ok • Ok Ok 0 e

• •■..•...•a.- .*•*...

Ok 0 Ok 0 0 0 0 Ok e C4 CCdeOCO M CO C4 CO

IP * 0

eOOOkiPk^cOcOcO OkOOkOkOkOOO

.......

Ok e Ok 0 C4 eo CI CO

Ok

9

>

•

0 •o

§ 1

I?

lO «A IP *0 lO

• .ekOkiPt>«>.;$i-iciraOoiiO*cO»^ .coroeo't^

• •c^t>coooc^cpooooi^aoooaot<* .cot^oooo

. 00

CO*P00^t^ .^^ OOODQOOkOD .QOOD

lO

•

0 CI

00 Ok

CI 00

5 ^ -•

^».o

i

0 I'? ''^

• .k^fvOi-iOC^COOkCOOkOkCOte •OOQOOkO

IP

• 00

• »<•

•p

t^i>i»i^,^ao .0000

^t^go ODt<k .»^t<k

lO

•

0

•

00

4 L

628 Meteorologieal Observ&tiom kepi ut Rangoon. [No. 7.

NOTB.

A good deal of rain fell daring tbe early part of the month ; on tbi afternoon and night of the 2nd it rained heavily; wind S. W.; Wd and dry hulbs equal.

The quantity of rain has been less than in former months, beiag only 13.07 inches, and that fell in 21 days.

The hotter part of the month has been clear and hot. The wind Tery unsteady, but varying chiefly between S. £. and S. W. ; occip sionally in the N* £. with squalls. There have been also a few tliiuh der-storms.

Distant thunder frequently, and lightning at night. Since the Ittler part of the month, the air has been much dryer.

I remarked that on the 27th, the kites, which had been sbsent from this neighbourhood during the rains, made their re-appeartnoe. This I have observed at Cheerra Poonjee to be a sign of the teniuDi- tion of the rains.

J. Fatris.

1852.] Meteorological Observations kept at Rdngoo^^

629

Hourly Observations commencing at Sunrise on the 2 1st September,

1852.

Thermonieter. 1

:? ^

Anero Barom ter.

Force and direc- tion of Wind.

Aspect of Sky.

Rain gnago and

Honrs.

Wet.

Dry.

Remarks.

Sun-

,

riie.

78

79

30.06

S.W.Torylifht.

Cirro-camali.

Basy.

7

79.5

81.5

.09

Ditto light.

Cnmuli.

Fine morning bnt cloudy.

8

80

83

.08

West do.

Ditto.

Cloudy oool plea- sant air.

9

79.5

83

.07

W. b. S. do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

10

8U

84.5

.07

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto close and sultry.

11

80.5

86

.06

West do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

12

80

87

.04

W. b. N. do.

Ditto.

Cloudy but eool

t>Sw

1

80.5

88.5

.02

West do.

Ditto. .

sir. Ditto rtry hot.

2

80

89.5

.02

W. b. S. do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

3

81

90.5

29.98

West do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

4

81

87

29.99

S. W. do.

Ditto.

Diito distant thun- der.

5

81

87

30.

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

6

78

80

30.02

r

Ditto do.

Camolo-strati.

Rain thunder and lightning.

7

78

80

.01

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Ditto.

8

78

80

.03

Ditto do.

Strati heavy witb rain.

Ditto.

9

78

81

.05

Ditto do.

Strati rain.

Ditto.

10

76.5

79

.05

Ditto do.

Cumulo-strati.

Ditto.

11

76

78

.04

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Cloudy thunder-

■

storm over.

12 1

76

77

.03

Ditto do.

Ditto.

Cloudy.

2

3

• •

. .

• •

....

• • '. •

Rain fallen.

4

78

79.5

30.00

W. N. W. light.

. • ■ ■

0.40 Inches.

5

78

.79.5

30.00

W. b. N. do.

• .^.

Cloudy and fine

6

78

80

30.02

Ditto, do.

weather.

Total,

1735.5

18.205

66.073

Rain. Inches.

Mean,

78.887

82.75

30.004

0.40

4 L 2

Mtteorologieal Obtertatimu kept at Rangoon.

'

m

lit!

m

Llillil

1

i 1

G*

■liH>t)*^J»>qo

B o;3 WW Bi

ii

■ataiuv

zzoos

■ttiniBiiiiM

OS ««

mnmioin

96K

•nniuinn

«S «■€«

iO«

P

9 io »»""V

J 1 s s

•a9..>iT

t£6'6E

•"""""IW

26'K

inoe

i

BZ JO eitaiT

•1 1

' i

••>uuy

Z6s«ez

■ommiuiH

ofi K

t6-6!

-.onnlnn

SOOE

1

■inoii»MaM|o 6Z JO rf«"»V

1^

.8«»¥

IDOoe

■ranoimiK

•S S

■«"'"■!"!«

K6-6!

■mnioiKM

=s s

1

i

°S "

-aStiuv

tco'oe

■nnmitqB

=s s

•mnminiK

86-W

-..inoiinn

"s-6: 2

r

OCioaHMiv

•s i

1

■eHMiy

^no'OE

■nraoiiiiiK ■ain»)»H

•I s

E6-6S

i i

»-oc

i i

'-^' ■ ■ f

i^f--

^J.'.^i.JmA'J

t<i lilt tne aepkraw pomoiw.

all I ! 3

^ I I -ainnimK I iO'OC j B e

PROCEEDINGS

or THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For October, 1852.

. The usual Monthly Meeting was held on the 6th instant, at half-past

8 p. M.

Welby Jackson, Esq., Yioe-President, in the Chsir.

Rer. J. A. Parker was introduced as a visitor by the Secretary.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Received from Major Hugh Fraser and Lieut. £. C. S. Willisms* Bengal Engineers, through Major W. £. Baker, a wrought iron gun from Burmah, of which the subjoined is a description by Major B. A drawing of the gun accompanies Major B.'s letter.

** The gun is made of malleable iron and, though rough in form appears to be well or carefully forged. It is in two portions capable of being joined together by a screw, the connection being further secured by rings or hoops passing round each portion, and bolted together at the point of junction.

cwt* lbs*

" The posterior portion, weighs, .... 1 0 8 " The anterior, „ 1 0 6

*' Either of these would be a light load for a pony or bullock, and it was probably with a view to such mode of transport that the gun was thus divided.

" The bore has a diameter of about l^^ inches.

'* The gun has no trunnions, but b fnrnished with two rings on the upper surface of the barrel, (not exactly in a line with the yent) by which it may have been designed to suspend the piece when in use like an eprouvette. The rings would also serve as handles whereby to lift the separate portions.

632 ProeeedingM of the Aiiaiie Society* [No. 7.

** The breech of the gun is not strengthened by the nsnal coo- ▼exity ; it is in fact rather concare, and the thickness of metal at that pointy though increased by the obliqaity of the Tent, is rather less than that of the barrel.

*' The connecting screw, which is attached to the posterior portion, is Teiy roughly and clumsily made ; but the female screw in the ante- rior portion, and which might be supposed to be more difficult of con- struction, appears to be much more correctly formed."

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

Dr. Christison ; — ^proposed by Dr. Falconer and seconded bj Mr. Grote.

Maniokjee Bustomjee, Esq. ; — (for re-election) proposed by Mr. Grote and seconded by the President.

The Council submitted the following reports —

1 St. Recommending, at the suggestion of the Philological Committee, that the Arabic text of the Fateh^U-ShAm of Wakidy (Wakidy's Conquest of Syria), with an English translation by Ensign Lees, be published in the Bibliotheca Indica.

2nd. Recommending for adoption a suggestion from the Rer. J. Long, to the effect that information be collected regarding yernacalar publications in different parts of India, and referring at the same time for the meeting's consideration, whether measures should not be taken for collecting in the Society's Library copies of all extant works in the different yernacular dialects of India. The report embodied Mr. Long's letter, which was as follows :

** I send an alphabetical Catalogue of Bengali books and pamphlets which have been printed within the last fifty years, amonnting to about 1,100; many of them are translations from the Sanskrit or Persian.

" The hbtory of Yernacular Literature, both as a branch of Oriental Literature, and as connected with the subject of Statistics, is one deserving the attention of a Society like the Asiatic. The French Government, a few years ago, sent a eacant out to India to collect MSS. and books ; among these were copies of all the MahrAtt6 books published, and the Paris Soci^ti Asiatique did not think a list of these Mahr&tt& books unworthy of a place in its Journal.

** I have now nearly ready for press a Catalogue RmeonmS of Ben-

1852.] ProeeedingM of the AHatie Society, 633

gali works, but I am anxious to prefix to it tables giving the Dumber of books on various subjects published in the chief yernacular lan- guages of India, the Hindi, Urdu, Mahratta, Tamul, Telegu, Cana- rese, &c. &c.

" The attainment of this object would be greatly facilitated were the Society to address enquiries on the subject to influential indivi- duals at Madras, Bombay, Agra, &c. &c."

3rd. Recommending, with reference to a statement of stock of copies of the Researches, that the gratis distribution to members be stopped of all such Tolumes of which the stock shews less than 30 copies.

4th. Recommending, with reference to a letter from Government in the Foreign Department, sending a Memoir by Dr. Baddeley on the Dust Storms of the Punjab, that a reply be submitted in accordance with a report called for by the Council from Major Baker and Dr. Walker.

An extract from the report, which noticed the importance of the subject and spoke highly of the zeal and intelligence which the author bad brought to bear on it, was then read to the meeting.

After some discussion it was resolved that the several recommenda- tions of the Council be adopted.

Communications were received —

— From Captain Layard, enclosing a paper on the Mausoleum of Aliverdee Khan, near Berhampore.

Ordered to be printed in the Journal.

—From Mr. Bayley, announcing that the note on Bactrian Sculpture, which he had promised some time ago, is ready, and will be forwarded as soon as he is able to finish the illustrations ; that he has lately exa- mined some coins which he thinks he has identified as belonging to the Kotock kings of Kangra, and that he hopes soon to send to the Society, notes on some curious Bactrian coins and on some mis- cellaneous Pat ban coins. He mentions further that a shock of earth- quake was felt at Kangra on the 20th of August last, which lasted about 40 seconds.

" It was not felt," adds Mr. B., ** apparently at all in the plain ; here it came with a loud terrible noise from the eastward ; six marches eastward it was far more severely felt; seven distinct shocks were counted by an officer but shooting, all but one, howeTer« slight. Here the shook took place about 9.12. a. m."

634 Proceedings of eke Jsimiic Society. [No. 7.

From Major Baker, aendine for inspectioo two aenlpniffd heads givea to him hy Lieut. Cul. Napier, Benftal EngiDeen* and found (he helievea) in the Northern Distiict of the Punjab.

The following extraet from hia note Jeacribes the heads brieflT as foUowa.

*' One of ihe heada appears to be of Grecian origin ; tlie other is decidedly oriental in ita character, and ia said to be Buddhist.

** The anbatanoe of these sculptures is not stone, but a species of lime cement or plaster, and it aeema wonderful that one of them at least haa ao well retained its sharpness of outline. »

*' It aeema probable from the specimena having been found U^ether and from the aimilaritj of their composition, that thej maj have ornamented the same building, and in that caae thej would further illuatrate the mixture of Grecian and Indian forms which charactenses ao manj of the acnlptnred remains from the same locality.*'

— From Dr. Fajrer, Rangoon, aending a Meteorological Register kept at the Field Hospital, Rangoon, for the month of August, together with an abatract of aimilar R^^isters fur the months of May, June and July.

—From Captain Hnyea, endoaiug a note on the Ashkal ul Belad, a work which is heing published by Major Anderson, and of which Dr. Sprenger had requested him to compare the proof aheeta with the MS. in the Motee Mehal Palace at Lucknow.

— From W. Mnir, Esq., Agra, stating that the ancient ocnns aUoded to by Major Kittoe will be forwarded to the Society, when returned bj Mr. Bayley, with whom they now are, and enclosing copy of a letter from the laat named gentleman regarding the aame.

^-From Captain Younfi^ transmitting a paper, on the Laterite Fonn*- tion in the neighbourhood of Rangoon, together with seyeral specimens.

— From Mr. Blyth, suhmitting a paper entitled ** Remarka on the different species of the Ourang Outang."

The Librarian submitted a list of works added to the library dar- ing the month of September last.

Thanks having been yoted for the above donations and communion tions» the meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed, Not. 3rd, 1852.

(Signed) J. W. COLVII.K.

1852.] Proceedings of the Anatie Society. 635

LlBBABT.

The following works have been added to the Library since the last meeting.

Presemted,

Literaturgeschichte der Araber Ton ihrem Beginne bis zu Ende des zwolften Jahrlmnderts der Hidschret. Von Baron yon Hammer- Purgstall. Dritter Band. Wien 1852. — Bt the Author.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. VIII. Re- port of the Examination of the Districts in the Damoodah Valley and Beerbhoom, producing iron ore. By T. Oldham, Esq. — Bt thb Govebm- MBNT OP Bengal.

Journal of (he Indian Archipelago for May and June, 1852j (2 copies each). — By thb samb.

Ditto ditto for June, 1852. — By thb Editor.

The Benares Magnzine, for June, 1852. — By thb Editor.

Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Geographical Society, corrected to May, 1851. — By thb Society.

Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, 24th May, 1852, by Sir R. J. Murchison.— By thb Society.

The twenty-ninth Annual Report of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1852. — By thb Society.

Journal Asiatique, No. 90. — By the Socie'te' Abiatiqub.

Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. XIII.— By thb Society.

Geology of the Island of Bombay. By H. J. Carter* (Reprinted from the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bombay, for July, 1852).— By the Author.

The Missionary, Vol II. No. 1 1. — By the Editor.

The Oriental Baptist for September and October, 1852. — By the same.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for September and October, 18£2. — By the Editors.

The Upadeshak, for September and October, 1852. — By the same.

The Aphorisms of the Nyaya Philosophy.— By E. F. Hall, Esa.

The Aphorisms of the Vedanta Philosophy, Part I. — By the same.

The Aphorisms of the Mim&ns& Philosophy, Part I.— By the same.

The Aphorisms of the Yoga Philosophy, Part T. — By thb same.

The Aphorisms of the S&nkhya Philosophy, Part I. — By the same.

Reprints for the Pandits, No. 1, A Dialogue concerning Art, No. 2, Physical Science, No. 3, Tbe Method of Induction, No. 4, Metaphysics and Mental Philosophy. — By the same.

A Lecture on the Saukhya Philosophy, embracing the text of the Tattva Sam£i8a.~Bv E. F. Hall, Esa.

The Bhdshli Parichcbheda and Siddhanta MuktStbaU, Part I.— By thb

SAME.

4 M

036 ProceedingM of ihe Anatie Society. [No. 7.

A Synopsis of Science ; from the Standpoint of the Nyii j« Philosopby

Vol. I. — By THB 8AM b.

The White Yayur Veda, Nos. 6 and 7 —Br Db. A. Wbber.

Exchanged. The Philosophical Magazine, for Augast, 1852.

Pwrehaeed. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 56. The North British Review, No. 34. Comptes Renilus, Nos, 1 to 4, for July, 1852.

For November, 1852.

The Society met on the 3rd instant, at half-past 8 p. m. Sir James Colvile, Knight, President, in the Chair.

Rev. Mr. Wallis was introduced as a visitor by Dr. Sprenger.

The proceedings of the last .meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received-7-

1st. From J. J. Akerman, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Society of Antiquaries. Archeologia, Vols. 33-4, and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Antiquaries, Vol. II.

2nd. From the Imperial Academy of Vienna, through its Book- seller Mr. Braumuller, the latest publications of the Academy.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed and seconded at ihe last meeting, were balloted for and elected ordinary members.

Manickfee Rxietomjee^ Esq.

Dr. A. Chrietieon, B. M, S.

Read a letter from Dr. Bedford, enclosing a paper on the Meteoro- logy of Rampur Boaleah. Ordered for publication in the Journal.

Read the subjoined extract from . a letter from the Rev. F. Mason, dated, Sea coast near Tavoy, 15 th September, asking inforraRtion re* garding copies of the *' Lat" character inscriptions, said to have been received by Mr. J. Prinsep, just before his death.

'* I learned from the Journal several years ago, that just before Prinsep was taken sick, he had received fresh and more accurate eopiea of the Lat character Inscriptions, from which he was preparing a revised edition of his translations ; but his untimely death prevented him from executing so desirable a work. Can you inform me whether the f«c-simile« and revised copies of the Inscriptions are still in the Library of the Asiatie Society ? There are several places in the Inscriptions which it is exceed- ingly desirable to see accurately represented, as the words have an import*

1 85 2 .] Proceedings of the Jeiatic Society* 657

ant bearing on the state of Budiihtsni at the time the Ij&scriptiQns were matle. For instance at tlie close of the East compartment is the anoma- lous character ami word

This Prinsep proposed to read as a compound for n A agnim, fire. No

such divinity is known to the Pali Buddhist books, so far as I am acquainted with them ; and I am of opinion that that word is intended for ^ J^ * aggan,

an epithet often applied to Gaudama, in the books, in the signification of being the first and most superior of beings. It is the Sanscrit word ^q^ and the r may be represented possibly in some way on the Inscription, though in book Pali it is always compensated by doubling the g. Nothing however can be determined from the passage with certainty till the word is more accurately represented.

It seems to me that some of the inscriptions which have been regarded as contemporaneous, are of different ages. For instance the inscription from Bhabra, in the Journal No. 102 (1840), which Capt. Kittoe referred to the age of Asoka, but, as it seems to me, on insufficient ground. U teems with modem Buddhistic theological terms, not one of which is found

in Priosep's inscription. Here we have ^'KV eangha the congregation, [] D btidha, the Budha, tt K 6 bhagava^ the Lord, and not only the common

names of the begging priests and priestesses, but also [^{j J{j-^ uphsakaaml Llj^-pupdWibd, men and women who perform their religious duties; with

several other terms common to modern Buddhism. There is some differ- ence too in the language. In the other inscriptions the causative verb is

made by (j pi, but in this by (j J^ piga. But a more exact copy is desir- able to determine many words with certainty. The conjunction is repeat- edly written J ehh, which is probably an error of transcription for J cha.

I fancy the Pundit's Sanscrit version will not be found an accurate trans- lation of the Pali ; although he is undoubtedly correct in the principal words on which the chief interest depends."

The Secretary explained to the meeting that as yet he had been unable to trace the receipt by Mr. Prinsep, of the further copies of the inscription alluded to by Mr. Mason.

Read letters from J. Barlow, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Insti- tution, London, acknowledging receipt of the Journal Nos. 226 and 227.

4 M 2

638 Proceedings of ike Anaiie Society. [No. 7.

From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, enclosing a Meteorological Eegisler kept at the Field Hospital^ Rangoon, for the month of Sept. 1S52.

The Prerident took the opportanitj of informing the meeting thil the Conncil had directed enquiries to be made regarding the intended legacj to the Society, of the late Mr. Csoma De Koros, mention of which was to be found in the proceedings of the Society for Febmarj, 1842. It had been ascertained that under the recent Act the estate would remain in the hands of the Administrator General for fifteen years, on the expiry of which period the funds at its credit would be paid in to Goremment.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Read and confirmed, 1st Dec. 1853. (Signed) J. W. C01.TIIJB.

LiBBARY.

The following additions have been made to the Library since September last

Presented.

Arch«ologia, vols. 33^4.— By thb Royal Socibtt of Antiqdaubs OP London.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Antiquaries, toIs. IL — Br ram bamb,

SitJBungfberichte der kaiserlichen Academie der Wissenschaften. Philo* sophisch-bistorisehe Classe. Band YIII. ; I-IL u III. heft. — ^By thb Aga-

DBMY.

Ditto ditto, Mathematiich-natarwissenschaftliche Classe. BandVIII; IIL Heft. — By thb bamb.

Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissensehaften. PKiloso- pbiscb-hist. Classe. Band III.— By thb samb.

Ditto ditto, Mathematisch-natnrwissenscbaftliche Classe. III. Band III. Lieferung. — By thb Acadbmy.

Kalender der Flora des Horizontes yon Prag. Entworfen naeh tebn^Ui* rigen Vegetations Beobaehtungen von Karl Fritsch, 1852, 8vo. — Bt thb

BAMB.

Tafelen zur Reduction der in Millimetern abgelesenen Barometeratande auf die Normsltemperatur von O^ Celsius. Berechnet von J. J. Pohl and J. Schabus. (Pamphlet). — By thb samb.

Tafelen zur Vergleichung und Reduction der in yer^chiedenen Lngenmas- aen abgelesenen Baroroetrostande, von J. J. Pobl und J. Schabus. (Pam- phlet).— By thb same.

Almanacb der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissensehaften. Zweiter Jahr* gang, 1852 — By thb samb.

Akademiache Vorlesungen uber indiache Literatnrgescbichte gehalten voa A. Weber. Berlin 1852. — By thb Authob.

1852.] Proceedings of the JtiaHe Soeieiy. 639

Journal Asiatique de Conttantinople ; r^dig^ et public par Henry Cayol. Tome I. — By thb Publisher.

Lexicon Geographicum, cui titulua est, f^\ hSio^i mI^ ^^ ^^^j0c\jjo

Quartum fascicolum exhibentem literaa DkVik, Edidit. T. G. J. Joy n boll, Lugdini Bat. 1852. — By thb Curators of thb Academy of Lbydbn.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 31. — By thb Socibty.

Journal of the Agri- Horticultural Society of India, vol. VIII. part II. — By thb bamb.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 71.— By thb Editor.

The Missionary, No. 12. — By thb samb.

The Upadeshak, No. 71.— By thb samb.

The OrienUl Christian SpeeUtor for September, 1852.— By thb samb.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for November, 1852. — By thb Editors.

Lectures on the results of the Exhibition. Lecture XI. By Professor Royle. On the Arts and Manufactures of India, (2 copies).^-BY thb Go-

VBRNMBNT OF InDIA.

Madden*s Catalogue of Books, 13 Nos. — Bt Mbssrb. Lattby, Bro-

TBBRS & Co.

A brief account of the Silk Manufacture of Lahore. By H. Cope, Esq. —By thb Author.

Saty&mab, for September, 1852. — By thb Rbv. J. Long.

Bibidh&rtha Sangraha, No. 11. — By thb Editor.

Tattwabodhini Patrikfc, Nos. 110, 111.— By thb Tattwabodhini'

8ABHA^

Thacker, Spink and Co.'s Monthly Overland Circular, No. 24.— By thb

PUBLIBHBRS.

Smith, Elder and Co.*s Literary Circular, No. 36. — By thb samb.

A Lecture on the Harmony between History snd Prophecies, by B&bu Gyanendro Mohun Tagore. (Pamphlet)— By the Author.

Two Letters addressed to Edward B. Eastwick, containing sundry impor- tant corrections of that gentleman's recent lucubrations on the Bagh-o- Bah6r. By Dr. Duncan Forbes. — ^By the Author.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the month of August, 1852. — By thb Dbputy Surveyor Genbral.

The Citisen for October, 1852. — By thb Editor.

Purchased.

Annals and Magasine of Natural History, No. 57.

Comptes Rendns, Nos. 6-6-7-8.

Journal des Savants for July, 1852.

Exchanged.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine^ No. 24.

640 Proeeedingi of the Jsiatic Society. [No. 7.

For December, 1852.

At a meeting held on the 1 at instant, at the usual hour and place,

Sir James Coltile, Kt. President, in the Chair,

The following gentlemen were inti educed as yisitors:

Right ReT. the Lord Bishop oi' Victoria, by the Lord Bishop ot Calcutta.

Uev. T. V. French, by the Key. W. Kay.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The following presents, received during the last month, were laid on the table.

1st. From Dr. Christison, Rangoon. Two specimens of the Corydon eumatranue. Raff, shot near Amherst.

2nd. From Professor Oldham . Two musical instruments of insenioas construction, one of them used by the Kashiyas of Cherra Punji, and the other by the Kookees of Cacbar.

3Td. From J. Muir, Esq. A Sanskrit tract entitled Mataparikshi, or an Examination of Religions. Part L with an English translation.

4th. From £. A. Samuells, Esq. A sculptured figure of Yishna, found some years back in excavating a tank at Bhowanipur.

5th. From Baron M. de Korff, Director of the Imperial Public Library at St. Petersburgh, and Secretary of State, by order of his Imperial Majesty, Catalogue des Manuscripts et Xylograpbes Orientaox de Bibliotheqae Imperi&le Publique de St. Petersburgh.

6th. From Mr. Stain forth, through Captain Thuillier. Five silver coins with the brass pot in which they were found, and which was dog up from the ruins of Gour.

Copies of the Heads exhibited by Major Baker at the last meeting, kindly made by Mrs. Raleigh in China clay, were also placed on the table.

The Council submitted a report recommending, at the suggestion of the Philological Committee, that the offers of Dr. Ballantine and Mr. Hall to edit the Sdnkhya Pravackana Bhdshya and to supply aa English translation, and of Dr. Sprenger to edit an Arabic Dictionary of technical terms for publication in the Bibliotheca Indica, be accepted.

Ordered that the recommendation of the Council be adopted.

Communications were received —

— From £. C. Bayley, Esq. Kote Kangra, forwarding for the Journal, a memoir on Indo-Bactrian Antiquities, with thirteen drawings.

1852.] ProeeedingM of the Anatic Society, 641

Resolved that the Society's hest thanks be offered to Mr. Baylej for his interesting paper.

— From W. Muir, Esq., enclosing Meteorological Registers kept at the office of the Secretary to Government N. W. P., Agra, for the months of July, August and September last, and offering to send them regu- larly in future, should the Society agree to publish them in the Journal.

Resolved that the Society should gladly avail themselves of this offer.

— From Lieut. C. B. Young, Rangoon, announcing the dispatch of another collection of Geological specimens from Prome. The letter scarcely |;ives more than a hasty catalogue of the specimens, but the following extracts are of interest.

" 1 will add one or two more specimens of shells by the next oppor- tunity, from the calcareous sandstone of Prome in silex, one of which I should have considered to be * Producta,' but that I believe, that it belongs to coal formations only.

" I have found Chalk here in the bazars, which is said to come from Shaedown, a little South of Prome. If so, it will be interesting ; Mica also of good quality, coloured with oxide of iron apparently, from about twenty miles North of Prome."

— From A. R. Young, Esq., Under-Secretary to the Government of India, enclosing a catalogue of specimens illustrative of the Geology of the Salt Range in the Pupjab, and of the Muree, H^lz&rd and Cashmere Hills.

— From P. Melvill, Esq., Secretary to the Board of Administration, Punjab, announcing dispatch of the specimens alluded to by Mr. Young.

— From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, submitting a Meteorological Register kept at that place for the month of October.

— From W. Muir, Esq., Secretary to Government N. W. P., forward- ing copies of correspondence regarding twenty-one ancient silver coins found in the district of Benares, together with the coins themselves, which are to be deposited in the Museum of the Society until the pleasure of the Hon'ble Court of Directors be known.

The Curator of the Zoological Museum, and the Librarian submitted their usual monthly reports and the meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed, 19th Jan. 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Colvilb.

Library.

The following books have been added to the Library since the last meeting.

PRBSBNTBD.

Catalogue des Manuscripts et Xylogniphes Orientauz de la Bibliotheque

642 Proeteding9 of the Jsiatie Society.

Imperiila pabKqne de St. P^tertburgh. St Petertbarfch, 1852, Imp. 8fo. — Frbsbntbd by obdbr of His most gracious Majesty tbb Empbbob OF Russia,

History. Conilition snd Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United Ststes, by H. R. Sehoolcrsft. Part II. Philadelphia, 1852, 4to.— By L. Lba, £sa. Commissionbr of Indian Affairs.

Astronomical Observations made during^ the year 1846, at the Nationil Observatory Washington, under the direction of Lieut. M. F. Maury, Vol IL Washini^n 1851. — By thb Editor.

Lieut. Maury*s Investigations of the Winds and Currents of the Ses. Wssbington 1851, 4to. [2 copies.] — Bv thb Author.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government No. VIII. Report of the Examination of the Districts in the Damoodah Valley and Birbhoosi producing iron ore, by T. Oldham, Calcutta, 1852, 8vo. — By thb Autboe.

An Invest! station of the Dust Storms and Whirlwinds of India. By Dr. Baddeley, oblong folio. — ^By thb Govbrnmbnt of Bbnoal.

Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society, YoL X. — By tbb Socibty.

The Report of the British Association for the advancement of Science, for 1851. London 1852, 8vo. — By thb Association.

PURCHASBD.

Johnston's Physicsl Atlas — 1 vol. Rl. fol.

Layard's Nineveh, 1 vol. Rl. fol.

Vaux's Nineveh and Persepolis, 8vo.

The Admiralty Manual of Scientific Enquiry, I vol. 8vo.

Hue's Travels in Tartary, &c. 2 vols. 12rao.

Ditto in the original French, 2 vols. 12ino.

Milman's Nala and Damnyanti, 1 vol. 8vo«

Rautdka Tarangini, 1 vol. 12mo.

Vedantasara, 1 vol. 12mo.

Brahmysdhsrma, 1 vol. 12mo.

Arabya Upany&sha, 2 vols. 8vo.

Gyana Chandrika, 1 vol. Svo^

Bhagavat Purlin, 11th Chapter, 1 toI. 8vo.

Fanchadasi, 1 vol. 8vo.

The Poems of Nasikh, AUsh and Ab4d, 1 vol. 8vo.

LatA^f e Ajeebah, 1 vol. 8vo.

Faez Rashan, 1 vol. 8vo.

KhMek Ban, 1 vol. 8vo.

Qa Qatil, 1 vol. 8vo.

Gulistan e Musarrat, 1 vol 8vo.

Chrestoinatliia Syriaca edid A Roediger. I vol. 8vo.

Zeitschrift fiir Vergleichende Sprachfurschung. Herausgegeben von Dr.

Aufrecht and Dr. Kuhn. Ut vol. 8vo. Berlin, 1850. Koptiselie Grammatik von M. G. Schwsrtze, Berlin, 850, 8vo. Ibn Challnkani vitae illustrum,edidit Ferdinandus Wiistenfield.In two psrts. Beidhawii Commentarius in Coranum, in 6 parts. Luise Ronigin von Preussen. 1 vol. l2mo. Chronicle of the family of R&ja Krishnachandra. 1 vol. 8vo. Pistis Sophia, 1 vol. 8vo. Histoire des Berbers Par Khaldoun, in 2 parts. Les Seances de Hariri. 1 vol. 8vo« Dictionaire Des Noms Des Vetements ches les Arabes. Albrecht Weber's Yajur Veda. 6th and 7th parts, 20 copies.

GO

i

a

i

O

^

;3

§

CO

<

a

ta t

0

*aoofii 19

aOI)3MlQ

^^ :^J^^^" :««iMS:«J:^- i^.J.aJM^.w :"«-K««J

2

a

I

•qi«H -M

•^o o«QM»«e;t« o«D«De«D-4 ».p4e«oftaai-« oiflookopo^Q

d^ :sE3»'<=^^«» :;s^fis!^^ :s^s^S2^«* :^e»»!:«{ioS :

ODOD dD*«»«»«eO>« OOOOdDODOD** »•»«»•»•»•»• ><•»••*»«•«•«

I

•«ViO

•«J«JO

oe« •«^K«iAe«'^ v^oDK^'^o ow>oooo ^oi»»apnM

• 3|§ :gSsssss ^s^ssisst^ ^s'sSsjisas' :^2^aisi :

s

0 «>aD "« CQ to <«. K* C^ e>ODQC>'«*f) C>QOp«e«CO OlAOf^O<«

8SS5 *Sd'SSJSS8 'SdSSSSbSd •SSSSSJSo'S 'SSSSSS^ * \%l :il§3§§ :§.||i|l :|3§liS| :§§§|§^ : S

I

o

a

•ai*«on« oopoMiQ

^A •'^J^^* :S5fe«^«;E5 :«%-«j^« :aS»^J»5s5«5 :

';z:(4od

s

9

6 «

•qina 'M

■o ^ «eesM0QcDO MCVaoo|fe«^ »^**oap^*^ AOVO'^O

-I :S^llli ^si^s^s '^tt^t'&i. ^Islssfl :

ooS * *« t« *« *« 00 oD apdDdo»aot« *«*«a«fe«i»»>» »*a»c^ft«»«c**

•«VJO

'*»W JO

ooo OTMao*Heo¥> «o«poeoc^-^ '««OOlOCi»e« oooioq«>ot

* sss ''sssssiii '-ssiissss ^ssszstf •sss's^a

^o ao«2tf»M>*Q QiQt0«>coeo t^'ro*^^^') •Oevdtotap^

• il :SlsSsi :sSs883 ^SS'S'Sttfs iS'S'SSsS

I

QQl-a

00

|i§ :§|s||li :||§|i^ :l.§Si|| :||||§.|

8

*fl

'j3

"d •

e

il ' mn mm 'Mm ^^\i '

53 DooQo oodQ^oq uqqq»o oooooo

2

I

•am

1

' tf> o» <> e» la ^« ' IJwt*^

' ^-og^-X^S*. Qia^atoS^5>5>r'M {SS5<OQD»»

^•AaMMMt^M ^^t^^^^fM •#•••• •••••• ,

il§5zi iliiSi ?3S3S$ ssaeasss \,^^

«25ig^SS: S'SSSSS: 'SSSSSSS- SSSSSS^S

3-y>F.

Of Mer.

g

o

r

i

l-J

|::::::::::::::3::::::ii:S::::::|S

J4|l = ::::::::::::a::::::Si=i = = :: = :2

"""irS«i- ii li --i : : :ii = :!■ : : :i : :i : = ^ :ii : |i

1

-.„ I. S5 :SK5:i :|S5 :S; :3; :S3S :555S|g : |;|

i

•"•»«

•li:iS35iM1i^ii:il:iiMiii|S= 1

u

"W

•ii-Sii5S=:5i3:||:Sl:|Si:iiSS3S: i

s

■5

1

l'^ f I-?

il'irniM&i'MiiM'Mil' "

*

-nngl"

-iN^aS^^NSfri^^^^Ki i

i

i

B

qpa-M

•Si:SKSSi:33=SS::SS5!|S:255S;S: 5

■MV30

• IS :iiliii :^liSiS ^iliill :i»l3S = 3

•j»njo

•SMiliii:SlKH:illlli:iili!|: i

IP .isssis :pis2i. mmi mim = ||

A,

"3

1

irilijiiiili iiilriiiir '

i

s

> :*'.-%-i i^s*s"i l*^"i ^»^s'='^* ; ;

f

■<l|na*M

• =5 --mm ■■mm ^mm --imsi ■■ =

•'!? JO

• ii ■■ami :=s=i-siiiiii3i -iimi ■■ n

»»-o . Jl :Hi|l-l :S|^Sii :|ii|ai .HSSgi : |S|

IBS :SiliS.i -.Smm ^SsiSli JiSiii : S

1

1

ii ijiJi urn MiM ma '■

S ...MSI.

5 ■•"•"M

Ki^f-Ci-^*i«^i|i^^*^»^!i 1

-.--....

*T .«-'^°.": .-;'=.".q«?'^ .--««-•« n-fo.oiae.. «

Errata in Major Abbott'* 8 Ifotiee on the Sites of Boukephahn and

Nikaia.

Journ. As. Soe. page 227) A. D. 1852.

Page 217 line 1 for Nitab read Nil&b. „ 218 „ 6 oma " that Lower/*

»f

n u

9$

n

99

218 „ 12 for PoUwar read Potowar.

218 ,, 16 for Jain read J&ni.

219 ,9 15 for one half read one and half.

219 9» 2 from bottom»/or Kanda read Kawd,

220 »t S /o^ Bhinleor read Bhinbur.

9»

W ■ ^^ -

„ 222 9» 24 et seguentia.

„ „ „ for Kkndk read Ktiwji.

S^ u 26 /or Buramoola r«ad Bar&mooUa. 130 „ 15 for receives read deWes.

235 para. 7th to form a note.

236 line 2 for fi^iMS read ^yuou 236 „ 16 for yaut read yaurw,

236 M ^ fi^o™ bottom,/or ages read eyes.

237 99 15 /or years reatf gems. 237 note/or TahitU read Tebitta.

237 line 2 from bottom, /or on read or. 239 „ 12 /or T&hi rfflrf Tohi.

248 „ 20 /or Bhara recu^ Bh6ra.

249 ,» 1 from bottom,/or eyidenee read existenee.

249 Note 1st, /or ChowkAn read Chowhan.

250 line 3 for Pultun read Puttun.

256 ,f 1 for Soorhsilla read Soorknlla. 256 „ 27 /or Publi read Pukli.

256 9, 6 from bottom,/or Chok read Tchoh* 266 „ 1 „ » /or Taxili rcarf TaxiU.

257 9t ^ f<^ Satur of read Qatur and

258 9f 23 /or Jilha read Tihla. 261 H 2 for Chehl read Chhylo.

y, for Morgnlla read Margulla.

4 for Hurrah read Hurrdh.

6 for ** son, Polemocrat, to" read ** to Polemocrates at.

t» 99 *f 99

»> 99 99

99 99 »9

99

263 „ 12 /or Taxila r«ad Taxili.

Srrata in Ckkiogm €fBmiia pimii.

Page 26 no. 43 Jbr Abuliilon read Abutilon* 29 „ 110 for Amplia read GSnoplia, 81 ,f 164 far Vajinalis re€Ul Taginalis.

99 — f» 1^ f^ Buf^earifolius read Buplenrifolins. ,, 32 9f 172 for Pupicola read rapicola.

187 for Dujeinensis read ougeinenais*

19

n

99

99

9*

33 99 214 /or Schonden read Sebonda.

34 9, 238 for Combutam read Combretum* 242 for AnagripuB read Anageiaaus.

37 »» 295 for Hephogyne panifoUa read Stepbogyne parrifolia. last line „ Vbnoonacba read VsaNONiACBiB.

38 99 306 for Vimonia read VernoDia* 312 for 44eii08temnea read AdenoatemnMu

„ 39 M^thline „ ScoRBCioNiDiB r«ai SsNBciONiDjE. yy — »» 341 for Tilago read Filago. y, — y, 348 for Endura read Endivia. „ 41 99 369 /or Thevetia read Tbevenoiia.

388 for Cam read Ken.

389 /or Reesawre read Raaaura.

42 99 397 for Ezaceum read Exaeum.

43 9, 427 for Muricapis read muricata, 428 for Lonthe read Loretha.

44 f9 435 for unifolium read brevifolium. 448 for Hemodia read Stemodia. 451 for Hysantbea read Ilysanthei. 498 for Ahioidea read Echioidea.

47 9, 627 for Bi read Foi.

48 „ 535 for Alvensia read arrensii*

544 for Seet Penicaria read Sect. Peraiearice.

545 for Seet read Sect. 151 „ 546 /or Sub. read Sect.

153 yy 590 for Pezolzoo read Pozolzoa.

154 9, 602 for Reonetri read Reoncbi. 613 for point read fruit.

155 »t 621 /or Perrica read pertica.

156 »9 640 for Kbundab read Khand^b,

157 no. 660^ 666 >for Nov. read Nees. 676 3 /or Ceneterus read Cencbrua.

158 „ 701 /or Not. read Neea, 161 99 749 for Melanoclucbria read melanocencbria. 164 line 22 for Elleutracese read lllecebracen.

,9 165 99 23 for Mysaenaces read M^rsinacese.

30 for Begrimiaceie read Bienoniaces.

31 for Pedulinese read Pedalinese.

166 99 5 for Nyctajinese read Nyctaginese.

167 9> 7col8. 8and9/or404readl4 6

(Total to be corrected accordingly.)

99 27 for Marea read marfa. 99 168 99 30 for foBcibua read faciebua.

9$

99 »• 99

»9 99

99

19

Errata.

Page 172 no. 99 „ 2 and 3 from bot Vemonia read Vernonia. 9, 174 ff 14 /or Sepilibus reoJ •essilibttt.

23 for innriore read interiore. lis for Dnaisne read Decaisne.

,y 175 „ 5 & lO/or Sepilibus read •easilibui.

24 insert a comma after breTioribnt. 82 for prominculo read prominulo. ^7 for PLVTiALia read glabra.

„ 176 ,9 5 for quincuneilibus read quincuneialibiis.

1 1 for embryon read embryone.

f$ 177 f» 6 for Hanti read Lauru

31 for now read new.

32 for AU1U8 read Ulmus.

99 178 „ 27 /or SemilatU read semilatit. n 179 „ paatim/or nerrea read nerri.

30 for Bread 3.

36 /or tryaline read byalina. „ 182 „ 30 ANTUI8TIVIA read Anthistiru.

'i^i